IHIi 
I ■ 

iir 




1111181 

ilHiH 






nil 






1 ■ 

■IF 



■•■"■■'■■■■■■■. .•■■•■ ■ 

E H '■■■■ •" 
8 Mil 











A v 



^ ~r L 



* &' 









. *> 



















V. 












G ,. V' "-" .HI. -/ 



*% 

<$>' 









$ 



,v.« 







fc s . 















tf 












^ 



KUHNEE'S 



LATIN GRAMMAR; 



EXERCISES, 



LATIN READER AND VOCABULARIES 

TRANSLATED AND REMODELLED 



BY 

J. T. CHAMPLIN, 

PEOPESSOa OP GREEK AND LATIN IN WATERVILLE COLLEGE. 




BOSTON: 
PHILLIPS, SAMPSON AND COMPANY. 

18 50. 



' 



^ 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1 850. by 

J. T. Champlin, 
in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Massachusetts. 



AN DOVER! JOHN D. FLA GO. 
BTlREOTrPlB AND PRINTER. 



PREFACE. 



xvm. 

This is not so much a new edition of Kuhner's Elementary 
Latin Grammar, as a new book, prepared in general accord- 
ance with his spirit and plan, and from materials drawn about 
equally from his Elementary and Larger Latin Grammars, 
and occasionally from other sources. 

The grammatical principles of the smaller Grammar have 
all along been enlarged and modified from the larger, while 
the greater part of the syntax is a condensed translation, with 
but slight omissions and modifications, directly from the larger 
work. The exercises are mostly from the smaller Grammar, 
but are very much abridged, especially on the syntax, and 
besides, have been separated from the grammatical principles 
and placed in a body after them. It was thought that by 
thus retaining something of the elementary character in the 
Etymology, and extending the grammatical principles of the 
syntax, the book would be adapted to all stages in the pro- 
gress of the student of Latin ; serving him at first as grammar, 
exercise-book and reader, and afterwards as a manual of re- 
ference for explaining the usages of the different authors which 
he is required to read. 

As the elementary character still prevails in the Etymo- 
logy, I have retained the poetical rules for gender, on the 
ground of their acknowledged utility, whatever may be said 
of them on the score of taste. A verse may be useful which 
is a mere doggerel, as is proved by many mnemonic verses of 
this kind in our own language, which we could hardly live 
without. For instance, that which informs us of the number 
of days in each month : Thirty days hath September, etc. — Be- 
sides, in the present case, as an alphabetical list of the except- 
ed words is always given in connection with the poetic rules, 
no one can complain, since, if he is not fond of poetry he can 
take to the prose. At the same time, as it was desirable that 
the book should be kept within moderate limits, the principles 
in the syntax are expressed as briefly as possible, and are 



4: PREFACE. 

accompanied by barely sufficient examples to prove their truth 
and make their meaning plain. As, too, it is designed for a 
School Grammar, to be studied and committed to memory, 
and not merely for reference, it has not been thought neces- 
sary to increase its size by adding an Index. 

The book is constructed upon the principle of putting every- 
thing into practice as fast as acquired. Every grammatical 
form or principle of syntax, as soon as learned, is to be ren- 
dered practical and fixed in the mind, by translations first 
from the Latin into the English, and then from the English 
into the Latin. To prepare the pupil for these exercises in 
translation, such forms of the verb as are requisite for con- 
structing the simplest sentences are given at the outset, and a 
few simple rules of syntax as they are required, while all along 
in connection with the exercises, lists of Latin words with their 
definitions are given to be committed to memory, most of which, 
also, are collected and arranged in alphabetical Vocabularies 
at the end of the book. As many of the examples for trans- 
lation as possible, were selected unaltered from the classics, 
others were slightly altered to suit the cases for which they 
were employed, and the remainder composed by the author, 
yet always so as to embody classical ideas and turns of thought. 
The examples in English may be translated into Latin, either 
viva voce or by writing, at the discretion of the teacher. 

With regard to the mode of using the book the intelligent 
teacher will be the best judge. In some cases it will proba- 
bly be found best to take the pupil over the first and perhaps 
the second Course, omitting the English exercises at first, and 
then return and take them up in connection with a thorough 
review of the whole. Perhaps, also, a judicious teacher, fol- 
lowing out the general principle of the book, of diminishing 
difficulties by division and distribution, will think best, with 
very young pupils in particular, to omit some other things the 
first time over and take them up at subsequent reviews. But 
whatever course is pursued in teaching the book, a complete 
mastery of all that it contains should be aimed at from the 
beginning, and should be actually attained before it is left. 

Much labor has been expended in the careful revision 
of the sheets for the press, in which I have been greatly as- 
sisted by Mr. James H. Hanson, Principal of the Waterville 
Academy. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



ETYMOLOGY. 



FIRST COURSE. 

THE SIMPLER PRINCIPLES OF ETYMOLOGY. 

CHAPTER I. 

Of the Sounds and Letters of the Language. 

Division of the Letters § 1 

Pronunciation of the Letters 2 

CHAPTER H. 

Of Syllables. 

Of the Measure or Quantity of Syllables 3 

Of Accent • • . 4 

Of the Division of Syllables 5 

CHAPTER LTL 

Parts of Speech. — Inflection . • 6 

Some Forms of the Verb 7-11 

First Conjugation ........ 8 

Second Conjugation 9 

Third Conjugation 10 

Fourth Conjugation 11 

CHAPTER IV. 

Of the Substantive and Adjective. 

Classification of Substantives 12 

Gender of the Substantive 13 

A* 



6 CONTENTS. 

Number, Case and Declension §14 

Gender and Declension of the Adjective 15 

First Declension 16 

Second Declension 17 

Third Declension 18-21 

Paradigms of Adjectives of the Third Declension ... 22 

Fourth Declension 23 

Fifth Declension 24 

Comparison of Adjectives and Participles .... 25 

CHAPTER V. 
Of the Adverb. 

Classification and Formation of Adverbs 26 

Comparison of Adverbs 27 



CHAPTER VI. 
Of the Pronoun. 

Personal Pronouns 28 

Demonstrative Pronouns ........ 29 

Relative and Interrogative Pronouns 30 

Indefinite Pronouns 31 

Correlative Pronouns 32 



CHAPTER VII. 
Of the Numerals 33 

CHAPTER VIII. 
Table of the Prepositions 34 

SECOND COURSE. 

GENDER AND IRREGULAR FORMS OF NOUNS. 

Greek Nouns and Peculiar Endings of the First Declension . 35 

Greek Nouns and Gender of the Second Declension . . . 36 



CONTENTS. 7 

Greek Nouns and Special Case-endings of the Third Declension § 37 

Of the Gender of the Third Declension 38-iO 

Masculine 38 

Feminine 39 

Neuter 40 

Of the Gender of the Fourth Declension 41 



THIRD COURSE. 

REGULAR VERBS. 

Classes of Verbs 42 

Tenses of the Verb 43 

Modes of the Verb 44 

Infinitive, Participle, Supine, Gerund and Gerundive . . 45 

Persons and Numbers of the Verb 46 

Conjugation 47 

Formation of the Tenses 48 

Conjugation of the Auxiliary verb sum 49 

Active of the Four Regular Conjugations • 50 

Passive 51 

Deponents of the Four Conjugations • . • 52 

Periphrastic Conjugation 53 



FOURTH COURSE. 

IRREGULAR AND IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

First Conjugation 54-56 

Second Conjugation ........ 57-59 

Third Conjugation 60-67 

Fourth Conjugation % 68 

Particular Irregular Verbs ....... 69-75 

1) Possum 69 

2) Edo 70 

3) Fero 71 

4) Volo, nolo, malo 72 

5) Eo 73 

6) Queo, nequeo 74 

7) Fio 75 

Defective Verbs 76 

Impersonal Verbs 77 



CONTENTS. 

FIFTH COURSE. 



Formation of words by Derivation §78 

Formation of words by Composition 79 

Exercises ox the Etymology. 



SYNTAX. 
SIXTH COURSE. 

SIMPLE SENTENCES. 

CHAPTER L 

Definition and General Treatment op Simple Sentences. 

Sentence. Subject. Attribute. Object • 80 

Agreement . 81 

Peculiarities in the use of Number 82 

Kinds of Verbs 83 

Tenses of the Verb 84 

Modes of the Verb .85 

CHAPTER IL 

Of the Attributive Relation in Sentences .... 86 

CHAPTER ILL 

Of the Objective Relation in Sentences 87 

The Genitive Case . . ■ . . 88 

The Accusative Case 89 

The Dative Case • • • 90 

The Ablative Case 91 

Construction of the Names of Cities .92 

Use of the Prepositions 93 

CHAPTER IV. 

Pronouns, Numerals and Participles in both the Attributive 
and Objective Relations. 

Of the use of the Pronoun 94 

Of the Numeral 95 



CONTENTS. 9 

The Infinitive §96 

The Supine 97 

The Gerund 98 

The Gerundive 99 

The Participle 100 

CHAPTER V. 

Or the Adverb 101 



SEVENTH COURSE. 

COMPOUND SENTENCES. 
CHAPTER L 

A. Coordinate Sentences 102 

CHAPTER H. 

B. Subordinate Sentences 103 

Use of the Modes in Subordinate Sentences . . .104 

Succession of Tenses in Subordinate Sentences . . 105 

I. Substantive Sentences 106 — 109 

Accusative with the Infinitive 106 

Ut, ne, ut ne, ut non with the Subjunctive . . . 107 

Quo, quominus and quin with the Subjunctive . . 108 

Quod, that, with the Indicative 109 

II. Adjective Sentences 110 

IH. Adverbial Sentences 111-115 

a. Adverbial Sentences of Time Ill 

b. Causal Adverbial Sentences 112 

c. Conditional Adverbial Sentences . . . . 113 

d. Concessive Adverbial Sentences 114 

e. Adverbial Sentences of Comparison . . . 115 

Interrogative Sentences 116 

Direct and Indirect Discourse 117 

Special Idiomatic Constructions 118 

Exercises on the Syntax. 
APPENDIX. 

PROSODY. 

A. Prosody • 119-122 

Quantity of Syllables 119 



10 CONTENTS. 

Hexameter Verse §120 

Scansion • . 121 

B. Abbreviations • • 122 

C. The Roman Calendar 123 

Latin Reading Lessons. 

Vocabularies. 



INTRODUCTION. 



I. Origin of the latin language. 

1. The Latin Language, which had its seat at Rome, and 
spread thence over Gaul, Spain, Britain, and a part of Africa, 
like the Greek, is an off-shoot of the Indo- Germanic parent- 
stock, which, from the interior of Asia, propagated itself east 
and west over Asia and Europe. 

2. The language receives its name from the Latins, the 
leading people of the mixed inhabitants of Rome, which were 
chiefly Latins, Sabines and Etruscans. Of these the Latins 
were of Pelasgian origin, while the other two tribes were of 
an origin diverse from that of the Greeks. 

3. The language possesses great unity of character, with 
few diversities, except such as arise from different degrees of 
development, which was greatly influenced by Greek litera- 
ture. 

II. List of the principal latin authors. 

1. Writers in the formative-period of the language : 

Ennius (239 — 169 B. C.) Terence (born 192 B, C.) 

Plautus (227 — 184 B. C.) Lucretius (95 — 52 B. C.) 

2. Writers of the Golden Age. — From 81 B. C. to 14 
A.D.: 



Cicero, 


Livy, 


Virgil, 


Caesar, 


Catullus, 


Horace, 


Cornelius Nepos, 


Tibullus, 


Ovid. 


Sallust, 


Propertius, 





12 



INTRODUCTION. 



3. Writers of the Silver Age. - 



Quintilian, 

Velleius, 

Seneca, 

Pliny, 

Pliny, the younger, 

Tacitus, 



Suetonius, 

Floras, 

Pomponius Mela, 

Curtius, 

Juvenal, 

Persius, 



From 14 to 180 A. D.: 

Martial, 

Lucan, 

Silius Italicus, 

Valerius Flaccus, 

Statius, 

Manilius. 



4. Writers of the Brazen Age. — From 180 to 476 A. D,: 

Justinus, Ammianus Marcellinus, Ausonius, 

. Eutropius, Aulus Gellius, Ciaudian. 

Aurelius Victor, Macrobius, 

5. The period subsequent to the fall of the Western Em-, 
pire, i. e. after A. D. 476, is called the Iron Age. From this 
time the Latin ceased to be a spoken language in common 
life, and being employed only as a learned language in writ- 
ing, speedily declined, and to a great extent even lost its 
ancient character. 



ETYMOLOGY. 



FIKST COURSE. 
THE SIMPLER PRINCIPLES OF ETYMOLOGY. 



CHAPTER I. 
Letters and Sounds. 

§ 1. Letters, 

1. The Latin language has the same vowels (a, e, i, o, u, y,) 
and the same consonants, except w, as the English. But the 
letter k is but little used, and y and z only in Greek words. 

Remark 1 * The ancient Romans used only the capital forms 
of the letters. The smaller forms began to come into use in the 
eighth or ninth century after Christ. Now all Latin books are 
written in the smaller letter, the larger forms being used only at 
the commencement of sentences, etc., very much as in English. 
Originally, too, i and v were used both as vowels, and consonants 
(in this latter case, being pronounced like y and w). The forms 
j and u have been introduced in modern times. 

2. The vowels are either short or long. The sign * over 
a vowel indicates that it is short, the sign -, that it is long, and 
the sign ", that it may be either long or short, as : a, a, I, per- 
places. 

3. There are the following diphthongs, in Latin : ae, oe, au ; 
and occasionally eu, ei, as in <stas, fcedus, awrum, ewrus, het. 

* With quite young scholars, the remarks should be omitted the first 
time going over. 

1 



2 PRONUNCIATION OF THE LETTERS. |_§ 2. 

Rem. 2. Ae and oe are always diphthongs, unless separated 
by diaeresis, which is indicated by two points over the second 
vowel, as : aer, poeta. In strictly Latin words, eu is a diphthong 
only in ceu, neu, seu ; heu, heus, eheu ; neuter and neutiquam ; 
(but in all words introduced from the Greek, as: Eurotas). In 
other cases eu should be separated in pronunciation, as : deus 
(de-us). So ei is a diphthong only in hei, eia, and the old forms 
where ei was used for i, as queis (quis = quibus), heic (hie), etc. ; 
(the Greek n, in Latin, becomes i before a consonant, and either 
e or t, before a vowel). — Ui is a diphthong only in hui, liuic, and 
cut; and yi only in Harpyia (Harp-yi-a) and a few other Greek 
words. 

4. The consonants, according to the greater or less influ- 
ence of the organs of speech in their formation, are divided 
into : — 

a) Liquids (flowing easily from the mouth) : I, m, n, r ; 

b) Spirants (formed principally by the breath) : h, s, v, j ; 

c) Mutes (sounded by special exertion of the organs of 
speech) : I, c, d, f g, k, p, q, t, x, z. 



§ 2. Pronunciation of the Letters. 

1. The vowels are usually pronounced as in English ; also 
the diphthongs, the second vowel generally being the most dis- 
tinctly sounded. 

Rem. 1. But it is probable that the Romans always pro- 
nounced a as in father, e like a in fate, i like ee in feet. Also 
some other vowels and diphthongs somewhat differently from the 
English. 

Rem. 2. The vowels i and u seem originally to have been pro- 
nounced somewhat alike, and hence we find them interchanged in 
some words, as : libet and lwbet, etc. So also, e and i, e and u, 
o and e, o and u are sometimes interchanged, as : neglegentia, and 
negh'gentia, etc. 

2. Of the consonants, the pronunciation of the following 
should be observed : 

C before e, i, y, ce, oe, eu, has its soft sound like s, (also g 
like j), but in other cases like k, as : celsus (selsus), cicer, 
cymba, caecus, coelum, ceu ; but : caro (karo), collum, custos, 



§ 3.] QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES. 3 

clamor. (But the Romans always pronounced c hard like k ; 
and it is probable, also, g as in gave.) 

Ch is pronounced like k, as charta (karta). 

N before c, ck, g, qn, x has something of a nasal sound, like 
ng, as mancus (mang-cus), Anchises, longus, relinquo, anxius. 

Ph like our f as : pharetra (faretra). 

Qu is always pronounced like kw, as : aqua (akwa) ; u is 
also pronounced like w after g and s, when followed by another 
vowel in the same syllable, as : lingua, suasor ; but not when 
the following vowel is in another syllable, as : argu-o, su-us, etc. 

Eh as a simple r, as : rhetor (re tor). 

Sch like sk, as: schola (skola). 

Ti before a vowel is pronounced like shi, as : actio (acshio.) 
But if the i is long, the hissing sound disappears, as : totlus. 
Besides, ti (with the i short) is pronounced without the hissing 
sound : a) if there is immediately before the t, another t, an s, 
or an x, as : Attius, ostium, mixtio ; b) in Greek words, as : 
Miltiades, tiara ; c) in the old infinitive ending ier, as mittier. 



CHAPTER II. 
Of Syllables. 

§ 3. Quantity of Syllables.* 

1. A syllable is long or short by nature, according as its 
vowel is long or short, as mater, pater. 

2. All syllables are long which contain a diphthong, or a single 
vowel arising from a diphthong, or from the contraction of two 
separate vowels into one, as : plaudo, explodo (instead of ex- 
plaudo) ; caedo, cecldi; tibicen (for tibiicen); junior (for juve- 
nior). 

Kem. 1. A syllable is said to be of doubtful quantity, when it 
is used indifferently, as long or short, by the poets. 

* This and the two following sections should be omitted by the youth- 
ful beginner, and verbal explanations of the principles, so far as neces- 
sary, be given by the teacher. 



4 ACCENT OF SYLLABLES. [§ 4. 

3. A syllable having a long vowel (also the preposition prae 
in composition) becomes short by position, when the following 
syllable begins with a vowel, as : (de) deambulo, (pro) proavus, 
(audiveram) audieram, philosophia. So also when h intervenes, 
as : contraho, adveho. 

Rem. 2. In words taken from the Greek, a vowel generally 
remains long before another vowel, when it is long in the original 
Greek word, as: aer (at]o)> There are also a few exceptions to 
the last rule even in Latin words. 

4. A syllable with a short vowel becomes long by position, 
when followed by two or more consonants, or by x (= cs, or gs) 
z, also j (except in the compounds of jugum, as : bijugus), as : 
perdo (from per,) judex (gen. judicis,) gaza, major (but magis). 
./iT with a consonant does not make the preceding vowel long, 
nor, generally, a mute followed by a liquid, (see §§ 1, 4), ex- 
cept in compound words, and when I, m, or n follows b, d, or g. 

§ 4. Accent of Syllables. 

1. The Latin, like the Greek, has, properly, three accents : 
the acute, or rising tone, ('), the grave, or falling tone, ( x ), and 
the circumflex, or the rising ending in a falling tone, ("). But 
no special directions can be given for distinguishing the differ- 
ent kinds of accent in practice, other than what is naturally 
made by the voice in giving the emphasis required by the 
sense. 

Rem. 1. The only use which is made of the written accent is 
that made by some editors, in distinguishing, by the grave accent, 
certain words when used as adverbs and conjunctions from the 
same words used in their proper capacity (as : ante, quo, modo), 
and by the circumflex accent, a contracted syllable or a long final 
vowel, as: fructus, poena, etc. 

2. In dissyllabic words the accent is on the penult (last syl- 
lable but one,) as : dea, musa. 

Rem. 2. A word can have the circumflex accml on the penult 
only when that syllable is long by nature and tLe last syllable 
short. 



§ 5.] DIVISION OF WORDS INTO SYLLABLES. 5 

3. In words of more than two syllables the accent is on the 
penult if long (whether by nature or position), but if not, on 
the antepenult (last syllable but two). In the last of these 
two cases the accent is always the acute, but in the first it may 
be either the acute or the circumflex, according to the quantity 
of the last syllable, as : historia, Homerus, Athenae. 

Rem. 3. Vocatives of the second declension ending in i, from 
having lost the final e, as: Yirgili (for Virgilie, see § 17, R. 3), 
Mercuri, etc., also genitives ending in i instead of ii, have the 
accent as they would if the rejected letters were annexed, i. e. 
the acute on the penult (although short), as: Mercuri, tuguri. 
Also the compounds of do and facio, with words of more than 
two syllables, which are not prepositions, as : calefacit, venum- 
dedit, pessumdedit. 

4. A monosyllable short by nature takes the acute, and one 
long by nature, the circumflex accent, as : pix, fax ; dos, mus. 

Rem. 4. When the enclitics: que, ne, ve, ce, met. etc., are 
joined on to words with a short penult, they draw the accent to 
the final syllable of the word, as : scelera sceleraque, homines 
hominesque ; but when the penult of the word is long (and con- 
sequently takes the accent), the enclitic draws the accent to the 
last syllable only when that syllable becomes by the addition of 
the enclitic, long by position, as : scelestus scelestiisque, scelesta 
scelestaque, etc. 

§ 5. Division of Words into Syllables.* 

1. A single consonant after an accented antepenult, having 
any other vowel than u, should generally be joined to that 



* These rules are based upon the English analogy, and are such as 
are generally followed in this country, but there is good reason to believe 
that the ancient Romans observed the following: rule in the distribution 
of several consonants between two vowels : — When two or more conso- 
nants come between two vowels, they should be prefixed to the second, if 
they are such as may commence a Latin word, viz., any one of the mutes 
(see §§ 1,4, c) followed by I or r; an s followed by c, p, or t, (sc, sp, st) 
alone, or followed by one of these, together with I or r (scl or scr, spl or 
spr, stl or str) ; and finally, g followed by n, as : so-brius, a-gri, A-phro- 
dite, pe-stis ; a-stra, a-plu-stre ; ma-gnus. So the double consonant x is 
most naturally prefixed to the following vowel, as : a-xis. In all other 
cases the two consonants are divided one to the one and the other to the 
other vowel, as : an-nus, am-nis, mon-tes, scrip-tus. 
1* 



6 PARTS OF SPEECH. — INFLECTION. [§ 6. 

syllable, as : itin-era, volucris, rap-i-dus ; but, lu-ridus, etc. — 
But if the penult is e or i before another vowel, the preceding 
consonant is joined to it, as : ra-dius, do-ceo, hae-reo, etc. 

2. A single consonant, in most other cases, should be pre- 
fixed to the vowel which follows it, as : ma-ter, sa-tur, etc. 
But tib~i and sib-i are generally excepted ; by some, also, the 
consonant following an accented penult is joined on to it in all 
cases where the vowel of the penult is short, as : pat-er, but, 
ma-ter, etc. 

3. A mute, followed by a liquid, (except bl, gl, tl, and gn), 
are not generally to be separated in dividing a word into its 
syllables, but like a single consonant, are to be annexed or 
prefixed to the vowels which they come between, according to 
the two preceding rules, as : a-grestis, pa-trius, li-bratus ; but, 
Aeg-le, Ag-laus, At-las, At-lantides, mag-nus, mag-nanimus, 
etc. ; also, pa-tria (the penult being i before a vowel), etc. 

4. Any two consonants, except a mute and a liquid, coming 
between two vowels, should generally be separated, one to the 
preceding and one to the following vowel, as : cal-lis, am-nis, 
cor-pus, etc. 

5. When three consonants come between two vowels, the 
last two are generally a mute and a liquid, which should be 
joined to the vowel following, and the other to the preceding, 
as : pis-trina, fenes-tra, etc. 

Rem. Words compounded without change of the component 
parts, should be divided according to these parts, as : ab-avus, 
ab-eo, super-ero, res-publica. If a letter is inserted in the com- 
position, it is attached to the first word of the compound, as : 
prod-esse. 



CHAPTER III. 
§ 6. Parts of Speech. — Inflection. 

1. The Substantive or Noun designates or gives the name 
of an object (a person or thing), as : man, woman, house. 



§6.] PARTS OF SPEECH. INFLECTION. 7 

2. The Verb expresses an action (something which an object 
does), as : to bloom, to dance, to sleep, to love, to praise, e. g. the 
rose blooms ; the boy dances ; the child sleeps ; God loves men ; 
the teacher praises the scholars. 

3. The Adjective expresses a property or quality, as : small, 
great, beautiful, e. g. a swia# boy ; a beautiful rose ; a $rea£ 
house. 

4. The Adverb expresses the way and manner in which an 
action takes place, as : beautifully, sweetly, e. g. the rose blooms 
beautifully ; the child sleeps sweetly. 

Rem. 1. There are adverbs also, which express the place 
where, and the time when the action takes place, as : here, there, 
yesterday, to-day. 

5. The Pronoun points to an object without expressing the 
idea of it, as : I, thou, he, this, that 

6. The Numeral expresses number or quantity, as : one, two, 
three, many, few. 

7. The Preposition is a word which stands before a noun, 
and expresses the relations of place, of time and other relations 
which an object sustains to an action, as : the boy stands before 
the house ; the child laughs for joy. Nearly all the preposi- 
tions are used, at times, as adverbs. 

8. The Conjunction is a word which serves to connect words 
and sentences, as : and, but, because. 

Rem. 2. Besides, there are other words which are barely signs 
of emotion, and are called Interjections, as : ecce, behold ! hei, 
alas ! etc. 

9. Inflection is the variation or modification of a word in 
order to express a particular relation, as : thou \o\est, he loves, 
the child's clothes, the man's hat. The inflection of the sub- 
stantive, adjective, pronoun, and numeral, is called declension, 
that of verbs, conjugation. The adverb, also, is compared, 
which is a kind of inflection. The remaining parts of speech 
do not admit of inflection, and hence do not require to be 
treated of in etymology. 



8 



SOME FORMS OF THE VERB. 



§7—9. 



§ 7. Some Forms of the Verb. 

All the verbs of the Latin Language are divided into four 
classes or conjugations, which are distinguished by the termi- 
nation of the infinitive as follows : 

First Conjugation : — are as : amdre, to love, 
Second " — ere " monere, to admonish. 

Third " — ere " regere, to govern, 

Fourth — ire " audire, to hear. 

§ 8. First Conjugation : amare, to love. 



PRESENT ACTIVE. 

Indicative. 


PRESENT PASSIVE. 

Indicative. 


1. 
2. 
3. 
1. 
2. 
3. 


amo, I love 
sands, thou lovest 
amat, he, she, it loves 
sandmus, we love 
sundtis, you love 
sonant, they love. 


amor, I am loved 
amdris, thou art loved 
sandtur, he, she, it is loved 
sundmur, we are loved 
sundmini, you are loved 
amantur, they are loved. 


2. 

2. 


Imperative, 
amd, love thou 
amdte, love ye. 





Read Exercise I. {'page 108). 



§ 9. Second Conjugation : monere, to admonish. 



PRESENT ACTIVE. 

Indicative. 


PRESENT PASSIVE. 

Indicative. 


1. 
2. 
3. 
1. 
2. 
3. 


moneo, / admonish 
moncs, thou admonishest 
monet, he, she, it admonishes 
monemus, we admonish 
monetls, you admonish 
monent, they admonish. 


mtmeor, I am admonished 
monem, thou art admonished 
monetur, he, she, it is admonished 
monemwr, we are admonished 
monemlni, you are admonished 
monentur, they are admonished. 


2. 
2. 


Imperative, 
mone, admonish thou 
monete, admonish ye. 





Read Exercise II. 



§ 10, 11.] 



SOME FORMS OF THE VERB. 



§ 10. Third Conjugation : regere, to govern. 





PRESENT ACTIVE. 


PRESENT PASSIVE. 




Indicative. 


Indicative. 


1. 

2. 
3. 


rego, I govern 
regis, thou governest 
regit, he, she, it governs 


regor, / am governed 
regeris, thou art governed 
regltur, he, she, it is governed 


1. 


regimus, we govern 


reglmur, we are governed 


2. 
3. 


regitis, you govern 
regunt, they govern. 


regimini, you are governed 
reguntur, they are governed. 


2. 
2. 


Imperative, 
rege, govern thou 
reglte, govern ye. 





Head Exercise III. 



§ 11. Fourth Conjugation: audire, to hear. 



PRESENT ACTIVE. 
Indicative. 


PRESENT PASSIVE. 
Indicative. 


1. 
2. 
3. 
1. 
2. 
3. 


audw, / hear 
audis, thou hearest 
audi/, he, she, it hears 
audimtw, we hear 
audltis, you hear 
audiunt, they hear. 


audzor, I am heard 
Siudiris, thou art heard 
Siuditur, he, she, it is heard 
Siudimur, we are heard 
Siiidimini, you are heard 
audiuntur, they are heard. 


2. 
2. 


Imperative, 
audi, hear thou 
audite, hear ye. 





Besides, the following forms of the irregular verb sum should 
be noted : 



est, he, she, it is, 
erat, he, she, it was, 



sunt, they are, 
erant, they were. 



esse, to be. 



Read Exercise IV. 



10 SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. [§§ 12, 13. 

CHAPTER IV. 
Of the Substantive and Adjective. 

§ 12. Classification of Substantives. 

1. The substantive (§ 6, 1.) is called concrete, when it desig- 
nates a person or thing which has an actual and independent 
existence, as : man, lion, flower, army ; it is called abstract, on 
the contrary, when it signifies an action or quality conceived 
of as independent of a subject, as : virtue, wisdom. 

2. The Concretes are : 

a) Appellative nouns, when they indicate a whole species, or 
an individual of a class, as : man, woman, flower, lion ; 

b) Proper nouns, when they designate only single persons 
as things which do not belong to a class, as : Marius, Rome ; 

c) Material nouns, when they indicate the simple material, 
as : milk, dust, water, gold ; 

d) Collective nouns, when they designate a number of single 
persons or things as one whole, as : army, cavalry, fleet, herd. 

§ 13. Gender of the Substantive. 

The Gender of Substantives, which is three-fold, as in Eng- 
lish, is determined partly by their meaning and partly by their 
endings. The rules of gender founded upon the endings will 
be treated of under the particular declensions. With refer- 
ence to the meaning, we have the following general rules : 

1. Of the masculine gender, are the names and designations 
of males, nations, winds, months, most rivers, and mountains. 

2. Of the feminine gender, are the names and designations 
of females, of most countries, islands, towns, trees, shrubs, and 
small plants. 

3. Of the neuter gender, are the names of most fruits, the 
letters of the alphabet, the infinitive, all indeclinable words 
(except the names of persons from foreign languages), and 
every word used as the mere symbol of a sound, as : man is a 
monosyllable. 



§14.] SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. 11 

4. Of the common gender, are the designations of persons 
which have but one form for the masculine and feminine, as : 
dux, a male or female leader. 

1. Nations, males, rivers, winds, 
Mounts and months are masculines. 

2. Females, isles, lands, trees, and town, 
These as feminine are found. 

3. Whatever cannot be declined 
This is of the neuter kind. 

4. Common is whatever can 
Include a woman and a man. 

Rem. 1. Variable substantives (designations of persons, and the 
more important animals) are those which vary their ending in or- 
der to indicate the natural gender, as : films, son, filia, daughter, 
magister, magistra, teacher (male and female), \eo, leaena, lion, 
lioness, rex, regina, king, queen, cervus, cerva. 

Rem. 2. Epicozne nouns are those (names of most animals) 
which have but one grammatical gender (mostly masc. except of 
the first declension) for designating both genders, as : corvus m. 
the crow, whether male or female ; ciconia, /. the stork, aqufla, /. 
the eagle, vulpes, /. the fox, anser, m. the goose, etc. But when 
the natural gender is to be distinguished, mas or masculus, mascula 
or femina are added to the nouns, as : corvus femina, vulpes 
mas or mascula ; or the gender may be distinguished by the ter- 
mination of an adjective attached to it, as : anser alba. 

Rem. 3. Some nouns have different genders (Heterogeneous) 
in the Sing, and Plur., as : jocus, PI. joci and joca ; carbasus, PI. 
carbasi and carbasa ; coelum, PI. coeli ; delicium, PL deliciae ; 
rastrum, PL rastri and rastra ; — also in the same number, as : bal- 
teus and balteum, essedum, i, esseda, ae. 



§ 14. Number, Case and Declension. 

1. The substantive and adjective, like the verb, have two 
numbers : the Sing., which denotes a unity, and the Plur., 
which denotes a plurality, and six cases in each number, viz. : 

1. Nominative, answering the question who? or what? 

2. Genitive, answering the question, whose ? of whom ? of 
what? 

3. Dative, answering the question, to or for whom or what ? 

4. Accusative, answering the question, whom ? or what ? 



12 SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. [§ 15. 

5. Vocative, the case of direct address ; 

6. Ablative, answering the questions, whence ? wherewith ? 
whereby ? when f at what time, etc. 

Rem. 1. The Nom. and Yoc. are called casus recti; the other 
cases, casus obllqui. Substantives and adjectives of the neuter 
gender have the Nom. Ace. and Yoc. alike. 

Rem. 2. Some nouns are used only in one number (Defectives 
in number), as : Sing, most abstract and collective nouns and nouns 
of material (which are not used in the Plur. except to express 
different sorts, instances, etc.), as well as proper names, e. g. sua- 
vitas, sweetness, indoles, natural ability, aurum, gold ; Plur. arma, 
orum, arms, proceres, chiefs, nuptiae, a wedding, habenae, reins, 
etc. — Some nouns are not used in all the cases {Defectives in 
case), as: fors, chance (only in the Nom.. and Abl. forte), etc., 
and a few (both nouns and adjectives) are indeclinable, viz., names 
of the letters of the alphabet, pondo, a pond, fas, permitted ; 
Greek words in i, y, (u), as : hydromeli, asty, astu, and also gum- 
mi, etc. 

2. The Latin language has Jive declensions, distinguished 
by the ending of the Gen. Sing. ; 1st Dec. ae, 2d t, 3d is, 4th us 
5 th ei. 

Rem. 3. Some nouns are declined, either wholly or in part, 
according to different Dec. (Heterocliies) , as: vas, G. vasis, also 
vast of the second Dec, laurus, G. i and us (after the second and 
fourth Dec. in Gen. and Abl. Sing, and Nom. and Ace. Plur.), 
etc. 

§ 15. Gender and Declension of the Adjective. 

1. The adjective (and participle), in Latin, agrees with its 
substantive, in gender, number, and case, as : filia bona, the 
good daughter, filia est bona, the daughter is good, filiws bonus, 
the good son, filius est bonus, the son is good, bellwm malwm, the 
evil war, helium est malum, the war is evil. 

2. Hence, the adjective (also the participle), like the sub- 
stantive, has a threefold gender. Still, not all adjectives have 
separate forms for the three genders, but many have only two 
distinct endings, viz. one for the Masc. and Fern, and the other 
for the Neut. ; some, indeed, have only one form for all gen- 
ders. 



I IB-] 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



13 



3. The declension of the adjective (and participle) corre- 
sponds with the first three declensions of nouns, the forms 
ending in the Nom. in a, belonging to the first Dec, all in us 
and um, and those in er which have a in the Fern. (i. e. all in 
er, except thirteen,) to the second Dec, and all others to the 
third. 

§ 16. First Declension. 

Nouns of the first declension ending in a are all feminine. 

Rem. 1. Exceptions to this rule occur only out of regard to 
the general rules of gender (§ 13), thus, e. g. agricola, a husband- 
man, is Masc. ; so also are most names of rivers of this declen- 
sion, as : Matrona, the Marne, Trebia, Sequana, the Seine, also 
Hadria, Adriatic Sea. But the names of mountains, as: Aetna, 
Ossa, remain Feminine. 





C ase-E 


q dings. 






Singular 


Nominative 


a* 


Plural 


Nominative 


ae 




Genitive 


ae 




Genitive 


arum 




Dative 


ae 




Dative 


is 




Accusative 


am 




Accusative 


as 




Vocative 


a 




Vocative 


ae 




Ablative 


a 




Ablative 


Is 



Paradigms. 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Nominative 


mensa, the table 


mensae, the tables 


Genitive 


mensae, of the table 


mensdrum, of the tables 


Dative 


mensae, to the table 


mensis, to the tables 


Accusative 


mensdra, the table 


mensds, the tables 


Vocative 


mensd, table 


mensae, tables 


Ablative 


mensd, by the table. 


mensis, by the tables. 



Rem:. 2. As the Latin language has neither the definite article 
the nor the indefinite article a or an, mensa may signify either in 
a general sense table, or a table, or the table. 



* Let the quantity of these endings be thoroughly learned ; so also in 
the paradigms of nouns, adjectives, and verbs. 
2 



14 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



[§ 17. 



Rem. 3. The dative and ablative plural have the ending dbus 
(for is) in : dea, a goddess, filia, a daughter, when they are to be 
distinguished from corresponding masculine forms, e. g. filiis et 
filiabus, to sons and daughters, diis et deabus, to gods and goddesses; 
occasionally, also, in a few other nouns. 

Rem. 4. For Greek nouns of the first Dec. see § 35. 

Rem. 5. In parsing a form of a noun, let the pupil proceed in 
the following order, and state, a) the case, b) the number, c) the 
declension, d) the gender, e) the nominative and the oblique cases 
till the form is made ; e. g. corporibus is a noun in the Dat. case, 
Plur. number, third Dec, neuter gender, from the nominative cor- 
pus, Gen. corporis, etc. (When further advanced he should also 
be required to give the government.) For the manner of parsing 
a verb, see § 47, R. 1. 

Read Exercise V. 



§ 17. Second Declension. 

Words of the second declension (substantives and adjectives) 
end in the Nom. in us, er, (in ir and ur only vir with its 
compounds and satur), and um, of which those in us, er, and 
ir are of the masadine and those in um of the neuter gender ; 
(participles end only in us, a, um). For the exceptions see 
§36. 

Case-Endings. 



Singular 


Nom. 
Gen. 


us (er, ir), um 


Plural 


Nom. 
Gen. 


i; 

orum 


a 




Dat. 


6 




Dat. 


is 






Ace. 


um 




Ace. 


6s;* 


a 




Voc. 


e (er, Ir) ; um 




Yoc. 


i; 


a 




Abl. 


6 




Abl. 


is 





Rem. 1. Most words in er of this Dec. (whether nouns or 
adjectives) reject the e (like ager) in all the cases except the 
Nom. and Voc. Only the following retain the e. The nouns : 
puer, gener, socer, vesper ; liberi, Liber, Malciber, Celtiber ; — and 
the adjectives: asper, exter, gibber, lacer ; liber, miser, prosper, 
tener ; frugifer, corniger, and the other compounds of fer and ger. 
Dexter has both forms, but rarely the form with e. 

* The ending os ) in Latin, is pronounced like os in host 



§17.] 



SECOND DECLENSION. 
Paradigms. 



15 





Singular. 


N. 


hortiis, the garden puer, the boy ager, the field vir, the man 


G 


horti, of the garden pueri, of the boy agri, of the field viri, of the man 


D. 


hortd, to the garden puerd, to the boy agrd, to the field vird, to the man 


A. 


hort&wi, the garden puerwrn, the boy agrwra, the field virum, the man 


V. 


horte, garden puer, boy ager, field vir, man 


A. 


hortd, by thegarden puerd, by the boy agrd, by the field viro, by the man. 




Plural. 


N. 


horti, the gardens pueri, the boys agri, the fields viri, the men 


G. 


hortdrftm, of the puerdrwm, of the agrdrwm, of the virorum, of the 




gardens boys fields men 


D. 


hortis, to the gar- puer is, to the boys agris, to the fields vir Is, to the men 

dens 
hortds, the gardens puerds, the boys agrds, the fields virds, the men 


A. 


V. 


horti, gardens pueri, boys agri, fields viri, men 


A. 


hortis, by the gar- puerls, by the boys, agris, by the fields virls, by the men. 
dens. 




Singular. 


N. 


belrum, the war boniis, good bona, good bomim, good 


G. 


belli, of the war bom bonae bonl 


D. 


belld, to the war bono bonae bono 


A. 


bellttm, the war bon&wi bondwi bonftwi 


V. 


belltim, war bone" bona bonum 


A. 


bello, by the war. bono bona bono 




Plural. 


N. 


belld, the wars bonl bonae bona 


G. 


belldrww, of the bonorum bonarwm bondrft»i 


D. 


wars 
bellls, to the wars bonis bonis bonis 


A. 


bella, the wars bonds bonds bona 


V. 


bella, wars bonl bonae bona 


A. 


bell is, by the ivars. bonis bonis bonis. 




Singular. 




free free free beautiful beautiful beautiful 


N. 


liber libera \iberum 


pulcher pulchrd pulchrum 


G. 


liberi liberae liberi 


pulchri pulchrae pulchri 


D. 


libero liberae libero 


pulchrd pulchrae pulchrd 


A. 


liberwm liberawi liberum 


pulchrum pulchrdm pulchrfr/Ti 


V. 


liber libera liberftm 


pulcher pulchrd pulchrftwi 


A. 


libero libera libero 


pulchro pulchrd pulchro 




Plural. 


N. 


liberi libSrae libera 


pulchri pulchrae pulchrd 


G liberorum liberarwm liberdrwm 


pulchrdr&m pulchrdrftm pulchrdruwi 


~D. liberis liberis liber is 


pulchris pulchris pulchris 


A. liberds liberds libera 


pulchrds pulchrds pulchrd 


V. liberi liberae libera 


pulchri pulchrae pulchrd 


[ A. liberis liber?. 1 ? liberis. 


pulchris pulchris pulchris. 



16 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



[§18 



In like manner the pupil may decline : 

Vir bonus, a good man, femlna bona, a good woman, exemplum 
bonum, a good example, hortus pulcher, a beautiful garden, rosa 
pulchra, a beautiful rose, ovum pulchrum, a beautiful egg, ager 
fecundus, the productive field, vir liber, a free man, scriba bonus, 
a good scribe. 

Rem. 2. The Gen. Sing, of nouns in ius and ium, had in the 
classical period, the contracted form I together with ii, as : films, 
G. fili and filii. But adjectives always have ii, as egregii from 
egregius, excellent. 

Rem. 3. The Yoc. Sing, of filius (a son) is fili, and that of 
meus (my) is mi, as : mi fili (but, O mea filia, O meum ofn- 
cium). This Voc. in I also, is found in proper names in lus, aius 
and eius, hence: l (for le), ai (for aie), el (for eie), as: Tullius 
Tulli, Virgillus Virgilz, Mercurlus Mercurl, Antonius Antoni, 
Gaius Gal, Pompeius Pompel. 

Rem. 4. The word deus (God) is deus also in the Yoc. ; in 
the plural it is thus declined : N. and Y. dii (rare dei), G. deo- 
rum, D. and Abl. diis (rare deis), Ace. deos. 

Rem. 5. The Gen. plural of some nouns, (mostly those desig- 
nating measure, weight, and money), has the ending um (for 
orum), e. g. nummum (from nummus), of money, talentum (from 
talentum), of talents, sestertium (from sestertius), etc. 

Read Exercise VI. 



§ 18. Third Declension. 
1. The third Declension has the following case-endings : 



Sing. 


Norn. 





Plur. 


Nom. 


es* Neut. a (ia) 




Gen. 


Is 




Gen. 


um (ium) 




Dat. 


i 




Dat. 


Ibus 




Ace. 


em, Neut. like Nom. 




Ace. 


es a (ia) 




Yoc. 


like the Nom. 




Yoc. 


es a (ia) 




Abl. 


6(i) 




Abl. 


ibus 



Rem. 1. Neuter nouns of this Dec. generally present the pure 
stem in the Nom., but in masc. and fern, nouns, the pure stem is 
often changed, for the sake of euphony, by adding an s at the 
end (with an e or i before it in parisyllables [R. 4,] in es and is), 



# The ending es, in Latin, is pronounced like the English word ease. 



§ 18.] THIRD DECLENSION. 17 

and rejecting t, d, n, or nt when they would come before s. Also 
the final r, in nouns of all genders, often passes into s. But in 
all cases, the pure stem may be found by removing from the Gen. 
the ending (-is) of that case, as : rex (= reg-s), G. reg-zs, nub- 
e-s, G. nub-zs, av-i-s, G. av-zs, mos, G. mor-zs, rus, G. rur-zs, cor- 
pus, G. corpor-zs. 

Rem. 2. Nouns of all genders often change their final stem- 
vowels in the Nom. for the sake of euphony, 1) i into e, in sev- 
eral masculines ending in s, and neuters, in en and e, as : miles, 
G. mih't-is, judex, G. ju&ic-is ; nomen, G. nomm-is, mare, G. mar- 
is (for mari-zs) ; 2) i into u in caput, G. capit-fs ; 3) i into o in 
homo, G. homin-is, and others in o ; 4) o into u in corpus, G. cor- 
poris, ebur, G. ebor-ls ; 5) e into u in some words in us, as : 
genus, G. genera's. — Greek proper names ending in ont, reject 
the t in the Nom., as : Xenophon, G. Xenophon£-is. Greek words 
whose stem ends in t, reject the t in the Nom., as : poema, G. 
poemaM's; thus also the neuters, cor, G. cova4s, lac, G. lacM's, 
reject the t sound in the Nom. 

Rem. 3. For the endings e and i, a and ia, um and ium, see 
§37. 

2. For the gender, we have the following general rules : 

1) Of the masculine gender are the nouns in o, or, os, er, 
and imparisyllables, in es. 

Rem. 4. Parisyllables are words with the same number of 
syllables in the Gen. as in the Nom., as : nubes, a cloud, G. nubis ; 
imparisyllables, on the contrary, are words which have more sylla- 
bles in the Gen. than in the Nom., as : miles, soldier, G. militis. 

2) Of the feminine gender are nouns in as, is, aus, us (Gen. 
utis or udis), x, s with a consonant before it, and parisyllables 
in es. 

3) Of the neuter gender are nouns in a, e, c, I, en, ar, ur, ut 
and us (Gen. oris, eris, uris). 

Rem. 5. For the exceptions to these rules see §§ 38 — 40. 



2* 



18 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



[§§ 19, 20. 



§ 19. I. The Nominative presents the pure stem. 





colour (in 


.) goose (m.) 


father (m 


.) animal (n.^ 


spur (n.) 


S.N. 


color 


anser 


pater 


animal 


calcar 


G. 


colons 


anseris 


patrc's 


animaKs 


calcarzs 


D. 


colon 


anseri 


patri 


animaK 


calcari 


A. 


colorm 


anserm 


patrem 


animal 


calcar 


Y. 


color 


anser 


pater 


animal 


calcar 


A. 


colore 


ansere 


patre 


animaK 


calcar i 


P.N. 


colores 


anseres 


patres 


animaKa 


calcana 


G. 


colons 


anserum 


patrw?7i 


animalism 


calcarzwm 


D. 


colovihus 


anseri&ws 


•p&trlbus 


animaliZ/ws 


caXc&ribus 


A. 


color es 


an seres 


patres 


animaKa 


calcana 


V. 


colores 


anseres 


patres 


animalla 


c ale aria 


A. 


coloiibus 


anseribus 


■p&tribus 


animaK&ws 


calcari&ws. 



Rem. Nouns in ter and ber, as : pater, father, mater, mother, 
frater, brother, as well as adjectives in ber and cer, as : celeber, 
celebrated, acer, sharp, reject the e in the oblique cases ; Exc. : 
later, eris. 



§ 20. II. The Nominative presents the stem changed accord- 
ing to the laws of euphony. 





name (w.) 


lion (m.) 


body (n.) 


sea (n.) 


S. Nom. and Yoc. 


nomen 


leo 


corpus 


mare 


Genitive 


nornlms 


ledm's 


corporis 


maris 


Dative 


nomini 


leom 


corpori 


man 


Accusative 


nomen 


leonem 


corpus 


mare 


Ablative 


nomine 


leone 


corpora 


man 


P. N. Ace. and Y. 


nomlna 


leones 


corpora 


mark 


Genitive 


nomlnwm 


leonwm 


corporis 


mar mm 


Dat. and Abl. 


nomlm&ws 


leombus 


corpori&ws 


mari^ws. 



Rem. Greek proper names whose stem ends in on or on, in 
good prose, form their Nom. almost always in o, as : Agamemno, 
G. 6n-is ; Plato, Solo, Bito, G. dn-is ; those, on the contrary, whose 
stem ends in ont form their Ncm., in the best writers, in on, as : 
Xenophon, G. ont-is ; but there are variations from both these 
rules even in Cicero. 



§§ 21, 22.] 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



19 



§ 2i. in. 


The Nominative adds s to the 


stem. 




root (/.) 


dty (/) 


praise (/.] 


cloud (/.) 


S. Nom. and Voc. 


radix 


urbs 


laus 


nub-e-s 


Genitive 


radlcw 


urbis 


laudzs 


nub-zs 


Dative 


radici 


urbi 


laud/ 


nubi 


Accusative 


radicem 


\xrhem 


laudem 


nubem 


Ablative 


radice 


urbe 


laude 


nube 


P. N. Ace. and Y. 


radices 


urbes 


laudes 


nub-es 


Genitive 


radicww 


urbium 


I'diidum 


nub-fum 


Dat. and Abl. 


radic2&ws 


urhibus 


l&udibus 


nub-}bus. 



Rem. There are a few nouns which form their Gen. (and one 
or two some of the other cases), like none of these paradigms, 
but these variations are always given in the vocabularies. See 
especially Vocabulary p. 145. 

Read Exercise VII 



§ 22. Paradigms of Adjectives of the Third Declension. 

The following paradigms present the forms of the three 
classes of adjectives of the third Dec. with one, two, and three 
endings. Adjectives of one ending terminate in /, r, s, x, and 
pa?-t triples (Present Participles only) in ns, G. ntis, as : 
amans, loving, G. amantis. For the irregular adjectives of 
the second Dec. : units, ullus, etc., duo and ambo, see § 33. For 
adjectives and participles of the first and second Dec, see 
§§ 15, 17. 



N. and Y. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Abl. 

N.V.&Ac. 
Genitive 
D. & Abl 



sharp. 

(m.) (f.) 

acer acris 

acris acris 

acri acri 



(n.) 

acre 
acris 
acri 



acrem acrem acre 
acri acri acri 

acres acres acria 
acrium acrium acrium 
acribus acribus acribus 



Singular. 

delightful. 
(m&f.) (n.) 

suavis suave 

suavis suavis 

suavi suavi 

suavem suave 

suavi suavi 

Plural. 

suaves suavia 

suavium suavium 

suavibus suavibusimajoribus majdrlbus 



greater. 
(m.&f.) (n.) 
major majus 
majoris majoris 
majori majori 
majorem majus 
majore majore 

majorcs major a 
majorum majdrum 



Singular. 
Nom. & Yoc.j audax {m.f. n.) bold 
Genitive atidacis audacium 

Dat. & Abl. | and lei audacibus 

Ace. I audacem (m. f), audax (;?.) audaces 

(Thus also present participles.) 



Plural, 
audaces (m.f.) audacia (n.) 
audacium 
audacibus 
audacia. 



20 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 



[§23. 



In like manner decline : 



N. 
G. 
N. 
G. 

N. 
G. 
N. 
G. 



odor acer, sharp odor, 
odoris acris 
campus viridis, green 
campi viridis [field, 
vir major, greater man, 
viri majoris 
miles audax, bold sol- 
milltis audacis [dier, 



aqua acris, sharp water, 

aquae acris 

silva viridis, green wood, 

silvae viridis 

femina major, greater 

femmae majoris [woman 

leaena audax, bold lion- animal audax, bold an- 

leaenae audacis [ess, animalis audacis [imal. 



acetum acre, sharp vin- 
aceti acris [sgar, 

pratumviride, green 
prati viridis [meadow, 
corpus majus, greater 
corporis majoris [body, 



Rem. 1. Adjectives in er (like acer) sometimes have is in the 
Masc. as : Celebris locus (instead of celeber 1.) Also several ad- 
jectives in is, e, sometimes take the form in us, um, as : hilaris, 
inermis, exanimis, etc. 

Rem. 2. For the Abl. Sing, in i and e, the Nom. Plur. in ia 
and a, and the Gen. Plur. in ium and um, see § 3 7. 

Read Exercise VIII. 



§ 23. Fourth Declension. 

Nouns of the fourth Dec. have in the Nom. the two end- 
ings : us and u, of these the first is of the masculine and the 
last of the neuter gender. For the exceptions, see § 41. 



Case-Endings. 



Sing. 


Nom. 


us ; Neut. 


u 


Plur. 


Nom. 


us; 


Neut. 


ua 




Gen. 


us ; us or 


u 




Gen. 




uum 






Dat. 


ui or u ; 


u 




Dat. 




Ibus 






Ace. 


urn ; 


u 




Ace. 


us; 




via 




Yoc. 


us ; 


u 




Yoc. 


us ; 




ua 




Abl. 


u 






Abl. 




Ibus 





Paradigms. 





Singular. 


Plural. 


N. 


fructus (m.), fruit. 


comii (n.), horn. 


fructus 


cornua 


G. 


fructus (old, uis) 


comus or u 


fructuttm 


cornuum 


D. 


fructm or u 


cornu 


fructlbus 


covnibus 


A. 


f rue turn 


cornu 


fructus 


covnild 


V. 


fructus 


cornu 


fructus 


cornua 


A. 


fructu 


cornu 


fructibus 


comibiis. 



§24] 



FIFTH DECLENSION. 



21 



Rem. 1. In some words of this Dec. an associate form in i for 
us is found in the Gen. Sing, as : senati, instead of the common 
form : senatus. The Gen. Plur. in um for uum, as : currum, is 
found occasionally in the poets. 

Rem. 2. Ficus (f.) a Jig-tree, in the Dat. and Abl. Plur. has 
ficis after the second Dec. The following words have their Dat. 
and Abl. Plur. regularly in ubus instead of ibus, viz. : 

. ( (f.) needle, (m.) lake, Cm.) qrotto, 

acus, lacus, specus, arcus, . j v J ^ ^ ' V J * 

. ., . C (f.) a tribe, (f.) the oak, (m.) a 

tribus, quercus, artus, partus, J V ^ { ^ } \ J Urthj 

( (n.) cattle, (as a species), (n.) a 
pecu, veru, j apt*; — 

sometimes, also, portus, sinus, tonitru, genu. 

Rem. 3. The word domus (f.) a house, is declined as follows : 



Sing. N. V. 


domus 


Plur. K V. 


domus 


Gen. 


domus 


Gen. 


domuum and domorum 


Dat. 


domm 


Dat. 


domlbus 


Ace. 


domuwi 


Ace. 


domos (rarely domus) 


Abl. 


domo 


Abl. 


doim&us 



The form doml (Gen.) is used only in the meaning at home, at 
the house ; thus : domi meae, domi tuae, domi alienae, at my, thy, 
another's house. The Dat. domo and Abl. domu are obsolete. 

Read Exercise IX. 



§ 24. Fifth Declension. 

All nouns of the fifth declension end in the Nom. in es and 
are of the feminine gender. 

Exceptions : Masculine are, dies, a day, and meridles, mid-day ; 
yet dies in the Sing, is feminine when it signifies a definite day, a 
day fixed upon or appointed, as : dies dicta, dies constituta, a day 
appointed, also, when it signifies length of time, as : dies perixigua, 
a very short space ; still, in both these meanings it is sometimes 
used as masculine. 



22 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. [§ 25. 



Case-Endings and Paradigms. 



S. N. es 


PI. es 


affair 
S. res, 


, thing. 
PL res 


die's, 


day. 
Pi. die's 


G. el 
D. §1 


erum 
ebus 


rel 
ret 


rerum 
rebus 


die'z 
die'i 


dierum 
diebtis 


A. em 


es 


rem 


res 


diem 


die's 


V. es 
A. e 


es 
ebus 


res 
re 


res 
rebus 


die's 
die" 


die's 
diebus. 



Rem. 1. The e in ei, the ending of the Gen. and Dat., is short 
when a consonant stands before it, as : rei, fidei ; but long when a 
vowel stands before it, as : diei, faciei. 

Rem. 2. Only res and dies form all the cases of the Sing, and 
Plur. ; all the other nouns of the fifth declension are destitute of 
the Gen., Dat. and Abl. Plur., these cases being supplied by the 
corresponding cases of synonymous nouns of the other declen- 
sions. 

Rem. 3. The Gen. and Dat., in early times, was sometimes 
contracted into e~ and i, as : acie, die ; and the form i in the phrase 
tribunus plebi (== plebei), and in words whose stem ends in ie, as : 
pernicii (for perniciei). 

Rkm. 4. Many words of the first Dec. as : barbaria, duritia, 
luxuria, mollitia, etc., have, but generally only in the Nom. Ace. 
and Abl. Sing., an associate form after the fifth Dec, as : molliti-es, 
-em, -e ; still, these forms occur but rarely in the prose writers of 
the golden age. 

Read Exercise X. 



§ 25. Comparison of Adjectives and Participles. 

1. There are three degrees of quality: 

1) The positive, as : the man is learned (vir est doctus) ; 

2) The comparative, as : the father is more learned than the 
son (pater est doct-ior quam Jilius) ; 

3) The superlative, as : Cicero was the ?nost learned of all 
the Romans (Cicero erat doct-issimus omnium Romanorum). 

2. The superlative, in Latin, is also used to express in gen- 
eral, a very high degree of a quality, as : pater tuus est doct- 
issimus, thy father is very learned. 



§ 25.] COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. 



23 



3. For indicating the comparative and superlative, the Latin 
language has the following forms : 

a) For the comparative : tor, Masc. and Fern., ius, Neuter ; 

b) For the superlative : issimus, issima, issimum. 

4. These endings are joined directly to the stem, which may- 
be found in all cases, by removing, in words of the second De- 
clension, the Nominative-ending -us, and in those of the third, 
the Genitive-ending -is, as : 



Laet-us, joyful 
doct-us, learned 
pudic-us, bashful, modest 
imbecill-us (later- is), 

feeble 
lev-is, light 
fertll-is, fertile 
dives (G. divlt-is,) rich 
prudens (G. prudent- 

is), prudent 
amans (G. amant-is), 

loving 
felix (G. felfc-is), happy 



Comp. laet-zor, ius Sup. \aet-issimus, a, um 

— doet-ior — doct-issimus 

— -pudic-ior — jmdic-issimus 

— imbeeill-zor — imbecill-issimws 



lev-ior 
fertil-ior 
divit-t'or 
prudent-wr 

amant-i'or 

felic-ior 



— \ev-issimus 

— fertil-issimus 

— di\it-issimus 

— prudent-2m?nus 

— am&nt-issimus 

— felic-issimus. 



5. Adjectives in er have the ending rimus, a, um in the 
superlative, as: 

miser (G.miser-i), a, um (unhappy) celer (G. celer-is), is, e, (swift) 

miser-ior, ius celer- ior, ius 

mi&er-rimus, a, um; celer-rimus, a, um; 
pulcher (G. pulchr-i), a, um (beau- pauper (G. pauper-is,) (poor) 

tiful) pauper-ior, ius 

pulchr-ior, ius pauper-nmus, a, um. 
'pulcher-r imus, a, um. 

So also : vetus, G. veter-is, old (Comp. veterxor, ius, is rarely 
used) Sup. veter-rimus ; and nuper-us, a, um, recent, (Comp. want- 
ing), Sup. nuper-rimus. 

6. The six following adjectives in zlis, form the superlative 
by adding limus to the stem, viz ; facllis, easy, difficllis, diffi- 
cult, simllis, like, dissimllis, unlike, gracilis, slim, slender, and 
humllis, low, as : 



facil-is, e 



C. facil-ior, ius 



S. facil-limus, a, um. 



24 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND PARTICIPLES. [§ 25. 



7. Compound adjectives in dicus, ficus and volus, form the 
comparative by adding entior, ius, and the superlative by add- 
ing entissimus, a, urn to the root, as : 

maledtcus, slanderous C. maledic-entior S. maled'ic-entissimus 
magniflcus, magnificent uiagmfic-entior magmfic-entissimus 
benevolus, benevolent beuevoi-entior benev o\-entissimus. 

But those in dicus (i long) are compared regularly, as : pu- 
dicus, bashful, modest, pudic-ior, pudic-issimus. 

8. Besides, the following adjectives of irregular comparison 
are to be observed : 



bonus, good 
malus, bad 
niagnus, great 
parvus, small 
multus, much 



nequam, zoicJced 
dives, rich 
senex, old 
juvenis, young 
exterus, outward 
inferus, below 
superus, above 
posterus, hind 



. mel-ior, ius, better S. 
pej-or 
maj-or 
min-or 

plus (neutr.) more 
plures (m. and f.), 
plura (n.) more 
nequ-ior 
dit-ior (or reg.) 
sen-ior 
jun-ior 
exter-ior, 
infer-ior, 
super-ior, 
poster-ior, 



optlmus, a, um, best 
pessimus 
maximus 
minimus 
plufimus, most 
plurimi, most 

nequissimus 
ditissimus (or reg.) 

wanting 

wanting 
extrcmus, outermost 
infimus and imus, lowest 
supremus, and summus 
postremus, hindermost. 






9. Finally, there are several adjectives of which the posi- 
tive is wanting, e. g. : 



(citra, on this side) 
(intra, within) 
(ultra, beyond) 
(prope, near) 



citer-ior, ius 
inter-ior, ius 
ulter-ior, ius 
prop-ior, ius 



citimus, nearest 
intlmus, inmost 
ultlmus, last 
proximus, next. 



Rem. 1. Instead of the comparison by terminations, the Latin 
language often expresses the comparative by the positive with 
magis (more), and the superlative by the positive with maxime 
(most.) This periphrastic form is necessary in those adjectives 
which want the terminational comparative and superlative. 

Rem. 2. Some adjectives have a superlative but not a compara- 
tive form, as : novus, new, novissimus ; invictus, invincible, invictis- 
simus; diversus, inclitus, sacer. On the contrary, others have a 



§ 26.] CLASSIFICATION AND FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 25 

comparative but not a superlative form, as : diuturnus, lasting, diu- 
turnior, maxime diuturnus ; proclivis, sloping, inclined, proclivior, 
maxime proclivis ; also, agrestis, alacer, propinquus, opimus, etc. ; 
and nearly all in His, His, alls, bilis, as : agilis, nimble, agilior, max- 
ime agilis. 

Rem. 3. To the adjectives which have not the terminational 
comparison, belong : a) those which have a vowel before the end- 
ing us, as : idoneus, Jit, magis idoneus, maxime idoneus ; pius, 
pious, affectionate; perspicuus, clear; egregius, excellent; neces- 
sarius, necessary (but those in qxius and guis are excepted) ; — 
b) nearly all in icus, imus, Inus, Ivus, orus, andus, bundus, as : 
lubrlcus, slippery ; legitlmus, lawful, matutlnus, early, fugitivus, 
fugitive, canorus, harmonious, venerandus, worthy of veneration, 
moribundus, dying (yet : festivius, divinius, divinissimus in Cic) 
— c) several of no particular class, as: almus, nourishing, canus, 
hoary, cicur, tame, claudus, lame, compos, powerful, impos, impo- 
tent of, curvus, bent, ferus, wild, gnarus, acquainted with, medio- 
cris, middling ; memor, mindful of, mirus, wonderful, par, equal, 
praedltus, endowed with, rudis, rude, etc. ; — finally, some, which, 
on account of their signification, admit of no degrees ; e. g. those 
which denote a material ; those compounded with per, prae (ex- 
cept praeclarus, praestans) and sub, as : aureus, golden, permagnus, 
very great, praedlves, very rich, subdifficllis, somewhat difficult; 
those having the diminutive form, as : parvulus, tiny, vetulus, 
oldish, garrulus, talkative. 

Read Exercise XI. 



CHAPTER V. 
Of the Adverb. 

§ 26. Classification and Formation of Adverbs. 

1. The common endings of adverbs (§ 6, 4.) are e and er 
(iter) ; those derived from adjectives of the second declension, 
are formed by annexing e to the root of the adjective, as : 
clarus, clar-e, liber (G. liber-i), liber-e, pulcher (G. pulchr-i), 
pulchr-e. Only bene (well) from bonus, and male (badly,) from 
malus, have a short e. 

2. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declension 

3 



26 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. [§ 27. 

are formed, by adding er to the stem of those in cms and ens, 
and iter to the stem of all others, as : 

clar-us, a, urn, clear, renowned clar-e 

liber, a, urn (G. liber-i), free liber-e 

pulcher, chra, chrum (G. pulchr-i) pulchr-e 

prudens (G. prudent-is), knowing prudent-er 

amans (G. amant-is), loving amant-er 

fortis (G. fort-is), brave fort-tter 
Audax (G. audac-is), bold, has audac-ter (for audac-iter). 

Rem. 1. Besides adverbs of the above-named endings, there 
are a number which have the termination of neuter adjectives in 
either the accusative or ablative case, as : multum, much, plurimum, 
most, solum and cantum, only, facile, easily, difficile (and difficulter), 
with difficulty, recens, recently ; — tuto, safely, raro, rarely, con- 
tinuo, immediately, crebro, frequently, falso, falsely, sublto, sud- 
denly, perpetuo, continually. 

Rem. 2. There are still other adverbial terminations, as : coei- 
ttus, from heaven, -penltus, deeply, entirely; sensim, by degrees, 
passim, everywhere ; catervata'm, troop by troop, by troops, grega- 
tim, by flocks ; also a few in -us (-cus), as: extrinsecws, from 
without, cominws, near by, eminws, at a distance, mordicws, with the 
teeth, etc. 

Rem. 3. For the pronominal adverbs, see under the para- 
digms of the pronouns, §§ 29 — 32. 

§ 27. Comparison of Adverbs. 

Adverbs derived from adjectives use for the comparative, 
the neuter singular of the comparative of the adjectives from 
which they are derived, and in the superlative change us of 
the superlative of their adjectives into e, as : 

laet-e, joyfully Comp. laet-ms Sup. l&et-issime, most joyfully 

doct-e, learnedly doct-ms doct-issime 

lev-Iter, lightly \ev-ius \e\-issime 

felic-Iter, happily £e\ic-ius fellc-issime 

magniflc-e, magnificently magnific-oUnfS mvtigmfi.c-entissime 

simii-Iter, alike simil-ms svxiil-lime 

egregie (excellently) magis egregie maxime egregie. 

Rem. We have, besides, the irregular bene (well), melius, 
optime (best) : male (badly), pejus, pesslme ; multum (much), 
plus, plurimum; magis (more, rather), maxime (most). 



§28.-] 



TERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



27 



CHAPTER VI. 

Of the Pronoun (Comp. § G, 5). 

§ 28. I. Personal Pronouns. 

a. Substantive Personal Pronouns. 





Singular. 




Nom. ego, I 


tu, thou 


wanting 


Gen. 


mel, of me 


tui, of thee 


sul, of himself her- 


Dat. 


mlhi, to me 


tibi, to thee 


self etc. 


Ace. 


me, me 


te, thee 


sibl, to himself etc. 


Abl. 


me, by me 


te, by thee 


se, himself etc. 
se, by himself etc. 




Plural. 




Nona. 


nos, we 


vos, you 


wanting 


Gen. 


nostrl, of us 


vestri, of you 


sui, of themselves 




nostrum, of among 


vestrum, of among 






us 


you 




Dat. 


nobis, to us 


vobis, to you 


sibl, to themselves 


Ace. 


nos, us 


vos, you 


se, themselves 


Abl. 


nobis, by us. 


vobis, by you. 


se, by themselves. 



Rem. 1. The Yoc. of all the pronouns, if used, is like the 
Nom. The preposition cum (with), which governs the Abl., is 
joined to me, te, etc., thus : mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, 
vobiscum, with one, with thee, with one's self, with us, with you. 
The Dat. mihi is often contracted into mi, principally in poetry. 

Rem. 2. In order to give more emphasis to the personal pro- 
nouns, the syllable met is added to all the forms given in the 
above table, with the exception of tu and the Gen. Plur. of ego 
and tu, as : egomet, temet, siblmet, nosmet, vosmet ; — to tu is 
added te : tute, thou thyself; — se is doubled to render it more em- 
phatic : sese. For the difference of meaning between nostri, vestri 
and nostrum, vestrum, see § 94, 2. 



b. Adjective-Personal Pronouns, or Possessive 
Pronouns. 

Adjective-personal pronouns are formed from the Gen. of 
Substantive-personal pronouns. They are called possessive, 



28 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



[§29. 



because they represent an object as the possession of an indi 
vidual of the first, second, or third person. 

From mei comes meus, me 



meum, my. (For the Voc. mi 
see § 17. Rem. 3.) 



— tui 

— sui 

— nostri 

— vestri 



tuus, tua, tuum, thy, thine. 
suus, sua, suum, his, her, its. 
noster, nostra, nostrum, our. 
vester, vestra, vestrum, your. 



Remark 3. For giving greater force and emphasis, the end- 
ing pte is joined to the Abl. Sing, of suus, as : suapte manu, with 
his (own, very) hand, suopte glad to (with his sword). For the 
same reason also, met (see Rem. 2) is joined to the oblique cases 
of suus, as : suismet capitibus. 

Read Exercise XII. 



§ 29. II. Demonstrative Pronouns. 



Singular. 


Nom. 


is, ea, id, he, she, it; that 


i-dem, ea-dem, i-dem, the 
same 


Gen. 


ejus, of him, her, it ; of that 


ejus-dem, of the same 


Dat. 


ei, to him, her, it; to that 


ei-dem, to the same 


Ace. 


eum, earn, id, him, her, it; 


eun-dem, ean-dem, idem, the 




that 


same 


Abl. 


eo, ea, eo, by him, her, it; 


eo-dem, ea-dem, eo-dem, by 




by that. 


the same. 


Plural. 


Nom. 


ii (ei), eae, ea, they ; those. 


ii-dem eae-dem, eadem, the 

same 


Gen. 


eorum, earum, eorum, of 


eorun-dem, earun-dem, eo- 




them ; of those 


run-dem, of the same 


Dat. 


iis (eis), to them; to those 


iis-dem (els-dem), to the same 


Ace. 


eos, eas, ea, them; those 


eos-dem, eas-dern, ea-dem, the 
same 


Abl. 


iis (eis), by them; by those. 


iis-dem (eis-dem), by the 
same. 



Rem. 1. The pronoun is, ea, id may be translated as follows: 
l) he, she, it (that just mentioned) ; 2) Gen. e. g. Alius ejus, his or 
her son. Dat., to him, to her, to it. Ace. him, her, it; Plur. Nom. 



§29.] 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



29 



they, Gen. e. g. filius eorum or earum, their son, Dat. to them, Ace. 
them; — 3) in connection with a noun : this, that, eum regem, this 
king; — 4) he, she, it (who). In the oblique cases, it is distin- 
guished from sui and suus in meaning, by not referring back, as 
they do, to the subject of the sentence. 

Rem. 2. From is is derived the adverbs inde, 'from this point 
or time' (just mentioned or to be mentioned), and ibi, 'in or at 
this place or time ' (just mentioned or to be mentioned) ; eo and 
ed are also used adverbially, in answer to the questions whither f 
and along what way? — Also the conjunctions: ltd, 'so,' 'thus' (as 
just mentioned, etc.), and jam, 'now' (relative to the time just 
mentioned, etc.), 'already' (sooner or later than expected), 'at 
last' 



Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace. 
Abl. 



Singular. 

iste, ista, istud, this, that 

istlus, of this, of that 

isti, to this, to that 

istum, istam, istud, this, that 

isto, ista, isto, by this, by that. 



ille, ilia, illud, that 

illlus, of tJixxt 

illl, to that 

ilium, illam, illud, that 

illo, ilia, illo, by that 



Plural (after the II. Dec.) 



N. isti, ae, a; G. istorum, arum, orum 5 D. and Abl. istis ; A. istos, as, a; 
N. illi, ae, a ; G. illorum, arum, orum ; D. and Abl. illis ; A. illos, as, a. 

Singular. 



Nom. 


hie, haec, hoc, this 


ipse, ipsa, ipsum, self 


Gen. 


hujus, of this 


ipsius 


Dat. 


huic, to this 


ipsi 


Ace. 


hunc, hanc, hoc, this 


ipsum, ipsam, ipsum 


Abl. 


hoc, hac, hoc, by this. 


ipso, ipsa, ipso. 



Plural. 

N. hi, hae, haec; G. horum, harum, horum: D. and Abl. his; A. hos. has,haec; 
» N. ipsi, ipsae, ipsa; G. ipsorum, arum.orum; D. and Abl. ipsis; A. ipsos,as,a. 



Rem. 3. The enclitic ce is joined to hie, haec, hoc in order to 
increase its demonstrative power : hicce, haecce, hocce, this here ; 
the following forms occur most frequently : hujusce, hosce, hisce. 
From these forms connected with the interrogative particle ne 
we have : hicclne, haecclne, hoccine, this ? but in general only 
after a foregoing c. Also from the connection of this ce with iste 
and ille we have the following forms, many of them used adverb- 
ially : Sing. N". istic, istaec, istuc ; illic, illaec, illuc ; Ace. istunc, 
istanc, istuc ; illunc, illanc, illuc ; Abl. istoc, istac, istoc ; illoc, 
iliac, illoc ; PI. N. and Ace. Neut. istaec, illaec ; also, the adverb- 
3* 



30 



RELATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. [§ 30. 



m\ illinc, 'from that place' (yonder). Besides, we have from 
hie a series of adverbs, like those from is (see R. 2,), thus: hie, 
'here' (near me or the latter), hue, 'hither' (up to near me), 
hinc, 'hence' (from me), ' from this point of time,' hdc, 'along 
this way ' (by me). — From hie, also, comes the conjunction sic 
' thus ' (from my point of view). 

The student may decline : 

idem equus, the same horse, eadem rana, the same frog, idem vi- 
tlum, the same fault, G. ejusdem equi, ejusdem ranae, ejus- 
dem vitii ; 
iste vir, this man, ista femina, this woman, istud nomen, this name, 

istius viri, istius feminae, istius nominis ; 
hie puer, this boy, haec puella, this girl, hoc praeceptum, this pre- 
cept, hujus pueri, hujus puellae, hujus praecepti ; 
iile sensus, that feeling, ilia res, that thing, illud cornu, that horn, 
illius sensus, illius rei, illius cornus (u). 

Rem. 4. For the distinction between the demonstrative pro- 
nouns, see § 98, R. 2. 

Read Exercise XIII. 



§ 30. III. Relative Pronouns. IV. Interrogative Pronouns. 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Abl. 



Nom. 
Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 
Abl. 



Singular, 
qui, quae, quod, who, which 
cujus, whose, of whom, of which 
cui, to whom, to which 
quern, quam, quod, whom, which 
quo, qua, quo, by whom, by which. 

Plural, 
qui, quae, quae, who, which 
quorum, quarum, quorum. 

whose, of whom, of which 
quibus, to whom, to which 
quos, quas, quae, whom, which 
quibus, by whom, by which. 



quis (m.&f), quid, who? what? 
cujus, whose ? ofivhom ? of what ? 
cui, to whom ? to what ? 
quern, quam, quid, whom ? what ? 
quo, qua, quo, by whom, by what ? 



qui, quae, quae, who? what? 
quorum, quarum, quorum, 

whose ? of whom ? of what ? 
quibus, to whom ? to what ? 
quos, quas, quae, whom ? what ? 
quibus, by whom ? by what ? 



Rem. 1. There are the following obsolete or antiquated forms 
of the relative and interrogative pronouns : quojus, quoi, quels or 
quis, for cujus, cui, quibus ; also the Abl. qui for quo, both of which 
are often found united with the preposition cum, as : quocum, 
quicum. 

Rem. 2. In quisquis, (quaequae rare), quicquid (whoever, what- 



§31.] INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 31 

ever), both pronouns are declined, as : quoquo, quibusquibus, e. g. 
quoquo modo res se habet, in whatever way the thing has itself; 
quicquid id est, whatever it is. On the contrary, in quicunque, 
quaecunque, quodcunque (whichsoever, whatsoever), cunque is barely 
annexed to the different cases of qui, quae, quod, as : G. cujus* 
cunque, etc. 

Rem. 3. Quis, quid, are used substantively (but quis sometimes 
stands in apposition with a noun), as : quis scribit ? quid scribitur ? 
So also in the Ace, as : quid agis ? The remaining forms do not 
differ from qui, quae, quod used interrogatively ; but qui, quae, quod 
in this case, is always an adjective, e. g. quern vides ? whom do you 
see f (from quis ?), quern hominem vides ? what man do you see ? 
(from qui f). For the purpose of strengthening the interroga- 
tion, nam is annexed to the above mentioned interrogative pro- 
nouns, as : quisnam clamat ? who cries out then ? quidnam agis ? 
what do you do then ? quinam homo clamat ? quaenam mulier 
venit? quodnam genus est? and so through all the cases. 

Rem. 4. From qui are derived the adverbs : unde, (originally 
cunde, i. e. quunde) l from what place or time* 'whence/ ubi 
(originally cubi, i. e. quubi), ' in what place, state, or time,' 
1 where/ ' when ; ' quo and qua are used adverbially in a relative 
sense, like eo and ea in a demonstrative sense (§ 29, R. 2). — 
Also the conjunctions quum or cum, * when/ quando, ' when/ 
quam, i how ? ' quare (i. e. qua re), contracted, quur or cur, i why/ 
ut (originally cut) or utl, * how/ ' that/ * as/ and quod, i that/ 
1 because/ 

Read Exercise XIV. 



§ 31. V. Indefinite Pronouns. 

Preliminary Remark. The forms inclosed in a paren- 
thesis are used as adjectives with a substantive ; the forms not 
in a parenthesis are the substantive forms, but are used both 
substantively and adjectively. 

1) Quis {qui), qua {quae), quid {quod), and aliquis {aliqui), 
aliqua, aliquid {aliquod), ' some one/ ' any one/ ' something/ 
' anything/ G. cujus, aliciijus etc. Plur. qui, quae, qua ; aliqui, 
aliquae, aliqua etc. like the relative qui, quae, quod. (For their 
usage see § 95, 10) ; 

2) Quispiam, quaepiam, quidpiam {quodpiam), i some one/ 
< any one/ ' something ' , ' anything ' (emphatic, like aliquis^ 



32 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. [§ 32. 

opposed to < all,' < much,' 'none'), G. cujuspiam etc. ; aliquis- 
piam is rare ; 

3) Quisquam, (quaequam rare), quicquam (quodquam rare), 
'any,' ('if only one'), used in negative, interrogative, and 
comparative sentences ; G. cujusquam etc. 

Rem. 1. Quisquam is almost always used substantively, and 
ullus is used adjectively in the same meaning. There is the same 
relation, also, between nemo and nullus ; but the Gen. and Abl. 
neminis and nernine not being used, their place is supplied from 

nullus. 

4) Ecquis (ecqui), ecqua (ecquae), ecquid (ecquod), 'can it 
be that any one, any thing?' G. eccujus etc. ; 

5) Quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quoddam), ' some,' ' a cer- 
tain one' (not defined), cujusdam etc. ; 

6) Quisque, quaeque, quidque (quodque), ' each one, < each ' 
(individually), G. cujusque etc. ; — unusquisque, una- 
quaeque, unumquidque (unumquodque), i each one,' i each 
thing' (emphatically), G. umuscuj usque etc. (declined 
like unus, § 33, R. 5, and quisque) ; — quivis, quaevis, 
quidvis (quodvis), 'any one, anything you choose,' 
G. cujusvis etc. ; — quiltbet, quaelibet, quidlibet {guod- 
libei), ' any one, anything you please,' G. cujuslibet etc. ; 

7) Alius, alter, ullus, nuUus, neuter, see in § 33, R. 5. 

Rem. 2. Many adverbs are derived from these, as from the 
other pronouns, which take their shade of meaning from their 
respective pronoun, as alicubi, alicunde (from aliquis compounded 
with ubi and unde), etc. ; also ublque, ubivis, etc., the indefinite 
endings of the above pronouns being added to ubi and other rela- 
tive adverbs. 

Read Exercise XV, 



§ 32. Correlative Pronouns. 

Under correlative pronouns are embraced all those pronouns 
which express a reciprocal relation (Correlation) to each other, 
and exhibit this relation by corresponding forms. Thus e. g. 



§ 33.] OF THE NUMERAL. 33 



Interrogative. Demonstrat. Indefinite. Relative. Indef. Relative 



qualis, of what talis, of suck qualis, of what qualiscunque, of 

kind ? a kind, such kind, as whatever kind 

quantus, how tantus, so aliquantus, quantus, as quantuseunque. 

great ? great somewhat great however great 
great 

quot,* how tot* so many aliquot* quot * as quotcunque,* or 

many ? totidem fijust some many quotquot,* how 

so many , ever many. 



Rem. A corresponding table of pronominal adverbial correla- 
tives might be formed also, from the adverbs derived from the 
interrogative, demonstrative, indefinite, and relative pronouns, as : 
ubi, where f ibi, there, alicubi, somewhere, ubi, where, ubique, 
wherever. And so, also, starting with unde, whence? quo, whither •? 
or qua, in what way ? See the remarks under the paradigms of 
the different classes of pronouns. 

Read Exercise XVT. 



CHAPTER Vn. 

Of the Numeral. 

§ 33. Classification and Tabular View of the Numerals. 

1. Numerals (§ 6, 6) according to their meaning, may be 
divided into the following classes : 

a) Cardinals, which answer the question, how many ? quot ? 
as : one, two, etc. 

Rem. 1. The first three cardinal numbers are declined (see 
R. 5 and 6, following the table) ; but from 4 to 100 they are 
indeclinable, while from 200 to 900 they are declined like the 
plural of adjectives of three endings in i, ae, a. For mille see 
R. 4. 



* All these words marked thus are indeclinable, and used only in the 
plural, as : quot homines sunt ? tot hominum numerus ; aliquot homini- 
bus; tot homines, quot video, so many men as I see; homines, quotcunque 
or quotquot video, omnes boni sunt. 



34 OF THE NUMERAL. [§ 33. 

b) Ordinals, which answer the question, which in order ? 
which in a series ? quotus ? as : first, second, etc. They 
are all declined like adjectives of three endings in us, 
a, um. 

c) Distributives, which answer the question, hovj many at a 
time ? how many a-piece ? quoteni ? as : one by one, two 
by two, etc. 

d) Numeral adverbs, which answer the question, how many 
times ? quoties ? as, once, twice, etc. 

Rem. 2. The numeral adverbs derived from the ordinals; 
viz. : primum (rarely primo), secundo (for which iterum is gener- 
ally used; secundum is very rare), tertium, quartum, etc., answer 
the question, what place in order f as : in the first place, second 
place, etc. 

e) Midtiplicatives, which answer the question, how many 
fold ? quotuplex ? They end in plex and are declined 
after the third Dec. as : duplex (for all genders), two 
fold, double, G. dupllcis. 

f ) Proportionals, which answer the question, how many times 
as great ? quotuplus ? They end in plus, pla, plum, as : 
duplus, a, um, twice as great (as something else taken as 
a unit of measure). 

Rem. 3. Besides the numeral signs given in the right-hand 
column of the following table, it seems necessary to remark, 
that la (= 500) becomes a thousand by placing a c before it 
(do = 1000), but by annexing o's to it, it is increased, by each, 
ten fold (Io = 500; loo = 5000, etc.) But do (1000) is 
increased ten fold each time, by adding, at the same time, a c 
before and a o after it, as : do = 1000 ; cdoo = 10,000, etc. 

2. All these classes of numerals, except the last two, which 
are but little used in comparison with the others, are exhibited 
in parallel columns in the following table. 



§ 39.] NUMERALS. 35 

Remarks.* 

1. The compound numbers into which 8 and 9 enter as one of 
the components, are generally expressed in a subtractive form, as : 
38 duodequadraginta, duodequadragesimus, 39 undequadraginta, 
undequadragesimus, 48 duodequinquaginta, duodequinquagesimus, 
59 undesexaginta, undesexagesimus, etc. 

2. In the other compound numbers from 13 to 17, the smaller 
number is generally placed first without et, as : sedecim, sextus 
decimus; but from 20 to 100, either the smaller number is placed 
first with et following it, or the larger without et, as : 

23 tres et viginti or viginti tres 

tertius et vicesimus or vicesimus tertius. 

8. In compounding smaller numbers with hundreds and thou- 
sands, the smaller number follows either with or without et, as : 

103 centum et tres or centum tres, 

centesimus et tertius or centesimus tertius. 

If, however, such a number contains a unit and a ten, the unit 
is placed last without et, as : 

486 quadringenti et octoginta sex or quadringenti octoginta sex, 
quadringentesimus et octo- 

gesimus sextus or quadringentesimus octo- 

gesimus sextus. 

4. Mille, a thousand (i. e. one thousand) is generally an inde- 
clinable adjective, as : dux cum mille militibus ; but the Plur. milia 
(always of more than one thousand), is a neuter noun of the third 
Dec. and is followed (unless a smaller number comes after thou- 
sands,) by a noun in the Gen. case, as : tria milia hominum, cum 
tribus milibus miliium. 

* These remarks properly belong after the table, but are introduced 
here that the columns of the table may be printed on opposite pages, so 
as to be exhibited at one opening. 



36 



NUMERALS. 



[S3 



TABLE OF 



Cardinal (how many?) | Ordinal (what one in order?) 



10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 



unus, a, urn, one 
duo, ae, o, two 
tres, ia, three 
quattuor, four 
quinque, five 
sex, six 
septem, seven 
octo, eight 
novem, nine 



20. 
21. 
22. 
28. 
29. 
30, 
40. 
50. 
60. 
70 
80. 
90. 
99. 



100. 
101. 
102. 
200. 
300. 
400. 
500. 
600. 
700. 
800. 
900. 



1000. 

2000. 

100,000. 

1,000.000. 

2,000,000. 



decern, ten 
undecim, 
duodecim, twelve 
tredecim, thirteen 
quattuordecim, fourteen 
quindecim, fifteen 
sedecim, sixteen 
septcndecim, seventeen 
duodeviginti, eighteen 
undeviginti, nineteen 



viginti, twenty 

unus (a, um) et viginti or v. un 

duo (ae, o) et viginti or v. d. 

duodetriginta 

undetriginta 

triginta 

quadraginta 

quinquaginta 

sexaginta 

septuaginta 

octoginta 

nonaginta 

undecentum. 



primus, a, um, first 
secundus, second 
tertius, third 
quartus, fourth 
quintus, fifth 
sextus, sixth 
Septimus, seventh 
octavus, eighth 
nonus, ninth 



decimus, tenth 
undecimus, eleventh 
duodecimus, twelfth 
tertius (a^m) decimus (a,um) 
quartus decimus, fourteenth 
quintus decimus, fifteenth 
sextus decimus, sixteenth 
Septimus decimus, seventeenth 
duodevicesimus, eighteenth 
undevicesimus, nineteenth 



centum 

centum et unus (a, um) or c.un. 

centum et duo (ae, o) or c. d. 

ducenti, ae, a 

trecenti 

quadringenti 

quingenti 

sexcenti 

septingenti 

octingenti 

nongenti 



mille 

duo milia ; 3000 tria milia, etc. 
' centum milia 
1 decies centum milia 
i vicies centum milia. 



vicesimus, twentieth 

unus (a,um) et vicesimus (a,um) 

alter (a,um)et vicesimus (a,um)' 

duodetricesimus 

undetricesimus 

tricesimus 

quadragesimus 

quinquagesimus 

sexagesimus 

septuagesimus 

octogesimus 

nonagesimus 

undecentesimus 



centesimus [pr. 

c. ( a, um ) et primus ( a, um ) or c. 

c. (a, um ) et alter (a, um) ore. alt. 

ducentesimus 

trecentesimus 

quadringentesimus 

quingentesimus 

sexcentesimus 

septingentesimus 

octingentesimus 

nongentesimus 



millesimus 

bis millesimus ; 3000 ter m. etc, 

centies millesimus 

decies centies millesimus 

vicies centies millesimus. 



1 Or vicesimus (a, um) et alter (a, um). 



3-] 



NUMERALS. 



37 



NUMERALS. 



Distribu. (how many at a time ?) | Adverbial (how many times ?) | 




singuli, ae, a, 2 one at a time 


semel, once 


L 




bini, ae, a, fww a* a time 


bis, twice ■ 


H. 




terni, £Aree a* a time 


ter, thrice 


in. 




quaterni, four at a time 


quater, four times 


IV. 




quini, Jive at a time 


quinquies, five times 


v. 




seni, six at a time 


sexies, six times 


VI. 




septeni, seven at a time 


septies, seven times 


VII. 




octoni, eight at a time 


octies, eight times 


VIII. 




noveni, nine at a time 


novies, nine times 


IX. 




deni, ten at a time 


decies, ten times 


X. 




undeni, eleven at a time 


undecies, eleven times 


XI. 




duodeni, twelve at a time 


duodecies, twelve times 


XII. 




terni deni, thirteen at a time 


terdecies or tredecies 


XIIL 




quaterni deni, fourteen at a time 


quaterdecies 


XIV. 




quini deni, fifteen at a time 


quindecies 


XV. 




seni deni, sixteen at a time 


sedecies 


XVI. 




septeni deni, seventeen at a time 


septiesdecies 


XVII. 




duode viceni, eighteen at a time 


duodevicies 


XVIIL 




undeviceni, nineteen at a time 


undevicies 


XIX. 




viceni, twenty at a time 


vicies, twenty times 


XX. 




viceni (ae, a) singuli (ae, a) 


vicies semel or semei et vicies 


XXI. 




viceni (ae, a) bini (ae, a) 


vicies bis 


XXII. 




duodetriceni 


duodetricies 


xxvrn. 




undetriceni 


undetricies 


XXIX. 




triceni 


tricies 


XXX. 




quadrageni 


quadragies 


XL. 




quinquageni 


quinquagies 


L. 




sexageni 


sexagies 


LX. 




septuageni 


septuagies 


LXX. 




octogeni 


octogies 


LXXX. 




nonageni 


nonagies 


xc. 




undecenteni 


undecenties 


IC. 




centeni 


centies 


c. 




eenteni (ae, a) singuli (ae, a) 


centies semel 


CI. 




centeni (ae, a) bini (ae, a) 


centies bis 


CII. 




duceni 


ducenties 


cc. 




treceni 


trecenties 


ccc. 




quadringeni 


quadringenties 


CD. 




quingeni 


quingenties 


D. 




sexceni 


sexcenties 


DC. 




septingeni 


septingenties 


DCC. 




octingeni 


octingenties 


DCCC. 




nongeni 


nongenties 


DCCCC. 




singula milia 


millies 


M. or do. 




bina milia ; 3000 ternam., etc. 


bis millies ; 3000 ter m., etc. 


IIM; 1IIM. 




centena milia 


centies millies 


ccclooo. 




decies centena milia 


decies centies millies 


ccccIdooo. 




vicies centena milia. 


vicies centies millies. 
he Singular. 






2) Singulus, a, urn is not used in \ 




4 









NUMERALS. 



[§33. 



5. The nine following numeral adjectives in us, a, um, and er, 
a, um form their Gen. Sing, in all three genders in lus* and their 
Dat. Sing, in I : 

unus, ullus, nullus, 
solus, totus, alius, 
uter, alter, neuter, 
and the compounds of uter, as : uterque, alteruter ; 

E. g. solus, a, um, G. solius, D. soil. — Alius has aliud in the neu- 
ter and in the Gen. alius (for aliius), in Dat. alii. In the com- 
pounds : uterque, utervis, utercunque, uterllbet, uter is declined 
and que, cunque, etc. are joined to the different cases, as : utrius- 
que, utrivis, utrumcunque utralibet. In alteruter (one of the two), 
commonly only uter is declined and alter is placed before it with- 
out change ; but sometimes both alter and uter are declined, thus : 

commonly : 

alteruter, alterutra, alterutrum, G. alterutrlus, 
occasionally : 

alter uter, altera utra, alteram utrum, G. alterius utrius. 



Alius, alia, aliud, an- 
other. 

alter, era, erum, the 
one or the other of 
two. 

neuter, tra, trum, 
neither of the two. 

nullus, a um, no one; 
no. 

solus, a, um, alone. 



totus, a, um, the whole. 
ullus, a, um, any one. 
unus, a, um, one. 
uter, tra, trum, which 

of the two f 
utercunque, utracun- 

que, utrumcunque, 

whoever, whichever 

of the two. 



uterllbet, utralibet, 
utrumllbet, who- 
ever, whichever 
(you please) of 
the two. 

uterque, utraque, 
utrumque, each of 
the two, both. 



6. The numerals : duo, two, ambo, both, and tres, three, are de- 
clined as follows : 



Nom. and V. 

Gen. 

D. and Abl. 

Ace. 



duo, two duae, duo 
duorum, duarum, duorum 
duobus, dudbus, duobus 
duo and duos, duas, duo. 
So : ambo, ae, o, both. 

Read Exercise XVII. 



tres, three N. tria. 

trium 

tribus 
tres, tria 

Like tria is declined the 
PI. of mille : milia. 



* So also alterius, not (as is inferred from the poets) alterius. (§ 120. h.) 



§ 34] TABLE OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 39 

CHAPTER VIII. 

§ 34. Table of the Prepositions. 

1. Prepositions governing the Accusative. 

Ad, to, unto, accord- propter, near by, on ac- ante, before. 

ing to, for, at. count of. post, behind, after. 

apud, at, by, among, penes, with (in the pow- secundum, after, 

juxta, next to, by. er of some one). along, ace or ding to. 

prope, near by. ob,before, on account of. versus, towards. 

adversus and adver- cis, citra, on this side, extra, beyond, with- 

sum, towards, against, trans, over, on that out. 

contra, contrary to, side. infra, beneath, below. 

on the contrary, ultra, beyond, on that supra, over, above. 

against. side. per, through. 

erga, towards. inter, between, among, praeter, hard by, be- 

circa, circum, about, intra, within. sides. 

around. 

Rem. I. Versus generally stands in connection with the prepo- 
sitions ad or in ; the Ace. is placed between ad (in) and versus, 
as : in Italiam versus, ad Oceanum versus, towards Italy, towards 
the Ocean. But with names of cities ad and in are omitted, as : 
Romam versus, towards Rome. 

2. Prepositions governing the Ablative. 

A, ab, abs, from, by. prae, before, by rea- cum, with. 

de, down from, away son of. sine, without. 

from, of, concern- pro, before, for. clam, without the 

ing, over. coram, before, in the knowledge of. 

e, ex, out of, from. presence of. tenus, up to. 

Rem. 2. A and e never stand before a vowel or h, while ab 
and ex may stand before vowels and most consonants ; abs is rarely 
used, most frequently before t. — Tenus is placed after the Abl. 
For the forms mecum, tecum, quocum etc., see § 28. Rem. 1. and 
§ 30. Rem. 1. 

3. Prepositions governing the Abl. (in answer to 

the question where f) and the Ace. (in answer 

to the question whither?) 

In, c. abl. in, at, by upon ; c. ace. super, over, concerning (gener- 

into, upon, against, towards. ally with ace. in answer to 

sub, under. both questions). 

subter, beneath (generally with 
ace. in answer to both ques- 
tions). 
Bmd Exercise XVIII. 



40 GREEK NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. [§ 35. 

SECOND COURSE. 
GENDER AND IRREGULAR EORMS OF NOUNS 

§ 35. Greek Nouns and Peculiar Endings of the First De- 
clension. 

Several nouns adopted from the Greek, have in the Nom., 
the endings, e Fern., as and es Masc. The declension of these 
differs from the Latin first Dec, only in the Sing. ; in the Plur. 
they are the same. 

Paradigms. 



Feminine. , Masculine, 

Sing. N". crambe", cabbage 'Aeneas, JEneas Anchises,Anchises 
G. crambes, of cabbage Aeneae Anehisae 

D. crambae, to cabbage Aeneae Anehisae 



A. cramberc, cabbage 
V. crambe, cabbage 
A. crambe, by cabbage 



Aeneam (poet.-anj Anchlse'n 

Aenea Anchise (poet.-tf) 

Aenea. Anchise". 



Rem. 1. Most appellatives and many proper names (mostly 
fern.) of this Dec, derived from the Greek, have more commonly 
the Latin than the Greek endings (i. e. a instead of e, as or es), 
in the strictly classical writers ; but there are several which have 
the Greek endings almost invariably, and, of proper names, espe- 
cially Patronymics (§ 78, II, 9). Most other proper names in es 
follow the third Dec ; but many of them have the Ace and Voc. 
according to the first Dec 

Rem. 2. The ancient ending of the Gen. Sino\ as (contracted 
from ais), is retained in common use in the forms : pater-, mater-, 
filius-, filia familias (with the same termination also in the Plur., 
as : patres familias) ; yet pater familiae is also used. — Instead 
of ae, the poets use also the genitive ending at, as : aulai (for 
aulae). — The ending arum of the Gen. Plur., in the case of cer- 
tain Gentile names and Greek Patronymics (see § 78, II, 0), and 
also in compounds with -cola and -gena, was contracted by the 
poets into um, as : Lapithum, Dardanldum, agricolum (for arum) ; 
in prose this ending occurs rarely except in amphora and drachma 
in connection with a numeral. 

Read Exercise XIX. 
4* 



§36.] GENDER OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 41 

§ 36. Greek Nouns* and Gender of the Second Declension. 

Rule for the Gender. 
Us, er and ir are masculine, 
But um is of the neuter kind. 

Exceptions. 

Isles, lands, towns and trees in us, 
These are feminine in use. 
Also alvus, colus, humus, 
Vannus, periodus and carbdsus, 
Diphthongus too and dialectus. 

The neuter has but three in us : 
Virus, vulgus, peldgus. 

Alvus, i, f. belly. periodns, i, f. period. virus,i, n. juice, poison. 

colus, i, /. distaff. carbasus, i, /. linen. vulgus,i, n. the common 
humus, i, f ground, diphthongus, if.diph- people. 

earth. thong. pelagus, i, n. ( a po- 

vannus, i, /. corn fan. dialectus, \,f. dialect. etic word) sea. 

Also arctus, the bear, is fem. and a few others, mostly of Greek 
origin, and principally in poetry. 

Remark. The following are masculine contrary to the general 
rule (§ 13.) for countries, towns, and trees : Pontus, Hellespontus, 
Isthmus, Bosporus ; also plurals in ?, as : Delphi, Delphorum, also 
names of trees in er, and many plants in us, as : oleaster, tri, wild 
olive tree, asparagus, calamus, etc. Besides, all names of countries, 
cities, and mountains in um (on), G. i, and plurals in a, G. orum 
are neuter, as: Latium, Saguntum, Pelion, Leuctra (orum). 

Read Exercise XX. 

* Some Greek nouns of the second Dec, but rarely except in poetry, 
have the ending os (Ace. on) masc. and fem. and on for the neut., as : llios, 
Ilion. — The Greek Nom. plur. in ae (= oi) is rare, as: Canephorae; — 
also the Greek Gen. plur. in on (= cov) for orum is rare, as: Georgicon 
libri. — Greek words in eus (one syllable) are thus declined: N. Orpheus 
(two syllables), G. Orphei (contracted Orphi), D. and A. Orpheo, Ace. 

Orpheum; also, after the third Dec: D. Orphei (two syl.), contr. Orphi, 
and Ace Orphea (rare ea), and Orphea. — The Voc Sing, of Greek names 
in us (= ovc) ends in u, as: Panthus, Panthu; — Greek words of the 
Attic second Dec in <jc, generally have in Latin os (rarely us, as : Andro- 
gens, Tyndareus, G. i), and are either declined after the Greek Dec, as :. 
Athos, G. Atho, Dat and Abl. Atho, Ace Athon and Atho, or are de- 
clined after the third Dec in Latin, as : Athonem, Athone. 



42 CASE-ENDINGS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. [§ 37. 

§ 37. Greek Nouns* and Special Case-endings of the Third 
Declension. 

1. Gen. Sing. Proper names in es often have in the Gen. 
the termination i instead of is, as : Ulixi; also, Pericli, Aristo- 
teli, Neocli, Carneadi, etc. Some Greek nouns in o (but only 
of the feminine gender) as: Argo, Sappho, echo, Io, etc. have 
us in the genitive as : echus from echo, Argus from Argo (the 
remaining cases are like the Nom); or they have Latin 
endings, as: Dido, -onis, -oni, -onem, -one. 

Rem. 1. In the ancient forms of the language, the Bat. Sing. 
sometimes ended in e instead of i. 

2. Ace. Sing. The Ace. has in the following nouns in is 
G. is, the ending im (for em). First r invariably in : 

amussis, f. a rule. ravis, f. hoarseness, vis, f. force, power, 
buris, f a plough- sinapis, /. mustard. abundance, multi- 
tail, sitis, /. thirst. tude. 
cannabis, /. hemp. tussis, f a cough. 

Second, commonly in : 

febris, /. a fever. puppis, /. the stern of securis, /. an axe. 
pelvis, /. a basin. a ship. turris, /. a tower. 

restis, /. a rope. 

* Greek nouns, sometimes, but generally only in poetry, retain their 
peculiar terminations in Latin, viz., Gen. os for is; Ace. a for em, or in 
(yn), en for im, idem, em; Voc. i, y (from Nom. is, ys) for is. ys ; Abl. i 
for ide (rare). Plur. Nom. Neut. c (from Nom. Sing. 6s) ; Gen. on for um 
(rare and only poetic) ; Dat. si, sin for dibits, tibus, ibus (rare and only 
poetic) ; Ace. as for es. Thus : Gen. Sing. Pallad-os (from Pallas), Pan- 
os (from Pan), Thety-os (from Thetys); Ace. Platona (from Plato), Ly- 
corida (from Lycoris), basin (basis), Parin (Paris), Tketyn, Tkalem (en) or 
Thaletem (from Thales); Voc. Lycori, Coty ; Abl. Daphni for ide. Plur. 
Nom. Neut. mele, epe (from melos epos); Gen. Chalyban (Chalybs) ; Dat. 
Drydsi (Dryas, adis). metamorphosesi ; Ace. Sendnas (Scnones), Cyclopas 
(Cyclops.) The Gen. eos, for is from Nom. is as: baseos for basis is not 
classical, and from Nom. -eus only poetic, as: Peleus, Peleos (in prose, 
Peleus, Pelei). Good prose rejects the Greek genitive-form in os; the 
Ace. in a, in, yn, en is very rare in good prose, as : Pana, aefhera, Zru.rin, 
pot'sin, Sophdclen. The Ace. Plur. in as is found in prose writers of the 
golden period of the Latin language, only in babarous names, as : Send- 
nas, Allobrogas. Caes. 



§ 37.] CASE-ENDINGS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 43 

Also in the following names of rivers and deities : Albis, the 
Elbe, Athesis, the Adige, Araris, the Saone, Liris, the Liris, 
Tamesis, the Thames,, Tiberis, the Tiber, Tigris, the Tiger, Yi- 
surgis, the Weser (all Masc. according to § 13) ; Anubis, Apis, 
Osiris, Serapis ; and finally, in Greek nouns in is Gen. is, as : 
basis, f. (a pedestal), basim, and in several words in is G. idis, 
as : Paris, Parim, more frequently than the form in idem, 

3. Voc. Sing. The vocative of Greek nouns in es commonly 
drops the s, as : O Pericle but also Pericles, O Socrdte also 
Socrates ; sometimes, also, in those in is G. idis, as : O Pari 
also Paris. The same is true of those in as G. antis, as : 
Atla ; others in as, but with a different form of the Gen., have 
the vocative like the nominative. 

4. Abl. Sing. The ablative has the ending e in most nouns ; 
but in a few it has the ending i, and indeed, invariably : 

a) In neuters in e, dl G. alis, dr G. aris, as: man, animaK, 
calcaW, (rete has e or i). But those in dr, G. dris have e, as : 
nectar (nectar), nectdre ; so also, far, farris, masc, sal (salt), 
and names of towns in e, as : Franeste, Caere ; besides, rus and 
vesper have e or i. 

b) In nouns in is which always have im in the Ace. as : vis, 
vim, vi. 

5. The following nouns in is G. is have *' oftener than e, or 
i and e together : 

Avis, /. bird. ignis, m. fire. pelvis, / a basin. 

civis, m. a citizen. navis, f. a ship. puppis, f. the stern. 

clavis, f. a key. neptis, /. a grand- securis, f. an axe. 
febris, f. a fever. daughter. turris, /. a tower. 

fustis, m. a club. orbis, m. a circle. 

Rem. 2. Also the names of rivers enumerated in No. 2. have 
in general i. Besides, imber and classis often, and a few others in 
is, but mostly in poetry, occasionally, have i. 

6. In the Nom. Ace. and Voc. Plur., neuters in e, al G. alis, 
ar G. aiis have ia instead of a, as : maria, animalia, calcaria. 

7. In the Gen. Plur. the following have ium instead of um : 
a) Neuters in e, cd G. alis, ar G. aris, as : marium, anima- 



44 CASE-ENDINGS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. [§ 37. 

Hum, calcarium. Lar, lar (lar-is), a household-god, the jive-place, 
has Larum and Larium ; 

b) Parisyllables in es and is, as : . navis, f. ship, nubes, 
f. cloud, and of those in er : imber, bris, m. rain, linter, tris, 
f. a boat, uter, tris, m. leather bag, venter, tris, m. the belli/ ; but, 
canis, m. a dog, panis, m. bread, proles, f. an offspring, strues, 
f. a heap, vates, m. a prophet, juvenis, m. a youth, and com- 
monly, apis, f a bee, volucris, f a bird, have um ; 

c) Monosyllables in s and x with a consonant preceding 
them, as : mons, m. (mountain), montium, arx, f (citadel), 
arcium ; (but [ops] opes, power, has opum, and lynx, f. lyn- 
cuyyi) ; and the following : [faux] fauces, f the throat, fau- 
cium, glis, m. a dormouse, glirium, lis, f, strife, litium, mus, 
m. a mouse, murium, nox, f. night, noctium, strix, f. a horned 
owl, strigium ; on the contrary, dux a leader has ducum, vox, 
the voice has vocum, nux, a nut has nucum, and so of others 
with a vowel before the x ; 

d) Words of more than one syllable in s, or x, with an r or 
n preceding it as : cohors, f. a cohort, cohortium, cliens, 
m. a client, clientium, quincunx, quincuncium ; commonly also, 
parentium (parens), of parents, sapientium (sapiens), of wise 
men, adolescentium (adolescens), of the youth ; finally, always, 
compedium (from compes, f generally in the plural compedes), 
of fetters ; on the contrary, pes, m. foot, pedum ; 

e) For the most part gentile nouns (national denomina- 
tions) in as G. atis, is G. ztis, as: Arpinas, Arpinatium, 
Samnis, Samnitium. So also nostras (native), optimas (noble), 
penates (household gods), as: nostratium ; finally, civitas, a 
state, civitatium. 

8. In the Dat. and AM. Plur., Greek neuters in ma have 
mat-is more commonly than mat-ibus, e. g. poematis, instead 
of poematibus. 

9. For the case-endings of adjectives of the third Dec, the 
following rules may be given : 

a) The Abl. Sing, of all adjectives of this Dec, even when 
used as nouns, has the ending i, as : acri, facili, pari (from 
par, equal), felici, memori (see § 22.) ; natali from natalis (viz. 



§ 37.] CASE-ENDINGS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 45 

dies), birth-day, Aprlli from Apfilis (viz. mensis), April, De- 
cembri from December. 

Exceptions. The Abl. has e in the following cases : l) Ju- 
venis, a young man, aedilis, edile, and the adjectives in is used as 
proper names, as : Martialis, Martiale ; also compounds of as, 
as : centusse, semisse. 

2) The following adjectives of one ending : 

caelebs, ibis, unmar- dives, Itis, rich. princeps, Ipis, chief. 

ried. hospes, Itis, foreign, a pauper, eris, poor. 

cicur, uris, tame. guest. sospes, Itis, safe, se- 

compos, otis, power- pubes, eris, grawn up. cure. 

ful, possessed of. impubes, eris, beard- superstes, Itis, surviv- 
impos, otis, impotent. less. ing. 

deses, Idis, idle. partlceps, Ipis, par- 
taking of. 

3) Comparatives, as: major, majus (greater), major e : 

4) Compounds of corpus, color and pes, as : biccrpor (having 
two bodies), bicorpore, discolor (variegated), discolore, bipes (two- 
footed), bipede ; 

5) Adjectives of one ending when used as nouns, as : sapiens, 
a wise man, torrens, a torrent, infans, a child, Pertinax, Clemens, 
Felix, etc. Abl. — e ; 

6) Participles in ns have as participles e, but as adjectives, gen- 
erally i, as : florente rosa, the rose blooming, in for end rosa, in a 
blooming rose. 

7) Generally, also, vetus, old, uber, rich, degener, degenerate, 
locuples, rich, and gentile nouns in as G. atis used adjectively, as 
Arplnate (also -ti) homine etc. 

b) The Nom. Ace. and Voc. Plur. Neut., have in adjectives 
and participles, the ending ia, and the Gen. Plur. the ending 
turn, as: acria, facilia, felicia, acrium, facilium, felicium (§ 22.), 
hebetia, ium (from hebes). 

Rem. 3. In the strictly classical period, all adjectives which 
have the Gen. Plur. in ium, had the Ace. Plur. Masc. and Fern, in 
is, as : omnis homines. 

Exceptions. Yetus, old, has vetera, veterum, and all compara- 
tives, as : majora, majorum (but plus, plura has plurium) ; com- 
plures, very many, several, has complura and ia (Gen. always, 
complurium). Besides, the following have um in Gen. : celer, 



46 MASCULINE. [§ 38. 

swift, consors, partaking of, degener, degenerate, dives, rich, inops, 
helpless, memor, immemor, supplex, suppliant, uber, rich, vigil, 
watching. To these may be added compounds in ceps and fex, as : 
anceps, two-fold, double, uncertain, G. PI. ancipitum, artifex, skilful, 
artist, artificum ; finally, all which have only e in the Abl., as : 
pauper, pauperum ; so also, generally, locuples, rich. 

Read Exercise XXI. 



Determination of Gender according to the 
endings. 

§ 38. Masculine. 

Of the masculine gender are the nouns in : o, or, os, er, and 
imparisyllables (§ 18. Rem. 4.) in es. 

Examples, l) 0: le-o generosus, the magnanimous lion; 
2) Or: dol-or acerbus, a severe pain; 3) Os : fl-os pulcher, a 
beautiful flower ; 4) Er : agg-er altus, a high mound ; 5) Es in 
imparisyllables : pari-es altus, a high wall. 

Exceptions. 

1) 0: 1) 0: 

Feminine are echo, cdro, Cardo, mis, m. a hinge. 

Also nouns in : do, go, to ; caro, carnis, /. flesh. 

But masculine : cardo, harpago, cudo, onis, m. a helmet of skin. 

Margo, cudo, ordo, ligo, echo, echus, /. reverberation, 

Together with concretes in to. echo. 

harpago, onis, m. a grappling- 
hook. 

ligo, onis, m. a hoe, mattock. 

margo, Inis, m. a margin, edge. 

ordo, inis, m. order, series, rank. 

Rem. 1. The feminines in io are either abstract or collective 
nouns, as : actio, an action, legio, onis, a legion ; still some have 
acquired a concrete meaning, as : regio, a region, (originally a 
directing). The concretes in io are common names of things and 
are all masculine, as : scipio, a staff, papilio, a butterfly, pugio, a 
dagger. Also : udo and sometimes cupldo (especially when per- 
sonified) are masculine. 



§38.] 



GENDER OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



47 



2) Or: 

Of the feminine gender is, 
Barely, arbor, arboris ; 
The neuter has but four in or : 
Marmor, aequor, ador, cor. 



3) Os: 
Of the feminine are in os, 
These three : eos, cos, and dos. 
Os, a bone, and 6s, the face, 
Os in Greek, to the neuter place. 



4) Er: 

The neuter has many in er : 
Ver, cadaver, iter, tuber, 
Cicer, piper, siser, uber, 
Zingiber, papdver, suber, 
Acer, siler, verber, spinther. 
But only feminine is linter. 



5) Es imparisyllable : 

Imparisyllables in es, 

Give but one as neuter : aes ; 

But as feminine we have mer- 

ces, 
Quies, requies, and compes, 
Also, seges, teges, merges. 



2) Or: 

Ador, oris n. spelt. 

aequor, oris, n. a level surface*, 

(especially of the sea), 
arbor, oris, f. a tree. 
cor, cordis, n. the heart. 
marmor, oris, n. marble. 

3) Os: 

Eos, ois, f. the east, morning. 

Cos, otis, /. a fintstone, whet- 
stone. 

dos, otis, f dowry, portion. 

6s, ossis, n. a bone (pi. ossa, 
Turn). 

6s, oris, n. the countenance, brow, 
mouth. 

4) Er: 
Acer, eris, n. a maple-tree. 
cadaver, eris, n. a corpse. 
cicer, eris, n. a chick-pea. 
iter, itineris, n. a way, journey, 

march. [skiff. 

linter, tris, /. (rare, m.) a boat, 
papaver, eris, n. a poppy. 
piper, eris, n. pepper. 
siler, eris, n. the willow. 
siser, eris, n. a carrot (but pi. 

siser es, m). 
spinther eris, n. a bracelet. 
suber, eris, n. the cork-tree. 
tuber, eris, n. tumor, hump. 
uber,. eris, n. a dug, udder. 
ver, eris, n. the spring. 
verber, (commonly plur. ver- 

bera,) n. stripes, blows. K 

zingiber, eris, n. ginger. 



5) Imparisyllables in es. 

Aes, aeris, n. brass. merges, Itis, f. a 
compes, edis, /. fet- sheaf. 

ters. quies, etis, f quiet. 

merces, edis, /. recom- requies, etis (ace. re- 

pense. 



quiem), /. rest, 

relaxation, 
seges, etis, f. a crop. 
teges, etis, /. a mat. 



48 



FEMININE. 



[§ 39. 



Rem. 2. Contrary to the general rule (§ 13.), some names of 
cities in o remain masculine, as : Croto, but those out of Italy are 
mostly fern., as : Carthago, etc. ; also, those in as, G. antis, as : 
Taras, antis, Tarentum ; those in es, G. etis, as : Tunes, etis, 
Tunis, and those in us, G. untis, as : Selinus, untis. 

Read Exercise XXII. 



§ 39. Feminine. 

Of the feminine gender are nouns in : as, is (ys), aus, us 
(G-. utis or udis), x, those in s with a consonant before it and 
parisyllables (§ 18. Rem. 4.) in es. 

Examples, l) As: aest-as callda, a warm summer; 2) Is: 
av-is pulchra, a beautiful bird; 3) Aus : \-aus magna, great 
praise ; 4) Us, G. utis or udis : juvent-tis (utis) laeta, joyful 
youth, inc-ws (udis) ferrea, iron anvil, pal- tits, (udis) alta, deep 
pool, pec-ws (udis), single head of cattle, but pecus, pecoris (cat- 
tle) ; 5) X: \u-x clara, clear light ; 6) S with a consonant before 
it : hie-ms aspera, rough winter ; 7) Es in parisyllables : nub-es 
nigra, black cloud. 

Exceptions. 



1) As: 
Three are masculine in as : 
As, addmas and elephas, 
And one is neuter, namely, vas. 



2) Is: 

Masculine are these in is: 
Panis, piscis, crinis, finis, 
Ignis, lapis, pulvis, cinis, 
Orb is, amnis and candlis, 
Sanguis, unguis, glis, anndlis, 
Fascis, axis, funis, ensis, 
Fustis, vectis, vermis, mensis, 
Postis, follis, cucumis, 
Cassis, callis, collis, 
Sentis, caulis, pollis. 



1) As: 

Adamas, antis, m. a diamond. 
as, assis, m. an As (a coin), 
elephas, antis, m. (commonly 

elephantus, i, m.) elephant. 
vas, asis, n. a vessel, vase. 

2) Is: 

Amnis, is, m. a river. 

axis, is, m. an axletree. 

callis, is, in. a foot-path, path. 

canalis, is, m. canal, water- 
course. 

cassis, generally plur. casses, 
ium, m. hunter's net. 

caulis, is, m. a stalk, cabbage- 
stalk, cabbage. 

cinis, eris, m. ashes. 

collis, is, m. a hill. 

crinis, is, m. hair. 



§ 39.] GENDER OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 49 

cucumis, eris, m. a glis, iris, m. a dor- postis, is, m. a post. 

cucumber. mouse. pulvis, eris, m. dust. 

ensis, is, m. a sword, ignis, is, m. fire. sanguis, Inis, m. blood. 

fascis, is, m. a bundle, lapis, Idis, m. a stone, sentis, is, m. a bram- 
finis, is, m. the end ; raensis, is, m. a month. ble, generally plur. 

plur. borders , terri- orbis, is, m. a circle. sentes, a thorn bush. 

tory. panis, is, m. bread. unguis, is, m. a nail, 

follis, is, m. bellows. piscis, is, m. a fish. claw. 

funis, is, m. a rope, pollis, Inis, m. fine vectis, is, m. a lever, 

cable. flour (Nom. want- bolt. 

fustis, is, m. a club. i n g)« vermis, is, m. worm. 

Scrobis, is, a pit, and torquis (also torques), a neck-chain, are 
mostly Masc. but sometimes feminine ; also, occasionally, callis, 
candlis, finis, cinis, are Fern. Canis, tigris, and other names of 
animals in is are properly epicene nouns (§ 13, R. 2.), and gen- 
erally Masc. 

3) X: 3) X: 

Masculine there are in x, Apex, icis, m. a tuft, summit. 

Fornix, onyx, and cdlix, bombyx, ycis, m. the silk-worm. 

Varix, calyx, coccyx, oryx, calix, Icis, m. a cup. 

Tradux, bombyx, also sorix ; calyx, ycis, m. a bud, shell. 

Add to these most in ex, caudex, icis, m. trunk of a tree. 

Grex, apex, codex, and murex, climax, acis, f. a ladder, climax. 

Caudex, frutex, pollex, pulex, coccyx, ygis, m. a cuckoo. 

Sorex, vervex ; and then in ax codex, icis, m. a book. 

All Greek nouns, except climax. fornix, Icis, m. arch, vault. 

frutex, Icis, m. a onyx, ychis, m. the sorix or sourix, icis, 

shrub, plur. a onyx. m. a kind of owl. 

thicket. oryx, ygis, m. the ga- tradux, ucis, m. a 
grex, egis, m. a flock, zelle. vine-branch. 

crowd. pollex, Icis, m. thumb, varix, Icis, m. a varix. 

murex, Icis, m. a pur- pulex, Icis, m. a flea, vervex, ecis, m. a 

pie fish, purple. sorex, Icis, m. field- wether, 
mouse. 

Rem. 1. Besides the above list we have as Masc. : phoenix, 
deunx, quincunx etc., vertex, cimex, and some others in ex not 
much used. — Styx, Stygis, a river in the lower world, contrary 
to the general rule (§ 13.) is of the feminine gender; but names 
of rivers and mountains in is and ys are masc. 



50 



NEUTER. 



[§40. 



4) Es parlsyllable : 

Masculine parisyllaUes in es, 
Are only two : palumbes and 
vepres. 

5) S with a consonant before it. 

Masculine are in ons and ens, 
Fons, mons, pons, dens, conflu- 

ens, 
Bidens, tridens, occidens, 
Rudens, torrens, orxens ; 
Two in ops and ybs, 
Hydrops and chalybs. 



4) Es parisyllable : 

palumbes, is, in. wood-pigeon. 
vepres, is, in. a bramble. 



5) S with a consonant before it. 

bidens, tis, m. a hoe, mattock. 
chalybs, ybis, m. steel. 
confluens, tis, m. a confluence. 
dens, tis, m. a tooth. 
fons, tis, in. a fountain. 
hydrops, opis, m. dropsy. 



mons, tis, in. a moun- m. sun-rise, the east, torrens (scil. amnis), 

tain. eastern countries. a torrent, impetuous 

occidens, (sc. sol), tis, pons, tis, m. a bridge. stream. 

m. sun-set, the west, rudens (sc. funis), tridens, tis, in. a tri- 

western countries. tis, m. a rope, cable. dent. 

oriens (sc. sol), tis, 

Rem. 2. To No. 4) should be added as masc, acindces, is. To 
No. 5) dodrans, quodrans, triens, and the other compounds of as. 
— Adeps, seps, and forceps, fluctuate between the masc. and 
fern. — A few Greek words in ps are masc. : merops, gryps, etc. 

Read Exercise XXIII. 



§ 40. Neuter. 



Of the neuter gender are nouns in : a, e, c, I, en, ar, ur, ut, 
us (G. em, oris, uris). 

Examples : l) A : poem-a pulchrum, a beautiful poem ; 
2) E : mar-e magnum, a great sea; 3) C: only la-c (lact-is), and 
ale-c (ecis), end in this letter, as: lac tepid um, warm milk, alec 
sapldum, salt fish-brine; 4) L: fe-/ amarum, bitter gall; 5) En: 
nom-era clarum, a renowned name; 6) Ar : calc-ar acutum, a 
sharp spur; 7) Ur: rob-wr (oris) magnum, great strength; 8) Ut: 
caput humanum, a human head; 9) Us: gen-ws (eris) clarum, a 
renowned race. 



§41.] 



GENDER OF THE FOURTH DECLENSION. 



51 



Exceptions : 



From the neuter are rejected, 
By the masculine accepted, 
Two in I : sol and sal, 
With four in en : 
Ren, splen, pecten, lien. 
Masculine too are three in ur : 
Furfur, turtur, and vultur ; 
Add to these two words in us : 
Lepus, leporis, and mus. 
But feminine there is in us, 
Barely the single word tellus. 



Furfur, uris, m. bran. 

lepus, oris, m. a hare. 

lien, enis, jn. (ancient form for 
splen), the spleen. 

mus, uris, m. mouse. 

pecten, Inis, m. comb. 

ren, commonly plur. renes, kid- 
ney. 

sal, is, m. salt, wit. 

sol, is, m. sun, 

splen, enis, m. spleen. 

tellus, uris, /. the earth. 

turtur, uris, m. turtle-dove. 

vultur uris, m. a vulture. 



Remark. The following are also masc. : attdgen, lichen, pae- 
an; delphln (poet, for delphinus); also some Greek nouns in on, 
but others are Fern. Besides, sus, G. suis and grits, gruis, are 
generally masc. Nouns in i and y are Greek and of the neuter 
gender. Contrary to the general rule (§ 13.) the names of cities 
in e remain neuter, as : Praeneste, and besides, Anxur, Tibur ; 
also the mountain Soracte, is, and robur, oris, live-oak. 

Read Exercise XXIV. 



§ 41. Gender of the Fourth Declension. 

Us of the fourth is masculine, 
And u is of the neuter kind ; 
But feminine there are in us : 
Tribus, acus, portions, 
Domus, idus and manus. 



Tribus, us, /. tribe, domus, us, /. house, 

company, 
acus, us, f needle. 



porticus, us, /. portico. 



May, July, and 
palace. Oct., but 13th of 

idus, uum, /. the Ides the other months). 
(15 th day of March, manus, us, /. hand. 

Read Exercise XXV. 



52 TENSES OF THE VERB. [§§ 42, 43. 

THIRD COURSE. 

REGULAR VERBS. 
§ 42. Classes of Verbs, (§ 6, 2.). 

a) Active verbs, or the form expressing activity, as : lando, 
jloreo ; those active verbs which take an object in the Ace. 
are called transitive, as : laudo puerum ; all other active verbs 
are called intransitive, as : lloreo, dormio, pareo (alicui), gau- 
deo (de aliqua re). 

b) Passive verbs, or the form expressing a passive state or 
the receiving of an action. 

c) Deponent verbs are such as have the passive form but the 
active signification. But some deponents, especially revertor 
and the others from verto, take the Perf. in the Act. form, as : 
reverii, etc. 

Remark. The Pres. Act., in. Latin, besides the meaning given 
to it in the paradigms, is also used to express the idea expressed 
by the English periphrastic Pres., formed from the Pres. Part, 
and the verb to be, as : / am loving. So also the Pres. and Im- 
perf. Act. are used to express the ideas expressed in English by 
these tenses with the forms do and did, as : I do love, did love. — 
The Pass, forms may often be translated by allow, as : exoror (I 
allow myself to be entreated). 

§ 43. Tenses of the Verb. 

I. 1) Present, am-o, Hove, 

2) Perfect, am-a-vi, I have loved, loved ; 
II. 3) Imperfect, am-a-bam, 1 loved, was loving, 
4) Pluperfect, am-a-veram, I had loved ; 
III. 5) Future (simple), am-a-bo, I shall love, 

6) Future Perfect, am-a-vero, / shall have loved. 

Remark. The Pres., the Perf, and the two Futures are 
called principal tenses, the others historical or narrative tenses. — 
The Eerf. in Latin is used in a two-fold way : a) like the Eng- 
lish Perf. as : deus mundum crcavit (God has created the world); 



§§44,45.] * MODES. INFINITIVE, ETC. 53 

b) like the English Imperf. in narrating, as : Romulus Romam 
condidit (Romulus built Rome). In the first case it is called the 
Perf. present, and is considered as belonging to the principal 
tenses, in the last the Perf. historical, and belongs to the historical 
tenses. 

§ 44. Modes of the Verb. 

I. The Indicative, which expresses a fact, phenomenon, 
reality, as : the rose blooms, bloomed, will bloom ; 

II. The Subjunctive, which expresses what is imagined, 
supposed, conceived of, as : he may come, he might come notwith- 
standing ; 

III. The Imperative, which is used in direct expressions of 
the will, as : hear thou, teach thou. 

§ 45. Infinitive, Participle, Supine, Gerund, and Gerundive. 

Besides the Modes, the verb has the following forms : 

a) The Infinitive, which is of an intermediate nature be- 
tween the verb and the noun, as : cupio te adspicere, / 
desire to see thee (comp. : cupio adspectum tui, I desire a 
sight of thee) ; 

b) The Participle, which presents the idea of the verb in 
the form of an adjective, as : puer scribens (the boy writ- 
ing) ; filia amata (the daughter beloved) ; 

c) The Supine in um and u, which presents the idea of the 
verb in the form of a noun in either the Ace. or Abl. . 
case, as : canes venatum duco, I take the dogs to hunt (to 
hunting), or, res est jucunda auditu, the thing is pleasant 
to hear (in the hearing) ; 

d) The Gerund, which also presents the idea of the verb 
under the form of a noun in all the cases, as : Nom. scri- 
bendum est, we (one) must write, Gen. ars scribendi, the 
art of writing, or to write, Dat. scribendo aptus est, fit 
for xoriting, or to write, Ace. with a preposition, inter 
scribendum, while writing, Abl. scribendo exerceor, I am 
exercised, by (in, etc.) writing ; 



54 CONJUGATION OF THE VERB. [§§ 46, 47. 

e) The Gerundive (or Part. Fut. Pass.), which presents 
the idea of the verb in an adjective form, precisely as 
the Gerund presents it in a substantive form, as : epistola 
scribenda est, the letter is to be written, and so through all 
the cases. 

Rem. 1. The Indicative, Subjunctive, and Imperative are 
called the finite or definite verb, because they always refer to a 
definite subject ; the Inf. Part. Sup. Ger. and Gerundive, on the 
contrary, are called the indefinite verb, because these forms, on 
account of their meaning, do not admit of such a reference. 

Rem. 2. The active voice has two participles, the Pres. and 
Put., as : amans, amaturus, a, um. The passive voice also has 
two, the Perf. and Fut., as : amatus, a, um, amandus, a, um. 
Finally, deponents have three participles, viz. the Pres. Act., as : 
hortans, the Perf. Pass., as : hortatus, a, um, and the Fut. Act., 
as : hortaturus, a, um, and when they are transitive, the Gerun- 
dive, also, as: hortandus, a, um. — The Latin language, therefore, 
has no Perf. Act. Part, except in Deponent verbs, where the 
-Perf. Pass. Part, has the meaning of a Perf. Act. Part. 

§ 46. Persons and Numbers of the Verb. 

The verb has, like the noun, two numbers, Sing, and Plur., 
and three persons both in the Sing, and in the Plur., as : I, 
thou, he (she, it), and we, you, they, which are expressed by the 
endings, as : scrib-imus, we write. 

Remark. Those verbs which are used only in the third per- 
son Sing, are called Impersonal verbs, as : pluit, it rains, tonat, it 
thunders. 

§ 47. Conjugation. 

Conjugation is the inflection of a verb according to its Per- 
sons, Numbers, Modes, Tenses, and Voice. The Latin lan- 
guage has four Conjugations, which are distinguished accord- 
ing to the ending of the Inf. as follows : 

I. Conj. : — are, as : am-are, to love, Characteristic : a 

II. " —ere, " mon-ere, to admonish, " e 

III. u — ere, " reg-ere, to govern, " e 

I V. « — irej « aud-ire, to hear. " I. 



§ 48.] FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 55 

Rem. 1. In parsing a verbal form, the beginner should accus- 
tom himself to observe the following order and state : a) the per- 
son, b) the number, c) the mode, d) the tense, e) the voice, f) from 
what verb, g) the meaning, h) the agreement E. g. What kind of a 
verbal form is amdtisf Amatis is Sec. Pers. Plur. of the Indie. 
Pres. Act. from the verb amo, amavi, amatum, amare, to love, and 
agrees, etc. 

Rem. 2. Every verbal form consists of two parts, the stem 
(found in the Infin., by dropping ere in the third Conj. and re 
in the others), which is that part of the verb which remains un- 
changed in all the forms, and the inflection-endings, which vary to 
express the number, person, mode, and tense. The last letter of 
the stem is called the characteristic, and, if a vowel, is generally 
contracted with, or absorbed by, the first vowel of the inflection- 
endings. The inflection endings are printed in Italics in the 
paradigms. 

§ 48. Formation of the Tenses. 

In every verb there are four forms (which may be called 
the principal parts of the verb) from which, by first rejecting 
o, i, um, re (third Conj. ere), and then adding different endings, 
all the remaining forms are derived, viz. : 

l) Inch Pres. Act. 2) Ind. Perfect Act. 3) Supine. 4) Infnitive Act 

I. amo (for amao) amavi amatum amare 

H. moneo monui monltum monere 

III. rego rexi rectum regere 

IV. audio audivi auditum audlre. 

Hem. 1. These are called the regular conjugations, because 
most verbs are conjugated according to them. Monui is formed 
by rejecting the characteristic e and changing v into u, as : mo- 
nevi, monvi, monui ; the Sup. momtum is formed by introducing i 
in the place of the rejected characteristic e. — Informing the 
tenses of regere and the other regular verbs of the third conju- 
gation (as well as in the composition and derivation of words), the 
following changes take place, viz.: — g, qu, h, and v become c 
before t, and before s are changed with this letter into x (= cs 
or gs) ; also, before either of these letters (t, s), b becomes p, and 
d and r often become s, as : reg-tum = reotum, reg-si = rea;-i ; 
scrib-tum = scrip-turn, scrib-si = scrip-si; cessi (for ced-si), us-si 
(for ur-si) ; — but t after s becomes s, as : cessum (for cestum). 



56 FORMATION OF THE TENSES. [§ 48. 

Rem. 2. Perfs. in dvi, evi, ivi, and dvi, and the tenses derived 
from them, as is indicated in the paradigms of the verb, often 
drop v, and frequently v with the vowel following it. 

A. From the Indicative Present Active : amo ; moneo ; rego, capio 

(I take) ; audio, as the stem, are derived : * 

a) Indicative Present Passive : amor ; moneor ; regor ; capior ; 
audior ; 

b) Subjunctive Present Active, and from this Subj. Pres. Pass. : 
amein ; moneaw; regam, capiara; audiam ; — amer; mo- 
near ; regar, capiar ; audiar ; 

c) Put. Active and Passive: regain (es, et, etc.), capiara; audi- 
dm ; — regar (era etc.), capiar; audiar; — ama&o ; mone&o ; 
— ama&or ; monebor ; 

d) Indicative Imperfect Active and Passive : ama&ara ; mone- 
bam ; regebam ; capie&ara ; Siudiebam ; — ama&ar ; mone^ar ; 
regebar, capie&ar; audie&ar; 

e) Participle Present Active : amans : monens ; regens, capi- 
ens ; audiens ; 

y) Gerundive and Gerund: am&ndus, am&ndum ; monendus ; 
regendus, c&rAendus ; nudiendus. 

Rem. 3. There are a few verbs in io of the third Conj., like 
capio, which are inflected in the Pres. and the parts derived from it, 
(also in the Imperat.), like audio, except that the i is always short, 
and the second person Sing. Indie. Pass, is eris, instead of iris. 

B. From the Infinitive Active: amare; monere; regere, capere; 

audire, as stem, are derived : 

a) Imperative Active : ama ; mone ; rege, cape ; audi ; and Im- 
perat. Passive, which agrees in form with the Infin. Act.: 
amare ; monere ; regere, capere ; audire ; 

b) Infinitive Present Pass, of I., II , and IY. Conj. : aman, 
monen, audiW; the III. Conj. adds to the stem the ending i: 
regi, cap£; 

c) Subjunct. Imperf Act. and Passive : amarera ; monerem ; 
regerem, caperera ; audirera ; — amarer ; monerer ; regerer ; 
capper; audirer. 

C. From the Perfect Active : amavi ; monui ; rexi, cepi ; audivi, 

as a stem, are derived : 

a) Subjunctive Perfect Active : am&verim ; monuerim ; rezc- 
rim, ceperm; audivmra; 

* Let the pupil be required to state, not only the tenses derived from 
each part, but also the changes by which the derivation is effected, as : 
from Pres. Idic. Act. is derived, the Pres. Indie. Pass., by adding r, etc. 



§ 50.] ACTIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 



61 



TIVE. 

Conjugations. 

be learned at once but in the order of the exercises which follow. 



III. Rego, rexi, rectum, regere. 
Characteristic : e short. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
I. Present. 



rego, I govern 
regis, thou govern- 

est 
regit, he, she, it 

governs 
regimus, we govern 



regitis, you govern 
regunt) they govern 



regam,Imay govern 
regas, thou mayest 

govern 
regdt, he, she, it 

may govern 
regdmus, we may 

govern 
regdtis, you may 

govern 
regard, they may 

govern. 

II. Imperfect. 



regebam, I govern- 
ed, was gov. 

regebas, thou gov- 
ernedst, wast g. 



regerem, I might 

govern 
regeres, thoumight- 

est govern 



regebat, he, she, it regeret, he, she, it 



governed, was g. 

regebdmus, we gov- 
erned, were gov. 

regebdtis, you gov- 
erned, were gov. 

regebaht, they gov- 
erned, were gov, 



might govern 
regeremas, we 

might govern 
regeretis, you 

might govern 
regerent, they 

might govern. 



III. Future (Indicative). 1 
■regam, I shall govern 
reges, thou wilt govern 
reget, he, she, it will govern 
regemus, we shall govern 
regetis, you will govern 
regent, they will govern. 

IV. Perfect. 



rexi, I have govern- 
ed, I governed 

rexisti, thou hast 
governed, etc. 

rexit, he, she, it 
has governed 

reximus, we have 
governed 

rexistis, you have 
governed 

rexerunt (ere), they 
have governed 



rexSrim, I may 
have governed 

rexeris, thou may- 
est have govern. 

rexerit, he, she, it 
may have gov. 

rexerimus, we may 
have governed 

rexeritis, you may 
have governed 

vexerint, they may 
have governed. 

6~~ 



IV. Audio, audtri, au&itum, audire. 
Characteristic : i long. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
I. Present. 



audio, I hear 
audls, thou hearest 

audft, he, she, it 

hears 
SLU&imus, we hear 

2LU&itis, you hear 

zudiunt, they hear 



audi dm, I may hear 

audids, thou may- 
est hear 

SLudiat, he, she, it 
may hear 

2LH&idmus, we may 
hear 

SLU&idtis, you may 
hear 

SLU&iant, they may 
hear. 



II. Imperfect, 
audiebam, I heard, Siudirem, I might 



was hearing 
audie6as,thouheard 

est, wast hearing 
andiebat, he, she, it 

heard, was heard 
SLU&iebdmus, we 

heard,were heard 
audi'eoaiis, you 

heard,were heard 
Siudiebant, they 

heard,were heard 



hear 
audlres, thou 

mightest hear 
audireJ, he, she, it 

might hear 
2L\idlremus, we 

might hear 
audlreft's, you 

might hear 
&\idirent, they 

might hear. 



III. Future (Indicative). 1 
audiam, I shall hear 
audies, thou wilt hear 
SLudiet, he, she, it will hear 
smdiemus, we shall hear 
andietis, you will hear 
zudient, they will hear. 

IV. Perfect, 
audlvi, (audii), I, audi (v) mm, I may 

have heard, I h. i have heard 
£i\idi(vi)sti, thou audi(i;)ens, thou 

hast heard, etc. mayest have h. 
zudlvit, he, she, it \smdi(v)erit, he, she, 

has heard it may have h. 

OMdivimus, we \a\xdi(v)e?nmus, we 

have heard may have heard 

&iidi(vi)stis, you audi(i;)en£i's, you 

have heard I may have heard 

audi ( v ) erunt (ere), audi ( v)erint, they 

they have heard | may have heard. 



62 



ACTIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. [§ 50, 



I. Amo, amavi, araaf«»j, amare. 
Characteristic : a long. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
V. Pluperfect. 



amd(ve)rdm, I had 

loved 
amd(i>e)rds, thou 

hadst loved 
amd- (ve) rat, he, 

she. it had loved 
amd-(i7e)ram«Sj we 

had loved 
amd-(ue)rd^s, you 

had loved 
amd-(i;e)ra^, they 

had loved 



amd-(vi)ssem, I 

might have loved 
sund-(vi)sses, thou 

mightest have 1. 
amd- ( vi )sset,he,she i 

it might have 1. 
amd-(vt)ssemus, we 

might have loved 
amd-(vi) ssefr's, you 

might have loved 
amd-{i7i)ssent, they 

might have loved. 



VI. Future Perfect. 2 
amd-(ve)ro, I shall have loved 
amd-(ve)rls, thou wilt have loved 
amd-(ve )rlt, he, she, it will have loved 
ama-ucjr'iwizs, we shall have loved 
amd-(ve)riiis, you will have loved 
amd-(ve)rint, they will have loved. 

Imperative. 3 
amd, love thou 
amfl-to, thou shouldest love 
amd-fo, he, she, it should love 
amfl-ie, love ye 
amd-tote, you should love 
amd-nto, they should love. 

Supine. 

1 ) amd-iftm, in order to love 

2) amfl-fw, to love, be loved. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. amd-re. to love 
Perf am d-(vi)sse, to have loved 
/W. amd-furfis, a, w/?i, esse, to will 
love, 4 (that one) will love. 

Participle. 
Pres. ama-ns, loving 
Fut. amd-turus, a, um, intending, 
wishing, about to love. 

Gerund. 

Nom. ama-??eft/?rtest,one(we) mustlove 
Gen. ama-ndi, of loving, or to love 
Oat. ama-udo, to loving, or to love 
Ace. ama-)idu/n (e. g. ad), loving 
Abl. ama-ndo, by loving. 



II. Moneo, month', momtum, monere. 
Characteristic : e long. 



Indicative, 



Subjunctive. 



V. Pluperfect. 



monueram, I had 

admonished 
m on ue ras, thou 
hadst admonished 



monuissejn, I might 
have admonished 

monuisses, thou 
mightest have ad. 



monuerat, he, she, it monuisset, he, she, it 

had admonished | might have ad. 
monuerdmus, we monuisscmus, we 

had admonished ; might have ad. 
momierdtis, you momussetis, you 

had admonished might have ad. 
momcerant, they monuissent they 

had admonished might have ad. 

VI. Future Perfect. 2 
monuero, I shall have admonished 
monwms, thou wilt have admonished 
monuerit, he, she, it will have admon. 
monuerimus, we shall have admonished 
monueritis, you will have admonished 
monuerint, they will have admonished. 

Imperative. 
mone, admonish thou 
monefo, thou shouldest admonish 
moncfo, he, she, it should admonish 
monete, admonish ye 
monetote, you should admonish 
monento, they should admonish. 

Supine. 

1 ) momtum, in order to admonish 

2) monitu, to admonish, be admon. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. monere, to admonish 
Perf. monuisse, to have admonished 
Fut. moniturus, a, um, esse, to will 
admonish, (that one) will ad. 

Participle. 
Pres. moTiens, admonishing 
Fut. moniturus, a, um, intending, 
wishing, about to admonish. 

Gerund. 
N. monendinn est, one (we) must ad. 
G. monendi, of admonishing, or to ad. 
D. monendo. to admonishing, or to ad. 
A. monendum (e. g. ad), admonishing 
A. monendo, by admonishing. 

The Subjunctive Future is expressed periphrastically : amaturus, monitu- 
rus, recturus, auditurus (si, um) sim, sis, etc., / will love, thou wilt love, etc., or 
amaturus, etc., essem, / would love. 2 ) Also the Future Perfect has no Sub- 



§ 50.] ACTIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 



63 





III. Rego, rexi 


rectum, regere. 


IV. Audio, audii; 


i auditum, audire. 




Characteristic : e short 


Characteristic : i long. 




Indicative. Subjunctive. 


Indicative, Subjunctive. 




V. Pluperfect. 


V. Pluperfect. 




rexeram, I had gov.- rexissem, I might 


audi(v)eram, I had 


audi(?;i)s-sem, I 




erned 


have governed 


heard 


might have heard 




xexeras, thou hadst 


rexisses, thou 


audi (v) eras, thou 


audi(vi)sses, thou 




governed 


mightest have g. 


hadst heard 


mightest have h. 




rexerat, he, she, it 


rcxisset, he, she, it 


audi(v)erat, he, she, 


audi[vi)sset, he. she, 




had governed 


might have gov. 


it had heard 


it might have h. 




rexerdmus, we had 


rexissemus, we 


audi(v)erdmus, we 


audi(i:i)sse?7ii/s, we 
might have heard 




governed 


might have gov. 


had heard 




rexerdtis, you had 


rexissetis, you 


audi(v)erdtis, you 


audi(vi)ssetis, you 




governed 


might have gov. 


had heard 


m ight have heard 




rexfrant, they had 


rexissent, they 


audi (v)erant, they 


audi{vi)ssent, they 




governed 


might have gov. 


had heard 


might have heard. 




VI. Future Perfect. 2 


VI. Future Perfect. 2 




rexero, I shall have governed 


a,udi(v)ero, I shall have heard 




rexeris, thou wilt have governed 


audi(v)eris, thou wilt have heard 




vexerit, he, she, it will have governed 


audi(v)erit, he, she, it will have heard 




rexerlmus, we shall have governed 


audi(v)erimus, we shall have heard 




rexerltis, you will have governed 


aud i (v )erltis, you will have heard 




rexerint, they will have governed. 


audi^erint, they will have heard. 




Imperative. 3 


Imperative. 




reg-e, govern thou 


audi^ hear thou 




regita, thou shouldest govern 


audita, thou shouldst hear 




regita, he, she, it should govern 


audita, he, she, it should hear 




regite, govern ye 


audlte, hear ye 




regitote, you should govern 


audltote, you should hear 




regunto, they should govern. 


audiunto^ they should hear. 




Supine. 


Supine. 




1) rectum, in order to govern 


1 ) audltam, in order to hear 




2) recta, to govern, be governed. 


2) audita, to hear, be heard. 




Infinitive. 


Infinitive. 




Pres. regere, to govern 


Pres. audire, to hear 




Perf. rexisse, to have governed 


Perf. audi(vi)sse, to have heard 




Fut. recturus, a, um esse, to will gov- 


Fut. auditurus, a, um esse, to will 




ern, 4 (that one) will gov. 


hear, 4 (that one) will hear. 




Participle. 


Participle. 




Pres. regens, governing 


Pres, zudiens, hearing 




Fut. rectarws, a, um. intending, wish- 


Fut. auditurus, a, um, intending, wish- 




ing, about to govern. 


ing, about to hear. 




Gerund. 


Gerund. 




N. regendum est, one (we) must gov. 


N. audiendum est, one (we) must hear 




G. regendi, of governing, or to govern 


G. audiendi, of hearing, or to hear 




D. regendo, to governing, or to govern 


D. audiendo, to hearing, or to hear 




A. regendum (e. g. ad)., governing 


A. audiendum (e. g. ad), hearing 




A. regendo, by governing. 


A. audiendo, by hearing. 


' 


junctive. 3 ) These four imperatives without e are to be noted : die, due, foe, 




fer, from : dico. duco, facio, fero. 4 ) The English language has no Infin. Fu- 




ture (to will love) but uses in its stead the Inf. Present. 



64 



PASSIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. [§ 51. 



51. PAS 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
I. Present. 



amor, I am loved 



art 



amans, thou 

loved 
amdtur, he, she, 

is loved 
amomfir, we are 

loved 
amdmrni, you are 

loved 
amantur, they are 

loved 



amer, I may be 

loved 
ameris(e), thou 

may est be loved 
ameiflr, he. she, it 

may be loved 
ameraw, we may 

be loved 
amemini, you may 

be loved 
amentur, they may 

be loved. 



was 



thou 



am dbar, I 

loved 
amdbdns(e), 

wast loved 
amdbdtur, he, she, 

it was loved 
avadbdmur, we 

were loved 
amdbdminlj you 

were loved 
amdbantur, they 

were loved 



II. Imperfect. 



IV. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

I. Present. 



moneor, I am ad 

monished 
monen's, thou art 

admonished 
mone^wr, he, she, 

it is admonished 
monemur, we are 

admonished 
monemini, you are 

admonished 
monentur, they are 

admonished 



amdrer, I might be 

loved 
amarem(e) thou 

mightest be 1. 
amdretur, he, she, 

it might be loved 
amdremur, we 

might be loved 
am dremini, you 

might be loved 
amdrentur, they 

might be loved. 

III. Future, 
amdbor, I shall be loved 
amdberis (e), thou wilt be loved 
amdbitur, he, she, it will be loved 
amdbimur, we shall be loved 
amdbimini, you will be loved 
amdbuntiir, they will be loved. 

IV. Perfect. 
a) Indicative. 



monedr, I may be 

admonished 
moneam(e), thou 

mayest be ad. 
m on edtur, he, she, 

it may be ad. 
monedmur, we may 

be admonished 
monedmini, you 

may be admon. 
moneantur, they 

may be admon. 

XT. Imperfect, 
monebar, 1 was ad- monerer, I might 

monished be admonished 

moneoam(e), thou monerem(e), thou 

wast admonished mightest be ad. 
moiaebdtur, he, she, moneretur, he, she, 

it was admon. it might be ad. 
monebdmur, we moneremur, we 

were admonished might be ad. 
monebdmini, you moneremini, you 

were admonished might be ad. 
monebantur, they monerentur, they 

were admonished! might be ad. 

III. Future. 
mone&dV, I shall be admonished 
monebms(e), thou wilt be admonished 
moncbitur, he, she, it will be admon. 
mcmebimur, we shall be admonished 
monebiniini, you will be admonished 
mon&buntur, they will be admonished. 



amatus. 
a, 

um 

amati, 

ae, 

a 



sum, I have been loved, was 1. 
es, thou hast been loved, etc. 
est, he, she, it has been loved 
sumiis, we have been loved 
estis, you have been loved 
[sunt, they have been loved 

b) Subjunctive, 



monitus,'sM«i, I have been admonished 
es, thou hast been admonished 
est, he, she, it has been ad. 
sujuus, we have been admon. 
estis, you have been admon. 
sunt, they have been admon. 



um 

moniti, 

ae, 

a 



amatus,s?m, I may have been loved 
a, sis, thou mayest have been 1. 
um \sit, he, she, it may have been 1. 

amati, slmus, wc may have been 1. 
ae, js7,/is, you may have been loved 
a \sint, they may have been loved. 



monitus, sim, I may have been admon- 

a, sis, thou mayest have been ad- 

um sit, he, she, it may have been a- 

moniti, simus, we may have been ad. 

ae, \sitis, von may have been ad. 

a \sint, they may have been ad. 



§ 51.] PASSIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 



65 



SITE. 



III. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

I. Present. 

regor, lam govern- |regar, I may be 

ed | governed 

regeris, thou art regam.(e), thou 

governed ! mayest be gov. 

regltur. he, she, it vegdtur, he, she, it 

is governed I may be governed 

regii?iu?\ we are \regd?nur, we may 

governed be governed 

reglmini, you aieregdmini, you may 

governed be governed 

regunXur, they are regantur, they may 

governed be governed. 

II. Imperfect, 
regebar, I was gov- regerer, I might be 



erned 
regebdris(e), thou 

wast governed 
regebdtur, he, she, 

it was governed j 



governed 
reg«reris(e), thou 

mightest be gov. 
regeretur, he, she, 

it might be gov. 



regebdmur, we were regeremw, we 
governed j might be gov. 

regebd?nini, you regeremini, you 
were governed ; might be gov. 

regebantur, they vegerentur, they 
were governed I might be gov. 

III. Future, 
regdr, I shall be governed 
regem(e), thou wilt be governed 
regej^, he, she, it will be governed 
regemur, we shall be governed 
regemini, you will be governed 
regentur, they will be governed. 

IV. 

a) 



IV. 

Indicative. Subjunctive. 

I. Present. 

audior, I am heard jaudia?*, I may be 

| heard 
audlm. thou art jaud*am(e) thou 

heard mayest be heard 

audlft/r, he, she, itiaudjofm*, he, she, it 

is heard may be heard 

a.udi?nur, we are aucfc'dnhir, we may 

heard be heard 

SLXx&imini, you are audza??n'?2?',youmay 

heard be heard 

audiuntur, they are audiantu r, they may 

heard i be heard. 

II. Imperfect. 



rectus, sum, I have been governed 
a, es, thou hast been governed 
um est, he, she, it has been governed 
recti, sumus, we have been governed 
ae, estis, you have been governed 
a [sunt, they have been governed 



audiebar, I was audirer, I might be 

heard heard 

audiebdris(e), thou audirem(e), thou 

wast heard mightest be heard 

audiebdtur, he, she, audiretur, he, she 

it was heard it might be heard 

audiebdmur, we audiremur, we 

were heard might be heard 

audi£bd?ni?ii, you axxdlremini, you 

were heard might be heard 

audiebantur, they \audlrentur, they 

were heard | might be heard. 

III. Future. 
aud'idr, I shall be heard 
aud?em(e), thou wilt be heard 
audietur, he, she, it will be heard 
audiemur, we shall be heard 
audiemini, you will be heard 
! audientur, they will be heard. 

Perfect. 
Indicative. 

audltus, sum. I have been heard, was h 



a. 
um 

audlti, 
ae, 
a 



b) Subjunctive. 



rectus, 
a, 

um 

recti, 

ae, 

a 



sim, I may have been governed 
sis, thou mayest have been gov. 
sit, he, she, it may have been g. 
^simus, we may have been gov. 
sitis, you may have been gov. 
jsiitf, they may have been gov. 

6* 



audit us. 

a, 

um 
auditi, 

ae, 

a 



thou hast been heard, etc. 
est, he, she. it has been heard 
sumus. we have been heard 
estis, you have been heard 
sunt, they have been heard 

sim, I may have been heard 
sis, thou mayest have been h. 
sit, he, she, it may have been h. 
simus, we may have been heard 
sitis, you may have been heard 
sint they may have been heard. 



G6 



PASSIVE OF THE FOUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. [§ 51. 



V. Pluperfect. 
a) Indicative. 



amatus, 
a, 

um 

amati, 

ae, 

a 



amatus, 
a, 

um 

amati, 

ae, 
a 

amatus, 

a, 

um 
amati, 

ae, 
a 



eram, I had been loved 
eras, thou hadst been loved 
erdt, he, she, it had been loved 
erdmus, we had been loved 
erdtls, you had been loved 
erant they had been loved 



monitus, 
a, 
um 

moniti, 
ae, 
a 



eram, I had been admonished 
eras, thou hadst been ad. 
erat, he, she, it had been ad. 
eramus, we had been ad. 
eratis, you had been ad. 
erant, they had been ad. 



essem, I might have been loved 
esses, thou mightest have been 

loved 
esset, he, she, it might have 

been loved 
essemus, we might have been 

loved 
essetis, you might have been 1. 
essent, they might have been 1. 



b) Subjunctive. 

monitus. 
a, 



um 

moniti, 

ae, 
a 



essem, I might have been ad. 
esses, thou mightest have been 

admonished 
esset, he, she. it might have 

been admonished 
essemus, we might have been 

admonished 
essetis, you might have been ad. 
essent, they might have been ad. 



ero, I shall have been loved 

wilt have been 



VI. Future Perfect, (Indicative). 

monitus, ero, I shall have been admon- 
ished 
a, eris, thou wilt have been ad- 
monished 
um erit, he, she, it will have been 
admonished 
moniti, erimus, we shall have been ad- 
monished 
ae, eritis, you will have been ad- 
monished 
a erunt, they will have been ad- 
monished. 



ens, thou 

loved 
erit, he, she, it will have been 

loved 
erimus, we shall have been 

loved 
eritis, you will have been 

loved 
erunt, they will have been 

loved. 



Imperative. 
am are, be thou loved 
sandtor, thou shouldest be loved 
ama'or, he, she, it should be loved 
amdmini, be ye loved 
amamindr, you should be loved 
amantor, they should be loved. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. amdrl, to be loved 
Perf. amatus, a, um esse, to have been 

loved 
Fut. amdtum irl, 1 to will be loved, 

(that one) will be loved. 

Participle. 
Perf amatus, a, um, loved 
Fut. amandusj a, um, what should be 
loved. 



Imperative. 
monere, be thou admonished 
monefor, thou shculdst be admonished 
monefor, he, she, it should be admon. 
monejnini, be ye admonished 
moneminor, you should be admonished 
monentor, they should be admonished. 

Infinitive. 

Pres. moneW, to be admonished 
Perf monitus, a, um, esse, to have been 

admonished 
Fut. monitum in', 1 to will be admonish- 
ed, (that one) will be admonished. 

Participle. 
Perf monitus, a. um, admonished 
Fut. monendus, a, um, what should be 
admonished. 



l ) amatum, monitum, rectum, audltum are Supines and hence cannot be de- 

Bead Erer 



§ 51.] PASSIVE OF THE FOUK REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. 



67 



V. Pluperfect, 
a) Indicative. 



rectus, 
a, 

um 

recti, 

ae, 



eram, I had been governed 
eras, thou hadst been governed 
erat, he, she, it had been govern. 
era i it us , we had been governed 
eratis, you had been governed 
erant they had bee* governed. 



auditus, 
a, 

um 

auditi, 

ae, 

a 



eram, I had been heard 
eras, thou hadst been heard 
erat, he, she, it had been heard 
eramus, we had been heard 
eratis, you had been heard 
{ erant, they had been heard. 



b) Subjunctive. 



TQCtnSj ] esse?n, I might have been gov. 
a, jesses, thou mightest have been 

I governed 
um |esse£, he, she. it might have been 

governed 
recti, ^essemus, we might have been 
j governed 
ae, ■essetis, you might have been gov. 
a \essent, they might have been gov. 



auditus, 
a, 



auditi, 

ae, 
a 



essem, I might have been heard 
esses, thou mightest have been 

heard 
esset, he, she, it might have 

been heard 
essemus, we might have been 

heard 

essetis, you might have been h. 
essent, they might have been h. 



VI. Future Perfect, (Indicativ 



rectus ; 

a, 

um 

recti, 
ae, 
a 



ero, I shall have been gov- 
erned 

eris, thou wilt have been gov- 
erned 

erit, he, she, it will have been 
governed 

erimus, we shall have been gov- 
erned 

eritis, you will have been gov- 
erned 

erunt, they will have been gov- 
erned. 



Imperative. 
regeYe. be thou governed 
regitoi*, thou shouldst be governed 
regltor, he, she, it should be governed 
regimini, be ye governed 
regiiuiaor, you should be governed 
reguntor, they should be governed. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. regi, to be governed 
Perf rectus, a, um, esse, to have been 

governed 
Fut. rectum iri, 1 to will be governed, 

(that one) will be governed. 

Participle. 
Perf rectus, a, um, governed 
Fut. regendus, a, um, what should be 
governed. 



auditus, ero, I shall have been heard 

eris, thou wilt have been 

heard 
erit, he, she, it will have been 

heard 
auditi, erimus, we shall have been 

heard 
eritis, you will have been 

heard 
erunt, they will have been 

heard. 

Imperative. 
audlre, be thou heard 
auditor, thou shouldst be heard 
auditor, he, she, it should be heard 
SLU&lmijii, be ye heard 
axidiminor, you should be heard 
audiuntor, they should be heard. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. audlH, to be heard 
Perf. audits, a, um esse, to have been 

heard 
Fut. audltum iri, 1 to will be heard 

(that one) will be heard. 

Participle. 
Perf audits, a, um, heard 
Fut. midiendus, a, um, what should be 
heard. 



clined. That the English language has no Inf. Fut. has already been stated. 
cise XXV, 7 



68 



DEPONENTS OF TJHE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



r§52. 



§52. DEPO 
Of the four 



I. Hortor, hortatus sum, hortari. 
Characteristic : a long. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
I. Present. 



hortor, I exhort 

horta-m, thou ex 
hottest 

hortd-tur, he, she 
it exhorts 

■horta-wwr, we ex 
hort 

hortd-mini, you ex 
hort 

horta-ntur, they ex- 
hort 



II. Imperfect. 



horte-r, I may ex- 
hort 

horte-m(e), thou 
mayest exhort 

horte-^wr, he, she. 
it may exhort 

horte-mwr, we may 
exhort 

horte-mzwi, you 
may exhort 

horte-ntur, they 
may exhort. 



II. Vereor, vsvitus sum, verm. 
Characteristic : e long. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
I. Present. 



I re 



er- 



rev- 



horta-6ar, I exhort- 
ed, was exhorting 

horta-6am(e), thou 
exh., wast exh. 

hortd-batur, he, she, 
it exh., was exh. 

horta-6am&r, we 
exh., were exh. 

hor td-bdminl, you 
exh., were exh. 



I might 



hovtd-rer 

exhort 
hortd-rer?s(e), thou 

mightest exhort 
hortd-retur, he, she. 

it might exhort 
horta-remwr, we 

might exhort 
hortd-remini, you 

might exhort 
hortd-bantur, they \hortd-re?itur, they 
exh., were exh. I might exhort. 

III. Future (Indicative). 1 
hortd-bor, I shall exhort 
h.ortd-beris{e), thou wilt exhort 
hor td-bitur, he, she, it will exhort 
riortd-bimitr, we shall exhort 
hortd-bimlnii, you will exhort 
hoi'td-buntftr, they will exhort. 



vere-er, 
ence 

vere-ns, thou 
erencest 

vere-tar, he, she, it 
reverences 

vere-T/zwr, we rev- 
erence 

vere-mtm, you rev- 
erence 

yere-ntur, they rev- jver e-antur, they 
erence ! may reverence. 

II, Imperfect. 

vere-5ar, I rever-vere -rer, I might 
enced, was rev. reverence 

vere-6dm(e), thouivere-reWs(e) thou 
rev. 'dst. wast rj mightest rev. 

veve-bdtur, he, she, vere-rester, he, she, 
it might rev. 



vere-er, I may rev- 
erence 

vere-am(e) thou 
mayest rev. 

vere-dtur, he, she, 
it may reverence 

vere-dmur, we may 
reverence 

vere-dmira, you 
mav reverence 



vere-remur, we 
might reverence 

vere-r§mfwt, you 
might reverence 

\ere-rentw\ they 
might reverence. 



it rev., was rev. 
vere-bdmur, we rev 

were rev. 
vere-bdmini, you 

rev., were rev. 
vere-bantur, they 

rev., were rev. 

III. Future (Indicative)} 
vere-bor, I shall reverence 
rere-beris(e), thou wilt reverence 
vere-Btwr, he, she, it will reverence 
vere-bimur, we shall reverence 
yere-bimini, you will reverence 
xerc-buntur. they will reverence. 



horta-tus, 
a, 

um 

horta-ti, 

ae, 

a 



IV. Perfect. 
a) Indicative. 



sum, I have exhorted, exhor 
is, thou hast exhorted, etc. 
est, he, she, it has exhorted 
sumus, we have exhorted 
estis, you have exhorted 
sunt, they have exhorted 



veri-tus sum, I have reverenced, rev. 
a, es, thou hast reverenced, etc. 
um est, he, she, it has reverenced 
verl-ti, sumus, we have reverenced 
ae, estis, you have reverenced 
a sunt, they have reverenced 



horta-tus, 'sim, I may have exhorted 
a, jSis, thou mayest have ex. 
um sit, he, she, it may have ex. 

horta-ti, simus, we may have exhorted 
ae, sills, you may have exhorted 
a sint, they may have exhorted. 



h) Subjunctive. 



veri-tus's/m, I may have reverenced 
a, sis, thou mayest have rev. 
um sit, he, she. it may have rev. 
verl-ti, simus, we may have reverenced 
ae, sitis, you may have reverenced 
a sint, they may have reverenced. 



§ b2.~\ DEPONENTS OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



69 



NENTS 
Conjugations. 



III. 



Fungor, functus sum, fungi. 
Characteristic : e short. 



IV. Partzor, partitas sum, partirz. 
Characteristic : i long. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
I. Present. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 
I. Present. 



fung-or, I manage 

fung-ms, thou 

managest 
fung-itur, he, she, 

it manages 
fung-imwr, we 

manage 
fung-imini, you 

manage 
fimg-untur, they 

manage 



fung-ar, I may 

manage 
fung-am(e), thou 

mayest manage 
fung-dtur, he. she, 

it may manage 
fung-dmur, we 

may manage 
fxmg-dmini, you 

may manage 
i\mg-antur, they 

may manage. 



partz-or, I divide 



di- 



ll. Imperfect. 



fung-e&ar, I man- 
aged, was m. 

fxmg-ebdris (e), thou 
managedst,was m. 

fxmg-ebdtur, he, she, 
it m., was m. 

fxmg-tbdmur, we 
managed,were m. 

fung-ebdmini, you 
managed,were m. 

fxmg-ebantur, they 
managed,were m. 

III. Future (Indicative). 1 
fung-ar, I shall manage 
fung-em(e), thou wilt manage 
fung-etar, he, she, it will manage 
fung-emwr, we shall manage 
fimg-emini, you will manage 
fxmg-entur, they will manage. 



fung-erer, I might 

manage 
fung-ererzs(e), thou 

mightest manage 
fung-eretar, he, she, 

it, might manage 
fung-eremur, we 

might manage 
fxmg-eremini, you 

might manage 
fung-erentar, they 

might manage. 



parti-rzs, thou 
videst 

parti-far, he, she, 
it divides 

parti- mur, we di- 
vide 

partl-minz, you di- 
vide 

-p&rti-untur, they 
divide 

II. Imperfect. 

parti-e&ar.Idivided, parti-rer, I 
was dividing divide 

parti-e6dm(e),thouparti-rerzs(e,) thou 
dividedst, was d. mightest divide 

parti-etowr, he,she, partf -retar, he, she, 



partz-ar, I may di- 
vide 

partz-an's(e), thou 
mayest divide 

partz-atar, he, she, 
it may divide 

partz-amzzr, we 
may divide 

parti- dmlni, you 
may divide 

-p&rti-antur, they 
may divide. 



might 



it divided, was d. 
parti- ebdmur, we 

divided, were d 
v&rti-ebdmini, you 

divided, were d, 



it might divide 
partt-remwr, we 

might divide 
vsLrti-remini. you 

might divide 



func-tus. 
a, 

um 

func-ti, 

ae, 

a 

func-tus, 
a, 

um 

func-ti, 

ae, 

a 



v&rti-ebantur, they|parti-mztar, they 
divided, were d. | might divide. 

III. Future (Indicative)} 
parti-ar, I shall divide 
partz-erzs(e), thou wilt divide 
partz'-etar, he, she, it will divide 
partz-emwr, we shall divide 
partz-ewii/zz, you will divide 
•parti-entur, they will divide. 
IV. Perfect. 
a) Indicative. 



sum, I have managed, manag. 
es, thou hast managed, etc. 
est, he, she, it has managed 
sumus, we have managed 
estis, you have managed 
sunt, they have managed. 



parti-tus 
a, 

um 

partl-ti, 

ae, 

a 



sum, I have divided, divided 

thou hast divided, etc. 
est, he, she, it has divided 
sumus, we have divided 
estis, you have divided 
sunt, they have divided. 



sim, I may have managed 
sis, thou mayest have m. 
sit, he, she, it may have m. 
simus, we may have managed 
sitis, you may have managed 
sint, they may have managed. 



b) Subjunctive. 



parti-tus, \sim, I may have divided 
a. \sis, thou mayest have divided 
um \sit, he, she, it may have d. 
partl-ti, simus, we may have divided 
ae, [sitis, you may have divided 
a \sint, they may have divided. 



70 



DEPONENTS OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



[§52. 



V. Pluperfect. 
a) Indicative. 



horta-tus. 
a, 

um 

horta-ti, 

ae, 

a 

horta-tus. 
a, 

um 

horta-ti, 

ae, 

a 



erdm, I had exhorted 
eras, thou hadst exhorted 
erdt, he, she, it had exhorted 
erdmus, we had exhorted 
erdtis, you had exhorted 
erant, they had exhorted 



ven-tus, 
a, 

um 

veri-ti, 

ae, 

a 



b) Subjunctive. 



eram, I had reverenced 

-as, thou hadst reverenced 
erat. he, she, it had reverenced 
eramus, we had reverenced 
eratis, you had reverenced 
erant, they had reverenced. 



essem, I might have exhorted 
esses, thou mightest have ex. 
esset, he, she, it might have ex. 
essemus, we might have ex. 
essetts, you might have ex. 
essent, they might have ex. 



veri-tus,jessem, I might have reverenced 
a, esses, thou mightest have rev. 
um esset, he, she, it might have rev. 
veri-ti, essemus, we might have rev. 
ae, essetis, you might have rev. 
a \essent, they might have rev. 



VI. Future Perfect (Indicative). 1 



horta-tus, erd, I shall have exhorted 
a, eris, thou wilt have exhorted 
um erit. he, she, it will have ex. 
horta-ti, erimus, we shall have ex. 
ae, iritis , you will have exhorted 
a erunt, they will have ex. 
Imperative. 
horta-re, exhort thou 
h.OYtd-tor, thou shouldest exhort 
hoYtd-tor, he, she, it should exhort 
hoYtd-minl, exhort ye 
hortd-mindr, you should exhort 
hoYta-ntor, they should exhort. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. horta-ri, to exhort 
Perf. hoYtd-tus, a, um esse, to have 

exhorted 
Fut. hoYtd-turus, a, um esse, to will 
exhort 2 , (that one) will exhort. 
Participle. 
Pres. horta-?zs, exhorting 
Perf. hoYtd-tus, a, um, having exhorted 
Fut. 1 ) Act. hortd-turus, a, um, intend- 
ing, wishing, about to exhort 
Fut. 2) Pass. hoYta-ndus, a, um, what 
should be exhorted. 
Gerund. 
N. horta- ndum est, one (we) must ex. 
G. hortiz-ndi, of exhorting, to exhort 
D. horta-ndo, to exhorting, to exhort 
A. hoYta-ndum (e. g. ad), exhorting, 

to exhort 
A. horta-ndo, by exhorting. 

Supine. 
Ace. hoYtd-tum, in order to exhort 
Abl. hoYtd-tu, to exhort, be exhorted. 



veri-tus, ero, I shall have reverenced 
a, eris, thou wilt have reverenced 
um erit, he, she, it will have rev. 
veri-ti, erimus, we shall have rev. 
ae, eritis, you will have rev. 
a erunt, they will have rev. 
Imperative. 
vere-re, reverence thou 
vere-for, thou shouldest reverence % 
vere-for, he, she, it should reverence 
vere- mini, reverence ye 
YeYe-minor, you should reverence 
veYe-ntor, they should reverence. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. vere-n, to reverence 
Perf. veY-ttus, a, um esse, to have rev- 
erenced 

Fut. veYi-tiirus, a, um esse, to will 
reverence* 2 , (that one) will rev. 
Participle. 
Pres. vere-ws, reverencing 
Perf \QYi-tus, a, um, having reverenced 
Fut. 1 ) Act. VQYi-turus, a, um, intend- 
ing, wishing, about to reverence 
Fut. 2) Pass. \GYe-ndus, a, um, what 
should be reverenced. 
Gerund. 
N. veYe-ndum est, one (we) must rev. 
G. veYe-ndi, of reverencing:, to rev. 
D. \eYe-ndo, to reverencing, to rev. 
A. veYe-ndum (e. g. ad), reverencing, 

to reverence 
A. \ere-ndo, by reverencing. 

Supine. 
Ace. vert-turn, in order to reverence 
Abl. veYi-tu, to reverence, be reverenced. 



*) The Subjunctive of both the futures is wanting. See Remark 1) and 2) to § 50. — 2 ) See 



Read Exer 



§ 52.1 



DEPONENTS OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 



71 



V. Pluperfect, 

a) Indicative. 

func-tus, eram, I had managed partl-tus, 

a, eras, thou hadst managed a, 

um erat, he, she, it had managed um 

func-ti, eramus, we had managed partl-ti, 

ae, eratis, you had managed ae, 

a era?it, they had managed. a 

b) Subjunctive. 



func-tus, 'essem, I might have managed 
esses, thou mightest have m. 
esset, he, she, it might have m. 
essemus, we might have m. 
essetis, you might have m. 
essent, they might have m. 



a, 

um 

func-ti, 

ae, 

a 



partl-tus, 
a, 

um 

partl-ti, 

ae, 

a 



era???, I had divided 
eras, thou hadst divided 
era£, he, she, it had divided 
eramus, we had divided 
eratis, you had divided 
erant, they had divided. 

essem, I might have divided 
esses, thou mightest have d. 
esset, he, she, it might have d. 
essemus, we might have d. 
essetis, you might have d. 
essent, they might have d. 



VI. Future Perfect {Indicative)? 



func-tus, 'ero, I shall have managed 
a, eris, thou wilt have managed 
um erit, he, she, it will have man 
func-ti, erimus, we shall have managed 
ae, eritis, you will have managed 
a erunt, they will have managed. 
Imperative. 
fung-ere, manage thou 
fung-zfor, thou shouldest manage 
fung-itor, he, she, it should manage 
fung-vmini, manage ye 
fxmg-iminor, you should manage 
fung-imfor, they should manage. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. fung-*, to manage 
Perf func-tus, a, um esse, to have 

managed 
Fut. fxmc~turus, a, um esse, to will 
manage 2 , (that one) will man. 
Participle. 
Pres. f\mg-e?is, managing 
Perf func-tus, a, um, having managed 
Fut. 1) Act. func-furus, a, um, intend- 
ing, wishing, about to manage 
Fut. 2) Pass, fxmg-endus, a, um, what 
should be managed. 
Gerund. 

N. fxmg-endum est, one (we) must man. 
G. fung-endi, of managing, to manage 
D. fung-e??c/o, to managing, to manage 
A. fuug-endum (e. g. ad), managing, 

to manage 
A. fung-endo, by managing. 

Supine. 

Ace. func-turn, in order to manage 
Abl. func-^w, to manage, be managed. 

Remark 4) to § 50. 



partl-tus, ero, I shall have divided 
a, eris, thou wilt have divided 
um erit, he, she, it will have div. 
partl-ti, erimus, vre shall have divided 
ae, eritis, you will have divided 
a erunt, they will have divided. 
Imperative. 
parti-re, divide thou 
partl-for, thou shouldest divide 
parti-for, he, she, it should divide 
partz-wzW, divide ye 
partl-minor, you should divide 
•paxti-untor, they should divide. 

Infinitive. 
Pres. parti-n, to divide 
Perf. parti-tas, a, um esse, to have 

divided 
Fut. -psirti-twuSj a, um esse, to will 
divide 2 , (that one) will divide, 
Participle. 
Pres. -parti-ens, dividing 
Perf. yj&Yti-tus, a, um, having divided 
Fut. 1 ) Act. parti-tunts, a, um, intend- 
ing, wishing, about to divide 
Fut. 2) Pass, iparti-endus, a, um, what 
should be divided. 
Gerund. 

N. vaxti-endum est, one (we) must d. 
G. partz-e??oY, of dividing, to divide 
D. psii'ti-endo, to dividing, to divide 
A. -psLYti-endum (e. g. ad), dividing, to 

divide 
A. -p&Ytl-endo, by dividing. 

Supine. 

Ace. -psLYti-tum, in order to divide 
Abl. -p&Yti-tu, to divide, be divided. 



cise XXVIII 



72 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. [§ 53. 

§ 53. Periphrastic Conjugation. 

By joining the verb esse with the participles and with the 
gerund, a new conjugation is formed, called the periphrastic 
conjugation ; under this the following forms are to be noted : 

1) Amaturus, a, um sum, / wish, intend, am destined, am 
about to (will) love. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 

Present. 
amaturus sum, / am about to amaturus sim, / may be about to 
amaturus es, [(will) love, amaturus sis, [(will love. 

amaturus est, amaturus sit, 

hortaturi sumus, we are about to hortaturi simus, we may be about 
hortaturi estis, [(will) exhort, hortaturi sitis, [to (will) exhort. 
hortaturi sunt. hortaturi sint. 

Imperfect. 
moniturus eram, / would ad- moniturus essem, / would ad- 
[?nonish. [monish. 

Perfect. 
veriturus fui, I would have rev- veriturus fuerim, I would have 
[erenced. [reverenced. 

Pluperfect. 
recturus fueram, / would have recturus fuissem, I would have 
[governed. [governed. 

Future. 
functurus ero, I shall be about to wanting. 

[manage. 

Future Perfect. 
auditurus fu wo, I shall have been wanting, 

partiturus fueris. [about to hear. 

Infinitive. 

Pres.\ amaturus esse, to be about to (will) love [loved. 

Perf.\ amaturus fuisse, to have been about to love, would have 

Fut. | amaturus fore, to will be about to love, (that one) will be 

l [ready to love. 



53.] 



PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 



73 



2) Amandus, a, um sura, I must be loved, one must love me : 



Pres. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 

amandus sum, I must Je'amandus siui, Imustbe loved. 



loved, one must love me 
amaudus es, thou must be 

loved, one must love thee 
amandus est, he must be 

loved, one must love him 
hortandi sumus, we must be 

exhorted, one must exhort\ 

us 



Imperf. 



Per/. 



Plupf. 



Fut. 



F.P. 



Pres. 
Per/. 
Fut. 



one must love me 
amandus sis, thou must be 

loved, one must love thee 
amandus sit, he must be loved, 

one must love him 
hortandi simus, we must be 

exhorted, one must exhort 

us 



hortandi estis, you must be hortandi sitis, you must be 

exhorted, one must exhortl exhorted, one must exhort 

you you 

hortandi sunt, they must be hortandi sint, they must be 

exhorted, one must exhort exhorted, one must exhort 

them. them. 

monendus eram, I was to be monendus essem, I might be 

admonished, one was to to be admonished, one 

admonish me. might be to admonish me. 

verendus fui, I should have verendus fuerim, I may have 

been reverenced, one should been to be admonished, one 



have reverenced me. 



regendus fueram, I ought to 
have been governed, one 
ought to have governed 



may have been to admonish 
me. 
regendus fuissem, 7 might 
have been to be admon- 
ished, one might have been 
to admonish me. 
wanting. 



persequendus ero, I shall be 

to be pursued, one will be 

under obligation to pursue 

me. 
audiendus fuero, I shall have wanting. 

been to be heard, one will 

have been under obligation 

to hear me. 
metiendus fueris, thou wilt 

have been to be measured, 

one will have been under 

obligation to measure thee. 

Infinitive. 
amandus esse, to be under obligation to be loved. 
amandus fuisse, to have been under obligation to be loved. 
amandus fore, to wdl be under obligation to be loved, (that 
one) etc. 



74 



PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 



[§53. 



3) Amandum est one must love, mihi amandum est, I must love, 
Comp. Synt. § 98. . 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 

Pres. amandum est, one must love amandum sit, one should love 
mihi amandum est, I must mihi amandum sit, / should 

love love 

tibi hortandum est, thou tibi hortandum sit, thou 

must exhort shouldst exhort 

ilii timendum est, he must illi timendum sit, he should 

fear fear 

nobis fatendum est, we must nobis fatendum sit, we should 

confess confess 

vobis legendum est, you vobis legendum sit, you 

must read should read 

illis loquendum est, they WMs loquendum sit, they 

must speak \ should speak 

puero audiendum est, ftbgpuero audiendum sit, the 

boy must hear J boy should hear 

viro experiendum est, the viris experiendum sit, men 
man must try, shoidd try. 

Imperf amandum erat, one was to amandum esset, one might 
love. be to love. 

jmihi amandum erat, / was mihi amandum esset, / might 
to love. i be to love. 

Perf. amandum fuit, one should amandum fuerit, i" may have 

have loved. been to love. 

Plupf. amandum fuerat, one ought amandum fuisset, / might 

to have loved. have been to love. 

Fut. amandum erit, one shall be\ wanting. 

to love. 
F. P. amandum fuerit, one shall wanting. 

i have been to love. 



Remark. So also in Deponents, as : hortandus sum, I must 
exhort, hortandum est, one must exhort. — Also, the Pres. Part, is 
used with esse in order to express a continuing action, as : amans 
sum, eram etc. ; still this usage is common only when the participle 
supplies the place of an adjective, as : amans (= studiosus) sum 
literaruin. Finally, the Perf. Part., when it signifies a state or 
condition, as : ornatus, one who is adorned (in a state of adorn- 
ment), may be connected with all forms of esse and form a peri- 
phrastic Conj. as : ornatus sum, eram, fui, fueram, ero, fuero, / 



§ 53.] IRREGULAR FIRST CONJUGATION. 75 

am, ivas etc. adorned ; also ornatum fore (would be adorned), in- 
stead of the more common ornatum iri. 

Patria amanda est, ' one's native country should be loved, one 

should love his native country;' 
patria nobis amanda est, i we should love our native country ;' 
hie liber tibi legendus est, ' thou shouldst read this book ;' 
milites duci adhortandi fuerunt, ' the general should have incited 

the soldiers/ 

Examples for the Gen., Dat., Ace. and AbL of the Gerundive. 
Comp. Synt. § 99. 

Ars navis gubernandae, ' the art of governing a ship ;' 

peritus sum equorum regendorum, ' I am skilful in governing 

horses ; ' 

asinus idoneus est magnis oneribus portandis, ' the ass is fitted for 
bearing great loads,' or, 4 to bear great loads.' 

corporis exercitationes plurimum valent ad valetudinem firman- 
dam, l exercise of the body avails much for confirming the 
health.' 

Uteris tractandis animus excolitur, l by the pursuit of letters the 
mind is cultivated.' 



FOURTH COURSE. 

IRREGULAR AND IMPERSONAL VERBS* 

Preliminary Remark. Yerbs are said to be irregular, 
either when they vary in the formation of their tenses from the 
great body of the verbs of a language (as those in the follow- 
ing list do from the paradigms given in §§ 50 and 51), or when 
they vary in their inflection,®? fail to form some parts which 
verbs commonly have (as is the case with the 'particular irreg- 
ular verbs and defective verbs which follow this list, §§ 69 — 76). 

* Most of the irregular verbs in the following classes are contained, 
also, in the Latin Vocabulary at the end of the book, where they may be 
found in alphabetical order. 



76 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§§ 54, 55. 

— Impersonal verbs are those which are used only in the third 
person Sing. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 

§ 54. L The Perfect with Reduplication. 

Remark. The reduplication in do, consists in repeating the 
first consonant of the stem with e ; but in sto, in repeating the 
first two consonants of the stem with e, and then the s is dropped 
from the stem, hence : steti for ste-sti. Comp. spondeo, spopondi 
(§ 58, 7). 

1. Do, dedi, datum, dare, to give. The a of the stem-syllable 
is short throughout, as : dabam, dabo, darein ; except das and 
da. 

So its compounds of which the first part is a word of two sylla- 
bles, as : circumdo, circumdedi, circumdatum, circumdare, to sur- 
round. Its compounds with monosyllables, on the contrary, chang- 
ing a into i (but into e before r), have : -do, -dldi, -ditum, -dere, 
and follow the third Conj., as : addo, addidi, addltum, addere, 
to add. 

2. Sto, steti, stdtum, stare, to stand ; (c. abl. to be gained at 
the expense of, cost). 

Its compounds with monosyllabic prepositions have sfiti in the 
Perf., as : adsto (I stand by), adstiti, but those compounded with 
dissyllabic prepositions retain the steti, as : circumsto (I stand 
around), circumsteti. The Sup. of only a few of the compounds 
is used and is stdtum; only praesto (to stand before, bestow), has 
both praestitum and praestdtum. The Part. Fut. on the contrary, 
is always stdtiirus^ as : praestaturus, constaturus, obstaturus, etc. 

Read Exercise XXIX. 



§ 55. II. Perfect: — ui ; Supine: — itum. 

1. Crepo, crepui, crepitum, crepare, to creak. 

So commonly: increpo, ui, Itum, rarely dvi, dtum ; but dis- 
crepo, without Sup., generally has avi in the Perf. 

2. Cubo, cub u i, cub itum, cubare, to recline. 



56.'] FIRST CONJUGATION. 77 

3. Domo, domui, (domavi old poet), domitum, domare, 
to tame, curb, subdue. 

4. Mico, mi cut, Sup. wanting, micare, to glitter; 

So : errnco, emicui, emlcdtum, emicdre, to gush forth ; but, 
dimlco, I fight (a general battle), has dimicavi, atum, are. 

5. Plico, plicavi and pit cut, plicdtum and plicitum, 
plicdre, to fold. This verb is used only in composition, 
as : explico, avi and ui, atum and itum, are, to explain. 
Cicero prefers the regular form : — avi, atum. (Those 
derived from adjectives in plex are of the first Conj., as : 
supplico (from supplex), duplico (from duplex). 

6. Sono, sonui, sonitum, sonar -e, to sound, (but Part. 
Fut. sonaturus). 

7. Tono, tonui, (Sup. wanting), tonare, to thunder. 

8. Veto, vetui, vetitum, vet are, to forbid. 

Read Exercise XXX. 



§56. III. Perfect: — ui; Supine: — turn. 

1. Frico, fricui, fricdtum (rarely frictum), fricdre, to 
rub. Refrico has refrictum, but refricaturus. 

2. Neco, avi, atum, are, to kill; but eneco, enecui, ene- 
ctum, enecare, to kill by inches, to vex to death, to en- 
tirely exhaust. 

3. Seco, secui, sectum, secare, to cut, (but Part. Fut. seca- 
turus). 

IV. Perfect: — i; Supine: — turn. 

1. Juvo, jitvi, jutum, juvdre (c. ace), to aid, assist, (Part. 
Fut. juvaturus) But adjuvo has Fut. Part, adjuturus. 

2. Lavo, lavi, lautiim, lavdre, to wash. The Infin. lavere 

is mostly poetic, and the Sup. lotum, after the classical 
period. 
Poto, potavi, potum, and potatum, potare, to drink. 

Bend Exercise XXXI. 

7* 



78 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 57. 

SECOND CONJUGATION. 

§57. I. Perfect: — ui; Supine: — turn. 

Preliminary Remark. Many verbs of the second Conj. 
have no Sup., viz. those from which adjectives in use, chiefly in 
idus, are formed, as : horreo, ui, to shudder, horrldus, hideous, 
paveo, pavi, to dread, pavldus, timid. 

1. Arceo, arcui, (Sup. wanting), arcere, to keep from. 

The Part, artus (strait), is used as an adjective. The 
compounds, in which a of the stem passes into e, follow mo- 
neo, as : coerceo, ui, Itum, ere, to keep together. 

2. Doc co, docui, doc turn, do cere (with two ace), to teach. 

3. Misceo, miscui,mixtum and mi stum, miscere, to mix. 

4. Teneo, tenui, (tentum in compos.), tenere, to hold. 

The compounds have: — tlneo, as: contineo, continui, 
contentum, continere. 

5. Torreo, torrui, to stum, torrere, to dry, bake. 

II. Perfect : — ui ; Supine : — um, only : 
Censeo, censui, c en sum, censere, to rate, judge. 

So its compounds, but with the associate form of the Sup. 
in itum, as : recenseo, recensui, recensum and recensitum, 
to examine ; except succensere (to be displeased), percen- 
sere (to examine accurately, go through), which have no 
Sup. — Here belongs frendeo, frendui, fresum (fressum), 
frendere, see its corresponding form, § 61, 18. 

Remark. Taedet (it disgusts), has together with taeduit, also 
taesum est, but this is not used in the classical language ; the com- 
pound pertaedet, has in the Perf. only pertaesum est, e. g. pertae- 
sum est (me) levitatis, whence by later writers pertaesus, a, um 
(c. gen. or ace), disgusted, 

HI. Perfect: — evi ; Supinum : — etum. 

1. Delco, evi, etum, ere, to destroy. 

2. Flere, to weep. 



§ 57.] FIRST CONJUGATION. 79 

3. Nere, to spin. 

4. The compounds of the obsolete plere (to fill), as : com- 
plere. Here belongs the compound of the obsolete oleo 

(I grow) : 

5. Aboleo, abolevi, abolitum, abolere, to abolish; still this 
verb does not occur till after the Augustan period. 

Finally we have in this class : 

6. Cieo, civi, citum, ciere, to rouse, raise, call (by name). 

So also the compounds, as : concieo, Ivi, Itum, iere, or 
regular, according to the fourth Conj.: concio, Ivi, Itum, ire, 
to excite, excieo, ivi, Itum, iere or excio, ivi, Itum, ire, to 
arouse, percieo, ivi, Itum, iere or percio, ivi, Itum, ire, to stir 
up, raise; but, accio, accivi, accitum, accire, to send for, de- 
sire to come, is of the fourth Conj. alone and always has the 
i of the Sup. long. 

IV. Perfect: — i; Supine: — turn. 

Preliminary Remark. The short vowel of the stem is 
lengthened in the Perf. 

1. Caveo, cdvi, cautum, cavere, to be on one's guard (ab 
aliquo, against some one) ; to give security, provide. 

2. Faveo, fdvi, (fautum rare), favere (c. dat.), to be 
favorable, to favor. 

3. Foveo, fovij fotum, fovere, to warm, nurse, cherish. 

4. Moveo, mo vi, mo turn, mover e, to move. 

5. Voveo, vovi, votum, vovere, to vow, offer. 

Also the following without a Supine : 

6. Ferveo, fervi (in comp. generally ferbui), fervere, to 
boil. 

7. Paveo, pdvi, pavere, to dread (commonly expavescere), 

8. Conmveo, (-nzvi and -nixi, neither of them used in good 
prose), conmvere, to close (the eyes), wink. 

Read Exercise XXXIL 



80 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 58. 

§ 58. V. Perfect: — i ; Supine — sum. 
(Comp. Prelim. Kem. to § 57. IV.) 

1. Prandeo, prandi, p ran sum, prandere, to breakfast. 

2. Sedeo, sedi, sessum, sedere, to sit. 

So the compounds with dissyllabic prepositions, as : cir- 
cumsedeo, edi, essum, ere, to sit around, to beset; but those 
with monosyllabic prepositions change the e of the stem-syl- 
lable into i, as : assideo, assedi, assessum, assidere, to sit by. 

3. Strideo, s tridi, (Sup. wanting), stridere,to whiz (poet, 
also, strido, ere). 

4. Video, vidi, visum, videre, to see. 

Also the following, whose Perf. takes the Reduplica- 
tion. 

5. Mordeo, momordi, morsum, mordere, to bite, afflict. 

6. Pendeo, pependi, (Sup. uncertain), pendere, to hang. 

7. Spondeo, spopondi, sponsum, spondere, to promise, to 
become responsible for. 

8. Tondeo, totondi, ton sum, tondere, to shear, cut. 

The reduplication in these verbs consists in a repetition 
of the first consonant of the stem with the first vowel of the 
stem. Concerning spopondi, see § 54. Rem. — The com- 
pounds of these verbs follow the simples, but are without the 
reduplication, as : admordeo, admordi, admorsum, to bite at ; 
praependeo, praependi, to hang before, respondeo, respondi, 
responsum, to answer ; detondeo, detondi, detonsum, to shave 
off- 

VI. Perfect: — si; Supine: — turn. 

1. Augeo, auxi, auctum, augere, to increase. 

2. Indulgeo, indulsi, (indultum rare), indulgere, to be 

indulgent, to give one's self up to. 

3. Lugeo, luxi, (without Sup.), lugere, to mourn, lament. 

4. Torqueo, torsi, tor turn, tor autre, to twist, torture. 

Read Exercise XXXIII. 



§§ 59, 60.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 81 

§ 59. VII. Perfect : — si ; Supine : — sum. 

1. Mulceo, mulsi, mulsum, mulcere, to stroke. 

2. Mulgeo, mulsi, m til sum, mulgere, to milk. 

3. Tergeo, tersi, tersum, tergere, to wipe. 

4. Ardeo, arsi, arsum, ardere, to burn, take fire. 

5. JRldeo, risi, risum, rider e, to laugh. 

6. Suddeo, sua si, sua sum, suddere, to advise. 

7. Maneo, man si, man sum, manere, to remain. 

8. Jubeo, jus si, jus sum, jubere, to bid, command, order. 

9. Haereo, ha est, haesum, haerere, to bang, stick. 

Tbe following also without a Supine : 

10. Algeo, alsi, algere, to suffer from cold, freeze. 

11. Fidgeo, fulsi, fulgtre, to glitter, lighten. 

12. Turgeo, tursi, turgere, to swell. 

13. Urgeo, ursi, urgtre, to press, oppress. 

14. Frigeo, (frixi rare), frig ere, to freeze. 

15. Luceo, luxi, lucere, to shine. 

Viil. Perfect with passive form (Neuter Passives) ; without a 

Supine. 

1. Audeo, ausus sum, audere, to dare. 

2. Gaudeo, gdvlsus sum, gaudere, to rejoice. 

3. Soleo, solitus sum, solere, to be accustomed (to do 

something). 

Read Exercise XXXIV. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 

§ 60. I. Perfect : — si ; Supine : — sum ; 

a) The stem ends in d or t: 

1. Claudo, clausi, clausum, claudere, to close. 

In the compounds au passes into u, as : includo, (isi, 
usum, udere, to include. 



82 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 60. 

2. Divido, divisi, di visum, divider e y to divide. 

3. Laedo, laesi, la e sum, laedere, to hurt. 

In the compounds ae passes into i, as : illido, isi, isum, 
Idere, to strike against. 

4. Ludo, lit si, III sum, ludere, to play. 

5. Plaudo, plausi, plausum, plaudere, to clap. 

So also applaudo (I applaud) ; in the remaining com- 
pounds au passes into 6, as : explodo, osi, osum, odere, to 
clap off, drive off. 

6. Rddo, rdsi, rdsum, rddere, to shave, shear. 

7. Rodo, rdsi, rdsum, rddere, to gnaw, slander. 

8. Trudo, trusi, trusum, trudere, to thrust. 

9. Vado, vddere, to go ; without Perf. and Sup. 

But the compounds have hoth, as : evado, evasi, eva- 
sum, evadere, to come out, escape. 

To these succeed the following : 

10. Gedo, cessi, cessum, cedere, to give way. 

1 1 . Mitto, mi si, mis sum, mittere, to send. 

12. Qudtio, (Perf. wanting,) quassum, quatere, to shake. 

The compounds change qua into cu and form the Perf., 
as : decutio, decussi, decussum, decutere, to shake down. 

b) The stem ends in g y c, or ct: 

13. Mergo, mersi, mersum, mergere, to plunge. 

14. Spar go, spar si, spar sum, spar g ere, to scatter (sow). 

In the compounds a of the stem passes into e, as : con- 
spergo, ersi, ersum, ergere, to besprinkle. 

15. Tergo, tersi, tersum, iergere, to wipe, (kindred form 
of tergere § 59. VII. 3). 

16. Figo, fixi, fixum, figere, to fix. 

17. Flecto, flexi, flexum, fleeter e, to bend. 

18. Necto, nexui (nexi rarely), nexum, nectere, to unite, 
plait. 

19. Pecto, pexi y pexum, pecUre, to comb. 

20. Plecto, (plexi rare), plexiim, plectfre, to plait. 



S 61.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 83 

c) Finally the two following belong here. 

21 . Premo, pressi, pressum, premere, to press. 

In the compounds e of the stem before m passes into t, as : 
comprtmo, essi, essum, Imere, to press together. 

22. Fluo (for fluvo), fluxi, (fluxus as adj.), fluere, to flow. 

Read Exercise XXXV. 

§61. II. Perfect : — ui ; Supine : — ta, — itum, — sum. 

1 . Ah, alui, altum (later alttum) , ale re, to nourish. 

2. Colo, colui, cultum, colere, to attend to, cultivate, 
honor. 

3. Consulo, consului, consultum, consulere, to deliber- 
ate ; c. ace, to consult some one ; c. dat., to consult for 
some one. 

4. Occulo, occului, oc cultum, occulere, to conceal. 

5. Rdpio, rapui, rap turn, rap ere, to snatch, plunder, 
carry off. 

Compounds : — ripio, — ripui, — reptum, — ripere, as : 
arrlpio, i" seize, appropriate to myself. 

6. Sero, serui, sertum, serere, to join together. 

7. Texo, texui, textum, texere, to weave. 

8. Depso, depsui, depstum, depsere, to knead. 



9. Cumbo, cubui, cubit um, cumbere, to lie. 

The simple verb is not used, but its compounds, as : dis- 
cumbere, to lie down. 

10. EUcio (from Obs. lacio), elicui, elicitum, elicere, 
to draw out. But the other compounds are regular, as : alli- 
cio, allexi, allectum, allicere, to allure. 

11. Premo, fremui, f remit um, fremere, to murmur, 
grumble. 

12. Gemo, gemui, ge ml turn, gemere, to groan, deplore. 

13. Gigno, genui, genltum, gignere, to beget, produce. 



S4 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 62. 

14. Molo, molui, molitum, molere, to grind. 

15. Pinso, pinsui, pinsitum (and pinsum), pinsere, to 
bray, pound. 

16. Pono, posui, posltum, ponere (in c. abl.), to place, lay. 

Pono arises from posmo, and posui from posivi. 

1 7. Vomo, vomui, vo mi turn, vomer e, to vomit. 



1 8. Frendo, frendui, fresum or f res sum, frendere, to 
gnash. (See also § 57. II.) 

19. Meto, messui, me s sum, met ere, to mow, reap. 

Remark. The following want the Sup. : sterto, stertui, ster- 
tere, to snore, strepo, ui, ere, to rustle, sound, resound ; tremo, ui, 
ere, to tremble ; the compounds of pesco, as : compesco, compes- 
cui, compescere, to restrain ; volo, ui, velle, to wish ; and the com- 
pounds of cello except percellere: excello, antecello, praecello 
I excel, Pf. cellui ; excelsus and praecelsus (lofty, distinguished) 
are used adjectively. 

Read Exercise XXXVI. 



§ 62. HI. Perfect: — vi ; Supine: — turn. 

The stem of the Pres. is strengthened by n or r : 

1. Ui-n-o, levi, litum, liner e, to besmear, (also linio,li- 

n'xre, late). 

2. Si-n-o, sivi, si turn, sinere, to let, permit. 

3. Se-r-o, sevi, s a turn, serere, to sow. 

In the compounds, a of the Sup. passes into i, as : conse- 
ro, consevi, consitum, conserere, to seed down, plant. 

The following have suffered a transposition of letters in the 
Perf. and Sup. : 

4. Cer-n-o, (crevi, c return, only in comp.), cernere, to 

sift, discern. 

5. Sper-n-o, spr e'v i, spr etum, spernere, to spurn. 

6. Ster-n-o, strdvi, stratum,, sterntre, to spread. 



§ 63.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 85 

Finally there belong here the following in sco (comp. § 67.) 

7. Cre-s-co, crevi, c return, crescere, to grow. 

So : accrescere, to grow to, increase, excrescere, to grow 
up, decrescere, to decrease, recrescere, to grow again, con- 
crescere, to grow together ; the remaining compounds want 
the Sup. 

8. No-sc-o, no vi, (not us as adj.), noscere, to be acquaint- 

ed with. 

So : internoscere, to distinguish, ignoscere, to pardon, per- 
noscere, to become thoroughly acquainted with, praenoscere, to 
become acquainted with before ; but, cognoscere, to become ac- 
quainted with, agnoscere (Part. Fut. Act. agnoturus), to per- 
ceive, praecognoscere, to become acquainted with previously, 
recognoscere, to become acquainted with again, to review, 
form the Sup. in xtum, as : cognxtum, 

9. Pa-sc-o, pdvi, pas turn, pascere, to pasture, feed. 

10. Quie-sc~o, quievi, qui e turn, quiesc ere, to rest. 

11. Sci-sc-o, scivi, scitum, sciscere, to decide. 

12. Sue-sc-o, sue vi, suetum, suescere, to be accustomed. 

Read Exercise XXXV1L 



§ 63. IV. Per/. : — ivi ; Supine : — Hum (like the fourth 

Conj.) 

1. Cupio, c up tv i, c up itu m, cupere, to desire, wish. 

2. Peto, p etlvi, petltum, petere, to seek, strive after 

something, to attack something : ab aliquo, to request 
of some one. 

3. Quaero, quaesivi, quaesztum, quaerere, to seek. 

In the compounds, ae passes into I, as : exquiro, isivi, isi- 
tum, irere, to examine, trace out, 

4. Rudo, rudivi and rudi, ruditum, rudere, to roar. 

5. Tero, trivi (for terivi), trltum (for terltum), terere, to 

rub. 
Here belong also sapio, sapxvi (Sup. wanting) sapere, to taste; 
also desipio without Perf. or Sup.) 



86 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 64. 

The following also in esso : 

6. Arcesso, arcessivi, arcessitum, arcessere, to bring. 

7. Capesso, Ivi, Hum, ere, to seize. 

8. Facesso, ivi, It urn, ere, to make (negotium facessere, 

to make trouble, to vex) ; to take one's self off. 

9. Incesso, I v i, (Sup. wanting), ere, to attack. 
10. Lacesso, Ivi, itum> ere, to provoke. 

Read Exercise XXXVIIL 

§ 64. V. Perfect: — %; Supine: — turn. 
a) The stem ends in b or p : 

1. Cdpio, cepi, cap turn, caper e, to take, seize, receive. 

Compounds : — cipio, — cepi, — ceptum — clpere, as : perci- 
pio, / perceive, incipio, / begin ; but antecapio, — cepi, — cep- 
tum, — capere. 

2. Rumpo, r up i, r up turn, rumpere, to break. 

Scabo, sedbi, sedbere, to scratch, wants the Supine, and 
lambo, Iambi, lambere has its Sup. in xtum, lambltum. 

b) The stem ends in c, g, or qu : 

S, Ago, eg i, actum, agere, to lead, drive, do, act, make; 
of time, to spend. 

So: circumagere, to drive round, peragere, to carry through; 
the other compounds on the contrary, have : — Igo, egi, ac- 
tum, Igere, as : ablgo, I drive away, exigo, / expel, (of time) 
I pass, sublgo, I subjugate ; cogere, to compel (from coigere), 
has coegi, coactum. 

4. Fdcio, fe c i, fa ctum, fdcere, to make, do. 

Concerning the Pass. : fio, factus sum, fieri, and its com- 
pounds, see § 75. The compounds with prepositions have 
in the Imper. — -ftce, as perf ice ; the rest retain fac ; from 
calfacere, however, we have calfdce. 



§ 64.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 87 

5. Ico, lei (anteclassic), ictum, icere, to strike; of a 

league, to conclude. 

Only the third pers. icit is found in the Pres., the other 
forms being supplied from ferire. 

6. Jdcio, j e c i, j actu m, jacere, to throw. 

Compounds : — jlcio, — jeci, — jectum, — jlcere, as : rejicio, 
I throw back, reject, subjicio, I throw under, subject. 

7. Lego, legi, ledum, Ugere, to collect, read. 

So: allego, I elect to, perlego, i* read through, praelego, I 
read before, relego, I read again, sublego, / gather from be- 
low : the following, on the contrary, have in the Pres ,— llgo, 
as : colligo, / collect, (collegi, collectum, colligere), dellgo 
and elfgo, / choose, recolllgo, i" collect again, seligo, / select ; 
but, dillgo, I love, intelllgo, / understand, negligo, / neglect, 
have in the Perf. exi, as : dillgo, dilexi, dilectum, diligere. 

8. Frango, fr e g i, fr actum, f rang ere, to break. 

The compounds: — fringo, — fregi, — fractum, — fringere, as: 
perfringo, perfregi, perfractum, perfringere, to break through. 

9. Lin quo, llqui, lictu m, linquere, to leave. 

10. Vinco, v'xci, vie turn, vinctre, to conquer, overcome. 

Fugio, fug i, fug ere, to flee, is without Supine, but 
has fugiturus. 

c) The stem ends in m : 

11. Emo, emi, em turn, e??? ere, to buy. 

Compounds : — imo, vnere, as : eximo, exemi, exemtum, 
exlmere, to exempt ; but in coemo, / buy in quantities, the e 
remains. 

d) The stem ends in u or v : 

12. Acuo, a cut, a cut urn, acuere, to sharpen. 

The compounds want the Supine. 

13. Arguo, argui, (argutum), arguCre, to accuse (but 

Part. Fut. Act. arguturus). 



88 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 65. 

Instead of argiitum, argutus, convictum, convlctus, are used 
except by bad or late writers. 

1 4. Exuo, exui, exut u m, exuere, to put off. 

15. Induo, etc. I put on, clothe. 

16. Imbuo, etc. I dip in ; c. abl. I imbue with. 

17. Luo, lui, (Sup. wanting, but luiturus), luere, to wash. 

18. Minuo, etc. I diminish. 

19. JVuo, etc. I nod (only in compounds, as : adnuo, 1 nod to), 

without Sup., but has ahnuiturus. 

20. Buo, rui, rutum, ruere, to rush, (but Part. Fut. rui- 

turus). 

21. Spuo, spui, sputum, spuere, to spit. 

22. Statuo, etc. I place firmly. 

The compounds change the a of the stem into i, as : des- 
tituo, / desert. 

23. Suo, etc. I sew. 

24. Tribuo, etc. I give. 

25. Solvo, solvi, so lu turn, solvere, to loose. 

26. Volvo, volvi, v olutum, volvere, to roll. 

Remark. Metuere (ui), to fear, pluere (plui), to rain, con- 
gruere, to agree, sternuere (ui), to sneeze, want the Supine. 

Read Exercise XXXIX. 



§ 65. VI. Perfect : — t ; Supine : — sum. 
a) The stem ends in d or t : 

1. Cando in compounds, as: occendo, accendi, ace en- 

sum, accendere, to kindle, inflame. 

2. Cudo, cudi, cusum, cud ere, to forge. 

3. JEdo (e), edi, is tun, edere, to eat. 

4. Fendo in compounds, as: defendo, defendi, defen- 

s u m, defendere, to defend. 

5. Fodio, fo di, fo ssu m, fodere, to dig. 

6. Fundo, fa d i, fu sum, ftmdere, to pour. 

7. Mando, mandi, man sum, mandere, to chew. 



§ 65.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 89 

8. Pando, pandi, pan sum and pas sum, pandere, to 

spread. 

9. Prehendo, prehendi, prehensum, prehendere, to 

grasp. 

10. Scando, scandi, scan sum, scandere, to mount. 

In the compounds : — scendo, — scendi, — scensum, — scen- 
dere, as : adscendere, to ascend, scale, descendere, to descend. 

11. Sido, sedi (rarely sidi), Sup. wanting, sldere, to sit. 

In the compounds : — sido, — sedi, — sessum, — sidere, as : 
considere, to sit down. 

12. Strido, strldi, (Sup. wanting), stridere, to hiss. 

13. Verto, verti, versum, vert ere, to turn. 

Finally, there belongs here the neuter passive : 

14. Pi do, flsus sum, fidere, to trust. 

So : confidere, to confide in, and diffidere, to distrust, de- 
spair. 

b) The stem ends in I, r or s: 

15. Velio, velli (rarely vulsi), vulsum, vellere, to pluck. 

Convello has only con velli in the Perf., but avello and 
evello have both forms of the Perf., though but rarely that in 
vulsi. 

16. Psatto, psalli, (Sup. wanting), psaUere, to play the lyre. 

17. Sallo, (no Sup.), salsum, sallere, to salt. 

18. Verro, verri, (Sup. wanting), verrere, to sweep. 

19. Viso, Yisi, (visum, from video), visere, to visit. 

Remark. It is to be noticed, that the stem-vowel of these 
verbs, when short in the other parts, is long in the Perf. The 
two following verbs form an apparent exception : 

Findo,/?c?i, fissum, findere, to split, (so also its compounds). 

Scindo, scidi, scissum, scindere, to cut (so also its compounds). 
But both these verbs originally took the reduplication. The 
same is true of the compound : percello, perculi, perculsum, per- 
cell€re, to strike violently (from the obsolete cellere, to impel). See 
§ 61, c. Rem. 

Read Exercise XL. 
8* 



90 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 66. 

§ 66. VIII. Perfect with the Reduplication. 

Preliminary Remark. The Reduplication consists here, 
in those verbs of which the first vowel of the stem is i, o, or u, in 
the repetition of the first consonant of the stem with this vowel, 
but with the remaining verbs, in the repetition of the first stem- 
consonant with e. The compounds do not take the reduplication, 
except those from curro, disco, and posco. 

1. Cado, cecidi, cdsum, cadere, to fall, to happen. 

Compounds : — cido,-— cldi, — casum, — cldere ; so : occido, 
i* go to ruin, incldo, I fall upon, and recldo, I fall back ; the 
others want the Supine, as : concido, Idi, Idere, to fall to- 
gether. 

2. caedo, cecidi, caesum, caedere, to fell, kill. 

Compounds : — cido,— cldi, — cisum, — cidere, as : occido, I 

hill 

3. Cano, cecini, cantum, canere, to sing. 

Compounds : — cino, — cinui, — cinere, as : concino^ ui, ere. 

4. Curro, cucurri, cursum, currere, to run. 

Most of its compounds are found both with and without 
the reduplication, but oftener without. 

5. Disco, didlci, (Sup. wanting), discere, to learn. 

So also its compounds, as : perdisco, perdidici, perdiscere, 
to learn thoroughly. 

6. Fallo, fefelli, falsum, f alter e r to deceive. 

Fallit me, it escapes me. — The Part, falsus is commonly 
used as an adjective, false. Compound : refello, refelli, 
(Sup. wanting), refellere, to refute. 

7. (Pango), pepigi, pactum, pang ere, to bargain, agree 

to on condition. 

The Pres. in this meaning is always expressed by pacis- 
cor ; but pango, in the meaning, I strike, fasten, has panxi 
(rarely pcgi), panctum (pactum). Compound : — pingo, — 
pegi, — pactum, pingere, as: compingo, to fasten together. 



§ 66.] THIRD CONJUGATION. 91 

8. Parco, p eper ci (parsi rare), parsum, parcere (c. dat.) ? 

to spare. 

9. Pario, peperi, partum, par ere, to bear (ova parere, to 

lay eggs), to acquire. Parti cip. Fut. pariturus (for 
parturus). 

10. Pello, pep ult, pulsum, pellere, to drive, repel. 

Compounds : — pello, — puli, — pulsum, — pellere, as : ex- 
pello, expiili, expulsum, expellere, to drive away. 

11. Pendo, pependi, pensum, pendere, to suspend, weigh, 

to pay, compensate. 

The compounds have no reduplication, as : appendo, ap- 
pendi, appensum, appendere, to hang to, append. 

12. Posco, poposci, (Sup. wanting), poscere, to demand. 

So also its compounds, as : exposco, expoposci, exposcere, 
to demand of, request of. 

13. Pungo, pupugi, punctum, pungere, to prick, harass. 

The compounds have punxi in the Perf., as : interpungo, 
punxi, interpunctum, to divide. 

14. Tango, tetigi, taction, tang ere, to touch. 

Compounds : — tingo, — tlgi, — tactum, tingere, as : attingo, 
attjgi, attactum, attingere, to touch, reach. 

15. Tendo, teten di, tentum and tensum, tendere, to stretch, 

spread, extend, (tendere insidias, to lay snares). 

The compounds are without the reduplication and gene- 
rally have the Sup. : — tentum, as : contendo, contendi, con- 
tention, contendere, to draw together, exert one y s self strive ; 
yet we find retentum and retensum, extentum and exten- 
sum, but detendo and ostendo have only -sum. 

16. Tundo, tutudi, tunsum, tundere, to beat, stun. 

Compounds : — tundo, — tudi, — tusum, — tundere, as : con- 
tundo, contudi, contusum, contundere, to break in pieces, 
crush. 
Rem. 1. The two following verbs have the reduplication in the 
Pres. and retain it in the other tenses : 



92 IRREGULAR VERBS. [§ 67. 

bibo, bibi, bibttum, bibere, to drink (so also its compounds), 
sisto, stiti (in comp. — steti, from sto, being used for the simple), 
statum, sistere, to place, stop. 

Rem. 2. The compounds of dare with monosyllabic words 
(comp. § 54, 1.), also belong to this class, as: addo, addidi, addi- 
tion, addere, to add. 

Read Exercise XLL 



§ 67. VIII. Inchoative Verbs. 

All inchoative or inceptive verbs (in sco), i. e. verbs which 
express a becoming or beginning of the idea contained in the 
primitive, follow the third Conj. and coincide in the Perf. and 
Sup. with their primitives, as : 

inveterasco (from inveterare), inveteravi, inveteratum, in- 

veterascere, to grow old ; 
exardesco (from ardere), exarsi, exarsum, exardescere, to 

become inflamed, to be kindled ; 
indolesco (from dolere)? indolui, indolitum, indolescere, to 

feel pain ; 
revivisco (from vivere), revixi, revictum, reviviseere, to come 

to life again, revive ; 
concupisco (from cupere), concupivi, concupltum, concupis- 

cere, to desire (earnestly) ; 
obdormisco (from dormire), obdormivi, obdormitum, obdor- 
rniscere, to fall asleep. 

Remark. The inchoative verbs from the absoletc oleo, ui, 
olere, to grow, (§ 57, III. 4.), vary in their formation in the fol- 
lowing way : 

adolesco, adolevi, adultum, adoleseere, to grow up. 
exolesco, exolevi, exoletum, exolcscere, to become old. 
inolesco, inolevi, (Sup. wanting), inolescere, to grow into. 

Also, obsolesco, obsolevi, obsoletum, obsolescerc, to grow old, ob- 
solete, varies from its primitive solere. Very many inchoative 
verbs want the Sup., as : incalesco, incalui, incalcscere, to become 
warm (from caleo, ui, itum, ere, to be warm). Some want both 
Perf. and Sup., as : augesco, / increase (from augeo, xi, ctum, 
ere). Here especially belong the inchoatives which are derived 



§ 68.] FOURTH CONJUGATION. 93 

from substantives and adjectives, as : repuerascere, to become a 
boy again; only a small number of these form the Perf. which is 
in ui, as : maturesco, maturui, maturescere, to become mature. 

Read Exercise XLU. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
§ 68. I. Perfect: — wi and — ui ; Supine: — turn. 

1. Sepelio, sepellvi, sepultum, sepelire, to bury. 

2. Salio, salui, (without Sup.), satire, to leap. 

The compounds have : — silio, — silui, — sultum, — silire, as : 
asstlio, assilui, assultum, assilire, to leap upon. 

U. Perfect: — t; Supine: — turn. 

1. Comperio, comperi, compertum, comperire, to as- 

certain. 

2. Peperio, reperi, repertum, reperzre, to find, discover. 

But : aperio, rui, rtum, rire, to open, uncover, operio, and 
cooperio, rui, rtum, rire, to cover. 

3. Venio, veni, ventum, venire, to come. 

III. Perfect: — ft; Supine: — turn. 

1. Amicio, (amixi and amicui, both rare), amictum, 

amtcire, to clothe. 

2. Farcio y fa r s i, fa rtum (farctuni), farclre, to stuff. 

The compounds have : — fercio, — fersi, — fertum, fercire, 
as : refercire, to stuff full, fill up. 

3. Fulcio, fulsi, fultum, fulclre, to support. 

4. Haurio, hausi, haustum {hausurus poet.), haurire, to 

draw. 

5. Sancio, sanxi, sancitum (rare sanctum; but sanc- 
tus, a, um, as adjective, sacred), sanclre, to sanction. 

6. Sarcio, sarsi, sartum, sarcire, to patch, repair, re- 

store. 

7. Sepio, s ep si, septu m, seplre, to hedge around. 

8. Vincio, v i n xi, vinctum, vinclre, to bind, confine. 



94 



PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. 



[§69. 



IV. Perfect: — si; Supine: — sum. 
Sentio, sen si, sen sum, sentire, to feel, think, suppose. 

Remark. Of the preceding list of the irregular verbs in the 
different conjugations, several have some of their parts alike : 
l) Those which have their Perfects and Supines alike : cieo cio, 
cubo cumbo, pendeo pendo, sedeo sido. 2) Those which have 
like perfects : cerno cresco, deleo delino, frigeo frigo, fulgeo fulcio, 
luceo lugeo, liqueo linquo, mulceo mulgeo, paveo pasco, sto sisto. 
S) With like Supines : cerno cresco, maneo mando, pando patior, 
pango paciscor, teneo tendo, video vlso, vivo vinco. — Some words 
also have the same form in the Present (differing, however, in 
some cases in quantity), but are of different conjugations, as: fun- 
do 1 and 3, educo 1 (bring up), ediico 3 (lead forth), etc. 

Read Exercise XLIIL 



PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. 

§ 69. 1) JPos-stim, p6t-ui, pos-se, to be able (can). 

Preliminary Remark. Possum is composed of pot-is, e 
(able), and the verb sum. 



Indicative. Subjunctive. 


Indicative. Subjunctive. 


Present 


Perfect. 


pos-sum, I am pos-sim, I may 


pot-ui, I have pot-weV/m,Imay 


able (can) 


be able 


been able i have been able 


pot-es, 


pos-sis, 


pot- wis ft, pot- wens, 


pot-esf, 


pos-sif, 


pot-i«7, \pot-uerit, 


pos-sumus, 


pos-swms, 


pot-uvn us, pot-uerimus, 


pot-estis, 


pos-sltis, 


pot-uistis, pot-uerifis, 


pos-sunt. 


ipos-sint. 


pot-uerunt(ere) pot-uerint. 


Imperfect. 


Pluperfect. 


pot- era m, I was 


pos-sem, I might 


pot-ueram,I had pot-uissem, I m't 


able (could) 


be able 


been able 1 have been able 


pot-ems, etc. ipos-ses, etc. 


pot-weras, etc. pot-?Y /sse's, etc. 


Future. 


Future Perfect. 


pot-en>, I shall be able 


pot-uero, I shall have been able 


pot-ens, etc. 


pot-wen's, etc. 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


Prcs. pos-se, to be able 


pot-ens (only as adjective), able. 


Perf pot-uisse, to have been able The remaining Participles are 


Fut. wanting. | wanting. 


Imperative wanting. 



§70.] 



PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. 



95 



Remark. In the ancient language and in the poets, forms 
of this verb are often found without any contraction in potis, as : 
potissum (i. e. potis-sutu), etc. 

Read Exercise XLIV. 



§ 70. 2) Edo, edi, esum, edere and esse, to eat. 

The whole irregularity of this verb arises from its having forms 
like those beginning with es of the verb sum, which are used at 
the same time with the regular form ; but the form es from edo is 
long, from sum short. 



Pres. Indie. 



edo, edis and es, edit and est, edimus, editis and estis, edunt 



Imperf. Subj 



ederem and essem, ederes and esses, ederet and esset, 
ederemus and essemus, ederetis and essetis, ederent & essent. 



Imperative. 



Sing. 2. ede and es Plur. 2. edite and este. 3. edunto. 
2 & 3. edito and esto. editote and estote. 



Remark. So also its compounds, as : comedo, / eat, consume, 
comedis and comes, etc. The forms not given in the above table 
are regular; yet estur (for editur), is sometimes found in the 
poets. 

Read Exercise XLV. 



§ 71. 3) Fero, tvli, latum, ferre, to bear, bring. 



Present Active. 
Indie, fero, fers, fert, 

ferimus, fertis, ferunt. 


Present Passive. 
Ind. feror. ferris, fertur, 

ferimur, ferlmmi, feruntur. 


Infinitive. fe?Te, to bear. 


Infinitive, feni, to be borne. 


Im- 
per. 


S. 2.fer,ferto PL 2. ferte.fertote 
3. ferto. 3. ferunto. 


S.2.ferre,fertor PI. 2. ferimini, 
3. fertor. 3. feruntor. 


Imperf. Subj. Active, 
f err em, ferres, ferret, 
Jerremus, ferrttis, ferrent. 


Imperf. Subj. Passive, 
ferrer, ferre ris (e), ferretur, 
ferremur, ferremini, ferrentur. 



Rem. 1. The remaining forms are derived regularly from fero, 
tuli, latum : Subj. Pres. feram, as, ferar, aris (e) ; Ind. Imperf. 
ferebam, ferebar ; Put. feram, es, ferar, eris (e) ; Subj. Perf. tu- 



96 



PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. 



[§ 72. 



lerim ; Plpf tuleram, tulissem ; Inf. Per/, tulisse ; Inf. Fut. latu- 
rus, a, um esse ; Part. Act. ferens, ntis, laturus, a, uni ; Pass, la- 
tus, a, um, ferendus, a, um ; Ger. ferendum. 

Rem. 2. In the same manner the compounds, as : offero, obtilli, 
oblatum, offerre, to offer. From the stem of the Perf. (tuli) is de- 
rived : 

tolio, sus-tuli, sub-latum, tollere, to raise, take away, carry off. 

The Perf. and Sup. are from suffero (i. e. sursum fero, / carry 
aloft), from which, suffero (sub. and fero), sustuli, sufferre, to bear, 
endure, is to be carefully distinguished. Attollo wants both Perf. 
and Sup. ; the Perf. and Sup. of extollo are supplied from effero. 

Read Exercise XI VI. 



§ 72. 4) Volo, volui, velle, to will, wish. 

nolo, (from ne volo), noliii nolle, to be unwilling ; 
malo (from magis volo), mcllui, matte, to choose 
(would) rather. 



Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 




volo 


nolo 


malo 


vZlim 


nolim 


mdlim 




VIS 


non vis 


mavis 


veils 


noils 


malls 


% 


vult 


non vult 


mavult 


vellt 


nolit 


malit 


c 


\o\umus 


nolujnus 


m&lumus 


vellmus nolimus 


mallmus 


Q* 


vultis 


non vultis 


mavultis velitis 


nohtis 


malltis 




volunt 


nolunt 


malunt 


velint 


nolint 


malint. 


"^ 


volebam 


nolebam 


malebam 


vellem 


nollem 


mallem 


^ 


volebas, etc 


. nolebas, etc. malebas, etc. 


velles, etc. nolles, etc. malles, etc. 


~ 


volam. es, 


etc. 


nolam, es, etc. 


malam, 


es, etc. 


^ 


Imperative (of volo and malo wanting). 




S. 2. nol I, nol 1 1 o ; 3. nol 1 1 o ; PL 2. nol 1 1 e, 


nol i t o t e ; 


3. nolunto. 






Participle. 






volcns, ntis 


i 


nolens, ntis; 


of malo it 


is wanting. 



Rem. 1. The forms derived from the Perf. are regular: volui, 
nolui, malui ; voluerim, noluerim, maluerim ; Inf. voluisse, nolu- 
isse, maluisse ; Plupf. volueram, nolueram, malueram ; voluissem, 
noluissem,.maluisscni ; Fut. Perf. voluero, noluero, maluero. The 
remaining forms are wanting. 

Rem. 2. In the ancient Latin some forms of these verbs are 



§73.] 



PARTICULAR IRREGULAR YERBS. 



97 



found less contracted, as : mavolo, mavelim, mavelle, nevelle, 
etc., and sometimes more contracted, as : nevolt, noltis (for non 
vult, non vultis). Instead of si vis and si vultis, we find sis and 
sultis. 

Read Exercise XLVTI. 



§ 73. 5) Eo y Im, itum. Ire, to go. 



Tenses. 


Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 


Pres. 
Impf. 
Futur. 
Perf. 
Plupf. 
F.Perf. 


eo, Is, it, I-mus, Ids, eunt 
i-bam. i-bas, l-bat, etc. 
l-bo, l-bis, l-bit, etc. l-bunt 
I-vi, I-visti, I-vit, etc. 
I-veram, I-veras, I-verat, etc. 
I-vero. I-veris, I-verit, etc. 


earn, eas, eat, edmus, edtis, eant 
i-rem, l-res, i-ret, etc. 
i-turus, a. um sim, etc. 
I-verim, I-veris, I-verit, etc. 
I-vissem, I-visses, I-visset, etc. 


Imperative. 
S. 2. I, I-to, 3. I-to 
P. 2. Ite, I-tote, 

3. eunto. 


Supine. 
t-tum, 
?-tu. 


Participle. 
Pres. I-ens, 
Gen. euntis. 
Fut. I-turus, a.um. 


Gerund. 

eundum, 
e*ndi, 
eundo, etc. 



Rem. 1. In the same manner the compounds are declined, as : 
exeo, I go out, go forth, abeo, I go away, redeo, I return. So also: 
ven-eo, ven-Ii, (see Rem. 2), ven-itum, ven-ire, to he sold (Imper. 
Part. Pres. and Ger. wanting). To veneo, vendo (=venumdo) 
serves as Act. ; so also does facio to fio, and verbero (I strike), 
to vdpulo (I am struck). The Pass, of vendo, with the excep- 
tion of venditus and vendendus, and the forms derived from 
them, is not used. Amblre, to go around something, surround, 
forms an exception, it being entirely regular according to the 
fourth Conj., as : Pres. ambio, ambiam, Impf. sanbiebam, ambirem, 
Part, ambiens, G. ambientis, Perf. eimbV'i, Sup. ambltum, Part, am- 
bltus (but the substantive is : ambitus, us, a going around), Ger. 
&mb iendwn. 

Rem. 2. The compounds generally drop the v in the endings of 
the Perf. and the parts derived from it, and vi if an s follows it, as : 
abii, abisti, abiit, abierim, abisse, abissem, etc., venii, venieram, 
veniero. 

Rem. 3. In the simple verb of this class, only the third Pers. 
Sing, is used of the passive forms, as : itur, one goes, ibatur, one 
went, Itum est, one has gone ; the Infin. Fut. Pass, of all verbs is 
formed by the Infin. Iri joined to their Supines, as : amatum iri. 
But the compounds with a transitive meaning, form a complete 

9 



98 



PARTICULAR IRREGULAR VERBS. [§§ 74, 16. 



Pass, like other transitive verbs, as : praeterlre, to pass by before, 
pass over, praetereor, / am passed by, praeteriris, — itur, — Imini, 
— euntur; praetenbar, etc. ; anibior (ambiuntur, ambiebar) is regu- 
lar also in the Pass, according to the fourth Conjugation. 

Read Exercise XL VIII. 



§ 74. 6) Queo, qulvi, quMum, quire, to be able (can) ; and ne- 
queo, nequ'ivi, nequitum, nequlre, not to be able 
(can not). 

Both these verbs are inflected throughout like eo, ivi, ltum, ire, 
to go. Many of their forms, however, occur but rarely and, in- 
deed, in good prose, not at all. These forms are omitted in the 
following table. 





Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 


Pres. 


queo nequeo 
nequls 
nequit 
nequlmus 
nequitis 

queunt nequeunt 


queam nequeam 
queas nequeas 
queat nequeat 
queamus nequeamus 
queatis nequeatis 
queant nequeant 


Impf. 


nequlbam 


nequirem 


Perf. 


qulvi nequlvi 


qulverim nequlverim 


Plpf. 


quiveram nequiveram 


quivissem nequissem 


F. Perf. 


quivero nequlvero 


wanting. 




Infinitve. 


Participle. 


Perf. 


quivisse nequivisse 


nequiens 
nequeuntis, etc. 


Supine : 
forms 


qui turn, quitu, (of nequeo i 
are wanting, or occur but ran 


t is wanting). The remaining 
ily. 



Remark. The passive forms : quitur, queuntur, quitus sum, 
nequitum est, are all antiquated except the first, which is occa- 
sionally found in good prose. 



§ 75. 7) Flo, /actus sum, fieri, to become, to happen. 

Preliminary Remark. This verb forms the Pass, of facto. 
(See § 64, 4.) 



§76.] 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



99 



Indicative. 


Subjunctive. 


Infinitive. 


Pr. 

Imp. 
Fut. 

Prf. 

Plpf. 

Fut. 
Prf. 


f I-o, f I-s, fi-t, f r-unt 

fi-ebam, fi-ebas, etc. 

f I-am, f I-es, fl-et 
fi-emus, fi-etis, f I-ent 

factus, a, um sum 

factus, a, um eram 

factus, a, um ero 


fr-am, fl-as, fl-at 
f I-amus, f I-atis, f I-ant 

f l-erem, fi-eres, etc. 


Pres. fieri ; 
Pf. factus, a, um esse ; 
Put. factum iri, or fu- 
turum esse, or fore. 


Participle. 
Pres. wanting. 

Perf. factus, a, um 

Put. faciendus (a, um), what should or must 
be done. 
futtirus (a, um), what will come to pass. 
All the remaining forms are wanting or 
occur but rarely. 



Remark. The compounds of facio, which are formed from 
verbs , retain facio in the Act. and fio in the Pass, (though all are 
not used in the Act. and Pass, form), as : calefacio, calefeci, cale- 
factum, calefacere, to make warm (calere), calefio, calefactus sum, 
calfleri, to become warm; but the compounds with prepositions 
have in the Act. — ficlo, — feci, — fectum, — flcere, and in the Pass. 
— ffcior, — fectus sum, — flci, as : perficio, perfeci, perfectum, 
perf leere, to accomplish, perf Icior, perfectus sum, perf Ici. Only 
a few compounds with prepositions form the Pass, with fio and 
these only in particular forms, as : confit (for conficitur), it is ac- 
complished, confieri ; defit, it is wanting, defiet, etc. 

Read Exercise XLIX. 



§ 76. Defective Verbs, i. e. verbs of which only a few forms 

are used. 

1) Aio, I say, affirm, say yes, assent. 

Pres. Ind. aio, ais, ait and aiunt. Subj. aias, aiat and aiant. 
Impfi. Ind. aiebam, bas, bat ; bamus, batis, bant. (Subj. wholly 

wanting.) 
Part, aiens, aientis (as adjective, affirming, affirmative). 

Rem. 1. Instead of aisne (meanest thou?), ain 9 is often used ; 
—-we find ne, also, contracted thus with some other verbal forms, 
as : nostin', vidin\ — The form ait is used also as Perf. — Anti- 
quated forms : ai (Imper.), aibant for aiebant. 

2) Inquam, I say. 
Pres. inquam, inquis, inquit ; inqulmus, inquiunt. 



Subj. inquiat. 



100 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



[§76. 



Impf. inquiebat or inquibat, inquiebant. (Subj. wanting). 
Fut. inquies and inquiet. Per/, inquisti and inquit. Imper. in- 
que, inqulto. 
Rem. 2. Inquam is also used in the sense of the Perf. in nar- 
rating. — Also/aW (to speak), and its compounds, are found in but 
very few forms, and mostly in the poets, as : fatur, fari (Infin.), 
fare (Imper.), fabor, fatus sum, etc., fatu, fanti (Pres. Part. Dat.), 
fatus, fandus, often fando (Ger.) 

3) [ Memini, meminisse (c. gen. or ace), to remember. 

42 J Odi, odisse, to hate. 

^ Coepi, coepisse, to have begun. 

cSJ [ Novi, novisse (nosse), to be acquainted with, know. 

All four perfects and the forms derived from them are entirely 
regular. 



Per/. Ind. 


memmi, I re- odi, I hate 


eoepi, I have novi, / know 




member 


begun 


Subj. 


meminerim, I oderim 


coeperim noverim (no- 
rim) 


Pip/ Ind. 


memineram, 7 oderam, I ha- 


coeperam, I noveram (no- 




remembered ted 


had begun ram), I knew 


Subj. 


meminissem odissem 


coepissem novissem (nos- 
sem) 


Fut. Ind. 


meminero, /odero, / will 


coepero, I shall novero (noro), 




shall remem- hate 


have begun I shall know 




ber 




Imperat. 


memento, re- wanting. 
member thou 

mementote, re- 
member ye 


wanting. wanting. 


Inf. Perf. 


meminisse odisse 


coepisse novisse (nosse) 


Fut. 


wanting. osurus esse 


coepturns esse wanting 


Particip. 


wanting. osus, exusus, 


coeptnras, one wanting. 




perosus. one 


u-ho mil begin 




ivho hates, or 


coeptus, begun. 




has hated 






very much. 





Rem. 3. Novi is nothing else than the Perf. of nosco (I am ac- 
quainted with). Instead of coepi, coeperam etc., coeptus sum, 
coeptus eram etc., must be used, when the accompanying Inf. is in 
the Pass., as : urbs aedificari coepta est, the city has begun to be 
built. The same is the case with desino. 

Rem. 4. Besides the defective verbs already introduced, there 
are still a few others, as : quaeso, / beseech, quaesfunus, we beseech; 



§ 77.J IMPERSONAL VERES. 101 

salve, ave or have (hail, farewell), vale, farewell (from valere), 
salveto, aveto, valeto, Plur. salvete, avete, valete ; Infin. salvere, 
avere, valere ; Fut. salvebis, valebis, used instead of salve, vale ; 
cedo, give, tell, with an obsolete Plur. cette. 

Read Exercise L. 



§ 77. Impersonal Verbs (§ 46. Rem.)* 

1) Verbs which indicate certain appearances of Nature. 

fulgurat, it lightens, gelat, it freezes, ningit, xit, it snows. 

(it fashes). grandinat, it hails. pluifc, it rains. 

fulmlnat, it lightens, illucescit, uxit, it be- vesperascit, ravit, it 

thunders. comes light, dag. becomes evening. 

Rem. 1. These verbs are sometimes used personally. They 
are regularly inliected through all the modes and tenses, as : 

tonat tonet tonuit tonuerit tonare 

tonabat tonaret tonuerat tonuisset tonuisse. 

2) Verbs which express an ethical relation. 

decet, uit (c. ace.), it licet, it is allowed. pertaesum est, it dis- 
is becoming. miseret^ uit, it excites gusts. 

dedecet, uit (c. ace), (one's) pity. piget, uit, it irks. 

it is not becoming, miseretur, rltum est, poen!tet,uit, it repents. 

libet or lubet, uit, it it excites pity. [_fuL pudet, uit, it shames, 
pleases. oportet, uit;, it is need- taedet, uit, it disgusts. 

3) There are also many personal verbs used as impersonal 
in a particular meaning, as : 

accedit, esse (ut or constat, stltit, it is escapes (me). 
quod), it is added known. fugit, fugit (me), it 

(that), [favorably), contingit, Igit, it falls escapes (me), it is 

&ccidit,it happens (un- to one's lot (favor- unknown. 

apparet, uit, it is evi- ably). interest, fait, it con- 

dent, convenit, enit, it is ft. cems. 

attinet, uit, it pertains evenit, enit, it hap- juvat, jiivit, it delights, 
to. pens. liquet, quit, it is clear. 

conducit, xit, it is ser- expedit, it is useful, patet, uit, it is obvious, 
viceable. fallit, fefellit (me), it placet, uit, it pleases. 

* Tliis and the following sections on the formation of words may be 
omitted by the youthful pupil, the first time going over. 

9* 



102 FORMATION OF WORDS. [§ 78. 

praestat, Itit, it is bet- refert, retulit, it corv- sufficit, ecit, it is suf- 
fer, [escapes (me). cerns. jicient. 
praeterit, iit (me), it restat, it remains. superest, it remains. 

Rem. 2. These impersonate, also, can be inflected in all the 
modes and tenses. 

4) Finally there belong here the third Pers. Sing. Pass, 
of all verbs, especially of intransitive verbs, through all the 
modes and tenses, as : 

Aratur, they plough, aretur, they may plough ; arabatur, they 
ploughed, araretur, they might plough ; aratum est, they have 
ploughed, aratum sit, they may have ploughed ; aratum erat, they 
had ploughed, aratum esset, they might have ploughed, aratum erit, 
they vnll have ploughed; Inf. in dependent discourse : arari, 
(that) they plough, aratum esse, (that) they have ploughed', aratum 
iri, (that) they will plough. — Ridetur, they laugh ; ludebatur, they 
played ; dormietur, they will sleep ; itur, they go ; ventum est, 
they have come. 



FIFTH COURSE. 
FORMATION OF WORDS. 

§ 78. Derivation. 

I. Verbs. 

Preliminary Remark. When the stem of the primitive 
word ends in a consonant which cannot be joined to the initial 
consonant of the ending by which the derived word is formed, 
t (rarely u), is introduced as a connecting vowel (as mon-2-tor), 
and often the stem itself is changed. 

1. Frequentatives, i. e. verbs which express a repetition 
of the action, are formed from other verbs by adding xto to the 
stem of the Pres. (occasionally the Supine), as: ago, I drive, 
ag-ito, I drive hither and thither, clam-o, / cry, clam-ito, / cry 
continually, vent-ito (vent-um). 

2. Intensives, i. e. verbs which express a permanence or con- 



§ 78.] FORMATION OF WOEDS. 103 

tinuancc of an action, are formed from other verbs by adding o 
to the stem of the Sup., and end in to or so, as : canto, I sing 
continuously (from cant-um, Sup. of cano), verso, 1 keep tu?-n- 
ing (from vers-um, Sup. of verto). These and the preceding 
follow the first Conj. 

3. Desideratives, i. e. verbs which express a desire or striv- 
ing after the thing indicated by their primitives, are formed 
from other verbs by adding urio to the stem of the Sup., as : 
es-urio, I desire to eat (from edo, edi, esum), coenat-urio, 1 long 
for supper (from coeno, avi, atum). They follow the fourth 
Conj. but form neither the Perf. nor Sup. 

4. Inchoatives, i. e. verbs which express a becoming or begin- 
ning of that which their primitives express, are formed by ad- 
ding to the last consonant of the Pres. of their verbs, the end- 
ing asco, if the primitive is of the first Conj., esco, if of the 
second, and isco if of the third or fourth, as : inveter-asco, 
(from inveterare), exhorr-esco, 1 shudder (from horreo), con- 
cup-isco, / desire (from cupio) ; also from nouns and adjec- 
tives, as : repuer-asco, / become a boy again (from puer). They 
follow the third Conj. 

5. Diminutives, i. e. verbs which express a diminution of 
the idea expressed by their primitives, add the ending, iUo, to 
the stem of the Pres., as: (canto) cant-illo, I chant. 

Remark. Many verbs, also, are derived from substantives and 
adjectives, as : (judex, icis), judicare, (finis) Jinire ; (levis) le- 
vare, (laetus) laetari, etc. 

II. Substantives. 

1. Nouns in tor (fern, trix), are formed from the supines of 
verbs and designate persons in active relations (actors), as : 
victor, victrix, a conqueror (from vinco, vici, victum). 

2. Those in io, are formed from the supines of verbs, and 
like English substantives in ing, express the action of the verbs 
from which they are formed as taking place, as : laesio, an in- 
juring (from laedo, laesi, laesum), emendatio, an emending 
(from em en do, avi, atum). 

3. Those in o, on is, are derived either from verbs or nouns, 



104 FORMATION OF WORDS. [§ 78. 

and designate persons with an idea of contempt, as : capito 
(from caput), blockhead, 

4. Those in us (Gen. us) are derived from supines, and sig- 
nify mostly a completed action, an effect, as : morsus, a bite 
(from mordeo, momordi, morsum). 

5. Those in ulus, via, iilum ; dlus, ola, olum ; ellus, ella, el- 
lum ; Ulus, ilia, ilium, indicate an object as small (diminutives), 
as : hortulus, a little garden, vocula, a slight voice (from vox) ; 
filio-lus, a little son, filiola, a Utile daughter, assellus, an ass colt. 

Rem. 1. The gender of diminutives follows the gender of their 
primitives. 

6. Those in etum, signify a place abounding in that express- 
ed by their primitives, as : quercetum, an oak-grove, dumetum, 
a thorn-thicket (from dumus, a thorn bush). 

7. Those in %a (itia), G. xae ; — tds, G. talis ; tus, G. tutis ; 
tudo, G. tudinis ; edo and ido, G. inis, express an abstract 
quality, as : audacia (from audax), boldness, sapientia (from sa- 
piens), wisdom ; laetitia (from laetus),yoy, avaritia (from ava- 
rus), avarice; — bonitas (from bonus), goodness, celeritas (from 
celer), swiftness ; — servitus (from servus), servitude ; — fortitu- 
do (from fortis), bravery, magnitudo (from magnus), greatness ; 
— dulcedo (from dulcis), sweetness, cupldo (from cupidus), de- 
sire. 

8. Gentile Nouns, i. e. names of peoples and countries. 
Names of countries are mostly formed from the names of 
peoples, with the ending ia, as : (Macedo, o-nis) Macedonia ; 
(Thrax, ac-is) Thracia, etc. On the contrary, names of peo- 
ples having the adjective-endings : tus, anus, Inus, enus, ensis 
(^iensis), as (G. atis), leus, iacus, aicus are formed either from 
names of countries or cities, as : (Cyprus) Cyprius ; (Roma) 
Romanus ; (Venusia) Venuslnus ; (Pergamus) Pergamenus ; 
(Athenae) Atheniensis ; (Arpinum) Arpinas ; (Colchis) Col- 
chicus; (Aegyptus) Aegyptiacus ; (Thebae) Thebaicus. 

9. Patronymics, i. e. personal appellations derived from one's 
descent. These have the endings : ides, G. idae, Fern, is (from 
primitives in us and or); ides, F. eis (from primitives in eus) , 



§ 78.^ DERIVATION. 105 

tides or lades, F. as (ias) (from primitives in as or es of the 
first Dec. or in ius), as : (Priamus) Priamldes ; (Agenor) Age- 
norldes ; (Tantalus) F. Tantcdis ; — (Peleus) Pelides ; (The- 
seus) F. Theseis ; — (Aeneas) Aeneddes ; (Thestius) Thestia- 
des, F. Thestias. 

Rem. 2. There are several other classes of derived nouns, 
formed with terminations more or less regular and having some- 
thing of a definite meaning, but the above seem sufficient for an 
elementary treatise. 

HE. Adjectives. 

1. Those in eus, a, um, are adjectives of material, as : ferre- 
us, iron, ligneus, wooden, marmoreus, of marble. 

2. Those in inus, a, um, and neus, a, um, are principally de- 
rived from the names of "plants and minerals, as : faglnus, beech- 
en, of beech, querneus, of oak, crystallinus, of crystal; ebur- 
neus, of ivory. 

3. Those in nus, a, um, emus, a, um, and xnus, a, um, relate 
to designations of time and place, as : vermis, belonging to 
spring; externus, external; hodiernus, of to-day ; aeternus, 
eternal; diutinus, of long duration. 

4. Those in xnus, a, um, relate mostly, to the different hinds 
of animals, as ; leporlnus (lepus, leporis, the hare), of the hare, 
caro anserina, goose-meat 

5. Those in ilis and bilis, express a capability or fitness, as : 
utilis, useful, docilis, teachable ; amabilis, amiable. 

6. Those in bundus, express the idea of a present participle, 
but with more intensity, as : populabundus, ravaging (stronger 
than populous), mirabundus, full of wonder ; those in cundus 
express a permanent quality or habit, as : facundus, fluent, ira- 
cundus, passionate, verecundus, respectful. 

7. Those in osus, tus, ohntus or vlentus, xdus, express ful- 
ness, abundance or excess, as : arenosus, sandy (abounding in 
sand), auritus, long-eared, auratus, gilt (furnished with gold), 
onestus, loaded down, vetustus, ancient, violentus, impetuous, 
turbulentus, full of commotion, herbidus, covered with grass. 

Remark. For the derivation of adverbs see § 26. 



106 COMPOSITION. [§ 79. 



§ 79. Composition. 

1. The Latin language compared with the Greek, is barren 
in compound words. Instead of forming new words by compo- 
sition, it generally resorts either to derivation by adding new 
endings, as: sicarius (from sica), pedes (from pes), etc., or to 
the use of two separate words, one of which is a substantive 
and the other either an adjective or a noun in the Gen., as : 
bellum civile, civil war, patriae amor, love of country. 

2. The word which limits or defines the other (i. e. the ad- 
jective, Gen., or other qualifying w r ord), generally forms the 
first part of the compound, as : signifer, ' standard-bearer,' 
(bearer of what ? of the standard). 

3. In forming words by composition, one or both of the com- 
ponent words is generally changed. Commonly, the first loses 
its termination, or stands in the Gen., and the second not un- 
frequently changes its vowel, or if it begins with a consonant, 
takes a vowel (commonly i) before it as a union letter be- 
tween the two words, as : a^n-cola, ex^-pers, arW-fex. 

4. It is very rare that both w r ords remain unchanged, as : 
forcevolus. When two nouns are thus compounded with each 
other in the Nom. without change, they are both declined, as : 
respublica, jusjurandum, G. reipublicae, jurisjurandi. But 
these words are often written separately, and are not unfrequent- 
ly separated by small words, as : que, vero, auiem, igitur, etc. 

Rem. 1. The final consonant of the prepositions in composition 
is generally changed before the initial consonant of the word with 
which they arc compounded, viz., d into c before qu (acquiro) ; 
m into /, n, r, respectively, before each of these consonants (collo- 
quor,conniveo, corrodo) ; n into m before &, p, m (impello) ; X into 
/before f (eftero) ; b in oh and sub into c,f, p, respectively, 
before these letters, and b in sub into #, m, r, before each of these 
(occino, sufFero, surripio) ; cum becomes com or con before a 
consonant, and co before a vowel or h. 

Hem. 2. In the composition of prepositions with verbs there is 
often a change of vowel in the verb, viz. : l) a into c, as: coerceo 
(from cum and arceo) ; 2) a into t, as: abigo (from ab and ago) ; 
3) ae into i, as: occido (from ob and caedo) ; 4) a into?/, as: con- 



§ 79.] COMPOSITION. 107 

cutio (from cum and quatio) : 5) e into «, as : redfmo (from re — red 
— and emo) : 6) au into e, o, u, as, obedio, explodo, concludo. 

Rem. 3. Nearly all the prepositions (often with slight changes 
in form), are used in composition. Their force in composition 
will generally be best learned from observation and from consid- 
ering the ideas (both literal and metaphorical), involved in their 
proper meaning when standing alone. It will thus be seen that 
even their most remote meanings in composition, are directly de- 
rivable from their fundamental meaning. Thus the meaning 
of per (very), in perdificilis, and other adjectives, arises directly 
from the general meaning through, throughout, wholly ; so the 
meaning of prae (very), in praedlves, etc., comes directly from the 
meaning before, preeminent ; so again the meaning of sub (slight- 
ly), in subdificilis, subvideo, is but a modification of the general 
meaning under, and so in other cases. 

Rem. 4. Besides the proper prepositions, there are certain 
prefixes, used only in composition, called inseparable prepositions, 
as: amb (am,>in), ' around,' 'on both sides,' dis (dif, di), 'asun- 
der,' 'apart,' re (red before a vowel), ' again,' 'back,' se, ' aside,' 
'apart,' sus, 'up,' 'upwards,' in (' un,' privative), ne (negative), 
as : amb-'ire, am-plector, an-ceps ; dis-cedo, dif-Udo, cfo'-labor ; re- 
verter, red-ire ; se-pono ; sus-eipio ; ig(m)-notus (unknown), ne- 
scio. 



108 EXERCISES. 



EXERCISES. 



EXERCISE I. 

Words to be learned* and Examples for translation. 

Aro 1. I plough. orno 1. I adorn. vexo 1. I annoy. 

deleeto 1. I delight. pugno 1. I fight. vigllo 1. I watch. 

educo 1. I bring up. salto 1. I dance. vitupero 1. I censure. 

laudo 1. I praise. tento 1. I try. vulnero 1. I wound. 

Laudo. Yituperas. Saltat. Yigilarnus. Pugnatis. Arant. 
Lauda. Pugnate. Tentat saltare. Delector. Yulneraris. 
Yexatur. Laudamur. Vituperamlni. Ornantur. Laudaris. 
Educamlni. Yituperamur. Eddcor. Educantur. Delectamur. 
Ornaris. Saltatis. Yulnerantur. Laudamlni. Yigila. Saltate. 

I watch. Thou tightest. He ploughs. We praise. You 
censure. They dance. Fight thou. Praise ye. They try to 
fight. I am praised. Thou art censured. He is adorned. We 
are delighted. You are wounded. They are annoyed. They 
are praised. Thou art brought up. They are censured. We 
are brought up. You praise. We are adorned. He is wound- 
ed. They praise. 



EXERCISE II. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Debeo 2. Imust, ought. gaudeo 2. / rejoice, rideo 2. I laugh. 

doceo 2. / teach, instruct, maneo 2. I remain, taceo 2. I am silent. 

exerceo 2. / exercise. mordeo 2. I bite. terreo 2. I frighten. 

fleo 2. / weep. moveo 2. / move. et, and. 

floreo 2. / bloom. pareo 2. / obey. si, if. 

Doceo. Taces. Ridet. Gaudemus. Exercetis. Flent. 



* These lists of words should be so committed by the pupil, that he 
can give the English for each Latin word, and the Latin for each English 
word, also, its gender, etc., as asked him hy the teacher. 



EXERCISES. 109 

Tace. Manete. Tacere debes. Terreor. Exerceris. Move- 
tar. Docemur. Mordemlni. Docentur. Doces. Tacemus. 
Doceris. Parere debent. Florent. Exercemur. Manetis. 
Educaris et doceris. Moventur. Tacent. Parete. Si paretis, 
laudamlni. Si tacemus, laudamur. Saltamus et gaudennis. Ten- 
tate docere. Mordentur et vulnerantur. 

I rejoice. Thou exercisest. He weeps. We teach. You 
are silent. They laugh. Remain thou. Be ye silent. You 
must remain. I am bitten. Thou art frightened. He is in- 
structed. You teach. I am silent. We are moved. We must 
be silent. I exercise myself (=am exercised). Rejoice ye. 
You are brought up and instructed. I am instructed. I laugh. 
Obey thou. If thou obeyest, thou art praised. You dance and 
rejoice. We try to teach. We are bitten and wounded. If 
you weep, you are censured. 



EXERCISE IH. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Bibo 3. I drink. edo 3. I eat. pungo 3. 1 prick, sting. 

cano 3. I sing. fallo 3. I deceive. scribo 3. J write. 

cedo 3. / give away, laedo 3. I hurt. vinco 3. / conquer, 

defendo 3. I defend, lego 3. I read. vanquish. 

diligo 3. / esteem, ludo 3. I play. bene, adv., well, 

love. pingo 3. I paint. male, adv., ill, badly. 

Scribo. Legis. Laedit. Canlmus. Editis. Bibunt. Pin- 
ge. Scriblte. Scrlbere debes. Fallor. Vinceris. Defendl- 
tur. Diligimur. Pungimini. Laeduntur. Ede et bibe. Lude. 
Leglte. Canere tentat. Pingis. Defendlmur. Diligeris. Yin- 
cimlni. Si vincitis, laudamlni. Bene scribunt. Laederis. Edunt. 
Si cedis, vinceris. Si male scribis, vituperaris. Si bene pingltis, 
laudamlni. 

I sing. Thou eatest. He drinks. We write. You read. 
They defend. Write thou. Paint ye. You must read. I am 
esteemed. Thou art stung. He is hurt. We are deceived. 
We are vanquished. You defend. They esteem. Eat ye and 
drink. He is conquered. Play ye. They try to read. You 
paint. They are defended. You are esteemed. If thou singest 
well, thou art praised. He writes well. You are hurt. If you 
write well, you are praised. If you give way, you are conquered, 
If you write badly, you are censured. 

10 



110 EXERCISES. 

EXERCISE IY. 

Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Custodio 4. I guard, garrlo 4. I chatter. venio 4. I come. 

dormlo 4. I sleep. nutrlo 4. I nourish. vestio 4. I clothe. 

erudlo 4. I instruct, punlo 4. I punish. vincio4. 1 bind, chain. 

ferlo 4. / beat, strike, reperlo 4. / find. valde adv. greatly. 
fulcio 4. / support. sallo 4. i" leap. 

Erudlo. Garris. Dorrnit. Ferlmus. Punitis. Salrunt. Veni. 
SaUte. Ten to reperire. Yinclor. Custodiris. Feritur. Yesti- 
mur. Nutrimlni. Fulciuntur. Audi. Dormlte. Bene erudi- 
mur. Si bene erudis, laudaris ; si male erudis, vituperaris. Si 
vinceris, vinclris. Yestiuntur. Si male scriblmus, punimur. Bene 
custodimlni. Dormimus. Salitis. Bene erudiuntur. Audlte. 
Yinclmus. Yinclmus. Yalde ferlmur. Yalde vituperamlni et 
punimlni. 

I strike. Thou punishest. He leaps. We instruct. You 
chatter. They sleep. Leap thou. Come ye. They try to in- 
struct. I clothe myself (= am clothed). Thou art nourished. 
He supports himself (=is supported). We are bound. You are 
guarded. They are beaten. Hear ye. You are well instructed. 
He leaps. He is well instructed. If you are vanquished, you 
are bound. We are well guarded. He clothes himself (= is 
clothed). They are badly instructed. 

I praise, I teach, I give way, I guard. Thou praisest, thou 
teachest, thou givest way, thou guardest. He praises, he teaches, 
he gives way, he guards. We censure, we exercise, we read, we 
sleep. You censure, you exercise, you read, you sleep. They 
censure, tbey exercise, they read, they sleep. Adorn thou, obey 
thou, write thou, punish thou. Adorn ye, obey ye, write ye, punish 
ye. We must adorn, we must obey, we must write, we must pun- 
ish. I am annoyed, I am bitten, I am pricked, I am bound. Thou 
art annoyed, thou art bitten, thou art pricked, thou art bound. 
He is annoyed, he is bitten, he is pricked, he is bound. We are 
well brought up, we are greatly frightened, we are greatly es- 
teemed, we are well instructed. You are well brought up, you 
are greatly frightened, you are greatly esteemed, you are well in- 
structed. They are well brought up, they are greatly frightened, 
they are greatly esteemed, they are well instructed. 



EXERCISES. 



Ill 



EXERCISE V. 



Words to he learned and Examples for translation* 



Agricola, husband- 
aqua, water. \jnan. 
ciconia, a stork. 
copla, abundance, 

multitude. 
herba, an herb. 
planta, a plant. 
procella, a storm. 



querela, complaint, a 

plaintive cry. 
rana, a frog. 
terra, the earth. 
coaxo 1. I croak. 
devoro 1. I devour. 
turbo 1. I disturb. 
noceo 2. I injure. 



gigno 3. I beget, pro- 
duce, [fatty' 

pulchre, adv. beauti- 

quam, how ! 

a, ab (with the abl.), 
by, (a never stands 
before a vowel 
or h). 



Rule of Syntax. Every sentence, e. g. the plant blooms, 
the meadow is green, has two parts : 

a) The subject, i. e. the person or thing of which something is 
asserted (the plant; the meadow) ; 

b) The predicate, i. e. that which is asserted of the subject 
(blooms ; is green). 

The subject is commonly a substantive and stands in the nom- 
inative case ; the predicate is commonly a verb (e. g. blooms), or an 
adjective in connection with the verb to be (e. g. is green). 

Rana coaxat. Agricola delectatur querela ranae. Ciconla 
nocet ranae. Ciconla devorat ranam. O rana, coaxa ! Aqua 
turbatur a rana. Plantae florent. Terra vestltur copia planta- 
rum. Procellae nocent plantis. Terra gignit plantas. O plantae, 
quam pulchre ornatis terram ! Terra vestitur plantis. 

The plant blooms. The herb of the plant blooms. The storm 
injures the plant. I love the plant. O plant, how beautifully 
thou bloomest ! I am delighted with (abl.) the plant. The frogs 
croak. The plaintive cry of the frogs delights the husbandmen. 
The storks injure the frogs. The storks devour the frogs. O 
frogs, croak ye ! The water is disturbed by the frogs. 



EXERCISE VI. 



1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 



Equus, i, m. horse. 
frumentum, i, n. grain. 
granum, i, n. a. corn. 
juba, ae, /. mane. 
muse a, ae, f. fly. 
fecundus, a, um, pro- 
ductive. 



molestus, a, um, trou- committo 3. / commit 



blesome. 

varius, a, um, various. 

vireo 2. I flourish. 

colo 3. / attend to, 
cultivate, honor, re- 
vere. 



to. 
curro 3. I run. 
hinnio 4. / neigh. 
celeriter, adv. swiftly. 
in (with the abl.), in, 

upon. 



112 EXERCISES. 

Rule of Syntax. A noun in the Gen., Dat., or Ace, which 
is connected with the predicate and limits or defines it more 
exactl} r , is called the object ; e. g. in the sentence : the man guides 
the horse, "man" is the subject and "horse" the object which 
limits " guides." When the noun is in the Ace. it is called the 
suffering object (receiving the direct action). 

Equus hinnit. Juba equi est pulchra. Muscae sunt molestae 
equo. Vir regit equum. Eque, celeriter curre. Equo pulchro 
delector. Agri sunt fecundi. Herbae agrorum sunt variae. 
Agricola committit agris grana frumenti. Agricola colit agros. 
Agri, quam pulchre viretis ! In agris multae herbae florent. 

* The field is productive. The herbs of the field are various. 
The husbandman commits the corns of grain to the field. The 
husbandman cultivates the field. O field, how beautifully thou 
flourishest ! Various herbs bloom in the field. The horses neigh. 
The mane of the horse is beautiful. Flies are troublesome to 
horses. Men govern horses. O horses, run swiftly. We are 
delighted with (abl.) beautiful horses. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Deus, see §17. Rem. 4. socer, eri, m. father- praesidium, i, n. pro- 
dea, see § 16. Rem. 4. in-law, tection, aid. 

filius,see§17.Rem. 3. gener, eri, m. son-in- templum, i, n. tern- 
filia, see § 16. Rem. 4. law. pie. 

levir, iri, m. brother- mundus, i, m. world, benevolentia, ae, f 
in-law. benevolence. 

* With regard to the arrangement of the words in forming a Latin sen- 
tence, the teacher must be the principal guide. The rigid laws of arrange- 
ment in the English language, allowed of but little being done in the way 
of imitating the Latin arrangement in the English exercises. Something, 
however, has been attempted in this way, which, together with a desire to 
preserve a strictly literal and grammatical expression of the thoughts, will 
account for the apparently awkward construction of many of the sen- 
tences. — It may be suggested, also, that a close study of the position of 
the words in the Latin exercises, will very often guide the student in 
translating the English exercises. As to particular rules on this subject, 
it would not be proper, perhaps, to state more than the following, appli- 
cable where no emphasis rests upon any word in the sentence. In this 
case: 1) The predicate follows the subject, as in English, 2) the adjective 
(except the demonstrative pronoun), or noun in the Genitive, comes after 
its noun, 3) the verb follows the case or cases which it governs, and of 
two cases the Ace. comes last, 4) the Infin. and the adverb precede the 
word which they limit, 5) the negative non (also ne) stands before the word 
it negatives, 6) a word in apposition with another, follows it. But when 
one or more of these words thus related are emphatic, the order in each 
case is reversed. For fuller directions on this subject, see Krebs' Guide 
for writing Latin, §§ 468—514. 



EXERCISES. 113 

cams, a, um, dear. propitius, a, urn, pro- miser, era, erum, 
improbus, a, um, pitious, favorable. wretched. 

wicked. meus, a, um, see § 1 7. praebeo 2. I afford. 
magnus, a, um, great. Rem. 3. exstruo 3. / build. 

Dii mundum regunt. Deos propitlos colite. Praebe, o deus 
bone, miseris praesidium. Dii improbos punlunt. Diis et deabus 
templa exstruuntur. Benevolentia deorum est magna. Filius 
leviri bene legit. Socero est hortus pulcher. Boni viri bonis viris 
cari sunt. Filia generi pulchre pingit. 

The gods are propitious to men. Good men are dear to the 
gods. The wicked are punished by (ab) the gods. The world is 
governed by (ab) the gods. Afford, O good gods, protection to 
the wretched. Honor ye the temples of the gods. The gods love 
the good. O god, punish the wicked. Sons-in-law are dear to 
fathers-in-law. God is propitious to good sons and good daughters. 
Write, my son, paint, my daughter. I love the sons of [my] 
brother-in-law. 



EXERCISE VII. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Dolor, oris, m. pain, tormentum, i, n. tor- noster, tra, trum, our. 

suffering. ture. vester, tra, trum, 

orator, oris, m. orator, acerbus, a, um, pun- your. 

animus, i, m. soul, gent. praedlco 1. I extol, 

mind, courage. disertus, a, um, elo- tolero 1. I endure. 

eloquentia, ae, f. elo- quent. succumbo 3. / sink 

que nee. ignavus, a, um, indo- under. 

facundia, ae, /. flu- lent, cowardly. gravlter, adv. heavily, 

ency of speech. praeclarus, a, um, violently. 

numerus, i, m. num- noble. patienter, patiently. 

her, quantity. tuus, a, um, thy, ob, on account of. 
populus, i, m. people. thine. 

Orator est disertus. Eloquentia oratoris movet animos nostros. 
Oratori paret populus. Oratorem praedicamus ob facundlam. O 
orator, quam praeclara est tua eloquentia ! Ab oratore populus 
regitur. Dolores sunt acerbi. Numerus dolorum est magnus. 
Doloribus succumbltis. Vir patienter tolerat dolores. O dolores, 
quam gravlter pungitis ! Doloribus vincuntur ignavi viri. 

The pain is pungent. Bear ye the tortures of the pain. Thou 
10* 



114 EXERCISES. 

sinkest under the suffering. The man endures the pain patiently. 
O pain, how violently thou stingest. A cowardly man is van- 
quished by (abl.) pain. Orators are eloquent. The eloquence 
of the orator moves our minds. The people obey the orators. 
Orators are extolled on account of their fluency of speech. O 
orators, how noble is your eloquence ! The world is governed by 
(ab) the orators. 



EXERCISE VIII. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Alacer, cris, ere, live- litterae, arum, f. lit- virtus, utis, /. virtue. 

ly, spirited. erature. vox, ocis, f. voice. 

fortis, e, brave. discipulus, i, m. consto 1. / consist 
gravis, e, severe, seri- scholar. in, of. 

ous. fundamentum, i, n. habeo 2. / have. 

mortalis, e, mortal. foundation. incumbo 3. (with in 

immortalis, e, immor- avis, is, f. bird. and the ace.) / 

tal. homo, tnis, m. man. apply myself to. 

omnis, e, each, the hostis, is, m. enemy. noh, adv. not. 

whole; plur. all. mos, oris, m. custom, ne (with the Imper.), 

industria, ae, /. in- pietas, atis, /. piety. not. 

dustry. 

Miles forti animo pugnare debet. Suavi avium voce delecta- 
mur. Discipiili laus constat bonis moribus et acri industria. 
Pietas est fundamentum omnium virtutum. Yiri fortes non vin- 
cuntur doloribus gravibus. Ne cedlte hostibus audacibus. Puer 
alacri animo in litteras incumbere debet. Homines corpora mor- 
talia habent, animos immortales. 



EXERCISE IX. 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Luctus, us, m. grief. and abl. vt),fpow- gratus, a, urn, agree- 
lusus, us, m. sport. er, force, might. able, grateful. 

sensus, us, m. sense, voluptas, atis, f. praedltus,a,um, (with 

feeling. pleasure. abl.), endowed with. 

bestla, ae, f. ani- genus, eris, n. gen- quantus, a, um, how 

mal. der, kind. great. 

vis (only ace. vim amarus, a, um, bitter, puerilis, e, childish. 



EXERCISES. 115 

sapiens, tis, wise ; frango 3. / break, lingly, with de- 

subst. a wise man. break down. light. 

evito 1. I avoid. succumbo 3. i" sink suavlter, adv. pleas- 

paro 1. I provide. under. antly. 

indulgeo 2. I give my- libenter, adv. wil- vehenienter, adv. vio- 
self up to. lently. 

Lusus pueris l gratus est. Genera lusus sunt varia. Pueri 
libenter indulgent lusui. Vir gravis evitat lusum puerilem. O 
lusus, qnam suavlter anlnios puerorum delectas ! Pueri delectan- 
tur lusu. 2 Sensus sunt acres. Yis sensuum est magna. Vir for- 
tis non succumbit sensibus 3 doloris. Bestiae habent sensus acres. 
O sensus, quantas voluptates hominlbus paratis ! Animalia sunt 
praedita sensibus. 4 

The feeling of pain is bitter. The power of grief is great. 
The brave man does not sink under grief. The wise man endures 
grief patiently. O grief, how violently thou tormentest the minds 
of men ! The wise man is not broken down by (abl.) grief. The 
sports of children are agreeable. There are various kinds of 
sport. The boys give themselves up to sports with delight. The 
serious man avoids childish sports. O sports, how pleasantly you 
delight the minds of boys ! In (abl.) sports the boys are de- 
lighted. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Fremitus, us, m. noise, valtdus, a, um, strong, permoveo 2. / move. 

genu, us or u, n. knee, horribilis, e, frightful, antecedo 3. i" pre- 

tonftru, us or u, n. terribilis, e, terrible. cede. 

thunder. supplex, icis, suppli- extimesco 3. I fear. 

vigor, oris, m. power. ant; subst. the sup- flecto 3. I bend. 

fulmen, Inis, n. light- pliant. procumbo 3. / fall 

ning. indlco 1. I indicate. down. 

robur, oris, n. strength, resono 1. I resound, in (with ace. and 

multus, a, um, much, vacillo 1. I waver. abl.), in, upon. 

many. 

Tonitru terribile animos hominum permovet. Fremitus toni- 
trus (tonitru) est horribilis. Fulmen antecedit tonitru. Multi 
homines extimescunt tonitru. O tonitru, quam horribilis est 
fremitus tuus. Domus resonat tonitru. Genua virorum sunt 
valida. Vigor genuum indlcat robur corporis. Magna vis est 
genibus. Supplices procumbunt in genua. O genua, ne vacil- 
late ! In genibus est magna vis. 

1 § 90, 1. b). 2 § 91, 1. M 90, 1. c). 4 § 91, 1. b). 



116 EXERCISES. 

The knee of man is strong. Power of the knee indicates 
strength of body. The knee has great power (= to the knee 
there is great power). The suppliant bends the knee. O knee, 
waver not I In the knee is great power. The thunder is terri- 
ble. The noise of the thunder is frightful. Lightnings precede 
the thunders. Fear thou not the thunder. O thunder, how ter- 
rible is thy noise. The house resounds with (abl.) frightful thun- 
derings (= thunders). 

3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Pinus, us, f. pine. continuus, a, um, con- contorqueo 2. I hurl, 
puella, ae, f girl. tinuous. shoot. 

sagitta, ae, f arrow, perniciosus, a, um, sedeo 2. / sit. 
aestas, atis,/. summer. destructive. cingo 3. I gird, sur- 

frater, tris, m. brother, timldus, a, um, timid. round. 
soror, oris, f. sister, insignis, e, remark- contremisco 3. 7" 
imber, bris, m. rain. able. tremble, quake. 

piscis, is, m. fish. aediflco 1. I build. pingo 3. I paint ; acu 

rex, regis, m. king. habito 1. I dwell. pingo, I embroider. 

venator, oris, m. hun- adjaceo 2. (with dat.), saepe, adv. often, 
ter. Hie by. sub (with abl.), un- 

der. 

Aestate sub quercubus et in specubus libenter sedemus. Hor- 
tus regis ] ornatur multis pimbus, ficis et lacubus. Puellae acu- 
bus 2 pingunt. Oratores timldi saepe omnibus artilbus contre- 
miscunt. Venatores arcubus sagittas contorquent. Domus altitudo 
est insignis. Domui 3 nostrae adjacet lacus. Frater aediflcat 
domum. Magnus numerus est domuum (domorum) in urbe. 
Domlbus 4 perniciosi sunt imbres continui. Domos 5 regis cingunt 
multae pinus. 

Oaks and pines surround our house. The king dwells in a 
beautiful house. We dwell in beautiful houses. The height of 
the houses is remarkable. In the lake are fishes. The king has 
many and beautiful houses. I tremble in all [my] limbs. A great 
lake lies by our houses. My sisters embroider. Many houses are 
built in the city. My brothers sit in the garden under oaks, and 
my sisters in grottos. Many arrows are shot by bows. 

M88, 13. b). 2 §91,1. 3 §90, R. 5. 4 § 90, 1. a). 5 § 89, 1. 



EXERCISES. 117 

EXERCISE X. 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Spes, e\,f. hope. verse; res adver- vanus, a, urn, vain. 

aerumna, ae, /. hard- sae, adversity. dulcis, e, sweet. 

ship, trouble. ccrtus, a, urn, cer- felicior, m. and/, fe- 

vita, ae,/! life. tain. licius, n. oris, more 

solatium, i, n. conso- incertus, a, um, un- fortunate. 

lation. certain. afflicto 1. 1 overwhelm. 

conditio, onis, f. con- dubius, a, um., doubt- recreo 1. / refresh. 

dition, state. ful. amitto 3. / lose. 

tempus, oris, n. time, humanus, a, um, hu- oppono 3. i" oppose. 
adversus, a, um, ad- man. facile, adv. easily. 

Spes incerta et dubia est. Yis spei est magna in animis homi- 
num. Homines facile indulgent spei vanae. Spem feliciorum 
temporum non debemus amittere in aerumnis vitae. O spes, dul- 
ci solatio animos miserorum hominum recreas ! Spe vana saepe 
falllmur. Res humanae sunt incertae et dubiae. Conditio rerum 
humanarum est dubia. Rebus adversis opponlte virtutem. Ne 
extimesclte res adversas. O res humanae, quam saepe animos 
hominum fallltis ! Animus sapientis non afflictatur rebus ad- 
versis. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation* 

Fides, ei, /. fidelity, rarus, a, um, rare. servo 1. I preserve. 

amicitla, ae, f. friend- serenus, a, um, bright, debeo 2. / owe. 

ship. tutus, a, um, safe. coriquiesco 3. I find 

exemplum, i, n. ex- verus, a, um, true. satisfaction. 

ample. twstis, e, lowery, sad. succedo 3. I follow. 

salus, utis, /. safety, avolo 1. I fly away, cito, adv. swiftly. 

welfare. vanish. cuplde, adv. eager- 

ver, eris, n. spring. convoco 1. i" call to- ly. 

adventus, us, m. arri- g ether. etiam, conj. cdso. 

vol. exspecto 1. I expect, modo, — modo, now, 

portus, us, m. haven. await. — now. 

incorruptus, a, um, 

uncorrupted. 

* Let the teacher here, and so at the end of every ten pn^cs, give 
out a general review of the preceding vocabularies, and require the pupil 
to give promiscuously as asked, the Latin of any English word, or the 
English of any Latin word, which they contain. 



118 EXERCISES. 

The fidelity of friends refreshes our minds in the hardships 
of life. Examples of true fidelity of friendship are rare. To 
the fidelity of our friends we owe our safety. The true friend 
preserves [his] fidelity also in adversity. O fidelity, thou pro- 
videst for unfortunate men a safe haven ! In the fidelity of 
friends we find satisfaction. The days are now bright, now 
lowery. The arrival of the bright days of spring is to all men 
agreeable. Lowery days follow bright days. We eagerly await 
the bright days of spring. O ye beautiful days of spring, how 
swiftly you fly away ! In (abl.) the bright days of spring we are 
delighted. Mid-day is bright. On (abl.) a certain day, the sol- 
diers of the city are called together. 



EXERCISE XL 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Beneficentia, ae, /. liberalltas, atis, f. lib- garriilus, a, urn, chat- 
beneficence. erality. tering 7 loquacious. 

luna, ae, /. the moon, lux, lucis, f. light. munif icus, a, um, mu- 

natura, ae,/. nature, ratio, onis, f. reason. nificent. 

sapientia, ae, /. wis- simulatlo, onis, f.pre- secundus, a, um, fa- 
dom. tence. vorable; res secun- 

odlum, i. n. hatred. sol, solis, m. sun. dae, prosperity. 

amor, oris, m. love. sonitus, us, m. sound, amabilis, e, amiable. 

hirundo, inis, f. steal- accommodatus, a, um, velox, ocis, swift. 
low. suited to. nihil, i?idecl., nothing. 

quam, conj., than. 

Nihil est naturae hominis accommodatius^ quam beneficentia. 
Nihil est amabilius, quam virtus. Lux est velocior, quam soni- 
tus. Nihil est melius, quam sapientia. Multi rnagis garruli sunt, 
quam hirundmes. Pauperes saepe sunt munificentiores, quam di- 
vites. In adversis rebus saepe sunt homines prudentiores, quam 
in secundis. Divitissimorum vita saepe est miserrima. Simula- 
tio amoris pejor est, quam odium. Nihil est melius, quam ratio. 
Sol major est, quam terra; luna minor est, quam terra. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Patrla, ae, f. native Syracusae, arum, f. murus, i, m. a wall. 

country. Syracuse. Homerus,i,??z. Homer. 

poeta, ae, m. a poet, corvus, i, m. a crow. Lacedaemomus, i, m. 

simia, ae,/. an ape. malum, i, n. evil. a Lacedemonian. 



EXERCISES. 119 

labor, oris, m. labor, virgo, Inis, f: a young niger, gra, grum, 

adulatlo, onis, f. flat- woman. black. 

tery. cms, uris, n. shin, leg. celeber, bris, bre^fre- 

similitudo, Inis,/! sim- beatus, a, um, peace- quented. 

ilarity. ful, happy. brevis, e, short. 

valetudo, Inis, f. beneficus, a, um, be- simplex, icis, simple. 

health. nrficent. valeo 2. i" am strong, 

affinltas, atis, f. rela- Graecus, a, um, Greek. avail. 

tionship. svius,a,um,his,her,its. contemno3. 1 despise. 

Omnium beatissimus est sapiens. Homerus omnium Graeco- 
rum poetarum est veterrfmus. Adulatio est pessimum malum. 
Urbs Syracusae maxima et pulcherrima erat omnium Graecarum 
urbium. Pessimi homines sunt maledicentissimi. In amicitia 
plus valet similitudo morum, quam affinltas. 

Nothing is better than virtue. God is the greatest, best and 
wisest of all. The customs of the Lacedemonians were very sim- 
ple. The horse is very swift. Crows are very black. The ha- 
ven is very much frequented. The father is very benevolent 
and very beneficent. The king is building a very magnificent 
palace (=house). Young women should (=must) be very 
modest. The ape is very much like man. The leg of the stork 
is very slender. Nothing is sweeter than friendship. The Lace- 
demonians were very brave. Light is very swift. 

Nothing is worse than the pretence of love. The sun is very 
great. The life of man is very short. The richest are often the 
most wretched. The poorest are often the happiest. The labor 
is very easy. The customs of men are very unlike. The king 
is very munificent. The worst men are often very fortunate. 
The best men are often despised by (ab) the worst. The health 
of my friend is very feeble. The garden of thy father is very 
beautiful. The labor is very hard. The walls of the city are 
very low. Most men love their native country. 



EXERCISE XII. 
1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Magister,tri, m. teach- praeceptor, oris, m. Veritas, atis, f. truth. 

er. teacher. gratus, a, um, agree- 

praeceptum, i, n. pre- tractatlo, onis, /. able. [_ed, angry. 

cept, principle. handling, pursuit, iratus, a, um, offend- 



120 EXERCISES. 

aequalis, e, equal, imperium, i, n. com- disco 3. / learn. 

salutaris, e, salutary. mand, dominion. ludo 3. I play. 

canto 1,1 sing, laboro 1. / labor. attente, adv. atten- 

clamo 1. I cry. narro 1. I relate, twely. 

imperol. (with dat.), voco 1. I call. inter, praep. (with 
I command, govern, doleo 2. I grieve. ace), between, 

among. 

Rule of Syntax. The personal pronouns in the Norn., ego, 
tu, etc., are used only when there is some emphasis to be placed 
upon them, hence especially in antitheses. The same is true 
of the possessive pronouns, mens, tuus, etc., e. g. mens frater dili- 
gens est, tuus piger ; but : frater me amat (not : frater meus me 
amat). 

Ego canto, tu clamas, amicus vocat. Nos narramus, vos salta- 
tis, fratres laborant. Ego fleo, tu rides, frater dolet. Nos, prae- 
ceptores, docemus; vos, discipuli, discltis. Ego ludo, tu discis, so- 
ror acu pingit. Nos scriblmus, vos legitis, fratres pingunt. Ego 
salio, tu feris, puer dormit. Nos, magistri, vos, o discipuli, eru- 
dlmus ; vos, boni discipuli, attente auditis praecepta nostra. Vir- 
tutes inter se aequales sunt. Imperare sibi maximum imperium 
est. Iratus non est apud se. Tractatio litterarum nobis saluta- 
ris est. Veritas semper mihi grata est. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Modus, i, m, measure, par, aris, equal. I creep up, steal 

manner. dimlco 1. I fight. upon. 

vitlum, i, n. a fault, discordo 1. I am at acrlter, adv. spiritedly. 

civis, is, m. citizen. variance with. per, praep. (with 

parentes, mm, m. pa- porto 1. 1 bear, carry. ace), through, 

rents. faveo 2. I favor. propter, praep. (with 

caput, Itis, n. head. splendeo 2. I shine. ace.) , on account of . 

cantus, lis, m. song. expeto 3. / strive to de, praep. (with abl.), 

reditus, us, m. return. obtain. of, conceiving, over, 

proxlmus, a, um, next, obrepo 3. (with dat.), at. 

Vitia nobis virtutum nomine obrepunt. Nos favemus vobis, 
vos favetis nobis. Tu me amas, ego te amo. Mihi mea vita, tlbi, 
tua cara est. Virtus splendet per se semper. Cantus nos delec- 
tat. Parentes a nobis diliguntur. O mi fili, semper mihi 1 pare ! 
Frater me et te amat. Egomet mihi 2 sum proximus. Tute tibi 3 
impera. Virtus propter sese colitur. Suapte natura 4 virtus ex- 

1 h 00. 1. («). 2 § 90, 1 (1). 3 § 90, 1 c). * § 91, 4. 



fcXEttCISTSS, 121 

petituf. Gives de ssiisniet capitibus dimicant. Sapiens omnia 
sua secum portat. Nos vobiscum de patris reditu guadeinus. Tu 
tecum pugnas. Oratio tua tecum pugnat. Beus tecum est 
Saepe animus secum discordat. Hostes nobiscum aerltur pug- 
nan t. 

I relate, thou dancest, the brother labors. We sing, you write, 
the friends call. I, the teacher, teach ; thou, the scholar, learn- 
est. We weep, you laugh, the brothers grieve. I write, thou 
readest, the brother paints. We play, you learn, the sisters em- 
broider. I, the teacher, instruct thee, O scholar ; thou, O good 
scholar, hearest attentively my precepts. The enemies fight 
spiritedly with you. Angry [men] are not in their right mind 
(=by themselves). God is with us. You rejoice with us at the 
return of [our] father. 

I carry all my [secrets] with myself. O my son and my 
daughter, always obey me ! You love us, we love you. Our life 
is dear to us, yours to you. Bad men are always at variance 
with themselves. The pursuit of literature is salutary to me. 
Truth is always agreeable to us. Our parents love thee and me 
in (abl.) like (=equal) manner. Men love themselves. Virtue 
is beautiful in (per) itself. I favor thee, thou favorest me. Our 
native country is dear to us. 



3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Cura, ae, /. care, con- industrtus, a, um, in- immemor, oris, un- 

cern. dustrious, diligent. mindful of, 

ira, ae, f, anger, mirus, a, um, wonder- potens, ntis, power- 

desiderium, i, n. long- ful, extraordinary. ful, master of 

ing, desire, perfldus, a, um, faith- impotens, ntis, not 

conservatrix, icis, f less. powerful, not mas- 

preserver, absens, ntis, absent. ter of. 

judex, icis, m. judge, insipiens, ntis, unwise, teneo 2. i" hold, pos- 
benignus, a, um, kind, memor, oris, mind- sess. 

ful of. ango 3. i" trouble. 

Omnis natura est conservatrix sui (preserver of herself). Mir 
rum desiderium urbis, meorum et tui me tenet (longing after the 
city, etc). Pater vehementer tua sui memoria delectatur (by thy 
remembrance of him). Ira est impotens sui. 1 Sapiens semper 
potens sui est. Yestri cura me angit (concern for you). Omnes 
homines sunt benigni judlces sui. Vehementer grata mihi est 



11 



122 EXERCISES. 

meraoria nostrl tua (thy remembrance of us). Amicus mci et tui 
est memor. Pater absens magno desiderio tenetur mei, et tui, mi 
frater, et vestri, o sorores. Amlci sunt nostri memores. Multi 
vestrum mihi placent. Plurimi nostrum te valde diligunt. 

The absent father has a great concern for us (=of us). The 
unwise [man] is not master of himself. The faithless friend is 
unmindful of me. Your remembrance of me is very agreeable. 
Care about thee (=of thee) troubles me. The most of you, my 
scholars, are diligent. The most of us love [our] native country. 



EXERCISE XIIL 
1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Diligentia, ae, /. dili- auctoritas, atis,/. au- mendax, acis, lying, 

gence, exactness. ihority. liar. 

ignavla, ae, /. indo- tarditas, atis, f. slow- hebeto 1. I blunt, en- 

lence. ness, indolence* feeble. 

litterae, arum, f. a dux, ucis, m. leader, firmo 1. I make firm, 

letter. general. strengthen. 

memorla, ae, /. mem- carmen, Inis, n. poem, vito 1. / avoid. 

org. addictus, a, um, de- placeo 2. I please. 

schola, ae, f. a school. voted to. displlceo 2. / dis- 

sententia, ae, /. opin- fidus, a, um, faithful. please. 

ion, view. saevus, a, um, fierce, faveo 2. I am favor- 

Sallustlus, ii, m. Sal- cruel. able to. 

lust. elegans, ntis, elegant, credo 3. / believe, 

scriptor, oris, m. wri- iners, ertis, awkward, trust. 

ter. inactive. 

Sallustius est elegantissimus scriptor ; ejus libros libenter lego. 
Amicum fidum habeo ; ei 1 addictissimus sum. Fratris carmen 
valde mihi placet ; lege id. Ignavia corpus habetat, labor firmat ; 
illam vita, hunc expete. Hae litterae graviter me movent. Haec 
carmlna suavissima sunt. Isti homini 2 mendaci ne crede. Huic 
duci milites libenter parent. Illi viro omnes favent. Praecla- 
rum est istud tuum praeceptum. Haec sententia mihi 3 placet, ilia 
displlcet. Hoc bellum est saevissimum. Hie puer industrlus est, 
ille iners. Memoria teneo praeclarum illud praeceptum. Iste 
tuus amicus est vir optimus. Ista vestra auctoritas est maxima. 
Hujus discipuli diligentiam 4 laudo, illius tarditatem vitupero; illi 
schola est gratissima, huic molestissima. 

l §90, l.b). »§90, l.c). M90,l.b). 4 § 89, I. 



EXERCISES. 123 



2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation* 

FortCma, ae, f for- opus, eris, n. work. cbsideo 2. / besiege. 

tune. clarus, a, urn, clear, studeo 2. I strive. 

Alexander, dri, m, renowned. fklo 3. / trust. 

Alexander. Delphicus, a^ urn, diffido. I distrust. 

Pompeius, i, m. Pom- Delphic. nosco 3. I am ac- 

pey. inirnlcus, a, urn, hos- quainted with, 
factum, i, n. deed. tile; subst. enemy. know. 

merltum, i, n. desert, seditiosus, a, urn, se- agnosco 3. i" under- 
oractilum, i, n. or- ditious. stand. 

acle. adinirabllis, e, toon- resisto 3. I resist. 

Caesar, aris, m. Cae- derful. sentio 4. I feel, think, 

sar. laudabilis, e, praise- judge. 

imperator, oris, m. worthy. pro, praep. (with 

general. expugno 1. I capture. abl.), for. 

virtus, utis,y. bravery, traeto 1. I pursue. quia, con j. because. 

Multi homines de iisdem rebus eodem die non eadem sentiunt. 
Insipiens eidem sententiae modo fidit, modo diiFidit. Ipsi impera- 
tori sedltiosi milites resistunt. Animus ipse se movet. Virtus est 
per se ipsa laudabilis. Saepe nihil est homini inimicius, quam 
sibi ipse. Omne animal se ipsum diligit. Carior nobis esse debet 
patria, qnam nosmet ipsi. Praeclarum est illud praeceptum ora- 
culi Delphici : Nosce te ipsum. Mendax saepe sibi ipsi diiudit. 

Sallast is a very elegant writer, I read him with \ery great de- 
light (libentissime). The brother and his friend are very dear to 
me. The teacher praises and censures the scholars according to 
(pro with abl.) their desert. We perceive God from his works. 
We honor [our] parent?, because their deserts to (de with abl.) 
us are very great. The enemies besiege the city and strive to 
capture it. 

This book I read with delight. This poem pleases me, that 
displeases. I praise the industry of this scholar. The exploits 
of that great Alexander are extolled by (ab) ail writers. Caesar 
and Pompey were very renowned generals ; to that, fortune was 
more favorable than to this ; the bravery of this and that [one] 
was wonderful. 

The king himself is leader of the army. Thou dost not always 
judge the same concerning the same thing. The father and 
the son pursue the same literary studies (= literature). The 
virtues are of (per) themselves praiseworthy. Man loves him- 
self. [Thy] native country ought to be dearer to thee than thou 



124 EXERCISES. 

thyself. Understand yourselves. Liars often distrust them- 
selves. 



EXEKCISE XIV. 
1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Civitas, atis, f state, probus, a, urn, up- guberno 1. I govern, 
lex, egis, /. law. rigid. \cred. rule. 

mors, rtis, /. death. sanctus, a, urn, sa- honoro 1. / honor. 

irnmaturus, a, urn, tin- mitis, e, mild. gero 3. I carry on. 

timelu. enrol, (with ace), / sueenrro 3. I assist. 

Justus, a T om, just. care for, look out exaudio 4. i" listen to. 

malef feus, a y urn, evil; for. ardenter, adv. ardent- 

subst. evil-doer. devastol. I lay waste. ly, eagerly. 

Eex, qui civitatem gnbernat, civium salutem curare debet. 
Kegi, cujus imperium mite et justum est, omnes cives libenter 
parent. Hegem, cui 1 leges sunt sanctae, cives colunt. Felix est 
rex, quern omnes cives amant. O rex, qui civitatem nostram gu- 
bernas, honora bonos cives, terre maleficos, succurre miseris, 2 ex- 
audi probos ! Acerba et immatura est mors eorum, qui immortal e 
opus parant. Non semper est illud bonum, quod ardenter expeti- 
mus. Beati sunt ii, quorum vita virtutis praeeeptis 3 regitur. 
Hostis, quocum bellum gerltur, terrain 4 nostram devastat. 

The kings who govern the states, ought to look out for (ace.) 
the welfare of the citizens. The kings, whose government is 
mild and just, all citizens obey with delight. The kings, to whom 
the laws are sacred, are obeyed by all the citizens. The kings 
are fortunate, who are loved by all the citizens. O kings, who 
govern our states, honor the good citizens, frighten the evil, assist 
the wretched, listen to the upright ! The enemies, with whom we 
carry on war, lay waste our land. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Luscinta, ae, f. night- falsus, a, urn, false. cogito 1. / think of. 

ingale. [fault, ingratus, a, mn, disa- excrucio 1. I torment. 

peccatum, i, n. sin, grceable, ungrateful, repugno 1. i" am re- 

apmiQ,Q.nis,fopinioM. utilis, e, useful. pugnant to. 

honest us, a, um, vir- amb.ulo 1. I go to habeo 2. I have ; me 

tuous. walk, take a walk. habeo, I have myself. 



i & 



5 90,1. 2 §90,1. a). 3 $91 t A. I. i 4 89, 1. 



EXERCISES. 125 

indulgeo 2. / am in- ago 3. / drive, do, quaero 3. I seek, 
diligent to. treed. cur, why. 

dico 3. I say, telL 

Quis me vocat ? Quid agis, mi amice ? Quis scribit has lit- 
teras ? Quid cogltas ? Quid ago ? cur me excrucio ? Quae 
amicitia est inter ingratos ? Quod carmen legis ? Quis homo 
venit? Quis poeta dulcior est, quam Homerus ? Cujus vox 
suavior est, quam vox lusciniae ? Quibus peccatis facillime in- 
dulgemus ? Quicquid est honestum, idem est utile. Quicquid 
vides, currit cum tempore. Quoquo modo res sese habet, ego 
sententiam meam defendo. Quaecunque opinio veritati repugnat, 
falsa est. 

What sayest thou ? Who is that man ? Who is that woman ? 
With whom does thy friend go to walk ? Whom seekest thou ? 
What book readest thou ? To whom dost thou write this letter ? 
In whatever manner the thing has itself, we praise thy view. 



EXERCISE XV. 

Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Graecia, ae,/. Greece, dignltas, atis, /. dig- impendeo 2. I threat* 

pecunia, ae, f. money. nity. en. 

lecus, i, m. a place, mens, tis, /. under- inhaereo 2. I inhere, 

situation. standing, intellect adlmo 3. I take away. 

augurium, i, n. pres- jus, Oris, n. what is tribuo 3. I give. 

age. just. idcirco, adv. on this 

saeculum, i, n. hun- justitia, ae, /. justice. account. 

dred years, an age. futurus, a, um, future, quasi, adv. as if 
terror, oris, m. terror, insltus, a, um, inborn. 

Si mortem timemus, semper allqui terror nobis impendet. Si 
cuipiampecuniam fortuna adlmit, idcirco miser non est. Graecia 
parvum quendam locum Europae tenet. Inhaeret in mentibus 
nostris quasi quoddam augurium futurorum saeculorum. In uno- 
quoque virorum bonorum habitat deus. Justitia jus unicuique 
tribuit pro dignitate cuj usque. Cuique nostrum amor vitae est 
insltus. 



11* 



126 EXERCISES. 

EXERCISE XVI. 
Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Bonum, i, n. the good. respublica, reipubll- pecco 1. I sin, commit 
Aristides, is, m. Aris- cae, the state. a fault. 

tides. permultus, a, um, soleo 2. / am accus- 

grex, egis, m. a herd. very much, many. tamed. 

imitator, oris, m. imi- fragilis, e, perishable, exsisto 3. I exist, am. 

tator. princeps, Ipis, m. quod, conj. because, 

©ratio, onis, f. speech. first, prince. that. 

Quot sunt homines, tot sunt sententiae. Non tan turn malum 
est hoc, quod peccant princlpes, quantum illud, quod permulti imi- 
tatores principum existunt. Quot genera orationum sunt, totldem 
oratorum genera reperiuntur. Quales sunt duces, tales sunt mill- 
tes. Qualis est rex, talis est grex. Quales in republlca sunt prin- 
clpes, tales solent esse cives. Ne contemne homines miseros, 
qualescunque sunt. Corporis et fortunae bona, quantacunque 
sunt, incerta ac fragilia sunt. Quotquot homines sunt, omnes 
vitam amant. Quotcunque sunt scriptores, omnes Aristidis justi- 
tiam praedlcant. 



EXERCISE XVII. 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Hora, ae, f. hour. mensis, is, m. month, pono 3. / place, ar- 

summa, ae, f. sum. hebdomas, adis, f. range. 

annus, i, m. year. week. sepono 3. I lay aside. 

calculus, i, m. a peb- nux, ucis, f. nut. jam, adv. already, 

ble. in promtu esse, to be now. 

Carolus, i, m. Charles. in readiness. memorlter, adv. from 

codicilli, orum, m. exspecto 1. / wait, memory. 

writing tablet. await. paulisper, adv. a lit- 

thaierus, i, m. dollar, respondeo 2. / an- tie. 

cerasum, i, n. cherry. swer. recte, adv. correctly. 

malum, i, n. apple. responsio, onis, f. an- deinde, adv. then, 

pirum, i, n. pear. swer. thereupon. 

prunum, i, n. plum, addo 3. / add to. denique, adv. finally. 

exemplum, i, n. ex- attendo 3. / give at- porro, adv. besides. 

ample. tendon. turn, adv. then. 

Pater. Attende, mi fili ! Scribe in codicillos tuos hoc exem- 
plum : Si habes decern mala, fcria prima, unum pirum, sex cerasa ; 



EXERCISES. 127 

et his addimtur duo mala, quattuor prima, septem pira, octo cera- 
sa ; deinde quinque mala, novem prima, sedecim pira, undecjm 
cerasa ; turn duodecim mala, quindecim prima, tredecim pira, quat- 
tuordeeim cerasa ; porro viginti mala, imdeviginti prima, duodevi- 
ginti pira, septendecim cerasa ; denlque quattuor et viginti mala, 
unum et viginti pruna, duo et viginti pira, tria et viginti cerasa: 
quot sunt mala? quot pruna? quot pira? quot cerasa? Carditis. 
Exspecta paulisper, mi pater ! Jam responsio est in promtu. 
Sunt tria et septuaginta mala ; unum et septuaginta pruna ; sep- 
tem et septuaginta pira ; novem et septuaginta cerasa. P. Eecte, 
mi Carole ! Jam sepone codicillos et memonter mihi responde : 
Quot menses habet unus annus ? C. Duodecim. P. Quot heb- 
domades habet unus mensis ? C. Quattuor. P. Quot dies habet 
unus annus ? C. Trecentos sexaginta quinque. P. Quot horas 
habet unus dies ? C. Quattuor et viginti. P. Quot dies habent 
tres anni ? C. Mille nonaginta quinque. P. Quot horas habet 
unus annus ? C. Octo milia septingentas sexaginta. P. Si 
tres nuces quater ponis, quanta summa exsistit? C. Duodecim. 
P. Si quinque calculos ter millies sexcenties quinquagies septies 
ponis? C. Duodeviginti milia ducenti octoginta quinque. P. Si 
septingenta quadraginta tria milia trecentos quinquaginta duo tha- 
leros bis ponis ? C. Decies centum milia quadringenta octoginta 
sex milia septingenti quattuor. 

Father. Give attention, my son ! write upon your writing- 
tablet the following (= this) example: If thou hast 20 apples, 
6 plums, 2 pears, 12 cherries, and to these are added 4 apples, 
8 plums, 14 pears, 16 cherries ; then 10 apples, 18 plums, 32 pears, 
22 cherries ; then 24 apples, SO plums, 26 pears, 28 cherries ; be- 
sides, 40 apples, 38 plums, 36 pears, 34 cherries ; finally, 48 apples, 
42 plums, 44 pears, 46 cherries : how many apples are [there] ? 
how many plums ? how many pears ? how many cherries ? — 
Charles. Wait a little, my father ! already is the answer in readi- 
ness. There are 146 apples, 142 plums, 154 pears, 158 cherries. 
— Father. Correctly, my Charles ! 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Incola, ae, m. inhabi- moderator, oris, m. societas, atis, f. alli- 

tant. \tory. governor. ance. [army. 

victoria, ae, /. vie- eques, Itis, m. horse- exercitus, us, m. 

pretium, i, n. value. man. natus, us, m. birth ; 

vitium, i, n. fault. pedes, Itis, m. foot- major (natu) old- 

assentator, oris, m. man. er, minor (natu) 

flatterer. pars, tis, f part, side. younger. 



128 EXERCISES. 

fides, ei, /. fidelity : turn, after the birth nunc, ado. now. 

fidem habeo, I have of Christ. vix, ado. scarcely. 

confidence in. quotus, a, um, ichat de (with abl.), of 

cognltus, a, um, one ? what f concerning. 

known. ago 3. I drive, pass; ex (with abl), /row. 

infidus, a, um, un- annum ago, / am post (with ace.), after. 

faithful. in the year. et — et, both — and. 

natus, a, um, born ; irrumpo 3. I make an neque, and not ; 

post Christum na- irruption. neque — neque, 

neither — nor. 

Quota hora est? Decima. Annus, quo nunc vivimus, est 
milleslmus octingentessimus quadragesimus tertius post Christum 
natum. Pater meus agit annum quartum et sexagesiinum (or 
sexagesimum quartum) ; mater duodequinquagesimum ; frater 
major natu l tertium et tricesimum (or tricesimum tertium) ; 
frater minor natu alterum et tricesimum (or tricesimum alterum) ; 
soror major duodetricesimum ; soror minor vicesimum. In urbe 
sunt mille milites. Duo milia hostium urbem obsldent. 

The enemy makes an irruption into our country (== land), 
with 10,000 soldiers. A thousand soldiers defend the city. 28,000 
footmen and 13,000 horsemen defend the country. 

My father is in his seventy-fifth year (= is passing his seventy- 
fifth year) ; my mother in her sixty-second ; my older brother in 
his forty-first ; my younger brother in his thirty-ninth ; my older 
sister in her thirty-fourth and my younger sister in her twenty- 
sixth. What hour is it ? the eleventh hour. How old art thou ? 
(== what year art thou passing ?), fifty-eight years old (= I am 
passing the fifty-eighth year). 

Aliud alii placet (one thing pleases one and another another), 2 
aliud alii displicet. Milites utriusque exercitus sunt fortisslmi. 
Utrumque est vitium : et omnibus credere, et nulli. Perfldus 
homo vix ulli fidem habet. Unius fidi hominis amicitia habet 
plus pretii (has more value), 3 quam multorum infidorum societas. 
Soli sapienti 4 vera vis virtutis est cognlta. Incolae totius urbis 
de victoria exercitus laeti erant. Nullius hominis vita ex (in) 
omni parte beata est Habeo duo amicos ; ambo valde dillgo. Ami- 
cus meus habet duo filios et duas filias. 

We trust to neither of the two, neither to the wicked [man] 
nor the flatterer. The life of no man is more peaceful than the 
life of the wise [man]. God is the governor of the whole world. 

'§91,2.0). 2 § 94, 15. 3 §88, 13. c). 4 § 90, 1. 



EXERCISES. 129 

The father goes to walk with [his] two sons and [his] two daugh- 
ters. Two faithful friends are as it were (quasi) one soul in two 
bodies. Two thousand soldiers (gen.) defend the city. 



EXERCISE XVIII. 

Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Ripa, ae, f, bank, libertas, atis, f. free- effundo 3. I pour out, 
via, ae, f, way, dom. discharge, 

castra, orum, n. camp, altus, a, um, high, fugio 3. I flee, 

agger, eris, m. mound, deep, pello 3. I drive, repel. 

pes, edis, m, foot, video 2. I see, rnunio 4. I fortify. 
duco 3. I lead. 

Exercises on the Prepositions with Nouns of all the Declensions, 

Frogs live in the water and upon (in) the land. The soldiers 
fight spiritedly against (in) the enemy. The enemies make an 
irruption into our borders. In the fields bloom various herbs. 
In (abl.) summer we sit with delight under oaks. The enemies 
flee within (== among) the walls. Parents are loved by (ab) 
good sons and daughters. Orators we extol on account of (ob) 
fluency of speech. The earth moves (= is moved) around the 
sun. Repel cares from [your] minds. Suppliants fall down upon 
the knees. Eloquence adorns those with (penes) whom it is. 
Live thou according to nature. The soldiers fight before (pro) 
the camp. The river is discharged over the banks. Virtue has 
all [things] beneath (subter) itself. Who is peaceful without 
virtue ? Above the city is a very high oak. Below our garden 
a very magnificent house is built. 

The army marches (iter facit) towards Rome. The general 
leads the soldiers against the city. Near by the walls of the city, 
the enemies fortify the camp. The enemies build a high mound 
around the city. Our soldiers fight with the enemies very spirit- 
edly. The citizens fight spiritedly for the freedom of their native 
country. The enemies flee over the river. On account of vir- 
tue men are esteemed. The enemies within the walls of the city 
fortify a camp. The love of parents towards [their] children is 
very great. Many men act contrary to (contra) the precepts of 
virtue. On this side of the city a camp is fortified by (ab) the 
enemies. Frogs live within and without the water. All the 
citizens were joyful concerning (de) the victory of our soldiers. 



130 EXERCISES. 

The way, which leads from (ab) the city up to our garden, is 
very beautiful. Avoid the man, who by reason of (prae) anger 
is not in his right mind (— with himself). Before (ante) our 
house are many pines, behind the same, is a very beautiful gar- 
den. Often do we not see that which is before (ante) our feet. 
Between the city and our garden are very beautiful fields. The 
enemies flee through the city. Who is peaceful besides the wise 
[man] ? 



EXERCISE XIX. 

Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Aloe, es, f. the aloe. planetes,ae,m.jr?/an^. tener, era, erum, ten- 
Circe, es, f. Circe. Boreas, Epaminon- der. 

astutia, ae, f cun- das, GorgTas, Py- celebro 1. I celebrate, 

ning. \cook. thagoras, Orestes, abstlneo 2. (with abl.) 

coqua, ae, f (female) Pylades, ae, m. are / abstain from. 

culina, ae, f kitchen. proper names and strideo 2. I whistle. 

gloria, ae, f renown. remain as in Latin, antepono 3. I prefer. 

historia, ae,/*. history crimtus, a, um, with coquo 3. I cook. 

stella, ae, f. star. long hair. pie, adv. tenderly, pi- 

nauta, ae, m. sailor, erraticus, a, um, wan- ously. 
cometes, ae, m. comet. dering. 

Aloe est amara. Aloes herba est amara. Crambae est tenera 
herba. Cramben coqua in culina coquit. O Circe, quanta erat 
astutia tua ! Crambe tenera delectamur. Boreas vexat nautas. 
Boreae procellae nautis perniciosae sunt. Boream fuglunt nautae. 
O Borea, quam vehementer strides ! A Borea vexantur nautae. 
Planetes est stella erratlca. Cometes est stella crinita. Oresten 
et Pyladen ob amicitiam praedicamus. O Epaminonda, quanta 
est tua gloria! Anchises pie amatur ab Aenea. Pythagorae 
sapientia praedicatur. O Anchise, quam pic amaris ab Aenea ! 
Epaminondam et Pelopldam omnes scriptores celebrant. 

Cabbage is tender. The herb of cabbage is tender. The aloe 
is a biiter herb. We prefer the tender cabbage to the bitter aloe. 
O Circe, how by (abl.) thy cunning thou deceivest the minds of 
men ! We abstain from the bitter aloe. Gorgias had {erat with 
dat.) great eloquence. The cunning of Circe was great. JEneas 
loves Anchises tenderly. Pythagoras we extol on account of 
[his] wisdom. O Orestes and Pylades, how great was your 
friendship ! Concerning (de) Orestes and Pylades, concerning 
Epaminondas and Pelopidas history relates. 



EXERCISES. 131 

EXERCISE XX. 

Words to be learned mid Examples for translation. 

Lingua, ae, /. tongue, pirus, i, pear-tree. ignavus, a, urn, indo- 

language. prunus, i, plum-tree. lent, lazy, cowardly. 

sllva, ae, f. a wood. ulmus, i, an elm. ligneus, a, um, wood- 

cibus, i, m. food. avldus, a, um, (with en, of wood. 

Aegyptus, i, Egypt. gen.), greedy. longus, a, una, long. 

T)<d\mj.,Delo$ (island), fruglfer, era, erum, maturus, a, um, ripe, 

Rhodus, i, Rhodes fruitful. early. 

(an island). compositus, a, um, procerus, a, um, slim. 

populus, i, a poplar. composed. rotundus,a,uin,r<?wrtc/. 

cerasus, i, cherry-tree, fecundus, a, um, pro- stultus, a, um, foolish. 

fagus, i, beech-tree. ductive. compesco 3. / check, 

malus, i, apple-tree. humldus, a, um, moist. curb. 

Vulgus est stultum. Diphthongus est longa. Periodus bene 
composlta est. Populi sunt procerae. Ignavi populi facile vin- 
cuntur. In silvis sunt ulmi et fagi altae. Vanni sunt ligneae. 
In horto nostro magnus est numerus frugiferarum cerasorum, ma- 
lorum, pirorum et prunorum. 

In our garden are many cherry-trees, many apple-trees, many 
plum-trees, and many pear-trees. The foolish people (vulgus) 
are easily deceived. Diphthongs are long. The periods are well 
composed. The poplar is slim. A cowardly people (populus) is 
easily conquered. In our gardens are many slim poplars. The 
corn-fan is of wood. 

Matura cerasa, mala, pira, pruna sunt dulcia. Virus est perni- 
ciosum. Humus humlda varlas plantas gignit. Alvus est ciborum 
avlda. Delus est clara. Coli sunt rotundae. Dialecti sunt va- 
riae, Carbasus est tenera. 

Avoid the pernicious poison. One language has many dialects. 
The linen is beautiful. Egypt is productive. These apples, cher- 
ries, plums, and pears are beautiful. See those high elms and slim 
poplars. Rhodes was renowned. The distaff is round. The 
earth (humus) is productive. Check the greedy appetite (= 
belly). 



132 EXERCISES. 

EXERCISE XXL 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

The words introduced in § 37 are omitted here. 

Fama, ae, f. report, fundamentum, i, n. exascio 1. / hew 

renown. foundation. (roughly), 

statua, ae, f statue, lignum, i, n. wood. levo 1. I lighten. 

carpentarius, i, m. a cos, otis, f whet-stone, mitlgo 1. / soften, 

wheel-wright. quies, etis, f. quiet. mitigate. 

funambiilus, i, m. durus, a, um, hard. navlgo 1. / navigate. 

rope-dancer. argenteus, a, um, of oppugno 1. I assault. 

laurus, i, f laurel. silver, silver. actio 3. I sharpen. 

faber, bri, m. artisan, ferreus, a, um, of expello 3. T expel. 

faber lignarius, car- iron, iron. incedo 3. Iwalk upon. 

penter. dono 1. I present. peto 3. I seek. 

folium, i, n. leaf. edolo 1. I hew prop- sero 3. I sow. 
erly, fashion. 

Echus vox saepe homines fall it. Argus navis fama est magna, 
Vis vim expellit. Sitim tolerare difficile est. Faber lignarius ad 
amussim lignum exasciat. Hi pueri ad ravim clamant. Carpen- 
tarius burim e dura ulmo edolat. Agricola bitrini regit. Agricola 
canndbim serit. Folia lauri tussim levant. Febrim quiete mitiga- 
mus. Pater matri pelvhn argenteam donat. Funambuli per res- 
tim incedunt. Per Albiin, Tamesim, Visurgim, Tigrim multae na- 
ves navigant. Milltes oppugnant altam turrim. Seciirim ferream 
cote aculmus. Fundamentum statuarum vocamus basim. Apes 
petunt sindpim. 

The poems of Sappho were very delightful. The wanderings 
(error, oris) of Io are related by (ab) many poets. By (abl.) the 
echo we are often deceived. Against (contra) hoarseness, cough 
and fever, thou must apply (adhlbeo 2.) fitting (aptus, a, um) rem- 
edies (remedium, i, n.). The soldiers defend spiritedly the high 
tower. The statue has a solid pedestal. The wood (plur.) is 
hewed by (ab) the carpenter according to (ad) rule. The car- 
penter handles (tracto 1.) the sharp axe with a skilful hand. 
Soldiers must endure hunger (fames, is) and thirst patiently. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Porta, ae, f gate. humerus, i, m. shout- vigil, Ilis, m. watch- 

tragoedia, ae, /. tra- der. \_pilot. man. 

gedy. gubernator, oris, m. sal, alis, m. salt. 



EXERCISES. 133 

admiral io, onis, /. ad- abl.) worthy, de- I suffer (fromsome- 

miration. serving of. thing). 

onus, eris, n. load. frigldus, a, um, cold, prospecto 1. I look 

nectar, aris, n. nee- summus, a, um, high- forth, behold. 

tar (drink for the est. ablgo 3. / drive away. 

gods). mordax, acis, biting, claudo 3. / close. 

acutus, a, um, sharp, incito 1. i" urge on. oceludo 3. / lock. 

dignus, a, um, (with laboro I. (with abl.) conspergo 3. I sprin- 
kle. 

O Socrdte, quam salutaris erat generi humano tua sapientia ! 
O Sophocle, tragoedlae tuae summa admiratione 1 dignae sunt. O 
Atla, quantum onus humeris 2 tuis portas ! Calcdri incitamus 
equos. Nectdre delectantur dii. Sale conspergimus cibos. Hos- 
tes vi in urbem irrumpunt. Clavi porta clauditur. FebrP laborat 
frater. Fusti abigimus canes mordaces. Igni coqulmus cibos. 
A bono civi patria amatur. Ex alta turri viglles prospectant. 
In puppi sedet gubernator. Acuta seciiri faber lignarius lignum 
exasciat. 

Force expels force by (abl.) force. The customs of men are 
oftener improved by admonition and example than by force. 
When (quum) thou art suffering (=sufferest) from (abl.) a fe- 
ver, abstain from cold water. Themistocles, O Pericles, O 
Socrates, your deserts relative to (de) the city of the Athenians 
were very great. The pilot, who sits upon the stern, governs the 
ship. With (abl.) a sharp axe we split (diffindo 3.) the wood 
(plur.) In a civil war (bellum civile) citizen fights against citi- 
zen. With (abl.) an iron key we lock the gate. The enemies 
lay waste the country with (abl.) fire and sword. 

3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Satlra, ae,/! satire. aetas, atis, /. age. procuro 1. I furnish. 

ludus, i, m. sport. hiems, einis, f. winter, perago 3. / carry 

Romanus, i, m. a Ro- longinquus, a, um, through, perform. 

man. distant. perstringo 3. 2" graze y 

ingenium, i, n. genius, publlcus, a, um, pub- satirize. 

intellect. lie. veho 3. I carry, bring. 

merx, cis, /. wares. docllis, e, teachable. sperno 3. I spurn. 

mercator, oris, m.tra- aestimo 1. I value, es- sed, conj., but. 

der, merchant. teem. 

Avus cum nepti ambulat. Mercator navi merces in longinquas 

1 § 91,3, c). 2 6 91,1. M 91, 4. b). 

12 



13 i EXERCISES. 

terras vchit. Diseipuli in schola non genere, 1 sed bonis moribus, 
docili ingenio, et acri industria aestimantur. Bostes celeri pede 
fugiunt. 

4. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Autumnus, i, m. au- oblectamentum, i, n. insiplens, ntis, un- 

tumn. delight. wise. 

coelum, i, n. the sky. nepos, Otis, m. grand- ju\ T entus,uth,f. youth. 

initium, i, n. begin- son. juvenilis, e, youthful. 

nbig. parentes, ium, m. pa- senilis, e, advanced, 

gaudium, i, n. joy. rents. aetas senilis, old 

monumentum, i, n. mensis, is, m. a month. age. 

monument. munus, eris, n. ser- exhilaro 1. / exhila- 

negotium, i, n. busi- vice, office, present. rate, delight. 

ness. gelldus, a, um, cold, saevio 4. I rage. 

Mense Martio initium est veris, mense Junio aestatis, mense 
Sppiembri autumni, mense Decembri hiemis. Boni regis natdli om- 
uls civltas laeta est. Mense Aprlli coelum niodo serenum est, mo- 
do triste. Mense Novembri gelidae proeellae saeviunt. Juvenlli 
aetate alacriore animo difficilia negotia peraglmus, quam senlli. 
A Juvendle, satirarum seriptore, Romanorum vitia perstringuntur. 
Ab aedlle ludi publici proeurantur. A juvene saepe virorurn 
praecepta spernuntur. 

5. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Culpa, ae, f. blame, acceptus, a, um, re- destitute of, with- 

guilt. ceived. [humblest. out. 

immodestia, ae, f. im- infimus, a, um, lowest, pertlnax, acis, obsti- 

modesty. clemens, tis, mild. note. 

benefieium, i, n. kind- consors, tis (c* gen.), dispar, aris, unequal^ 

ness, favor. sharing in. different. 

consilium, i, n. coun- exsors, tis (c. gen.), domo 1. / tame. 

sel. destitute of , without, t rac t o 1. / treat. 

studium, i, n. effort, expers, tis (c. gen.), atque, and ; 2) as. 

study, zeal. 

A sapiente bona praecepta discimus. Quicquid agis, sapienti 
consilio age. A Felice fellci fortuna bellum geritur. A Clemen- 
te dementi animo infimi homines tractantur. A Pertindce perti- 
ndci studio urbs defendltur. 

* c. in such cases stands for cum (with). 
' §91,2. a). 



EXERCISES. 135 

The grandfather is delighted by (ab) the little grand-son and 
the neat grand-daughter. A good boy, on (abl.) his birth day, is 
delighted by (abl.) presents from (ab) his parents. When the 
state is ruled by (ab) a wise king, it is happy. By (ab) a wise 
man virtue is loved. 

Virtus amatur ab homfne rationis participc, contemnltur ab 
homlne rationis experti. A viro virtutis compote deus pie eolltur. 
Praeceptor a discipulo beneficii accepti memori colitur. Abstlne 
amico beneficiorum acceptorum immemori. Gaudemus amico om- 
nis culpae exsorti et laborum nostrorum consorti. Virtus pari 
studio a principe et divite, atque ab humili et paupere colitur. 
Discipuli dispdri studio litteras tractant. Magni viri digni sunt 
gloria vitae suae superstate. De sosplte amico gaudemus. Hos- 
pes ab hospite colitur. Et in impubere, et in pubere aetate displi- 
cet immodestia. 

6. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Penna, ae, / feather, amnis, is, m. stream, praeceps, cipitis, in- 

campus, i, m. plain. river. dined, steep. 

detrimentum, i, n. in- rupes, is, /. rock. praecox, ocis, prema- 

jury, disadvantage, agmen, Fnis, n. band, ture. 

emolumentum, i, n. flock. occupo 1. I take pos- 

use, advantage. examen,Inis,n. swarm. session of. 

horreum, i, n. grana- rete, is, n. net, toil. redundo 1. I redound. 

ry. discolor, oris, party- vollto 1. I fly around. 

jugum, i, n. yoke, top, colored, variegated, abhorreo 2. (ab), i" 

ridge (of moun- hebes,et\s, obtuse, dull. have an aversion to. 

tain). locuples, etis (c.abl.), provideo 2. I foresee. 

saxum, i, n. rock. wealthy, rich. alo 3. / nourish, sup- 

vinum, i, n. wine. petulans, ntis, licen- port (keep), 

venator, oris, m. hun- tious, wayward. tendo 3. / stretch, ex- 

ter. tend. 

Venator retia tendit. Hebetia ingenia a litterarum studio ab- 
horrent. Saxa sunt praecipitia. Onera sunt gravia. Horrea 
frumentis locupletia sunt. Pira praecocia non sunt dulcia. Cer- 
vus et equus sunt celerla animaha. Disparia sunt homlnum stu- 
dia. Haec vina sunt Vetera. Majora emolumenta, quam detri- 
ments, a bestiis ad homines redundant. Cui plura beneficia de- 
bemus, quam diis ? Complura (complurla) sunt genera avium. 

Good scholars keep the precepts of [their] teachers with (abl.) 
thoughtful (memor) minds. By (ab) rational (rationis particeps) 
men, irrational (rationis expcrs) animals are tamed. The virtues 



136 EXERCISES. 

of great men are adorned by (abl.) a renown Furvivin** their life. 
The way leads over (per) steep rocks (saxum). The ancient 
(vetus) monuments of the Greeks and Romans are worthy of ad- 
miration. In the blooming age of youth very many (eoniplures) 
delights are afforded us. The life of good and wise men has 
more and greater joys than the life of the wicked and unwise. 

Plurimarum avium pennae sunt discolores. Rupfum juga hostis 
oceupat. Venatores magnum canum numerum alunt. Multorum 
juvenum animi sunt petulantes. Vatum anfmi futura provident. 
Nubes majrnam imbrium vim effundunt. Lintrium ma^nus in am- 
ne numerus est. Multa apum examlna per campos vohtant. 
Multa agmina volucrum in silvis sunt. 

7. Words to be learned and Examples for tra nslation. 

Gallia, &e,f Gaul. inscius, a, um (c. perltus, a, urn (c. 

tenebrae, arum, f. gen.), ignorant of, gen.), versed in, 

darkness. unacquainted with. skilful. 

ars, artis, f art. consultus, a, um (c. plenus, a, um (c. 

fruges, um,/ fruit. gen.), acquainted gen), full. 

gens, gentis, f peo- with. studiosus, a, um (c. 

pie. cupldus, a, um (c. gen.) , zealous : stu- 

improbttas, atis, f ' gen.), desirous. diosussum (c. gen.), 

icickedness. gnarus, a, um (c. I pursue earnestly. 

pax, acis, f. peace. gen.), acquainted fertilis, e (c. gen.), 

regio, onis, f. region. with. productive. 

via, &e,f toay. ignarus, a, um (c. rudis, e (c. gen.), 

viator, oris, m. travel- gen.), unacquaint- rude, ignorant of. 

ler. ed v:itli. remeo 1. / return. 

conseius, a, um (c. infirmus, a, um, weak, que (always attached 

gen.), conscious of . pauci, ae, a, a few. to a word), and. 

Ingrati nobis sunt homines, qui litrum } sunt cupidi. Divltes 
majorum opum ] avidi sunt. Haee regio faucium- plena est. Bo- 
nus discipulus literarum artmmque est studiosus. Gallia frugum' 2 
hominumque fertilis est. Sapientium et bonorum hominum animi 
nullius improbitatis 3 sunt eonscii. Samnitium gens belli 3 perita 
erat. NosiraXium pauci litterarum 3 ignari sunt. Civitatium fun- 
damenta infirma sunt, si cives belli pacisque artlum 3 rudes sunt. 
Arpinaiium cives erant Marlus et Cicero ; Marius belli artium, 
Cicero paeis artium gnarus erat. Optimatwm in civitate auctorl- 
tas magna est, si juris atque eloqnentiae consulti sunt. Noctlum 
tenebrae viatoribus viae insciis pernieiosae sunt. 

1 § 88, 2. 2 § 89, 7. :{ § 88. 0. 



obscurus, 


a, urn, 


ob- 


scure. 






Romanus 


, a, um, 


Ro- 


man. 






mgens, 


ntis, 


very 


great, 


immense 





EXERCISES. 137 

There are many (complures) kinds of (gen.) dogs. In (abl.) 
the month [of] November great flocks of birds of passage (volu- 
eris adventitia) return from our regions to warmer. Upon (in) 
the Thames, the Weser and the Elbe there is a great number 
of great ships and small boats. The people of the Samnites were 
very brave. Boys of a lively genius and happy memory apply 
themselves zealously to (in) the study of literature and the arts. 
The fame of Marius and Cicero, citizens of Arpinum (Arpinas), 
was different. 

8. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Capra, ae, /. goat. Achilles, is, m. Aclvil- 

custodia, ae, f guar- les. 

dianship. aedes, ium,/. house. 
misericordia, ae, f celerltas, atis, f. swift- 
pity, ness. 
liundinae, arum, f consuetudo, Inis, f 

market, fair. practice, inter course, prudens, ntis, wise, 

liberi, orum, m. chit- cacumen, Inis, n. top. intelligent ; c. gen. 

dren (in relation to eulmen, inis, n. top. versed in. 

their parents). fortitudo, Inis, /. bra- frequento 1. / fre- 

consilium, i, n. mea- very. [rents. quent. [nest. 

sure. parentes, ium, m. pa- nidiflco 1. / make a 

fatum, i, 7i. fate, for- idoneus, a, um, fit- tego 3. / cover. 

tune. ted. minus, adv. less. 

Caprae montium cacumtna petunt. Multi corvi nidlficant in al- 
tarum arcium culminlbus. Vocum multa genera sunt. Glirlum 
magnus est Humerus. Ingens murium numerus in horreis est. 
Siriglum vox ingrata est. Komanarum cohort turn fortitudo ab om- 
nibus seriptoribus praedicatur. Parentium in liberos amor est 
magnus. Compedium ferrearum onus grave est. Pedum celeri- 
tate 1 Achilles insignia erat. Penatxum custodiae aedes commit- 
tuntur. 

Homlnum juris prudenflum consiliis eivltas regltur. Alacrlum 
discipulorum ingenTa ad litter arum studia sunt idonea. Celebrium 
urblum nundlnac a multis hominibus frequentantur. Celerum 
equorum crura sunt tenera. Amicorum laboris nostri consortum 
eonsuetudine delectamur. Homlnum omnis amicorum consuetu- 
dinis- exsorium* fortuna misera est. Degcnerum filiorum patres 
misericordia 15 nostra digni sunt. Suppllcum preces exaudi. Urbs 
plena est locupletum homlnum. Homlnum artificum opera lauda- 

* Or exsor/ium is doubtful. 
1 § 31,4. h). 2 § 83, 6. 3 § 91,4. c). 

12* 



138 EXERCISES. 

mus. Praecipitum montium juga nubibus teguntur. Ancipitum 
fatorum via est obscura. 

The captives are pressed by (abl.) the load of hard fetters. 
On (ad) the banks of the Rhine (Rhenus, i) is a great number 
of ancient (vetustus) castles (arx). The works of the ancient 
(vetus) artists are worthy of admiration. Human life is full 
of (gen.) uncertain (anceps) fortunes. The way leads over 
(per) the ridge of steep rocks. The friendship of men sharing 
in (consors) all our toils is a very great good. Great presents 
from (gen.) the rich often delight our minds less than small 
presents from (gen.) the poor. 

9. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Divitiae, arum, f. certamen, Inis, n. con- moderatus, a,um, tern- 
riches, test, fight. perate. 

Centaurus, i, m. cen- levitas, atis, f. levity, immoderatus, a, um, 
taur. pavo, onis, m. pea- intemperate. 

donum, i, n. gift, pre- cock. optabliis, e, desirable, 

sent. sors, rtis, f. lot. vigeo 2. I am strong, 

oraculum, i, n. oracle, Delphlcus, a, um, Del- active, vigorous, 
announcement. phic. ut, as, even as, — ita, 

so, thus. 

Cicurum elephantorum ars magna est. Bicorporum Centauro- 
rum multa a poetis narrantur certamlna. Discolorum pavonum 
pennae pulchrae sunt. Homlnum virtutis compotum vita laudabl- 
lis est. Puerorum impuberum levitas a praeceplore coercetur. Ut 
homlnum rationis participum vita mode rata est, ita homlnum ratio- 
nis expertium immoderata est. Homlnum gloriae suae super stxtum 
sors non est optabliis. Puberum et corpora et anlmi vigent. Pru- 
dentiorum homlnum consilio parere debemus. Plurium homlnum 
anlmi divitlas magis, quam virtutem expetunt. Complurium dis- 
cipulorum ingenla a litterarum studio abhorrent. Poe'mdtis de- 
lectamur. Oracula Delphica similla sunt obscuris aenigmatis. 

AVho is not delighted by (abl.) the poems of Horace ? The 
number of men surviving their fame is very great. Obey, O 
boys, the precepts of wise and virtuous (== possessed of virtue, 
compos) men ! Many of the tame elephants walk upon (per) a 
rope. As we pronounce (praedico) happy the life of those shar- 
ing in friendship, so we deplore the life of those destitute of 
friendship. The announcements of the ancient prophets were 
often ambiguous (anceps) and like enigmas. 



EXERCISES. 139 

EXERCISE XXII. 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Assyria, &e,f Assyria, aeternus, a, urn, eter- superbus, a, um, 
senator, oris, m. sena- rial. proud, magnificent. 

tor. amoenus, a, um, plea- existlmo 1. I judge, 

scipio, onis, m. a staff. sant. regard as. 

legio, onis, f. a legion, eburneus, a, um, of judico 1. I judge, re- 
imago, inh,f image. ivory, ivory. gard as. 

insigne, is, n. badge, regi'us, a, um, royal. nomlno 1. I call. 
caput, Itis, n. head, resonus, a, um, rever- habeo 2. I have, re- 

chief city. berating. gard as. 

maneo 2. I remain. 
(Compare §§ 81, 2, 89, 7. a.) 

Pavo vocatur superbus. Echo resona ab Horatio voeis imago 
vocatur. Hirunclinem voeamus garriilam. Legionum Romana- 
rum gloria manet aeterna. Babylon, caput Assyriae, nominatur 
superba. Mala consuetudo saepe hominibus exsistit perniciosa. 
Scipio eburneus insigne regium habetur. Regiones montium ple- 
nas judicamus amoenas. Senatorum ordo existimatur sanctus. 

The peacock we call proud. Horace calls the reverberating 
echo the image of the voice. Swallows are called loquacious. 
Babylon, the chief city of Assyria, writers call proud. The citi- 
zens regard the order of senators as sacred. The ivory staff we 
regard as a royal badge. Avoid, O boys, a bad practice ! The 
bravery of the Roman legions is extolled by (ab) writers. This 
region is very pleasant. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Pugna navalis, naval natio, onis,/. nation, extremus, a, um, out- 
battle, origo, in is,/! origin. ermost, last. 

vacca, 'de,fcow. papilio, onis, m. but- firmus, a, um, frm. 

fluvius, i, m. river. terfly. modestus, a, um, 

vitulus, i, m. calf. Carthago, fnis,/ Car- modest. 

vitulinus, a, um, of a thage. opulentus, a, um, 

calf. Croto, onis, m. Cro- powerful, rich. 

agger, eris, m. a ram- ton. palhdus, a, um, pale, 

pant, amplus, a, um, spa- livid. 

honos, oris, m. honor, cious, extended, lib- sapldus, a, um, sapid. 
post of honor. cral. ruber, bra, brum, red. 

procercs, um, m. chief conspicuus, a, um, hostilis, e, hostile, 
men. conspicuous. effundo, / pour forth. 



140 EXERCISES. 

Croto erat clarus Carthago opulenta erat. Caro vitulina te- 
nera est. Multarum nationum ac gentium origo obseura est. A 
dec- omnia originem suam ducunt. Flavins super extremum mar- 
ginem effundltur. Portae cardmes sunt nrmi. Harpagone fer- 
reo in pugna navali hostdes naves petuntur. Discolores papilij- 
lies sunt pulchri. 

Milo (Milo, onis) was a citizen of the renowned Croton. 
Writers call Carthage powerful. The origin of the Roman nation 
is obscure. Upon (in) the remotest margin of the river there 
are many trees. The hinges of the door are iron. The variega- 
ted butterfly is beautiful. The grappling hooks are of iron. 

Multae procerae arbores in silva sunt. Proceres honorum dig- 
nitate conspicui sunt. Sorores fratribus carae sunt. Marmor est 
splendidum. Corda rubra sunt. Camporum aequor amplum est. 
Ador maturum est. Mores hominum varii sunt. Dura cote acui- 
mus securim ferream. Filia a parentibus ampla dote donatur. 
Durum est 6s. Juvenis 6s modestum esse debet. Ver nobis gra- 
tum est. Multae lintres in fluvio sunt. Mater liberis cara est. 
Garrfdi sunt anseres. Ilostes circa urbem aggerem altum ex- 
struunt. Cadavera sunt pallida. Zingiber est sapldum. Vacca 
vitulo turgtda ubera praebet. 

High trees surround the house of my father. The udder of the 
cow is swollen. The corpse is pale. A high mound is built by 
(ab) the enemies around the city. The heart is red. The bones 
are hard. The countenances of men are various. The goose is 
cackling (= loquacious). The good customs of men are praised, 
the bad are censured. With delight we take a walk in (abl.) the 
spring over (per) the extended surface of the pleasant plains. 
Splendid marble adorns the palace (= house) of the king. 
Whetstones are hard. The parents present the daughter a libe- 
ral dowry. The pleasant spring exhilarates our minds. On (in) 
the pond in (gen.) our garden, are many and beautiful boats. 

3. Words to be learned mid Examples for translation. 

Camel us, i, m. camel, domesticus, a, urn, do- pretiosus, a, um, pre- 
condimentum, i, n. meslic, private. cious, costly. 

seasoning. [per. fessus, a, um, wearied, crudelis, e, cruel. 

membrum, i, n. mem- honestus, a, um, lion- excolo 3. / cultivate. 
paries, etis, m. wall orable. [turnal. infligo 3. (with dak), 

(of a house). nocturnus, a, um, noc- 1 inflict upon. 

celebritas, atis, /. con- pilosu?, a, um, covcr- 

course, multitude. ed with hair, hairy. 



EXERCISES. 141 

Sorores meae spinthera aurea habent. Iter est longum. Siser 
est dulce. Silera sunt utilla. Camelus habet tubera pilosa. Su- 
bera sunt dura. Piper est acre. Papavera rubra sunt pulchra. 
Cicera parva sunt. Acera sunt dura. Cnidelis homo equo dura 
verbera fusti infligit. Orator non intra domesticos parietes exco- 
lftur, sed in luce vitae et hominum celebritate. Aera varia sunt. 
Campi segete laeta ornantur. Compedes durae sunt. Laborum 
requles grata est. Quiete nocturna hominum fessa membra re- 
creantur. Merces laborum honesta existimatur. 

The sharp pepper and sapid ginger are regarded as the season- 
ings of food (plur.) The walls of this house are high. The brass 
is splendid. The carrot is sweet. The cork tree is hard. Chick- 
peas are round. The ass endures hard blows patiently. Maple 
trees are hard. My sister has a golden bracelet. Long is the 
way through precepts, short and effectual through examples. 
The red poppy is beautiful. The willow is useful. Recompense 
for (gen,) labor (pi.) we regard as honorable. Nocturnal rest 
refreshes the wearied limbs of men. Iron fetters press tender 
feet. Sleep is an agreeable (gratus, a, um) relaxation from 
(gen.) cares. The hump of the camel is hairy. Joyful crops 
adorn the plains of the extended country. The willow is useful. 



EXERCISE XXHI. 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Nummus, i, m. money, angustus, a, um, nar- sordidus, a, um, foul. 

aurum, i, n. gold. row, contracted. sacer, era, crum, sa- 

Albis, is, m. Elbe. flavus, a, um, yellow, cred. 

Tiberis, is, m. Tiber. flaxen. gesto 1. I carry, bear. 

anas, atis, /. a duck, latus, a, um, broad. cresco 3. I grow. 

cassis, tdis, /. helmet, limpldus, a, um, clear, volvo 3. / roll ; vol- 

Venus, eris, /. Ve- occultus, a, um, con- vor, i" am rolled, 

nus. cealed. roll. 

Anas timida est. Veritas auro digna est. Albis latus habet 
ripas fecundas. Tiberis est flavus. Aprilis sacer est Veneri. 
As Romanus parvus est nummus. Adamas durissimus est. Vas 
est aureum. Imperator auream cassldem gestat. Multae aves 
puk-hre canunt. Venator in alto colle occultos ensses tendit. In 
patris horto multi cucumeres crescunt. Amnis est limpldus. Am- 
nis altus multos alit pisces. Callis est angustus. Multi parvi 



142 EXERCISES. 

vermes in sordldo pulvere volvuntur. Validi sunt portarum 
postes. Yectis est ferreus. 

The Elbe is broad. The worm is small. These paths are very 
narrow. Many fish are in that clear river. That gate has strong 
posts. The ducks are timid. The general wears (= bears) a 
golden neck-chain. This river is broad and deep. The cucum- 
bers in the garden of my father, are ripe. Diamonds are very 
hard. The rivers are clear. These cucumbers are ripe. These 
hills are very high. Upon that high hill concealed nets are spread 
by the hunter. The helmet of the general is of gold (= golden). 
These vases are very beautiful. In this wood are many birds. 
These bolts are of iron (= iron) . Old age is strong, youth weak. 
Anvils are of iron (= iron). These pools are very deep. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Bibliotheca, ae, f. Juno, onis, f Juno. universus, a, um, the 

library. ovis, is, f sheep. whole. 

chorda, ae, /. chord, densus, a, um, dense, asper, era, erum, 

columba, ae, /. dove, excelsus, a, um, lofty. rough. 

ecclesia, ae,f church, ferus, a, um, wild. collustro 1. I illumi- 

India, ae, f India. frondosus, a, um, nate. 

rosa, ae, f rose. leafy k dilacero 1. / tear in 

musicus, i, m. musi- igneus, a, um, fiery. pieces. 

cian. lapideus, a, um, of excito 1. / excite. 
Vesuvius, i, m. Vesu- stone. ?*aise. 

vius. opimus, a, um, fat. converto 3. I turn 

sarmentum, i, n. twig, rapidus, a, um, rapid. around. 

branch. tortus, a, um, twisted, evomo 3. / emit, belch 

solum, i, n. the ground, triticeus, a, um, of forth. 

Apollo, inis, m. Apollo. wheat, wheaten. tango 3. 1 touch. 

Leo teneram ovem ungue acuto dilacerat. Sanguis ruber est. 
Miles ensem ferreum gestat. Torquis est aureus. Sentes asperi 
sunt. Scrobis est altus. Panis triticeus est dulcis. Universus 
terrarum orbis sole collustratur. Mensis Junius a Junone nomen 
habet. Occultus est canalis. Lapides sunt duri. Ignis magnus 
in monte alto excitatur. Follis est plenus venti. Fustis est durus. 
Funis tortus est. Hostes in fines nostros irrumpunt. Mors om- 
nium malorum certus finis est. E silvis multi sarmentorum fasces 
portantur. Poetae Apolllni fiavos crines tribuunt. Vesuvius 
igneos cineres evomit. Caules teneri sunt. Terra circum axem 
suum summa celeritate convertltur. 

The teeth of the lion are sharp. The tender sheep are torn in 



EXERCISES. 143 

pieces by (ab) the lions Man has reel blood. Axle-trees are 
round. The sword is sharp. This cabbage is tender. From 
Vesuvius, fiery ashes are belched forth. Avoid ye the rou<rh 
thorn-bushes. The end of life is uncertain. The soldiers defend 
our borders against (contra) the enemies. Flaxen hair (plur.) 
is given to Apollo by (ab) the poets. This bread is good, that 
bad. The ropes are twisted. The sun illuminates the whole 
circle of the world. The clubs are hard. The month [of] June 
is very pleasant. The bellows are full of wind (gen.). The ene- 
mies raise a great fire in the city. The canals are concealed. 
High stones surround that way. Bundles [of twigs] bound with 
laurel (laureatus, a, um), with the Romans, were a badge of a 
victorious (victor, oris) general. 

Nox est nigra. Leges sunt justae. In excelso montis aplce 
est turris alta. Pullees molesti vexant columbam. Magnus avium 
grex petit frutlces frondosos. Verveces oplmi sunt. Timldos 
sorices petunt avidi sorices. In India sunt multi bombjees. Tra- 
duces teneros solo inserimus. Murex est pretiosus. Varices 
sanguinis pleni sunt. Muslcus docto pollice tangit chordas. Ory- 
ges sunt velocissimi. Onyx est pulcherrimus. Alti sunt ecclesiae 
fornices. In bibliotheea regis magnus optimorum codlcum Humerus 
est. Rosae calyx pulcher est. Calyx est plenus vim. 

The cups are full of wine (gen.). The nights are dark (== 
black). Just laws are salutary to the state. My father has many 
books. On (in) the plains are many flocks of (gen.) sheep. The 
shrubs are leafy. In the church are high arches. Onyxes are very 
beautiful. Silk- worms are very useful. The varix is full of blood 
(gen.). Vine-branches are tender. Purple-fishes are very costly. 
Field-mice are very timid. Husband-men have many wethers. 
The depressed (pressus, a, um) thumb was a sign of favor (favor, 
oris) to the Romans. The trunks of trees are full of branches 
(= branchy, rainosus, a, um). The gazelle is very swift. The 
wealthy husbandmen nourish many flocks of (gen.) sheep. 

Nubes sunt nigrae. Palumbes sunt timldi. Vepres sunt densi. 
Iliems est aspera. Limpldus fons in alto monte est. Super rapl- 
dum torrentem pons lapideus ducit. Omnes ferae bestiae duros 
et acutos dentes habent. Durus est chalybs. Multi nautae ab 
extremo oriente ad extremum occidentem navigant. Rudentes 
torti sunt. Neptunus magnum tridentem gestat. 

The cloud is black. The wood-pigeon is timid. The cable is 
twisted. Dense brambles surround the clear fountain. This 
bridge is of stone. Many wares are carried (vehere) by (ab) 



114 EXERCISES. 

the traders, from the remotest east to (ad) the remotest west, and 
from the remotest west to the remotest east. The teeth of wild 
beasts are hard and sharp. Torrents are rapid. The rough win- 
ter is disagreeable. Clear fountains are upon that high moun- 
tain. Steel is very hard. 



EXERCISE XXIY. 

Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Liber, bri, m. book. AttTcus, a, um, Attic, pavldus, a, um, shy. 

lector, oris, m. reader, dentatus, a, um, rutilus, a, um, fiery 
lepor, oris, m. pleas- toothed. red. 

antry, jest. festivus, a, um, deli- mollis, e, soft. 

Hannibal, alis, m. cate. perrodo 3. / gnaw 

Hannibal. \ning. joeosus, a, um, face- through. 
fulgur, uris, n. light- tious. 

Calearia sunt acuta. Sol igneus est. Sal est sapldus. Sales 
Plauti, poetae comici Romanorum, sunt valde jocosi. Splen 
tener est. llenes humldi sunt. Pecten est dentatus. Fulgur 
est rutllum. Hannibalis nomen est clarum. Furfur triticeus est 
mollissimus. Vultures saevi unguibus dilacerant turtilres pavidos. 
Juvenum corpora sunt valida. Timldos lepores venator quaerit in 
silvis, festivos lepores lector in libris. Mures parvi saepe vahdos 
muros perrodunt. 

The sapid salt serves (= is) for many dishes (= foods) for 
seasoning. Attic wit (plur.) is extolled by writers. Vultures are 
destructive to turtle-doves. Mice are very small. Turtle-doves 
and wood-pigeons are very shy. Hares are very swift. The 
warm sun illuminates the whole circle of the earth. Combs are 
toothed. 



EXERCISE XXV. 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Anus, us, old woman, marmoreus, a, um, of urbanus, a, um, of the 
nurus, us, daughter- marble, marble. city. 

in-law. rusticus, a, um, of the certo 1. I contend. 

socrus, us, mother-in- country. aut, or: aut — aut, 

laic. either — or. 



EXERCISES. 145 

Magnificam regis domum amplae et marmoreae ornant portions. 
Tribus sunt aut urbanae, aut rusticae. In silva sunt multae ve- 
tustae et altae quercus. Anus sunt garrulae. Socribus carae 
sunt nurus bonae. Puella acutam acum perlta manu regit. Cum 
rustlcis tribubus certant urbanae. 

The magnificent palace of the king is adorned with (abl.) spa- 
cious and marble porticos. The royal palaces are surrounded by 
(abl.) high pines. The portico of the royal palace is very mag- 
nificent. Dogs guard our houses. The king is building (= builds) 
a very magnificent palace. The Ides divide the month. 

Promiscuous Examples from all the Declensions. 
2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Anio, enis, m. the jeeur, jecoris or jeci- vis, f. power, force, 

Anio (a river). noris, n. liver. quantity, (forms 

aqulla, ae, f. eagle. Jupiter, Jo vis, m. Ju- only ace. vim and 
insidiae, arum,/, am- piter (abl. Jove). abl. vi ; pi. vires, 

bush, snares. nix, nlvis, /. snow powers, virium, 

petulantia. ae, /. li- (abl. e). etc.). 

centiousness, way- pectus, oris, n. breast, clausus, a, um, shut 

wardness. Mars, tis, m. Mars. up. 

Mercurius, i, m. Mer- scdes, is, f. a seat. contentus, a, um, (c. 

cury. senex, senis, old, old abl.), contented. 

rustlcus, i, m. farmer, man, (abl. sene ; promtus, a, um, 

rustic. pi. senes, senum, ready. 

pratum, i, n. meadow. etc.). virldis, e, green. 

bilis, is, /. bile. supellex, ectllis, /. compleo 2. I fill. 

bos, bo vis, c. ox, cow; household-furniture, tumeo 2. I swell. 

pi. boves, bourn, utensils (abl. -e. pasco 3. I pasture. 

bobus or bubus. gen. pi. -ium). 

Sapiens parva supellectile est contentus. Divltes magnam 
habent copiam supellectilium. Juvenilis aetas viget corporis 
viribus. In sene valde displicet petulantia. Hieme terra nivi- 
bus completur. A Jove coelum, terrae et maria reguntur. 
Jecinora saepe tument bile amara. Rustlci multos bourn greges 
alunt. Agricolae bobus agros arant. Multi homines aliud clau- 
sum in pectore habent, aliud promtum in lingua. Primus heb- 
domadis dies appellatur dies Lunae, alter dies Martis, tertius dies 
Mercurii, quartus dies Jovis, quintus dies Veneris, septlmus dies 
Solis. Anienis ripae sunt fecundae. 

The powers of the lion are great. To Jupiter the eagle is 
13 



140 EXERCISES. 

sacred There are various kinds of house-furniture (pi.). Keep, 
() boys, in (abl.) memory, the precepts of wise old men. J\lodcst 
manners (== customs) please in the boy, the young man and the 
old man. In the months November and December the clouds 
discharge a great quantity (vis) of (gen.) rain (plur.) and snow. 
In the liver is the seat of anger. Lions prepare snares for cows. 
Upon (in) the green meadows are pastured a great herd of (gen.) 
cows. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Praemium, i, n. re- vitiosstas, atis, f. rice, appello 1. I call, 

ward. voluntas, atis, f will, lavo 1. I wash. 

principium, i, n. he- casus, us, m. fall, ca- immineo 2 I threat- 
ginning, lamity, chance. en. 

vinculum, i, n. bond, consensus, us, m. eligo 3. / choose, 

chain. agreement. quotidie, adv. daily. 

hebdomas, adis, f. arduus, a, urn, diffi- autem, conj. but. 

week. cult. an (in questions), or. 

Certus amicus in re incerta cernltur. Manus manum lavat. 
Honos praemium virtutis est. Mors propter incertos casus quo- 
tidie nobis imminet. Omnium rerum a deo immortali principia 
ducuntur. Nullum est certius amicitiae vinculum, quam consensus 
et societas consiliorum et voluntatum. Duae sunt vitae viae : vir- 
tutis et vitiositatis ; alterutram eligere debes, o puer ! 

Firm (— certain) friends are seen in an uncertain thing. 
There are two ways of life, of virtue and of vice ; the way of the 
one (alter) is troublesome and difficult, but leads to a peaceful 
life ; the way of the other (alter) is easy and agreeable, but leads 
to a wretched life ; which way (utra via = which of the two ways) 
dost thou choose, [that] of virtue, or (an) [that] of vice ? 



EXERCISE XXVI. 
1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Absum, abfiii, abesse, dat.), to be in, prosum, profui, prod- 
/ am absent, re- present at (some- esse, / am useful, 
moved from. thing). benefit, (see Rem. 

adsurn, aiTiri, adesse, praesum, ftii, esse, / l). 

I am present. am before, preside c on cilio 1. / unite. 

intersum, fui, esse, (c. over, attend to. fera, ae,/". wild beast. 



EXERCISES. 147 

pugna, ae> f fight, magistrate, magis- quamdlu, adv. and 
battle. tracy. conj. how long ; so 

arma, orum, n. arms, foris, adv. without. (as) long as. 

oratio, onis, f. speech, heri, adv. yesterday. ubi, adv. where, 
discourse. longe, adv. far. dum, conj. while- 

magistrates, u$, m. peregre, adv. abroad, nisi, conj. unless. 

quum, conj. ichen y as, 

Deus omnibus locis adest. Parvi pretii sunt foris arma, nisi est 
consilium domi. Contemnuntur ii, qui nee sibi, nee alteri pro- 
sunt. Ut magistratlbus 1 leges, ita popiilo praesunt magistratus. 
Ratio et oratio eonciiiant inter se homines, neque ulla re longlus 
absumus a natura ferarum. Ego laetus sum, tu tristris es. Si 
sorte vestra contenti estis, beati estis. 

Dum ego, tu et amicus in schola eramus, sorores nostrae in hor- 
to erant. Quum tu et Carol as heri domi nostrae erdtis, ego pere- 
gre eram. Quamdlu tu et frater tuus domi 2 nostrae erdtis, tu lae- 
tus eras, sed frater tuus tristis erat. Quamdlu tu et pater aberti- 
tis, ego et frater tristes eramus. 

Cur heri in schola non fuisti ? Quia cum patre peregre fui. 
Quamdlu tu et pater tuus domo 2 abfuistis ? Sex menses 3 abfuimus. 
Cur milites nostri pugnae non interfuerunt ? Quia longius abfue- 
runt. Ubi heri fueras, quum domi tuae eram ? 

I am useful to thee, and thou to me. Wherefore are you sad ? 
We are joyful. If thou art contented with thy lot, thou art hap- 
py. While I was in the school, my sister was in the garden. As 
yesterday thou wast at home, I was abroad. Why were (perf.) 
you not in the school yesterday ? Because we were (perf) abroad. 
How long hast thou been absent from (abl.) home ? Ten months 
(ace.) have I been absent. Where had you been yesterday, as 
we were in your house ? While we and you were in the school, 
our sisters were in the garden. While you and Charles were in 
our house yesterday, we were abroad. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Desum, defui, deesse, periculum, i, n. dan- aetas, aiis,f. age, gen- 
I am ivanting. ger. erat ion. 

obsum, fui, esse, / am praedium, i, n. farm, nemo (inis), no-body, 

against, injure. adolesce ns, tis, m. no one. 

oecupo 1. i" take p>os- young man, youth, aegrotus, a, urn, sick, 
session of seize. 

1 § 90, R. 5. 2 § 92, R. 3. 3 § 89 ; 5. 



148 EXERCISES. 

a varus, a, urn, avari- postea, adv. after- propterea, adv. for 
cious. \cible. wards. this reason. 

invictus, a, um, invin- nuper, adv lately. quo — eo (with com- 

atrox, ocis, terrible, repente, adv. sudden- parative), the — so 
bloody. ly. much the. 

antea, adv. before. 

Quamdlu felix eris, multi tibi 1 erunt amici. Tota ci vitas in 
summa laetitia fuerat, quum repente ingens terror omnium amnios 
occupat. Pugna fuit atrocissima, propterea quod utriusque exer- 
citus milites fortissimi fueraut. Ante belli initium in urbe fuera- 
mus. Demosthenis aetate multi oratores magni et clari fuerunt, 
et an tea fuerant, nee postea defuerunt. Ante tres annos apud 
amicum fui, in cujus praedio nuper per duo menses fueratis. 
Haec res non profuit nobis, 2 sed obfuit. Quo minus honoris apud 
Romanos erat poetis, eo minora stadia fuerunt. Si quis virtdtis 
compos erit, semper beatus erit. Quarndfu sorte mea contentus 
ero, felix ero. Qualis in alios fueris, tales hi in te erunt. Si in 
hae vita semper virtutis studiosi fuerlmus, etiam post mortem bead 
erlmus. 

So long as you shall be fortunate, you will not want friends. 
The upright always benefit the upright. My enemies (inimicus) 
have not injured but benefited me, If men will be virtuous, 
they will be happy. So long as we shall be contented with our 
lot, we shall be happy. If men always shall have been virtuous, 
the reward of virtue will not be wanting to them. 

Rule of Syntax. In questions, to which the asker expects 
an answer by yes or no, the interrogative particle ne is attached 
to the word upon which the emphasis of the question is placed, as : 
Fuist'ine heri in schola ? wast thou in school yesterday V 

Erasne in schola, quum heri domi tuae eram ? Eram. Mi- 
serne sapiens erit, quum pauper erit ? Non erit. Laetusne, an 
tristis es ? Unusne, an plures sunt mundi ? Cur heri in schola 
non fuisti ? Aegrotusne fuisti ? Non, sed quia cum patre pere- 
gre eram. Fuerasne nuper in horto nostro ? Deeritnc tibi 
hominum laus, si semper probus fueris ? 

Were you in school, as* we were at your house yesterday ? 

* It seemed convenient to retain as in these exercises, somewhat in a 
German sense, in order to indicate a definite jxisf action expressed either 
by the Impeif. or Pluperf., and also, in order to secure a meaning for 
quum. with these tenses, distinct from that of dum and postquam. See 
$ 111. 

1 $ 90, I. b). 2 $ 90, 1. a). 



EXERCISES. 140 

Yes (= we were). Will the wise be unhappy, when they shall be 
poor ? No (= they will not be). No one of (gen.) us is the 
very same in old-age, which he was (perf.) [as] a young man. 
Pelopidas was in (perf.) all dangers. Aristides was in (perf.) the 
battle of Salamis (pugna Salaminta). Poets not merely delight, 
but also benefit us. 

Yesterday I was (perf.) at thy house, but thou wast abroad. 
The avaricious, in the abundance of all things, will be very poor. 
Thou, thy father and thy mother have benefited us much (mili- 
tant). We, you and your sister were very joyful yesterday, as 
we were at your house. Were you yesterday abroad, as I was at 
your house ? Yes (= we were). While my brother was in the 
garden, I was in the school. Were our soldiers in the battle ? 
No (= they were not in it). We were (perf) not at home yes- 
terday, but abroad. 

Our soul after death will be immortal. So long as we shall be 
contented with our fortune, we shall be happy. Where had you 
been yesterday, as I was at your house ? We had been abroad. 
So long as thou hadst been fortunate, thou liarht had (— there 
had been to thee) many friends. The more modest thou shalfc 
be, so much the more agreeable thou wilt be to men. If I shall 
benefit others, they [also] will benefit me. 

As (qualis) I shall have been to (in with ace.) others, so (talis) 
they will be to me. If we shall have benefited others, they 
[also] will benefit us. If thou, in this life, shalt have zealously 
pursued virtue, thou shalt also, after death, be happy. 



3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Coglto 1. / think, re- nescius, a, um, igno- attentus, a, um, atten- 
ded upon. rant ; non sum ne- tine. 

dubito 1. I doubt. scius, / know per- praeteritus, a, um, 

pondero 1. / weigh, fectly icell. past. 

consider. parsimonia, ae, ffru- eras, adv. to-morrow. 

pro video 2. I foresee; gality. parum, adv. too little. 

c. Dat. look out for. mens, tis, /. state of prius, adv. previously. 

intelllgo 3. / under- mind. plane, adv. wholly, 

stand. vectlgal, alis, n. tax, ne — quidem, not in- 

repeto 3. I run over. income. deed, not even. 

scio 4. / know. victor, oris, m. con- turn, then. 

nescio 4. / do not queror. non solum— sedetiam, 

know. not merely, but also. 

Rule of Syntax. In questions which depend upon a fore- 
13* 



150 EXERCISES. 

going sentence (indirect questions), the subjunctive* is always 
used, as: Narra mihi, ubi /wens, relate to me, where thou hast been. 
— In indirect questions the enclitic ne is translated by whether, 
as : Dublto, laetusne sis, / doubt, whether thou art joyful. — For 
the succession of the tenses in interrogative and other subordinate 
sentences, see § 105. 

Non sum nescius, qua mente tu et prius in nosfueris, et nunc 
sis, et semper futurus sis. Non eram nescius, qua mente tu et 
prius in nos fuisses, et turn esses, et semper futurus esses. Qualis 
sit animus, ipse animus nescit. Deus non est nescius, qua mente 
quisque sit, Cogita, quantum nobis exempla bona prosinL Prae 
gaudio, ubi sbn, nescio. Non inielligunt homines, quam magnum 
vectlgal sit parsimonia. Non, quantum quisque prosit, sed quanti 
pretii quisque sit, pondera. Quo quisque animo futurus sit, nescio. 
Incertus eram, profuturusne tibi essem. Saepe ne utile quidem est 
scire, quid futurum sit. Pecunia, honores, valetudo quamdlu affu- 
tura sint, incertum est. Incertus eram, et ubi essetis, et uhifuis- 
setis. Narro tibi, et ubi heri fuerimus, et ubi eras futuri simus. 
Dubitamus, fuerintne milites nostri in pugna laude digni. Du- 
bium erat, civesne nostri, an hostes in ilia pugna victores fuissenL 
Dubium erat, profuissetne Alcibiades patriae suae, an obfuisset. 

What to-day is and yesterday was (perf.), we know ; but what 
will be to-morrow, we know not. How long we shall be in this 
life, is uncertain. I knew perfectly well, both of what state 
of mind towards us you then were, and had been previously, and 
always would be (= were about to be). I rejoice, when I think, 
how much you have benefited the state, both now and before, and 
still will benefit [it]. It was uncertain, where the enemies were 
and had been, and where they would be. 

Adestote omnes animis, 1 qui adestis corporibus ! Attenti este, 
discipuli ! Homines mortis 2 memores sun to. Contenti estote 
sorte 3 vestra ! Parum provident multi tempori futuro, sed plane 
in diem vivunt. Yir prudens non solum praesentia curat, sed 
etiam praeterlta mente repetit et futura ex praeterltis provldet. 

Scholars not merely with (abl.) the body (plur.), but also with 
the mind (plur.), should be in the school. Man should be mind- 
ful of death. 

In school, you should be attentive, O scholars ! Thou should- 

* As the subjunctive form is not so extensively used in English as in 
Latin, the Subj. must often be translated into English by the forms of the 
Indie, as will be seen in the following examples. 

1 § 91, G. 2 § 88, 3. 3 § 91,4. b). 



EXERCISES. 



151 



est be contented with (abl.) thy lot! 
mindful of the precepts of virtue. 



Men should always be 



EXERCISE XXVII. 



1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 



Decerto 1. I contend. 
elaboro 1. (in c. abl.), 

I labor (zealously). 

flo 1.7 blow, wave. 

intro 1. (c. ace), / 
go into, enter. 

liber, era, erum, free. 

libero 1. / deliver. 

navo 1. 1 pursue some- 
thing ardently ; ope- 



ram navo (c. dat), 
I occupy myself with. 

numero 1. / number. 

opera, ae, f toil, labor. 

somnus, i, m. sleep. 

venrus, i, m. wind. 

timor, oris, m. fear, 

cuplditas, atis, f. de- 
sire, passion. 



intentus, us, m. de- 
struction. 

aptus, a, um, fitted. 

placldus, a, urn, gen- 
tie. 

vehemens, tis, violent 

potissimum, adv. es- 
pecially. 

quomodo, in what 
manner, how. 



A) Active of the first Conjugation. 

Quum milites urbem intrabant, omnes cives timoris pleni erant. 
Quum in silva anibulabamus, vehemens ventus per altas quercus 
flabat. Quamdlu tu in horto ambulabas, ego domi litteris operam 
navabam. Dum nos placldus somnus recreabat, vos vigilabatis. 
Quomodo is libero imperabit, qui non suis cupiditatibus imperat ? 
Ad quas res aptissimi erimus, in iis potissimum elaborabimus. 
Quamdlu eris felix, multos amicos numerabi*. Bonos semper 
laudabo, improbos semper vituperabo. Si acrlter armis decerta- 
bitis, o milites, patriam ab inteiitu liberabitis. Si virtutem ama- 
bis, omnes boni te amabunt. 



2. Words to be 

Com par o 1. I pre- 
pare, acquire. 

conjugo 1. / join to- 
gether, unite. 

devoco 1. / call down. 

migro 1. I migrate. 

emigro 1. / move out. 

evolo 1. / fly out 
from, escape. 

interrogo 1. / ask. 

observo 1. / observe. 



learned and Examples for translation. 

philosophla, Sie,fphi- adhuc, adv. still. 

losophy. perpetuo, adv. contin- 

carcer, eris, m. prison. ually. 
narratio, onis, f. nar- tanquam, as if, as. 

rative, num (an interroga- 

ns, ruris, n. country; tive word used 
ruri, in the country, 
rure, from the coun- 
try, ace. rus, into 
the country. 
jucundus, a, um, plea- 
sant, agreeable. 



when a negative 
answer is expect- 
ed), is it possible 
that ? 



152 EXERCISES. 

Ea est jucundissima amicitia, quam similitude morum conjuga- 
vit. Vivunt ii, qui ex corporum vinsulis, tanquam carcere r evo 
laverunt. Socrates primus philosophiam devoeavit e coelo. Quia 
semper virtutis praecepta observastis, magnam vobis * laudem com- 
parastis. Cur per totam noctem vigilasti ? Praeceptores meos 
semper amavi. Aciiter contra hostes pugnavimus. Quum mili- 
tes urbem intraverant, ingens terror omnium civium animos occu- 
pabat. Narratio, quam mihi nuper narraveras, vehementer me 
delectaverat. Quum exercitus hostilis urbem oppugnaverat, nos 
jam emigraveramus. Si animum virtutibus 2 ornaveris, semper 
beatus eris. Ut alios homines tractavenmus, ita hi nos tractabunt. 
Si quis te interrogaverit, qualis sit animus, num dubia erit respon- 
sio ? Si perpetuo in hac vita virtutem servaverltis> etiam in altera 
vita beati erltis. Quum hostes agros devastaverint, urbem ipsam 
oppugnabunt. Quum ego rus 3 migravero, tu adhuc in urbe eris. 

3, Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Kecito 1. I read to. Germanus, i, m. a ostentatio, onis, f. os- 

re voe o 1. I recall. German. tentation. 

caussa, ae, f. cause ; supplicium, i, n. capi- scelus, eris, n. offence, 

abl. caussa with tal punishment, 2) crime. 

gen., on account of. (any severe) pun- quaestus, us, m. gain. 

sophista, ae, m. ishment. diligenter, adv. dili- 

sophist. Atheniensis, is, m. an gently, carefully. 
Francogallus, i, m. Athenian. fortiter, adv. bravely. 

Frenchman. approbatio, onis, /. studiose, adv. zealous- 
approbation, ly. 

How many has the fear of the divine punishment reclaimed 
(= recalled) from crimes ! The Germans have fought bravely 
against the French (= Frenchmen). So long as we frequented 
school, we pursued literature diligently. The Athenians called 
those sophists, who for the sake of ostentation or gain pursued phi- 
losophy. To-morrow we will celebrate the birth-day of our father. 
So long as you shall be fortunate, you will number many friends. 
The more any one (quis) shall love virtue, so much the more 
peaceful he will be. The more zealously thou shalt occupy thy- 
self with literature, so much the more agreeable wilt thou be to 
thy teachers. When [their] native country shall be in danger, 
the citizens will fight spiritedly against the enemies. 

As thou shalt have treated others, so will they treat thee. We 
have always loved our teachers. Because thou hast always kept 

1 § 90, R. 1. 2 $ 91, l.b). 3 § 92, K.3. 



EXESCISES. 153 

the precepts of virtue, thou hast acquired for thyself great praise. 
Afl the hostile army were entering the city, all the citizens were 
full of (gen.) fear. You have fought spiritedly against the ene- 
mies. When we shall have migrated into the country, you will 
still be in the city. When the hostile army shall have laid waste 
the fields, it will assault the city itself. If you shall have adorned 
[your] souls with virtues, you will always be happy. 

As the enemies had assaulted the city, a great part of the citi- 
zens had already moved out. While thou wast watching, me 
gentle sleep refreshed. While we were taking a walk in the gar- 
den, you occupied yourselves with literature. The whole day I 
have eagerly expected my friend. When the enemies shall have 
assaulted the city, the condition of the citizens will be very- 
wretched. If I shall have carefully observed the precepts of vir- 
tue, the approbation of the good will never be wanting to me. 
Scarcely hadst thou read to me the letter of the friend, as he en- 
tered (perf.) my house (ace). If thou shalt pursue literature 
diligently, I shall praise thee. 

4. Words to he learned, and Examples for translation. 

Opto 1. I wish. rae mihi est, I am utilitas, atis,/. advan- 

persano 1. I cure per- anxious. tage. 

feci!//. fabula, &e,f. fable, static, onis, f. post. 

postulo 1. I demand, opera, ae, /. pains; animal, alis, n. living 

redamo 1. i" love in operam do, / take being. 

return. pains, occupy my- rectus, a, um, right; 

rogo 1. I entreat, ask. self with. conscientia recta, 

supero 1. / surpass, condiscipulus, i, m. a good conscience. 

overcome. fellow- student. persaepe, adv. very 

evenit 4. it happens, medicus, i, m. physi- often. 

conscientia, ae, f cian. \_ledge. ut (with Subj.), that 

consciousness, con- cogxnt\o,6ms, flcnow- in order that. See 

science. honestas, atis, f up- Svnt. § 107. 

cura, ae, f. care ; cu- rightness. 

(For *he Mode of the verb with ut and ne. see Synt. § 107, 1.) 

Persaepe evenit, ut utilitas cum honestate certet. Tide, ne 
pecces contra virtutis praecepta. Omnes parcntcs optant, ut filii 
litteris diligenter operam navent. Ita vivere debemus, ut in umni 
re rectam conseientiam servemus. Omnibus viribus elaborate, ut 
litteras diligenter tractetis. Medicus omnem curarn adhlbet, ut 
aegrotum persanet. ~Si\nl magis mihi curac est, quam ut animum 
virtutibus ornem. Amo te, ut me redames. Cura, ut condisci- 
pulos bonis moribus et diligentia superes. Dux imperavit, ut mili- 



154 EXERCISES* 

tes stationes suass servarent. Quamdln scliotam frequentahamus, 
nihil magis nobis curae erat, quam at animos bonarum rerum cog- 
nitione ornaremus. Heri ambulabam, ut tristera an i mum exhila- 
rarem. Exercitus noster aeerrime pugnabat, ut urbem ab in- 
terltu servaret. 

Every living being looks to this (id agit), that it may preserve 
itself. You ought to take pains, that you acquire for yourselves 
the praise of the good. You love us, in order that we may love 
you in return. I labored (perf.) with all [my] powers, in order 
that my teachers might praise me. The laws of this state de- 
mand, that the citizens obey them (sibi). I entreat thee, that 
thou wouldst relate to me the fable. I pursue literature very 
zealously, in order that I may delight my parents. We ought 
always so to live, that we may observe the precepts of virtue. 

We fought very spiritedly, in order that we might save our 
native country from destruction. Y"ou were more anxious for 
nothing, than that you might adorn [your] souls with virtues. 
The general commanded (perf.), that the army might enter the 
city (ace). So long as I frequented the school, I labored with all 
[my] powers, that I might adorn [my] mind with (abl.) the 
knowledge of literature. 

5. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Accelero 1. 1 hasten, gusto 1. I taste, relish. tioscholastica,scAo- 
&d\ento 1. 1 approach, perturbo 1. I throw I a stic instruction. 

arrive. into confusion. multitude, inis, f. 

eastigo 1. I reprove, specto 1. I behold, con- multitude. 

punish. template. oppugnatio, onis, f 

colloco 1. (in aliqua vasto I. I lay waste. attacking. 

re), I place, bestow mitto 3. / send, des- ortus, us, m. rising. 

(upon something). patch. risus, iis ? m. laugh. 

eongrego 1. / assem- u\ a, tic, f. grape. praepropere,ac/*;.jrre- 

b'e. argumen turn, i, n. con- cipitatehj. 

delibero 1. / delibe- tents (of a book), religiose, adv. scrupu- 

rate. aux ilium, i, n. aid. loztsly. 

expllco 1. I explain, institutio, onis, f. in- ubi, ivhere; when, so 
struction ; institu- (as) soon as. 

Rule of Syntax. The conjunction quin, with the meaning 
that, takes the subjunctive after: non dubito, / do not doubt, nemo 
dubitat, nobody doubts, dubium non est, it is not doubtful, and quis 
dubitat? who doubts? See Syntax § I08 r 3. 

Kon est dubium, quin cives, ubi patria in periculo futura sit, 



EXERCISES. 155 

fortiter pugnatfiri sint. Quis dubltat, quin e scholastica institu- 
tione pulcherrimus ad pueros redundatiirus sit fructus ? Dubiurn 
non est, quin bonorum animi post mortem in sedem beatorum mi- 
graturi sint. Non dublto, quin milites nostri hostes superaverint. 
Non dubitabam, quin vos patriafn a servitute liberaturi essetis. 
Cui dubium erat, quin exercitus noster omnes labores et aerumnas 
facile toleraturus esset ? Quis dubitat, quin Hannibal contra Ro- 
manos . fortissime pugnarerit? Non dubitabltis, quin ego vos 
semper amaverim. Quis dubitat, quin bonos semper laudaverl- 
mus, malos semper vituperaverlmus ? Non est dubium, quin in 
omni vitae conditione fidem servarltis. Non dublto, quin litteris 
max imam operam navaris. Nemo dubitabat, quin hostes urbem 
expugnavissent. Nemini civium dubium erat, quin pro patriae 
libertate acerrime pugnavissetis. Nemo dubitabat, quin omnem 
operam in eo collocavissemus, ut hostes superaremus. Quum hos- 
tes urbem oppugnabant, non erat dubium, quin ingens terror om- 
nium civium animos occupavisset. Nemo dubitabat, quin tu risum 
ilium excitasses. Nemini eorum qui aderant, dubium erat, quin 
recte de illius libri argumento judicavissem. 

It is doubtful to no one of those who are present, that concern- 
ing (de) the character of that man, thou hast judged correctly. 
Nobody doubts, that the enemies have taken the city. It is not 
doubtful, that from scholastic instruction the fairest advantages 
(= fruits) redound to the young. Who doubts, that we shall 
deliver the land from servitude ? Nobody doubted, that all citi- 
zens, so soon as their native country should be in danger, would 
fight bravely. Who doubts, that you have raised a laugh ? No- 
body doubts, that our army will endure all the toils and hardships 
of war patiently. It is not doubtful, that the attacking of the 
city, has thrown all the citizens into confusion. No one of (gen.) 
us doubted, that our soldiers had overcome the enemies. No one 
of the Itomans doubted, that Hannibal had fought very bravely 
against them (se). Who doubts, that we have bestowed all pains 
upon this (in eo), that we might overcome the enemy? Who v 
doubts, that I have always loved thee ? Nobody doubted, that we 
had always praised the good, [but] had always censured the bad. 
Who doubts, that I have kept my word (= fidelity) ? Nobody 
doubted, that thou hadst occupied thyself earnestly with litera- 
ture. To no one was it doubtful, that you had always kept the 
precepts of virtue. 

Diligenter cura, mi amice, valetudlnem tuam ! Ne praepropere 
de rebus judicate, o pueri ! Ne dubita de animoruin immortali- 
tate ! Perpetuo servato, mi fill, conscientiam rectam ! Diseipulus 



1~jG exercises. 

amato praeceptores. Laudatote probos homines, castigatote im- 
probos ! Onmes homines amanto deum. 

Look out carefully, friends, for your health ! Judge not pre- 
cipitately concerning men and things, O boy ! Doubt ye not 
concerning the immortality of the soul (plur.) ! Scholars should 
love their teachers. Thou shouldest praise the upright, [but] 
reprove the wicked. You should always, my sons 7 preserve a 
good conscience. 

(Comp. Synt. § 97.) 

Parentes mei in nrbem migraverunt habitatum. Legati in 
nrbem nostram acceleraverunt auxilium postulatum. Hannibalem 
invictum cives sui ex Italia revocaverunt patriam ab hostibus 
liberatum. Hostes pacem postulatum legatos ad nos mittunt. 
Exercitus hostllis adventavit agros nostros vastatum. Ingens 
hominum multitudo in urbem congregatur ludos publieos specta- 
tum. Uva immatura est peracerba gustatu. Multa sunt dura 
toleratu. Quaestio de animi natura difficillima est explicatu. 
Sitis non facllis est toleratu. Pira dulcia sunt gustatu. 

The soldiers hastened (perf.) r in order to relieve the city from 
the siege of the enemies. The ambassadors assembled themselves 
(== were assembled), in order to deliberate concerning the peace. 
The hostile army approached, in order to assault the city. To- 
morrow my parents will go (= migrate) into (ace.) the country, 
in order to dwell [there] through the summer. A ripe grape is 
sweet to taste. The rising of the sun is beautiful to behold. This 
thing is easy to explain. 

6. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Duro 1. i" endure, avaritia, ae, f. avarice, ornatus, us, m. orna- 

continue. momentum, i, n. cir- merit. 

exprobro 1. I re- cumstance, particu- alienus, a, um, for- 

proach (one) for. lar. eign. 

investigo 1. I trace officium, i, n. duty, exiguus, a, um, little. 

out, investigate. service. odiosus, a, um, odious. 

mico 1 . I glitter. calamltas, atis, /. loss, teter, tra, trum, foul. 

obtempero 1. / obey. misfortune. coelestis, e, heaven- 

sudo 1. I sweat. actio, onis, /. action. ly. 

supphco 1. / im- potio, onis, /. drink- praesertim, adv. espe- 

plore. ing, drink. daily. 

[For the manner of translating the Part, see Synt. § 100, 2. b),c), d).] 
Luscinia cantana animos nostros delectat. Coelum plenum est 



EXERCISES. 157 

stellarum micantiuni. Nullum vitium tetrius est, quam avaritia, 
praesertim in principibus rem publicam gubernantibus. Cogi- 
tantes coelestla, haec nostra ut exigua et minima contemnlmus. 
Odiosum est genus hominum officia exprobantium. Ex (after) 
iabore sudanti frigldae aquae potio perniciosissima est. Yir bonus 
viro bono non supplieanti succurrit. Rei veritatem mvestigaturi 
omnia ejus momenta ponderare debemus. Sapiens bona sibi com- 
parare studet perpetuo duratura. Ciconiae, in alienas terras 
migraturae, in unum locum congregantur. Ingens hominum mul- 
titude, in urbem congregatur ludos publicos spectatura. 

How great is the wisdom of God who governs (= governing) 
the whole world! The larks sing as they Jly (= flying). Man 
does not love God, when he does not observe (= not observing) the 
precepts of virtue. The power of virtue is very great, since it 
adorns (= adorning) the souls of men with the fairest ornaments. 
How great are the benefits of the sun, since it illuminates (= illu- 
minating) the whole earth ! The citizens fought spiritedly with 
the enemies, ivho were assaulting (= assaulting) the city. The 
hostile army came up in order to assault (= intending to assault) 
the city. The invincible Hannibal, his fellow-citizens (= citi- 
zens) recalled from Italy, that he might deliver (= about to de- 
liver) his native country from the enemies. 

Rule of Syntax. The Gerund takes the same case as its 
verb. In the Nom. with est and the Dat. of the agent, it should 
be translated by : / (thou, he) must, ought, should, we (you, they) 
must, ought, should, etc. ; but without the Dat. of the agent by : 
one (tee) must, ought, should (comp. Synt. § 98). 

De animorum immortalitate nobis non est dubitandum. Obtem- 
perandum est virtutis praeceptis. Propter belli calamitates rnul- 
tis civibus e patria in alienas terras migrandum est. Si beati esse 
studemus, diligenter nobis est elaborandum, ut in omni actione 
virtutis praecepta observemus. Quis dubltat, quin nobis pro pa- 
triae libertate pugnandum sit. 

7. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Avoco 1. I call away. fortem), / show occasio, onis, /. occa- 

dijudico 1. I distin- myself (brave). sion. 

guish. teneo 2. / hold, un- planities, ei, f plain. 

nato 1. I swim. derstand. idoneus*, a, um, suited. 

praebeo 2. / afford; dialectica, ae, /. dia- prudenter, adv. wisely 

practoo me (e. g. lectics. 
14 



158 EXERCISES. 

Rule of Syntax. The oblique cases of the Gerund form 
the cases of the Infinitive ; the Ace, however, can be used only 
in connection with a preposition. Comp. Synt. § 98, 3. 

Nom. Natdre est utile, swimming is useful. 

Gen. Natandi sum peritus, / am skilful in swimming, or to swim ; 

natandi ars utilis est, the art of swimming or to swim is 

useful. Ars civitatem gubernandi difficllis est y the art of 

governing a state is difficult, 
Dat. Natando homo aptus est, man is fitted to swimming, or to 

swim. 

Ace. Natdre disco, / learn swimming or to swim, but : ad naiandum 
homo aptus est, man is fitted for swimming or to swim. 

Abl. Natando corporis vires exercentur, hy swimming the powers 
of the body are exercised. 

Navigare utillissimum est, sed ars navigandi est difficillima. 
Boni discipuli cupldi sunt litteras diligenter tractandi. 1 PrincTpes 
civitatis periti esse debent civitatem gubernandi. Dialectica est 
ars vera ac falsa dijucandi. Haec planities apta est pugnando. 1 
Ego fratrem tuum natare doceo, gaudeoque, quod tarn aptum se 
praebet ad natandum. Pauci homines idonei sunt ad aliis imper- 
andum. Virtus homines avocat a peccando. Acrlter pugnando 
milites urbem ab interltu liberaverunt. 

To govern a state, is very difficult ; [only] a few understand 
the art of governing a state wisely. Avoid thou every occasion 
of sinning. Thy brother is very skilful in (gen.) riding. The 
human intellect is nourished by (abl.) thinking. 

8. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Crucio 1. I torment. of thing), / de- efFusus, a, um, unre- 

cruciatus, us, m. tor- prive of strained. 

ture. poena, ae, /. punish- piger, gra, grum, in- 

emendo 1. I improve. ment. dolent, slothful. 

nuntio 1. I announce, morbus, i, m. disease, benevole, adv. kindly, 

obscuro 1. / obscure, incendium, i, n. con- benevolently. 

probo 1. / approve; flagration. hodie, adv. to-day. 

probor (c. dat.) / oblivio, onis, /. obliv- misere, adv. wretch- 
please, ion. edly, in a wretched 

spolio 1. (with ace. decus, oris, n. honor. way. 
of person and abl. 

1 § 98, 3. 



EXERCISES. 159 



B.) Passive of the First Conjugation. 

Quum urbs ab hostibus oppugnabatur, omnium civium animi 
ingenti terrore occupabantur. Dum ego eantandc delectabar, tu 
saltando 1 delectabare (deleciabaris). Quum pugna atrocissirna 
erat, sol nublbus obscurabatur. Quamdiu virtus decore 2 ct digni- 
tafce sua non spoliablttir, tamdiu homines virtutis compotes etiam 
in summis cruciatibus beati erunt. Malefici post mortem justis 
poenis castigabuntur. Ut alios tractaveritis, i-ta ab iis tracta- 
bimini. Si litteris diligenter operam navaverlmus, a parentibus 
nostris pulchris munerlbus 3 donabTmur. Quo religiosius virtutis 
praecepta servabo, eo magis deo probabor. Quum urbs ab hosti- 
bus expugnata erat, omnes cives acerbissimo dolore cruciabantur. 
Si liberi vestri bene a vobis educati erunt, magna -ad vos laus 
redundabit. 

As yesterday thou wast with me, I was tormented by (abl.) 
violent pains, but to-day I am delivered from them. If thou lov- 
est (= shalt love) men, thou wilt be loved by them. The remem- 
brance of renowned men is obscured by (abl.) no oblivion. The 
wise will even then be happy, when they shall be tormented by 
the severest (acerbus) pains. While we delighted ourselves (= 
were delighted) in (abl.) song (Gerund), you delighted yourselves 
in the dance (Gerund). The more scrupulously you shall observe 
the precepts of virtue, so much the more will you please God. 
As the victory of our army was announced, unrestrained joy 
prevailed (agitari) through the whole city. As the city had 
been taken possession of by the enemy, at (abl.) the same time 
three conflagrations were raised. Rejoice, boys, to-morrow 
Christmas (= the birth day of Christ) will be celebrated, and by 
your good parents you will be presented with (abl.) beautiful 
presents. If thou shalt pleaso (fut. perf.) all good men, thou 
wilt also please God. The more kindly I shall have treated oth- 
ers, so much the more kindiy shall I also be treated by them. As 
thou onteredst the house (ace.) thou wast delighted by (abl.) the 
arrival of thy father. 

9* Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Conformo 1. I form, reporto 1. I hear off. expleo 2. I fulfil. 

obsto 1. I oppose, am solllcito 1. I disturb, prohibeo 2. I prevent. 

a hindrance. sollicltus, a, um, dis- metuo 3. / appre- 

praeparo 1. / pre- turbed, apprehen- hend, fear. 

pare. sive. 

1 § 98, 3. 2 § 91, 9. b). 3 { 91, 1. b). 



160 EXERCISES. 

metus, us, m. appre- mien to est, it ii a timiditas, atis, f. tinx- 

hension, fear. hindrance. idity. 

officio 3. I hinder, constantia, ae, f. divinus, a, una, divine, 

stand in the way. firmness. immanis, e, cruel. 

pergo 3. / go on, can- ignavia, ae, f. cow- terrestris, e, earthly. 

tinue. ardice. temere, adv. incon- 

impedio 4. I prevent, oiium, i, n. ease. shlerately, without 

impedimentum, i, n. infirmitas, atis r f. reason. 

hindrance ; imped- weakness. 

Rule of Syntax. The conjunction quoimnus (that the less, 
that not) with the Subj. stands after the verbs and phrases which 
signify a hindrance, and may often be translated into English by 
that, or the prepositions of, from, to, with a corresponding modi- 
fication of the words which stand in connection with it. (Comp. 
Synt. § 108, 2). 

Levitas animi moltis pueris impedimento est, quominus eorum 
mores emendentur et ingenia litterarum studio 1 conformentur. 
Militum ignavia obstabat, quominus hostilis exercltus superaretur. 
Unlus dncis constantia obstabat, quominus cives ab immanibus 
militibus misere vexarentur. Terrestrium rerum cura saepe pro- 
hlbet, quominus res divinae a nobis 2 curentur. Infirmitas vocis 
et timiditas animi saepe oratori :i officiimt, quominus laude dignus 
judicetur. Senectus non impedit, quominus litterarum studia 
studiose a nobis tractentur. Timiditas saepe impedit r quominus 
animus noster contra perieiila, quae nobis imminent, praeparetur. 

Weakness of voice stood in the way of your being accounted 
(= hindered you, that you should be accounted) a great orator. 
The firmness of the general alone prevents the citizens from being- 
annoyed by the cruel soldiers. Already has levity been an hin- 
drance to many boys, that their manners should be improved and 
their minds be formed by the study of literature. The coward- 
ice of the soldiers hindered, that the hostile army should be over- 
come. 

Rule of Syntax. After the words and phrases which ex- 
press fear or apprehension, ne with the Subj. is to be translated 
by that, and ut with the Subj. by that not. (Comp. Synt. 
§ 107, 3.) 

Piger discipulus semper metuit, ne a praeceptoribus castigetur. 
Metuo, ne a te vituperer. Tiineo, ut victoria ab exercitu nostro 

1 §9I,I.b). ■ § 91,K,2. * § 90, l.d). 



EXERCISES. 161 

de hostibus reportetnr. Si tarn fortlter contra hostein dimicare 
perginius, non est periculum, ne ab iis supereniur. Si officia ves- 
tra semper religiose expletis; ne metulte, ut omnibus probemlni. 
In metu eramus, ut morbo liberaremfni. Yehemens cura animos 
nostros sollicitabat, ne ab hostibus vexaremur. Sollicitus eram, 
ne in otio turbarer. 

I was in apprehension that I should be censured by thee. I 
apprehended, that I should be disturbed in my ease. The sol- 
diers were in apprehension that victory over the enemy would 
not be borne off. A violent apprehension (= care) disturbs our 
minds, that we may be annoyed by the enemies. Why did they 
apprehend, that they should not be delivered from sickness ? If 
thou hast always fulfilled thy duties, do not fear that thou mayest 
not please (probor) all. If our army continues to fight so bravely 
against the enemies, there is no (= not) fear, that it may be 
overcome by them. Indolent scholars always fear, that they shall 
be punished by [their] teachers. We were in apprehension, that 
we should be accounted ungrateful by you. Not without reason 
so oppressive an apprehension seized you, that you would be an- 
noyed by the enemies. 

10. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Contamino 1. / con- reparo 1. I repair. ship, right of ciii- 

taminate. ignominia, ae, f igno- zenship. 
exoro 1. / prevail miny. aequus, a, um, equal; 

upon by entreaty. flagitium, i, n. foul aequus animus, 
migro 1. c. ace. i" deed. equanimity. \_ed. 

transgress. prodltor, oris, m. sceleratus,a,uni,z#icZ> 
multo 1. I punish. traitor. sancte, adv. sacredly. 

noto 1. / 7nark, splendor, oris, m. sanctitas, atis, f. sa- 

brand. splendor. credness. 

occo 1. / harrow. civltas, atis,y. citizen- sin, conj. but if. 

Si industrius es, laudator ; sin piger, vituperator ! Si leges 
civitatis migraveritis, multaminor ! Ager justo tempore arator et 
occator ! Proditores patriae civitate spoliantor ! Yos, o scelerati 
cives, ignominia notaminor ! Leges divinae ab hominibus sancte 
observantor ! Si quid peccaveris, aequo animo vituperare ! Ex- 
oramlni, o mei parentes ! O mi puer, delectare litterarum studio ! 
Precibus nostris exorare, o judex ! Ne flagitiis contaminamlnor ! 

Be prevailed upon by entreaty, my father ! O my boys, delight 
yourselves (= be delighted) in (abl.) the study of literature. If 
you have committed a fault (fut. perf.) allow yourselves to be (= 
14* 



162 EXERCISES. 

be ye) censured with equanimity ! Thou shouldest not be con- 
taminated with foul deeds. If you are diligent, you will be 
praised ; but if you are indolent, you will be censured. Virtue 
should always be sacredly observed. The fields, at the right time, 
should be ploughed and harrowed. If thou transgressest (fut. 
perf.) the laws of the state, thou shouldst be punished. Thou, O 
wicked citizen, shouldst be branded with ignominy ! 

11. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Adaequo 1. I level. spero 1. I hope* solum, i,n. the ground. 

appropinquo 1. lap- violo 1. I violate. humanltas, atis, f. 

proach. succenseo 2. / am humanity. 

exstirpo 1. I extir- offended. pernicies, ei, /. de- 

pate, accido 3. I happen. struction. 

extermlno 1. I expel, dimitto 3. I dismiss, eximius, a, .um, dis- 

fundo 1. I found. effloresco 3. I flour- tinguished, excel- 

labefacto 1. I shake. ish. lent. 

ruuto 1. I change, ex- ruo 3. I rush. jam pridem, adv. 

change. pueritia, ae, /. boy- long since. 

regno 1. I rule, reign. hood. interdlu, adv. by day. 

Melior est certa pax, quam sperata victoria. Terra mutata non 
mutat mores. Multa in hac vita accldunt non exspeetata. Omnes 
dolores patienter tolerati minus acerbi sunt. Dux dimittit milites 
ob eximiam virtutem laudatos. Multi juvenes, in prima pueritia 
a parentibus male educati, in perniciem ruunt. 

The friendship formed (= united) between good and wise 
[men] is disturbed by (abl.) nothing (= no thing). Dangers, 
which icere not expected (= not expected) by us, discompose our 
minds more (magis) than dangers which were long since expected. 
When thou art censured (= having been censured) on account 
of a fault, be not offended at the censurer (= the one censuring). 
After the walls had been levelled (= the walls having been levelled) 
to the ground by the enemies, they are repaired by the citizens. 
By day we do not see the stars, because they are obscured (= they 
having been obscured) by the splendor of the sun. 

(Concerning the Ablative absolute Comp. Synt. 100, 4. b.) 

Regnante Xerxe, 1 Graeci de Persis splendidissimam victoriam 
reportaverunt. Inter bonos viros et deum amicitia est, conciliante 

1 While Xerxes reigned, or: under the reign of Xerxes. 



EXERCISES. 163 

natura. 1 Appropinquante hieme, 2 mnltae aves mitiores region es 
petunt. 

Recuperata pace, 3 artes efflorescunt. Regibus exterminates, 4 
Romani liberam rempublicam fundaverunt. Terra mutata, 5 mores 
hominum non mutantur. Legibus divlnis sancte observatis, vita 
nostra beata erit. 

While Kuma Pompilius reigned, the Romans were very pros- 
perous. While the larks sing, we go to walk over (per) the 
plains. While Augustus reigned, the splendor of the empire was 
the greatest. AVhen a just king administers the state, the laws 
also are just. When the swallows migrate into milder regions, 
winter approaches. 

After the plains were laid waste, the enemies assaulted (perf.) 
the city. When the sacredness of the laws is violated, the founda- 
tion of the state is shaken. When the city had been taken, an 
immense conflagration was raised. 

12. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Coerceo, ui, Itum 2. detego xi, ctum 3. to oculus, i, m. eye. 

I restrain. detect. incendium, i, n. con- 

deleo, evi, etum 2. / excello, ui 3. to be jlagration. 

destroy. distinguished. conjuratio, onis, f 

pareo, ui 2. I obey, instruo, uxi, uctum conspiracy. 

am obedient, fol- 3. to furnish, to aditus, us, m. ap- 

low arrange. proach. 

pateo, ui 2. / stand scribo, psi, ptum 3. acies, ei, f. 1) edge; 

open. to write. 2) tinc-of -battle. 

valeo, ui, Itum 2. / esurlo 4. I hunger. tenuis, e, thin. 

am strong, well. sitlo 4. I thirst. quoad, conj. so long 

absumo,smnpsi,sump- corona, ae, f. gar- as. 

turn 3. to consume. land. fere, adv. almost. 

cingo, nxi, nctum 3. membrana, ae, f. probe, adv. excellently, 

to surround. membrane. properly. 

C) Parallel Exercises for all the Conjugations. 

a) Indicative Present, Imperfect, and Future Active of all the 
Conjugations. 

Laudo, exereeo, duco, erudio. Laudas, exerces, ducis, erudis. 

1 Since nature forms (it). ' 2 When the winter approaches, or: on the 
approach of winter. :i After peace is restored, or : on the restoration of 
peace. 4 After the kings had been expelled, or: after the expulsion of 
the kings. b When the country has been exchanged, or : after an ex- 
change of countries. 6 When the divine laws are sacredly observed. 



164 EXERCISES. 

Laudat, exercet, ducit, erudit. Laudabam, exercebam, ducebam, 
erudiebam. Laudabas, exercebas, ducebas, erudiebas. Lauda- 
bat, exercebat, ducebat, erudiebat. Laudabo, exercebo, ducam, 
erudlam. Laudabis, exercebis, duces, erudfes. Laudabit, exer- 
eebit, ducet, erudiet 

Gaudebam, quod tu et pater tuns valcbatis. Dum ego pinge- 
bam, tu scribebas, et frater legebat. Milites nostri castra munie- 
bant. Hostes aciem instruebant. Praeceptor gaudebat, quod vos 
ejus praeceptis parebatis. Dum nos legebamus, vos scribebatis et 
sorores acubus pingebant Quum hostes urbem nostram obsidione 
cingebant, cives earn custodiebant. Tibi placebas, aliis displice- 
bas. Dum tu dormiebas, ego te custodiebam. Omnes boni legi- 
bus divinis semper parebunt. Quoad vives, bene vivos. Dum tu 
dormies, ego te custodiam. Yirtutis honorein nulla oblivio dele- 
bit. Si virtu tern coletis, adltus in coelum vobis patebit 

We praise, we exercise, we lead, we instruct. You praise, vou 
exercise, you lead, you instruct. They praise, they exercise, they 
lead, they instruct. We praised, we exercised, we led, we in- 
structed. You praised, you exercised, you led, you instructed. 
They praised, they exercised, they led, they instructed. We will 
praise, we will exercise, we will lead, we will instruct You will 
praise, you will exercise, you will lead, you will instruct. They 
will praise, they will exercise, they will lead, they will instruct. 
We rejoiced, that (quod) thou wast well. While we wrote, you 
read, and the brothers painted. 

While the enemies were arranging the line-of-battle, our sol- 
diers fortified the camp. The teachers rejoiced, that (quod) the 
scholars obeyed their (eorum) precepts. While I was singing, 
thou wast learning, and the sister embroiderino'. While the ene- 
my surrounded our city with a blockade, we guarded it You 
pleased yourselves, others you displeased. While you slept, we 
guarded you. So long as you shall live, you will live well. While 
you shall sleep, we will guard you. 

b) Indicative Perfect Active of all tlie Conjugations, 

Laudavi, exercui, duxi, erudivi. Lauda(vi)sti, exercuisti, dux- 
isti, erudi(vi)sti. Laudavit, exercuit, duxit, erudivit Graecia 
omnibus artibus floruit. Hostes aciem instruxerunt Milites per 
totum diem sitierunt et esurierunt. Laudo vos, quod mentes ves- 
tras in litterarum studio probe exercuistis. Multas litteras hodie 
scripslmus. Natura ocillos tenuisslmis membranis vestivit. Duces 
cupidilates milltum coercuerunt. Bellum atrocissimum gesslmus. 
Cur domus vestrae parietes coronis ornavistis et vestivistis ? Cur 
tacuistis ? Bellum urbis nostrae opes absumpsit. Cicero conju- 



EXERCISES. 165 

rationem Catilinae detexit. Incendium totam fere urbem ab- 
sumpsit. 

We have praised, we have exercised, we have led, we have 
instructed. You have praised, you have exercised, you have led, 
you have instructed. They have praised, they have exercised, 
they have led, they have instructed. The general has arranged 
the line of battle before (ante) the city. The Greeks were 
(perf.) distinguished by (abl.) the glory of [their] arts and litera- 
ture. I praise thee, that (quod) thou hast exercised thy mind 
properly in the study of literature. I had written the letter. The 
general has restrained the passions of the soldiers. We have car- 
ried on a very bloody war. Wherefore hast thou adorned and 
hung (= clothed) the walls of thy house with garlands ? Why 
hast thou been silent? The wars have consumed our resources. 

13. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Convolo 1. I fly to- educo, xi, ctuin 3. to obedio 4. I obey, 

gether, hasten to- lead out. temerltas, atis, f. 
geiher. excolo, olui, ultum 3. inconsiderateness r 

specto 1. I behold, to cultivate. rashness. 

have in view. metuo, ui 3. to fear, diu, adv. long time. 

caveo, cavi, cautum negllgo, exi, ectum vix, adv. scarcely. 

2. to be on one's 3. to neglect. priusquam {or prius, 
guard. expedio 4. I disen- quam) conj. sooner 

contemno, mpsi, tangle, get ready. . . . than. 

mptum 3. to de- finio 4. / end, con- simulatque, conj. so 
spise. elude. (as) soon as 

c) Indicative Pluperfect Active of all the Conjugations. 

Lauda(ve)ram, exercueram, duxeram, erudi(v)eram. Lauda- 
(ve)ras, exercueras, duxeras, erudi(v)eras. Lauda(ve)rat, exer- 
cuerat, duxerat erudi(v)erat. Haec civltas diu floruerat, quia 
semper legibus paruerat. Vix Caesar aciem instruxerat, quuin 
hostes in unum locum convolaverunt. Praeceptoribus vestris 
placueratis, quia semper eorum praeceptis obedieratis. Tu nobis 
valcle nocueras, quia temeritatem tuam non coercueras. Incen- 
dium totam fere urbem absumpserat. Yix milites nostri castra 
muniverant, quum Caesar aciem instruxit. 

We had praised, we had exercised, we had led, we had in- 
structed. You had praised, you had exercised, you had led, you 
had instructed. They had praised, they had exercised, they had 
led, they had instructed. Why hadst thou been silent? Scarcely 



166 EXERCISES. 

had the enemies arranged the line of battle, as Caesar led out 
(perf.) the soldiers from the camp. The war had consumed the 
resources of our state. Thou hadst pleased thy teacher, because 
thou hadst always obeyed his precepts. You had injured that 
[man] greatly, because you had not restrained your rashness. 

d) Indicative Future Perfect Active of all the Conjugations. 

Lauda(ve)ro, exercuero, duxero, erudi(v)ero. Lauda(ve)ris, 
exercueris, duxeris, erudi(v)eris. Lauda(ve)rit, exercuerit, dux- 
erit, erudi(v)erit. Nisi virtutis praeceptis paruerltis, adltus in 
coelum vobis non patebit. Divites eritis, si divitias contempserltis. 
Non prius dormiemus, quam negotia nostra finierlmus. Si cupidi- 
tates vestras coercueritis, beati eritis. Simulatque litteras scrip- 
serlmus, ambulablmus. Quum milltcs castra muniverint, ad pug- 
narn se expedient. 

We shall have praised, we shall have exercised, we shall have 
led, we shall have instructed. You will have praised, you will 
have exercised, you will have led, you will have instructed. They 
will have praised, they will have exercised, they will have led, 
they will have instructed. If thou shalt have obeyed (parere) 
the precepts of virtue, thou wilt be loved by all. Thou wilt be 
rich, if thou shalt have despised riches. Not sooner shall I sleep, 
than I shall have concluded my business (piur.) If thou shalt 
have restrained thy passions, thou wilt be peaceful. So soon as I 
shall have written the letter, I will go to walk. So soon as the 
soldiers shall have got ready for battle, the general will lead them 
out of the camp. 

e) Subjunctive Present and Imperfect Active of all Hie Conju- 
gations. 

Curo, ut pueri mores emendem, corpus exerceam, animum ex- 
eolam, mentem erudlam. Curo, ut pueri mores emendes, corpus 
<exerceas, animum excolas, mentem erudias. Curo, ut praeceptor 
pueri mores emendet, corpus exerceat, animum excolat, mentem 
erudiat. Curabam, ut pueri mores emendarem, corpus excrcc- 
rem, animum excolerem, mentem erudirem. Curabam, ut pueri 
mores emendares, corpus exerceres, animum excoleres, mentem 
erudires. Curabam, ut praeceptor pueri mores emendaret, corpus 
exerceret, animum excoleret, mentem erudiret. 

Non dubitamus, quin nobis fidem habeatis. Moneo vos, ne 
parentium praecepta negligatis. Cavete, pueri, ne garriatis ! 
Lacedaemoniorum leges id spectant, ut laboribus erudiant juven- 
t.;tem. Metuebam, ne vobis dis])liccrem. Timcbam, ne inimicus 



EXERCISES. 1G7 

milii noceret. Metuebam, ne taceres. Cur metuis, ne taceam ? 
Hostes timent, ne dux milites e castris ediicat. 

We look out, that we may improve the manners of the boys, 
exercise [their] bodies, cultivate [their] minds, instruct [their] 
intellects. We look out, that you may improve the manners of 
the boys, exercise [their] bodies, cultivate [their] minds, instruct 
[their] intellects. We look out, that the teachers may improve 
the manners of the boys, exercise [their] bodies, cultivate [their] 
minds, instruct [their] intellects. We looked out, that we might 
improve the manners of the boys, exercise [their] bodies, culti- 
vate [their] minds, instruct [their] intellects. We looked out, 
that you might improve the manners of the boys, exercise [their] 
bodies, cultivate [their] minds, instruct [their] intellects. We 
looked out, that the teachers might improve the manners of the 
boys, exercise [their] bodies, cultivate [their] minds, instruct 
[their] intellects. 

I doubt not, that thou hast confidence in me. I admonish thee, 
that thou shouldest not (ne) neglect the precepts of thy parents. 
Be on your guard, boy, how (ne) thou chatterest. The laws 
of the Lacedemonians had this in view, that they might instruct 
youth in labors. We feared, that (ne) we might displease 
you. We feared, that (ne) the enemies might injure us. We 
feared, that (ne) you might be silent. Why did you fear, that 
(ne) we might be silent? The enemies feared, that (ne) the 
general might lead out the soldiers from the camp. I fear, that 
(ne) I may displease you. Why dost thou fear, (ne) that thou 
mayest displease us ? 

1 4. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Constat 1. it is corrfgo, exi, ectum 3. longinquitas, atis, /. 

known. to correct, improve. length, distance. 

puto 1. / believe, lenio 4. / relieve, aeger, gra, grum, 

think. soothe. sick (of the 

adspicio, spexi, spec- mollio 4. / render mind). 

turn 3. to look at. pliant, abate. gnaviter, adv. zeal- 
comburo, ussi, ustum nuntius, i, m. news. ously. 

3. to bum up. consolatio, onis, f. unde, ado. whence, 

consolation. 

f) Subjunctive Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Active of all the 
Conjugations. 

Xemo dubltat, quin ego puerum semper bene educa(ve)rim, 
bene vole monuerim, diligenter correxerim, gnaviter eustodi(v)e- 



1G8 EXERCISES. 

rim. Nemo dubitat, quin puerum semper bene eduea(ve)ris, 
benevole monueris, diligenter correxeris, gnaviter custodi(v)eris. 
Nemo dubitat, quin pater puerum semper bene edura(ve.)rit, 
benevole monuerit, diligenter correxerit, gnaviter eustodi(v)erit. 
Nemo dubitabat, quin puerum semper bene educa(vi)ssem, bene- 
vole monuissem, diligenter correxissem, gnaviter custodi(vi)ssem. 
Nemo dubitabat, quin puerum semper bene educa(vi)sses, benevole 
monuisses, diligenter correxisses, gnaviter custodi(vi)sses. Nemo 
dubitabat, quin pater puerum semper bene educa(vi)sset, benevole 
monuisset, diligenter correxisset, gnaviter custodi(vi)sset. 

Nescio, cur tacuerltis. Metulmus, ne hostes urbem combusse- 
rint. Narrate milii, qua eonsolatione aegrum amici animum leni- 
veritis. Non dubito, quin dux temeritatem militum coercuerit. 
Nescio, cur puerum puniverltis. Narrate nobis, quid parentes 
scripserint. Nesctmus, unde amici hunc nuntium audiverint. Non 
dubito, quin pueri praecepta mea memoria custodierint. Hostes 
iiment, ne dux mibtes e eastris eduxerit. Nesciebam,'eur tacuis- 
setis. Metuebamus, ne hostes urbem obsidione einxissent. Non 
dubitabam, quin praecepta mea memoria custodivissetis. Non 
dubito, quin puerum bene educaturus sis. Non dubito, quin dux 
temeritatem militum coerciturus sit. Nemo dubitat, quin hostes 
urbem obsidione cincturi sint. Non dubitabam, quin longinquitas 
temporis dolorem tuum mollitura essct. Non dubitabam, quin 
praecepta mea memoria servaturus esses. 

Nobody doubts, that we have always brought up the boys well, 
have kindly admonished them, have carefully corrected them, 
have zealously guarded them. Nobody doubts, that you have 
always brought up the boys well, have kindly admonished them, 
have carefully corrected them, have zealously guarded them. 
Nobody doubts, that the teachers have always brought up the 
boys well, have kindly admonished them, have carefully corrected 
them, have zealously guarded them. Nobody doubted, that we 
had always brought up the boys well, had kindly admonished 
them, had carefully corrected them, had zealously guarded them. 
Nobody doubted, that you had always brought up the boys well, 
had kindly admonished them, had carefully corrected them, had 
zealously guarded them. Nobody doubted, that the parents had 
always brought up the boys well, had kindly admonished them, 
hail carefully corrected them, had zealously guarded them. 

We know not, why thou hast been silent. I feared, that (ne) 
the enemy had burned the city. Relate to me, by (abl.) what 
consolation thou hast relieved the sick mind of thy friend. I 
doubled not, that the general had restrained the rashness of the 
soldiers. We know not, why thou hast punished the boy. Relate 



EXERCISES. 1G9 

to me wliat the father has written. I know not, whence the ene- 
mies have heard the news. I doubt not, that the boy has kept my 
precepts in (abl ) remembrance. The enemies feared, that the 
general had led out the soldiers from the camp. We knew not, 
why thou hadst been silent. We feared, that the enemies had 
surrounded the city with (abl.) a blockade. I doubted not, that 
thou wouldst bring up the boy well. I doubted not, that the gen- 
eral would restrain the rashness of the soldiers. We doubted not, 
that the enemies would surround the city with a blockade. I 
doubt not, that length of time will abate thy suffering. 

g) Imperative and Supine Active of all the Conjugations. 

Lauda, exerce, scribe, obedi. Laudato, exerceto, scriblto, obe- 
dito. Praeceptor puerorum mores emendato, corpora exerceto, 
animos excollto, mentes erudito ! Tacete, pueri ! Disce, puer ! 
Ne garrite, pueri ! Liberi parentibus obediunto. Coelestia sem- 
per spectato, humana contemnlto ! Cupiditates coercitote ! Puer, 
ue contemnlto praecepta magistrorum tuorum ! Die, quid pater 
scripserit. Educ nos, O dux, contra hostes ! Yenio te rogatum, 
lit mecum ambiiles. Uva matura dulcis est gu statu. Cupiditates 
difhciles sunt coercltu. Haec regio pulchra est adspectu. Vox 
lusciniae est suavis auditu. 

Praise ye, exercise, write, obey. You should praise, exercise, 
write, obey. Teachers should improve the manners of the boys, 
should exercise [their] bodies, should cultivate [their] minds, 
should instruct [their] intellects. Be silent, boy ! Learn, O 
boys ! Do not chatter, boy ! The boy should obey the precepts 
of [his] teachers. You should always regard heavenly, [but] 
despise human [things]. Thou shouldst restrain the passions. 
Say, what thou hast written. Lead, O general, the soldiers against 
the enemies. We come, in order (Supine) to ask you, that you 
would go to walk with us. An unripe grape is pungent to taste. 
The rashness of the soldiers was difficult to restrain. These re- 
gions are beautiful to look at. The city is difficult to guard. 

h) Participle, Gerund, and Infinitive Active of all the Conju- 
gations. 

Exercitus pugnans urbem intravit. Animus, se non videns, 
alia cernit. Miles, se fortiter contra hostes defendens, laudatur. 
Hostes, urbem oppugnaturi, castra muniverunt. Sapiens bona 
semper placitura laudat. Hostes veniunt, urbem obsidione cinc- 
turi. Yenio auditurus, quid pater scripserit. Ars navigandi 
utilissima est. Sensus videndi acerrlmus est. Sapientia est ars 
15 



170 EXERCISES. 

vivendi. Obediendum est praeceptis virtutis. Ilostcs urbem 
nostram expugnare student. Cupiditates coercere debemus. 
Liberi parentes suos colere debent. Milites urbem custodire 
debent. 

The soldiers righting entered the city. Souls, not seeing them- 
selves, see other [things]. The soldiers, who defend (= defend- 
ing) themselves bravely against the enemies, are praised. Boys, 
who chatter (= chattering) in school, are troublesome. The ene- 
mies come wishing to assault the city. Strive, O boys, to obtain 
goods ever about to please. The enemies came wishing to assault 
the city. We come wishing to hear what the friend has written 
thee. The art of writing is very difficult. By thinking and 
learning, the intellect (mens) is nourished. The opportunity to 
hear (= of hearing) is rarer than the opportunity to see (== of 
seeing). 

(Concerning the Ace. with the Infin., comp. Synt. § 108.) 

Scimus, deum mundum gubernare (wc know that God governs 
the world). Credo, meum consilium tibi placere (I believe that 
my plan pleases thee). Credo, fratrem pingere. Audimus, hostes 
ante urbem castra munire. Audivi, milites nostros acerrime 
pugnasse. Qais nescit, Socratem semper virtutis praeceptis paru- 
i.sse ? Constat, Ciceronem conjurationem Catilinae detexisse. 
Credo, te dormisse. Spero, vos consilium meum probaturos esse. 
Credlmus, ducem temeritatem militum coerciturum esse. Puto, 
patrem eras scripturum esse. Omnes cives spcrant, milites urbem 
custodituros esse. 

I believe, that thou approvest my plan. I know, that you cbey 
me. I believe, that the father writes. I believe, that the boy 
sleeps. The brother relates to me, that thou hast approved my 
plan. We hear, that the general has restrained the rashness of 
the soldiers. We believe, that the father has written. We have 
heard, that the enemies have fortified a camp before the city. I 
believe, that the soldiers will fight spiritedly. I hope, that the 
plan will please thee. All Romans hoped, that Cicero would de- 
tect the conspiracy of Catiline. I hope, that I shall soon hear 
this news. 

15. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Despero 1. / de- deterreo 2. I frighten consplcio, exi, ectum 
spair. from. 3. to discover. 

augeo, xi, ctum 2. to oppleo, evi, etum 2. jungo, nxi, nctum 3. 
increase , enrich. to fill. to join, connect. 



EXERCISES. 171 

vivo, xi, ctum 3. to subltus, a, um, sud- strenue, adv. vigor' 

live. \_pose. den. ously. 

proposltum, i, n. pur- naturalis, e, natural, postquam, conj. after 

difncultas, atis, /. extemplo, adv. imme- that, 
difficulty. diately. 

i) Indicative Present, Imperfect, and Future Passive of all the 
Conjugations. 

Laudor, exerceor, ducor, erudior. Laudaris, exerceris, duce- 
ris, erudiris. Laudatur, exercetur, ducltur, eruditur. Laudabar, 
exercebar, ducebar, erudiebar. Laudabare, exercebare, duce- 
bare, erudiebare. Laudabatur, exercebatur, ducebatur, erudie- 
batur. Laudabor, exercebor, ducar, erudlar. Laudabere, exer- 
cebere, ducere, erudiere. Laudabitur, exercebltur, ducetur, 
erudietur. 

We are praised, we are exercised, we are led, we are instructed. 
You are praised, you are exercised, you are led, you are in- 
structed. They are praised, they are exercised, they are led, 
they are instructed. We were praised, we were exercised, we 
were led, we were instructed. You were praised, you were exer- 
cised, you were led, you were instructed. They were praised, 
they were exercised, they were led, they were instructed. We 
shall be praised, we shall be exercised, we shall be led, we shall 
be instructed. You will be praised, you will be exercised, you 
will be led, you will be instructed. They will be praised, they 
will be exercised, they will be led, they will be instructed. 

Quum in litteris exercemur, animi nostri multarum rerum utili- 
um cognitione augentur. Quum subito periculo terremur, non 
debemus extemplo de salute nostra desperare. Quoad litteris 
honos suus erit, Graeci et Latini scriptores in scholis legentur. 
Si semper bene vixeris, ab omnibus diligere. Virtutis honos nulla 
oblivione delebltur. Quum urbs ab hostibus oppugnabatur, a 
civibus acrlter defendebatur. 

When you are exercised in literature, your souls are enriched 
by (abl.) the knowledge of many useful things. When thou art 
frightened by (abl.) a sudden fear, thou shouldest not imme- 
diately despair of thy safety. The Greek and Latin writers are 
read in the schools. If you shall always have lived well, you will 
be esteemed by all. The city which was assaulted by the ene- 
mies, was defended spiritedly by the citizens. 



172 EXERCISES. 



k) Subjunctive Present and Imperfect Passive of all the Conju- 
gations. 

Pater curat, ut ego bene ediicer, strenue exerrear, probe exco- 
lar, diligenter erudtar. Curo, ut bene educere, strentic exer- 
ceare, probe excolare, diligenter erudiare. Curo, ut puer bene 
cdueetur, strenue exercentur, probe exeolatur, diligenter eru- 
diatur. Pater curabat, ut ego bene eduearer, strenue exer- 
cerer, probe excolerer, diligenter erudlrer. Curabam, ut bene 
eduearere, strenue exereerere, probe excolerere, diligenter eru- 
direre. Curabam, ut filius tuus bene cducaretur, strenue ex- 
ereeretur, probe excoleretur, diligenter erudiretur. 

Our father looks out, that we may be well brought up, vigor- 
ously exercised, properly cultivated, carefully instructed. Your 
father looks out, that you may be well brought up, vigorously exer- 
cised, properly cultivated, carefully instructed. Parents look out, 
that the manners of [their] children (liberi) may be improved, 
[their] bodies vigorously exercised, [their] minds properly culti- 
vated, [their] understandings carefully instructed. Our father 
looked out, that Ave might be well brought up, vigorously exer- 
cised, properly cultivated, carefully instructed. Your father 
looked out, that you might be well brought up, vigorously exer- 
cised, properly cultivated, carefully instructed. The parents 
looked out, that the manners of [their] children might be im- 
proved, [their] bodies exercised, [their] minds cultivated, [their] 
understandings instructed. 

Quis nescit, quam praeclaris fructibus animi nostri in litte- 
rarum studiis augeantur ? Timemus, ne exercltus noster ab 
hostibus vincatur. Onmes cives metuebant, ne urbs ab hostibus 
obsidione cingeretur. Lacedaemoniorum leges id spectabant, 
ut laborious erudiretur juventus. Curae mihi est, ut a te dik- 
gar. Cives metuunt, ne castra ab hostibus ante urbem munian- 
tur. 

I doubt not, that the soul may be enriched with (abl.) excellent 
fruit in the study of literature. We feared, that our army might 
be conquered by the enemies. All citizens fear, that the city 
may be surrounded by the enemies with (abl.) a blockade. We 
look out, that the youth may be instructed in (ab!.) labors. We 
are anxious, that we may be esteemed by you. The citizens 
apprehended, that a camp might be fortified by the enemies be- 
fore the city. 



EXERCISES. 173 



1) Indicative and Subjunctive Perfect, Pluperfect and Future Per- 
fect Passive of all the Conjugations. 

Milites ob fortitudinem a duce laudati sunt. Pueri in litterarum 
studiis gnaviter exereiti sunt. Conjuratio Catillnae a Cicerone 
deteeta est. Ociili tenuisslmis membranis a natura vestiti sunt. 
Cupiditates militum a duce fortissimo coercttae sunt. Tria bella 
atrocissima gesta sunt inter Komanos et Carthaginienses. Quum 
rex urbem intrabat, omnium civium domus coronis et floribus ves* 
titae et ornatae erant. Maximo incendio tota fere urbs absumpta 
erat. Vix acies a Caesare instructa erat, quum hostes in unum 
locum convoiaverunt. Non eris dives, nisi divitiae a te con- 
temptae erunt. 

Non prius dormiemus, quam negotia vestra Anita erunt. Beati 
non erTtis, nisi cupiditates vestrae a vobis coercltae erunt. Simu- 
lac castra mumta erunt, milites se ad pugnam expedient. Labor 
voluptasque naturali quadam societate inter se juncta sunt. Mul- 
tae urbes ab hostibus combustae sunt. Vix hostes conspecti erant, 
quum milites a duce e castris in aciem educti sunt. Metuebamus, 
ne urbs ab hostibus obsidione cincta esset. Die mihi, quid tibi a 
sorore scriptum sit. Die nobis, qua consolatione aeger amici ani- 
mus lenitus sit. Die, cur puer punltus sit. Metuo, ne milites 
sublto periculo terrlti sint. 

I have been tormented by (abl.) the most pungent pains. The 
enemies have been frightened by (abl.) sudden fear. The upright 
man has been loved and esteemed by all. The sick mind of the 
friend has been soothed by (abl.) our consolation. I doubt not, 
that the passions of the soldiers have been restrained by the 
bravest general. The soldiers have been led out of the camp by 
the general. I know not, why the boys have been (subj.) pun- 
ished by you. We apprehend, that (ne) the soldiers had been 
frightened by (abl ) the sudden danger. 

I know not what may have been written you by the sister. 
We fear, that (ne) the city may be encompassed by (abl.) a 
blockade. The enemies were discovered (perf.) before (ante) 
the gates of the city. After my business (plur.) shall be con- 
cluded, I will go to walk. So soon as the enemies shall be seen, 
we will get ready for battle. I doubt not, that riches have been 
despised by thee. We feared, that, by the conflagration, many 
houses had been consumed. We fear, that many cities have been 
burned up by the enemies. 



15* 



174 EXERCISES. 



m) Imperative, Infinitive, and Participle Passive of all the Con- 
jugations. 

O puer, bene educare, strenue exercere, probe excolere, dill— 
genter erudire ! O puer, bene educator, strenue exercetor, probe 
exeolitor, diligenter eruditor ! Puer bene educator, strenue exer- 
cetor, probe exeolitor, diligenter eruditor. Si quid peccaveris, 
aequo animo castigare. Ne rerum difficultatibus a proposlto deter- 
remini ! Deus pie colltor ! Ne vineimfni cupiditatibus. Leges 
divinae ne contemnuntor. Improbi puniuntor. Temerltas ratione 
coercetor. O puer, strenue exercere in litterarum studiis ! Bonus 
discipulus studet laudari. Boni discipuli student exerceri in lit- 
terarum studiis. Sapientes semper ratione regi student. 

Bonus discipulus litterarum cognitione erudiri studet. Puer, 
bene educatus, omnibus placet. Hostes terrlti in castris manent. 
Urbs, obsidione cincta, multis malis vexatur. Homo eruditus non 
solum sibi, sed etiam aliis prodest. Pueri bene educandi, strenue 
exercendi, probe excolendi, diligenter erudiendi sunt. 

Scimus, mundum a deo gubernari. Audimus, castra ab hosti- 
bus ante urbem muniri. Constat, conjurationem Catilinae a 
Cicerone detectam esse. Speramus, vos rerum difficultatibus a 
proposlto deterrltum non iri. 

O boys, be ye well brought up, vigorously exercised, properly 
cultivated, carefully instructed ! O boys, you should be well 
brought up, vigorously exercised, properly cultivated, carefully 
instructed ! Boys should be well brought up, vigorously exercised, 
properly cultivated, carefully instructed. If you shall have com- 
mitted a fault in anything (quid), be reproved with equanimity. 
Be thou not frightened from thy purpose by (abl.) the difficulty 
of the thing. Be ye guided by (abl.) reason. Be thou not over- 
come by the passions. The divine law should not be despised. 
The impious [man] should be punished. The passions should be 
restrained by (abl.) reason. 

O boys, exercise yourselves (= be ye exercised) vigorously in 
the study of literature ! Good scholars seek to be praised. The 
good scholar seeks to exercise himself (= to be exercised) in the 
study of literature. The wise [man] seeks, always to be governed 
by (abl.) reason. Good scholars seek to be instructed in (abl.) 
the knowledge of literature. Well-brought-up boys please all. 
The frightened enemy remains in the camp. Cities encompassed 
by (abl.) a blockade are annoyed by (abl.) many evils. In- 
structed men benefit not merely themselves, but others also. The 
boy is to be brought up well, to be vigorously exercised, to be 
properly cultivated, to be carefully instructed. 



EXERCISES. 175 

We hear that a camp is fortified by the enemies before the 
city. We hope that the conspiracy will be detected. We be- 
lieve that we have not been frightened from our purpose. 



EXERCISE XXYIII. 

TART FIRST. 

1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Admlror 1. I admire, conor 1. I attempt, somnium, i, n. dream. 

aspernor 1. I spurn. venture. pulehritudo, Inis, f. 

comitor 1. I accom- interpreter 1. / in- beauty. 

pany. terpret. demum, adv. frst, at 

conteir.plor 1. / con- consigno 1. / point length. 

template, consider. out. 

Quis non admiretur splendorem pulehritudinemque virtutis ? 
Dux milltes hortatus est, ut hostium aciem perturbare conarentur. 
Jam hostes urbem oppugnare conati erant, quum repente a civi- 
bus propulsati sunt. Turn demum beatus eris, quum aspernatus 
eris voluptatem. Contemplamsnor praeclara virtutis exempla, 
quae in historia consignata sunt ! Veiiio te comitatum in hortum. 
Somnia difficilia sunt interpreted. 

We admire the splendor and the beauty of virtue. The gen- 
eral exhorted the soldiers, that they should attempt to throw the 
line-of-battle of the enemies into confusion. I have accompanied 
the brother into the garden. The enemies have ventured to as- 
sault the city. Thou shouldst contemplate the noble examples of 
virtue, which are pointed out in history. The citizens appre- 
hended, that the enemies might assault the city. I doubt not, 
that thou hast interpreted the dream rightly. Tell me, why thou 
hast not accompanied the father into the garden. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Fateor, fassus sum, misereor, misertus or adipiscor, adeptus 

fateri 2. to aclcnowl- ritus sum, misereri sum 3. to obtain. 

edge, admit. 2. (c. gen.), to pity, aggredior, gressus, 

tueor 2. I keep, pro- polliceor 2. I promise. gredi 3. to attack. 

tect. abator, usus sum, expergiscor, perreo 

intueor 2. J tonic upon, uti 3. (c. abl.), to tus sum 3. to 

contemplate. abuse. awake. 



176 EXERCISES. 

fruor, fructus or frui- irascor, iratus sum 3. die (part. fut. mo- 
tus sum, frui 3. to be angry. riturus). 

(c. abl.), to enjoy labor, lapsus sum, labi sequor, secutus sum, 
(part. fut. fruitu- 3 to glide, fall. sequi 3. (c. ace), 

rus). loquor, locutus sum, to follow. 

fungor, functus sum, loqui 3. to speak, inops, opis, destitute. 
fungi 3. (c. abl.), to morior, mortuus sum, audacter, adv. boldly, 
administer. sum, mori 3. to confidently. 

Artes se ipsae tuentur. Semper miserorum hominum misere- 
bimur. Yeremlni, o pueri, senectutem ! Fatetor, o puer, verum ! 
Miseremlnor inopum ! Discipuli verentor praeceptores. Non 
dublto, quin tuum praesidium mihi polliciturus sis. Cum magna 
voluptate intuemur praeclara virtutis exempla, quae in historia 
consignata sunt. 

Quis nescit, quam multi eloquentia abutantur ? Per multos 
annos pace frulti sumus. Omnes cives metuunt, ne hostes urbein 
aggrediantur. Simulatque 1 experrecti sumus, ad negotia nostra 
accedimus. Cives, libertatem adepti, summa laetitia fruentur. 
Succurre lapsis. Tarn audacter cum amlco loquere, quam tecum. 
Ne irascimlnor iis, quos amare debetis ! Si virtutis viam semper 
sequemur, aditus in coelum aliquando nobis patebit. Munere tuo 
bene fungere. Metuo, ne amicus moriatur. 

The arts themselves will always protect themselves. I doubt 
not, that thou wilt always pity the poor. Reverence, O boy, old 
age ! The rich should pity the destitute. You should acknowl- 
edge the truth (= what is true,) O boys ! A good scholar will 
always reverence his teacher. I doubt not, that thou hast prom- 
ised thy protection to the destitute friend. Contemplate ye the 
noble examples of virtue, which are pointed out in history. Many 
have abused eloquence. We desire (opto), that we may enjoy 
peace. All the citizens apprehended, that the enemies might 
attack the city. You are fallen. You should speak with a friend 
as confidently, as with yourselves. Thou shouldst not be angry 
with those. ; whom thou oughtest to love. I doubt not, that thou 
wilt always follow the way of virtue. All know, how well thou 
hast always managed thy office. 

3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Dilabor, lapsus sum, obliviscor, litus sum, obsequor,secutussum, 
labi 3. to go to livisci 3. (c. gen. s6qui 3. to comply 
ruin. or ace.) to forget. with, obey. 

1 § 101,2). 



EXERCISES. 177 

proficiscor, fectus experior, pertus sum decet 2. (c. ace. 
sum, ficisci 3. to 4. to try. pers.), it is ft. 

depart, proceed, largior 4. I give free- modestia, ae, /. mod- 
march, ly, bestow. esty. 

assentior, sensus sum mentior 4. I lie. umbra, ae, f shade. 

4. to assent to. metior, mensus sum, commendatio, onis, f 

blandior 4. I flatter. metiri4. to measure. commendation. 

Quum 1 aegrotus es, obsequi debes praeceptis medici. Stulti 
aliorum vitia cernunt, obliviscuntur suorum. Prima pueri commen- 
datio proficiscitur a modestia. Concordia res parvae crescunt, 
discordia maxlmae dilabuntur. Gloria virtutem tanquam umbra 
sequitur. 

Ne blandire malis hominibus ! Puer, ne mentltor ! Natura 
hominibus multa bona largita est. Magnos homines virtu te meti- 
mur, non fortuna. Yoluptas blanditur sensibus nostris. Post- 
quam 2 orator orationem finivit, omnes ejus sententiae assensi 
sunt. Omnia prius experiri verbis, quam armis, sapientem 
decet. 

I doubt not, that thou wilt obey me. We shall never forget 
thee. Tell me, why thy father has proceeded to (in) Italy. We 
feared, that by (abl.) discord the resources (opes) of the citizens 
might go to ruin. Boys, you should not lie ! Who does not 
know, how often the discourse of men deceives (= lies) ! Meas- 
ure men according to (abl.) virtue, not according to fortune. 
Always follow the way of virtue. 



PART SECOND. 

a) Deponents of the First Conjugation. 

4. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Adulor 1. (c. dat. or opitulor 1. I lend libido, inis, /. unre- 

acc), I flatter. aid. strained desire, ca- 

arbitror 1. I think. recordor 1. (gener- price. 
auspicor 1. / com- ally with ace), / eventus, lis, m. event. 

mence. remember. libens, tis, delighted. 

auxilior 1. I aid. innocentia, ae, f. in- aliquando, adv. some- 
domlnor 1. / reign. nocence. time. 

moderor 1. c. dat. / angor, oris, m. vexa- allter, adv. otherwise. 

moderate ; c. ace. Hon. rite, adv. properly. 

govern. 

1 h 111,1). 2 § 111,2). 



178 EXERCISES. 

Boni viri non voluptate, sed officio consilia moderantur. Homo 
improbus aliquando cum dolore flagitia sua recordabitur. Socra- 
tes totius mundi se incolam et civem arbitrabatur. Disce libens : 
quid dulcius est, quam discere multa ? Discentem comitantur 
opes, comitantur honores. Ubi 1 libido dominatur, innocentiae 
leve praesidium est. Eventus fallit, quum allter accidit, atque 
homines arbitrati sunt. Attlcus potenti Antonio non est adula- 
tus. Nihil rite sine dei immortalis ope, consilio, honore auspica- 
bere. 

5. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Aemulor 1. (c. ace.), imi'tor 1. (c. ace), I occulto 1. I conceal. 
I emulate. imitate, rivulus, i, m. stream. 

auguror 1. I divine, jocor 1. I jest, majores, um, ances- 

foretell. laetor 1. (c. abl.), I tors. 

aversorl. I turn from, rejoice. mediocris, e, mode- 

shun, precor 1. I entreat, rate, 

consector 1. I pursue, veneror 1. I revere. quotidie, adv. daily, 

cunctor 1. I delay, venor 1. 1 hunt, 

Venerare deum, venerare parentes. Virtutes majorum aemu- 
lamlni, vitia eorum aversamlni ! In silvis venator venatur lepo- 
res ; in scholis, pueri, venamini lepores ! Ubi res bona tractanda 
est, ne cunctator ! Discipuli bonos condiscipulos imitantor, raa- 
los aversantor. Quotidie, puer, precator a deo immortali, ut ser- 
vet tibi 2 tuos parentes! Tardi ingenii 3 est, rivulos consectari, 
fontes rerum non videre. Nulla re tarn laetari soleo, quam meo- 
rum officiorum conscientia. In ira moderari animo et orationi, 
non mediocris ingenii 3 est. Nescisne, Socratem in career e pau- 
cis diebus 4 ante mortem jocatum esse ? Quis speret, se augura- 
turum esse ca, quae menti humanae a deo sunt occultata. 

6. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Adhortor 1. I encour- indignor 1. (with ace. praecludo 3. 1 close, 

age, exhort. \_age. or de with abl.), / temperantia, ae, /. 
cohortor 1. i" encour- am dissatisfied with temperance, mode- 
exhortor 1. I encour- something. ration. 

age , exhort. insidior 1. / lie in aper, pri, m. wild boar, 
consolor 1. / console. wait for, legatus, i, m, ambas- 

conspicor 1. / disco- susptcor I. / suspect, sador, 

ver, see. [ulate. conjecture. facetus, a, um, deli- 

gratulor 1. I congrat- vagor 1. I wander. cate, witty. 

l §m,2). M 90, R. 1. 3 §88,8. 4 §91,11. 



EXERCISES. 179 

immodesfus, a, uin, profusus, a, um, un- adinodum, adv. very, 

immodest. restrained. aperte, adv. openly. 

ingendus, a, um, no- nemo non, every one. nequicquam, ado. in 
ble-born, dignified, excors, cordis, sense- vain, to no effect, 
less. 

Aperte adulantem nemo non vidit, nisi qui admodum est ex- 
cors. Menti nihil est tarn inimicum, quam voluptas ; nee enim, 
libidlne dominante, temperantiae locus est. Caesar, cohortatus 
milites, ut acrlter contra hostes dimicarent, urbem oppugnavit. 
Alioruin miseriam consolatiiri exempla laudare debemus virorum 
fortlum, qui in acerbissimis fortunae tormentis non sunt indignati 
sortem suam. Genus jocandi non profusum, nee immodestum, 
sed ingenuum et faceturn esse debet. A venatore insidiandum 
est apris. Multi legati congregati sunt in urbem ad gratulaudum 
nobis de recuperata libertate. Quern neque gloria, neque peri- 
cula excitant, nequicquam hortere : timor animi aures praecludit. 
Narra, ubi per tarn longum tempus vagatus sis. Xon dubitabam, 
quin hujus hominis consuetudlnem aversatus esses. Non dublto, 
quin, istum adolescentem conspicatus, continuo de ejus ingenio 
praeclarum quiddam suspicaturus sis. 

"We rejoice at (abl.) the joy of friends in like manner (aeque) 
as (ac) at our own (= ours), and grieve in like manner at [their] 
grief (= vexations). Be convinced that thou art dear to me, but 
that thou wilt be much (multo) dearer, if thou wilt rejoice in 
good principles. The example of the leader encouraged (perf.) 
the soldiers, that they might imitate him. I doubt not, that thou 
wilt ever assist the good, [but] wilt shun the bad. I doubted not, 
that he would sometime rem-ember his foul deeds (ace.) with pain. 
Flatter thou not a powerful [man] ! Be convinced that you will 
commence nothing properly without the aid, counsel [and] honor 
of God. I exhort thee, that thou shouldst imitate good men, 
[but] shun the bad. Relate to me, why thou hast been dissatis- 
fied with thy fortune. I doubted not that the enemies had lain in 
wait for thee. 

When thou pursuest history, O boy, thou shouldst contemplate 
both the examples of virtue and of vice, and emulate those, [but] 
shun these. In a good thing, thou shouldst not delay. The rich 
should lend aid to the destitute. The soldiers hasten, in order to 
lend aid (Sup.) to us against the enemies. When evil desires reign 
(abl. abs.), there is no (= not) place for (dat.) virtue. 



180 EXERCISES. 

b) Deponents of the Second Conjugation. 

7. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Coirfiteor, fessus sum reor, ratus sum, reri, venia, ae, f. pardon* 

2. to confess. 2. to think. exemplar, airis, n. pat-' 

profiteor, fessus sum dublto 1. e. inf. I lies- tern, model. 

2. to acknowledge it ate, entertain scru- cunetus, a, um, all 

freely, promise. pies. (combined), whole. 

medeor (without impetro 1. I obtain. inanis, e, empty, vain, 

perf), c dat. to imploro 1. I implore, eito, adv. quickly; ci* 

cure, remedy. informo 1. I instruct. tins, more quickly, 

mereor, Ttus sum 2. nego 1. I deny. more easily. 

to deserve : de ali- trado, didi, ditum 3. YibernYiter, adv. freely. 

qua re, to deserve to deliver up, give nondum, adv. not yet, 

of .something. up to. [jiess. pemtus, adv. tJior- 

malitia, ae,y. wicked- ougldy, wholly. 

Vix peccatnm tuum fassus eras, quum pater tui misertus est. 
Jam te errasse confessns eras, quum denuo negasti. Nondum 
vestrum auxilium imploraveramus, quum jam id nobis professi estis. 
Yix inopiam nostram fassi eramus, quum liberalissime vestrum 
praesidium nobis polliclti estis. 

Magna est vis philosopbiae, quum medetur animis, inanes solli- 
citudines detrahit, cupiditatibus liberat. Artes magnum nobis 
praebent praesidium, quum se ipsae per se tuentur singulae. 
Praeclare de patria merentur praeeeptores, quum juventutem 
bonarum litterarum studiis informant. 

Rule of Syntax. When the conjunction quum expresses a 
conceived or assumed ground or reason, and may be translated by 
the causal since (seeing that), or cdthough, it is connected with the 
subjunctive. (Comp. Synt. Ill, 1.) 

Quum philosophia animis mededtur, totos nos penltusque ei tra- 
dere debemus. Omnes miserebantur vestri, quum non propter 
malitiam, scd propter fortunam in miscriis essctis. Quum milites 
pericula vererentur, non audebant cum hostibus eonfligere. Quum 
is, qui Verum amicum intuetur, tanquam exemplar aliquod intued- 
tur sui ; talem amicum aeque ac nosinet ipsos amare debemus. 
Avarus, quum in omnium rerum aflluentia sit, fatebiturne, se esse 
satiatum ? Quum, virtutem satis in se praesidii ' habere ad vitam 
beatam, fateare ; etiam confitebere, sap i en tern in cruciatibus bea- 



88, 13. c).4) 






EXERCISES. 181 

turn esse. Id si confessus eris, non dublto, quin profess ~;rus sis, 
sapientem in omni vitae conditione beatuin esse. 

When we freely acknowledge our guilt, we more easily obtain 
pardon. Since you have acknowledged, that virtue may have in 
itself sufficient of (gen.) protection for a happy life, you will also 
confess, that the wise [man] may be happy under (in) tortures ; 
and when you shall have confessed this, I doubt not, that you will 
freely acknowledge, that the wise [man] is happy in every condi- 
tion of life. Scarcely had I acknowledged my fault to thee, as I 
obtained (perf.) pardon from thee. Thou hast acquired for thy- 
self great praise, inasmuch as (quum) thou hast pitied the desti- 
tute citizens. 

Miserere nostri ! Medeminor, O cives, inopiae 1 nostrae ! 
Suum quisque tuetor munus. Nemo, cunctam intuens terram, de 
divina providentia dubitabit. Cives, hostes urbem oppugnaturos 
esse, rati, eos acrlter propulsare studuerunt. Venio meum prae- 
sidium tibi polliciturus. Omnibus modis a vobis inopiae civium 
medendum est. Adolescentis officium est, majores natu vereri. 
Quis nescit, te praeclare de republlca merltum esse ? Spero, te 
mei 2 miserturum esse. 

Reverence, O boy, old age ! Pity ye me ! Thou shouldst cure 
the want of others. The scholar should reverence his teacher. 
Shall we, when we contemplate ( = contemplating) the whole 
earth, doubt as to (de) the foresight of God ? Thinking (part, 
perf. of reor), that thou hast promised me thy protection, 1 have 
not hesitated to undertake (accedere) the business. Believe me, 
icho will freely acfoioicleclge (part, fut.) what is true. Thou must 
remedy (Ger.) the want of thy friend. I hope, that thou wilt 
promise to me thy protection. It is beautiful, to remedy the 
want of others. Who does not know, that Cicero deserved nobly 
of the Horn an state ? 



c) Deponents of the Third Conjugation. , 

i 

8. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Complector, plexus congredior, gressus nascor, natus sum, 
sum, plecti 3. to sum, gredi 3. to nasci 3. to be born, 
embrace. engage. to spring from, 



§ 90, 2. 2 § 83. 1. 

16 



182 EXERCISES. 

(part. ftit. nascliur ti, part, reversus, gratia, ae,/. thank. 

rus). inf. reverti 3. to angulus, i, m. corner. 

inifascor 3. to be in- return. phi!osophus, i, m. phi- 
born, implanted. ulciscor, ultus sum, losopher. 

nitor, nixus or nisus ulcisci 3. (c. ace), pestis, is, f. pest, de- 
sum, mti 3. (c. to avenge one's self struction. 
abl.), to rest tip- on one. semen, Inis, n. seed, 
on; 2) ad aliquid, cunmlol. I heap, load, visum, i, n. appear- 
to strive after some- perse vero 1. I con- ance. 
thing. tinue. detestabllis, e, detes- 

adnltor 3. I endeavor, diseedo, cessi, cessum table. 

exert myself. 3. to go away, de- superior, us, superior; 

paciseor, pactus sum, pari. conqueror. 

paeisci 3. to make reddo, dtdi, ditum 3. quotiescunque, conj., 

an agreement. to restore ; 2) to as often as. 

reverter, pf rever- make. 

Salus hominum non veritate solum, sed etiam fa ma nitTtur. 
Cives, cum bostibus pacti, pace frulti sunt. Deum et divinum 
animum cogitatione complectlmur. Lacte, carne multisque aliis 
rebus vescimur. Ne ulciscimini inimieos vestros ! Roniani Nu- 
mldis polliciti sunt, si perseverarent beilo urgere Carthaginienses, 
se adnisuros esse, ut bene cumulatam gratiam redderent. Nemo 
parum diu vixit, qui virtutis perfectae perfecto functus est munere. 
Simulatque experrecti sumus, visa in somnio contemnlmus. Aris- 
toteles, Theoplirastus, Zeno, innumerabtles alii philosopki, e patria 
profecti, nunquam domum reverterunt. Nulla tarn detestabllis est 
pestis, quae non homini ab nomine nascatur. Non sum uni angulo 
natus : patria mea totus hie est mundus. Sunt ingeniis nostris 
semina innata virtutum. Hannibal, quotiescunque cum Romanis 
eongressus est in Italia, semper discessit superior. 

9. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Defetiscor, fessus tendo, tetendi, ten- nefas (indecl.), n. 

sum, fetisci 3. to turn 3. to stretch wrong. 

be weary, tired out. out; ad aliquid, to proprius, a, um, (c. 

elabor, lapsus sum, la- strive after something. gen.), one's own, 

bi 3. to glide away, stultitia, ne,f folly, peculiar. 

enitor, nisus or nixus domi'nus, i, m. lord, quo, adv. whither. 

sum, niti 3. to exert master. [counter, ubicunque, adv. tdker* 

one's self. proclium, i, n. en- ever : ubicunque 

patior, passus sum, diuturnltas, atis, f. gentium, wherever 

pati 3. to suffer. long continuance. in the world. 

excedo, cessi, cessum vicinitas,atis,y! neigh- 

3. (e. abl ),to retire. borhood. 



EXERCISES. 183 

Optimi cujusque animus maxime ad immortalem gloriam nitTtur. 
Hostes, diuturnitate pugnae defessi, proelio excedebant. Qui vir- 
tutem adeptus erit, ubicunque erit gentium, a nobis diligetur. 
Avida est periculi virtus, et, quo tendat, non quid passura sit, 
cogltat. Augustus domlnum se appellari non est passus. Anima- 
lia alia sunt rationis expertia, alia ratione utentia. Animo elap- 
so, corpus nihil valet. Valet apud nos clarorum hominum memo- 
ria, etiam mortuorum. Regia res est, succurrere lapsis. Pro- 
prium est stultitiae, aliorum vitia cernere, oblivisci suorum. Ut 
plurimis prosimus, eniti debemus. Irasci iis nefas est, quos amare 
debemus. Amicitiae, consuetudines, vicinitates quid habeant vo- 
luptatis, carendo magis intelligimus, quam fruendo. Juveni pa- 
randum, seni utendum est. Suo cuique judicio utendum est. 

10. Words to be learned and Examples for translation,. 

Ingredior, gressus accuso 1. I complain usitatus, a, um, usual \ 

sum, gredi 3. (c. of, accuse. common. 

ace.), I go into, en- deflagro 1. / burn up diu, adv. long time; 

ter, enter upon. (intrans.). diutius, longer. 

perfungor, functus vices, plur. {gen. not intemperanter, adv. 

sum, fungi 3. (c. used), f. vicissitudes. intemperately, urith- 

abl.) , to pass through, perexiguus, a, um, out moderation. 

persequor, cutus sum, very small. plerumque, adv. gen- 
sequi 3. to pursue. erally. 

All wish, that they may reach (adipisci) old age, but when they 
have reached (== having reached), they complain of it. The sol- 
diers tired out by the long march, gave themselves up to rest. 
Boys, you should follow the example of the good. We have en- 
joyed a long-continued peace. Common things escape easily 
from the memory, remarkable and new things remain longer. 
Many abuse without moderation leisure and literature. Those 
appear to me to have lived happily, to whom it has been per- 
mitted to enjoy the praise of wisdom. We favor those, who 
have entered upon the same dangers which we have passed 
through. All strive after joy, but many do not know, whence 
they may obtain permanent (stabllis, e) and great joy. Alexan- 
der pursued (perf.) the enemies eagerly. Fortune is not merely 
blind itself, but it generally makes those blind also, whom it em- 
braces. Man is not born for himself alone, but for his country 
and for his [friends], so that (ut) a very small part is left to him- 
self The condition of mortals has such (is) vicissitudes, that ad- 
versity (res adversae) springs from prosperity (res secundae), and 
prosperity from adversity. He lives the best, who obeys the laws 



184 EXERCISES. 

not on account of fear, but follows theui, because he thinks that 
this may be most salutary. In (abl.) the same night in which 
Alexander was born, the temple of the Ephesian (Ephesius, a, 
um) Diana burned up. 

d) Deponents of the Fourth Conjugation. 
11. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Potior 4. (c. abl.), I throughout the calor, oris, m. heat. 

possess myself of. fourth Conj. frons, tis, f. forehead. 

opperior, pertus sum, coorior 4. i" arise, praeparatio, onis, f 

periri 4. to await. break out, break preparation. 

ordior or exordior, forth. vultus, us, m. expres- 

orsus sum, ordiri 4. exorior 4. i" appear, sion, countenance. 

to begin. spring from, arise, privatus, a, um, pri- 

orior, ortus sum, oriri demolior 4. / demol- vote. 

4. to spring, rise ish. ferox, ocis, fierce. 

from ; part. fut. eblandior 4. I obtain necesse est (c. sub- 

oriturus (not ortu- by flattery. junctive or c. ace. 

rus) ; the Indie, praeloquor, locutus et inf.), it is neces- 

Pres. follows the sum, loqui 3. to pre- sary. 

third Conj.; ore- raise. eo, ado. thither, so far. 

ris, oritur, ori'mur ; animadverto, ti, sum grate, adv. gratefully. 

so its compounds 3. to observe, per- tamen, conj. yet. 

except adorior (I ceive. vero (after the first 

attack, attempt), praeda, ae, f. booty. word of its clause) 

which follows tergum, i, n. back. conj. but. 

Frons, oculi, vultus persaepe mentiuntur, oratio vero saepissime. 
Quicquid oritur, qualecunque est, caussam habeat a natura neces- 
se est. Sol universis eandem lucem eundemque calorem largttur. 
Quam multi indigni luce sunt ! et tamen dies oritur. Unde tan- 
dem tarn repente nobis exoreris ? Milites, si feroci impetu in hos- 
tem coorwiur, victoria in manibus nostris est ! Dum urbem op- 
pugn are adorimur, hostes a tergo nos aggressi sunt. Suo quisque 
metu pericilla metitur. Sapiens et praeterlta grate recordatur, et 
praesentibus ita potitur, ut animadvertat, quanta sint ea quamque 
jucunda. 

Cave, ne honores eblandiare ! Oratores, priusquam exordian- 
tur, quaedam praeloquuntur. In omnibus negotiis, priusquam or- 
diamur, adhibenda nobis est praeparatio dihgens. Omnes eives 
domos suas floribus ct coronis ornaverant et vest ive rant, quia re- 
gem opperiebantur. Dum exereitus hostilis urbis domos privatas 
publi casque demoliebatur, eives maximo moerore opplebantur. 



EXERCISES. 185 

Quum hostes praedam inter se partiebantur, nos vehementissimo 
impetu eos adoriebamur. Dux milites cohortatus est, ut omnia 
experirentur, quibus urbem obsidione liberarent. Qaum saeva 
tempestas cooriretur, ingens pavor omnes nautas occupavit. 

12. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Ementior 4. / state conserve* 1. I pre- prodigiosus, a, urn, 

falsely. serve. wonderful* 

emetior, mensus sum, commodltas, atis, f. ridiculus, a, um, ridi- 

metiri 4. / measure convenience. culous, 

off, travel through, ubertas, atis, f boun- tantus, a, um, so great. 

molior 4. to move, ex- tifulness. consulto, adv. design- 
cite, attempt, adspectus,us, m. sight. edly. 

advolo 1. / fly up, usus, us, m. use, want, fortuito, adv. by 

hasten up. chance. 

Ridiculi sunt, qui, quod ipsi experti non sunt, id docent cete- 
ros. Omne animal se ipsum dilsgitac, simulatque ortum est, id 
agit, ut se conservet. Ad bomiuum commoditates et usus tantam 
rerum ubertatem natura largita est, ut ea, quae gignuntur, donata 
consulto nobis, non fortuito nata videantur. Herodotus, multas 
terras emensus, multas quidem res prodigiosas narravit, sed eas 
non ipse ementitus est, sed alii, ex quibus audivit. Jam per tres 
menses opperti eramus amicum, quum nobis ejus mors nuntiata 
e>t. Repente Roman is Sulla exorius et atrocissimum bellum civile 
exorsus est. 

Sapiens nunquam malis homlnibus 1 blandietur, nunquam ali- 
quid falsi ementietur, nunquam fortunam experietur, nunquam 
aliis calamitatem molietur. Si celerlter hostem adoriemur, non 
est dubium, quin brevi tempore urbe 2 potituri simus. Simulat- 
que sol ortus erit, proficiscemur. ISTe blandire malis hominibus. 
Ne opperimlni fortunam ! Hostes advolaverunt urbe potitum. 
Numerus aequalis facilis est partltu. 3 Sole oriente, profecti su- 
mus. Ccorta saeva tempestate, omnes nautas ingens pavor occu- 
pavit. Solem oriturum cum maxima voluptate spectamus. 

The sun does not always rise and set in the same place. 
Scarcely had the enemy been discovered, as we arose (pcrf.) and 
attacked (perf.) them spiritedly. Men measure the year by 
(abl.) the return of the sun. 

Nothing prevented you, that you should begin your business. 
TJiree days long (= through three days) have we awaited the arri- 

1 k 90.1. b). 2 $ 91,l.g). 3 § 97, 2. a). 

16* 



186 EXERCISES. 

val of the friend. Every living being, as soon as it is bom 
(== sprung), loves (dillgo) both itself and all its parts. Many 
having travelled through many countries, have stated falsely 
many wonderful things. History relates, that Sulla arose (perf.) 
suddenly against (dat.) the Romans and began (perf.) the civil 
war. Tell me, why thou hast not assented to my opinion. Hast 
thou heard that the enemies have tried all [means], in order to 
possess themselves of (= ad with gerund) the city ? 

We will not begin a new business, before that the previous 
f business] shall have been completed. When the camp shall be 
fortified, the soldiers will attack the enemy. If thou shalt lie, no- 
body will trust thee, even if (etiamsi) thou speakest (subj.) the 
truth. Our soldiers did not doubt, that, if they attacked (subj.) 
the enemy quickly, they might in (abl.) a short time possess 
themselves of the city. Await thou not fortune ! Flatter ye not 
bad men ! As the sun rose (abl. abs.), the soldiers marched 
against the enemies The sun, on the point of rising (= about to 
rise), presents a splendid sight. I hope, that thou wilt never lie. 
All believed, that a storm would arise. 



EXERCISE XXIX. 

Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Circumdo, dedi, da- praesto, Iti, Itum and classis, is, f fleet. 

turn, dare (c. dat. iiiuml. to stand be- vestis, is, f garment 

et ace, or c. ace. fore, be distinguish- conservatio, onis, f. 

et abl.), to place ed; c. dat. to sur- preservation. 

(something around pass, to make good, invitus, a, um, unwil- 

something), to sur- pay ; se praestare ling, 

round (something (e. g. fortem) to insperans, tis, not hop- 

with something). show one's self ing, contrary to ex- 

eonsto, Iti, atum 1. (brave). pectation. 

(c. ab!.), to consist forum, i, n. market. uber, eris, c. rich, val- 

of, to be gained at stipendium,i, n. wages. uable. 

the expense of, cost, interfector, oris, m. certo, adv. certainly. 

persto, iti, atum 1. to murderer. extrinseeus, adv. from 

persist. propugnator, oris, m. without, without, 
champion. 

Deus nobis dedit animum, quo 1 nihil est praestantius. Multo 
sanguine nobis victoria stetit. Mater omnium bonarum artium 

1 than which (soul). 



EXERCISES. 187 

sapientia est: qua 1 nihil a deo immortali uberius, nihil praesta- 
bilius haminti ni vitae datum est. Deus corpus, ut quandam ves- 
tem, amino eirciimdedit et vestivit extrinsecus. Quorum patres, 
aut majones aliqua gloria praestiterunt, ii student plerumque eo- 
dem in genere laudis excellere. Parentes carissimos habere de- 
bemus, quod ab iis nobis vita tradita est. Non dedit beneficium, 
qui invitus proftlit. Quinam niagis sunt tui, quam [iij quibus tu 
salutem iusperantibus reddidisti ? 

The Athenians gave (perf.) to Miltiades a fleet of (gen.) 70 
ships. No pest has cost the human race (= race of men) more 
(pluris) than anger. Darius promised, that he would give 1000 
talents to the murderer of Alexander. What of (gen.) time is 
given to each one for living, with (abl.) this he should be content- 
ed. Who does not know, that Socrates surpassed (perf.) all the 
philosophers of antiquity in (abl.) wisdom ? I fear, that the vic- 
tory will cost us much blood. The body, as a garment, has been 
placed by God around (dat.) the soul. 



EXERCISE XXX. 

Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Increpare, to reproach. to apply one's self evolvo, volvi, volu- 
•percrep&re, to resound, (to something). turn 3. to unfold. 

accubare, to recline complicare, to fold to- verecundia, ae, f re- 

by : to sit at table. gether ; complica- spect. 
excubare, to keep tus, complicated, ob- notlo, orris, f notion. 

watch. scure. scaturigo, Inis, f. 

perdomare, curb, sub- replicare, to roll back, spring. 

due. recall. gemltus, us, m. groan. 

apphcare, to lean up- cremo 1. I burn up. nutus, us, m. nod, com- 

on : se applic, to aduro, ussi, ustum 3. mand. 

approach, to attach to set on fire, to ploratus, us, m. erg. 

one's self (to one), burn up. ■ passim, adv. far and 

y;ide. 

Quis venit ? Fores crepuerunt. Dux milites vehementer in- 
crepuit. Tota urbs vocibus civium de victoria ex hostibus repor- 
tata exsultantium percrepuit. Age, cubitum discedamus ! Ro- 
mani multas gentes ac nationes armis perdomuerunt. Docemur 
auctoritate nutuque legum, domltas habere libidines, coercere om- 
nes cupiditates. Ex hoc fonte ingentes seaturiglnes aquae emi- 

1 than which (wisdom), § 91, 2.b). 



188 EXERCISES. 

cuerunt. Indorum sapientes, quum ad flammam se applicaverunt, 
sine gemitu aduruntur. Cicero Rhodi * ad Molonem philosophum 
se applicdvit. Sapiens studet animi sui complicdtam notionem 
evolvere. Quum memoriam temporum replicaveris, et virtutum et 
vitiorum multa exempla reperles. Quum urbs expugnata esset, 
omnia passim mulierum puerorumque ploratibus sonuerunt. Ter- 
remur, quum serena tempestate tonuit. Nitlmur in vetltum. Au- 
gustus carmina Yirgilii cremari contra testamenti ejus verecun- 
diam vetuit. 

I have forbidden thee to go to walk, but precisely because (ob 
id ipsum, quod) I have forbidden [it], thou hast striven against 
(in) what has been forbidden (= the forbidden). The question 
concerning (de) the immortality of the soul (plur.), is nobly ex- 
plained by Cicero in the first book of the Tusculan Disputations. 
Cicero applied (perf.) himself with [his] whole soul to the study 
of eloquence. Three hundred soldiers kept watch before the 
camp. Who does not know, that many nations and peoples were 
subdued by the Romans ? If thou shalt have curbed thy passions 
(libido) and restrained (teneo) thy desires, thou wilt live happi- 
ly. Already we were sitting (pluperf.) at tne table, when sud- 
denly a flame gushed forth (perf. of emico) from the roof. Scarce- 
ly had we retired (discedere) to sleep (= in order to recline, 
Sup?), when the whole city resounded (perf. of persono) with dis- 
cordant cries. Thy brother related to me, that it thundered 
(perf.) yesterday in (abl.) clear weather. As the doors had 
creaked (subj.), I doubted not (perf.) that thou wast coming 
(subj.). 



EXEECISE XXXI. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Adjuvare (c. ace), to attingo, tlgi, tactum 3. purus, a, um, pure, 

aid, assist, support. to touch. solutus, a, um, tin- 

desecare, to cut off. peto, ivi, Itum 3. to bound. 

resecare, to cut off, seek, fetch. summus, a, um, high- 
remove, oleum, i, n. oil. est ; summa aqua, 

perfneare, to rub thor- principium, i, n. be- surface of the water, 

oughly. [renew. ginning; principio, vivus, a, um, liv- 

refricare,fo rub again, in the beginning. ing, fresh. 

alllgo 1. I bind. garrulltas, atis, /. Zo-frustra, adv. in vain. 

coeno 1. / sup. quacity. 

1 at Rhodes. See Synt. § 92. 



EXERCISES. 189 

Vereor, ne refrlcuerim meis litteris desiderium ac dolorem 
tuum. Dubium non est, quin tuis sceleribus reipubllcae praete- 
rlta fata refricaturus sis. Tantalus summam aquani attingens, 
enectus siti fingltur a poetis. Nescisne, quantopere garrulus iste 
homo me garriendo enecuerit ? Cams Marius quum secaretur, 
principio vetuit se alligari, nee quisquam ante Marium solutus di- 
cftur esse sectus. Agricolae frumenta desecta in horrea conge- 
runt. Nisi libidfnes resecueris, frustra studebls beate vivere. 
Quis nescit, quantopere Cicero patriam suam juverit ? Non solum 
fortuna, sed etiam tua industria te in negotio tuo adjuvit. Si 
quid fortuna milites nostras adjuverit, non dubitamus, quin splen- 
didam de hostibus reportaturi simus victoriam. Exercitus maxl- 
mis itineribus profectus est, cives obsidione cinctos adjutum. Ne 
prius coena, quam maims laveris. Corpus lavaturus aquam pu- 
ram e vivo flumine pete. 

Boys, rise right early (bene mane), wash yourselves, and, when 
you have washed (fut. perf.), proceed immediately to your busi- 
ness. This (iste) man- has vexed me to death by his loquacity. 
After the soldiers had marched (perf.) the whole day, they were 
(perf.) entirely exhausted by hunger and thirst. It is known, 
that the gladiators of the Romans and Greeks, rubbed (perf.) 
their bodies thoroughly with oil. If we shall be assisted (fut. 
perf.) by fortune, we shall bear off a splendid victory over (de) 
the enemy. It is known, that Cicero assisted (perf.) his native 
country very much (permultum). By (abl.) the war carried on 
between Caesar and Pompey, the recollection of the horrid (foe- 
dus, a, um) war of Marius and Sulla was (perf) renewed. The 
farmers have already cut the grain. Unless the passions and de- 
sires are removed, we strive in vain to live happily. 



EXERCISE XXXIL 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Admiscere, to inter- respiro 1. I breathe. vigWiae, arum, f.zcotch- 
mingle. sedo 1. I quiet, es, night watches. 

distlnere, to hold amplexor 1. / em- pullus, i, m. the young 
apart, occupy. brace. (of animals), c h ick- 

sustlnere, to bear. deprehendo, di, sum en. 

removere, to remove. 3. to seize, take. clades, is,/, defeat. 

dedico 1. I conse- excludo, si, sum 3. to gravltas, atis, f. gran- 
crate, exclude, hatch. ity, dignity. 

impllco 1. / involve. gallina, ae, f. a hen. testis, is, c. witness. 



190 EXERCISES. 

ascensus, us, m. as- horno, adv. this year. state, at the expense 

cent. publico, ado. publicly, of the state. 

anxie, adv. anxiously. on the part of the 

Ciceronem Minerva omncs artes edocuifc. Gravltas modestiae J 
mista maxime admirabllis est. Tot tantisque negotiis distentus 
sum, ut mihi nan liceat tibere respirare. Nescisne, quot labores, 
quot pericula, quot miserias milites in itinere sustinuerint ? Si 
virtus te a malis cupiditatibus arcuerit, vita tua beata erit. Cice- 
ro, per legates cuncta edoctus, praetoribus imperat, ut in ponte 
Allobroges deprehendant. Quo 2 minus animi se admiseuerint 
atque implicaverint hominum vitiis atque erroribus, eo 3 facilior 
illis ascensus in coelum erit. Simplex animi natura est, nee ha- 
bet in se quicquam admixtum. 

Duae urbes potentissimae, Carthago et Numantia, a Scipidne 
sunt deletae. Graecorum llomanorumque gloriam nulla unquam 
oblivio delevit, nee unquam delebit. Deus bonis omnibus mun- 
dum implevit, mail nihil admiscuit. Dum abest dux, milites sedi- 
tionem civerunt. Nuntiata clades majorem, quam res erat, terro- 
rem in urbe excivit. Catilina neque vigiliis, neque quietlbus seda- 
batur : ita conscientia mentem excitam vastabat. 

Cautum est legibus, ut mortui post tertium diem sepelirentur. 
Non dublto, quin semper ab hominum impurorum consuetudine 
caveris. Non ignoro, te mihi meisque semper favisse. Pulli a 
matribus exclusi fotique anxie custodiuntur. Dubitabisne, quin 
summum semper in te foverim amorem ? Me sic amplexati estis, 
sic in manibus habuistis, sic fovistis, ut nunquam illius diei obli- 
viscerer. 

Cicero was instructed (perf.) by Minerva in (ace.) all litera- 
ture. Tell me, who has taught thee (ace.) grammar. If thou shalt 
have joined (= mixed) dignity with modesty, thou wilt please 
all. If thou hadst abstained from the intercourse of bad men, 
thou wouldst now be contented with thy lot. If virtue had re- 
strained thee from bad passions, thou wouldst now be happy. 

All the senators judged (perf.), that they should (Gerund) lend 
aid to the citizens of the city destroyed by the enemies. It is 
known, that Scipio destroyed (perf) two very powerful cities, 
Carthage and Numantia. Tell me, why thou hast wept. The 
death of the good king has been lamented (= wept) by all the 
citizens. When I shall have spun two hours, I will take a walk. 
The world is filled (eomplere) by God with all good [things]), 
nothing of evil is intermixed. 

When I shall have sent for (aceio) you, you will not delay to 

1 \ 90, K. 6. 2 \ 115, 3. 3 \ 91, 0. a). 



EXERCISES. 191 

come. My brother, sent for by a letter, will come to-morrow. 
Philip, king of the Macedonians (Macedo, onis), sent for (perf.) 
Aristotle [as] teacher for his son Alexander. The laws have es- 
tablished, that (ut) the dead should be buried after the third day, 
I know, that thou hast always been on thy guard against the in- 
tercourse of bad men. It was established (perf.) by the will 
of the king, that grain should be distributed to the citizens on his 
birth- day. I rejoice, that (quod) thou hast always favored me 
and my studies. I know that thou hast always cherished great 
love for (in c. ace.) me. The hen anxiously guards the chickens 
which she has hatched and nursed. 



EXERCISE XXXni. 
Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Extorquere, to wrest lacrlma, ae, f tear. occasus, us, m. setting. 

from. sica, ae, /. dagger. rabies, ei, /. madness. 

pervldere, to contem- sicarius, i, m. assassin, rabiosus, a, um, mad. 

plate, examine. collum, i, n. neck. exterus, a, um, exter- 

resldere, to remain tonsor, oris, m. barber. nal, foreign. 

behind. tonstricula, ae, /. a anciilaris, e, ofamaid, 

iocupleto 1. I enrich. female barber. servile. 

barba, ae, f. beard. probltas, atis, f up- acute, adv. sharply, 
epistola, ae,/. letter. rightness. acutely. 

Postquam prandero, ambulabo. Audistlne, nos eras in horto 
pransuros esse ? Quoad ulla spes in animo meo resedit, pro pa- 
triae libertate dimicavi. Jam tres menses obsederunt hostes nos- 
tram urbem. Non ego sum ille ferreus, qui (= ut ego) non mo- 
vear horum omnium lacrlmis, a quibus me circumsessum videtis. 
Multi putant, se beneflcos in suos amicos visum iri, si locupletent 
eos quacunque ratione. Ne prius de re aliqua judica, quam earn 
diligenter pervideris. Epistolae tuae valde me momorderunt. Si 
quis a cane rabioso morsus est, rabies eum occupat. Quoad tu 
locutus es, puer ab ore tuo pependit. Spopondistine pro amico ? 
Spopondi. Multa a Laelio et in senatu et in foro vel provisa 
prudenter, vel acute responsa sunt. Callisthenem Alexander non 
tan turn necavit, sed etiam torsit. Romanae reipublicae magni- 
t.'ido atque amplitudo bellis cum exteris gentibus ac nationibus 
gestis mirum in modum aucta est. Sicario sica de manibus est 
extorta. Quo magis indulseris dolori, eo intolerabilior erit. Occa- 
sum atque interltum reipublicae Romanae optimi quique maxime 
luxcrunt. 



192 EXERCISES. 

Came to tne to-day, in order to breakfast (Sup.). When we 
shall have breakfasted, we will take a walk. Our city has already 
been beset three months by the enemies. The enemies have 
beset the whole city. Hast thou already seen the friend ? no, 
but I hope that I shall see him to-morrow. I grieve, that my let- 
ter has afflicted thee. I fear that the dog will bite me. So long 
as thou hast been absent, we have felt anxiety for thee (pendere 
animis de te). History relates, that Callisthenes was (perf.) not 
only killed by Alexander, but before also was tortured. The 
soldiers wrested (perf.) a dagger from the hands of the assassin. 
Catiline emboldened (== increased) [his] fierce mind and [his] 
consciousness of foul deeds by wicked arts. By the discourse of 
the generals, the courage of the soldiers was increased (perf.). I 
rejoice, that thou hast not been indulgent towards (dat.) the faults 
of thy son. Thou knowest, how very much we have lamented 
the death of our friend. 



EXERCISE XXXIY. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Abstergere, to wipe permulcere, to stroke, perpetior, pessus sum, 
off, dispel, remove. charm, soothe. peti 3. to endure. 

deter gere, to wipe off. remanere, to remain scintilla, ae,yi a spark. 

affulgere, to shine up- behind, remain. exsilium, i, n. banish- 
on. oblecto 1. I delight. merit. 

deridere, to deride. convivor 1. i" eat in caducus, a, urn, des- 

dissuadere, to dis- common. tined to fall, falling, 

suade. lateo, ui 2. / remain confectiojonis^wa/o 

elucere, to shine forth. concealed. ing, composition. 

Dux mitibus verbis excttos militum animos permulsit. Legendo 
Virgilii carmina animus meus mirif Ice oblectatus et permulsns est. 
Ita jucunda mihi hujus libri confectio fuit, ut omnes absiefserit 
senectutis molestias. Non prius ad te veniam, quam luctum om- 
nem abstersero. Detersane jam est tabula? Quadraginta milia 
librorum Alexandriae 1 arserunt. Non dubi'to, quin brevi tota 
Germania bello arsura sit. Quis est, cui semper arriserit fortuna ? 
Neseio, cur a te derisus sim. Sic mihi persuasi, sic sentio, non 
esse animos nostros mortales. Quis credat, cives pacem dissua- 
suros esse ? Milites in itineribus multos labores perpessi sunt, 
sudaverunt et alserunt. Superatis hostibus, nova spes salutis civi- 
tati affulsit. Pater litteris me ursit, ut primo quoque tempore 

1 at Alexandria. See Synt. § 92. 



EXERCISES. 193 

Iitteras ad se darem. Quomodo in viro latebit scintilla ingenii, 
quae jam in puero eluxit ! Tu me tantis benefices auxisti, quanta 
nnnquam ausus sum optare. De amici tui comitate valde gavisus 
sum. Athenis l optimo cuique accidere solltum est, ut in exsilium 
pelleretur. 

The poems of Virgil have delighted and charmed my mind 
wonderfully. The orator hoped, that he should soothe the excited 
minds of the citizens by mild words. Hast thou wiped off the 
table ? it has already been wiped off. I give (ago) thee very 
great thanks, that thou hast removed from me all pain by thy 
consolation. Under the reign (imperare, abl. abs.) of Napoleon 
(Napoleo, onis) nearly all Europe burned (perf.) with war. I 
hope, that all citizens, will burn with a desire, to fight (gen. of 
gerund) for the safety of [their] country. Who knows, whether 
fortune will always smile upon him (sibine). I know not, why 
3'ou have derided me. I have not dissuaded the peace, and have 
been convinced, that neither will you dissuade it. 

The hunters have sweated and frozen. After it has lightened, 
it thunders. The soldiers have pressed the enemies very much. 
From the countenance of the man, shone (perf.) dignity and 
moderation. I have rejoiced, that (quod) thou hast dared to 
speak thy opinion freely. The Carthaginians were accustomed 
(perf.) formerly to use elephants in war. 



EXERCISE XXXV. 
1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Committere, to com- elidere, to dash, break, spectator, oris, m.spec- 

mit. imprlmere, to impress. tator. 

concedere, to concede, copulare, to join. cachinnatio, onis, /. 

allow. locare (in c abl.), to an unrestrained 

connectere, to join place, set. laugh. 

together, connect. libra, ae, f. a pound, histrlo, onis, m. actor, 
corradere, to scrape modius, i, m. a bushel, perpetultas, atis, f. 

together. regnum, i, n. reign, stability, perpetuity. 

deludere, to deceive. kingdom. imprudens, tis, una- 

eludere, to mock. praecordia, orum, n. wares. 

disci udere, to separ- diaphragm. viritim, adv. man by 

ate. man. 

Templum Jani bis post Numae regnum clausum est. Si ridere 
1 at Athens. See Svnt. § 92. 

17 



194 EXERCISES. 

concessum sit, vituperatur tamen cachinnatio. Si concesseris> 
esse deum ; confitendum tibi est, ejus consiHo raundum adminis- 
trari. In omnium animis dei notion em impressit ipsa natura. 
Magna vis est conscientiae, et magna in utramque partem, ut 
neque timeant [iij, qui nihil commiserint, et poenam semper ante 
oculos versari putent [iij, qui peccarint. Virtutes ita copulatae 
eonnexaeque sunt, ut omnes omnium participes sint. Caesar 
populo praeter frumenti denos modios ac totldem olei libras tre- 
eenos quoque nummos viritim divlsit. Qui diffidit perpetuitati 
bonorum suorum, timeat necesse est, ne aliquando, amissis illis, sit 
miser. 

2. Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Concludere, to in- emergere, to emerge, exanimare, to MIL 

elude, rise up, work one's exsibllare, to hiss off. 

confluere, to flow to- self out. fugare, to put to 

gether, assemble. detrudere, to thrust flight. 
diffluere, to flow asun- down. liasta, ae, f. spear. 

der, run into. extrudere, to thrust nebula, ae, f a mist. 

defigere, to fix, render from. clypeus, i, m. a shield. 

firm, to turn upon discutere, to drive stimulus, i, m. goad. 

something. away, dispel. caligo, Inis, f. dark- 

transfigere, to trans- dispergere, to dis- ness. 

fix. perse. salvus, a, um, safe. 

deflectere, to deviate, dispiclo, spexi, spec- mobilis, e, changeable. 
demergere, to plunge turn 3. to open the quondam, adv. for- 

under, sink, sup- eyes. merly. 

press. exagltare, to disquiet. 

Te in tantum luctum et laborem detrusum esse, gravlter doleo. 
Cur aedibus istum extrusisti ? Spero, amicum aegrotum e morbo 
evasurum esse. Si animus e corpore evaserit, turn demum vivet 
et vigebit. Sole orto, caligo discussa est. Omnia pericula, quae 
urbi impendebant, ducis fortitudo et consilium discussit. Marius 
senile corpus paludibus demersum occultavit. Animus coelestis 
ex altissimo domicilio depressus et in terram quasi demersus est. 
Leges, per longum tempus hostium vi demersae, tandem emerse- 
runt. Deus immortalis sparsit animos in corpora humana. Om- 
nia, quae nunc artibus conclusa sunt, quondam dispersa et dissi- 
pata fuerunt. 

The Romans closed (perf.) the temple of Janus twice after the 
reign of Numa, If it is conceded to me by thee, that there is a 
God, thou must confess that the world is managed by his coun- 
sel. What thou hast promised, thou must hold to (tenere, gerun- 
dive). The idea (= notion) of God, is impressed upon (abl.) 



EXERCISES. 195 

the souls of all men by nature herself. Men, by whom crimes 
have been committed, are disquieted by the goads of conscience. 
God has connected all parts of the world together (inter se). 
Hast thou heard, that grain has been distributed to (dat.) the 
poor by the king ? 

Immortal souls have been placed (=sown) by God, in mortal 
bodies. Our soldiers attacked (perf.) the enemies dispersed, and 
put them to flight. All the cares and thoughts of Cicero were 
turned upon the welfare of the republic. I know, that thou wilt 
never deviate from the path of virtue through wickedness. For 
(dat.) whom is this crown plaited ? I believe there is a great 
multitude of men assembled in the city, in order to behold (Sup.) 
the public games. It is known, that the Romans of later (poste- 
rior) times, ran into (diffluere) luxury. 



EXERCISE XXXVL 

Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Arrlpere,fo seize upon, depugnare, to fight sepulcrum, i, n. grave, 

dirlpere, to plunder. (for life or death). burial. 

conserere, to join to- jurare, to swear. tegumentum, i, n. cov- 

gether, to be hand suo, sui, sutum 3. to er, covering. 

to hand. sew. commutatio, onis, f 

demetere, to cut progredior, gressus change. 

doivn. sum, gredi 3. to migratio, onis, f. mi~ 

demittere, to let down, step forth, proceed. gration. 

let fall. caerimonia, ae, /. recordatio, onis, f re- 

disserere, to discuss, sanctity, religious collection. 

speak. ceremony. mutus, a, um, dumb. 

ingignere, to implant, praetorium, i, n. gen- supremus, a, um, last. 

praeponere, to place eraVs tent. mature, adv. speedily. 

before. 

In omnibus negotiis, priusquam aggrediare, consul to opus 
est 1 ; ubi autem consulueris, mature rem ipsam aggredere. Soc- 
rates supremo vitae die multa de immortalitate animorum disse- 
rfrit. Manibus consertis, milites nostri fortitudlne exeelluerunt 
Animus moderatur et movet id corpus, cui praeposltus est. Zeno 
in una virtute beatam vitam posuit. Natura ingenuit homini 
cupiditatem verum inveniendi. Omnibus animalibus a natura 
ingenlta est conservandi sui custodia. Alexander, victor tot regum 

4 there is need of one's deliberating. See § 9i, 1. f). 



196 EXERCISES. 

atque populorum, irae succubuit. Spero, te semper maximo stu- 
dio in litteras incubiturum esse. Caerimonias sepulcrorum homi- 
nes, maximis ingeniis praediti, non tanta euro, coluissent, nisi 
haereret in eorura mentions, mortem non interltum esse omnia 
delentem, sed qnandam quasi migration em commutationemqae 
vitae, quae in elaris viris et femlnis dux in coelum soleret esse. 
Si ingenium tuum artibus litterisque excultum exit, et tibi et aliis 
utllis eris. Dux, ne milites animum demitterent, vulnera sibi in- 
flicta occuluit. Ne crede, ullum peccatum deo oceultum manere. 

I rejoice, that thou hast applied thyself with so great zeal to 
literature. I doubt not, that the wise [man] will never sink under 
the pains of the body. If thou shalt have cultivated thy genius 
by arts and literature, thou wilt be useful both to thyself and to 
[thy] native land. I hope, that thou wilt always honor thy pa- 
rents. Why hast thou concealed thy faults from me ? didst thou 
think, that thou wouldst always conceal them from me ? The 
enemies, after they had taken the city (abl. abs.), killed (perf.) the 
citizens and plundered their goods. The wise [man] will be 
happy, even when all the gifts of fortune may be snatched from 
him. Gratefully we remember the place (ace.) where we were 
nourished and brought up. 



EXERCISE XXXVII. 
1. Words to he learned and Examples for translation, 

Decernere, to deter- under, place under, obtrectatio, onis, f. 
mine, to discern. to subject detraction, grudge. 

secernere, to sever, import-are, to import, venustas, atis, f. love- 
separate, concionari, to ha- liness. 

inserere, to sozo in, rangue the people, corporeus, a, um, cor- 
implant. invidia, ae, f. envy, poreal. 

oblinere, to besmear, hatred. communis, e, com- 

daub. vinea, ae, f. the vine. mo?i, known by all. 

prosternere, to pros- butyrnm, i, n. butter, ibi, adv. there. 

trate. comitia, orum, n. as- opportune, adv. op- 

consternere, to strow. sembly of the people. portunely. 

substernere, to spread messis, is, /. crop. sublto, adv. suddenly. 

Insita est nobis corporis nostri carltas. Ibi messis non est, ubi 
sat.um non est. Omne, quod erat concretum atque corporeum, 
deus substravit animo. Vita tua malevolorum obtrectatrones et 
invidins prostravisti. Probus, imperator, Aureum montem a pud 



EXERCISES. 197 

Moesiam superiorem vineis consevit. Proelio commisso, omnia 
longe lateque tells, armis, cadaveribus constrata erant. Scclcra- 
tnm hoir.mem conscientia spretae virtutis exagitat. Die, cur con- 
silium meum spreveris. Audi, pueri Mater te rogat, cur panem 
butjro oblltum oblitus sis edere. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Adsciscere, to adopt, deponere, to lay aside, luxuries, ei, f. extrav- 
assuescere (c. dat.), sacra, oruni, n. sacred agance. 

to accustom one's rites. alienigena, ae, for- 

self, to be accus- auctor, 6ris,ra. author, eign, from another 
tomed (to some- adviser; me auc- country. 
thing). tore, on my advice, assiduus, a, um, un- 

consucscere, to accus- religio, onis, f reli- remitting, constant, 
torn one's self, to be gion, scrupulous- dilucldus, a, um, 
accustomed. ness. clear. 

approbare, to approve, superstitio, onis, f. quotidianus, a, um, 
levare (c. abL), to re- superstition. daily. 

lieve, free. suavltas, atis, /. amia- futllis, e, frivolous. 

privare (c. abl.), to bleness, amiable dis- paululum, adv. a iit- 
deprive. position. tie, 

Multi homines, labori assiduo et quotidiano assueti, quum tempes- 
tatis caussa prodlre prohibentur, ludis delectantur. Demosthenes 
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare consuevit. Nu- 
mam Pompilium, regem alienigenam, patribus auctoribus, sibi ipse 
populus adsclvit. Cereris sacra populus Romanus a Graecis ad- 
sclta maxima religione coluit. Ubi animus paululum e negotiis 
requieverit, ad te advolabo, in cujus amore et suavitate spero me 
conquieturum omnesque curas doloresque depositurum esse. Si 
amici mei mores pernoveris, spero, te ejus innocentiam agniturum 
eique ignoturum esse. Si luxuriem orationis tuae depaveris, magni 
oratoris laudem tuebere. 

It is certain, that the rivers which have decreased in winter, 
will increase in the spring. I am accustomed (perf. act. of con- 
suesco), to read something from (gen.) Homer daily. Numa Pom- 
pilius was adopted (perf.) by the Roman people [as] king. It is 
known, that the Roman people adopted (perf.) the sacred rites 
of Ceres from the Greeks. Cicero, deprived of public offices, 
found satisfaction in the study of literature. When thou shalt 
have become intimately acquainted with my brother, I doubt not, 
that thou wilt perceive his preeminence. The sheep have eaten 
down the herbs of the field. The shepherd drives (agere) the 
sheep to pasture (=in order to pasture, Sup.). 
17* 



198 EXERCISES. 



EXERCISE XXXVIIL 



Saepe homines res, quas vehementer cupiverunt, adepti fastidi- 
unt. Audistine, ut leones rudiverint ? Bellum ita suscipiatur, ut 
nihil aliud, nisi pax quaeslta videatur. Quum omnem antiquita- 
tem memoria repetiveris, tria vix amicorum paria invenies, qui 
alter pro altero vitam deponere parati erant. Ne judica de re 
prius, quam earn accurate exquisiveris ! Erechthei filiae cupide 
mortem expetiverunt pro vita civium. Omnis Romanorum philo- 
sophia repetlta est a Graecis. Socrates totam vitam atque aetatem 
contrivit in emendandis aliorum moribus. Praecepta virtutis, 
quamvis contrlta sint et communia, tamen a paucis observantur. 

History relates, that death was sought by the daughters of Erec- 
theus for the life of the citizens. We read, that the consuls were 
brought from the plough by the Romans. It is known that the 
Romans have brought many sacred rites from foreign nations. As 
soon as the enemies attacked (perf.) our soldiers, they seized their 
arms and fought. I have taken myself so hastily from the city, 
because troublesome men vexed (perf.) me daily. I fear, that 
thou hast provoked the friend by thy licentious jests. It is known, 
that the power (opes) of Italy was (perf.) formerly wasted by 
Hannibal. 



EXERCISE XXXIX. 

1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

AfFicere, to affect ; transigere, to spend foedus, eris, n. league, 

affectus, affected. (time). potestas, atis, /. pow- 

delinqu&re, to do some- excerpere, to make er. 

tiling wrong, to be extracts from. furiosus, a, um, mad, 
delinquent. • benefactum, i, n. fa- insane. 

disjlcere, to throw vor. \_sway. modo, adv. only, just, 

asunder, scatter. dominatio, onis, f. 

Quid est tarn furiosum, quam verborum vel optimorum atque 
ornatissimorum sonitus inanis, nulla subjecta sententia ? Pecu- 
niam si cuipiam fortuna ademit, tamen, dum existimatio est inte- 
gra, facile consolatur honestas egestatem. Milites, captis armis, 
impetum fecerunt in hostes ; hi autem propere fiigam ceperunt. 
Hostes, foedere, quod modo icerant, rupto, subito in castra nostra 
irruperunt. Si quid philosophus in ratione vitae dcliquerit, eo 
turpior est, quod artem vitae profitetur. Plinius nullum librum 



EXERCISES. 199 

legit, quern non excerperet. Cives, ab hostibus subacti, omni 
libertatis recuperandae spe adempta, miseram transegerunt vitam. 
Milkes hostium aciem perfregerunt et disjecerunt. Foedera icta 
ab hostibus fracta sunt. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Destituere, to desert, respuere, to reject. pallium, i, n. cloak. 

leave behind, gloriari, to glory. discrimen, Inis, n. dis- 

instituere, to instruct, indulgentia, ae, f. in- Unction. 
effugere (c. ace.), to dulgence. prosperltas, atis, f. 

escape. tunica, ae, /. under prosperity. 

exacuere, to sharpen. garment. contrarius, a, um, op- 

involvere, to involve, annulus, i, m. ring. posite. 

envelope. soccus, i, m. socle, shoe, liberalis, e, liberal. 

redargilere, to dis- obsequium, i, n. obe- ingenue, adv. nobly, 

prove. dience. respectably. 

Quis, honesta in familia institutus et educatus ingenue, non 
ipsa turpitudlne, etiamsi eum laesura non sit, offenditur? Car- 
thago diruta est, quuni stetisset annos sexcentos sexaginta septem. 
Pacis nomine bellum involutum reformido. Philosophi involutam 
multarum rerum naturam evolverunt. Num tibi unquam placebit, 
quod omnium mentes aspernatae sunt et respuerunt ? Milites in 
ipso discrimine periculi cives inermes destituerunt. Quum ani- 
mus, cognltis perceptisque virtutibus, a corporis obsequio indul- 
gentiaque discesserit, voluptatemque oppresserit, omnemque mortis 
dolorisque timorem effugerit, cultumque dei et puram religionem 
susceperit, et exacuerit ingenii aciem ad bona deligenda et reji- 
cienda contraria : turn vita nobis erit beatissima. Num credis, 
improborum prosperitates redarguisse dei bonitatem ? Dejanira 
Herculi sanguine Centauri tinctam tunlcam induit. 

3. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Deflcere, to fail. dissolvere, to relax. designare, to desig- 

praef icere, to set over, persolvere, to pay. note. 

deminuere, to dimin- eruere, to dig up. extenuare, to extenu- 

ish. obruere, to cover ate, lessen. 

diluere, to dilute, up. se Veritas, atis, f. se- 

wealcen. verity. 

Homines metalla terra obruta eruerunt. Milites in expugnatae 
urbis cives ita savierunt, ut omnem humanitatem exuisse videren- 
tur. Divlna lex non scripta est, sed nata : qua non institiiti, sed 
imbuti sunuis. Nemo est tarn immdnis, cujus mentem non imbu- 



200 EXEKC1SE3. 

e.rit deorum opinio. Pueri animum tcncrum virtutis praeceptis 
imbulmus. Cogitatio, omnes res humanas fragiles et caducas esse, 
omnes me as molestias extenuavit et diluit. Quae observata sunt 
in usu ac tractatione dicendi, haec ab hominibus doetis verbis 
designata et partlbus distributa sunt. Divitiae, quae ab exteris 
nationibus Romam confluxerunt, morum disci plinam severita- 
temque dissolverunt. Stipendiis, quae dux militibus promiserat, 
non persolutis, seditio concitata est 

The passions ought to be subjected to the reason. If thou shalt 
have spent thy life according to (ex) the precepts of virtue, the 
entrance to heaven will stand open to thee. It is hard to retain 
(tenere) friendship, when thou shalt have fallen from virtue. 
God has set the soul over the body. Some doubt, whether the 
world may be made by chance (ne, whether, attached to casu) or 
(an) by the divine reason. It was uncertain, whether the Romans 
had (subj.) conquered, or had been conquered. Then (turn) first 
(demum) will the soul enjoy a happy life, when it shall have de- 
serted the body. The enemies have broken (rumpere) the con- 
cluded league. 

The soldiers fled, because they feared (perf. of metuo) that they 
should be conquered by the enemies. The metals, which nature 
has hid in (abl.) the earth, are dug up by man. Who is not im- 
bued with the belief in (gen.) God ? Parents, who have imbued 
the minds of their children with the principles of virtue and have 
instructed them in literature, deserve well, not only of (de) their 
children, but also of the state. We have weakened the wine by 
(abl.) water. I hope that this reflection will weaken all thy 
troubles. Already the powers of our soldiers were diminished, 
when the enemies made (perf.) an attack. 



EXERCISE XL. 
1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Comprehendere, to ofFundere, to flow lacerare, to lacerate, 

embrace. against, diffuse, tear. 

confodere, to stab. spread over. digerere, to dispose, 

effodere, to dig out. exedere, to consume, digest. 
difiundere, to diffuse, corrode. inscribere (c. dat.), to 

disperse, incendere, to enkindle, inscribe, write upon. 
efFundere, to pour inflame. liquefacere, to make 

forth ; 2) throw off procudere, to forge ; liquid. 

(the rider). (of money) to coin, proflccrc, to ban jit. 



EXERCISES. 201 

pervebi, to bear velum, i, n. sail. conspectus, us, m. 

through, convey. furor, oris, m. mad- sight. 

colonla, ae, f colo- ness. antic; uTtus, adv. an- 

ny. vetustas, atis, f. age. ciently, formerly. 

Constat, Tyrioruin colonlas paene tolo orbe 1 terrarum diffusas 
fuisse. In morte portum nobis paratum [esse] et perfugium pute- 
mus. Quo utinam velis passis pervehi liceat ! Hannibal patriam 
defensum ex Italia revocatus est. Nihil proftciunt praecepta, 
quarndiu menti 2 error offusus est. Beate vivendi cupiditate in- 
censi omnes sumus. Ingens nunimorum numerus hoe anno 3 pro- 
cusus est. Aegritudo animum meuni laceravit, exedit planeque 
confecit. Epigrammatis, monumento inscripti, litterae vetustate 
exesae erant. Milites urbem, ab hostibus oppugnatam, acerrime 
defenderunt. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Convellere, to tear rescindere, to tear, to motus, us, m. motion. 

away, convulse. break down. motus terrae, earth- 

desidere, to sink transgredi, to pass quake. 

down. over. quoc\inqi\e,adv.ichith- 

diffindere, to split. mora, ae, f delay. ersoevtr. 

discindere, to tear in nodus, i, m. a knot. scilicet, adv. namely, 

pieces. scrupulus, i, m. anx- doubtless, 

iety. 

Quocunque te vel oculis, vel animo converters, divinae boni- 
tatis plena esse omnia, intelliges. Alexander, rex Macedonum, 
Gordii nodum ense diffidit, scilicet diffisus, eum a se solutum iri. 
Quum Hannibal Alpes transgrederetur, multa ingentis magnitu- 
dlnis saxa diffissa sunt. Quis tibi vestem discldit ? Quid V dis- 
cissane est ? Pompeii terrae motu desederunt. Quis ncscit, apud 
Romanos eloquentiam ad summum honorem adscendisse ? Caesar, 
militum virtuti confisus, sine mora hostilem exercitum adortus est. 
Litterae tuae omnem scrupulum mihi ex animo evellerunt. Est 
boni regis officium, quum rempubllcam labefactatem convulsamque 
videt, opitulari patriae. 

The goodness of God is diffused through (abl.) the whole 
world. The sails are spread. Superstition has spread (oiTun- 
dere) darkness over (dat.) the souls of men. The king has 
coined a great quantity of money this year. My mind is torn 
and consumed by grief (aegritudo). When we shall have eaten, 
we will take a walk. The city, which was assaulted by the ene- 

1 S 91, 9. * § 90, 11. 5. 3 S 91, 10. 



202 EXERCISES. 

my, was (perf.) very bravely defended by the citizens. Ancienth r , 
the Spaniards (Hispanus, i) dug up much gold and silver (= much 
of gold and silver). By thy bravery, thou hast turned all eyes 
and minds upon (in) thee. How often has the faculty of speak- 
ing (gen. of Ger.) been turned to (ad) the destruction of men ! 
The enemies have broken down the bridges. Mountains and 
cities have been sunk down by earthquakes. We had already 
descended from the mountain, as we heard (perf.) that you were 
ascending (subj.) it. All anxiety has been removed (evellere) 
from my mind by thy letter. Who does not know, that the long 
war has shaken the state violently ? Caesar by a few words in- 
flamed the soldiers for the battle. 



EXERCISE XLL 
1. Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Concinere, to sing to- evertere, to overthroio, proverbium, i, m.pro- 
gether, sound to- demolish, verb, 

geiher. insplcere, to look up- fides, is, /. string ; 

excidere, to cut off, on, view. fidlbus canere, to 

destroy. recede re, to go back, play with a stringed 

obtingere, to fall to retire. instrument. 

one y s lot. restituere, to restore, frigus, oris, n. cold. 

confirmare, to render emollirej to soften. innoxius, a, urn, in- 
permanent, epillae, arum, f. a nocenU 

devolare, to fly away. meal, feast. noctu, adv. by night. 

populari, to lay waste. praesto, adv. present. 

Et discas oportet, et, quod didicisti, agendo confirmes. Male 
parta male dilabuntur. Ut hirundlnes aestivo tempore praesto 
sunt, frigore pulsae recedunt ; ita falsi amici sereno vitae tempore 
praesto sunt; simulatque hiemem fortunae viderint, devolant 
omnes- Quid casurum sit, incertum est. Quod cuique obtigit, 
id quisque teneat. Clitum amicum senem et innoxium a se occi- 
sum esse, Alexander dolebat. Ingenuas didicisse fidellter artes, 
emollit mores, nee sinit esse feros (eos). ISTon tarn utilltas, parta 
per amicum, quam amici amor ipse delectat. Hannibalem non 
fefellit, ferocius, quam consultius rem hostes gesturos esse. Ex 
quo (sc. tempore) pecunia in honore fuit, verus rerum honor oc- 
cidit. Siiva vetus cecidlt, ferro quam nemo cecidit. 

Cleomenes, Lacedaemonius, quum triginta dierum essent cum 
hoste pactae indutiae, noctu populabatur agros, quod dierum essent 
pactae, non noctium indutiae. Dux, quum urbem cepisset, acdi- 



EXERCISES. 203 

fieiis omnibus, pnblicis et privates, sacris et profanis, sic pepercit, 
quasi ad ea defendenda, non expugnanda cum exereitu, urbem 
intrasset. Urbe expugnata, milites, furore capti, juraverunt se 
non aetate confectis, non mulieribus, non infantibus parsuros esse. 
Ovorum inter se similitudo est in prove rbio ; tamen Deli 1 fuerunt 
complures, qui, permultas gallinas alentes, quum ovum inspexerant, 
quae id gallina peperisset, dicere solebant. Mihi crede, te tua 
virtute maximam laudem tibi pariturum esse. 

2. Words to be learned and Examples for translation, 

Compungere,fopnc£, conclamare, to cry out adversarius, i, m. ad- 
mark, together. versary. 

condere, to found, stimulare, to goad. doliarium, i, n. cellar, 

preserve. sustentare, to pre- festivltas, atis, f. 

distinguere, to distin- serve, sustain. agreeableness. 

guish. erumpere, to break loquacitas, atis, f. lo- 

percurrere, to run forth. quacity. 

through. nota, ae, f. sign, potus, us, m. drink. 

perdere, to destroy, mark. spurius, a, um, spuri- 

ruin. ous. 

Conclamabant omnes Carthaginienses, satis suppliciorum a se 
pro temeritate unius hominis, Hannibalis, pensum esse. Milites, 
urbem ingressi, non cibum, aut potum poposcerunt, non armorum 
onus deposuerunt. Tu ex animo scrupulum evellisti, qui me dies 
noctesque stimulavit ac pupugit. Philosophta, si paupertas momor- 
dit, si ignominia pupugit, si quid tenebrarum offudit exsilium, sin- 
gularum rerum proprias consolationes adhibet. Festivitatem habet 
narratio, distincta person is et interpuncta sermonibus. Aristarch- 
us, grammattcus, eos Homeri versus, qui spurii ei videbantur, notis 
quibusdam eompunxit. Omnes cives, belli calamitatibus confecti, 
pacem expoposcerunt. Romani in doliariis condita habebant vina, 
pipere et melle condita. Graeciae civitates, dum imperare singu- 
lae cupiunt, imperium omnes perdiderunt. Perditis rebus omni- 
bus, ipsa virtus se sustentat. 

The Gauls (Gallus, i,) have learned from the Greeks, to sur- 
round [their] cities with walls. If any one has acquired (fut. 
perf.) riches in a bad way (male), he will also lose them in a bad 
way. The thing has turned out otherwise than (atque) I had 
expected. Alexander, seized (capere) by anger, killed (perf.) 
[his] friend Clitus, an old man. Thy friendship has always 
afforded me the greatest pleasure. The faithless friend has de- 

1 at Delos. See Svnt. 6 92. 



201 EXERCISES. 

ceived me. After my sister had sung (perf.) alone (solus), we 
all sang together (perf.). 

The citizens of the city hoped, that Caesar, who had already 
spared other captured cities, would also spare theirs. It is not to 
be doubted, that our army, which under the conduct of a bad gen- 
eral (duce malo imperatore) has acquired for itself great praise 
by its bravery, under the conduct of a good general, will acquire 
for itself still (etiam) greater praise. A victory gained by treach- 
ery, redounds (= is) to (dat.) the conqueror not for praise but 
for disgrace. The rashness of Catiline was crushed by the pru- 
dence of Cicero. The dart will be discharged (emittere) so much 
the more violently, the more (magis) the bow has been drawn 
together (contendere) and drawn up (adducere). 

The firmness of the general and the bravery of the soldiers, 
have weakened the attack of the forth-breaking enemies. Scarcely 
had I reached the house, when it was (perf.) struck (= touched) 
by lightning (de coelo). Our soldiers repulsed the enemies at 
(abl.) the first attack. The whole book has been run through by 
me [in] reading (abl. of gerund). The traitor has paid just pun- 
ishment for his offence. As soon as the horns sounded (perf. of 
cantre), all the soldiers ran (perf.) together. Virtue sustains 
itself, even if (etiamsi) it may have lost all. 



EXERCISE XLII. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Coalesco, lui, lltum illucesco, luxi 3. to advertere, to turn 

3. to grow together, become light, dawn. (hither). 

coalesce. recrudesco, dui 3. to auditor, oris, ?n. hear- 

consanesco, nui 3. to break out afresh. er. 

become well. rescisco, ivi or ii, itum viscus, eris, n. bowels. 

consenesco, nui 3. to 3. to ascertain. adulterinus, a, um, 

grow old. condemnare, to con- adulterated, coun- 

convalesco, lui 3. to demn ; capitis, to terfeit. 

become better, re- death. contra, adv. on the 

cover. permanare, to flow contrary, other side. 

defervesco, vi 3. to through, flow along, quando, ado. when. 

burn out. subside. 

Crede, omnem diem tibi illuxisse supremum. Socratis responso 
eic judlces exarserunt, ut capitis hominem innocentissimum con- 
demn arent. Ratio, quum adolevit atque perfecta est, nominatur 
rite snpientia. Quacrltur, si sapiens adulterinos nummos acceperit 



EXERCISES. 205 

imprudens pro bonis, quum id rescierit, soluturusne sit eos pro 
bonis. Incrediblle memoratu est, quam facile Romani et Aborigi- 
nes coaluerint. Quum est concupita peeunia, nee adhibita con- 
tin uo ratio, quae sanet earn cupiditatem : permanat in venas et 
inliaeret in visceribus illud malum. Endymlo, nescio quando, in 
Latmo, Caiiae monte, obdormivit, necdum est experrectus. Ora- 
tori abstinendum est verbis, quae propter vetustatem obsoleverunt. 
Convaluistlne tandem ex morbo, quo tamdiu laborasti ? Illius 
oratoris ardor animi, qui prius omnium auditorum animos ad se 
advertebat rapiebatque, jam plane defervit. Yulnus meum, quod 
jam consanuisse videbatur, nunc recruduifc. 

Scarcely had the day dawned, when I commenced {perf. of 
aggredi) my journey. A bloody war broke out (= was kindled) 
between (inter) the Romans and Carthaginians. Catiline ad- 
dressed (perf.) his associates with these words : Our (= to us) 
age is vigorous (vigere), the soul is strong (valere) ; on the other 
side, all is grown old by years and riches. As soon as Caesar 
ascertained (perf.) that the enemies were approaching, he led 
out (perf.) the soldiers from the camp. In a short time, the minds 
of all had coalesced into (abl.) so great (tantus) friendship, that 
every distinction of rank (ordo et locus) was forgotten. I have 
perceived with great pleasure from thy letter, that thou hast re- 
covered from thy long continued sickness. The sedition of the 
soldiers, which had been quieted by the wisdom (consilium) of 
the general, broke out afresh (perf.) during his absence (eo ab- 
sente). 



EXERCISE XLIIL 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Consentire, to agree munificentia, ae, f. rector, oris, m. gov- 

with. munificence. ernor. 

dissentire, to disagree, documentum, i, n. coetus, us, m. assem- 

dissent. proof. Uy. 

desllire, to leap down, dumetum, i, n. thicket, affluenter, adv.plenti- 
transllire, to leap over, ludibrium, i, n. sport. fully- 

exhaurire, to exhaust, parricidium, i, n. par- immortallter, adv. im- 
indagare, to search ricide. mortally. 

out. curatio, onis, f cure, rursus, adv. again. 

dispellere, to drive explorator, oris, m. a undlque, adv. from all 

asunder , disperse. spy. sides. 

catena, ae, /. chain. 

18 



206 EXERCISES. 

Regis sepulcro haec verba inscripta sunt: Probe vixit, imprd- 
bos vinxit, hostes writ. Hostes victl et eaten is vincti in servitutem 
abducti sunt. Imperium justis legibus fultum esse debet. Rex, 
pace composita, rempublicam labefactatara sua virtu te fulsit. 
Virtus diffieilis inventu est : rectorem dueemque desiderat. Artes 
innumerablles repertae sunt, doeente natura. Vita, si undlque 
referta bonis est, beata dicitur. Homines urbes moenibus sepse- 
runt. Occultae inimicitiae magis timendae sunt, quani apertae. 
Quis est tarn miser, ut non dei munifieentiam senserit ? Dii, in- 
duti specie humana, fabulas poctis suppeditaverunt, hominum au- 
tem vitam superstitione omni reierserunt- Continues bellis reipub- 
licae opes exhaustae sunt. Quo quis affluentius voluptates undique 
hauserit, eo gravius ardenti usque sitiet. Caesar, ubi per explora- 
tores comperit, hostes adventare, protinus milites e castris eduxit. 
Nebula, bora quarta sole dispulsa, aperuit diem. Plato Athenis ] 
in Academla sepultus est. Eodem loco nostra memoria sepultus 
est Carolus Odofredus Miillerus, professor Gottingensis, vir praes- 
tantissimus et de antiquitatis disciplina immortaliter merltus. 

The state shaken by the Avar, has been supported by the virtue 
of the king. Trajan alone of (gen.) all the citizens is buried 
within (intra) the city [of] Rome. Men have invented innumer- 
able arts, nature teaching them (abl. abs.). Cicero's writings upon 
(de) philosophy, are filled up with the most excellent principles 
of virtue. The just king has supported his government by just 
laws. O king, thou art to be pronounced (= extolled) happy, 
who hast always lived uprightly, hast bound the wicked, hast 
conquered the enemies. The cities are surrounded (= hedged 
around) with walls. 

All the former (superior) losses are repaired by one victory. 
Whence hast thou ascertained, that my brother will come to-day ? 
Just as physicians, when they have discovered the cause of the sick- 
ness (abl. abs.) believe that they have discovered the cure, so 
shall we, when the cause of sorrow is discovered, find the ability 
of curing (gen. of gerund) [it]. As the old man entered (subj.) 
the assembly, all uncovered (perf.) [their] heads ; but as he left 
(subj.) it, all covered (perf.) [their] heads again. God has en- 
closed (= hedged in) and covered the eyes with (abl.) very deli- 
cate membranes. 

1 at Athens. See Synt. § 92. 



EXERCISES. 207 

EXERCISE XLIV. 
Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Celare (aliquem ali- constituere, to estab- effector, oris, m. crea~ 

quid), to conceal lish, constitute. tor. 

(something from desistere, to desist, situs, us, m. condition, 

some one). [ate. cease. situation. 

enumerare, to enumer- inducere, to lead to, adeo, adv. so, so very. 

meditari (c. ace.), to induce. injuste, adv. unjustly, 

think (of some- mitescere (without primum, adv. first. 

thing). \_falsely. Perf. or Sup.), to proinde quasi, just 

pejerare, to swear become mild, tame. as if. 

PergTte, pueri, atque in id studium, in quo estis, incurnbite, ut 
et vobis 1 honori, 1 et amicis utilitati, et reipublicae emolumento 
esse possitis ! Nemo adeo ferus est, ut non mitescere possit. Hoc 
quotidie meditare, ut possis aequo animo vitam relinquere. Qui- 
dam idcirco, deum esse, non putant, quia non apparet, nee cerni- 
tur : proinde quasi nostram ipsam mentem videre posslmus. Uni- 
versum mundum quum cernimus, possumusne dubitare, quin ei 
praesit aliquis effector et moderator? Nihil tarn difficile est, quin 
(=ut non) quaerendo investigari possit. Sic cogitandum est, 
tanquam aliquis in pectus intlmum inspicere possit ; et potest. 

Satis nobis persuasum esse debet, etiamsi deum hominesque 
celare possimus, nihil tamen injuste esse faciendum. Potestisne 
dubitare, quin deus universum mundum gubernet ? Non possu- 
mus. Cur nobiscum ambulare non potes ? 

Omnes mundi partes ita constitutae sunt, ut neque ad usum 
meliores potuerint esse, neque ad speciem pulchriores. Ante occu- 
patur animus ab iracundia, quam providere satis potuit, ne occu- 
paretur. Yix Caesar milites e castris educere potuerat, quum 
hostes impetum fecerunt. Quid enumerem artium multitudinem, 
sine quibus vita omnis nulla esse potuisset ? Quern, ut mentiatur, 
inducere possumus ; [eum], ut pejeret, exorare facile poterlmus. 
Dolorem, si non potero frangere, occultabo. Facile intelligltur, 
nee figuram situmque membrorum nostrorum, nee ingenii men- 
tisque vim effici potuisse fortuna. Hoc primum sentio, nisi in 
bonis, amicitiam esse non posse. 

If you earnestly apply (fut.) yourselves to the study of litera- 
ture, you will be able to be useful, as well to yourselves as to 
(your) friends and the state. Socrates thought daily of this, that 
he might be able to die with equanimity. Canst thou tell me, 

1 & 90, 5. 



208 EXERCISES. 

why thy brother is not able to come to me to-day? No. When 
you contemplate the whole world, you are not able to doubt, that 
it is ruled by a divine mind (mens). The wise can be happy, 
even when they are tortured. If we cultivate (colere) virtue, 
we can always be happy. 

Why cannot thy brothers come to me to-day ? I do not know, 
why they cannot. But why could they not come yesterday ? 
They could not come yesterday on account (per) of much busi- 
ness (plur.). What could have been (== has been able to be) 
given to the human race, fairer and more noble than reason ? 
The enemies had not as yet been able to draw their troops to- 
gether, as Caesar made (perf.) an attack upon (in) them. Who 
believes, that the world can have been (= may have been able 
to be) made by chance ? 



EXERCISE XLV. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Symbola, ae, /. a con- argentum vivum, n. familiaris, e, belonging 

tribution of money quicksilver. to the family ; res 

or food; de sym- spatium, i, n. space, familiaris, estate. 

bolis edere, to eat curculio, onis, m. perrumpere, to break 

at common expense. corn-worm. through. 

adolescentulus, i, m. moles, is, /.. mass., vae, inter j. alas J 
young man, youth. 

Esse oportet, ut vivamus ; non vivere, ut edamus. Modlce 
bibite et este. Heri aliquot adolescentuli convenerunt, ut de 
symbolis essent. Haec herba acerba esu est. Aegritudo lacerat, 
exest animum planeque conflcit. Curculiones frumentum exesse 
incipiunt. Argentum vivum exest ac perrumpit vasa. Majores 
nostri cavere non potuerunt, ne vetustas monumenta exesset. 
Quae unquam moles tarn firma fuit, quam non exessent undae ? 
Yae vobis, qui omnem rem familiarem luxuria comestis ! Satur- 
nus ex se natos comesse fingitur solitus, quia consumit aetas tem- 
porum spatia. 

Eat thou and drink moderately. Ye should eat moderately. 
Age consumes all monuments. Where dost thou eat to-day ? I 
came, that (ut) I might eat with thee. I know not, where you 
ate yesterday. My brother had called us in order to eat (Sup.). 
An unripe grape is bitter to eat (Sup. in «). I feared that the 
sorrow (aegritudo) would consume thy mind. Alas to thee, who 
consumest thy whole estate ! 



EXERCISES. 209 

EXERCISE XLVI. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

AfFero, attiili, allatum 3. to bear fortli, decedere, to go forth, 

3. to bring to, bring. bury. die. 

aufero, abstuli, abla- infero, intiili, illatuin, doctor, oris, m. teach- 

turn 3. to bear to bring against; er. 

away, take away. bellum infero ali- gigas, antis, m. giant. 

confero, contuli, col- cui, / make war aeternltas,atis,/ eter- 

latum 3. to bring upon one. nity. 

together, compare, praefero, tali, latum funditus, adv from the 

defero, detuli, dela- 3. to prefer. foundation, wholly. 

turn 3. to bring refero, tilli, latum 3. qui (for quo), how, by 

down, offer. to bring back, refer. whom, by what, etc. 
effero, extuli, elatum 

Ferte misero atque inopi auxilium. Confer nostram longissi- 
mam aetatem cum aeternitate, et brevissima videbitur. Quid 
quaeque nox, aut dies ferat, incertum est. Incumbe in earn 
curam ct cogitation em, quae tibi summam dignitatem et gloriam 
aflerat. Fcrre laborem consuetudo docet. Pecuniam praeferre 
amicitiae sordid um est. Ut quisque maxime ad suum commodum 
fefert, quaecunqne agit ; ita miuime est vir bonus. Bonum civem 
reipublicae dignitatem suis omnibus commodis praeferre oportet. 
Hoc doctoris intelligentis est, videre, quo ferat natura sua quem- 
que. Is denlque lionos milii videtur, qui non propter spem futuri 
beneficii, sed propter magna merlta claris viris defertur et datur. 

Aristides in tanta paupertate decessit, ut, qui efferetur, vix reli- 
querit. Poetae ferunt, gigantes bellum diis intulisse. Socrates 
eundem vultum domum referebat, quern domo extulerat. Quod 
auri, quod argenti, quod ornamentorum in urbibus Siciliae fuit, id 
Verres abstulit. Multi etiam naturae vitium meditatione atque 
exercitatione sustulerunt. Pietate ad versus deum sublata, fides 
etiam et societas humani generis tollitur. Qui, deum esse, negant, 
nonne omnem religionem funditus sustulerunt ? Caritate benevo- 
lentiaque sublata, omnis est e vita sublata jucunditas. 

Bring thou aid to the wretched and the destitute ! If we com- 
pare our longest age with eternity, it will be necessary that we 
acknowledge (subj.) that it is very short. What can bring to us 
a fairer joy, than virtue. The noble (probus) youth bore (fero) 
and did all, he sweated and shivered (perf. in each case). Julius 
Caesar took away (perf.) from king Ptolemy, almost six thousand 
talents (gen.). What bringest thou, my bov ? I bring a present 
18* 



210 EXERCISES. 

which my father presents to thee. Dost thou not know, that Epi- 
curus has referred all [things] to (ad) pleasure ? Pleasure is 
preferred by many to virtue. All (plur.) that we do, must be 
referred to virtue. The giants are said (feror) to have made war 
upon the gods. Cicero relates, that immense treasures were taken 
by Verres from the cities of Italy. 

A fault of nature has often been removed (= taken away) by 
exercise. The enemies were so cowardly, that they did not even 
bear an attack of our soldiers. I did not doubt, that you would 
(imperf.) bear the injustice offered (affero) you with equanimity. 
Through cruelty we are borne [on] to the foulest crimes. We 
feared, that war would be preferred by you to peace. Thou wilt 
be borne (away) by avarice to base gain. Solitude takes away 
the enjoyment of all pleasures. Thou shouldst not be borne 
(away) by avarice to base gain. When the news was brought 
(subj.) that the enemy approached, Caesar led out (perf.) his 
soldiers from the camp. The wretched (man) asked us, that 
we would bring aid to him (sibi). 



EXERCISE XLYII. 
Words to be learned and Examples for translation. 

Defatlgare, to weary, sectari (c. ace), to necessltas, atis, f. ne- 

make weary ; pass. follow after, pur- cessity. 

to become weary. sue. serius, a, um, serious. 

nobilitare, to make adstringere, to bind, ejusmodi, of this sort, 

known, renowned. to make binding. of this nature. 
publlcare, to make 

public. 

Qui virtutem suam publicari vult, non virtuti laborat, sed glo- 
riae. Nonne poetae post mortem nobilitari volunt ? Ego non 
eadem volo senex, quae volui, adolescens. Si vis amari, ama. 
Bono mentis fruendum est, si beati esse volumus. Docllis est, qui 
attente vult audire. Omnia benefacta in luce se collocari volunt. 
Si acres ac diligentes esse vultis, magna saepe intelligetis ex par- 
vis. Quern docllem velis facere, simul attentum facias oportet. 
Sic cum inferiore vivamus, quemadmodum nobiscum superiorem 
velimus vivere. Praeclare Socrates hanc viam ad gloriam proxi- 
mam dicebat esse, si quis id ageret, ut, qualis haberi veliet, talis 
esset. Si quis veram gloriam adipisci volet, virtutis officiis fungi 
debebit. 

Si quid per jocum dixi, nolito in serium convertere. Libcro 



EXEIICLSE3. 211 

sum judicio, nulla ejusmodi adstrietus necessitate, ut mihi, velim 
nolim, sit certa tuenda sententia. Socrates noluit ex careere 
eduei, quum facile posset. Ego me Phidiam esse mallem, quam 
vel optimum fabrum lignarium. Utrum corporis, an ingenii vires 
tibi augeri mavis ? Multi sibi malunt melius esse, quam alteri. 
Virtute in alia alius mavult excellere. Quibus id persuasum est, 
ut nihil malint se esse, quam bonos viros ; iis reliqua facllis est 
doctrma. Amicitiae est ea vis, ut, simulatque sibi alfquid, quam 
alteri, maluerit, nulla sit. Vae vobis, qui divitias, quam virtutem 
sectari mavultis ! Malumus cum virtute paucis contend esse, 
quam sine virtute multa habere. Aristides, Atheniensis, bonus 
esse malebat, quam videri. 

If we wish to bear (fero) our virtue before (prae) ourselves, 
we do not labor for virtue but for glory. Men [when] old, do 
not wish the same which they wished (perf) [when] young. 
If you wish to be loved by others, you must also love others. If 
thou wishest to be happy, thou must cultivate virtue. Why does 
not thy brother wish to take a walk with us ? Thou askest why 
he does not wish ; he does wish indeed, but he cannot on account 
of (per) business. If you wish to undertake a great undertaking 
(negotium), you must make (adhibere) diligent preparation. Wilt 
thou come to us to-day, or (an) wilt thou not? we wish (Sub. 
pres.) to know. May you (= you will Subj. pres. of volo) also 
[when] absent, love us as you are accustomed to love. 

Be thou unwilling to become weary in the preservation (gerund) 
of good men. We are unwilling, that the same [man] should 
excel in several things. They, who are bound by a certain (cer- 
tus) sentiment, must defend it, [whether] they will [or] not. 
Wouldst thou live in the country, rather than in the city? Many 
would (= choose to) acquire riches, rather than virtue. Timoleon 
chose (perf.) to be esteemed, rather than to be feared (metuo). 
The wise choose to stand upon (abl ) their own judgment, rather 
than [upon that] of anothe-r. Who would not rather be virtuous 
(= partaking of virtue, compos), than rich? Would you rather 
live in the city, than in the country ? Ave would rather live in the 
country. 

EXERCISE XL VIII. 
Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Adire, lo come to, oblre, to die. translre, to pass over, 

circumire, to go a- perlre, to go to ruin, through, away. 

round, surround. perish. emori, 3. to die. 
interire, lo decay. casa, ae, f. a hut. 



212 EXERCISES. 

angustiac, arum, f. praealtus, a, urn, very intern pestl ve, adv.un- 
narrow pass. high, very deep. timely. 

silentium, i, n. si- aliquando, adv. some- obvlavn, adv. against, 
lence. time. to meet. 

excessus, us, m. de- foede, adv. basely, in sero, adv. late, too 
parture. a base way. late. 

Qui ad nos intempestive adeunt, molesti saepe sunt. Pleraque, 
ante oculos poslta, translmus. Abeunt hirundlnes hibernis mensi- 
bus. Corpus mortale allquo tempore interire necesse est. Pere- 
unt aliquando innocentes ; quis neget ? nocentes tamen saepius 
pereunt. Omnes homines summa ope niti decet, ne vitam silentio 
transeant. Quis dubitet, quin ex casa vir magnus exire possit ? 
Potius sero, quam nunquam, obviam eundum est audaciae temeri- 
tatique. Omnes cives militibus, qui e bello domum redibant, laeti 
obviam ibant. Si ita natura paratum esset, ut ea dormientes age- 
rent, quae somnlarent, alligandi omnes essent, qui cubltum irent. 

Illud erat insltum priscis, esse in morte sensum, neque excessu 
vitae sic deleri hominem, ut funditus interlret. Angustias Themis- 
toeles quaerebat, ne multitudine hostium eircumiretur. Romulus 
ad deos transisse creditus est. Augustus obiit septuagesimo et 
sexto aetatis anno. Mihi nunquam persuaderi potuit, animos, dum 
in corporibus essent mortalibus, vivere ; quum exissent ex iis, 
emori. Quicquid transtit temporis, perlit. Quum rure rediero, 
etatim te adibo. Pompeius multique alii clari viri foede perierunt. 
I, quo te fata vocant. Abiit ad deos Hercules : nunquam abisset, 
nisi, quum inter homines esset, earn sibi viam munivisset. Muros 
turresque urbis praealtum mare ambiebat. 

Be on thy guard, that thou dost not go to one untimely. Very 
much which is set before our eyes, is passed over by us. Our 
body will decay at some time ; but that our soul will decay, we 
cannot believe. Go spiritedly against self-confidence and rash- 
ness. Who does not know, how often great men come (=go) 
forth from huts ! As the soldiers were returning (subj.) home 
from the war, all the citizens went (perf.) to meet them. In the 
spring the swallows return to us, in the autumn they go away. 

As Caesar was coming out (subj.) of the woods, he was (perf.) 
surrounded by the enemies. When the soul shall have left the 
body, it will be happy. We shall go out to meet our parents, 
who are returning from the country to the city. Hast thou not 
heard, that Pompey has perished in a base way ? The orators 
pass over all (plur.) that appears base to speak (Sup. in u). The 
men, who pass (part, of transire) their lives in silence, die (obire) 
without fame. 



EXERCISES. 213 

EXERCISE XLIX. 
Words to he learned and Examples for translation. 

Exulcerare, to irri- adversus, a, urn, oppo- fatallter, adv. con- 
tate, make worse. site. formably to fate. 

generare, to make. cogitato, adv. with interdum, adv. some- 

retmere, to hold back, premeditation. times. 

prevent. crebro, adv. frequent- polite, adv. elegantly. 

eloqui, to pronounce. ly. 

Intueri solem adversum nequimus. Decori vis ea est, ut ab 
honesto non queat separari. Risus interdum ita repente erumpit, 
ut eum cupientes tenere nequeamus. Die, utrum queas, an 
nequeas mecum ire. Quum hostes exereitum nostrum fundere 
nequlrent, in castra munita sese receperunt. Quum dux precibus 
retinere militem nequiret, vim adhibendam censuit. Saepe im- 
periti medici ea, quae sanare nequeunt, exulcerant. Quum De- 
mosthenes "rho" dicere nequiret, exercitatione fecit, ut planis- 
sime diceret. Ex inimico cogLta posse fieri amicum. Nemo fit 
casu bonus. Si fato omnia fiunt ; nihil nos admonere potest, ut 
cautiores fiamus. 

Nemo ignavia i mm 01 talis factus est. Permultum interest, utrum 
perturbatione aliqua animi, quae plerumque brevis est, an consulto 
et cogitato fiat injuria. Homo, quod crebro videt, non miratur, 
etiamsi, cur fiat, nesciat. Non ita generati a natura sumus, ut ad 
ludum et jocum facti esse videamur, sed ad severitatem potius et 
ad quaedam studia graviora atque majora. Prudentior fis, acce- 
dente senectute. Nego esse fortunam, et omnia, quae fiunt, 
quaeque futura sunt, ex omni aeternitate definlta dico esse fatali- 
ter. Qua de caussa dicebas, omnia, quae fierent futurave essent, 
fato contineri ? Fieri potest, ut recte quis sentiat, et id, quod 
sentit, polite eloqui nequeat. 

Men cannot look upon the opposite sun. The virtues are so 
(ita) connected and joined together (inter se), that they cannot 
be separated from each other. Often we cannot prevent a laugh, 
although (quamvis with Subj.) we would. Say, whether you can 
go with us, or cannot. There are many diseases which cannot 
(subj.) be cured. Demosthenes could not (perf.) at first pro- 
nounce " rho," but by exercise he effected ( = made), that he 
pronounced [it] very plainly. 

If thou wishest to be learned, learn early. From an enemy, 
[one] often becomes suddenly a friend. Men do not become good 
by chance. If all [things] happen (subj.) by chance, all (omnis) 



214 EXERCISES. 

foresight is useless. Dost thou believe, that a man may ever be- 
come immortal by cowardice ? Men become wiser by age. Some 
philosophers were uncertain, whether all (omnifine) might happen 
by chance ; I am convinced, that nothing happens by chance. 



EXERCISE L. 
Words to be learned and ^Examples for translation. 

Abommari, to exe- comoedia, ae, /. com- credulus, a, um, cred- 

crate. edy. ulous. 

commemorare, to men- institutum, in, an in- invldus, a, um, envi- 

tion, call to mind. stitution. ous. 

evanesco, nui 3. to probrum, i, n, re- dum, conj. (with the 

disappear. proach. Subj.), provided 

hebesco (without haruspex, icis, m. that. 

Perf. and Sup.), soothsayer. sive (seu), or; sive 

I am inoperative. bellus, a, um, beauti- (seu) — sive (seu), 

proferre 3. to pro- ful. whether — or ', either 

duce. consentaneous, a, um, — or. 

sapio, ui 3. to be wise. suitable. 

Rule of Syntax. When the words of some one are quoted 
precisely as he spoke them, inquam is used, and is introduced 
among the words quoted ; but if only the sense of what one has 
said is quoted, aio is used. 

Contraria ea sunt, quorum alterum ait quid, alterum negat. 
Cato mirari se aiebat, quod non rideret haruspex, harusplcem quum 
vidisset. Ut quimus, aiunt, quando, ut volumus, non licet. Sus, 
ut aiunt, docet Minervam. Tu ais, ego nego. Negat Epicurus, 
quenquam, qui honeste non vivat, jucunde posse vivere. Quasi 
ego id curem, quid ille aiat, aut neget ; illud quaero, quid ei, qui 
in voluptate summum bonum putat, consentaneum sit dicere. Sive 
tu hoc ais, sive negas ; ego tuebor sententiam meam. Negantia 
contraria sunt aientibus. Ain' (for aisne) tu? quum res occultissi- 
mas aperueris in lucemque protuleris : negabis, esse rem ullam, 
quae cognosci possit ? Aisne ? Aio. Negasne ? Nego. 

I deny that, which thou assertest. If I say yes, he [also] says 
yes ; if I say no (deny), he also says no. It is said, that thou 
wilt leave the city. I know not, whether thou affirmest the thing, 
or deniest [it]. Affirmative (= affirming) opinions (sententia), 
are contrary to negative (= denying) [opinions]. They said, 



EXERCISES. 215 

that thy father set out for (ad) Rome. It is delightful and be- 
coming, says Horace, to die for one's country. Thou hast erred, 
thou wilt say perhaps. Never, says he, is a friend troublesome 
to me. 

Meminerlmus, etiam ad versus inflmos justitiam esse servan- 
dam. Animus memlnit praeteritorum, praesentia cernit, futura 
provldet. Beneficia meminisse debet is, in quern collata sunt, non 
commemorare, qui contulit. Illud semper memento : Qui ipse 
sibi sapiens prodesse nequit, nequicquam sapit. Quod tu mihi 
dixisti, pulchre meminero. Qui patriae beneficia meminerint, 
semper pro ejus salute arma capessere parati erunt. Memento 
mori. 

Omnes oderunt eum, qui immemor est beneficii. Libertatis 
inimicos, efFlci non potest, quin (= ut non) oderim. Invldi 
virtutem et bonum alienum oderunt. Virtus necesse est res sibi 
contrarias aspernetur atque oderit. Probos amamus, improbos 
odlmus. Non dubito, quin mali me oderint. Vox dira et abomi- 
nanda : Oderint, dum metuant. Cicero penltus oderat Clodium. 
Judicem neque studere cuiquam decet, neque odisse, neque irasci. 
Non ita amare debemus, ut si aliquando osuri simus. Romani 
regum nomen perosi sunt. 

Dimidium facti, qui bene coepit, habet. Oracula evanuerunt, 
postquam homines minus creduli esse coeperunt. Postquam divi- 
tiae honori esse coeperunt, et eas gloria, imperium, potentia seque- 
batur : hebescere virtus, paupertas probro esse coepit. Turpe 
est, rem bene coeptam male finire. Undlque in murum lapldes 
conjici coepti sunt. Urbs obsideri coepta est. 

Deum colit, qui novit. Nihil mihi stultius videtur, quam exist- 
imare eum studiosum tui, quern non noris. Qui se ipse norit, 
aliquid sentiet se habere divinum, tantoque munere dei semper 
dignum aliquid et faciet et sentiet. Quam quisque norit artem, 
in hac se exerceat. 

You should forget favors conferred, [but] remember those re- 
ceived. We shall remember thee, even when thou art absent. 
If we remember the favors conferred upon us (in nos) by our 
parents, we shall never be ungrateful towards (adversus) them. 
When we remember youth happily passed (agere), we are de- 
lighted. As often as (quotiescunque) I remembered the good 
principles of my teachers, a desire after (gen.) those excellent 
men seized (occupare) me. 

We hate the men, who are unmindful of favors received. Who 
is there, who does not (quin) hate (subj.) the enemies of freedom ? 
We did not know, why he hated us. Men love the upright, [and] 
hate the wicked. I doubt not, that the wicked hate me. The [is] 



216 EXERCISES. 

friend is not agreeable (gratus) to us, who loves us as one about 
to hate us. It is known, that the Romans hated (perf.) the name 
of kings very much. Him, who is unfortunate, all hate. 

Thou hast begun the thing well, but ended badly. Scarcely 
had the soldiers begun to fortify the camp, when the enemies were 
(perf) discovered. Already had the enemies begun to assault the 
city, as suddenly our soldiers came (perf.) for (dat.) aid to the 
citizens. After the banishment of the kings , (abl. abs.), two consuls 
began to be chosen yearly. 

I know not, whether (ne attached to the verb) thou art ac- 
quainted with my friend, but if thou shalt become acquainted with 
him, thou wilt love him. Judge not concerning a man, before 
you know him. Do you know the way ? we do not know it. 
When any one wishes to preside over the republic, he should 
(oportet with Subj.) be acquainted with its laws and institutions. 
Art thou personally (= from appearance, de facie) acquainted 
with my friend ? 1 am not acquainted with him, but I desire 
(opto) to know (— that I may know) him. 



SYNTAX. 



SIXTH COURSE. 
SIMPLE SENTENCES. 



CHAPTER I. 

Definition and General Treatment of the 
Simple Sentence. 

§ 80. Sentence. — Subject. — Predicate. — Attribute. — Object 

1 . Syntax treats of the structure of sentences. A 
sentence is the expression of a thought in words. 
A thought consists of two or more ideas (or conceptions) bear- 
ing a given relation to each other and to the speaker. 

Thus, "rose," "bloom," express two different ideas. Put 
together in the form of a sentence, they become, " the rose 
blooms." So also, " man," " mortal," become, " man is mor- 
tal ; " " horse," " feed," " pasture," become, " the horse feeds in 
my pasture." All the ideas are expressed by the words before 
they are combined, and combining them into a sentence is only 
expressing their relations to each other and the speaker, 
which is done partly by the addition of certain small 
words, and partly by changes in words. The words by 
which ideas are expressed (viz. nouns, adjectives, verbs 
— except the copula "to be" — and adverbs derived 
from these) are called idea-words, those by which rela- 
tions are expressed, formal or relational words, and the 
changes in words are called inflexions. 

2. Every sentence has two parts, a subject and a pre- 
dicate. The subject is that of which something is said, and 

19 



218 SENTENCE. SUBJECT. PREDICATE. ['§ 80. 

the predicate that which is said of the subject. E. g. in the 
sentences : rosa floret ; homo mortalis est, rosa and homo are 
the subjects, floret and mortalis est, the predicates. 

3. The subject always expresses a substantive idea, 
and must be either a substantive or some word used 
substantively, as, a pronoun, numeral, adjective, parti- 
ciple, Infin., and in short, any word, phrase, syllable, or let- 
ter, taken by itself and used as a substantive. The subject of 
a fmite verb is in the nominative, but with the Infin. it is in 
the Ace. (See § 106). 

Rem. 1. In the following cases the subject is not expressed by 
any particular word: l) When the subject is a personal 
pronoun, and is not contrasted with anything so as to make it 
emphatic; 2) With impersonal verbs where we use it (but 
with many impersonal verbs the accompanying Infin. or subordi- 
nate sentence is to be considered as the subject) ; 3) When the 
subject is easily supplied from the connection, espe- 
cially with dicunt, alunt, appellant, etc. — here, as with intransi- 
tive impersonals in the third person Sing. Pass, (see § 106, E,. 5), 
we employ the indefinite pronouns one, ice, they. 4) Often with 
the third Pers. Sing. Act., in the subordinate clauses of 
sentences employed in expressing general thoughts or definitions, 
the indefinite quls is omitted. 

Rkm. 2. Res is used for our indefinite it, when that pronoun 
is used loosely for " thing," " matter," " affair," as : res eo per- 
venit, " it (the affair) has come to this." 

4. The predicate always expresses a verbal idea, 
and must be either a finite verb, or else esse in conjunction 
with an adjective (participle), substantive (in- 
finitive), pronoun, or numeral. As esse connects the 
adjective, etc. with the subject, it is called, in such cases, the 
copula (bond). 

Rem. 3. The copula (est or sunt) is sometimes omitted : 1) In 
general expressions and proverbs; 2) With the ge- 
rund and gerundive; 3) Often in sentences expressing a 
conclusion; 4) Often in animated discourse; 5) The 
Infin. form esse is often omitted with participles and adjec- 
tives, especially after verbs of perception and commu- 
nication; G) The Subj. Pres., also the Imp erf. and 
Perf. are occasionally, and only occasionally, omitted. 



§ 81.J AGREEMENT. 219 

5. The sentence, consisting, in its simplest form, of a sub- 
ject and a predicate, may be enlarged by adding words 
either to the subject, or predicate, or both, for the purpose of 
restricting their application, or as qualifica- 
tions, limitations, or nearer definitions. The 
limitations of the subject, which are called attributives, 
may be either an adjective, a noun in the Gen. (at- 
tributive Gen.), or a noun in the same case as the subject (i. e. 
in apposition), as: rosa pulchra ; hortus regis ; Cicero con- 
sul. The limitations of the predicate, which are called ob- 
jects, may be either a noun in an oblique case, a 
preposition with its noun, the In fin., parti ciple, 
or an adverb, as: virtutem amo ; pro patria pugnamus ; scri- 
bere cupio ; vehementer doleo.* 



§ 81. Agreement. 

1. The verb agrees with its subject in person and n u m - 
ber,the adjective (participle, pronoun, and nu- 
meral), whether attributive or forming a part of the 
predicate (§ 80,also 82,and83),in gender, number, and 
case. But the substantive, whether in a p p o s i t i o n , or in 
the predicate, necessarily agrees with the subject only in 
case; — it agrees with it in gender and number only 
when it is a literal (not figurative) designation of a 
person, and hence, has either separate forms for the mas- 
culine and feminine, or is of the common gender, as : ego 
scribo ; tu scribis ; rosa floret ; virtus pulchra est ; Tomyris, 
regina Scythorum, Cyrum, regem Persarum devicit ; but Sci- 
piones, duo fulmina belli. 

2. The adjective or noun in the predicate, with 
the following verbs, which, like esse, serve as a copula, agrees 
with the subject according to the principles above stated : 

a) The verbs of b e c o m i ngijlo (not reddor), evado, eocisto, 
nascor ; 

* The Exercises are at the end of the Syntax. 



220 AGREEMENT. [§ 81. 

b) The verbs maneo (I remain), and videor, "I seem, ap- 
pear" (appareo only poet, and later) ; 

c) The verbs which mean : I am called, as: ajipellor, 
vocor, dicor, etc. ; 

d) The verbs which signify, I am made, chosen, ap- 
pointed something, as: creor, eligor, etc. ; 

e) The verbs which mean: I am considered, ac- 
counted something, I am recognized, found 
as something, and the like, as : dor, putor, existimor 
(credor only poet, and late), judicor, habeor, cognoscor, 
inventor, etc. 

Brutus Romanorum libertatis vindex exstitit. Nemo doctus nas- 
citur. Gloria Romanorum aeterna manet. Cicero consul crcatus 
est. Cicero pater patriae appellatus est Virtus summum bonum 
judicanda est. 

Rem. 1. Several other particulars concerning these verbs 
should be stated: l) All that are given in the Pass, form (except 
videor) take two Ace. in the active form (§ 89, 7) ; 2) The 
predicative noun or adjective remains in the Norn, also, with the 
Infin. of one of these verbs, dependent upon another verb (as : 
omnes boni esse volunt) ; so too with the Part, when it stands in 
the Nom. (as : certior /actus) ; 3) When the subject becomes de- 
pendent and is in the Ace, the predicative noun and Part, are 
also in the Ace. (as: Ciceronem, consulem factum, Catilina perse- 
cutus est) ; but the other oblique cases are not found in good wri- 
ters, except occasionally the ablative absolute; 4) Several of 
these verbs are found also with adverbs, in which case they are 
not barely copulas, but have a complete predicative sense 
(as : bene est ; cliu Romae mansit) ; 5) A change from an 
antecedent state to another is expressed by ex with a 
verb of becoming or being made (also with the Act. of 
facio), as: ex oratore arator f actus ; 6) With esse, videri, liaberi 
(also, the Act. habere, putare, ducere), pro with the Abl. is used 
instead of the predicative Nom. to express an equivalent (as, 
Cato mihi est pro centum milibus ; audacia pro muro habetur) ; 
7) We also find expressions of this kind ; aliquis est alicui paren- 
tis loco ; aliquid habetur prod igii loco; aliquis in hostium numero 
habetur, existimatur ; aliquem in hostium numero habere, in homi- 
num numero puiare. 

3. The demonstrative, relative, and interro- 
gative pronouns, whether as subject or predicate, 



81.] AGREEMENT. 221 



when connected with a substantive by esse or one of the verbs 
given in No. 2, agree with that substantive in gender, 
number, and case, where we use but one form for all 
genders, as : this, that, what, etc. This holds true, when the 
pronoun is in the Ace. depending upon a word of calling or 
considering. Hie (this) est omnium fons. Quis est virtu- 
tis fons ? Qui virtutem praemio metiuntur, nidlam virtutem 
nisi malitiam putant. 

Rem. 2. The neuter pronoun is used with a Masc. or Fern, 
noun, only when the nature of something is inquired after or 
referred to in a very gen e r a 1 way, as : quid est mulier ? 

Rem. 3. So also a predicative adjective sometimes stands 
in the neuter Sing, without regard to the gender and num- 
ber of the noun, when it refers rather to some general idea (as: 
thing, property, character, nature, etc.) uppermost in the mind, 
than to its proper substantive (as : varium, et mu'abile semper est 
femina). Rut this is very rare in good prose, and confined to a 
few words, such as commune, proprium, extremum, used almost as 
nouns. Sometimes a pronoun in the neuter Sing, follows a 
Masc. or Fern, noun even in the Plur., when it refers rather to 
the general idea contained in the word, than to the word 
itself. 

4. Sometimes the predicate does not agree with the gram- 
matical form of the subject, but with a noun implied in it (con- 
structio ad intellectual). Thus it often happens that after col- 
lective nouns referring to persons (as, pars, muliitudo, 
juventus), also after nemo, nullus, uterque, and the like, occa- 
sionally, too, after the names of cities and countries, 
used for the inhabitants, a predicate follows, having the gen- 
der and number implied in the collective, etc., as : pars 
bestiis objecti sunt ; magna multitudo convenerant. In the same 
manner a predicate in the masculine follows a neuter 
n o u n , when it refers to persons, as: capita conjurationis 
virgis caesi sunt. 

Rem. 4. A pronoun in the plural often follows a noun 
in the Sing, referring rather to the class of persons or things 
represented by the noun, than to the noun itself, as: Democritum 

omittamus. Nihil est enim apud istos, etc. (i. e. with De- 

moeritus and those like him, those of his class). 
19* 



222 AGREEMENT. [§81. 

Rem. 5. Sometimes a predicate in the Plur. follows a noun 
in the singular connected by the preposition cum with another 
noun in the Abl., as : ipse dux cum aliquot principibus capiuntur 
(instead of the more correct, dux et aliquot principes). A noun 
in apposition with two nouns thus connected is in the plu- 
ral. 

5. When the subject is the name of a thing, and the 
predicate is formed by a substantive with esse, or one of the 
verbs given in No. 2, the predicate, by means of attrac- 
tion, generally agrees with the noun which stands nearest to 
it, whether it be the subject, or the predicative noun, 
as : non omnis error stidtitia est dicenda. But when the sub- 
ject is a proper name, the predicate must agree with it, 
whatever its position. 

Rem. 6. Often also, in comparative sentences, after 
quam, quantum, nisi, the predicate is attracted into agreement 
with the subject of the last clause, which stands near- 
est to it, as : Semproniae cariora semper omnia, quam decus et 
pudicitia fuit ; quis ilium consulem, nisi latrones putant f So also 
the similar examples : illorum urbem ut propugnaculum oppositum 
esse barbaris ; omni ornatu orationis tanquam veste detracta. 

Rem. 7. When a vocative has a noun in apposition 
with it, or an attributive adjective referring to it, these 
also are put in the vocative ; and even when these do not belong 
to the vocative but to the predicate, the poets sometimes put them 
in the vocative by attraction. But as the poets sometimes 
use the Nom. of the noun for the Yoc, so they do of these limit- 
ing words, as : audi tu, populus Albanus. In the expression : made 
virtute esto, made has the force of an adverb. 

6. A word in the predicate, especially a superlative, 
connected with a partitive Gen., takes the gender of the sub- 
ject, and not of the Gen., as : Indus est omnium fluminum 
maximus (not maximum, after the gender of flumen). 

Rem. 8. In such expressions, as : servltus omnium malorum 
postremum (est), postremum is in the neuter according to Rem. 3, 
or is conceived of nearly as a noun. It is only in the later wri- 
ters that the gender of the partitive Gen. prevails over that of 
the subject in determining the gender of the predicate. 

7. When a subject has a noun in apposition with it, the 
predicate properly agrees with the subject and not with the 



§ 81.] AGREEMENT. 223 

noun in apposition (as: Tulliola, deliciolae nostrae, munus- 
culuin tunm fia-jiiat). Still, where the subject is the name 
of a thing, and the noun in apposition is the more impor- 
tant ward, the predicate may agree with the apposition. 
In this case the name of the thing generally precedes the name 
of the person, as : deliciae meae, Dicaearchiis, de animorum 
immortalitate disseruit. This construction is common with the 
words oppidum, urhs, civiias standing in apposition with 
the names of cities, as : Corioli oppidum captum est. 

8. When two or more subjects are connected with each 
other, there are three cases to be considered : 

a) The different subjects are conceived as expressing a 
combined plural idea; in this case the predicate 
is in the plural, but the predicative adjective 
varies its gender according as the subjects agree 
or disagree in gender, or refer to persons or 
things. — 1) When they agree in gender, the adjec- 
tive has the same gender (but with feminine 
names of things the adjective is often in the neu- 
ter Plur.); 2) When they disagree in gender, in 
designations of persons, the adjective takes the 
gender of the M a s c . in preference to that of the Fern., 
and of the Fern, in preference to that of the neuter 
subject, but with names of things the adjective 
commonly stands in the neuter plural; 3) When 
both names of persons and things are united 
in the compound subject, the adjective follows the gen- 
der either of the person or thing, according as the 
one or the other is to be made the more prominent; 
but when the personal name is represented as a mere 
thing, then the adjective is in the neuter. 

Pompeius, Scipio, Afranius foede perierunt. Caesar et Pom- 
peius fortissimi fuerunt. Terra et luna sunt globosae. Ira et 
avaritia imperio potentiora erant. Pater et mater mihi cari sunt 
Inter se contraria sunt beneficium et injuria. Ipsi (milites) atque 
signa mililaria obscurati. Natura inimica inter se sunt libera civi- 
tas et rex (i. e. regia potestas, " the royal power "). 



224 AGREEMENT. [§ 81. 

b) The subjects are conceived as a combined singular 
idea, in which case the predicate is in the singular. 
This construction is particularly common with names 
of things expressing similar ideas, as: mens et 
ratio et consilium in senibus est. 

c) Each of the subjects is considered alone and by it- 
self; in this case the predicate connects itself 
with one of the subjects and agrees with it. 
This construction is followed, also, when one of the sub- 
jects is to be made prominent above the others. 
There may be three positions of the predicate here : 
1. Before all the subjects; 2. After all the subjects; 
3. After the first subject. 

Dubitare visus est Sulpicius et Cotta. Orgetorigis filia atque 
unus e filiis captus est. Cingetorlgi principatus atque imperium 
est traditum. Thrasybulus contemptus est a tyrannis atque ejus 
solitude 

Rem. 9. Subjects connected by et — et (both — and), aut, vel 
(or), aut — aut, vel — vel (either — or), nee — nee (neither — 
nor), may be viewed in each of the three lights described above, 
and vary their construction accordingly. 

Rem. 10. The attributive adjective generally agrees 
with the noun which stands nearest to it (as: Aristo- 
teles vir summo ingenio, scientist, copia). But when emphasis 
or perspicuity requires it, the adjective is either repeated 
with each noun, or agrees with one or all of the nouns, according 
to one or another of the principles laid down in No. 8. — When 
the same substantive is to be conceived as repeated to 
several adjectives, but is expressed but once, it is either 
put in the plural, or attaches itself to one of the 
adjectives and stands in the singular, as : placuit, con- 
sules circa portas Collinam Esquilinamque ponere castra; inter 
Esquilinam Colllnamque portam posuit castra ; Legio Martia quar- 
taque rempublicam defendunt. 

9. When two or more subjects of different persons 
have a common predicate, the first person takes pre- 
cedence of the second, the first and second of 
the third, and the predicate stands in the plural, as: ego 
et tu scribimus ; ego et frater scribimus ; tu et frater scribitis ; 
e«;o et fratres scribimus. 



§ 82.] PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF NUMBER. 225 

Rem. 11. Here, also, as in the case of the gender and 
number of the predicate, the person of the predicate some- 
times follows that of the nearest subject, especially when 
this is the most important of the subjects, or when (as is 
particularly the case when connected by et — et, nee — nee, Kern. 
9), each subject is to be considered by itself, 
as : mihi tu, tui, tua omnia maximae curae sunt. Occasionally 
the person of the predicate is determined by the more remote 
subject, when it is the most important. 



§ 82. Peculiarities in the Use of Xumher.* 

1. The Sing., both of nouns denoting persons and of 
those denoting things, sometimes has a collective mean- 
ing and is used for the Plur ., as : miles, eques, hostis, Poenus, 
Romanus ; villa abundat porco, haedo. ag?io, gallTaa. In such 
cases the writer often passes from a Sing, to the plural. 

2. The plural, which properly belongs to appellatives 
only, is often used with proper names, names of mate- 
rials and abstract nouns: 

a) With proper names, to designate two or more 
persons having the same name, or else those having 
the same character or qualities as the person 
named, as: duo Scijpiones ; ilia aetate vixerunt Catoncs, 
Phil i. Laelii ; 

b) With names of materials, to denote the indi- 
vidual parts, the repeated appearance, the 
accumulation, or the different kinds of the 
material, as : nires (snow storms), imbres (showers), 
vina (different kinds of wine) ; 

e) With abstract nouns, to denote particular 
kinds, conditions or repetitions of the abstract 
idea, or its exhibition in different places and 
times; also when the abstract idea is extended to the 
same quality in several different things, as: 
sunt duae memoriae (two kinds of memory) : claiae 

* This section may be passed over at first. 



226 PECULIARITIES IN THE USE OF NUMBER. [§ 82. 

?nortes (renowned instances of death) ; adolescentium 
famillaritates (intimacy with young men), so: mentes 
(ingenia, corpora, etc.) hominum. 

Remark. The poets often use the Plur. (but only in the 
Nom. or Ace.) to amplify the expression, i. e. to exhibit more 
strongly the greatness, elevation and extraordinary 
character of the subject {plur alls majesticus), as: corpora, 
pectdra, corda, terga, oi~a, etc. ; ortus, reditus, soles, etc. ; aequora, 
forties, etc. ; regna, gentes, nomina, etc. The plural often denotes 
the extension or intensity of the idea, as : silentia, mur- 
mura, etc. ; or the emotions or a fie c t i o n s of the mind, 
as : irae, aestus. timbres, etc. ; the plurals , libri, parentes, filii y 
and other names of kindred, are used of a person, both 
in poetry and prose, to make the expression more compre- 
hensive, so as to include all belonging to the particular rela- 
tion. 

3. When several individual things, different 
relations of things, or a whole conceived of as com- 
posed of parts is expressed by a neuter adjective, 
pronoun or numeral, the plural is used in Latin, where 
we more commonly use the Sing., as : lohat is true (the truth), 
what is false (the false), each, every, this, that, much, as : vera, 
falsa dicere (what is true, false) ; omnia humana sunt fragilia 
(every thing, all that is human) ; haec, ilia, multa (this, that, 
much) ; ea, quae, etc. But when the neuter form is the 
same as the Masc, for the sake of perspicuity, res is used in- 
stead of the neuter of the adjective, etc., as : conditio omnium 
humanarum rerum (since omnium humanorum, would be am- 
biguous). The neuter S i n g . of adjectives is used substan- 
tively, when an abstract idea is expressed as an inde- 
pendent whole, as: verum (the true, the truth), decorum 
(the becoming), honestum, utile, etc.; the plural, on the con- 
trary, denotes a concrete idea, i. e. the different kinds and 
conditions implied in the abstract, as : bona (goods, kinds 
of the good), mala (evils). 

4. When two or more members of the same family name 
are spoken of, the family name is put in the plural, com- 
monly after the personal names, but sometimes before, 



§ 83.] CLASSES OF VERBS. 227 

as: Gnaeus et Publius Scipiones ; also. Spurn CassiusetMea- 
lius. 



§ 83. Classes of Verbs. 

1. There are two kinds of verbs, active and passive. In an 
active verb, the subject appears as a c t i v e, as : rosa floret ; 
puer epistolam scribit. Those active verbs which take an 
accusative are called transitive, as: puer epistolam 
scribit; but the rest are called intransitive, as: rosa 
floret ; sapiens meminit mortis ; pater tibi favet ; amicus gau- 
det adventu amici ; eo in urbem. 

2. In the passive verb, the subject appears as suffer- 
ing (receiving the action), as: bonus discipulus laudatur a 
preceptoribus, malus vituperatur. 

Rem. 1. Intransitive verbs (except occasionally in the 
poets) have only an impersonal passive (see § 77, 4), which 
takes the same case as the active, but is to be translated 
like a passive verb with a personal subject, as: 
paret niihi, he obeys me ; paretur mihi, / am obeyed. When the 
verb takes no case in the active or is followed by a preposition 
with a case, it has the same construction also in the passive, but 
in translating it we generally use, one, they, we, as : itur, they go ; 
pugnatur pro patria, they fight for their country. 

Rem. 2. Reflexive action, i. e. action which proceeds 
from a subject and terminates upon it, is expressed in Latin, 
l) by the active with the oblique cases of the 
personal pronoun (mei, mihi, me, etc.), as : omnes homi- 
nes se award; Socrates immortalem sibi peperit gloriam ; 2) by 
the passive, in which case the reflexive action approaches the 
intransitive, e. g. congregantur (they assemble themselves), means 
very much the same as : conveniunt, they assemble. 

Rem. 3. Many active verbs which express motion, etc., have 
besides a transitive signification, an intransitive or reflexive mean- 
ing, as : vertere, mutare, deflectere, and many others. — Of course, 
the corresponding verbs in English, do not always coincide with 
the Latin in being transitive or intransitive. 

3. Deponent verbs are those which have a passive form 
but an active (a few are intransitive) signification, as : dux 
hortatur milites ; morior. But deponents are occasionally, 



228 TENSES OF THE VERB. [§ 84. 

especially in the Perf. Part., used passively, as : adepta liber- 
tas, liberty having been obtained. So also some deponent Perf. 
Part, seem at times to be used as Pres. Act. Part. 



§ 84. Tenses of the Verb. 

1. The tenses are divided into two classes : 

a) Principal Tenses: Present, Perfect, and Future: 
scribo, I write, scripsi, I have written, scribo, I shall write, 
Fut. Perf. scripsero, I shall have written. 

b) HistoricalTenses: Imperfect, Pluperfect, and the 
narrative Perfect : scribebam, I wrote, was writing, scrip- 
seram, I had written, scripsi, I wrote. 

Rem. 1. There are the same tenses, also, in the subjunctive 
mode, — but the Fut. Subj. is in the periphrastic form. See the 
table of conjugations, § 50. 

2. The Pres. Indie, expresses an action as present to 
the speaker (or writer). The present is often used, also, 
in animated narration of past events, since what is past is con- 
ceived of so vividly by the writer, as to appear present (his- 
torical Pres.). It is used in all respects, as in English. 

Rem. 2. An action which is past, but continues to the 
present, either actually or in its effects, is often expressed by 
the Pres., especially with verbs of perceiving, as: audio, 
video, accipio, etc. So also in giving the views or expressions of 
another, which belong to no particular time, as : ut narrat Luci- 
lius ; Democritus vult. In like manner the present is used with 
jamdiu, jampridem, jamdudum. So too of the dedication of books, 
in the phrase, qui inscribitur ("which is dedicated to" i. e. was 
and still continues to be). 

Rem. 3. On the contrary, an action merely in progress 
("is doing"), or barely conceived as thought of or re- 
solved upon (" I do it," " think of doing it "), is often express- 
ed by the present. In the same manner, the Imperf., and Pres. 
Part, are used of what was taking place (past). 

3. The Perf. Indie, not only expresses a past action as 
completed in the present time of the writer, 
like our Perf. ; but also, like the Greek aorist, barely as 



§ 84] TENSES OF THE VERB. 229 

past, without reference to any other past action (historical or 
narrative Perf.). In the latter case, the Perf. is translated by, 
and corresponds to that form of our Iniperf. which is express- 
ed without a circumlocution ( ft did," u came," etc, not " was 
doing," "was coming," etc.). Scripsi epistolam, I have written 
the letter (i.e. the letter is now a written one, in a written state, 
completed, whether just finished or not). Caesar Pompeium 
deficit (" conquered," as a mere past occurrence). 

Rem. 4. As the Perf. exhibits an action not only as past, but 
as being in a state of completion in the present, the 
Perf. is often employed, in Latin, to express rather this state of 
completion, than the idea of the action's being past. In such 
cases the Perf. must be translated by the Pres. (also the Pluperf 
by the Imperf), as: memini (literally, I have recollected), / re- 
member, novi (I have become acquainted with), I know. So also, 
cognovi, consedi, consuevi, constiti, etc. So fui sometimes means 
" I have been and still am." For the Perf. instead of the Pres. 
in subordinate sentences, see R. 10. 

Rem. 5. The Perf. is sometimes used to express with emphasis 
a future action, when the writer conceives of something as 
sure to be done, and hence asserts it as already done. 
Brutus si conservatus erit, vicimus (" we have conquered," i. e. 
" shall conquer," " are certain of victory"). 

Rem. 6. The historical Perf. is sometimes used (mostly by the 
poets) to express general truths or what is wont to occur, 
like the Greek aorist, and where we use the Present. In prose this 
usage is principally confined to verbs connected with multi, nemo, 
saepe, and the like, where the idea of repetition or being wont is 
implied, as : hand semper errat fama, aliquando et elegit. 

4. The Imperf., like the historical Perf., expresses an action 
as past, but always as standing related to some 
other past action (or time), either expressed or to be 
supplied by the mind. Quum scribebam, in expectatione eranl 
omnia. Sophistae appellabantur (i. e. by their contempora- 
ries). Principio rerum, imperium penes reges erat (the cor- 
responding time is implied in principio). 

Rem. 7. In expressing general truths, the Imperf. is sometimes 
used instead of the Pres., the action being referred to the particu- 
lar time of its occurrence. Pastum animantibus large et copiose 
natura cum. qui cliique aptus erat, comparavit. 
20 



TENSES OF THE TEEB, 



[§84. 



5. Hence the Perf. Indie, used in narration, relates the 
principal events, the Imperf, the accompanying 
circumstances; the Perf. merely relates, the Imperf. 
describes. Hence the frequent use of the Imperf. in sub- 
ordinate clauses. Hence, too, the use of the Imperf. in ex- 
pressing continued or customary action, while the 
Perf. represents an action as momentar y. The change 
from the one to the other of these tenses, in expressing the 
different shades of ideas denoted by them, imparts great live- 
liness to the narrative. Caesar urbem intravit, omnes cives 
laetabantur. Veni, vidi> vicL Germani ve teres venatui stude- 
bant. 

Hem. 8, Whether a past action should be expressed by the Im- 
perf. or by the historical Perf. does not, however, depend upon its 
being of longer or shorter continuance, but upon its being de- 
scriptive or narrative. In the former case, whether the ac- 
tion be longer or shorter in duration, it is expressed by the Im- 
perf, and in the latter by the Perfect. 

Rem. 9. In lively description, instead of the Imperf. or histori- 
cal Perf., the Infin. Pres. (historical Infin.) is often used, especial- 
ly where several contemporaneous actions, or actions rapidly suc- 
ceeding each other, are described. Also in subordinate sentences 
introduced by quum ; and in Tacitus after ubi, ut and postquam, 
but always with an Imperf. or historical Pres. following it. The 
subject and attributive qualifications, as with the finite verb, are 
in the Nom., but when the subject is easily supplied from the con- 
nection, it is not expressed. — Multum ipse (Catilina) pugnare, 
saepe hostem ferire. 

6. The Pluperf. expresses an action as past (complet- 
ed) before another past action. Scripseram episto- 
lam, quum amicus venit. 

Rem. 10. In many cases, in subordinate clauses (rarely in 
principal clauses), the Latin uses the Pluperf. or Perf. where we 
use the Imperf., since the action is really completed before the 
commencement of the action expressed by the principal clause 
(as: quum litteras accepissem — or postquam accept — profectus 
sum, Eng. " when I received the letter, I departed)." This is es- 
pecially the case after principal sentences which express a cus- 
tomary action either in the Pres. or Imperf, where we use also 
the Pres. or Imperf. in the subordinate sentence. Quum hue veni 



§ 84.] TENSES OF THE VERB. 231 

hoc ipsum nihil agere et plane cessare dehctat ( u when or as often 
as I come"). 

7. The Fut. expresses an action as future in relation to 
the present time of the speaker. It is used, 1) In many cases 
where we use the Pres. in English, as where we say " 1 come 
to-morrow " (for u I will come ") ; 2) As a milder and 
modest way of asserting something, since the decision 
is left to the future ; 3) In subordinate sentences, after the 
Fut. Imperat. or hortatory Subj. in the principal sentence, 
where the English commonly uses the Pres. ; 4) C o m- 
mands, exhortations, admonitions, requests, 
and in connection with non, prohibitions, are expressed 
by the second person of the Fut., the performance being left 
to the person's will. Semper igitur ea (aegritudine) sapiens 
vacabit. Qui adipisci veram gloriam volet, justitiae fungatur 
officiis. Valebls meaque negotia videhis. 

8. The Fut Perf. expresses an action as past Com- 
pleted) in the future. On account of its awkwardness, 
it is much less frequently used in English than in Latin, its 
place often being supplied by the simple Fut., the Pres. or the 
Perf. Ut sernenteni/ecem, ita metes (as you sow). 

Rem. 11. The Fut Perf. is often used to express with empha- 
sis, what, if not emphatic, would be expressed by the simple Fut 
This may be translated into English by the simple Fut, or fre- 
quently by the Perf. with a corresponding emphasis. Tolle hanc 
opinionem ; luctum sustuleris (" you will take away," or " you 
have taken away"). 

Rem. 12. The Fut. Perf. of verbs, which have the meaning of 
the Pres. in the Perf. (R. 4), should be translated into English 
by the simple Fut. ; so also the Fut. Perf. of posse, velle, libet, li- 
cet, placet, which are often found in subordinate clauses- — Especially 
to be noticed is the use of videro, mostly after mox, post or alias, in 
putting off the consideration of something for the present, as : tu 
quidem adhuc meam caussam agis ; sed hoc mox videro. 

9. The use of the tenses in the Periphrastic Conjugation 
(§ 53). agrees entirely with their use in the simple conjuga- 
tion. There are the following forms : 

a) The Pres. Part. Act with sum, which expresses the ac- 



232 TENSES OF THE VERB. [§ 84. 

tion as c o n t i n u i n g, as a state or c o n cl i t o n, as : 
gestus erat non verba exprimens, sed cum sententiis con- 
gruens. Bat the Part, is often a mere attributive 
of the subject of sum, instead of forming the predicate 
with it. 

b) The Fut. Part. Act. with sum, which expresses an ac- 
tion as destined, impending or intended. 
Bellum scriptitrus sum (" I am to write/' " I think of 
writing," " am about to write," " I will write"). 

Rem. 13. The periphrastic Fut. Pass, is expressed by futurum 
est (erat, etc.), followed by ut and the Subj. 

Rem. 14. The Fut. of the simple conjugation expresses the ac- 
tion barely as future; while the Fut. Act. Part, with sum 9 
represents it as now before the mind, as designed, as 
impending or destined to happen from its very con- 
dition or nature, as: scribam, "I will write ;" scripturus 
sum, " I purpose/* " have in mind," "• think of writing." 

c) The Perf. Pass. Part, with sum, which expresses a pas- 
sive state, resulting from a completed action. Ornatus 
sum ( U I am adorned," "am in an adorned state"). Ar- 
ma, quae fixa in parietibus ftieranl (" which had been 
fixed," " which having been fixed, remained so"). 

Rem. 15. The Perf. Pass. Part, with sum, is used also simply 
as the passive, in forming the preterite tenses of the common con- 
jugations (see the Paradigms), in which case the forms fueram, 
fuissem and fuero are often used instead of eram, essem, ero, in 
the same meaning. 

d) The Gerundive with sum, eram, etc., and the Gerund 
with est, erat, etc., for which see §§ 98, 99. 

10. In epistolary writings (especially in the begin- 
ning and at the end of letters), the Imperf. or Perf. is often 
used of what was present to the writer (and the Pluperf. 
of what was completed), since he allowed for the time of 
the transportation of the letter, and spoke of things as from 
the time of its reception. 



§ 35.] MODES OF THE VERB. 233 

§ 85. Modes of the Verb, 

1, The Indicative is the mode employed in expressing 
fa c t s, realities, or things viewed as facts, as : rosa floret. 

2. The Subjunctive is the mode employed in expressing 
what is imagined or barely conceived of in the prin- 
cipal tenses, as either present or future, and in the his- 
torical tenses (except in conditional sentences)^ as p a s t. It 
is used mostly in subordinate or subjoined sentences (hence the 
name subjunctive) ; but is used in independent senten- 
ces (whether simple or accompanied by a subordinate clause) 
in the following cases : — 

a) The Subj. of the principal tenses, especially of the 
Pres., is used in independent sentences to express a, 
supposition, apresumption, a modest asser- 
tion or opinion, a deliberative question, 
an encouragement, exhortation, wish. We 
may translate this Subj. into English either by the Pres. 
Indie, or by the subjunctive forms with may, can, would, 
could, or by let with the Infin. Nemo sanus de virtutis 
pretio dubitet. Quis de animorum immortalitate dubitet ? 
Eamus ("let us go," or "we would go)." Utinam ami- 
cus convalescat ! 

b) The Subj. of the historical tenses is used in in- 
dependent sentences.: 1) To express a supposition 
the opposite of what is or is not, as: errares, 
thou wouldst err (either present or future); er- 
rasses, thou wouldst have erred (past); si hoc diceres 
errares, if thou shouldst say this, thou wouldst err ; si hoc 
dixisses, errasses, if thou hadst said this, thou woiddst 
have erred. So : non errares, non errasses. 2) To express 
a wish of which one knows that it will not be re- 
alized (Imperf ), or has not been realized 
(Pluperf.), as : utinam amicus convalesceret ! utinam ami- 
cus convaluisset ! 3) The Subj. Imperf. is used in re- 
ference to the past, to express an assumption, 
supposition, concession, an undetermined 

20* 



234 MODES OF THE VERB. [§ 85. 

possibility, also demands, requests, and de- 
liberative questions, as: at dares banc vim M. 
Crasso (i. e. suppose one had given) ; so crederes, puta- 
res, cerneres, videres (one might believe, perceive, etc.) ; 
imifatus esses ipsum ilium Voconium (you should have 
imitated) ; quid facerem? (what could I have done?). 

Rem. 1. The Subj. is sometimes used for the Indie., for the 
purpose of exhibiting a fact as a mere conception; and 
the Indie, for the Subj., to exhibit a conception as a reality. 
The Perf. Subj. is often used in a modest way to express an 
opinion or view, and may be translated by the Pres. (Indie, or 
Subj.), or by the Perf. or Fut. Indie. 

Rem. 2. The Subj. in subordinate sentences will be treated of 
hereafter. The conjunctions which are always accompanied by 
the Subj. are: ui (that, in order that), ne (that not; but after 
verbs expressing fear and anxiety, that), quo (in order that 
thereby), quin (that not ; but after expressions denoting doubt 
it should be translated that), quominus (that), after verbs of hin- 
der i n g. — The Subj. is always used, also, in indirect or de- 
pendent questions (see § 104). 

Rem. 3. For the succession of the tenses see § 105. 

3. The Imperative is used to express commands, as : scribe. 
The two forms of the second person of the Imperative are thus 
distinguished : the shorter forms (ama, amate) have a milder, 
the longer forms (amato, amatote) have, in most cases, a 
stronger meaning ; hence these last should be translated by 
should or must, and are used especially in directions and injunc- 
tions. 

Ferte misero atque inopi auxilium. Colxto virtutem. Leges 
ooservantor. Discipulus amato praeceptores. 

Rem. 4. As impersonal verbs have no Imperat. the Subj. must 
always be used in its stead, as : ne te tuae vitae pigcat (let it not, 
it should not). For the Fut. instead of the Imperat. see § 84, 7. 
Besides, the following circumlocutions, used in expressing com- 
mands or wishes, should be here noticed: l) fac with the 
Subj., generally without ut, as : nunc tu fac attentum te praebeas ; 
2) velim with the Subj. without ut, as : tu velhn animo sapienti 
fortique sis ; 3) cura, ut, as : cura, ut valeas. 

Rem. 5. The negative with the Imperat. and also with the 
Subj. of wishing, encouraging, and exhorting, is ne 



§ 86.] ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. 235 

(not non), as: ne scribe; ne eamus. However, instead of ne 
(which, except in poetry, stands only with the second form of 
the Imper), noli, nolite with the Infin. are more common, as : 
noli (nolite) scribere (do not write) ; but ne often stands with the 
second person Subj. Perf., as : ne scripseris (write not). — With 
the second Pers. Subj. Pres., cave and fac ne are used in urgent 
dissuasives, as: cave, ne festines (be sure not to hasten); 
fac, ne quid aliud cures. 



CHAPTER H. 



§ 86. Of the Attributive Relation in Sentences. 

1. An attributive is that which limits, qualifies 
or more nearly defines a substantive, so as to form a 
combined idea with it. It may be: 1) An adjec- 
tive (or participle), as: rosa pulchra, rosa florens ; 2) A 
noun in the Gen., as: hortus regis; 3) A noun in ap- 
position, as : Philippus, rex Macedonum. 

Rem. 1. The attributive Gen. will be treated of under the 
cases. It may here be remarked, that after ad (also prope, and 
sometimes ab and in) the nouns aedes or templum are often omitted, 
and the attributive genitive is left without a noun to depend 
upon, as : habitabat rex ad Jovis Statoris. So &\so filim and filia 
are often omitted, leaving the name of the father alone in the 
Gen., as : Ilasdrubal Gisgonis. 

2. The attributive adjective (participle, adjective 
pronoun and numeral) expresses a quality as already be- 
longing to a substantive. (For its agreement with its 
substantive, see § 81.) 

Rem. 2. When the adjective, either of itself or from the con- 
nection, plainly expresses the idea of its noun also, the noun is 
omitted. This occurs especially in the following cases : 

a) Adjectives (both Sing, and Plur.) which designate per- 
sons by some quality peculiar to them, as : amicus, ami- 



236 ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. [§ 86. 

c#, inimicus (a), odversarius (a),nequdUs, senex, familidris, 
cogndtus (a), propinquus (a), soddlis, adolescens. These 
are generally used wholly as substantives, but most of them 
may also be used as adjectives. 

b) Adjectives in the plural which designate a class of 
persons by some common quality peculiar to persons, 
as : docti, indocti, probi, imprdhi, pit, impii, diserti, divites, 
perlti, imperiti, calamitosi, etc. ; also in the compara- 
tive and superlative, as: doctiores, do ctissimi, etc. — 
But when the adjective expresses an indefinite quali- 
ty, it cannot be used without its noun, unless the con- 
nection shows to what it refers, as : magnus, major, minor, 
tenuis, mediocris, superior, inferior, summus, infimus, etc. 
These are mostly used in the plural, but sometimes in the 
singular, especially sapiens. — Gentile adjectives are 
not used in the Sing, without a noun or pronoun with 
which they agree except they designate an entire people 
or class. Hence we find, Romdnus, Graecus, Arpinus ho- 
rn o ; but Romanus, for milites Bomani. So in Livy, Han- 
nibal, or some of the Carthaginian generals, is often desig- 
nated by Poenus. 

c) The neuter Sing, of adjectives of the second declension 
(rarely of the third, and only in the Norn, and Ace), 
used in an abstract sense, as: bonum, malum, decorum, 
indecorum, ridiculum, contrarium, honestum, verum, falsum, 
justum, aequum, ambiguum, utile; but those of the third 
declension often in connection with a preposition. The 
neuter plural of such adjectives has a concrete meaning 
(see § 82, 3). 

d) Certain feminine and neuter adjectives, which natu- 
rally, or by prevailing usage, refer to particular nouns, as : 
patria (sc. terra), natdlis (sc. dies), Bachanalia (sc. sacra), 
hiberna (sc. castra). Also where the reference is obvious 
from the connection, as : primas, secundas (sc. partes) 
agere ; frigidam, calidam (sc. aquam) potare ; aliquem re- 
petundarum (sc. pecuniarum) accusare. 

Rem. 3. Adjectives referring to a noun in apposition 
with a proper name (except those given under Rem. 2. a) 
must take after them homo or vir in apposition. But gentile ad- 
jectives, and adjectives which have acquired the force of proper 
names, usually stand after their nouns without taking these 
words in apposition, as : Aristides Atheniensis, Cato Major, Lae- 
lius Sapiens (the wise), Crassus Dives. Besides, a proper name 



§ SG.] ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. 237 

is not directly qualified by an adjective, but through the noun 
in apposition, as: Socrates, sapientissimus homo; Corinthus, am- 
plissima urbs. 

Rem. 4. Such substantive adjectives are rarely qualified by 
any other adjective- word except a numeral or pronoun, as: 
doctissimi Mi veteres. — Some Perf. Past. Part., as : factum, dictum, 
inventum, etc., are not only joined as participles with ad- 
verbs, but as substantives with adjectives, as: praeclare 
facta and praeclara facta, etc. 

Rem. 5. Many substantives in tor are used also as adjec- 
tives, both attributive and predicative, and take a feminine 
form in trix in reference to a feminine noun, as : victor exercitus ; 
victrices Athenae. Other substantives are thus used but rarely, as : 
exercitus tiro, milites tirones. 

Rem. 6. The Latin often employs an attributive adjective, es- 
pecially to denote the relation of origin, descent, country, also 
other relations, where we use the genitive or a preposi- 
tion with its case, as: Prodicus Ceiis (Prodicus of Cos) ; 
pugna Marathonia (the battle at Marathon); aliena vitia (the 
faults of others). 

3. The adjectives : primus, idtimus, extremus, postremus, 
novissvmts, intimus, summits, medius, infimus, imus, reliquus, 
generally denote the first, last, etc. part of a thing, but 
agree in gender, number, and case with their nouns, 
like other attributives, as : extreme Peloponnesio hello (in the 
last part of the Peloponnesian war). 

4. When two or more adjectives refer to the same substan- 
tive, they are either connected with each other by the con- 
junctions et, atque, ac, que, or they stand without any connec- 
tive between them. In the first case the adjectives qualify 
their noun, each independently of the other, and 
are said to be coordinate to each other ; in the other case, 
one of the series of adjectives qualifies the noun directly and 
the other (or others) qualifies the compound idea thus formed. 
Their relation here is said to be subordinate. Thus : 
Socrates fuit sapientissimus et opttmus homo (coordinate) ; 
praeclarus ille vir (subordinate). 

Rem. 7. Pronouns and numerals are oftenest employed in a 
subordinate relation to other adjectives ; but multi (plurimi), ae, a, 



938 ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. [§ 86. 

is often connected with the other adjective by a conjunction, 
when it is not emphatic, as : multi et praecl&ri viri (many great 
men). 

5. Many attributive adjectives, in Latin, do not qualify a 
subject or object by itself, but only in reference to 
the predicate. In this way the ideas of place, time, 
number, the ground or reason, condition, way 
and m anner, are expressed by adjectives, very much 
as by adverbs. Adjectives of this kind are : superior, inferior, 
summits, extremus, inftmus, medius, propior, proximus, etc.; 
primus, and the remaining ordinals ; also princeps, prior, pos- 
iremus, wins, solus, totus, omnis, ipse, lihens, invitus, tacitus, etc., 
as : Philippus proximus accedebat (Philip came up next). 

Rem. 8. But when the qualifying idea can be referred only 
to the predicate, and not at the same time to the subject or 
object, an adverb and not an adjective must be used. Thus 
we can say, either libens or libenter hunc librum legi, but only 
suaviter cantas, because it cannot be inferred that one who sings 
beautifully is himself beautiful : but the poets sometimes use the 
adjective even in such cases. 

B,Ex\i. 9. Of the adjective forms primus, solus, unus, idtimus, 
postremus, and the corresponding adverbial forms primum, uld- 
mum, etc., the former are used when the meaning is that 
which is first, alone of all persons or things of the kind 
(as, "he was the first," "the only one" to do it), and the latter, 
when "first" (" last," etc.) means for the first time, first 
in order, for the last time, last in order, as: hanc 
urbem prhnarn adii (this was the first city which I approached) ; 
but primum hanc urbem adii (for the first time). 

Rem. 10. The place of an attributive adjective is often sup- 
plied by a preposition with its case. 1) Oftenest by 
cam or sine with the ablative, as : laetitia gestiens est sine ratione 
animi elatio (a senseless elation of mind) ; cum dignitate otiuin 
dulce est (a dignified leisure) ; — 2) ex or de with the ablative of 
(lie origin, extraction, material or whole in rela- 
tion to a p a r t, as: ex Arcadia hospes (an Arcadian guest) ; ho- 
mo unus ex; omnibus (a-one-of-many man) ; — 3) Not unfrequently 
ad, apud, in, adversus, etc. with an Ace, or the name of a place 
v. ithout a preposition, as : castris ad Bagradam (at the Bagradian 
camp) ; pietas adversus deos (God-ward piety) ; Alexandrea 
discessus (the Alexandrian departure) ; — 4) But generally, when 



§ Sb. - ] ATTRIBUTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. 230 

the attributive idea is expressed by a preposition and its case, it 
is accompanied by a participle agreeing with the noun to which 
the attributive refers, or its attributive character is indicated by 
its position, as : bellum cum Cartliaginiensihus gestum ; inons 
prope urbem situs (literally, the-near-the-city-situated mountain) ; 
Caesaris in Hispania res secundae. 

6. A noun is said to be in apposition with another 
noun, when it is joined to another noun or personal pronoun 
(whether expressed, or implied in the person of the verb) i n 
the same case, to qualify or further define it. 
When it designates persons it also agrees with the noun to 
which it refers in gender and number, as : Tomyris, re- 
gina Seytharum, Cyrum, regem Persarum, devicit ; Themisto- 
cles veni ad te (i. e. ego, Th.). Compare § 81, 1. 

Rem. 11. In order to give prominence to the word in apposi- 
tion, dico is sometimes added to it without affecting the construc- 
tion, as : quam hesternus dies nobis, consularibus dico, turpis il- 
iuxit ! 

7. A noun in apposition, like the attributive adjective 
(No. 5), is often used to qualify a noun rather with re- 
ference to the predicate than in itself. In this 
way the ideas of t i m e, ground, etc., may be expressed by 
apposition, as : dux proditor patriae interfectus est (while 
a traitor). So often puer, infans, senex, consul, etc. (while a 
boy, while a consul, etc.). 

8. A word in apposition with a possessive pro- 
noun is put in the genitive, since the possessive pronoun 
is equivalent to the Gen. of the personal pronoun, as : tuum 
studium adolescentis perspexi (" I have observed your 
zeal, youth!" lit. "the zeal of you a youth"). In the same 
manner ipsius, ipsorum, ipsarum (own) follow a possessive, as : 
filius sumn ipsius patrem vituperat. Also omnium, as : vestram 
omnium vicem ; but generally (always when omnium stands 
first) the pronoun is put in the Gen. Plur. also, asipraesens 
omnium nostrum fortuna. So with utriusque, as : verecundia 
utriusque nostrum (instead of nostra utriusque ver.). 



210 OBJECTIVE RELATION IN SENTENCES. [§ 87. 

Rem. 1 2. In the later historical writers, especially in Tacitus, 
a noun in ap posit i o n (often with a whole sentence), frequently 
stands as a d e f i n i t i o n, or expresses an a i m or o b j e c t, as : 
mine equites, cumulus prosperis aut subsidium laborantibus, duce- 
bantur ; Vitellius omnes conquiri et interfici jussit, munimentum 
adpreasens, in posterum ultionem. The case is somewhat different 
where an Ace. with an accompanying adjective is used as a sort 
of exclamation after a foregoing sentence, to express an 
opinion of the subject treated of in that sentence, as : hoc dicto 
admoneor, ut aliquid etiam de humatione et sepultura dicendum 
existimem : rem non difficilimem / This is common in Cicero. 

9. A substantive expressing a whole, instead of being in 
the Gen., often stands in the same case as its parts, which are 
in apposition with it. This is called partitive or distri- 
butive apposition. Here belong especially, the words : 
quisque, uterque, alius — alius, alii — alii, alter — alter, pars — 
pars; alius — album (each one the other), so also alter — 
alterum, of two things. The subject expressing the whole 
may be implied in the predicate (we, you, they). Thus: 
milites pars in agros diiapsi sunt, pars urbes petunt ; amid al- 
ter alterum amplexi sunt ; alius alium expectantes cunctamini. 
It is rare that the predicate agrees with the part in apposition, 
rather than with the whole. 



CHAPTER III. 



§ 87. Of the Objective Relation in Sentences. 

1. As the attributive limits the subject, or more properly, a 
substantive idea (whether subject or object), so the object 
limits or forms a nearer definition of the predi- 
cate (a verbal idea). The object embraces : 1) The cases; 
2) The prepositions with their cases; 3) The 
Infinitive; 4) The participle; 5) The adverb. 

liE^r. 1. Some verbs require an object after them in order 
to express a complete idea, as : cupio scribere (" I desire/*-— 



§ 88.] THE GENITIVE. 241 

what? "to write"). Others may be followed by an objector 
r.ot, as : rosa floret, or rosa floret in horto. Objects of this latter 
kind express only the relations of place, time, degree, 
means, way and manner. 

Treatment of the Cases. 

2. There are f o u r cases, in Latin, which express an ob- 
jective relation, the Genitive, Dative, Accusative 
and Ablative. Of these, the Gen. expresses the object as 
active (as the cause or author of the action) ; the Ace. 
as suffering or receiving the action, or as the ef- 
fect or result of the action; the Dat. as participating 
in the action, or as its end or aim; the Abl. as an in- 
strument or means. 

Rem. 2. These cases are called casus dbliqui, while the Nom. 
and Yoc. are called casus recti. The Nom. is the case of the 
su b j e c t, the Yoc. is the case of direct address. 

§ 88. A. The Genitive. 

The Genitive denotes that which produces, calls 
forth, embraces or includes an action. It answers 
the questions : whose ? of whom ? of what ? in consequence of 
whom or what ? etc., and is used in the following cases : 

1. With the following verbs and phrases denoting a feel- 
ing or affection of the mind: miser eor (poet, miser -es- 
co), "I pity;" me (aliquem) miser et (rarer miseretur), poem- 
tet, piget, pudet, taedet and pertaesum est, "It excites my pity" 
(I compassionate), "I repent," etc. (But pudet sometimes 
takes the Gen. of the person also.) Me miseret tut. 
Nunquam primi consilii deum poemtet. 

2. TYith the following adjectives expressing feelings of 
the mind: cupidus, avidas, avdrits, studiosus, aemulus, tnvi- 
dies, providus, fasti diosiis ; also amicus and inimicus (which, 
however, when used more strictly as adjectives, take the Dat.). 
Avida est periculi virtus. Populus potentiae invidus est. 

Rem. 1. The poets and later writers often employ the Gen. 
after nearly all adjectives expressing mental states or 

21 



242 THE GENITIVE. [§ 88. 

emotions of any kind, as: lassus, callidus, doc/ us, cerlus, 
dublus, laetus, etc. ; also with those denoting removal or s e p- 
a rati on (properly requiring the Abl.), and even where the 
Gen. or Abl. of quality (with the adjective agreeing with 
it), or Abl. of respect, is commonly used, as : lassus viae ; 
integer vitae scelerisque purus ; ingens anirni, etc. 

3. With the following verbs of remembering, forget- 
ting and reminding: memini, venit mihi in mentem (I 
think, it occurs to me), reminiscor, obliviscor ; admoneo, com- 
moneo, commonefacio aliquem ; — also with the following adjec- 
tives of remembering and forgetting, knowledge 
and ignorance, experience and inexperience: me- 
mor, and immemor ; conscius, nescius, inscius ; gnarus, igno> 
7ms ; prudens, imprudens ; peritus, imperitus, considtus, rudis ; 
ins o lens, insolitus, insuttus. Pueri meminerint verecundiae. 
Cimo prudens rei militaris fuit. Venit mihi Platonis in men- 
tem. 

Kem. 2. Memini, reminiscor and obliviscor often, and rccordor, 
almost always, take an Ace Moneo and commoneo are oftener 
found with de and the Abl. ; they also, as well as admoneo, take 
the neuter pronouns hoc, id, illud in the Ace. Rudis and prudens 
are very often found with in and the Abl. 

4. With participles in cms and ens used as adjectives; 
also (but only in the poets and later writers) with many ver- 
bal adjectives in ax, as: fcrax, cap ax, (ferax as denot- 
ing abundance, etc., see No. 7, sometimes takes the Abl.). 
Homo gloriae appetens saepe a virtutis via deflectit. Nimium 
retinens libertatis. Justum ac tenacem propositi virum. Terra 
satis ferax. 

5. With verbs (also adjectives) of accusing, crimi- 
nating, condemning, convicting and acquitting 
(which in the Act. take also an Ace. with the Abl.), as : accu- 
so, incuso ; arguo, coarguo, insimulo ; arcesso, poslulo ; convin- 
co, damno, condemno ; absolvo, libera. Here the charge or 
crime is put in the Genitive (sometimes in the Abl. both 
with and without de). Miltiades proditionis est accusatus. 
(Fannius) C. Verrem insimidat avaritiao et audaciae. 



§ 88.] THE GENITIVE. 243 

Rem. 3. The punishment, when it is death (caput, 
mors) or of the nature of a fine, is generally in the Gen., 
but sometimes in the Abl. Other punishments are put in 
the Ace. with ad or in, as : aliquem ad bestias (in metalla) con- 
demnare. 

6. With the following adjectives which denote partici- 
pation, community (and the contrary), likeness and 
unlikeness: particeps, expers, consors, exsors, jejunus, ex- 
hires, immanis (oftener with the Abl.); also the following, 
which are often found with the dative: communis, socius, 
afftnis, vicinus, proprius (almost always with the Gen. in 
Cic), alienus, sacer ; simzlis, dissimtlis (especially with the 
Gen. of persons), par, dispar, aequalis, super stes (rarely with 
the Dat.). Bestiae sunt r attonis et orationis expertes. Homo 
particeps est rationis. 

7. With potens, impotens, compos (impos not during the 
classical period of the language), and adjectives denoting 
plenty and want, which are also found with the abla- 
tive, as : plenus, refertus, completus, fertilis, inops, sterilis, 
indnis, vacuus, egenus ; also with the verbs implere, eg ere, 
indigere (but these often take the Abl.). Ira, ut insania, 
impotens sui est. Gallia frugum fertilis fuit. Inops consilii 
es. 

8. The genitive stands with esse and fieri to signify : 
1) That to which something belongs or of which it 
i s (possessive Gen.) ; here also belong the expressions : ali- 
quid suae (or alicujus) ditionis (potestatis) facere, and aliquid 
lucri facere (to bring something under one's power, to turn 
something to one's advantage) ; 2) That to which some- 
thing belongs as a property or quality, in which case 
the quality itself is commonly expressed by an infinitive. 
This last Gen. we translate by : It is the part, manner, cus- 
tom, characteristic, duty, sign, mark (of some one) ; it is in- 
cumbent on one, and the like. Omnia quae mulieris fuerunt, 
viri fiunt (all which belonged to the wife become the part of 
the husband). Viri probi est verum dicere (it is the part, 
duty). 



^ 



244 THE GENITIVE. [§ 88. 

Rem. 4. Verbs of con side r in g, regarding, seeming, 
also take the Gen. in the last sense, as : multi superstitionem bn- 
becilli animi putant (the mark of a feeble mind). 

Rem. 5. Instead of the Gen. of the personal pronouns : mei, 
tui, sui, nostri, vestri (est), meum, tuum, suuin, nostrum, vestrum 
est are used. 

9. The genitive or ablative of a substantive with 
an adjective agreeing with it, -stands with esse to express the 
character or quality of an object (Gen. or Abl. of qual- 
ity). This Gen. or Abl. is also used as an attribute to a 
noun, without esse. 

The general distinction between the two cases seems to be, 
that the Gen. denotes essential qualities, while the Abl. de- 
notes circumstantial or accidental qualities. 

10. The genitive stands as the expression of value 
(Gen. of price) with verbs of valuing and esteeming; 
buying and selling (but see also § 91, 4. c), as : aestimo 
(also with the Abl. magno, etc.), facio, pendo, duco, puto, habeo 
(also in the Pass.), videor and sum ; emo, vendo, veneo. Of 
this kind are the Genitives : magni (not multi), pluris (not 
majoris), maxvmi, plurimi ; parvi, minoris, minimi, tanti, tan- 
tldem or non minoris, quanti, quanfivis, quanticunque ; nihili, 
pensi ; jlocci, nauci, assis, teruncii, pili. Divitiae a sapienti 
viro minimi putantur (are held very low). Quanti emisti hunc 
librum (for how much, at what price) ? 

11. With the impersonal verb interest (rarely refert), "it 
concerns ;" the person (or thing) whom something concerns, is 
put in the genitive. Instead of the genitives of the 
personal pronouns ; mei, tui, etc., the Abl. Sing, of the pos- 
sessives, viz. : mea, tud, sua, nostra, vestra, cuja (sc. caussa) 
are used, and in this case refert is used as well as interest, and 
in the same sense. But both these verbs may stand also with- 
out a personal object, especially refert. 

How much or how little one is interested in a thing 
is expressed: l) by adverbs, as: magnopere, magis, maxime, 
nihil, parum, minime ; — 2) by the adverbial neuters: mul- 



§ 88.] THE GENITIVE. 245 

turn, plus, plurimum, minus, minimum, tantum, etc.; — 3) by the 
genitives: magni, pluris, parvi, tanti, quanti, etc., as above, 
No. 10. 

The tJting which interests or concerns one, is rarely expressed 
by a substantive, but : l) by an infinitive; 2) by the accu- 
sative with an infinitive; 3) by a subordinate 
sentence with ut (that), we (that not) and the subjunctive; 
4) by an indirect question (in the Subj.). — The general 
expressions: this, that, what one iPinterested in, are expressed by 
the accusatives: id, Mud, quod, quid. 

Interest omnium, recte facere. Quid nostra refert {interest), 
victum esse Antonium ? Praeceptorum multum interest, discipulos 
summo studio in litteras incumbere. Magni mea interest {refert), 
ut te videam. Omnium magni interest feliciter vivere. 

Rem. 0. That as to which or in what point of view 
one is interested in a thing, is put in the Ace. with ad, as : magni 
ad honorem nostrum interest, quam primum ad urbem me venire. 

12. Finally, the genitive stands with a substantive as 
an attributive or nearer definition of it, as : hortus 
regis (== hortus regius). 

Rem. 7. Hence the genitive with the substantives : caussd, 
gratia, ergo, which we render by on account of , for the sake of, and 
with instar. like. Instead of the genitives mei, tui, sui, nostri, 
vestri : mea, tud, sua, nostra, vestrd, are used with caussd and gra- 
tia, as : mea, tud, sua, nostra, vestrd, caussd or gratia (on my ac- 
count, thy account, etc.). 

Rem. 8. The attributive Gen. often takes the place of a noun 
in apposition, as: urbs Romae (the city of Rome = the city, 
Rome) ; virtutes continentiae, gravitatis, justitiae. With nomen 
(cognomen), vox, vocabulum mihi est (manet, datum), the word used 
to designate the person or thing named is not, in good writers, in 
the Gen., but either in the Norn, or Dat, as : fons, cui nomen 
Arethusa est; puero ab inopia Egerio inditum nomen (est). With 
nomen do alicui (ilico alicui), the Dat, is commonly used, rarely the 
Ace, as : tardo cognomen pingui dam us. With nomen habeo, a 
proper name is in the Ace, but a common name in the 
Gen. 

1 3. The attributive genitive, which may be either 
possessive or objective, according as it expresses s i m- 
p 1 y the c a u s e, or at the same time the cause and 

21* 



246 THE GENITIVE. [§ 88. 

the object of the state or action indicated, is used to 
designate : 

a) The author or cause, as : conjuratio Catilinae ; 
desiderium patriae (excited by and terminating upon 
one's country) ; 

b) The owner or possessor, as : hortus regis. 

c) The whole from which a part is separated, as : partes 
corporis. The partitive genitive is used as follows : 
1 ) With comparatives, (as : prior, posterior, etc.) , 
superlatives (both adjective and adverbial), pro- 
nouns (as: quis, qui, ullus, hie, Me, etc.), and nume- 
rals (as: primus, unus, pauci, etc. — but plerique, in the 
classical period of the language, is not found with the 
partitive genitive) ; 2) With nouns expressing quan- 
tity, measure and number, as : modius, libra, pon- 
do, talentum, etc. ; legio, cohors, etc. ; multitudo, copia, 
numerus, vis, etc. ; 3) With the neuter singular of 
adjectives and pronouns expressing quantity, 
but only in the Nom. and Ace, as : tantum, tantundem, 
quantum, aliquantum, multum (but not magnum and par- 
vum), plus, amplius, plurimum, nimium, minus, mini- 
mum ; aliquid, quid, quicquid ; quicquam, nihil, some- 
times also, hoc, illud, id, quod, etc. ; 4) With the a d- 
verbs of quantity used substantively : sat, satis, 
abunde, affdtim, parum, nimis, partim ; 5) With the 
adverbs of place: ubi, unde, quo, usquam, nusquam, 
longe, are used the genitives gentium, terrarum, loci, 
(also eodem loci), locorum ; and with eo (to this degree), 
and quo (to what degree), the Gen. of an abstract noun. 

Duorum fratrum major natu. Cicero omnium Roma- 
norum prestantissimus est. Ingens multitudo hominum. 
Aliquid pristini roboris (but instead of multum pecuniae, 
magna pecunia is used). (Cimo) habebat satis eloquen- 
tiae. Ubi terrarum (where in the world)? Quo amen- 
tiae (to what degree of folly)? 

Rem. 9. Instead of the partitive genitive, ex, de (rarely in) 
with the Abl. are sometimes found, as : ex omnibus militibus pauci 



§ 80.] ACCUSATIVE. 247 

contra liostes decertabant. This is generally the case in prose 
after unus, when it means one out of a larger number (not one as 
corresponding to other), as : unus ex fortissimis (not unus fortissi- 
morum). 

Rem. 10. But the whole is often put in the same case as 
the part, especially when the whole is not to be expressly op- 
posed to its parts. This construction is necessary where the 
quality of the part belongs to the whole class, as : mortales homi- 
nes (never : mortales hominum) because each and every man is 
mortal. When adjectives in the neuter Sing, are used in the at- 
tributive relation to the above named adjectives of quantity (13, 
c. 3), those of the third declension are almost invariably 
put in apposition, but those of the second dec. maybe 
either in apposition or in the partitive Gen., as: nihil 
coeleste ; but, nihil divinum or divini. 

Rem. 11. The attributive Gen. must be translated into English 
by different prepositions in different cases, as : memoria prae- 
teriti temporis (of) ; desiderium patriae (for) ; consuetudo amico- 
rum (with). Sometimes, instead of the Gen., the corresponding 
prepositions with their case are used, as : amor in (adversus, erga) 
pairem. — Two genitives expressing different relations may depend 
upon one noun, as : labor est quadam functio corporis gravioris 
operis (capability of the body of enduring heavier labor). 

§ 89. E. Accusative. 

1. The accusative stands in answer to tbe question, whom? 
or what? It signifies a passive object, as: rex civita- 
tem regit, or that which is produced by an action 
{effect) , as : scribo epistolam. Hence it stands with all tran- 
sitive verbs, and those used transitively. 

2. The simplest case of the accusative of the effect is that 
of an abstract noun from the same stem as the 
verb or of a kindred meaning, as: vitam (aetatem) vi- 
vere. But instead of the kindred noun itself, its attribute 
is often used, as : olere crocum (== olere odorem croceum) ; 
agere juventutem (== agere aetatem juventutis). 

Rem. 1. In prose the ablative of the instrument is commonly 
used instead of this Ace, as : triumphavit (Papirius) insigni tri- 
umpho. 

Rem. 2. The Ace. of the neuter pronouns, after intran- 
sitive verb;< 5 if of this nature. These accusatives express the aim 



248 ACCUSATIVE. [§ 89. 

or purpose, or object, in a very general way. But 
when a noun is used in their place it is put in the Gen., Dat, or 
in the Abl. with or without a preposition, as : quid me accusas ? 
(why do you accuse — what accusation do you accuse — me of?), 
but, cujus rei me accusas ? utrumque laetor (I rejoice at each). 
Such accusatives as alia id genus; homines id aetatis; vicem meam 
(tuam, etc.), " on my (thy) account;" ceterum, cetera (for the 
rest, in other respects, but), are of the nature of the Greek Ace. 
(Ace. by synecdoche). By the poets and later prose writers this 
synecdochical Ace. was much used as a nearer definition, 
after adjectives, participles, intransitive and pas- 
sive v e r b s, in all kinds of expressions, as : vite caput tegitur. 

Rem. 3. The Ace. Sing, of adjectives (rarely the plur.) is used 
in this way in poetry, where, in prose, adverbs are commonly 
used, especially with verbs of shining, sounding, calling, 
etc., as : immane sonat ; horridum stridens. 

3. The following verbs take the accusative (mostly of a per- 
son) although they might seem from their meaning to require 
a different case, juvo, adjuvo ; dejicio ; fugio, defugio, effugio, 
subterfugio ; aequo, adaequo, aequiparo ; sequor and sector ; imi- 
tor, ae?nulor (but sometimes with Dat.) ; decet (decent), dedecet, 
praeterit, fallit, lateL "Mabis fugit bonum (fieesfrom = flees.) 
Pedites equitem cursu aequabant (kept up with). 

4. Many intransitive verbs (especially such as ex- 
press an affection of the mind) are often used tran- 
sitively and constructed with the Ace.; so also many in- 
transitive verbs when compounded with prepositions which 
govern an Ace, as : cives meum casum doluerunt ; accedere 
locum (also ad 1. and loco). 

Rem. 4. With many of these compounds the preposition is re- 
peated, as : inire in urbem (or inire urbem). The preposition is 
not repeated when the verb is used in a figurative sense, as : 
adeo aliquem (I visit one). Most compound verbs of this class 
have a passive form, as : circumvenior, transeor, etc. 

5. The Ace. expresses extent of time, space, weight 
and measure, in answer to the questions : how long? 
how far? how wide (broad)? how high? how 
deep? how thick? how many (much)? how great? 
etc., as : quacdam bestiolae unurn diem vivunt ; turris pedes 
duccnios alta est. 



§ 89.] ACCUSATIVE. 249 

Rem. 5. From this use of the Ace. many adverbial expressions 
have arisen, as : magnam, majorem, ?naxi?na?n partem (great, greater, 
greatest part), summum, multum (much, greatly), plus, plurimum, 
as : multum te amo. 

Rem. 6. In order to define length of time more exactly, prepo- 
sitions stand with the Ace, viz. :l)per (through, during) ; 2) intra 
(within) ; 3) inter (during, in the course of) ; 4) in with the Ace, 
in answer to the questions: what time? at what time? 
for how long? 5) ad, to the questions: till when? up 
to what time? 6) ad, sub, circa (about, towards). 

Rem. 7. Time how long is rarely expressed by the Abl. in 
the writers of the best period, but often by Tacitus and the later 
writers. For the Abl. of measure, and in the questions: 
how long before? how long after? see under the Ab- 
lative. 

Rem. 8. In order to express how long before or after 
the present time of the speaker an action happened or 
will happen, ante or abhinc (ago) and post are used with the Ace; 
but abhinc sometimes stands also with the Abl., as ; ante (abhinc) 
tres annas amicum vidi ; post paucos dies te videbo ; Roscius litem 
decidit abhinc annis quattuor (or : ante quattuor annos). See 
§ 91, 12. 

6. The Ace (generally with an attributive) is used in ex- 
clamations; commonly after an interjection, but sometimes 
without, as : heu me miserum! fallacem hominum spem! 

Rem. 9. When the exclamation is a direct address to 
one, it stands in the Yoe after or pro, as : fortunate adoles- 
cens ! En and ecce always take the Nom. in Cicero ; in other 
writers the Ace also. 

7. A double accusative stands in the following cases : 
a) With verbs which signify to call (name) ; to make, choose, 

appoint one something ; to account, consider as, to he some- 
thing ; to show one's self as something ; to give, take, have 
as something. 

Julius Caesar dictatorem se fecit. Homines caecos reddit cu- 
piditas et avaritia. Romulus urbem ex nomine suo Romam vocd- 
vit. Ciceronem universus populus consulem declaravit. Sapien- 
tem beatum habemus. Antistius se praestitit acerrimum propugna- 
torem communis libertatis. Athenienses Miltiddem sibi imperato- 
rem sumpserunt. Epaminondas praeceptorem habuit Lysim. Ro- 
mani Ciceronem patrem patriae appellaverunL 



250 DATIVE. [§ 90. 

Rem. 1 0. The passive of these verbs has a double nom- 
inative (§ 81, 2), as: pavo superbus dicitur. 

b) With the verbs : celo, doceo, interrogo ; — oro, rogo, jia- 
gito ; posco, postulo, and the like. — Also several transi- 
tive verbs compounded with a d, circum, praeter, trans, 

Ciceronem Minerva omnes artes edocuit. Ne quid turpe amicum 
roga ! Ego te sententiam tuam rogo. Nullam rem te celo, Cae- 
sar exercitum Rhenum transportavit. 

Rem. 11. But peto (properly: I strive after), I request, entreat, 
is constructed with a, and quaero (properly : I seek), I ask, with 
a or ex, as : peto a te librum, quaero a (ex) te sententiam. Many 
other verbs of asking or demanding are sometimes con- 
structed with a, and some with de, as also are many verbs of 
teaching. 

Rem. 12. With most of the above verbs, in the passive con- 
struction, the personal object becomes the nominative 
and the accusative of the thing remains. Cicero a Mi- 
nerva omnes artes edoctus est. Cato rogatus est sententiam. Still 
with verbs of demanding, the accusative of the thing be- 
comes the nominative, and the accusative of the person is 
changed into the Abl. and governed by the preposition a, as : 
pecunia a me poscitur, flagitatur. 

Rem. 13. For the Ace. with propior, proxlmus, propius, proxime 
see § 90, 1. d, and for the Ace. with verbal adjectives and nouns, 
see § 98, Rem. 

§ 90. C. Dative. 

1. The dative represents an object as sharing or inter- 
ested in the action, and hence stands in answer to the ques- 
tions : to whom ? to what ? for whom ? for what ? for whose ad- 
vantage f for whose disadvantage ? for what end ? It general- 
ly stands with verbs and adjectives where, in English, the pre- 
positions to or for are used to govern the case, or where the 
relation involved is similar to that expressed by these prepo- 
sitions. There belong here especially the following classes of 
words : 

a) Words expressing profit, aid, injury, as: do, pro- 
sum, obsum, auxilior, etc., (but not juvo, adjuvo, see 
§ 89, 3), utilis (also with ad and Ace), inutilis etc.; 

b) Pleasing, displeasing, favor and disfavor, 



§ 90.] DATIVE. 251 

anger, friendship and hatred, as: placeo, dis- 
pliceo ; blandior, faveo, irascor, succenseo ; amicus, inimi- 
cus (which with some other adjectives, when considered 
as nouns, are sometimes found with the Gen. also), cams, 
alienus, etc. ; 

c) Commanding, obeying, serving, trusting, 
yielding, as: impero, ausculto, pareo, obsequor, servio, 
morem gero, jido (but see § 91, R. 15), cedo (but see 
§ 91, 10. a). 

d) Meeting, approaching, nearness, agree- 
ing, union, community, likeness, compari- 
son, superiority, and their opposites, as : occurro, 
obviam eo, obvius, appropinquo ; — propior, proximus, pro- 
pins, proxime (which also, like prope, are sometimes 
found with the Ace.) ; — victims, jinitimus ; — congruens, 
congruenter, conveniens, convenienter, consentaneus ; — con- 
scius sum, respondeo, misceo ; — communis, junctus, socius, 
alienus, similis, dissimilis, par, dispar, aequalis, super- 
stes (some of which, especially similis and dissimilis are 
found also with the Gen.) ; — compono, confer o, praefero, 
antefero, postpono, excello, praesto (also Ace.) ; — chiefly in 
poetry, idem, contendo, pugno, certo, disto, diversus, and 
other words of ' difference/ ' diversity,' etc. ; 

e) Fitness, readiness, as: aptus, accommodatus, ido- 
neus, necessarius, etc. ; (very often also with ad, espe- 
cially of things, also alienus, sometimes with ab), promp- 
tus, etc. 

Rem. 1. All transitive verbs may take together with the 
Ace. the Dat. of the person (or tiling) who shares in the action 
(Dat. of the remote object). — But some verbs, as : dono, adspergo, 
circumdo,exuo, etc. take either the Dat. of the person and Ace. 
of the thing, or Ace. of the person and Abl. of the thing. 

Do tibi donum. Epistolam tibi scribo. Non scholae, sed vitae 
discimus. Litterarum studium liominibus utlllissimum est. Canis 
lupo similis est. Ratio omnibus liominibus communis est. Natura 
corpus animo circumdedit. Deus animum circumdedit corpore. 

Rem. 2. The Dat. (mostly with the later writers,) often denotes 



252 DATIVE. [§ 90. 

the person (or thing viewed as a person) in whose view or 
character or will, something is so. Hence the use of the 
Dat. of the personal pronouns of the Jirst and second persons with 
but little apparent meaning, it being designed merely to indicate 
in a free and familiar manner the interest or participation of the 
speaker or the one addressed in the action (Dativus ethicus), as : 
ecce tibi exortus est Isocrates (lo, there arises Isocrates to thee). 

Rem. 3. The Dat. of the agent stands regularly with the 
gerund and the gerundive, and often with the passive (espe- 
cially the Perf. Pass.), instead of a with the Abl. of the agent or 
author. But the Dat. retains in this case, as in others, something 
of its peculiar meaning, and hence represents the agent as at 
the same time sharing in the action, and not simply as the 
author. 

Hem. 4. Datives which seem to be used for the Gen. may al- 
ways be referred to some of the usages of the dative. Oftenest, 
perhaps, to the Dat. of the advantage or disadvantage 
(after nouns), or to the dative of the haver (see No. 4) after 
verbs used in a sense nearly equivalent to the copula esse, as : 
exitium pecori (Dat. disadvantage). 

2. The following verbs take the dative in Latin, while- in 
English the corresponding verbs take the objective (Ace.) 
case : nubo, parco, benedlco, — maledico, supplico, — obtrecto, stu- 
deo, — arrldeo, invideo, persuadeo, medeor. Most of these verbs 
also take the Dat. in the Pass, construction, for which see 
§ 83, R. 1. 

Yenus nupsit Vidcano. Parce mihi. Ne infantibus quidem 
parcebatur (not even children were spared). Benedicimus 
(praise) bonis, maledicimus (censure) malts. Donum tuum valde 
mihi arrisit (please). Probus invidet nemini. Mihi invidetur (I 
am envied). Omnibus amicis pro te libentissime supplicabo (en- 
treat). Mali bonis obtrectare (disparage) solent. Nunquam tibi 
persuadebo. Mihi persuadetur (I am persuaded). Pueri litter is 
studere debent (study). Omnes homines Ubertati student (strive 
after). Philosophia medetur animis. 

3. The dative stands also with an interjection, as : vae (hei) 
misero mihi ! 

Rem. 5. Many verbs by composition with prepositions, espe- 
cially with the following : ab, ad, ante, cum (con), dc, ex, in, in- 
ter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub and super, acquire a meaning which 
makes them take the dative. But most of these verbs, especially 



§ 90.] DATIVE. 253 

those compounded with ad, in and con, are found also with the 
preposition repeated, followed by its ease. 

Rem. 6. Some verbs in the same or similar sense take at one 
time the Dat. and at another the Ace., viz. : adulor, acmulor, co- 
mitor, ardecedo, anteeo, praesto, praecurro, despero, illitdo, insulto, 
incedo, invddo, praestolor and adjaceo. — Others, again, take dif- 
ferent cases, but in different senses, as : caveo (Dat., Ace, or Abl. 
with ab), respondeo (Ace. and Dat., or ad with Ace), incumbo 
(Dat., also Ace. with ad or in), misceo (Dat., or Ace. and Dat, or 
Ace. and Abl. of instr. or material), and with similar variations : 
consido, prospicio, provideo ; convenio, cupio, impono, maneo : me- 
tuo, timeo, vereor ; modtror, peto, recipio, vaco. The difference 
of case with these verbs arises from the different points of view in 
which the writer contemplated the idea in different cases. 

4. The dative stands with est, sunt, (abest, deest, c nave not'), 
to express the person or thing who has or possesses 
something. The thing possessed stands in the nomina- 
tive as subject (Dat. of the haver). 

Suus cuique mos est Semper in civitate [ii], quibus opes nul- 
lae sunt, bonis invident. Multi mihi sunt libri. Hoc unum illi 
abfuit (defuit). 

Rem. 7. The dative of possession with esse differs 
from the genitive of possession with esse (§ 88, 8), in 
this : that with the Dat, the idea of possession is less em- 
phatic, like our have, while with the Gen. it is represented as ab- 
solute and necessary. 

Rem. 8. In nomen mihi est (I have the name, am called), the 
name stands either in the dative or nominative, as : nomen mihi 
est Carolo (Carolus). 

5. The dative of the end (in answer to the question : for 
what end ?), to which besides, a dative of the person is 
commonly added, stands : 

a) With sum, which, in this case, is to be rendered conduce 
to, serve for ; 

b) With do, accipio, relinquo, dellgo, constituo, dico, mitto, 
venio, proficiscor, eo, habeo, etc. ; also with do, duco, tribuo, 
verto in the meaning : to impute to. 

Bonum non potest esse cuiquam malo. Virtutes hominibus de- 
cori gloriaeque sunt. Virtus sola neque datur dono, neque accipi- 
22 



254 ABLATIVE. [§ 91. 

tur. Pausanlas ven.it Attlcis auxilio. Viiio mihi dant, quod mor- 
tem hominis necessarii graviter fero. 

Rem. 9. The Dat. of the person and the Dat. of the end are 
each sometimes wanting. Also, instead of the Dat. of the end, 
the Nom. or Ace. in apposition with the subject or object 
of the sentence, is often found, especially in the later writers, as : 
missus est rector juveni (as a guide) ; or it is put in the Ace. with 
ad or in, as : relicti ad praesidium. 

§91. D. Ablative. 

The Abl. expresses the instrumental relation, and 
hence is used especially in the following cases : 

1. To denote the means, instrument or material, 
in answer to the questions, wherewith ? whereby ? whence ? 
whereof? (Abl. of instrument or material) : 

a) In general, in the ordinary instrumental relations, as : 
oculis videmus ; equo vehi ; ludere pila. 

Rem. 1. When a person is employed as a means or instru- 
ment, the Ace. with per is generally used, as : per tuum patrem 
miseria liberatus sum (also by a periphrasis, as : tui patris auxilio 
miseria liberatus sum). The accompanying person 
(except sometimes in expressions relating to military affairs, 
where the accompanying army or force is in the Abl. without 
cum) is put in the Abl. with cum, as : cum fratre ambulavi. 

Rem. 2. With passive and intransitive verbs the 
personal agent or author is put in the Abl. with the 
preposition ab, as : mundus a deo creatus est. But with the pas- 
sive participles: natus, genitus, ortus (poet, satus, editus), the fa- 
ther or mother (also genere, loco, familia, etc.) stand in the 
Abl. without ab. 

b) W T ith words which express the ideas of furnishing, 
adorning, endowing; enjoying; forming, 
instructing; being familiar with or ac- 
customedto, as: instruo, dono, orno, praeditus, etc. ; 
delecto, oblecto, etc. ; instruo, erudio, instituo, imbuo, etc. ; 
assuefacio, assuesco, assuetus (the Dat. with these three 
words is rarer and not so good). Also officio (affects, 
fills) with the Abl. belongs here. Natura oculos tenuis- 
simis membranis vestivit. Pater filium litteris erudivit. 



§ 91.] ABLATIVE. 255 

Scelerum exercitatione assuefactus erat. Summo gaudio 
afficior. 

Rem. 3. But erudire, in speaking of instruction in special arts, 
is constructed with in and the Abl., as : erudire in jure civili. So 
exercere or se exercere aliqua re or in aliqua. 

c) With constare, contineri (both of which, however, are 
often constructed with prepositions). With verbs of 
making and framing the material is generally 
governed by ex. Animo (or ex amino) constamus et cor- 
pore. Honestas his virtutibus continetur. In qua confine- 
tur communitas. 

d) With verbs of nourishing, sustaining, living, 
as : alo, vivo, etc. , as : Britanni lacte et carne vivunt. 

e) With expressions of filling, abundance and 
want, as : abundo, redundo, affluo, circumfluo, scateo ; 
compleo, expleo, impleo, oppho, repleo, suppleo, saturo, sa- 
tio,farcio, refercio, conspergo, vesper go, cumulo, onero, ob- 
ruo ; augeo, locupleto ; egeo, indigeo, careo ; plenus, fe- 
cundus, fertilis, dives, confertus, refertus, onustus, inops, 
inanis, etc. Germania abundat Jiuminibus. Miserum 
est, carere consuetudine amicorum. 

Rem. 4. The following take the Gen. also, egere and especially 
indigere; plenus and inanis (both, more frequently than the Abl.), 
refertus and completus (rarely and only of a person), fertilis, inops 
(see § 88, 7). Sometimes in poetry, but very rarely in prose, im- 
pleo, compleo and abundo take the Gen. after the analogy of the 
Greek. 

Rem. 5. Augere, also macte (from the obsolete verb magere, " to 
increase"), whether alone or connected with esto, estote, take the 
Abl., as : macte virtute esto (lit. " be increased on account of your 
virtue" = heaven bless thy virtue) ! 

f) With opus (there is need of), with which the thing 
needed stands in the A b 1., and the person needing 
something in the D a t., as : duce nobis opus est (we 
need a leader). But opus est (especially when the thing 
needed is expressed by a neuter adjective or 
pronoun) is often personal, in which case the 



256 ABLATIVE. [§91. 

thing needed stands as subject in the Nom., and est va- 
ries to suit the number and person of the subject, as : 
dux nobis opus est ; duces nobis opus sunt ; haec mihi 
opus sunt. 

Rem. 6. When the thing needed is a verb, it is express- 
ed : l) Most commonly by the Ace. with the Infin. (in- 
stead of the Dat. with the Infin.), or when no person is expressed, 
by the simple Infin., as : nihil opus est te hie sedere (not tibi) ; 
2) By the A b 1. of the P e r f. Pass. Part, both with and 
without a noun, as : opus est amicis conventis (for amicos con ve- 
nire) ; 3) Sometimes by the Supine in u, as : quod scitu 
opus est. 

Rem. 7. Instead of opus, in writers both before and after the 
classical period, we find usus, which has the same constructions as 
opus, but often takes the Gen. instead of the AM. 

g) With the deponents : utor, fruor, fungor, potior and ves- 
cor, and their compounds, as : multi deorum benejicio per- 
verse utuntur. 

Rem. 8. With expressions denoting the highest power, 
supreme authority, potiri takes the G e n., as in the common 
phrase rerum potiri-, also, in other cases, as : Alexander regni Per- 
sarum potitus est. 

Rem. 9. These verbs, also, but rarely except in the early wri- 
ters, take the Ace; hence they form the gerundive, as: 
utendus, fruendus, etc. 

h) Finally, with the verbs pluere (also with the Ace), su- 
dare and manare (poet, also with the Ace.,) and the like, 
also with verbs denoting a sacrificial offering: 
sacrijieare, facere, immolare, litare (all except facere 
with the Ace. also). Sudare sanguine. Decemviri 
quinquaginta capris in foro sacrificaverunt. 
2. The ablative is used to express the measure or 
standard according to which something is m e a- 
sured, judged or done (Abl. of reference). Particu- 
larly : 

a) With verbs of measuring, judging, conclud- 
ing, determining, as: metiri, ponder ore, judicare, 
cxaminare, aestimare, Jinire, dejinire, describerc, dirigcre, 



§ 91.] ABLATIVE. 257 

terminare, etc., as : studia nostra naturae regula metia- 
mur. 

Hem. 10. The Abl. after these verbs is often found with a 
preposition, as: ex opinione judicare, ponderare, etc. — 
Here belong such ablatives as, mea or alicujus opinione, sententia, 
etc., which also are sometimes governed by ex or de. 

b) With the comparative, where t h a t w i t h w h i c h 
another thing is compared is put in the Abl. and gene- 
rally placed before the comparative, as : pater Jilio doc- 
tior est. See comparative sentences, § 115. 

c) With expressions denoting comparison in like- 
ness or unlikeness, superiority or infe- 
riority, hence with comparatives and super- 
latives, the Abl. expresses that as to w h i c h, or in 
reference to which the comparison is made (AbL 
of respect or nearer definition}. Epaminondae nemo 
Thebanus par fuit eloquentia. Maximus natu. Natione 
Medus fuit. 

3. The ablative is used to express the measure or de- 
gree by which one action or quality exceeds or falls short 
of another (Abl. of difference). 

a) With comparatives and superlatives, also 
words containing the idea of a comparison, as: 
malo, praesto, supero ; a?ite, post. Here belong espe- 
cially the neuter adverbs : multo (by much, far), parvo, 
paidlo, nikilo, tanto, qua?ito, aliqiianto, etc. Sol midtis 
partibus major atque amplior est, quam terra. Homerus 
annis multis fuit ante Romulum. 

b) With the verbs abesse and distare, also some other verbs, 
to denote the distance by which one object is 
separated from another, instead of the more common 
Ace. of distance (see § 89, 5). Aesculapii templum 
quinque milibus passuum ab Epidauro distat. 

Rem. 11. When the place from which anything is removed is 
not expressed, but is to be supplied from the context, the preposi- 
tion ab is often added, as : positis castris a milibus passuum quin- 
decim. 

22* 



253 ABLATIVE. [§91. 

c) With expressions of buying and selling, cost- 
ing, hiring, exchanging, as: emo$ vendo, veneo, 
sto, consto, conduco, muto, per muto, commute, vendlis, ca- 
nts, etc., the price, and with dignus, indignus and in- 
dignor, that of which something i-s worthy or 
unworthy, stands in the Abl. (Abl. of price). Hunc 
librum parvo pretio emi. Hie liber tribus obolis carus 
est. Veritas auro digna est. 

Rem. 12. Here belong the ablatives : magno (for much, dear), 
parvo (for little, cheap), plurimo, minimo, tanto, quanto, nihilo, 
nonnihilo (sometimes with pretio, as : magno pretio), with verbs 
of buying and selling. Instead of the Abl. the Gen. of 
some of these and other similar words is sometimes used, but in 
Cicero only : tanti, tantldem, quanti, pluris, minoris, maximi, and 
these always without pretii, as : maximi hunc librum emi. In a 
very similar sense, also, the following words are used : bene, me- 
lius, optime, male, pejus, pessime emere, vendere. With verbs of 
valuing the Gen. is used, as : aliquem or aliquid magni facio, 
(only aestimo is occasionally found with magno). But the defi- 
nite price is always in the Abl. (see 3, c). 

4. The ablative is used to express the ground, occa- 
sion or cause of an action (on what account ? whereby ? 
whence ?) It stands : 

a) In the common causal relations, as : caeci avaritid (by 
avarice) ; officia deserunt molitid animi (from, on ac- 
count of) ; prelio vicimus. 

Rem. 13. The cause or ground is often expressed, also, by the 
prepositions prae, per, ob, propter, de with their cases. 

b) With expressions denoting an affection of the 
mind or state of the body, as: laetor, exidto, gau- 
deo, doleo, detector, fioreo, valeo, laboro, glorior, me jacto ; 
ardeo, exardesco, fiagro ; laetus, molestus, anxius, super- 
bus, contentus ; aeger, fessus, etc. ; also in expressions 
denoting distinction, superiority, excellence, 
as : excello, praesto, supcro, insignis, excellent, etc. Delicto 
dolere, correctione gaudere oportet. Parvo est natura 
contenta. 



§ 91.] ABLATIVE. 251) 

Rem. 14. The verbs laetor, gaudeo, doleo, moereo, glorior, me 
jacto are often found with de and the Abl., and instead of me j ac- 
ta aliqua re or de aliqua re, we also find jacto aliquid. For the 
Ace. with some of these verbs, see § 89, 4. AVe also find the ex- 
pressions dolent mihi denies, dolet mihi pes, laboro ex renibus, etc. 

c) With nitor (I rest upon), Jido, confldo, fretiis, aequiesco* 
Salus hominum non veritate solum, sed etiam Jama niti- 
tur. Opulentia fretus* 

Rem. 15. Acquiesco oftener, and nitor quite often, take in with 
the Abl. In the sense strive after something, nitor takes the A c c. 
with ad or in; and as we find nitor re or in re, so also we find 
stare re and sometime in re, as : stare judicio suo. Fido and con- 
jido quite as frequently take the D a t, and always when the ob- 
ject is a person. Diffido almost always takes the Dat, 

d) With verbs of perceiving or knowing, as: cer- 
nor, sentio, cognosco, intelligo, scio, etc., which, however, 
are sometimes constructed with prepositions, as ex or in. 
Amicitiae caritate et amore cermmtur. 

o. The ablative, generally having an adjective, pronoun or 
numeral agreeing with it, is used to express the w a y or 
manner in which something happens (how ? Abl. of 
manner). Urbs dolo capta est. Multa casu fiunt. 

6. The ablative of manner, always with an adjective, pro- 
noun or numeral agreeing with it, signifies also, the feeling 
or state o f m i n d, as well as the outward condi- 
tion or circumstances, under which something 
takes place. Id aequo animo fert civitas. Nulla est altercatio 
clamoribus unquam habita majoribus. Quid hoc populo obti- 
neri potest ? 

Rem. 16. The preposition cum is often used with the Abl. of 
manner, even when it has an attributive agreeing with it, and 
almost always when it is without an attributive. But dolo, frau- 
de, casu, vi, ratione, via, online, modo, more, consuetudine, ritu, pe- 
dibus, navibus, jure, injuria ; animo, mente, pacto, lege, conditione, 
consilio, corpore (or an Abl. referring to any part of the body) ; 
also, forti animo, hoc mente, nullo pacto (modo), certa ratione, etc., 
are used without cum, being little more than adverbs. 

Rem. 1 7. In a similar way the following ablatives joined to at- 



260 ABLATIVE. [§ 9L 

tributives are used without cum in connection with verbs of 
going, coming, and the like : copiis, exercitu, legione, legioni- 
bus, cohortibus, navibus, as : Caesar omnibus copiis ad Ilerdain pro- 
ficiscitur. 

Rem. 18. For the ablative of quality, see § 88, 9. 

7. Finally, the ablative expresses the time and place 
of an action. The ablative here, as in other cases, retains its 
instrumental character, since the time and place, 
being the sphere and necessary condition of the 
action, appear, in ti certain sense, as its c a u s e. The Abl. 
of place expresses both the relation where and whence, as : 
eodem loco stat (where) ; hostes urbe pulsi sunt (whence). It 
is used as follows : 

8. The ablative of place signifies first, the place in 
which something happens (where?). This, however, ap- 
plies mostly to nouns qualified by totus and omnis, or loco, statu, 
via, itinere qualified by an adjective or pronoun, and the phrase 
terra marique. In most other designations of place (except 
names of cities and towns, see § 92), the preposition in 
is joined with the ablative. Meliore loco res nostrae sunt. 
Eloquentia peregrinata tota Asia est. 

Rem. 19. So also with se tenere the ablative stands without in, 
as : domo (castris, etc.) se tenere. Also with verbs of motion, 
the place through which the motion is made is in the 
Abl. without in ; it being conceived of as the instrument, as : 
amnem vado (at, by a ford) trajecit ; but sometimes it is in the 
Ace. with per. In like manner we find the ablatives tecto, domo, 
civitate, urbe, moenibus, mensa, and the like, used with accipere and 
recipere, and animo with pendere, angi, anxius, moveri (commo- 
veri), and the like. In poetry the ablative of place is used more 
extensively. 

9. The ablative of place, in the second place, expresses 
the place or object from which something is sepa- 
rated or freed (Abl. of separation). It is used : 

a) With expressions of removing and separation 
(of which the transitive verbs take also an Ace. with the 
Abl.), as: moveo, pello, cedo, arceo, prohibco, and many 
verbs compounded with ab, ex and de, as : abstineo, dc- 



§ 91.] ABLATIVE. 261 

sisto, dec e do, dejicio, deturbo, excedo, exclitdo, exturbo, etc 
Caesar castra loco moviL Milites iiinere destiterunt. 

Rem. 20. The prepositions ab, ex, de are often joined with ab- 
latives of this kind, especially when they designate persons. 
The poets and later writers use this ablative also with 
absterreo, deterreo, secerno, sepdro, and some verbs compounded 
with dis, 

b) With expressions of freeing, clearing, depriv- 
ing (of which the transitive verbs take also an Ace), 
as : libera, solvo, a bsolvo, exsolvo, levo, laxo, relaxo, expe- 
dio, exonero, purgo, vaco, etc. ; — privo, orbo, spolio, nudo, 
exuo, fraudo, etc ; — liber, vacuus, orbus, nudus, immunis, 
alienus, etc 

Rem. 21. The Abl. with libero, vaco, vacuus, laxo, relaxo, expe- 
dio, absolvo, is sometimes governed by ab ; also with liber and alie- 
nus, especially when it designates a person. In the sense, 
" injurious," alienus sometimes takes the D a t, and occasionally 
the Gen. 

Rem. 22. The poets sometimes, after the Greek, use the Gem 
with verbs of removing, separating, freeing, as: de- 
slno querelarum, desisto pugnae, purus sceleris, etc. 

10. The local relation is extended to the time in which 
anything happens. The where becomes a when. Hence the 
Abl. is used in answer to the question when f to express the 
time at or within which an action happens. Epami- 
nondas die uno Graeciam liberavit. Roscius Romam multis 
minis non venit. So tempore, memoria, node, vere ; ludis (at 
the games), comitiis, bello (as: secundo bello Punico, "in the 
time of, etc") ; initio, principio (also with in), pace, etc 

Rem. 23. The adding of in to the Abl. is necessary, when 
the action is represented as repeated within a certain time, 
as : bis in die eaturum fieri. In is often used with the Abl. also 
(or intra with the Ace), for the sake of expressing the time with 
more emphasis. In expressing the periods of life, too, and 
similar distinctions of time, in is used, as : in pueritia, in 
omni vita, in ornni puncto temporis, etc. But when only a por- 
tion of a period of life is expressed, by the addition of an adjec- 
tive to the noun denoting the period, the preposition is omitted, 
as : extrenui jjueritia. 



262 ABLATIVE. [§ 91. 

Rem. 24 The simple ablatives : hello, proelio, pace mean, " at 
the time of the war," " battle," " pence," but when preceded by in 
(in bello, etc.), they are used in their literal sense, to de- 
note being in a state of war, peace, etc., or else " dur- 
ing the war," etc. And when joined with an attributive, the sim- 
ple Abl, is also used in this latter sense. But in with the ablative 
of tempus, tempesfas, aetas, dies accompanied by an attributive, is 
used to express some circumstance or peculiarity of the 
time, as : in tali tempore (in so peculiar a time) ; in tempore (also 
simply tempore), "at the proper time." 

Rem. 25. Time how long (which is generally in the Ace, 
see § 89, 5.) differs from time within which, as during does 
from within. 

11. The ablative stands with ante and post to express the 
length of time before or after some point of time 
defined by the connection. Ante and post are then used as 
adverbs if they have no ease after them, but if they have, 
they govern it in the Ace. Numa Pompilius annis permidtis 
ante fuit, quam Pythagoras. Laelius sermonem de amicitia 
habuit pancis diebus post mortem African!. 

Rem. 26. When that before or after which something hap- 
pens is expressed, ante and post follow the Abl., but when it is 
to be supplied by the mind, and the time before or after is ex- 
pressed by a noun and adjective, they may stand either after 
them both or between them, as: tribus annis ante (post), or 
tr'ibus ante (post) annis. But simple extent of time here, as 
in other cases, is expressed by the accusative. 

Rem. 2 7. The point of past time before or after 
which something has happened may also be expressed by a sub- 
ordinate sentence with quam. In this case, in designating the 
year of the time before or after, whether expressed by the Abl. 
and antequam (postquam), or by per and the Ace. with quam, the 
ordinal numbers were used, hence : tertio anno ante (post) 
quam decesserat, or : ante (j)ost) tcrtium annum, quam decesserat. 
So also pridie and posiridie quam id factum est. Instead of post- 
quam we sometimes find a relative pronoun or the con- 
junction quum, as : paucis diebus, quibus (quum) id factum est (a 
few days after, etc.). 

Rem. 28. For ante, post, abliinc with the Ace. of the time 
before or after the present, see § 89, R. 8. But occa- 
sionally, contrary to the prevailing usage, the Abl. is used when 
speaking of time before or after the present, and the Ace. in 



§ 92.] CONSTRUCTION OF THE NAMES OF CITIES. 2G3 

speaking of time before or after a time defined in the con- 
text. 

Rem. 29. The relations of time, since when ? about what timet 
are expressed, the first by ah, ex and de, the last by ad, circa, sub 
with the Ace., or by the Abl. with the adverb fere ; till when t is 
expressed by ad or in with the Ace. 

§ 92. Construction of the Names of Cities. 

1. The names of cities (towns, villages, and small islands, 
very rarely of countries) of the first and second Dec. Sing. 
stand, in answer to the question where ? in the genitive ; but 
the names of cities of the third Dec. and of the Plur. of the first 
and second Dec. in the ablative, without in. In answer to the 
question, whither f they all stand in the accusative, and in an- 
swer to the question, whence ? in the ablative, in each case 
without a preposition. 

Ut Romae consules, sic Carthagine quotannis bini reges crea- 
bantur. Talis Romae Fabricius, qualis Aristides Athenis fuit 
Pompeius hiemare Dyrrachii et Apolloniae constituerat. Delphis 
Apollinis oraculum fuit. Cono plurimum Cypri vixit, Iphicrates 
in Thracia, Timotheus Lesbi. Curius primus Romain elephantos 
quattuor duxit. Pompeius Lucerid proficiscitur Canusium atque 
inde Brundisium. Lycurgus Cretam profectus est ibique per- 
petuum exsilium egit. Aeschines cessit Athenis et se Rhodum 
contulit. Consul Roma Athenas profectus est. 

Rem. 1. Even to, as far as, of countries, is expressed by 
usque ad and the Ace, but of cities, by usque and the Ace. 
without ad, as : usque ad Aegyptum, or usque Romam profectus 
sum. — In the question whence ? the preposition ab is sometimes 
added to the Abl., especially for giving greater perspicuity, 
as : ab Athenis proficisei in animo habebam. When it is to be 
expressed that something happened on the way out from a place, 
ab is invariably used, as : jam a Brundusio bellum gerebat. — Ad 
is used with the Ace. when an approach to (towards) a city is to 
be expressed. Also, ab and ad are used when a removal from 
one place to another is to be expressed emphatically, as : ab 
Athenis ad Lacedaemonem. 

Rlm. 2. When an adjective or adjective pronoun belongs to 
the name of a city of the first or second Dec. Sing., in the question 
where ? the attributive and noun are both in the Abl. (instead of 
the Gen.) without a preposition, as : Roma ipsa, tota Roma. But 



2G£ USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS. [§ 93. 

this construction Is rare, since apposition is generally used in- 
stead of it (see No. 2.). 

Rem. 3. Domus and rus have the same construction as the 
names of cities : domi (at home), domi meae, tuae, suae, nostrae, 
vestrae, alienae (at my house, etc.), domum (to the house), domo 
(from the house, home) ; — ruri (rarely rure), in the country, rus 
(into, to, the country), rure (from the country). Besides, humi 
(on the ground), domi militiaeque or domi bellique (at home and 
abroad, in peace and in war). 

2. The words in apposition with the names of cities, as : 
urbs, oppidum, caput (chief city), in answer to the question 
where ? stand in the ablative ; in answer to the question 
whither •? in the accusative ; in answer to the question whence*? 
in the ablative, in each of the three cases, mostly without the 
preposition (in, ab, ex). 

Archfas poeta Antiochlae natus est, celebri quondam urbe et co- 
piosa. Cicero profectus est Athenas, urbem celeberrimam. Dem- 
aratus Corintho, urbe amplissima, Tarquinios fugit. 

Rem. 4. But when the words urbs, oppidum stand before 
the name of the city, we find : in urbe, in oppido with the name 
of the city after it in the Abl. (sometimes in the Gen.), as : in op- 
pido Citio ; in oppido Athenis ; in oppido Antiochlae. So in the 
Ace. when an adjective agrees with the name of the town, or the 
words urbs, oppidum stand with it without an adjective y as : ad doc- 
tas Athenas ; in oppidum Cirtam. So also with ab and ex, as : ab 
(ex) urbe Roma. 

§ 93. Use of the Prepositions. 

1. Ab and de (from, by, of) differ thus: 1) of place, ab 
means away from a place, de, down from, or away from. — 
2) ab is used with an active object, and hence stands with 
the agent or doer after passive verbs ; de, on the contrary, is 
used with a passive object. — Ex properly means out of, 
and hence from, out from, doivn from, immediately after, accord- 
ing to. 

Milites ab urbe profecti sunt. Lucretius de muro se dejecit. 
De foro cives discesserunt (away from the forum). Multae fabu- 
lae de Ilercule a poetis fictae sunt (many fables have been invent- 



§ 93.J USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS, 265 

ed concerning Hercules by the poets). Malta de te afratre tuo 
audivi (I have heard much of thee from thy brother). Vapores 
a sole ex aquis excitantur. 

2. Circum is used only of place (not of time), as : terra 
se circum axem convertit Circa is not so strong as circam, 
and means about (not all around), 

3. The verbs : pono, loco, colloco, constitioo, deflgo, and some 
others, generally take in with the ablative, where the ac- 
cusative would seem to be required, since they imply mo- 
tion. — Super and subter generally take the accusative (rarely 
the ablative). 

Rem. 1. Certain other prepositions which are liable to be con- 
founded may be briefly distinguished as follows : l) ad properly 
denotes an aim : to, up to, for; apud (particularly of persons) 
the scene or sphere within which something is: with, among, at, in; 
2) juxta (beside, by) without anything intervening ; prope (near, 
near by) : 3) propter (literally : near by\ means figuratively, on 
account of, to express an actual ground or reason of something ; ob 
(literally: before), on account of, to express & conceived cause, or 
a cause in the view of the mind, whether actual or not ; 4) ante 
(before), opposed to behind; coram (before), in the presence of; 
prae (before), openly, ostentatiously, hence in comparison with, 
also of a hindering cause (on account of) ; pro (before), in front 
of, figuratively, for, according to ; 5) adversus (towards, against, 
over against), in both a friendly and a hostile sense ; contra (over 
against, contrary to); 6) trans ("over," "beyond" something 
conceived of as an obstacle) ; ultra ("beyond" something as a 
mere mathematical point or line) ; 7) extra (without), in both 
senses of " without"; praeter (lit. by before), beyond, contrary to, 
except. 

Hem. 2. The prepositions ad, supra and circa are often mere 
adverbs before numerals, having no influence upon their case, as : 
occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor ; supra octo milia hominum 
occisa. In some instances the numeral stands in the Ace. after 
these prepositions, but is followed by a predicate as though it was 
in the Norn., as : supra septingentos capti : circa quingentos victo- 
res ceciderunL 

23 



26G use of the pronoun. [I 04. 



CHAPTER IT. 

Pronouns, Numerals and Participials in both 
the Attributive and Objective Relations. 

§ 94. Of the use of the Pronoun. 

1 . The personal pronouns in the Norn. : ego, ft*, nos, vos 
are expressed with their verb, only when a particular stress 
rests upon them, hence, especially in c o n t r a s t s. The pos- 
sessive pronouns^ also : mens, tuns, etc. are used only in 
this case, or for the sake of perspicuity. 

Ego flea, tu rides. Mens frater diligens est, tuns piger. But: 
Frater me am at (not, frater mens me amat). 

2. The genitives nostri and vesfri, like met, tut, sui, are ob- 
jective (not possessive), but nostrum and vestrum are used 
partitively. 

Memoria nostri (of us, terminating upon us). Memor sum vcs~ 
tri. Quis nostrum haec dixit ? Nemo vestrum sua offiela exple- 
vit. Besides, we should distinguish : pars nostri, vestri (a part of 
us, you = of our, your being or nature), e. g. animus est pars 
nostri, from : pars nostrum, vestrum (a part of us). 

3. The pronouns sui, sibi, se ; suits, a, urn, are used when an 
object (person or thing) stands in the relation of opposition to 
itself, or as the object of its own action, thought or reference. 

Omnia animalia se dillgunt. Haec oratio sibi repugn at. Alex- 
ander, quum interemisset Clitum, familiarem suum, vix a se ma- 
nus abstinuit. Hannibalem sui cives e civitate ejecerunt. Dux 
cum militibus suis fugit. Oravi amicum, ut sibi eonsuleret. 

Rem. 1. In the first and second persons, of course, the oblique 
cases of the pronouns, ego, tu ; meus, a, um; tuus, a, urn; noster, 
vesier, etc. must be used instead of sui. 

4. When these reflexive pronouns stand as the subject of an 
Infim, or with a Part., or in dependent clauses and refer to the 
subject of the leading clause, they may generally be translated 



§ 94.] USE OF THE PRONOUN. 267 

into English by, he, she, it, to him, to her, to it, him, her, it, they, 
them, to them. But ipse, in this case, is often used instead ofsui, 
especially where the reflexive might be referred to the s-ubject 
of the subordinate clause. 

Animus sentit, se sua vi moveri (the soul is conscious, that it 
is moved by its own power). Caesar exercitu per se comparato 
rempublicam liberavit (with an army collected by him). Caesar 
milites adhortatus est, ut se sequerentur (that they should follow 
Mm) . 

5. The oblique cases of is, ea, id, on the contrary, are used 
when an object is not opposed to itself (does not seem to think, 
speak or act upon or about itself), but to another object ; ejus, 
eorum, and earum, in this case, are translated into English by 
his, her, their. 

Pater ei ignovit (him, e. g. his son, or her, e. g. his daughter ; 
but: pater sibi ignovit, himself). Pater semper ejus memor exit 
(his, e. g. friends). Pater eum valde diligit. Mater earn valde 
amat. Dux et milites ejus fugerunt (and his soldiers; but: dux 
cum militibus suis fugit). Caesar fortissimus fuit : ejus facta ad- 
miramur (Ms deeds). Hostes multas urbes exciderunt, eurwnque 
incolas in servitutem abduxerunt (and their inhabitants). 

Rem. 2. Of hie, zste and ille, the first is used in referring to 
something belonging to or in some way connect- 
ed with the speaker, the second of something per- 
taining to the person addressed, and the third to 
something remote from the speaker, and thus forms 
a contrast with hie, which always expresses that which is nearer 
to the speaker, either in thought, feeling or position, 
than ille. Besides its appropriate reference to what pertains to 
the second person, iste is also used in referring to something pre- 
viously mentioned with emphasis, and often with contempt. 

6. Idem (the same, the very same) the aforesaid), is used 
when a new action or quality is ascribed to a subject of which 
something has already been asserted (or is about to be assert- 
ed). When the two qualities ascribed to the subject are in 
keeping with each other, idem may often be translated by, 
' also,' ' in like manner,' ' likewise,' etc., but w hen at variance 
with each other, by, ' yet,' ' still,' etc 



268 USE OF THE PRONOUN. [§ 94. 

Quicquid honestnm est, idem est (is also) utile. Fuerunt qui- 
dam, qui iidem ornate ac graviter, ildem versute et subtiliter dice- 
rent (not only — but also). Multi, qui propter gloriae cupidita- 
tem vulnera exc^perunt fortiter et tulerunt, ildem omissa conten- 
tione dolorem morbi ferre now possunt {yet). Eodem loco res 
est, quasi ea pecunia legata non esset. 

7. The pronoun ipse, a, urn (self) often stands with the per- 
sonal pronouns, either in the same case with the subject, 
when the subject is contrasted with other subjects, 
or in the same case as the object, when the object is 
contrasted with other objects. 

Ego me ipse vitupero (/ and not another). Ego me ipsum vitu- 
pero {myself and not another). Saepe ii homines, qui sibi ipsis 
maxime placent, aliis maxime displicent. De me ipse loquor. l>e 
me ipso loquor. Memet ipsum (always in the same case as the 
pronoun with met) consolor. 

8. The genitiyes ipsius, ipsorum and ipsarurn^ which often 
stand in connection with the possessive pronouns, are to be 
translated into English by own. 

Mens ipskts pater (my oivn father). Mea ipsius mater (my own 
mother). Meum ipsius consilium (my own counsel). Tuus ipsius 
frater. Dux sua ipsius culpa rictus est. Noster ipsormn pater. 
Vestra ipsorum mater. Duces snd ipsorum culpa victi sunt. So- 
rores mea sua ipsarum voluntate domi manent. 

9. Besides what was said of the difference in usage between 
the interrogatives quis ? quid ? and qui ? quae f quad ? in § 30, 
Rem. 3, it should be here stated, that, when quis has a noun 
with it, the noun is to be regarded as in apposition with it ; 
that quis inquires barely after the name of the person or thing 
(what?), qui after its nature (what sort of?), as : quis philoso- 
phus ? {what philosopher ?) qui philosophus ? {what sort of a 
philosopher ?). 

Rem. 3. For the distinction between the double forms of the 
indefinite pronouns quis, qua, quid, qui, quae, quod, as well as for 
the usage of quisquam, quispiam ; ecquis and quidam, etc., see § 31. 

10. The indefinite pronoun quis {qui), qua {quae), quid 
{quod), some one, one, is less emphatic than aliquis, etc., and 



§ 94.] USE OF THE PRONOUN. 269 

stands most commonly after si, nisi, ne, man quitm, qui, quae, 
quod, ut, quo or quanto (the, with the comparative). 

57 quis de immortalitate animorum dubitat, insanus est. Vide, 
ne quern laedas. Num quis dubitat hac de re ? Quo {quanto) 
quis sapientior est, eo (tanto) modestior est 

11. When quisque is connected with the pronouns sui, sihi, 
se, suus, it stands immediately after them. 

Trahit sua quemque voluptas. Minime sibi quisque notus est. 

12. When quisque stands after superlatives, it may be 
translated by precisely the, the very, and when it stands after 
ordinal numbers, by each, every. 

Sapientissimus quisque virtutem maxime amat (precisely the 
wisest). Quarto quoque anno (every fourth year). 

13. Uterque (each of two, both) in connection with a noun, 
takes the same gender, number and case as the noun ; 
but when uterque is connected with apronoun, this pronoun 
stands in the genitive. In both cases the predicate is in 
the singular. 

Uterque dux clarus fuit (both leaders were renowned). Uter- 
que eorum clarus fuit (both these were renowned). Uterque nos- 
trum, vestrum (we both, you both). Quorum uterque (both of 
whom). 

Rem. 4. The plural of uterque (also of uter, alter, neuter, No. 
14) is used when two parties are spoken of, to both, or at least, one 
of which, several belong, or when it stands in connection with 
nouns used only in the plural, as : utrique duces (the generals, of 
which there are several on both sides). Utrique, Caesar et hostes. 
TJtraque castra (both camps). 

14. Uter, alter, neuter are used when the discourse is of 
o n 1 y t w o ; quis, alius, nullus, on the contrary, when the dis- 
course is of several. 

Rem. 5. For the usage of nemo, nullus and ullus, see § 81. R. 1. 

Uter fratrum ad te venit (which of the two brothers) ? Uter 
vestrum hoc dixit (which of you two) ? Duo sunt fratres : alter 
(the one) litteris operam dat ; alter (the other) miles est. Neit- 
23* 



270 OF THE NUMERAL. [§ 95. 

ter nostrum (neither of us two). When a comparison occurs with 
uter, alter, neuter, the comparative is used where we sometimes 
use the superlative, as : uter fortior est ? which of the two is the 
bravest ? 

15. The phrases, alius aliud, alius aliter, etc., are translated: 
the one this, the other that ; the one in this way, the other in that. 

Alii aliud probant. Alii aliter vivunt. 

Rem. 6. The indefinite pronouns, one, they, we are expressed 
in Latin : 

a) By the third Pers. Plur. Act., as: dicunt, ferunt, tradunt ; 

b) By the third Pers. Sing. Pass., as : narratur ; bene vivitur ; 

c) By the personal Pass., as : amor, one loves me, amaris, one 
loves thee, sapientes beati existimantur, we account the ivise 
happy ; 

d) By the first Pers. Plur. Act. (in this case the speaker must 
be included under the one, we), as: viro sapienti libenter 
paremus ; 

e) By the second Pers. Sing. Act., particularly of the Subj., 
as : credas (one may believe). 

§ 95. Of the Numeral 

1. The plural of unus, a, um is used : 1) in the meaning, 
some, only, alone, the same, and in connection with alteri (the 
one — the other) ; 2) With nouns used only in the plural, as : 
unae litterae, etc. In other cases it is in the singular, even 
when it forms a part of a compound numeral agreeing with a 
plural noun, as : unus et viginti homines. 

2. Mille (see § 33, Rem. 4) is generally an indeclinable ad- 
jective, and hence, with few exceptions, is not followed by a 
noun in the Gen.; but milia (unless followed by a smaller 
numeral, which stands immediately before the Nom. and 
agrees with it,) is always followed by the partitive Gen. 
of the noun it refers to. The poets and the later prose writers, 
also, use mille with adverbial numeral sin expressing 
several thousands of anything, as : bis {ter, quater) 
mille homines, 2000 (3000, 4000). 

3. The distributives, which answer the question hoiv many 
each ? or how many at a time ? are used when one wishes to 



§ 96.] THE INFINITIVE. 271 

express, that a number is divided equally among several objects, 
or a certain number of times. 

Pater filiis senos libros dat (six books apiece, i. e. the father 
gives each of his sons six books ; hence, if we suppose three sons, 
the father divides eighteen books into three equal parts). Sex 
fossae, qulnos pedes altae, ducebantur (each five feet deep). 

4. Besides, the distributives are used for the cardinal num- 
bers with nouns which have only the plural (and by the poets 
and later writers, occasionally in other cases), as : Una castra, 
two camps. For singulis ae, a, in this case, uni, ae, a is used, 
as : una castra, one camp, unae nuptiae, one wedding, unae lit- 
terae, one letter, trina castra, three camps (but : terna castra, 
three camps apiece). JBini is sometimes used also to denote a 
pair, instead of gemini. 

Remark. The distributives are generally used for the cardi- 
nal numbers with milia, especially to express a million, or millions, 
as : decies centena milia, vicies centena milia, tricies centena milia, 
centies centena milia, 1, 2, 3, 10 millions. In this case, in reckon- 
ing money, all but the numeral adverb is generally omitted, as : 
decies sestertium (for: decies centena milia sestertium), a million 
sesterces. So in expressing thousands, milia is generally omitted 
and instead of sestertium (Gen. Plur. Masc.) the neuter form ses- 
tertia is used. 

§ 96. The Infinitive. 

1 . The infinitive is properly a neuter noun expressing the 
abstract action or state of its verb. Hence it occasionally has 
a neuter adjective or pronoun agreeing with it as an attribu- 
tive. Still it governs the same case as its verb. It is used 
only in the nominative and accusative, as subject or object, 
thus : 

a) As subject, as: dulce et decorum est pro patria mori; 

b) As object, i. e. as that which limits or completes 
the idea, or that which expresses the aim or result, 
after verbs (also many nouns, adjectives and pronouns 
of a similar import) of willing and not willing, 
beginning, ceasing, being able, being de- 



272 THE INFINITIVE. [§ 96. 

terminedj being accustomed, etc. Especially 
with the following list of verbs : 

Volo, nolo, malo, cupio, concupisco, gestio (cirdeo, asper- 
nor poetic), audeo (sustineo poet.), studeo (qnaero poet.), 
conor, tento, niior, contendo, intendo, negligo, non euro, 
omitto, intermitto, supersedeo (parco and fugio poet.), tae- 
det, piget, poenitet ; — incipio, coepi, instituo, desino, desis- 
to, maturo, fesfino, propero, accelero, cunctor, dubito, ver- 
eor (?netuo and timeo poet), recuso (ahiuo poet.), pergo, 
persevero ; — statuo, constituo, decerno, cogito, agilo (men- 
te), aggredior, ingredior, adorior (ordior poet.), menu- 
ni, recordor, obliviscor, paro, paratus sum, animum indu- 
co, in ammo est, in animo habeo, consilium est, consilium 
capio, meditor, molior, mihi est propositum, placet (conten- 
tus sum poet.) ; soleo (amo poet.), consuesco, adsuesco, con- 
suetus, assueius sum, assuefaceo, prohibeo ; — doceo, disco ; 
— possum, queo, nequeo (valeo poet.), licet, libet, facile, 
difficile est, scioj nescio ; — debeo, cogor, oportet, necesse est, 
opus est, decet, convenit, juvat (gaudeo, delector poetic). 

Rem. 1. Some of the above verbs take the Ace. with the Infin. 
(see § 106). Doceo , jubeo, veto, sine, cogo, moneo, hortor, impedio, 
prohibeo, etc., take an Ace. of the person together with the Infin., 
as : docebo eum posthac tacere. 

Rem. 2. Instead of the Fut. Infin. formed from the Fut. Part, 
of any verb with esse, fore or futurum esse followed by ut and the 
Subj. of that verb is often used, as : spcro fore ut contingat id 
nobis. 

Rem. 3. In the poets and later prose writers (commencing with 
Livy) the Infin. is used with much greater latitude than in the 
writers of the classical period ; conforming almost wholly to its use 
in Greek. Accordingly it is often employed by them (especially 
after verbs of motion) to express the aim or intention, as : de- 
scendo promere vina. 

Rem. 4. For the Infin. with coepi and desino, see § 76, R. 3. — 
For the Ace. with the Infin., see § 106. 

2. In animated description the Latin often uses the Infin. 
Pres. for the finite verb {historical Infin.), as : multum ipse 
pugnare, saepe hostem ferire. 



§§ 97, 98.] THE SUPINE THE GERUND. 273 

§ 97. The Supine. 

1. The Supine in um stands with verbs of going, com- 
ing, sending, calling, leading, and generally, such as 
imply motion (but festino, propero, accelero, maturo only 
with the Infin. § 96), in order to express the end or obj ect 
of these verbs, as : in urbem migravi habitatum. 

2. The Supine in u stands : a) as a nearer definition after 
adjectives expressing a physical, mental or moral 
feeling; ease, difficulty, incredibility, as: ju- 
cundus, injucundus, molestus, suavis, dulcis, acerbus, mollis, du- 
rus, turpis, foedus, honestus, bonus, nefarius, horrendus, crude- 
lis (dignus, indignus rare, commonly with qui and the Subj.), 
etc. ; facilis, difficilis, incredibilis, etc. ; b) with fas est, nefas 
est, opus est, as : pira dulcia sunt gustatu ; fas est dictu. 

Remark. Instead of the Supine in u we often find the fol- 
lowing constructions: l) The Infin. Act. as subject of the 
sentence, especially with facile, dificile est ; 2) an adverb 
with a finite verb, particularly with facile, dif cutter; 3) the 
gerund with ad ; 4) the verbal noun in io. 

§ 98. The Gerund. 

1. The gerund in the Nom. in connection with est, as : scri- 
bendum est, (lit. ' there is a writing'), may be translated into 
English by : it is to be (written) or: one must, one should 
(write). The person which must or should do something is 
put in the dative (but in the Abl. with ah when the object is in 
the dative). Hence we may translate it into English by: 1, 
thou, he, she, it must, should (write), we must, should (write), 
etc. 

2. The gerund (even in the Nom. with est) has an active 
meaning, and like the infinitive, takes the same case as its verb. 
But instead of the gerund with an object in the accusative, the 
gerundive is used. See § 99, 1. 

Obtemperandum est virtu tis praeceptis. Sun cmque judicio uten- 
dura est (each one must use his own judgment). 



274 GERUNDIVE. [§ 99, 

3. The remaining cases of the gerund supply the cases of 
the infinitive. Still the Ace. of the gerund is used only in 
connection with a preposition. The gerund being of the na- 
ture of a noun is governed in its different cases in the same 
manner as a noun. 

Nom. Nature est utile (swimming is useful). 

Gen. Natandi ars utilis est (the art of swimming is useful). Na- 
tandi sum peritus (I am skilled in swimming). 

Dat. Natando homo aptus est (man is fitted for swimming). 

Ace. Natare disco (I learn to swim, or swimming) ; hut : ad na- 
tandum homo aptus est (is fitted for swimming, or : 
to swim). Inter natandwm (while swimming) ; ob 
natandurn (on account of swimming). 

Abl. Natando corporis vires exercentur (by swimming). In na- 
tando (in swimming) , a natando (by swimming), ex 
natando, de natando. 

4. The gerund in the oblique cases also, like the Infin., 
takes the same case as its verb. Still, instead of the gerund 
in the Dat. and Ace. with an object in the accusative, the ge- 
rundive is used. See § 99, 1. 

Ars jmeros bene educandi difficilis est. Pauci idonei sunt ad 
aliis imperandum. 

Remark. The verbal adjective in bundus sometimes takes an 
Ace, like the Ger., and the verbal noun in io, the same case as 
the verb from which it is derived. 



§ 99. Gerundive. 

1. When the gerund would take an object in the accusative, 
the gerundive (or Fut. Pass. Part.) is commonly used instead 
of the gerund in the Gen. and Abl., and cdways in the Nom., 
Dat. and accusative. The agent or doer, as with the gerund, 
stands in the dative. 

2. The change of the construction of the gerund into that 
of the gerundive takes place in the following manner : 

a) The noun which would stand in the Ace. with the ge- 
rund, is put in the same case in which the gerund stands ; 

b) The gerund is changed into the gerundive ; 



§99.] 



GERUNDIVE. 



275 



c) But the gerundive is put in the same case, number and 
gender as the noun. 

E. g. If in the phrase : ars pueros educandi 7 one would use the 
gerundive instead of the gerund, he must : a) put the Ace. pue- 
ros in the case of the gerund educandi, hence in the Gen. : pue- 
rorum (ars puerorum) ; b) he must then change the gerund edu- 
candi into the gerundive educandus, a, um ; c) finally, must put 
this gerundive in the same gender, number and case as puero- 
rum. hence educandorum. 



Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 

Ace. 
Abl. 



Nobis bene educandum est 
pueros, must be changed 
into: 

Ars civitatem gubernandi est 
difficillima ; for which 
commonly : 

Asinus idoneus est onera 
portando, must be chang- 
ed into : 

Puer aptus est ad litteras trac- 
tandum, must be changed 
into : 

Litteras tractando ingenium 
acultur, for which com- 
monly : 



Pueri nobis bene educandi 
sunt 

Ars civitatis gubernandae est 
difficillima. 

Asinus idoneus est oneribus 
portandis. 

Puer aptus est ad litteras 
tractandas. 

Litteris tractandis ingenium 
acultur. 



Rem. 1. But the gerund in the Gen., Dat. and Abl. is not 
changed into the gerundive when the object in the Ace. is the 
neuter of an adjective or pronoun, as : studium vera cognoscendi 
(not verorum cognoscendorum) ; cupidus sum hoc audiendi (not 
liujus audiendi). 

3. The gerundive stands also with verbs signifying to take, 
to give, care, attend to, give up, cause and the like, in order to 
express an intention or end. 

Urbs a duce militibus diripienda data est (for plundering). Ur- 
bem dux militibus diripiendam dedit. Perfugam Fabricius redu- 
cendum curavit (caused to be led back). 

Rem. 2. The gerundive is often omitted for the sake of brevi- 
ty, as : equites imperat civitatibus (i. e. cogendos : equites cogen- 
dos). 

Rem. 3. The Dat. of the gerundive with a noun, sometimes 
even the Gen. (especially by Livy), is often used to denote fitness 
or purpose. 



276 THE PARTICIPLE. [§ 100. 

§ 100. The Participle. 

1. The participle, which, like the Infin., depends for its time 
upon the accompanying verb, like that, also, governs the same 
case as its verb, as : epistolam scribens ; hostibus parcens; and 
like an adjective, agrees in gender, number and case with its 
noun, as : puer laudatus ; puella laudata. 

2. The participle is used as follows : 

a) Wholly as an adjective, as : rosa fiorens pulchra est (the 
blooming rose). Rosa est fiorens (the rose is blooming). 

b) 'As a limitation of a verb, and agreeing with its ob- 
ject when it has any: 1) The Pres. Act. Part, with 
verbs of seeing and hearing, as : video puerum 
currentem ; 2) The Perf. Pass. Part, with habeo, teneo, 
possideo, and in poetry and the later prose, do, reddo, eu- 
ro, aliquid missum facio, often forming a sort of peri- 
phrasis with the verb, as : locum nobilitas praesidiis fir- 
matum tenebat ; habeo perspectum (I have perceived) ; 
sic stratas legiones dabo (thus I will prostrate the le- 
gions) ; 3) The Perf. Pass. Part, with opus est, as : opus 
fuit Hirto convento ; maturato opus est ; 

c) Instead of the relative who, which with some form of the 
finite verb, as : cives acriter cum hostibus dimicabant ur- 
bem oppugnantibus {who were assaulting the city) ; 

d) Instead of the conjunctions, while, as, after, when, if, be- 
cause, since, although with the finite verb, as : cogitantes 
coelestia, haec nostra ut exigua et minima contemnimus 
(when we think upon heavenly things). Hostes, amnem 
transgressi, castra muniverunt (after they had passed 
over the river). 

Rem. 1. The Perf. Pass. Part, agreeing with a case of a noun, 
dependent on another noun or preposition, may generally be 
translated by an abstract noun of corresponding meaning, as : ab 
urbe condita (from the founding of the city). 

3. The Part. Fut. Act. is often used in order to express a 
design or purpose, and in this case is to be rendered by that, in 



§ 100.] THE PARTICIPLE. 277 

order that with the finite verb, or by in order to with the in- 
finitive. 

Ingens hominum multitudo in urbem convenit ludos publicos 
spectatura. 

4. There are two kinds of participial construction in Latin : 
the one is called the subordinate participial construction, the 
other, the independent participial construction^ ablative abso- 
lute. They express, as the particles employed in their transla- 
tion indicate, the relations of time, cause, motive or design, con- 
dition, concession, way and manner. Since we generally 
translate the participle into English by a subordinate clause, 
the difference between these two constructions may be ex- 
plained as follows : 

a) The subordinate participial construction is used, where 
(as expressed in English) the subordinate clause has no 
subject of its own, but has for its subject either the sub- 
ject or object of the principal clause. In this case, the 
participle agrees in gender, number and case with this 
subject or object. 

Sol oriens pellit noctem (when the sun rises, it (i. e. the sun) 
chases away the night). Aristldes, patria pulsus, Lacedaemonem 
fugit (as Aristides had been expelled from his country, he (Aris- 
tides) fled to Lacedemon). Hostes, vietoriam adepti, in castra se 
receperunt (after the enemy had obtained the victory, they (the 
enemy) returned to the camp). Caesar hostes fugatos persecutus 
est, after the enemy had been put to flight, Caesar pursued them 
(the enemy). 

b) The ablative absolute is used, where (as expressed in 
English) the subordinate clause has its own subject, 
which is neither the subject nor the object of the princi- 
pal clause. In this case the subject of the subordinate 
clause stands in the ablative and the participle is added 
in the same case. 

Sole oriente, nox fugit (when the sun rises, the night flees). 
Recuperatd pace, artes efEorescunt (as soon as peace is regained, 
the arts flourish). 

Rem. 2. Very often both the subordinate participle and the ab~ 
24 



278 THE ADVETCB. [§ 101. 

lative absolute may be translated by a substantive with or without a 
preposition, as: the rising of the sun dispels the night; after ob- 
taining the victory, the enemy returned to the camp ; with the 
setting of the sun night flees. 

Rem. 3. Substantives and adjectives, also, are often used in the 
same way as participles (there being no Pres. Part, of sum, which 
would generally be required in such cases), as : bellum Galllcum, 
Caesare imperatore, gestum est (under the conduct of Caesar). 
Natural duce, errare nullo pacto potest (under the guidance of na- 
ture). Natus est Augustus, Cicerone et Antonio consulibus (in 
the consulship of Cicero an Anthony). And sometimes the Part, 
is found without its noun expressed. 

Hem. 4. The idea ( since,' ' although,' which are properly ex- 
pressed by the Part, itself, was often expressed by the later wri- 
ters, both with the subordinate and absolute Part, by quando, etsi, 
quanquam, quamvis, etc. 



CHAPTER V. 

§101. Of the Adverb. 

1. Finally, the objective relation is expressed by the ad- 
verb. Adverbs express the relations of place, time, 
way, manner, intensity or degree of a predicate 
(verb), attribute (adjective) or another adverb. They express 
very much the same relations as the cases of nouns, and hence 
are often merely adjectives or nouns in a certain case, as tuto, 
cito, multum, plurimiim, etc. (See § 26, R. 1.) 

Rem. 1. In good prose adverbs are rarely used to qualify 
nouns. But this is often the case with the numeral adverbs : 
bis, ier, etc., primum, iterum, tertium, etc, in connection with 
names of office standing in apposition, as: Cajus, bis (iterum) con- 
sul. So admodum puer (adolescens) ; plane vir. In such cases 
the noun has something of the meaning of an adjective or 
participle. The poets use many other adverbs in this way. 

2. Besides adverbs of place, time, way, manner and quanti- 
ty, there are others which affect rather the n a t u r e or mode 
of the a s s e r t i o n contained in a sentence, than any particu- 



§ 101.] THE ADVERB. 279 

lar word in the sentence. These are called modal ad- 
verbs. They express the certainty or uncertainty, 
the a f'fi rmation or negation of the assertion, or exhibit 
it as interrogatory in its character. 

a) Certainty, assurance, affirmation, confir- 
mation: profecto (i. e. pro facto, as a fact, with all the 
certainty of a fact, objective certainty); nae 
(only at the beginning of a sentence and usually before 
pronouns — much weaker than profecto) ; certe, certo (the 
first gives assurance to the whole thought, the second 
only to the predicate, — both subjective); certe qui- 
dem (stronger than certe alone) ; saltern (at least) ; sane 
(used especially in concessions, ironical admis- 
sions, and affirmative answers); vero ("in 
truth" takes the second place in a sentence, except in 
answers, where it takes the first) ; re vera (" in reality/' 
— opposed to mere appearances) ; — quidem (stands after 
its word and gives emphasis to it either by way of con- 
firmat ion, "certainly," or, more frequently, by con- 
cession, " indeed," " it is admitted"). 

Rem. 2. Equidem is a strengthened form of quidem, used prin- 
cipally to express the assurance of the speaker, and 
hence mostly with the first person singular ; — scilicet, videlicet, 
nimirum, quippe, nempe (to wit, doubtless, truly). These are pro- 
perly causal particles ; scilicet (i. e. sci-licet) represents the rea- 
son as obvious or known; videlicet (i. e. vide licet) , as seen; 
nimirum (i. e. noli mirari = mi rum ni ita sit), as natural and 
giving no occasion for wonder; quippe (i. e. quiape), as rea- 
dily suggesting itself; nempe (i. e. nampe, differs from 
quippe as nam from quia) is often used ironically in questions. 
Indeed, all these adverbs are often ironical, and scilicet, espe- 
cially when followed by quidem, is concessive. 

b) Uncertainty: fortasse, forsitan (i. e. fors sitan), are 
used mostly in subordinate sentences, forsan (poetic), 
fortassis (unclassical), forte (by chance), but with si, ni- 
si, ne, num it has the meaning perhaps, 

c) Negation: non (direct negative, with verbs, adjectives 
and adverbs ; but nihil is sometimes used in its stead, 



280 THE ADVERB. [§ 101. 

mostly with verbs, to express the negation with more 
emphasis) ; haud (" hardly," " not exactly," subjective 
negative ; with the exception of the formulas, haud scio 
(sciam), an, used mostly with adjectives and adverbs) ; 
ne (used in expressing negative commands, wishes 
and entreaties, with the imperative and subjunctive) ; 
also, ne — quidem (separated by the emphatic word, " not 
even," "never"); nedum (generally after a negative sen- 
tence and with the Subj., "much less," "not to say") ; 
finally, modo ne, dommodo ne (if only not). 

Rem. 3. Non, especially by the poets, is sometimes used for ne ; 
also neque for neve, and nemo, nihil, nullus, for nequis, etc. On 
the contrary, neque, nee are sometimes used for et non, and neve 
or neu instead of et ne, 

3. Two negatives in the same sentence destroy each 
other and leave an affirmative meaning, but with the fol- 
lowing distinction : When non follows nihil, nullus, nemo, 
nunquam, nnsquam, the affirmation is complete and e m- 
p h a t i c ; but wdien non precedes the other negative word, 
the general negation is destroyed paid only an indefi- 
nite a f f i rmation is expressed. Hence we have : 

Nihil non (all), non nihil (something), 

Nullus non, nemo non (each, non nullus, non nemo (some), 

every), 

Nunquam non (ever, always), non nunquam (sometimes), 

Nusquam non (everywhere), non nusquam (somewhere). 

Rem. 4. So also the expressions, non possum non, nemo potest 
non, non ignoro, non nescio, etc., non possum ignorare, non nolo, 
non nego, non (Jiaud) inutilis, non (haud) indoctus, etc., are affir- 
mative and stronger than the simple positive. In like manner, 
non modo (tantum) means, ' not only,' and modo non, ' only not/ 

Rem. 5. The interrogative adverbs will be treated of under 
interrogative sentences (§ 116). 



§ 102.] COORDINATE SENTENCES. 281 



SEVENTH COURSE. 

COMPOUND SENTENCES. 
CHAPTER I. 

§ 102. A. Coordinate Sentences. 

1. A coordinate sentence consists of two or more 
sentences logically independent, but grammatically connected, 
so as to have a common reference to each other and express a 
single idea, as : Demosthenes was a great orator and Cice- 
ro was a great orator, or (in an abridged form), Demosthenes 
and Cicero were great orators. 

2. The relation of coordinate sentences is : 

a) Copulative, which is expressed: 1) by: et, que (always 
attached to its word), atone, ac (never before a vowel or 
h), and ; 2) negatively, by : neque, nee (et non, ac non 
more emphatic), and not, nor, neve (neu), and tliat not, in 
dissuading, after ut or ne in the preceding clause ; 3) as 
an advance upon or a stronger case than that of the pre- 
ceding clause, by : etiam, quoque (< also/ ' even,' differ 
from each other as et and que) ; ne — quidem (rarely nee) 
not even, the parts of the first always separated by the 
word to be rendered emphatic ; 4) with emphasis and 
formality, by: et — et; que — que (mostly poetic) J so well 
— as also,' ' both — and,' neque (nee) — neve (neu), 
' neither — nor,' non modo (solum, iantum) — sed etiam (neg. 
ne — quidem, vix) not only (merely) — hut edso (not even, 
scarcely), quwm — turn (so ay ell — as especially), the lat- 
ter being the more important or special circumstance ; 
5) partitively or distributively. by : alius — alius, alter — 
alter, pars — pars, partim — partim, alias — alias, cditer — 
aliter ; modo — modo, nunc — nunc, jam — -jam, turn — turn, 
sunid — simid (now — now, at one time — at another); 
24* 



282 COORDINATE SENTENCES. [§ 102. 

6) in the simple order of succession, by : primum (pri- 
mo), delude, turn, postea, demque (first, second, third, etc., 
in short, last of all). 

Rem. 1. A negative sentence is sometimes found connected 
with an affirmative one, in which case the connectives are : neque 
(nee) — et, or et — neque (nee), or neque — neque non. — In senten- 
ces usually connected by non modo non (nihil), etc. — sed ne — 
quidem, when both clauses have the same predicate, the negative 
(non, nihil, nullus, nunquam, etc.) is generally omitted after modo, 
etc. — Neque (nee), when followed by enim, vero, tamen, autem, has 
the force of the simple negative non (non enim is used only when 
emphasis is to be given to the negation). We also find : neque 
non, neque vero non (and in fact), neque tamen non (nevertheless), 
affirmative. 

Rem. 2. Et is the most general copulative and connects things 
which are conceived of as independent of each other and equally 
important ; que adds something which appears as a natural appen- 
dage to the preceding word or sentence ; while ac is used when 
the second member contains a nearer definition, an advance upon, 
or a continuation of the preceding sentence or word. 

b) Adversative, which is expressed : 1) when a negative 
clause precedes and is to be wholly excluded by the 
second, by : sed (but) and verum, 6 but ' (lit. it is true) ; 
2) where the second member merely restricts the first, 
by : sed (but), verum (but, but rather, it is true, the fact 
is), vero (but, in truth), autem (but, while), at (yet, but 
yet, at least), tamen (yet, nevertheless, but yet), atqui 
(now, but now, however) ; sed tamen, veruntamen, at vero 
(marking a stronger opposition than the simple forms). 
To sed, verum, tamen and its compounds, the concessive 
quidem (indeed) often stands opposed in the preceding 
clause. 

Rem. 3. These particles in their restrictive use differ thus : sed 
(restrictive) expresses a simple opposition ; verum opposes some- 
thing to what precedes as true and certain, like our " but rather ;" 
vero gives its clause the preponderance over the preceding as 
something which is truer, but is less adversative than verum ; au- 
tem is a general adversative particle expressing little more than a 
continuance, and hence may often be rendered by again, and , at 
opposes something to the preceding as valid, and hence is used 



§ 102.] COORDINATE SENTENCES. 283 

especially in objections, also in quick and lively transitions ; tamen 
opposes something as unexpected, and atqui something as icell 
known and admitted, like our u now," " but now," hence it is spe- 
cially used in the minor premiss of a direct syllogism. 

Rem. 4. Sometimes the adversative particle is not expressed in 
its clause, the opposition being sufficiently implied without it. 

c) Disjunctive, which is expressed : 1) when the exclusion 
of the idea of one clause by the other is to be represent- 
ed as real and necessary in the mind of the writer, by : 
aut — aut (either — or if not, or else, or even) ; 2) when 
the exclusion is to be represented as simply allowable or 
optional, by : vel — vet (either — or, i. e. either the one or 
the other as you choose, not necessarily excluding either) ; 
3) when the choice between two* or more things is to be 
represented as wholly unknown or undecided by the wri- 
ter, by : sice (sen) — sire (seu), either — or, whether this or 
that. 

Rem. 5. The first of each of these pairs of particles is often 
wanting, leaving the last alone, but their meaning remains sub- 
stantially the same. However, vel is generally corrective (" or 
rather*') when standing alone, and sometimes has the sense of even, 
— The disjunctive particle ve is enclitic and represents the exclu- 
sion as optional. 

Rem. 6. Sive — give are used with the Indie, mode. 

d) Causal, where the reason, ep^ound, explanation, or confir- 
mation of something is given. It is expressed : 1) by : 
nam, namque (a strengthened form of nam), enim, etenim 
(a strengthened form of enim), for, namely, certainly, 
surely ; 2) where the reason is to be represented as ob- 
vious and often with some degree of irony, by : nempe, 
quippe, scilicet, videlicet, nimirum, (to wit, naturally, 
surely, doubtless, no wonder). 

Rem. 7. Nam gives a conclusive reason or proof, and is stronger 
than enim; on the contrary, enim serves especially for introduc- 
ing explanations and illustrations; still they are sometimes ex- 
changed — These differ from the subordinate causal conjunctions, 
quod, rj'iia. etc. (§ 112), by giving more properly the expjlanation 
or reason Lhan the cause or ground. 



284 SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. [§ 103. 

Rem. 8. Enim is strengthened by vera, as : enimvero (in truth), 
also, vcrum enimvero (yes, in truth) ; it is also joined to at, verum 
and sed, as : at enim, verum enim, sed enim (but surely). 

e) Deductive, where conclusions are given. It is expressed : 
1) by : igitur (therefore, now), expressing a self -evident 
conclusion (that which is necessarily involved in what 
precedes), as in a syllogism ; ergo (consequently, hence), 
expressing (with more emphasis than igitur) a conclu- 
sion which follows from what precedes, but rather from 
the general scope than from any particular sentences ; 
itaque (and thus), introduces a fact as following from 
what precedes ; 2) by the demonstrative adverbs : prop- 
terea, eo, generally ideo (on this account) ; idcirco (there- 
fore) ; hinc, inde (hence) ; proinde (therefore), used only 
in commands and exhortations, hence with the Imper. and 
Subj. ; 3) by the relative adverbs : quapropter, quare, 
quamobrem,quocirca (wherefore). 

Rem. 9. Of the different classes of coordinate particles, autem, 
vero, enim, quoque, que, igitur follow (except occasionally, igitur, 
enim and vero, when emphatic) one, and, in a few instances, two 
words of the sentence to which they belong ; the others take the 
first place. 



CHAPTER II. 

§ 103. B. Subordinate Sentences. 

1. Subordinate sentences are those which complete or de- 
fine other sentences and hence are dependent. By themselves 
they make an incomplete sense, and appear both in sense and 
form subordinate to the principal clause. 

2. The sentence to which another belongs as a dependent 
part, is called the -principal sentence, the dependent sentence 
or clause, on the contrary, is called the subordinate sentence, 
and both together are called a compound sentence. E. g. in 
the compound sentence : " when the spring comes, the trees 



§ 104.] MODES IN SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. 285 

bloom," the last clause: "the trees bloom," is the principal 
sentence, and the first " when the spring comes," the subordi- 
nate sentence. 

3. Subordinate sentences are : 

a) Substantive sentences, i. e. such as are but the expanded 
idea of some case of a substantive, as : I rejoice, that thou 
art in health (= I rejoice at thy health) ; 

b) Adjective sentences, i. e. such as are but the expanded 
idea of an adjective (or participle), as : the rose, which 
blooms, is beautiful (== the blooming rose) ; 

c) Adverbial sentences, i. e. such as are only an expansion 
of an adverb or an expression of the nature of an adverb, 
which designates place, time or manner, as : after the 
enemy was conquered our soldiers returned (= after the 
conquering of the enemy). 

Remark. Interrogative sentences do not form a separate class 
of sentences, but are merely common independent or dependent 
sentences used in asking questions. But indirect interrogatives 
occupy the place of a substantive, and hence are properly sub- 
stantive sentences ; however, for the sake of convenience, they are 
treated of separately. See § 116. 

§ 104. Of the use of the Modes in Subordinate Sentences. 

1. In the subordinate sentences which are introduced by the 
indefinite relative pronouns : quisquis, quicunque, qualiscunque, 
quotcunque ubicunque, quocunque, quotiescunque, utcunque, quot- 
quot, etc (§ 32), the indicative is used in Latin, while we, in 
English, generally use the pronoun whoever, etc., with the sub- 
junctive. 

Sapiens, ubicunque est, beatus est (wherever he may be). Quo- 
quo modo res sese habet, in sententia mea permanebo (however 
the thing may be). Quicquid est, ego te non deseram (whatever 
it may be). 

2. The use of the Subj. in subordinate sentences will be 
more fully explained in treating of particular subordinate sen- 
tences. For the present the following may suffice : 

a) Ut (that, in order that), ne (in order that not, that not)> 



286 TENSES IN SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. [§ 105. 

quin (after the phrases : it is not doubtful, I do not doubt), 
that, always take the subjunctive ; 

b) In questions depending upon another sentence (indirect 
questions) the Subj. is always used (except occasionally 
in the poets), as : die mihi, cur rideas (tell me why you 
laugh). Nescio, ubi fueris (I do not know, where you 
have been). In this case the Subj. should be translated 
as an indicative. 

Remark. The Subj. is used in many cases which it is not 
easy to refer to particular rules, but which arise from the very 
nature of the mode, which is employed in setting forth aims, mere 
conceptions, suppositions or individual views, as opposed to posi- 
tive and absolute fact or reality. 

c) In all sentences closely connected with and dependent 
upon an Ace. with the Infin., as : me scito, dum tu absis, 
scribere audacius. 

§ 105. Succession of the Tenses in Subordinate Sentences. 
1. The following rules may be given for the succession of the 
tenses in the different clauses of compound sentences united 
by the subordinating conjunctions or pronouns : 

a) Upon a principal tense : Pres., Perfect-present and 
Fut., there follows again a principal tense : Pres., 
Perfect-present and the Future Periphrastic Present, 
according as the discourse in the subordinate sentence is 
of a contemporaneous, completed or future action ; 

b) Upon an historical tense: Imperfect, Perfect-historical 
and Plupf., there follows again an historical tense : Im- 
perf., Plupf. and Future Periphrastic Imperf., according 
as the discourse in the subordinate sentence is of a con- 
temporaneous, completed or future action. 

Scio, quid agas. 
Scio, quid egeris. 
Scio, quid acturus sis. 
Cognovi (I have learned), quid 
agas. 



Cognovi, quid egeris. 
Cognovi, quid acturus sis. 



Sciebam, quid ageres. 
Sciebam, quid egisses. 
Sciebam, quid acturus esses, 
Cognovi (I learned), quid 

ageres. 
Cognovi, quid egisses. 
Cognovi, quid acturus esses. 



§ 106.] ACCUSATIVE WITH THE INFINITIVE. 287 



Audiam, quid a gas, 
Audiam, quid egeris. 
Audiam, quid acturus sis. 



Cognoveram, quid ageres. 
Cognoveram, quid egisses. 
Cognoveram, quid acturus esses. 



Oplo, ut ad me venias. Optabam, ut ad me venires. Te rogo, 
ne mihi succenseas. Te rogabam, ne mihi succenseres. Non 
dubito, quin rem tuam bene <7eras. Non dubitavi (I have not 
doubted), quin rem tuam bene geras. Non dubitabo, quin rem 
tuam bene gesturus sis. Non dubitabam (dubitavi, I doubted, 
dubitaveram), quin rem tuam bene gereres (gessisses, gesturus, 
esses). 

Rem. 1. But when past actions are conceived and expressed 
as present by the writer, or as continuing to the present in their 
effect, purpose, etc. (see § 84, R. 9), a historical may follow a 
principal tense ; and reversely, when present actions are con- 
ceived of and expressed as past, or are viewed from a past point 
of view, a principal may follow a historical tense. 

Rem. 2. As the Infin. and Part, do not properly express time, 
but only the circumstances of an action, the tense of the verb 
which follows is not determined by the Infin. or Part, but by the 
finite verb upon which they depend. 

II. Substantive Sentences. 

§ 106. Accusative with the Infinitive. 

Preliminary Remark. In English, substantive sentences are 
introduced by the conjunctions : that, that not. In Latin they are 
expressed by : l) The Ace. with the Infin. ; 2) ut, ne, quo quomi- 
nus, quin and a finite verb (but when these express a result, the 
sentences are adverbial) ; 3) quod with a finite verb. The Ace. 
with the Infin. expresses the object or end more subjectively and 
indefinitely than ut, etc., while quod expresses it as & fact or cause. 
After many verbs either of these kinds of sentences may follow, 
according as it is desired to express the object or end with the 
one or the other of these shades of meaning. 

1. When a sentence, as : rosa floret, is the object of one of 
the verbs mentioned below (No. 2), in Latin, the subject 
(rosa) is changed into the Ace. (rosam), and the finite verb 
into the Infin., as : video rosam florere (I see, that the rose 
blooms). When the predicate is expressed by an adjective 
or substantive with the verb sum, fio, etc. (§ 81, 2), the adjec- 
tive or substantive is also put in the Ace, as : aqua firigidc 



288 ACCUSATIVE WITH THE INFINITIVE. [§ 106. 

est ; sentio aguarn frigidam esse (I perceive that the water is 
cold). Audimus, Vyrum regem Persarum fuisse (we hear, 
that Cyrus was king of the Persians). This construction is 
called the Ace. with the Infinitive, and by a species of attrac- 
tion, is often extended into a dependent clause, especially 
when it expresses a comparison, as : te suspicor iisdein 
rebus, quibus me ipsum commoveri. 

2. The Ace. with the Infin. stands after the following 
classes of verbs and expressions : — 

a) After verbs and expressions of perceiving, feel- 
ing, judging, thinking, believing, know- 
ing, hoping, as: cognosco, intelligo, sentio, video, au- 
dio, cogito, judico, puto, credo, censeo, spero (but not ex- 
pecto), despero, scio, nescio, facio (assume), etc.; opinio 
est, spes est, etc. 

b) After verbs and expressions of saying, relating, 
promising, showing, and making known in 
any way, as : dico, nego, narro, nuntio, concedo, promitto, 
polliceor, indtco, doceo, certiorem facio, persuadeo, demon- 
siro,proho, efjicio, simulo, dissimulo, etc. ; apparet, constat, 
elucet, convenit ; verum, verisiniile, cerium est, sequitur, etc. ; 

c) After verbs and expressions of willing, desiring, 
letting, bidding, and their contraries, as : volo, 
nolo, malo, cupio, studeo (which are sometimes also con- 
structed with the simple Infin. or Part., or with ut or ne) 9 
placet ; sino, potior ; jubeo and veto ; 

d) After impersonal verbs and expressions denoting pro- 
priety, necessity, right, as oportet, opus est, 
necesse est, licet, convenit ; — par, rectum, justum, aequwn, 
fas est, expedit ; utile, pulchrum, mos, tempus est, etc. 

(which are also constructed with ut) ; 

e) After verbs and expressions signifying an affec- 
tion or feeling of the mind, as: gaudeo, lae- 
tor, juvat me, doleo, angor, sollicitor, indignor, aegre^ mo- 
teste, indigne fero, queror, miror, admiror, glorior. These 
verbs are also sometimes followed by quod and a finite 
verb. S* § 10.'. 



§ 107."| UT, NE, UT NE, UT NON. 289 

Sentlmus caltre ignem, nivem esse o.llxim, dulce met. Ilistoria 
narrat, Romam a Romulo condltam esse. Yolo ie ex itinere mox 
redire. Virtus non patitur nos\uxvir\a.eindulgere. Caesar indites 
castra, munire jussit. Caesar milites pontem rescindere vetuiu 
Constat inter omnes, Romanos fuisse fortissimos. 

Rem. 1. When no agent is expressed after juberc, vetare, sinere 
and pati in the Infin., the Infin. Pass, is used in Latin. Caesar 
castra muniri jussit. Caesar pontem rescindi vetuit. Caesar 
urbem dirijd passus est. 

Rem. 2. With licet (it is permitted) there is commonly 
found the Dat. (of the person) with the Infin., instead of the 
Ace. with the Infin., as : quieto esse tibi lic-et. And in the poets 
and later writers with many other verbs, as : do, concedo, contin- 
git, liberum est, etc. 

Rem. 3. Oportet and necesse est are connected either with the 
Ace. with the Infin. or with the subjunctive without ut, as : oportet 
nos virtuti studere, or : virtuti studeamus oportet. Necesse est 
sapientem semper beatum esse, or : sapiens semper beatus sit necesse 
est. 

Rem. 4. When the subject of the Infin. is the same as that of 
the governing verb, and would be one of the pronouns me, te 7 
se, nos, ros, (rarely eum, eos), it is often omitted, and then the 
predicative adjective referring to it is in the nominative, as : cupio 
esse clemens (or me esse clementem). 

Rem. 5. With many verbs of perceiving, thinking, 
declaring, and the like, a personal passive form is 
commonly used instead of the impersonal, thus making the sub- 
ject of the Infin. nominative to the governing verb, as : dicor, 
(instead of dicitur), trador, feror (I am said, it is said that I, they 
say that I) ; putor, credor, existimor, videor, jubew, vetor, etc. After 
these verbs, the infinitives esse and^eri take a predicative nomina- 
tive which agrees with the subject of the governing verb in gen- 
der, number and c a s e, as : Romulus ad deos transisse creditus 
est; Alexander -fortissimus fuisse traditur. This construction is 
called the n omi n ative with the infinitive. 

Rem. 6. With many verbs under a) and b) the pronouns hoc y 
id, illud, istud, (also quod sometimes), and sic are often found re- 
ferring to what is explained in the following Ace. with the Infin., 
as : sic sentio, non posse animum esse mortalem. 



§ 107. B. Ut, ne 7 ut ne, ut non with the Subjunctive. 

1. Ut, "that" (ne 9 wine, u that not," neve (ncu), " and that 
2.3 



290 UT, NE, UT NE, UT NON. [§ 107. 

not, nor "), in the first place, is used to express a conceived 
or designed effect (ut fined), and stands after expressions of 
making and effecting ; caring and striving ; asking, demand- 
ing, exhorting, persuading, advising, exciting, urging, commanel- 
ing (impero), ordering ; wislring, allowing or permitting (con- 
cept; , permitto), hoping ; finally, after every sentence, in order 
to express an end or object (ut = " in order that," ne = "in 
order that not"), as : euro, caveo, video (I care), laboro, operam 
do, id ago, contendo, consequor, assequor, adipiscor, impetro, teneo, 
etc ; rogo, oro, peto, postulo, moneo, hortor, auctor su?n, consil- 
ium do, suadeo, persuadeo, moneo, excito, impello, impero, edtco, 
mando, praescribo, praecipio, etc. ; opto, coneedo, permitto; — 
lex est, munus est, and other nouns, generally with est; eo, 
ideo, idcirco, oh heme causam, etc. 

Sol efficit, ut omnia jloreant. Ante senectutem curavi, u f . 
bene viverem ; in senectute, ut bene moriar. Oro te, ut mihi 
succurras. Te rogo, ne defatigere neu difftdas. Caesar mili- 
tes hortaius est, ut acriter dimicarent. Dux imperavit, ut mili- 
tes stationes suas servarent. Edimus, ut vivamus ; non vivi- 
mus, ut edamus. Vetus est lex, ut idem amici velint. 

Rem. 1. The verbs volo, nolo, malo, cuplo are more frequent- 
ly used with the Ace. with the Infin., than with ut and the Subj. 
Comp. § 106, 2. c). Impero is used with the Aec. with the 
Infin. only when the Infin. is in the passive, as : dux imperavit 
urhem diripL Concerning jubeo and veto see § 10G, 2. c) and 
Kern. 2. 

Rem. 2. After negative verbs, as: impedlo, proliibeo, recuso, 
vito, and the like, (also after caveo, commonly), ne, and not ut ne, is 
used. After verbs of m a king or a f f e e t i n g , ne (ut ne) is 
used when the effect is merely conceived and earned at, but ut non, 
when the effect is actual. 

Rem.. 8. With verbs of directing, asking, exhorting, 
and the like, ut is often omitted before the Subj., and regu- 
larly after velim, medhn, nolim, vellem, median, nollem <xr\(\.fac. 

Rem. 4. Verbs meaning to permit or allow, (and in questions 
jxilcs! fcri), are often omitted before ut or ne, and sometimes, 
also the ut and ne themselves are omitted, as: ne sit (i. e. sine 
ne sit) sane sumnum malum doior, malum eerte est; sinete 
me exourgem (i. e. ut me). 

Rem . 5. Verbs of p e r c c i v i n g , and c o m m u n i c a t i d g 



§ 108.] QUO, QUOMIXUS AND QUIN. 291 

(verba sentiendi et declarandi) are constructed with ut (ne) an 1 
the Subj. when they express a command; otherwise with the 
Ace. with the Infin. See § 106, 2, a. and b. 

2. In the second place ut (that, so that) is used to express 
the actual effect which follows from the principal sentence (ut 
consecutive). When such a sentence is negative, ut non 
(ut nullus, ut nemo, ut nihil, ut nunquam, etc.), and not ne or 
ut ne, is used. This ut (ut non), is used in the following 
cases : — 

a) After est, futurum esse or fore, multum abest, prope est, 
in .eo sum ; jit, accidit, evenit, contingit (in poetry and 
late prose writers with the Infin. also), usu venit ; proxi- 
mum est, extremum est, reliquum est, restat, superest, 
relinquitur ; — aequum, verum, rectum est, convenit (mihi), 
integrum est, and many substantives with est, as : mos 
est, etc. (which are also constructed with the Ace. and 
Infin. See § 106, 2. d). 

b) After efficere, probare, efficitur, sequitur, consequens est 
(which also take the Ace. with the Infin., § 106, 2, b); — 
ita, sic, eo, adeo, usque eo, tarn, tantopere ; talis, is, hic^ 
iste, ejusmodi, tantus ; and finally, after any sentence in 
order to express a result, (ut = so that). 

Persaepe evenit, ut utilitas cum honestate certet. Restat, ut de 
litterarum utilitate loquar, Ita vivere debemus, ut in omni re 
recti conscientiam servemus. Non possunt multi rem amittere, ut 
non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem. 

Rem. 6. For ut concessive, see § 114. R. ; and for ut compara- 
tive, see § 115, 1, a. 

3. After expressions of fear and solicitude, ne is to be trans- 
lated by that, and ut and ne non by that not. In the first case 
the object of fear, etc., is not desired, in the second it is, 

Omnes cives metuebant, ne urbs ab hostibus expugnaretur. 
Timeo, ut hos labores sustineas. Vereor, ne non perficiam, quod 
suscepi. 

§ 108. C. Quo, quommus and quin with the Subjunctive. 
1. Quo is used for ut eo, 1) in the meaning, in order that 



292 QUO, QUOMINUS AND QUIN. [g 108. 

thereby; 2) in the meaning, that (in order that, so that), that so 
much the, when a comparative follows. 

Haec lex data est quo malefici deterrentur. Caesar miiites 
cohortatus est quo animo fortiore essent. 

2. Quominus, (lit " by which the less," " that not ") stands 
after verbs and expressions of hindering, preventing, 
resisting, opposing, and the like ; also after religio est, 
and per me stare, and is generally to be translated into Eng- 
lish by that. JVe is used for it only when the end or aim of 
the hindering is to be expressed. But ne is always used after 
caveo, interdico and vito. 

Aetas non impedit quominus litteras tractemus. Quid sapienti 
potest obstare, quomlnus beatus sit? Non repugnabo, quominus 
hunc librum legas. Impedior dolore animi, ne de hujus miseria 
plura dicam. 

Rem. 1. After impedire, proliibere, recusare and cavere, the 
Infin. is sometimes used instead of quomlnus and the Subj. 

3. Quin (composed of qui ne ; " how not," " why not ") is 
used only when the principal sentence is negative or is a ques- 
tion implying a negative. It occurs in the following cases : — 

a) In the meaning that not, instead of ut non, after facer e 
non possum, fieri non potest ; 

b) After nemo est, nihil est, nemo est tarn, nihil est tarn, and 
the like, or nemo, nihil, nusquam, nunquam, with any 
verb ; where quin is often equivalent to qui non, quae non, 
quod non ; 

c) Instead of quominus, when the principal sentence is 
negative (but quominus or ne, and not quin, follows 
non impedio, non prohibeo, non intercedo, and ne follows 
non interdico). In this and the following cases, quin is 
to be translated by that; 

d) After nihil, non muliuni, paullum abesi ; 

e) After non ditbito, dubium non est, controversia non est, 
non ambigitur, and the like. 

Facere non possum, quin quotidie ad te mittam litteras (I can- 
not forbear to write to you daily). Fieri non potuit, quin urbs ab 
hostibus caper etur. Nihil abest, quin sini miserrimus. Non mul- 



§109.] QUOD WITH THE INDICATIVE. 293 

turn abfuit, quin liostes vincerentur. Homines barbari sibi non 
temperabant, quin in Italiam contenderent, — Non dubito, quin verum 
dixeris. Quis dubitat, quin in virtute divitiae sint positae? Du- 
binin non erai, quin victoriam de hostibus reporiaturi essemus. 
Non dubito, quin haec res non acciderit (will not happen). 

Rem. 2. So also, after non dico, nego, hand ignoro, and the 
like, quin is sometimes found instead of the more usual Ace. 
with the Infin. — But non dubito, in the meaning " I do not 
scruple," " hesitate," takes the Infin., and in some authors, in all 
meanings. 

Rem. 3. Quin etiam (properly, " how not also,") means nay 
rather, besides, moreover ; quin immo is of nearly the same mean- 
ing. 

§ 109. Quod (that, because) with the Indicative. 

1. Quod (that) introduces a substantive sentence, which 
gives the explanation or ground of the predicate or some other 
word of the principal clause. The subjunctive stands with 
quod, only when the sentence is expressed as the sentiment, or 
from the view of some other person than the writer or speak- 
er. The cases in which quod is used are the following : — 

a) After certain expressions, as : bene, male, prudenier facio ; 
bene, male fit, evenit, accidit, and the like, praetereo, init- 
io, and generally adde, accedit; 

b) In order to introduce the explanation of a substantive (in 
which case, also, ut or the Ace., with the Infin. is used), or 
pronoun or pronominal adverb in the principal sentence ; 

c) After words signifying an affection of the mind, as : 
laetor, gaudeo, doleo, indignor, aegre fero, moleste fero, 
queror, miror, glorior, jucundum est, and the like ; also 
after verbs of praising, censuring, accusing, thanking. 

Bene facio, quod me adjuvas. Magnum beneficium est na- 
turae, quod necesse est mori. Gaudeo, quod vales. Laudo te, quod 
*rem tuam bene gessesti. Laudat Africanum Panaetius, quod 
fuerit abstinens (i. e. because Panaetius conceived him so). 

Rem. 4. Verbs signifying an affection of the mind are more 
frequentlv constructed with an Ace. with the Infinitive. See § 106, 
2, e. 

25* 



294 ADJECTIVE SENTENCES. [§ 110. 

§110. Adjective Sentences introduced by qui (quae, quod), 
quails, quantus, etc 

1. The relative qui, quae, quod agrees in gender and number 
with the word to which it refers ; the case of the relative, on 
the contrary, depends upon the construction of the clause to 
which it belongs. 

Beati sunt it homines, quorum vita virtutis praeceptis regltur. 
Deus est, qui omnem hunc mundum regit. 

2. The person of the verb in adjective sentences, is deter- 
mined by the person of the substantive or pronoun to which 
the relative refers. 

Ego qui scribo ; tu qui scribis ; pater, qui scribit ; nos, qui 
scribimus ; vos, qui scribitis ; fratres, qui scribunt. 

Rem. 1. These general rules for the agreement of the relative, 
are subject to substantially the same variations in particular in- 
stances, as take place in the case of other adjectives ; for which, 
see § 81, 8. But when the relative refers to a whole sentence, it 
is put in the neuter Sing, or else quae res or id quod is substi- 
tuted for it. Also when a noun follows in the predicate, the rela- 
tive oftener agrees with it than with its antecedent. 

Rem. 2. The demonstrative to which the relative refers is 
often omitted, when no particular emphasis rests upon it ; this 
happens most frequently when the adjective sentence stands first, 
or when the omitted demonstrative expresses something indefi- 
nite and is equivalent to aliquis, or when the relative may be 
resolved into si quis, as : quis (for quibus) opes nullae sunt, (ii) 
bonis invidcnt. Utile est, uti motu animi, qui (= si quis) uti ra- 
tione non potest. 

Rem. 3. When the relative sentence stands first, the noun of 
the principal sentence to which it refers, is often transposed to 
the relative sentence, in which case a demonstrative referring to 
this noun generally follows in the principal sentence, as : quam 
quisque norit artem, in hac se exerceat. This transposition some- 
times takes place, also, when the principal clause stands first. 

Rem. 4. When an adjective sentence has another sentence 
subordinate to it, the demonstrative pronoun of this sentenee is 
omitted, and the relative takes its place and is put in the same 
case which the demonstrative would have taken, as : aberat om- 
nis dolor, qui si adesset, non molliter ferret (instead of: quem, 
si [is] adesset, non molliter ferret). 



§110.] ADJECTIVE SENTENCES. 295 

Rem. 5. The relative at the beginning of a sentence often 
lias the force of a demonstrative or personal pronoun, as in the 
phrase : quae quum ka sint (since these things are so), so common 
in Cicero. — It is often, also, equivalent to a personal pronoun 
with a connective, as : and, but, for, tlierejore, hence, I \y<iu, lie, 
etc.). 

3. The subjunctive is used in adjective sentences in 
the following cases : 

a) When the adjective sentence expresses an end or aim 
and qui seems to stand for ut ego, ut tu, ut is ; especially 
after verbs of sending, coming, giving, selecting, 

fo) When the adjective sentence expresses a result flowing 
from the nature or character of something : 1) After is 
talis, ejusmodi, tarn, tantus, and often (instead of ut) 
after quam with a comparative, (here when the principal 
sentence is negative, quin may be used instead of qui 
non) ; — 2) After aptus, idotieus, dignus, indignus (in 
the poets and later writers with the Infin. also) ; — 3) 
After est, sunt, exstitit, exstiterunt, exoritur, reperiuntur, 
inveniuntur ; reperio, invenio, nanciscor, habeo, non (ni- 
hil) habeo, etc. ; — 4) After the negative expressions : 
non est-, nemo est, nihil est, nulhu est, quis est ? quid est f 
non desunt, etc. (here too quin may be used in the place 
of qui non, when the negation is not to be made with 
emphasis); — 5) When the adjective sentence gives the 
ground or reason of the action in the principal sentence, 
and qui can be translated by since (although) 1, since you, 
since he. 

Hostes ad Caesarem legates miserunt, qui pacem ab eo pete- 
rent (who were to ask). Yir probus dignus est, cui fidem habea- 
mus (deserves that we give him our confidence). Sunt qui 
censeant, una animum et corpus occidere. Nullum est animal 
praeter hominem, quod habe.at notitiam aliquam dei. Non is eram, 
qui aliorum miseriam ad me non pertinere censer em. O fortu- 
nate adolescens, qui tuae virtutis Homerum praeconem inveneris ! 
Incidunt multae saepe causae, quae conturbent animos utilitatis 
specie (of such a nature that). 

Rem. 6. Relative adverbs are followed by the Subj. after 



296 ADVERBIAL SENTENCES. [§ 111. 

many of the above words, like relative pronouns, as : est ubi id 
valeat. 

Hem. 7. When qui has the causal meaning described in 3, 5), ut, 
quippe, utpote often stand before it, in which case, when the cause 
is represented as an actual one, the Indie, is sometimes used. 
And so in general the Indie, may be used in many of the above 
combinations, when the idea is different from what is there de- 
scribed. 

Rem. 8. Quod sometimes means as far as (as: quod sciam), 
and in Tacitus, wherefore, so that = propter quod. Agric. XII. 
Also where it introduces a sentence which is to be made the sub- 
ject of remark, in the sense, as to what, with regard to the fact 
that, as : quod ad crimina attinet, etc. When quod is followed 
by a conjunction, as : si, nisi, it may generally be translated by 
but, whereas, or and. 



III. Adverbial Sentences. 

§ 111. a. Adverbial Sentences of Time. 

Adverbial sentences of time are introduced by the con- 
junctions qaum (cum), postquam, ut, ubi, simulac (simulatque), 
ex quo (since), priusquam and antequam, dum, quoad, donee. 
These conjunctions generally take the Indie, but sometimes the 
subjunctive. 

Rem. 1. Quando (rarely a temporal conjunction), quamdiu 
and quoties also belong here, but need no special treatment, since 
they have nothing peculiar in their construction. 

1. Quum is used either of time or cause. The temporal 
quum (when, while, as) is used with the indicative of all the 
tenses, yet almost invariably with the subjunctive of the im- 
perfect and pluperfect, when a perfect stands in the principal 
clause. The causal quum (since), is always connected with 
the subjunctive. 

a) Quum coelum contemplamur, dei magnitudinem admira- 
mur (when). Ager, quum multos annos quievit, uberio- 
res fructus efferre solet (when, after). Sapiens non 
ejulabit, quum doloribus torquebitur (when). Quum ad 
mc litteras dederis, ad te proficiscar (when). 



§111.] ADVERBIAL SENTENCES OF TIME. 297 

b) Quitm milites cle hostium adventu edocerentur, continuo 
summo pugnandi ardore Jiagraverunt (as)* Alexander, 
quum interemis&et Clitum, familiarem suum, vix a se 
manus abstinnit (as). 

c) Quum philosophia aniniis medeatur, totos nos penitusque 
ei tradere debemus (since). Quum milites pericula 
vererentur, non audebant cum hostibus confligere (since). 

Rem. 2, When quum would regularly stand immediately be- 
fore vix, vixdum, nondum or jam, it is usually transferred to what 
in English would be the principal clause, which in this case, fol- 
lows the subordinate clause. 

2. Postquam, posteaquam (after that), tit (just as = as 
soon as), ubi (as), simulatque (simulac never before a vowel 
or h), as soon as, are connected with the indicative, and indeed, 
most frequently with the perfect, which we commonly trans- 
late into English by the pluperfect. 

Rem. 3. Sirnul is sometimes used in the sense of simulatque; 
also ut primum, ubi primum. 

Postquam Caesar aciem instruxit, omnes hostes in unum locum 
convolaverunt. Ut dies illuxit, profectus sum. Hostes, ubi nos- 
tros equites conspexerunt^ fugerunt. Simulatque aliquid audiero, 
ad te scribam. 

3. Priusquam, antvquam or anteaquam (before that, ere, 
before), are connected: 

a) With the Subj. Pres., more rarely with the Indie 
Present ; 

b) With the Indicative Perfect ; 

c) With the Indicative Fut. Perfect ; 

d) With the Subj., Imperf. and Pluperfect. 

a) Tempestas minatur, antequam surgat. 

b) Antequam bellum urbis nestrae opes assumpsit, potentissima 
fuit. 

c) Non dives eris, priusquam divitias contempseris. 

d) Hostes propulsati sunt, antequam urbem obsidione cingerenL 
Dies obrepsit hostibus, priusquam aggerem extruxissent. 

4. Dum in the meaning while, at the same time that, as long 
as, and quoad (donee only after the classical period and by the 



298 CAUSAL ADVERBIAL SENTENCES. [§ 112. 

poets) in the meaning as long as, are connected with the indi- 
cative* 

Dum haec geruntur, hostium copiae conveniunt. Lacedaemo- 
niorum gens fortis fuit, dum Lyeurgi leges vigebant. Cato, quoad 
vixit, virtu turn laude crevit. 

Rem. 4. Dum, in the meaning while, at tlie same time that., is 
commonly used with the Indie. Pres., whatever tense stands in 
the principal sentence, as : dum dux aciem instruit, hostis totam 
urbem cinxerat. — As an enclitic after vix or a negative, dum 
means yet, as : vixdum, necdum (scarcely yet, nor yet). 

1. Dum, quoad and donee in the meaning till, until, till that, 
are generally connected with the subjunctive of the Pres. ? 
Imperf. and Piuperf., or with the indicative of the Perf. and 
Put, Perfect. 

Milites exspectant, dimi dux se e castris contra hostes educate 
Milites expectabant, dum dux se e castris contra hostes educereL 
Cicero omni quiete ahstinuit, donee Catilinae conjurationem detex- 
issei. Milites tamdln restiterunt, .quoad hostes fugam capessive- 
runt. Tamdiu manebo ? dum omnem rem cognovero. 

Rem. 5. Adverbial sentences of place are not treated of 
separately, since they are of very limited use and correspond 
entirely to adjective sentences in the use of the modes. They 
are introduced by : ubi (where) r ubicunque (wherever), unde 
(whence), undecunque (whencever), quo (whither), and quocun- 
que (whithersoever). 

§112. b. Causal Adverbial Sentences* 

In causal adverbial sentences, the cause or ground is con- 
ceived of as contemporaneous or antecedent to the action of the 
principal clause, and hence as an essential or organic part of 
the whole thought, which is not the case in coordinate causal 
sentences. They are introduced by the conjunctions : quod y 
quia, quoniam (= quum jam)* These conjunctions are prop- 
erly used with the indicative ; the subjunctive is used with 
them, only when the cause is given as the sentiment, or from 
the view of some other person than the writer or speaker. 

Remark. These conjunctions give the real or true ground from 
which the action actualhj springs, whereas the causal quum § 111, 
1, gives it simply as a ground upon which the mind proceeds 



[§113. CONDITIONAL ADVERBIAL SENTENCES. 299 

in its thoughts, or as a conceived ground. — Quod and quia do not 
materially differ from each other, except that quod is always used 
where the subordinate clause expresses the cause at the same 
time as the object of the verb of the principal sentence. Quo- 
niam (also quando, quandoquldem and siquidem, which are occa- 
sionally used), express an obvious or self-evident ground ; quoniam 
also means, after that, like postquam, except that it always repre- 
sents the time as a cause. 

Cicero pater patriae appellatus est, quod ejus consilio et vigil- 
antia Catilinae conjuratio detecta est. Quia natura mutari non 
potest, idcirco verae amicitiae sempiternae sunt. Quoniam jam 
nox est, in vestra tecta discedlte. 

§ 113, c. Conditional Adverbial Sentences. 

1. Conditional adverbial sentences are introduced by: si 
(if) 7 nisi (ni) and si non (if not, unless). 

2. The indicative is used in sentences of this kind, when 
the condition is expressed as real and certain, or contains a 
general truth. In this case the Indie, is generally used in the 
principal sentence also. 

Si hoc diets, erras. Si hoc dicebas, errabas. Si quis spiritum 
ducit, vivit. 

3. The subjunctive is used when the condition is arbitrary 
or barely conceived of or possible ; and in the principal sen- 
tence in this case, the subjunctive is used also. 

a) The Subj. Pres. and Pert', is used when the condition is 
represented as a mere undetermined supposition, and may 
generally be rendered by the Imperfect. 

b) The Subj. Imperf. and Pluperf., when the condition is 
represented as a supposition the contrary of what actually is or 
is not, and may generally be rendered by the Pluperfect, 

Si hoc dicas, erres (If thou shouldst say this, whether now or 
at any future time, as possibly you may, thou wouldst err). Si 
hoc diceres, errares (if thou saidst this, thou erredst •; but I know 
thou didst not say it; hence thou didst not err). Si hoc dixisses, 
errasses (if thou hadst said this, thou wouldst have erred ; but I 
know thou hast not said it; hence thou hast not erred). Impu- 
dens sim si plus postulem. 

II :•;:.! In the clauses expressing the result or consequence, 



BOO CONCESSIVE ADVERBIAL SENTENCES. [§ 114, 

when their verb, or adjective with esse, denotes duty, Jitness, pow- 
er, permission, preference, etc., or when their predicate is expressed 
by the Fut. Ace. or Pass. Part, with esse, or when they contain 
vix paene, prope, or when the design is to express the consequence 
as inevitable and certain^ the Indie, of the historical tenses (most 
commonly the Imperf.) is generally used. 

Rem. 2. Nisi makes a supposition negatively, but leaves the 
thing supposed affirmative : " if it be not supposed, that something 
is ;" but si nan makes a supposition affirmatively, while the thing 
supposed is negative : u if it be supposed that something is not." 
Non potes jucunde vivere, nisi cum virtnte vivis. Homo beatus 
est, si cupidatibus nan succumbit. 

4. Dum, dummodo, modo in the meaning provided that, if 
only ; dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne (provided that not, if 
only not) always take the subjunctive. But si modo takes the 
indicative. 

Multi omnia recta et honesta neglrgunt, dummodo potentiam 
consequantur. 

Rem. B. The conditional clause is often omitted when it is 
either contained in a participle, adjective, or preposition with its 
case, or may be easily supplied from the connection. — When the 
hypothetical conjunction is omitted, the verb stands first. 

§ 114. d. Concessive Adverbial Sentences. 

Concessive sentences are introduced by : 

a) etsi, tametsi (even if, although), quamquam (although), 
commonly with the indicative ; 

b) etiamsi (even if, although), more frequently with the 
subjunctive than with the Indie. ; 

c) quamvis (although, however), and licet (properly : " be it 
allowed that "), although, are always, in good writers, con- 
nected with the subjunctive of one of the principal tenses., 

Remark. Ui, ne and quum sometimes have a concessive 
meaning also, in case that, supposing that (or that not), when, etc. 

Viri boni recte agunt, etsi nullum consecuturum emolumentum 
vident. Etiamsi secundissimis rebus utdre, tamen beatus non eris, 
si virtute cares. Sapiens dolorem patienter tolerat, quamvis 
acerb us .9/7. 



§115.] ADVERBIAL SENTENCES OF COMPARISON. 301 

§115. e. Adverbial Sentences of Comparison. 

1. The comparing of the subject of the principal sentence 
in respect to manner or greatness and degree is expressed : 

a) By : ut (uti, stent, quemadmodum, rare quomodo) with 
the indicative — -ita (sic), as, even as — so; tarn (tanto- 
pere, tantum) — quam (quantopere, quantum), so great — 
as ; non tarn — quam (not so much — as), and the like. 

Rem. 1. Comparison is expressed also by atque (cue) after the 
following words expressing likeness and unlUceness, as ; par, pari- 
ter, similis, similiter, aeque, perinde, alius, aliter, similis, dispar, 
contra, secus, etc. ; — also by quam or nisi after non alius, nullus 
alius, nihil (quid ?) aliud. 

Rem. 2. In a barely imaginary and supposed comparison, the 
subordinate sentence is introduced by : quasi, tanquam, tanquam 
si, ut si (rare ut), velut, velut si, ac si, with the subjunctive. The 
succession of the tenses in this case is according to the principles 
already stated (§ 105), but the English uses a historical tense, 
without regard to that of the principal sentence. 

b) By the comparative with quam (than) when two objects 
are compared with respect to the same quality. Then both 
objects are in the same case. 

Melior tutiorque est certa pax, quam sperata victoria. 

Rem. 3. Instead of quam with the Norn, or Ace, the ablative 
without quam may be used with the comparative of the first mem- 
ber. See § 91, 2. b. The English even, still with the compara- 
tive, is expressed by etiam, as : etiam major or major etiam ; and 
with the superlative by vel. 

Rem. 4. The comparative adverbs : magis, plus, amplius and 
potius, all generally translated by more, differ as follows : l) Magis 
is strictly an adverb and means in a higher degree, rather; — 2) Plus 
is properly an adjective used substantively in the Nom. or Ace, 
and means more, a larger number, a higher degree (but never in a 
higher degree) ; still in some expressions magis and plus may be 
exchanged with each other, as: magis, also, plus te amo; — 3) 
Amplius means further, and of time, longer; — 4.) Potius means 
in preference, rather. 

Rkm. 5. The comparatives : plus, amplius, longius and minus, 
in connection with numerals, generally take neither quam nor the 
26 



302 INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. [§ 116. 

ALL, but leave the structure of the sentence, unaffected, as : 
septuaginta amplius annos vixlt (he lived more than seventy years). 

2. When two qualities or actions of one object are compar- 
ed with each other, both adjectives or adverbs are put in the 
comparative, and the last is connected to the other by quam; 
more rarely, both are in the positive, but magis stands with the 
first, and quam with the last. 

Pestilentia minacior quam perniciosior, cogitationes hominum a 
certaminibus publicis avertit (a more threatening than destructive 
pestilence). Bellum a civibus nostris fortius, quam felicius ges- 
tum est (with more bravery than success). 

Rem. 6. The comparative is very often used without the sec- 
ond member of the comparison, and may then be translated by 
too, too much, very, somewhat with the positive, as : senectus est 
loquacior (somewhat loquacious ; properly : more loquacious, i. e. 
more loquacious than is proper). Sometimes we find the second 
member expressed somewhat irregularly by quam pro and the 
Abl., quam ut or quam qui and a verb. 

Rem. 7. When the comparison is limited definitely to two 
objects, in Latin, the comparative and not the superlative is used, 
as : uter vestrum est major natu ? (which of you two is the 
older ?) 

3. Quo — eo, or quanto — tanto (the—^so much the) in connec- 
tion with two comparatives, express a uniform proportion be- 
tween two qualities or actions. 

Quo plura habent homines, eo ampliora expetere solent. 

4. When the discourse is of an indefinite subject, instead of 
the last mentioned mode of expressions, we commonly find : 
ut quisque — ita with two superlatives, 

Ut quisque est sapientissimus ita est modestissimus (the wiser 
a man is, the more modest he is). 

§ 116. Of Interrogative Sentences. 

1. Questions are either independent (direct), as: Wast thou at 
school yesterday ? or dependent upon another sentence going 
before (indirect questions), as : I do not know, whether thou 
wast at school yesterday. 



§116.] INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 303 

Rem. 1. The phrases quid ais (tell me), die mihi, cedo, quaeso 
and nescio quis, are used parenthetically, and hence do not make 
the accompanying interrogative clause dependent. 

2. In the direct question, the indicative is used when it is 
asked positively, the subjunctive when it is asked doubtingly. 
In the indirect question the subjunctive is always used (except 
occasionally by the poets). 

Quid agis f Quid agamus ? (what can we do ?). Die, quid 
agas. 

3. Both direct and indirect questions are introduced : 

a. By interrogative and relative pronouns and adverbs, 
as : quis, qui, uter, qualis, quantus ; ubi, unde, quo, 
quando, quomodo, cur ; quin (in urgent questions), qui 
(how), quare, quam, quantopere (how very). 

Quis hunc librum legit ? Uter vestrum major natu est ? Cur 
ad me non venisti ? Die, quis hunc librum legerit. Nescio, uter 
vestrum major natu sit. Narra, cur ad me non veneris. 

b. By the interrogative words ne, nonne, num, utrum. 

a) Ne, which is always attached to the accented word, 
leaves it undecided whether the interrogator ex- 
pects an affirmative or negative answer ; 

b) Nonne (not?) commonly implies that the interro- 
gator expects an affirmative answer ; 

c) Num (is it possible that ?) commonly implies that 
the interrogator expects a negative answer; 

d) Utrum is used only in double questions. 

Rem. 2. Ne and utrum, in direct questions, can be translated 
into English by no particular word. In indirect questions, ne, 
utrum, num, may be translated by whether, and nonne by whether 
not. — Si (or si forte) 'if perchance' is found in indirect ques- 
tions implying hope or expectation. 

Fuistine heri in schoia ? Die, fuerisne heri in schola ? Non- 
ne sapiens beatus est? Quaeris ex me, nonne putem sapientem 
beatum esse ? Num vita beata in divitiis posita est ? Dubito, 
num vita beata in divitiis posita sit. 

4. In disjunctive questions, in which one member excludes 
the other, the first member is introduced by utrum or the en- 



304 FORM OF DIRECT AND INDIRECT DISCOURSE. [§ 117. 

clitic ne (which are occasionally not expressed), and the sec- 
ond by an (or), both in direct and indirect questions. The 
forms ne — ne, an — an are rarely found except in the poets. 

Utrum unus, an plures sunt mundi ? Quaerltur, utrum unus 
an plures sint mundi. Mortaliswe, an immortalis est animus hu- 
manus ? Quaeritur mortalisne, an immortalis sit animus huma- 
nus. Incertum erat, bellum an pax cum Celtiberis esset. 

Rem. 2. An is also used in simple indirect questions with the 
words, nescio, hand scio, dubito, incertum, and the like, express- 
ing a modest affirmative ; also in a question put in the form of 
an alternative to another sentence either expressed or implied. 
Or not is expressed in Latin, by annon in direct, by necne in 
indirect questions. 

5. The answer yes or no is expressed : 

a) Yes: by the repetition of the word upon which the 
stress of the question lies ; and no in the same way, 
but with non placed before it ; 

b) Yes : by etiam, ita, ita est, sane, vero, and the like ; 
no : by non, non ita, minime, and the like ; Yes (no) 
rather, by irnmo (immo vero, immo vero etiam) with 
the addition of a word expressing the opposite of what 
is implied in the question. 

Fuistine heri in schola ? Fui. Fuistine heri domi ? Vero. 
Estne frater domi ? Non est. Venitne pater tuus ? Minime, 
Egebat amicus tuus ? Immo locuples erat. 

Rem. 3. Questions are also asked without any special interrog- 
ative word, by placing the word upon which the accent rests 
first in its sentence ; this mode of asking a question implies more 
emotion. 

§ 117. Of the Form of Direct and Indirect Discourse. 

1. When one's thoughts or words, (whether our own or 
another's), or general or particular truths, are directly quoted 
by a writer or speaker, in their original form, without being 
merged in the present narrative or statement, it is called the 
direct discourse (oratio recta), as : The messenger announced, 
Peace is concluded; I assert, the soul is immortal. But when 
in a similar case, the thought is made dependent upon some 
word of perceiving or communicating, it is called the oblique 



§118.] SPECfAL IDIOMATIC CONSTRUCTIONS. 305 

discourse, (oratio obliqua), as : The messenger announced, that 
peace was concluded; I assert, that the soul is immortal. 

Rem. 1. Of the two verbs: inquarn and aio, the first is used 
in direct and the second in indirect discourse. Inquam is never 
placed before the words quoted, but is introduced among them. 

2. Principal sentences, on assuming the form of indirect 
discourse, are expressed : 

a) By the Ace. with Xniin., when they express a sim- 
ple statement of fact, as : nuntius allatus est, pacem 
esse compositam (direct discourse : pax est composita) ; 

b) By the subjunctive, when they express a command or 
wish, or are of an interrogative character, as : dux 
dixit, omnia esse perdita ; milites suae saluti conside- 
red (direct discourse : omnia sunt perdita ; consulite 
milites, vestrae saluti). 

Rem. 2. Questions introduced by num, an, utrum — an, ne 
and nonne more commonly take the form of the Ace. with the 
Infin. There are also some other variations between the Infin. 
and Subj. similar to those which have been found to exist in the 
different kinds of subordinate sentences. 

3. Subordinate sentences in indirect discourse are expressed 
by the subjunctive. But when in sense they have more of the 
character of principal sentences, especially when introduced 
by relative pronouns or adverbs, they take the form of the 
Ace. with the Infin. 

Rem. 3. But the Indie, is used in the subordinate clauses, 
when the writer wishes to represent the thought as his own, or 
as a definite fact. And in nearly all cases the Subj. should be 
translated as an Indicative. 

Caesar dixit, se, postquam hostes fusi essent, castra muniturum 
esse. Apud Hypanim fluvium Aristoteles ait bestiolas quasdam 
nasci, quae unum diem vivant. 

§ 118. Special Idiomatic Constructions. 

1. Ellipsis. This consists in the omission of a word or 
sentence, expressing some general or subordinate idea readily 
supplied by the mind or easily inferred from the connection, 

26* 



306 IDIOMATIC CONSTRUCTIONS. [§ 118. 

but essential to the full grammatical expression of the 
thought, as : ad Gaereris (here the sense is obvious enough as 
it is, but in order to explain the grammatical dependence of 
Caereris we must supply aedem). It occurs especially in the 
following cases : — 

a) In expressing briefly actions, views and judgments, 
where instead of the verbs, facer e, dicere,judicare, censer e, 
statuere and the like, with an adverb, the adverb alone is 
found, as : quanto Stoici melius (sc. cement). 

b) In the conversational style, and hence, in dialogue, an 
object is often found without a governing verb, as : sed 
quid hos (sc. commemoro ?) ; verum haec alias (sc. trac- 
tabimus). In dialogue inquit, respondit are often omitted. 

2. Brachylogy, or the shortening and contrac- 
tionof sentences. In ellipsis there is an actual omis- 
sion of an element essential to the grammatical resolution of 
the sentence, but in brachylogy the omission is only ap- 
parent, since the element is really involved in some 
part of the sentence. The following cases occur : 

a) In coordinate (occasionally also in subordinate sen- 
tences), a predicate common to the different clauses is 
expressed but once, and hence must be supplied (and 
often in a different form from that expressed) in the 
other clause or clauses, as : beate vivere alii in alio 
(sc. ponunt), vos in voluptate ponitis. 

b) An affirmative word must often be supplied from a nega- 
tive word expressed; most frequently in antithetic clauses 
introduced by adversative adverbs, as : dico from nego, 
jubeo from veto, volo from nolo, quisque from nemo, ut 
from ne, etc. 

c) From a verb with a specific meaning, one with a 
general meaning (as facere) must often be supplied. 
This was common in the time of Livy in the expression : 
nihil, aliud quam, as : per biduum nihil aliud quam 
steterunt parati ad pugnam. 

3. Zeugma. This is a species of brachylogy. It con- 



§ 118.] IDIOMATIC CONSTRUCTIONS. 307 

sists in applying a verb to several subjects or objects which 
in its strict sense can apply only to one. Only such verbs 
can be so used as are capable of being taken in a narrower, 
or wider sense in different cases, as : ?neque vosque in omni- 
bus rebus juxta geram (for me geram vosque habebo). 

Rkm. 1. The sudden breaking off of the discourse from the 
effect of some strong feeling is called aposiopesis (reticen- 
tia), as : quos ego (sc. punirem). This is a rhetorical ngure 
and does not belong here. 

4. Abridged comparison. In comparative expres- 
sions there is often an abridgement by comparing the attribute 
of one object, not with the attribute of another object, but di- 
rectly with the other object itself, as : testis est Phalaris, cujus 
est praeter ceteros (for : credulitatem ceterorum) nobilitata 
erediditas. 

5. Pleonasm. This is the opposite of the figures before 
named. It is the introduction of a word, which, in a gram- 
matical point of view is superfluous, since the idea is con- 
tained in some other word. The desire of perspicuity or 
emphasis is generally the cause of pleonasm. The de- 
monstrative pronouns are oftenest used pleonastically, 
as : is est sapiens, quern quaerimus, is est et beatus. 

Rem. 2. The grammatical pleonasms should be distinguished 
from the rhetorical pleonasms, which, for the purpose of 
strengthening an idea or making it more palpable, employ two 
or even more words of a similar signification, as : fama prius 
praecvpta res erat. 

Rkm. 3. A verb of sensation and perception, instead of being 
followed by an Ace. with the Infin., often takes sic or ita, and is 
followed in a subordinate clause by ut and another verb of sen- 
sation or perception upon which the Infin. depends, as : de morte 
(Epicurus) ita sentit, at, dissoluto animante, sensum extinctum 
putet (for sentit sensum extinctum). 

6. Blending of sentences. Of this there are two 
cases to be noticed. 

a) Where the subject of the subordinate clause, for the 
purpose of giving it more prominence, is transferred 



308 IDIOMATIC CONSTRUCTIONS. [§ 118. 

to the principal clause and made either the object or 
subject of the verb of that clause; in the latter case 
the construction becomes personal instead of being 
impersonal, as it would have been without the transfer. 
Nosti llarcellum, quam tardus sit (for nosti, quam tardus 
sit Marcellus). Quidam saepe in parva pecunia perspi- 
ciuntur, quam sint lenes, (for perspicitur, quam lenes sint 
quidam). 

b) Where the principal sentence is blended into one with 
the subordinate (intermediate) sentence, by being made 
dependent upon the subordinate sentence and expressed 
generally by the Ace. with the Infin., as : Epicurei 
quemadmodum asseverant, ex corpusculis, concurrenti- 
bus temere atque casu, mundum esse perfection (for: 
quemadmodum Ep. ass., mundus est perfectus.) 

7. Anacoluthon (non sequitur). This figure is used, 
where the construction with which a sentence is com- 
menced, is not continued through, but is changed into 
another, which grammatically does not correspond 
with the former, but logically, i. e. in signification 
and meaning, is equivalent to it. Anacoluthon arises 
from a vivid mode of representation, or an 
effort to impart perspicuity, brevity, strength 
or p r o p r i e t y , to the discourse. Anacoluths are of 
two kinds, grammatical and rhetorical, there 
are also instances where they are to be attributed to 
carelessness in the writer. Grammatical anacoluths arise 
mostly from the introduction of parentheses, where the 
construction following the parenthesis is adapted rather 
to the substance of the parenthesis than to the part of 
the sentence before the parenthesis. 

Rem. 4. To anacoluths belongs the so called Anantapodoton, 
which arises, where, in antitheses and divisions the second mem- 
ber of the antithesis or division is not wholly wanting, but not 
constructed so as to correspond to the first, as where, instead of 
deinde after primum, etiam or vero is used, or the construction is so 
changed as to have no reference to it. 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 309 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 



Ox § 80. 

Time flees.* I write, you read. The wise [man] is happy. 
It is sweet and becoming to die for [our] country. A is either 
short or long. I write. Run ye. They say the enemy is near. 
He brought (perducere) the affair to this. Romulus was king. 
To live well is to live honorably (honeste). The substance (ar- 
gumentum) of the book is this. 

Ox § 81. 

A friend is faithful. Virtue is beautiful. Romulus was the 
first king of the Romans. Tomyris was queen of the Scythians. 
Athens was the abode of all the arts. Iphigenia was priestess 
(sacerdos, c. g.) of Diana. No one becomes good by chance. No 
one is born rich. The rich often become (evadere) beggars. Nu- 
ma Pompilius was elected (perj.) king by the Romans. Piety is 
justly considered the foundation of all the virtues. The renown of 
Roman bravery will remain forever (= eternal). Demosthenes 
is justly considered the most renowned orator of the Greeks. Ly- 
curgus appeared (perf. of existere) the defender of his country. 
Aristides was called the just by the Athenians. The sun appears to 
us smaller than it is. This is the fountain of all renowned deeds. 
Tell me what is the cause of your grief? What I was at Cannae, 
this you are to-day. A great multitude assembled from all sides 
(undique). A part were tortured, a part exposed (objicere) to 
the beasts. Honor is not to be considered a disgrace (ignominia). 
The games were called Megalisia. The sun is the brightest (lu- 
cidus) of all things. Alexander, king of the Macedonians, carried 
on (perf.) war with Darius, king of the Persians. Cnaeus and 
Publius Scipio (plur.), the two thunderbolts of war, died suddenly 
in Spain. The divine is eternal, the human frail. Castor and 
Pollux were seen fighting (= to fight) from horses. Grammar 
and music were formerly united. Night and booty delayed (re- 
moror) the enemy. Father and mother are dead. Labor and 
pleasure are by nature dissimilar (dissimilis). The king and 
royal fleet left (proficiscor) together. Reason and speech are a 



* For rules on the arrangement of words, see p. 112. 



310 EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 

bond (vinculum) of union (societas) of the whole human race. 
By food and drink hunger and thirst are allayed (depellere). 
The mind and spirit and counsel and sentiment of a state are (=is) 
placed in the laws. These words would be (= have themselves) 
well, if either Socrates or Antisthenes should speak [them]. In 
assisting (gerundive) men, either [their] character or fortune is 
accustomed to be regarded (spectare). We see all fields and seas 
serving (parens) for the utility of man. I and my brother re- 
turned (perf.) yesterday from a journey. I and my brother 
learn, thou and thy brother play. We and thy parents rejoice at 
(de) thy return. This both I and my Cicero will demand. I 
and the Roman people declare (indicere) and make war upon the 
people of the ancient Latins. 

On §§ 83, 84. 

Remember death. I love the day. The letter is written. 
I rejoice at (abl.) the arrival of the friend. I favor thee. I am 
favored. I go into the city. They go into the city. I revolve 
thy counsel with myself. Socrates gained (perf. of parere) im- 
mortal glory to himself. The Suevi wash themselves in rivers. 
The air (aer) is moved by us, for wherever we go, whenever we 
move, it seems as it were (quasi) to give place and yield (cedere). 
Calphurnius sets out for Rome. Upon astronomy (astrologia) we 
hear that Caius Sulpitius has bestowed (ponere) labor and care. 
I desire indeed, and long since desire to visit (visere) Alexandria. 
Ambassadors were sent to Rome by the Saguntini, asking aid for 
the war now evidently (baud dubie) threatening. The city was 
captured by the enemies, but the citizens had already desert- 
ed it. God has created the whole earth. Hannibal vanquished 
the Romans in (abl.) the second Punic war. All the rest of 
u s (ceteri), noble and ignoble, are (perf.) without favor, with- 
out authority. Carthage was destroyed by Scipio. When I was 
writing these things, all [things] were in expectation. Those 
were called Sophists, who philosophized for the sake of ostenta- 
tion and gain. Music flourished in Greece, and all studied it, nor 
was he thought sufficiently cultivated by learning, who was ignorant 
[of it]. So long as thou shalt be fortunate thou wilt number many 
friends. Sorrow is a disturbance of the mind ; a wise man, 
therefore, will always be free from (vacare) it. You will not 
desert me. If we shall have fulfilled our duties we shall be hap- 
py (beatus). In a few days I shall have returned. Jugurtha 
immediately will obey (— be obedient to) your commands. But 
if the soul is destined to die with the body, yet you will piously 
and sacredly (inviolate) cherish (= preserve) our memory. 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX, 211 

Twice thence (deinde) after the reign of Xuma, Janus was closed. 
This third epistle I have written to you on the same day. On 
the day before (pridie) the Ides of February, before light, I have 
written you this letter. 

Ox § 85. 
The view of Epicurus concerning the highest good, I cannot 
approve. Why should we doubt concerning (de) the immortal- 
ity of the soul (plur.) ? We should love our native country ! 
Let us bear with equanimity, all which happens to us ! The prin- 
ciples of virtue we would not neglect ! The beginning (princi- 
pium plur.) of all things should be taken (ducere) from the immor- 
tal gods ! What has fallen to the lot (obtingere) of each one, this 
let him hold fast to (tenere). O that all would strive after virtue ! 
Without thy aid, I had been the most unhappy man. O that thou 
hadst been silent ! What should I have answered ? Flatter ye 
not bad men. Thou shouldst obey [thy] parents and teachers. 
Scholars should respect (vereri) their teachers. 

Ox § 86. 

The king lived at the [temple] of Jupiter Stator. Cicero's 
Tullia was very dear to him. The wicked separate themselves 
from the good. There is the greatest difference (plurimum interest) 
between a learned and a rude man. Prodicus of Cos (Ceus), 
Hippius of Elea (Eleus) and other sophists were held in great 
honor. Antistius concealed himself in the interior of (intimus) 
Macedonia. All right and praiseworthy things are referred to this. 
The business was given that he should refit thirty old long gallies. 
This is considered a voluptuous, delicate, effeminate (voluptuari- 
us, delicatus, mollis) discipline. The nation of the Tyrians 
first either taught or learned letters. The Roman senate met 
often (frequens). Cicero first brought (traducere) philosophy 
from Greece into Latium. I omit Greece and that Athens, the 
inventress of all the sciences (doctrina). [I] Themistocles have 
come to thee. Bactra (neut. plur.) the head of the region is 
situated under the mountain. I do not wish the same things [as] 
an old man, which I wished [when] a boy. I have seen your 
zeal [while] a young man. Sons censure their own father. 
My own fault alone cannot be corrected. We delay, one waiting 
for another. The other things were deferred, each to be done 
in its own time. 

Ox § 88. 

1. We pity those who repent (= whom it repents) of their 
faults. A scholar, who loathes labor, will not make progress in 



812 EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 

literature. Who would not be ashamed of ignorance ? Many 
are dissatisfied with their fortune. I pity thee, my boy ! We 
should pity those, who, by fortune, not by wickedness, find them- 
selves (esse) in adversity (miseriae, arum). The truth needs not 
approbation. The rich are often greedy after greater riches. 
A good scholar occupies himself zealously (studiosus sum) with 
literature. The ancient Germans were very eager for war. 
The people (gens) of the Gauls were very greedy of gold. 

2. Vespasian was unmindful of injuries (oflfensa, ae). They 
live happily who are conscious of no wickedness. The mind 
remembers the past, perceives (cernere) the present [and] 
foresees the future. The Romans were very skilful in war. 
Deserters (perfuga, ae) very familiar (= acquainted) with the 
country, had spied out (explorare) the march of the enemies. 
The spirit of man is ignorant of (nescius) [its] future fortune 
(fatum). Cinna forgot (perf.) the favors which he had received 
of Augustus. Remind not the wretched of his wretchedness 
(plur.). The soldiers, mindful of [their] former bravery, fought 
(perf) spiritedly. We should forget favors conferred (conferre), 
[but] remember [those] received. The people of the Samnites 
were very skilful in war. The Scythians were unskilful in litera- 
ture and the arts. The Romans always longed (appetens sum) 
after fame and were eager for praise. We hate the man despis- 
ing divine and human laws. Camels endure (patiens sum) hun- 
ger and thirst. 

3. Pausanias, king of the Lacedemonians, was accused of trea- 
son. The Athenians charged (insimulare) Socrates with impiety 
(impietas adversus deos) and condemned him to death. Cicero 
charged (coarguere) Verres with the greatest avarice. Roscius 
was accused of parricide. Miltiades was accused of treachery 
and condemned to death, but afterwards was absolved from capi- 
tal punishment (caput). Man alone of (ex) so many kinds of 
living beings is partaking of reason. The drunken [man] is 
not master of his understanding (mens). Alexander, king of 
the Macedonians, was not master of his anger. Beasts are desti- 
tute of reason and speech. Bravery is peculiar to man in the 
highest degree (maxime). The earth is full of various herbs, 
flowers and trees. The age of Augustus was productive of good 
poets, [but] destitute of good orators. Sicily is very productive 
of grain. 

4. Inconsiderateness is inherent in youth, providence in old 
age. To the Romans, in (abl.) the time of Augustus, belonged 
almost the whole of the then known circle of the earth. What 
belongs to me, belongs abo to my friends. Great bravery was 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 313 

inherent in the Roman soldiers. It is the duty of the wise to 

teach the ignorant. It is a sign of inconstancy, now to trust and 
now to distrust the very same men. It is our duty to defend our 
country. It is the duty of the scholar, to apply himself with all 
zeal, to the study of the liberal arts and letters. It is not always 
a quality of the very same man, to think correctly and to express 
his thoughts elegantly in (abl-) discourse. A man of elevated 
soul despises riches. Caesar was not of large stature, but of a 
brave mind and a fierce spirit. The fleet of the enemies con- 
sisted of 253 ships. Cato possessed (= was of) a remarkable 
(singularis) wisdom in all things. 

5. In every (omnis) service, we should value the will of the 
giver the highest. Alexander valued Hephaestion very high. 
For how much has thy father sold [his] garden ? for just so much 
(tantumaem), as (quantum) he gave for (= bought) it. We 
despise the men who esteem virtue [but] little. Pericles valued 
Anaxagoras, his teacher, very much. For how much did you buy 
this book ? Parents are much interested, that [their] children 
be brought up w^ell. I am much interested, that you apply your- 
selves with all zeal to literature. All good men are much inter- 
ested, to be loved by others. We are much interested in this, 
what good men judge concerning us. 

6. Homer is the oldest (vetus) of all the Greek poets. Socrates 
was the wisest of all the Greeks. No one of the Romans surpassed 
Cicero in (abl.) eloquence. Tarquinius Superbus-was the last of 
the Roman kings. Virtue has in itself sufficient protection for a 
peaceful life. The less honor there is to literature, so much the 
less studies there are. We draw much pleasure from literature. 
What kind (quid) of business art thou pursuing? The scholar 
should be diligent in school, not so much (tarn) on account of his 
teachers, as on his own account. We do much on account of 
friends, which we should not do on our own account. The 
Greeks built before Troy, a horse like a mountain. Many 
Romans had houses like mountains. Misfortune is an occasion 
for virtue. We should strive to obtain intercourse with (gen.) 
good men. Not the fear of punishment but the love of virtue 
should keep us from wrong. The memory of renowned men will 
be obscured by no oblivion. The passion for honor is a hard 
mistress. 

On §89 

1. We assist him with delight who has assisted us. No one of 
the Thcbans could equal Alcibiades in bodily powers. The ene- 
mies, whom the Romans followed swiftly, could not escape their 
27 



814 EXERCISES ON THE SYXTAX. 

hands. Wc should imitate those who love virtue. What be- 
comes hoys, often does not become men. It is our duty to assist 
the wretched. Flee the bad and emulate the good. The soldiers 
made (== drew) a trench 600 feet long, 8 feet broad, 10 feet 
deep. Death no one can escape. Not courage, but strength 
(plur.) failed our soldiers. Troy was besieged (perf.) 10 years 
by the Greeks. A long time the Lacedemonians held (perf.) the 
supremacy of Greece. Theophrastus died (perf.) 84 years old 
(natus). In hatred against the llomans no one equalled 
(aequiparare) Hannibal. 

2. Nicomedes, king of Bithynia, by his will, made the Roman 
people his heir. The Romans called the supreme (summus) 
council (= counsel) senate. The people chose Ancus Martins 
king. Duty demands, that (ut with subj.) we behave (praestare) 
ourselves religiously and uprightly not only in great but also in 
small matters. We should acknowledge virtue as the greatest 
good to men. Children should conceal nothing from [their] pa- 
rents. Jugurtha, by ambassadors, entreated Metellus for peace. 
The ambassadors of Darius, requested (petere) help of the Car- 
thaginians against Greece. Give me the book, which I long since 
(jam prideni) requested (perf.) of thee. I ask of thee thy opin- 
ion. Grain was demanded by the citizens. Reason makes man 
lord of the earth. Recompense for labor we consider honorable. 
The Parian marble the Greeks considered precious. [They] are 
ridiculous, who teach others what they have not themselves 
learned (= ascertained). Eumenes concealed from all, the 
journey, which he was designing to make (Subj. periphrast.). The 
greatest affairs were concealed from me by thee. Cicero, in- 
formed (= instructed) by the ambassador of all [things], com- 
manded (imperare) the pretors, that they should take (deprehen- 
dere) the Allobroges by ambuscade. The ambassadors demand- 
ed back of the enemies, all which had been taken from the citi- 
zens during (per) the truce. Socrates demanded of those, who 
enjoyed his instruction (ejus consuetudine utebantur), no money 
for his instruction. Caesar demanded of the Edui, the grain 
which they had promised (polliceri). Cicero was asked his opin- 
ion in the senate. 

On § 90. 

1. We live not merely for ourselves, but also for our country 
and other men. The dog is like the wolf. A good citizen obeys 
the laws with delight. Whoever reviles others, reviles himself 
[also]. It is easy to convince a good man of the value of virtue. 
It is base to disparage others (alter). It, is a mark of an ill-dis- 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 315 

posed man, never to praise a good man. They have many 
friends, upon whom fortune smiles. Philosophy cures sick 
(aeger, gra, grum) souls. We are attached (studere) to those 
who preserve (conservare) [their] fidelity. The upright [man] 
envies nobody, [but] is envied by many. Save time, O boys ! 
Scarcely any one (ullus) of mortals, does fortune always smile 
upon. It is better (praestat), by the capital punishment of one 
wicked man, to restrain the wickedness of many, than on account 
of (propter) many wicked [men] to spare one. To the priestes- 
ses (sacerdos, otis) of Yesta, it was not permitted to marry a 
man. 

2. Cicero possessed a remarkable eloquence. Man has many 
faculties of body and soul. Sicily (Sicilia, ae) has a volcanic 
mountain, called Aetna. Riches conduce to the destruction of 
(== are for destruction to, etc.) many men. Bad customs con- 
duce to the destruction of a state. Just laws serve for safety to 
a state. Attalus, a king of Asia, gave his kingdom to the Romans 
for a present. Caesar left behind 500 soldiers for protection to 
the camp. Bravery is imputed to the Romans for praise. 
Caesar came to the city, besieged by the enemies, for aid. Pov- 
erty should be imputed to no man for a reproach. From whom 
hast thou received this book as a present ? The father has given 
me the book for a present. Xerxes, king of the Persians, gave 
to Themistocles Myus (Myus, untis), a city of Asia, for a present. 
Industry is imputed for praise to the scholar. 

On § 91. 

1. We see with the eyes, hear with the ears, smell with the 
nose (nares, ium), taste with the palate, feel with the nerves. 
Yery high mountains are covered with perpetual (perennis) 
snow and ice. We often obtain more by goodness than by force. 
The Roman state was delivered from destruction by Cicero. God 
has enclosed (sepire) and covered (vestire) the eyes with very 
delicate membranes. We ought to aid those most, who need (in- 
digere) our aid most. They are all rich who are endowed with 
virtue. The fortunate abound in friends. The unfortunate are 
destitute (carere) of friends. The sun fills all [things] with its 
light. Aemilius, the Roman consul, enriched (ditare) his soldiers 
with great booty. Our mind is filled (afficere) with joy when we 
have done something good. Greece abounded in great poets. 
The body has need of food and drink (potio). When we act 
rightly, we have need of neither dissimulation (simulatio) nor 
deception (fallacia). Any one you please of the sailors can gov- 
ern the ship in (abl.) a quiet sea, [but] when (ubi) a violent 



316 EXERCISES CN THE SYNTAX. 

(saevus) storm has arisen, then they have need of a pilot. The 
Helots (Helota, ae) among the Lacedemonians, performed the 
office of slaves. That (is) ship performs (eonficere) the coarse 
best which has (uti) the most skilful pilot. Many men abnse 
reason. Discharge scrupulously the office committed to thee. 
The covetous [man] does not enjoy the riches which he has. 
The Greeks anciently ate acorns. Alexander possessed himself 
of the kingdom of Darius. 

2. Scholars in school, are judged of and estimated not accord- 
ing to rank (= genius), but good manners, a teachable spirit, and 
active (acer) industry. The wise man measures men not accord- 
ing to fortune but according to character. There is nothing 
more amiable than virtue. Ireland is smaller by a half than 
Britain. Carthage was founded eighty-two years before Rome. 
Cimon, five years after he had been expelled, was recalled to [his] 
native country. In the six hundred and second year after the 
founding of the city Rome (post urbam conditam) the third war 
against the Carthaginians was undertaken. The friend whose 
arrival I had expected three days before, has come to-day, and will 
return again after ten days. Chrysogonus bought (perf.) a Corin- 
thian vase for an immense price. For how much has thy father 
sold his horse ? he has sold it for so much (tantum) as (quantum) 
he bought it for. The war has cost (stare) us much blood. An 
ungrateful mind is unworthy of favors. Virtue and wisdom are 
worthy of man. Receive those into friendship whom thou shalt 
consider worthy of thy love. The wise man endures the hardship 
of life with equanimity. 

3. Xerxes was conquered (perf.) more by the wisdom of 
Themistocles than by the arms of Greece. The minds of men 
are often tormented by distressing (acerbus, a, um) cares. We 
ought to grieve at faults, to rejoice at [their] correction (correc- 
tio). It is the part of a bad man to glory in his faults. Greece 
formerly flourished (= bloomed) in power (opes), dominion, 
[and] glory. Crassus suffered from an immoderate desire for 
riches. Caesar, by his arrival, humbled (frangere, perf) the 
Gauls trusting to (fretus) their bravery. The wise [man] does 
not trust to the stability of fortune. Upon the goods of the soul 
alone (solus, a, um) can we depend (niti). Nature is contented 
with little attention. The Romans by sea (mare) and by land 
have carried on many wars. The colonies of the Syrians were 
spread (diffundere) over almost the whole circle of the world. 
The Romans awaited in a suitable place the attack of the enemies. 
In the spring the swallows return to us, in the autumn they go 
away. In the months of October and November, the fruits are 
collected from (ex) the trees. 



EXERCISES ON TEE SYNTAX. 317 

Ox § 92. 
In Sparta, the boys were scourged (caedere) with thongs 
(lorum) at the altar of Diana. Cicero, in Rhodes, attached him- 
self (se applicare) to Molon. Artemisia, the wife of a king of 
Caria, built at Halicarnassus a famous (nobilis) sepulchre. In 
the times of Pericles, many renowned men lived at Athens. Han- 
nibal was born at Carthage. Themistocles, presented with great 
presents by Artaxerxes, returned (perf.) to Asia and established 
(constituere) his abode at Magnesia. The corpse of Alexander 
was removed (transferre, perf.) from Babylon, the chief city of 
Assyria, to Alexandria, a city of Egypt. Dionysius, the tyrant, 
fled (perf.) from Syracuse, the most powerful city of Sicily to 
Corinth, a very renowned (celeber) city of Greece. Cato took 
away (perf.) his life at Utica, a city of Africa. Hannibal was 
recalled from Italy to Carthage. Scipio often hurried away 
(evolare) from the city into the country, [and] then returned to 
business from the country into the city. Alexander died (perf.) 
at Babylon, the chief city of Assyria. The soldiers returned 
(perf) home joyful at the victory. The soul in the body is as 
if in a foreign house. In the time of Phyrrhus, the first 
elephants came to Home. Nowhere does one Hoe (vivltur) so 
conveniently (commode) as at home. Archimedes was killed 
(perf.) at Syracuse, a city of Sicily, by a Roman soldier. Mari- 
os died at his house an old man. Laelius hastened forth (evo- 
lare) into the country from the city, as if (tanquam) from chains. 
The superiority (virtus) of Caesar had been acknowledged at 
home and abroad. Socrates brought back to the house the very 
same expression which he had carried forth from it. Cicero 
often lived in the country. The poet Ovid lived a long time 
(alliquamdiu) at Tomi, a city of Moesia, in exile. 

On § 93. 
The Gauls were conquered (perf.) by Caesar. Caesar has 
related much of the Gauls. Cornelius Nepos wrote (perf.) a 
book concerning the life and customs of Cato. The life and 
customs of Cato were written by Cornelius Nepos. The citizens, 
besieged by the enemies, placed all hope in the wisdom and firm- 
ness of the general. From whom hast thou heard this news con- 
cerning the arrival of my father ? from thy brother. We would 
place the highest good in virtue ! The wise man fixes (defigere) 
his thoughts not upon pleasure but upon virtue. 

On § 94. 

1. Children love their parents. It is the duty of the king to 

27* 



318 EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 

look out for the welfare of his subjects. Lysander, king of the 
Lacedemonians left behind (perf.) a great report of himself. 
With delight we pity thee. Each of us will always recollect 
thee and thine. I shall always preserve a recollection of you. 
The best part of us is immortal. A part of us had remained at 
home. Many of us have deserved well of (de) our country. 
The genera] and his soldiers have distinguished themselves in 
battle by bravery. Men use beasts for their advantage. [His] 
friends exhorted Darius, that (ut with Subj.) he should sub- 
ject Greece co himself. The king Eurystheus commanded (impe- 
rare) Hercules, that (ut with Subj.) he should bring (afferre) 
to him the arms of the queen of the Amazons. Cleopatra ad- 
mitted (admittere) a viper (aspis, idis) to herself and was killed 
(extinguere, perf.) by its poison. After the encounter at Issus, 
the mother of Darius, his wife and his daughter, were taken 
captives. We ourselves ought to govern (imperare) ourselves. 
Virtue itself protects itself. Many are wise for themselves in- 
deed, but not for others. The (is) general cannot restrain (con- 
tinere) [his] army, who does not restrain himself (se ipsum). 
The companions of Ulysses perished (perf,) by their own folly. 
Many evils happen to us by our own fault (culpa). 

2. Each one is the architect (faber) of his fortune. Assign 
to each his own. With the greatest difficulty does each one 
judge correctly of himself. Each one ought to protect his own. 
Precisely the best [man] undertakes most easily dangers and 
labors for his country. Money has always been despised by the 
very best [men]. Every fifth year, all Sicily was rated (perf.). 
Demosthenes and Cicero were the most renowned orators of 
antiquity ; to which dost thou give the preeminence (palma) ? 
Yirgil, Ovid and Horace were very distinguished poets of the 
Romans ; which dost thou consider the best ? Each is a fault, 
to believe every one and [to believe] no one. I believe neither, 
neither thee nor thy brother. Both, Homer and Virgil, were 
distinguished poets : the one of them was a Greek, the other a 
Roman. Both, the Romans and the enemies, fought bravely. 
One excels in this, another in that. One occupies himself with 
this, another with that. 

3. They called those philosophers sophists, who pursued phi- 
losophy for gain or ostentation. They run. Honorable conduct 
(== the honorable) excites (movere) the approbation of those 
with whom we live. They will censure me. We deride fools. 
The perversities (pravitas) of the soul, one properly (= correct- 
ly) calls faults. The means of living (victus) and care of the 
body, we refer to health and strength, not to property. How 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 319 

short is the longest life of man, when one compares (subj.) it to 
eternity ! What one has promised he must make good. Bv 
entreaties, one often effects (perfieere) more than by force. It is 
becoming, not to censure that which one does not understand 
(intelligere, Subj.). 

On § 95. 

A thousand soldiers have defended the city spiritedly against 
3000 enemies which assaulted it. All (omnis) Gaul which is 
embraced (continere) by the Pyrenees mountains, the Alps and 
the Sevenns (mons Gebenna) is 3,200,000 paces in extent 
(= circuit). The leader of our army has pursued the enemy 
with 1000 soldiers. As at Rome two consuls, so at Carthage two 
kings, were annually elected. The Roman legions consisted 
(esse) at certain times of 5000 footmen and 300 horsemen. The 
army of the enemy had pitched 2 camps, ours 3. The father 
wrote a letter to each of his 4 sons. Very often by a truce, 
have the already enfeebled powers of an army been restored 
(reparare). Two acres of land a-picce were divided (perf.) to 
the people. The mother gave to each child 1 apple, 6 pears, 
7 plums, 8 cherries. The enemies pitched (perf.) 3 camps, each 
of which 3 trenches surrounded. 

On g§ 9G, 97. 

To a cultivated and learned man, to think is to live. They, 
whose fathers or ancestors have distinguished (praestare) them- 
selves by some renown, seek to excel in the same kind of 
praise. Practice teaches to bear (ferre) labor. Without virtue 
nobody can be happy. The army hastens, in order to deliver 
the city from the siege. The Romans sent (perf.) ambassadors 
to Delphi, in order to consult the oracle. What is so pleasant 
(jucundus) to perceive and to bear, as a discourse adorned with 
wise thoughts and weighty (gravis) words ? An unripe grape 
is bitter to taste. The fish is easy to catch in disturbed water. 

On § 98. 

It is sufficiently known that good men must contend with 
the bad. Socrates was accustomed by inquiry (percontari) and 
questioning (= asking) to elicit the sentiments (opinio) of those 
with whom he discoursed (disserere). One must come for aid, 
not merely to the body, but much (multo) more to the under- 
standing and the mind. We should forget injuries. Who does 
not know, that ihe hope of impunity is a very great enticement 



320 EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 

to (gen.) sin (peccare). All the citizens burned (exardescere, 
perf.) with desire to fight for the safety of their country. One 
must use the occasion. Learn, O boys, early the art of using 
time wisely ! Few men are fitted (idoneus with dat.) to speak. 
Man is born to act. The Persians were very skilful in (gen.) 
riding. The character (mos, plur.) is discovered (= uncovered) 
in (inter) playing freely. From delaying (cunctari) Fabius was 
called the delayer. One must abstain from ignoble pleasures. 

On § 99. 

When anger moves thee very much (maxime), thou must 
curb thy tongue very carefully. The art of governing (guberna- 
re) a state well and wisely, is very difficult. Many are more de- 
sirous of increasing [their] riches than of securing [their] virtue. 
We should account wisdom the art of living well and peacefully. 
The camel is fitted (aptus, a, um, with dat.) for bearing great loads. 
W r ater is very useful for preserving our health. Gymnastic exerci- 
ses avail very much (plurimum) for (ad) confirming the health. 
The Phenicians were very skilful in the art of governing ships. 
No possession is to be esteemed higher than virtue. The soldiers 
tried (experiri) all [things] in order to (ad) capture the city. 
The first book of Cicero's Tusculan Disputations treats (est) of the 
contempt of death ; the second of the enduring of pain ; the third of 
the relieving of sorrow. Socrates passed (perf.) [his] whole life 
in improving the morals of others. To be drawn (abduci) from 
active duties (res gerere) by the eiFort to investigate truth, is in- 
consistent with duty (contra officium). The life of the wise man 
consists in the exercise of virtue. Good parents bestow (collocare 
in with abl.) all care upon the proper (= good) bringing up of 
their children. Some (nonnulli) sports are not unprofitable for 
(dat.) sharpening (acuere) the wits (ingenium) of boys. The 
contempt of death avails very much in delivering the soul from 
fear. Nature has given (tradere) to woman the attending to 
(procurare) and managing (aclministrare) the domestic affairs 
(res). Caesar gave up (concedere) the taken city to the soldiers 
for plundering (diripere). Good parents cause (curare) their 
children to be well instructed. 

On § 100. 

1. What do eighty years, which are spent (exigere) in (per) 
inactivity (inertia), profit (juvare) a man ? Two friends are 
like one soul which dwells in two bodies. When Alexander had 
possessed himself of Egypt he built Alexandria. Hipparchus, a 
son of Pisistratus, fell in the battle of Marathon (Marathonius, a, 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 321 

urn), while lie was bearing arms against his country. Sulla was 
sent to Asia, in order to carry on war with the king Mithridates. 
After the enemies had possessed themselves of the city, they 
plundered it. By day (interdiu) we do not see the stars, be- 
cause they are obscured by the light of the sun. We have con- 
fidence in upright men, even if they are not sworn. The ene- 
mies dispersed (dilabi, perf.) into the city, in order to protect 
themselves by (abl.) the walls (moenia). We cannot live hap- 
pily (beate), if we fear death. 

2. When we strive against nature, we labor in vain. Men 
have invented innumerable arts, while nature taught [them]. 
What solicitude would torment the wicked, if the fear of 
capital punishment were taken away ? Since God guides human 
affairs, we should be destitute of all fear. When humanity is 
extirpated from the soul, the man ceases to be man. When 
Cato had read through (passive) the Phaedo of Plato, he took 
his life. Under the reign of Augustus, the Roman empire was 
rated (perf.). After the troops were drawn together the gener- 
al determined (perf.) to attack the camp of the enemies. After 
taking away piety and religion, disturbance of life and a great 
confusion follow. At the instigation (by auctor) of the magians, 
Xerxes was to have burned (inflamare) the temples of Greece. 
The wise man remains rich even after the loss (amittere) of all 
the gifts of fortune. 



On § 101. 

Father left (proficisci) yesterday. Apelles painted beautiful- 
ly. These things are both said and believed most stupidly 
(stulte). The customs and institutions of life indeed we keep 
better, but our ancestors surely tempered (temperare) the state 
with better institutions and laws. The wise man, surely, joyful 
escapes from this darkness (plur.) into the light. Take from me 
this pain, or at least diminish it. A magnificent voice, in truth, 
and worthy of a great and wise man ! A thing truly difficult. 
That is indeed the greatest thing for the mind itself, to see the 
mind. I indeed deliver up to you a stable kingdom if you shall 
be good, but if evil, weak. Brutus touched the earth with his 
mouth (osculum) doubtless, because it is the common mother of 
all mortals. Before others, evidently, Demosthenes learned to 
speak. Not all things, evidently, have the gods given to the 
same man. Whom do I adorn ? those, surely, who themselves 
are ornaments to the state. Yesterday I came to Cumanum, 
tomorrow, perhaps to thee. That truly is great, and I know not 
but (an) the greatest. I am not ignorant how uncertain the 



322 EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 

minds of men are. Do not lie. Let there be no nocturnal 
sacrifices. Every one is (== no one is not) a kind judge to him- 
self. A wise man is always (== never is not) happy. He said 
that he was not unwilling. Sometimes (— not never) likeness 
creates error. Some, whether by a certain felicity or goodness 
of nature, or by the discipline of their parents, follow the right 
way of life. 

On § 102. 

Socrates and Plato were most wise. The senate and Roman 
people decreed (decernere) war. The rising of the sun and 
moon and other heavenly bodies (sidus, eris). We should place 
the whole power of living well in strength (robur, oris) and 
greatness of mind. Nothing has been both invented and per- 
fected (perficere) at the same time. Take both me and my king- 
dom. Jupiter is accustomed neither to be angry nor to injure. 
Socrates did not at one time say this, at another, that. My pain 
is not only not diminished but even increased. It is not only not 
allowed to be angry, but not even to grieve. He is not brave 
but cowardly. A sesterce (nummus) is nothing (obscurare) in 
the riches of Croesus, yet it is a part of his riches. A short life 
has been given to us, yet the memory of a life well spent (reditus, 
a, um) is eternal. Whatever is said (enunciare), is either true 
or false. Noble men are able either to corrupt or to correct the 
morals of the state. Noble men, whether they begin to act right- 
ly or badly, excel in each. There are three kinds of good and 
evil things, for they can be either in the mind (plur.), in the body, 
or without. Aristides was of about the same age with (aequalis) 
Themistocles, and thus he contended with him for the supremacy 
(principals, us). All animals are mortal, but man is an 
animal, therefore man is mortal. She denies that I am her 
daughter ; she is not then my mother. Why then do you hesi- 
tate to talk about this ? 

On §§ 104, 105. 

In whatever way the thing has itself, it is not permitted to 
thee to desert (deserere) the post committed to thee. Whoever 
that wretched [man] may be, let us lend him aid. The goods of 
the body and of fortune, however great they may be, are uncer- 
tain and frail. Wherever thou mayest be, thou shouldst live up- 
rightly. Who is so powerful that he can dispense with (carere) 
the aid of others. Tell me what thou doest now, didst yesterday, 
and wilt do to-morrow. The friend related to me where he had 



EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. S23 

been, where he was, and where he would be. Who doubts that 
Hannibal had fought very bravely against the Romans. I do 
not doubt that our soldiers will bear off the victory over the 
enemy. 

On § 106. 

I know that my body is mortal, [but] that my soul is immortal. 
Aristotle shows (= teaches), that the poet Orpheus never ex- 
isted. It is known, that the Romans destroyed Carthage. Some 
philosophers believed that the world came into existence (nasci) 
by chance. Titus was unwilling that any one (quisquam) should 
go away from him sad. We hope that thou wilt soon return 
from (ex) the journey. Who can deny that God governs the 
whole world ? It is known, that Hannibal fought very bravely 
against the Romans. History relates, that in the Persian wars 
(bella Persfca), innumerable troops of the Persians were routed 
by the Greeks. Darius promised, that he would give 1000 
talents to the murderer of Alexander. It is not permitted to 
many men to be idle. The Germans suffered no (non) wine 
to be imported (importare) to them. We should be willing 
(velle) to live with an inferior (inferior), as we wish a supe- 
rior (superior) to live with us. There is no one who should 
not wish, that his children should be happy. Demosthenes did 
not permit that the Athenians should make peace with Philip, 
king of Macedon. It is related (tradi) that Aristides was the 
most just of all the Athenians. They relate that the Milesian 
Thales first (primus) predicted an eclipse of the sun (defectio 
solis). He who reigns well, must (necesse est) sometime (ali- 
quando) have obeyed. We should (oportet) serve philosophy, in 
order that true freedom may fall to our lot. A good citizen 
should (oportet) prefer the dignity of the state to all his own 
advantages. Caesar bade (perf.) his soldiers to assault the city. 
Caesar caused (jubere) the city to be assaulted. The general 
forbade his soldiers to plunder the taken city. They say, that 
Ceres first (prima) taught the use of grain to men. Alexander 
allowed the grave of Cyrus to be opened. It seems as though 
the sun were smaller than the earth. It is said, that the war is 
finished. 

On § 107. 

Before old age, we should look out that we live well, in old age, 
that we die well. If all [things] happen (fieri) by fate, nothing 
can admonish us, that we should be more cautious. Nature in- 



324 EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 

cites us to strive to obtain the agreeable, to flee the disagreeable. 
The sun effects, that all trees, plants and herbs bloom and reach 
maturity. Jt comes to pass by (abb) nature, that children are 
loved by [their] parents. Parents look out, that [their] children 
are not surrounded by bad men. Themistocles advised, that the 
Athenians should desert the walls and defend themselves with 
ships. The soldiers demanded, that the citizens should deliver up 
their arms. Many praise others in order that they may be 
praised [in turn] by them. The Gauls, after they had received 
the gold of the Romans (abl. abs.), returned, in order to besiege 
the capitol. Caesar commanded the soldiers not to go out from 
the camp. He is happy (beatus), to whom it happens to obtain 
(assequi) wisdom. The composing of the book concerning old 
age, was so delightful to Cicero, that it took from (abstergere) 
him all the burdens (onus) of age. In a short time, the minds 
coalesced into (abl.) so great friendship, that every distinction of 
rank (ordo et locus) was forgotten. So great is the multitude 
of stars, that they cannot be numbered. It happened, that the 
very same night in which Alexander the Great was born, 
the temple of the Ephesian Diana was burned (conflagrare). 
There was a very great fear at Rome, that the Gauls would re- 
turn the second time (iterum) to Rome. The Romans feared, 
that the victory would cost them much blood. All the citizens 
feared, that the peace would not be of longer continuance. 

On § 108. 

Good parents do not cease (intermittunt) to exhort [their] 
children to virtue, in order that they may become better daily 
(in dies). All the soldiers believed that nothing would stand in 
the way of their gaining (adipisci) the victory. Superstition pre- 
vents attaining (= reaching) much true knowledge of things. 
No hindrance deterred Alexander from penetrating (penetrare) 
to the ocean. Nothing keeps a wise man from pursuing (stude- 
re) virtue. Avarice prevents men from enjoying the good 
[things] which they possess. Who [ever] contemplates (tut.) 
the heavens, the earth and the order of the whole world, will 
not doubt that there is a God. We do not doubt that our souls 
are immortal. The soldiers did not doubt, that they should bear 
olf the victory over the enemies. It is not possible, that they who 
are contented with their lot do not live happily. We cannot 
forbear despising those who prefer money to virtue. Nothing 
was so sacred to the enemies who had captured the city, that they 
might not violate it. There was then no cue in the city, who 
did not desire peace. There is almost nothing so difficult, that 
man by the exertion of his powers cannot do it. 



EXERCISES OX THE SYXTAX. 325 



It is very agreeable to me that thou basl already returned 
from (ex) the journey. Thou doest well, that thou wishest to 
live in the country for the strengthening (gerundive) of thy 
health. We rejoice, that thou and thy brother have returned 
safe. It is a great kindness to boys that they are instructed in 
literature in school. We grieve very much, that you are not 
able to come. Socrates was unjustly accused by the Athenians, 
that he corrupted (corrumpere) the youth. Caesar praised the 
soldiers, that they had fought so spiritedly against the enemies. 
All citizens rejoiced, that the city was delivered from the siege. 
That Caesar was killed by Brutus, we complain (= censure). 
How great is the goodness of nature, that she produces so many, 
so various and so agreeable [things] ! 

Ox § 110. 

Who obeys modestly, seems worthy sometime (aliquando) to 
command. Every upright man is undeserving (non dignus est), 
that the ungrateful citizens should deride him. Fabricius was 
such, that he could not be corrupted by the money of Pyrrhus. 
The husbandmen cultivate the earth, in order that it may bear 
fruit. Caesar sent horsemen, who might pursue the fleeing ene- 
my. History is of that nature (idoneus), that by it the mind of 
the boy may be cultivated. There are and have been philoso- 
phers, who think (censere) that God has no concern (procuratio) 
at all (omnio) about human affairs. Thou art worthy, that we 
should have confidence in thee in all things. There is no grief 
of the soul which may not be abated by length of time. There 
were philosophers, who said that pleasure is the highest good. 
Nero was not worthy to reign over the Romans. "What (quis) 
so great advantage was there in prosperity, when thou hadst not 
a friend who would rejoice at it in like manner (aeque) as (ac) 
thyself? There was nothing so sacred, that it was not violated 
by the insolence of the enemy. You are not such (ii), that we 
should obey you. There is nothing by which a boy can please 
others more, than by modesty. I pronounce myself happy, that 
I have [a friend], who rejoices at my prosperity even as (aeque 
atque) I myself. There is no reason that we should fear death. 

Ox § 111. 

We shall be happy, when we shall be free from passion (plur.). 
He who does not prevent (defendere) injury nor repel (propulsa- 
28 



326 EXERCISES ON THE SYNTAX. 

re) it when he can, acts (facere) unjustly. A virtuous man will 
be happy (beatus), even when he shall have lost all the gifts of 
fortune. Since the weather is clear, we will take a walk. As 
Caesar came out of the wood, he was surrounded (perf.) by the 
enemies. As Alexander had taken Thebes, he spared (perf.) the 
family of the poet Pindar. As soon as Yerres had reached 
(perf.) the province, he gave (tradere) himself wholly (totus) to 
avarice. After the general had fallen, the soldiers fled (perf.). 
As (ubi) the Romans heard that the enemies approached, they 
went (perf.) spiritedly against them. 

The enemies did not cease (desistere) to flee, before they came 
(perf) to the Rhine. When Epaminondas went to a [social] cir- 
cle, in which a conversation was (subj.) held (habere) either con- 
cerning the state or concerning philosophy, he never went away 
from there before the conversation had been finished. Before 
thou reapest, thou must (oportet) sow. Mithridates thrust through 
(transflgere) Datamas with a sword, and before any one (quis- 
quam) could come to his assistance (succurrere), killed [him]. As 
long as (quoad) the city was guarded by the citizens, the enemies 
did not dare (perf) to assault it. I shall wait until thou return- 
est. Epaminondas held back the iron in [his] body, until 
(quoad) it was announced (renuntiare, perf.) that the Boeotians 
had conquered. The Romans waited until the enemies had ap- 
proached the camp. The soldiers remained in the camp until the 
day dawned (illucescere). 

On §§ 112, 113, 114. 

The laws we obey, not from (propter) fear, but we follow 
them, because we judge this is most salutary. As Xenocrates 
was asked, why he was almost always silent (silere), he answered: 
Because it has often (aliquando) repented me to have spoken 
(dicere), but never to have been silent (tacere). If you hate 
those whom you should love, you act wickedly. If we discharge 
our office religiously, we shall enjoy the good opinion (bona existi- 
matio) of men. If we do not follow virtue, we cannot live 
peacefully (beate). If all [things] happened by fate, all (omnis) 
foresight would be useless. Fire becomes extinct if it is not; 
nourished. We are ready to endure toils and burdens (= loads), 
if we may only obtain (adipisci) the victory. Folly thinks (cre- 
dere ), that it has never obtained (consequi) enough, although 
(etsi) it has obtained (adipisci) what it desires (concupiscere). 
Nobody, however wealthy he may be, can be without the aid of 
others. We should cultivate virtue (honestas), even if no advan- 
tage may follow it. The good [man] does not avenge himself 



EXERCISES OX THE SYNTAX. 327 

on his enemies, even if he has obtained (nancisci) an opportunity. 
It is a terrible (dims) and abominable (abominandus) saying 
(= word) : They may hate if only they fear. 

Ox § 115. 

Most men strive eagerly to obtain riches and power, [and] 
neglect virtue, as if true prosperity rested not upon virtue, but 
riches. Always act thus (sic), as though thou wast seen and heard 
by others. The words of the orator were more acute than true, 
It did not escape Hannibal (fallo, per/.), that the enemies would 
despatch (gerere) affairs with more spirit (ferociter) than delib- 
eration (consulto). The wise man abstains from too violent 
emotions of the soul. This book is somewhat difficult to under- 
stand. The greater and more divine the excellence in minds, 
so much the greater care they need (indigere). The more em- 
inent (= higher) men are, so much the more condescending they 
should be to the more humble. The better one is, so much the 
more he serves his descendants. The better one is, so much the 
more his mind strives to obtain immortal fame. The better one 
is, with so much the more difficulty (difficile) he considers others 
bad. 

On § 116. 

What each night and each day may bring [with itself], is uncer- 
tain. On account of fear I know not who I am. Who has said 
this ? I know not, who has said tins. When (quum) we behold 
(cernere) the whole earth, we cannot doubt, that a governor pre- 
sides over it. Is the sun greater, or smaller than the earth ? Is 
it possible that thou believest, that our souls decay after death ? 
I doubt whether the news is true. Ere thou beginnest a thing, 
deliberate, whether it be good or bad. Has not God filled the 
earth with all good things ? Was the world made (efficere) by 
chance, or by a divine power ? Is thy brother at home ? Yes. 
Is it possible that the three-beaded Cerberus in the lower regions 
frightens thee ? Wast thou yesterday at my house, or not ? 
Tell me whether thou hast been at my house *or not ? I know 
not, whether I can come to thee to-morrow. Wilt thou go 
to walk to-day, or not ? Tell me, whether thou wilt go to walk 
to-day, or not ? Who knows, whether fortune will always smile 
upon him. There were philosophers, who doubted, whether the 
world was made by chance, or by the divine reason. Hast thou 
read the book which I lately sent thee ? No. It is a question, 
whether wisdom makes men happy, or not. Will thy father 



328 prosody, [§ 119. 

return to-morrow from (ex) [his] journey ? Yes. Is the wise 
man alone to be accounted happy ? Yes. Wast thou at home 
yesterday? No rather, I was far from home. 

On § 117. 

Nobly Socrates said, that the nearest way to renown is, when 
one exerts himself (id agere) that he may be such as (qualis) he 
wishes to be considered. When ambassadors had come from 
king Mithridates requesting peace, Sulla answered, that he would 
not give it unless (nisi) he, after deserting the fields which he 
had taken, should return into his own kingdom (regnum). The 
ambassadors announced to the senate, that the Aeduans had 
pitched their tent in their territory and were laying waste the 
country ; that the Romans should come and bring aid to them. 



APPENDIX. 



A. PROSODY. 

§ 119. Quantity of Syllables. 

Preliminary Remark. The general rules of quantity 
have already been given (§ 3) and should be reviewed before 
proceeding to the following special rules. 

1. The derived word generally follows the quantity of its 
primitive, as : amor, amabilis, amicus, amator, redamo. 

Rem. 1. In declension are excepted: hir, vds, par, pes, sal, 
mds, bos, Gen. laris, paris, salis, etc. ; — In the verb it is a general 
principle, that the forms of the different tenses have the same 
quantity as the tense-forms from which they are derived, i. e. 
either as the Pres. Perf. Sup. or Infin. , according as they are de- 
rived from the one or the other; e. g. (divido), dividaTR ; 
(divisi), dwiseram ; (divisum), divisurus ; (divldere), dielderem. 

Rem. 2. Concerning the quantity of the Perf. and Sup. the 
following should be observed : 



§ 119.] QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES. 329 

1) All dissyllabic perfects and supines lengthen the short vow- 
el of the stem, when it is followed by a consonant, as : video, 
vidi, visum ; moveo, movi, motum, etc. (but lui, rui, sui, according 
to §3, 3). 

Ten dissyllabic supines have the stem-syllable short : datum, 
statuw, ratum, sdtwn, itum, quiium, cltum, lAtum, situm, rutum, 
from : do, sisto, reor, sero, eo, queo, cieo, lino, sino, ruo. The 
compounds of sto have together with stdtum, stltum also ; also 
two compounds of nosco, notum, viz. cognosco and agnosco, have 
in the supine : cognitum, agnttum. 

2) Reduplicated perfects, besides the short syllable of redupli- 
cation, have also the stem-syllable following it short, as : cado, 
cecidi, disco, didici, etc. (but mornordi, cucurri from : mordeo, cur- 
ro, are long according to § 3, 4, and cecidi (from caedo) accord- 
ing to § 3, 2). 

To reduplicate perfects belong also: dedi, steti, stiti ; tuli is 
contracted from tetuli ; bibi comes, apparently, from an obsolete 
stem bo : finally, fidi and scidi have rejected their syllable of 
reduplication. 

Rem. 3. In derivation and composition also, there are some de- 
partures from the general rule (Rule l), as : sopor and sopire, due 
(in dux, t/ucis) and diico, reg, (in rex ?'egis) and rego, etc. But 
especially ut'i, si and re in composition. 

2. For the quantity of the penult we have the following 
alphabetical list. (The quantity of the penult in declension 
and conjugation is best learned from the paradigms.) 

-dcus, -incus, -iica, as: meracus, caducus, lactuca ; Exc. : -acus in: 

Aegyptiacus, Corinthlacus and others of the kind ; 
-tides, and -ides in Patronymics, as: Priamldes, Atiantiades ; but 

Ides in Patronymics from primitives in eus and cles, as : Pelides, 

Atrides, Heraclides, and in Belides, Lycurgldes, Amphiarides, 

Coronides ; 
-ago, -ego, Ago, -iigo in nouns, as : vorago, vertigo, lanugo (but 

the Greek liarpago has a short) ; 
-dis, -eis, -It is, -Otis, -ois, -xne, -one in Patronymics, as : Ptolemais, 

Chryseis, Memphitis, Icariotis, Minois, Nerine, Acrisione ; Exc. : 

Danais, Thebais, Phocais, Nereis ; 
-dlis, -elis, -ela, -idis, -iira, as : canalis, conjugalis, fidelis, querela, 

edulis, pictura ; 
-amen, as : examen, flamen ; 
-anus, -ana, -enus, -ena, -lnus,-\na, -onus, -ona, -iinus,-iina, as : mon- 

tanus, membrana, egenus, habena, peregrinus, caninus, Gabinus, 

sagina, piscina (except pagina), patron us, annona, tribunus, 
26* 



330 QUANTITY. [§ 120. 

lacuna; but inus is short in adjectives which express time or 
material, as : crastinus, diutlnus, cedrlnus, elephantlnus, except 
in : vespertinus, matutinus, repentinus ; 

-drus, -dris, -drus, -osus, as: avarns, singularis, canorus, pilosus ; 
Exc. : barbarus, opiparus, hilaris ; 

-dtim, -itim, -utim, as : privatim, viritim, tributim, (in affdtim, sta- 
tim the a belongs to the stem) ; 

-dvus, -ivus, wa, as : octavus, aestivus, saliva ; 

-edo, -Ido, -iido in substantives, as : albedo, cupldo, consuetudo ; 

-ego, see ago ; 

-ew, see ais ; 

-elis, ela, see alis ; 

-emus, as : extremus ; 

-eni and -ini in distributive adjectives, as : bini, viceni ; 

-enus, -ena, see anus ; 

-ero, -ico (icor), -igo, -ino (inor, cinor), -ilo, -vlo (ulor), -ito, verbal 
endings, as : vitupero, claudlco, rusticor, levlgo, fulmlno, destlno, 
crimlnor, patroclnor, mut'Ilo, pullulo, gratulor, ventito ; but the i 
is long when it belongs to the stem and is long there, as : corni- 
cor (from comix, icis), festino, saglno, opinor, propino, inclino, 
from : festinus, saglna, opinio, ntvw, y.livco ; — besides, i in the 
ending ito, is long when the stem has an i immediately before 
it, as : dormito (for dormi -ito) ; 

-etus, as : fletus ; 

-ems, as : inferi, posteri ; but erus in : austerus, sincerus, severus, 
procerus ; 

-etum, -eta, as : dumetum, moneta ; 

-wo, see ero ; 

-tcus, -ica, as : modlcus, famelicus, so also adverbs in icus, as : 
modlcus ; Exc. : amicus, pudicus, apricus, anticus, posticus, men- 
dlcus, umbilicus ; formica, lectica, lorica, urtica, vesica ; 

-ides, see ades ; 

-Ido, see edo ; 

-idus, as : cupldus ; 

-Igo, see ago ; 

-igo, see ero ; 

-ilis, -ilus (a y urn), -olus (a, um), ulus, (a, um) as: humilis, parilis, 
si mi lis, and all in ilis which come from verbs, as : facilis, fertllis, 
sterilis ; rutllus, filiolus, filiola, catulus, canicula, baculum ; 
adjectives derived from personal appellations have the i long, 
as : servilis, puerilis ; also, exilis, subtilis, and the names of the 
months, as : Aprilis ; 

-ilo, see ero ; 

-imen, as : specimen, regimen ; Exc. : those derived from verbs 
of the fourth Conj. have Imen, as : lenimen, farcimcn ; 



§ 120.] PROSODY. 331 

-imus. in : bunas, trim us, quadrimus, of two, three, four years, 

and in : opimus, matrimus, patrinius, primus, Imus (lowest) ; 

but -imus in superlative-endings, as : probisslrnus, and in finitl- 

mus and intlmus ; 
-me, see ais ; 
-ini, see eni ; 
-ino (inor), see ero; 
-Inus, ina, see anus ; 
-it im, see atim ; 
-itis, see ais ; 
-ito, see ero ; 
-itor and itus retain the quantity of the supine from which they 

are derived, as : monitor (from monltum) auditor (from audi- 

turn), exitus (from exitum) ; 
-itus, -iter, adverbial endings, as: divinltus, acriter ; 
Amis, iva, see avus ; 
-dis, see ais ; 
-one, see ais ; 
-onus, -ona, see anus ; 
-orus, -osus, see arus ; 
-otis, see ais ; 
-iicus, -iica, see acus ; 
-iido, see edo ; 
-iigo, see ago ; 
-iilis, see alis ; 
-ido (uhr), see ero ; 
-umen in tegumen (for tegwien), but -iunen in : acumen, cacumen, 

flunien (contracted from fluvimen) ; 
-iinus, -una, see anus: 
-ura, see alis ; 
-iitim, see atim ; 



3. For the quantity of final syllables ending in a vowel, vre 
have the following general rule : a, e, y, are short ; i, o, u, are 
long. To this rule there are the following exceptions : 

a is long : 1) in the Abl. of the first Dec, as : mensa ; 2) in the Yoc. 
of Greek proper names in as, as : Aenea (from Aeneas, ae), 
Palla (from Pallas, antis) ; the Yoc. of those in es has partly a 
and partly a, as : Anchisa, Atrida ; 3) in the Imper. of the first 
Conj., as : ama, except puta in the meaning namely, to wit ; — 4) 
in adverbs, prepositions and conjunctions of two or more sylla- 
bles, as : circa, juxta, intra, infra, supra, antea, postea, praeterea, 



332 QUANTITY. [§ 120 

frustra ; Exc. : ita, quia and the interjection eia; 5) in the inde- 
clinable numerals, as : triginto ; 

e is long: l) in the Abl. of the fifth Dec. as : re, specie, die (hence 
also, hodie, postridie, pridie, quare ; also fame) ; — 2) in all 
Greek words of the first Dec. as : crambe, epitome, and those 
used in the plural only, as : Tempe, mele, cete ; — 3) in the 
Imper. of the second ^Conj., as : doce ; but e is double-timed in : 
cave, habe, tace, mane, vale, jube, vide, (hence videsis for : vide, 
si vis) ; — 4) in adverbs derived from adjectives of the second 
Dec, as : pulchre, longe, acerbe, valde (from validus) ; so also : 
fere, ferme, and the interjection ohe ; but e is short in : bene, 
male, temere (longe, clare, inferme, superne, in Lucr. and 
Hor.) ; also in all adverbs derived from adjectives of the third 
Dec, as : facile, impune ; 

i is short : l) in mihl, tibi, sibi (in the arsis sometimes long), and 
cm when it is two syllables ; but it is commonly one syllable 
and is long, so also its compounds : cuidam, cuilibet ; — 2) in 
the Yoc of Greek words, as : Alexi, and in the Dat. of Greek 
imparisyllabic words, as : Paridi (from Paris, idis) ; — 3) in ; 
nisi and quasi (although si is long), sicubi, necubl ; but ubi and 
ibi are double-timed ; in : ubinam, ubivis, ubicunque, i is gen- 
erally short, while in : ubique, ibique it is always long, generally 
also in ibidem ; — 4) in : utique, utlnam the i is short, although 
they come from ut\ : 

o is short: l) in the adverbs: cito, immo, illico, cedo (give here, 
say), modo with its compounds, as: dummodo, postmodo, quo- 
modo (but separated, quo modo)] — 2) in: ego, duo, octo ; but 
commonly ambb ; — 3) in verbal endings and in the Nom. and 
Vocative- endings of Latin words of the third Dec. the poets of 
the golden age generally made o long, as : amo, amavero, ama- 
to, scribo, scribito, scripsero ; origo, consuetudo ; in Greek 
words o is always long, as : echo, argo ; 

u is always long and y always short, according to the rule, except 
in the contracted Dat., as : Coty for Cotyi. 



4. For the quantity of final syllables in words of two or 
more syllables ending in a consonant, we have the following 
general rules : 

I. c final makes the preceding vowel long, as : alec, illuc ; 
Exc. : donee ; 

II. as, es, os, are long ; is, us, ys are short ; to this general 
rule there are the following exceptions : 



§ 120.] QUANTITY. 333 

a) as is short: l) in the Nom. of Greek words of the third Dec. 
which have adis in the Gen., as ; lampas, adis, Pallas, adis ; so 
anas, atis ; — 2) in the Ace. Plur. of Greek words of the third 
Dec. as: heroas, Arcadas, from heros, Areas; 

b) es is short : l) in the Nom. and Voe. Sing, of imparisyllabic 
words of the third Dec. whose genitive has the penult short, as : 
miles, itis, seges, etis, praeses, Idis, hebes, etis \ Exc. : Ceres, 
abies, aries, paries and the compounds of pes, as: tripes, except 
praepes, etis ; '■ — 2) in the Nom. (neuter) and the Yoc. Sing, of 
Greek words in es, where in Greek the termination is eg, as : 
cacoethes (xay.6rj&eg) Demosthenes (but Demosthenes in the 
Nom. —tjg) ; — 3) in the Nom. and Yoc. Plur. of Greek 
words generally (in the poets), as: Arcades, Troades ; but in 
Latin words, or such as were naturalized in the language, es is 
long, as : patres, matres ; — 4) in the compounds of es (thou 
art), as : ades, abes, potes ; — 5) in the preposition penes; 

e) os is short: 1) in : compos, impos (otis), exos, (from os, ossis) ; 

— 2) in Greek words, when os corresponds to og in Greek, as : 
Delos, chaos, melos ; Pallados, Gen. of Pallas (but : heros = 
fjocog, Minos = Mlvoig, Nicoeleos = Nwoxlsoig) ; 

d) is is long: l) in the Dat. and Abl. Plur., as: mensis, pueris, 
nobis, vobis ; hence also, in the adverbs: gratis, foiis ; — 2) in 
the Ace. of the third Dec. (for es), as: omnis ; — 3) in the 
Nom. Sing, of proper names of the third Dec. which have the 
penult of the Gen. long, as : Samnis, itis, Salamls, Inls, Simois, 
entis ; — 4) in the second person Sing. Pres. of those verbs 
which have Itis in the second person Plur., as : audis, possls (as 
well as : sis from sum), veils, noils, malls ; also in : mavis, 
qui vis, quamvis, utervls, since vis (from volo) is long ; in the 
second person Sing, of the Fut. Perf. is of itself is short, but by 
the necessity of the verse is often made long, as : dixeris, so also 
is the i in the plural-endings imus, itis of the Fut. Perf. often 
made long by the poets for the same reason, as : scripserlmus, 
scripseritis ; 

e) us is long: 1) in the Nom. Sing, of words of the second Dec. 
which have u long in the penult of the Gen., as : virtus, Qtis, 
palus, udis, tellds, uris, (but : corpus, oris, vetus, eris, etc.) ; 

— 2) in the Gen. Sing, and in the Nom. Ace. Yoc. Plur. of the 
fourth Dec, as : fructus (contracted from fructuis and fructu- 
es) ; — 3) in Greek words, when us corresponds to ovg in Greek, 
as : tripus, odis (rglnovg), Panthus ; in the Gen. : Sapphus from 
Sappho (2anq>ovq)) Clius from Clio, etc. ; but in : Oedipus, i, 
polypus, i, the Greek ovg becomes its in Latin ; 

f) ys is long : l) in words which have an associate form in yn, as : 



334 QUANTITY. [§121. 

Phorcys and Phorcyn ; * — 2) when ys stands by contraction for 
yes and yas, as : Erinnys. 

HI. I, m, n, r, d, t final, make the vowel of the final syllable 
short, as : animal, tectum, circum-ago, carmen, career, amor, 
aptid, viden (for videsne), nostin (for nostine), Thetin, Pylon, 
Dion, illucl, caput, amat, monet, regit, audit. To this general 
rule there are the following exceptions, in which the vowel be- 
fore these consonants is long : 

a) I : in Hebrew proper names in el, as : Daniel ; 

b) n: l) in the Greek Ace. of words in as, es, e, as : Aenean, An- 
chisen, Calliopen, epitomen ; — 2) in the Nom. of masculine 
and feminine nouns which come from the Greek, as : titan, hy- 
men, Salarmn, Pandion (except Lacedaemon and some others), 
and in the Latin lien ; — 3) in the Greek Gen. Plur. in on (= 
oof). 

c) r: in the compounds of par, as : dispar ; and in Greek imparisyl- 
lables in er, as : aer, aether, crater, Iber (but short in oblique 
cases, except the two last), 

5. Monosyllabic words are long, as : sal, sol, mos, spes, par, 
hoc, da, sta, re, e, ne (the negative). 

Exceptions: l) the substantives: ver, mel, fel, 6s (ossis), a 
bone, (but : 6s, oris, the face), cor, (rarely cor) ; — 2) the pro- 
nouns : quls, quid, quod ; is, Id ; quot, tot ; hie, this, is generally, 
and hie, here, always long ; — 3) the adverbs : bis, ter, sat; — 4) 
the verbal forms in t: fit, sit, scit, dat, det, stat, stet, It; the im- 
peratives fer, fac, and ts, thou art (but es, thou eatest) ; — 5) the 
particles: ab, ad, an, at, els, et, In, nee, 6b, per, pol, sed, sub, tit, 
vel, and the suffixes (enclitics) : que, ve, ce, ne (but : ne, that not y 
in order that not, except in composition, as : neque, nefas, etc.), te 
(tute), pte (suopte). 

§ 121. Hexameter Verse.* 
1. A verse is a series of poetic feet forming, in general, a 
line of poetry. The particular feet or members of which it is 
composed are called metres. 

* The more complicated metres of Horace are usually described in 
editions of that author; or may be found in the Greek Grammars, or in 
Munk's Greek and Uommi metres. 



§ 121.] HEXAMETER VERSE. 335 

2. When the last foot of a verse is complete, the verse is 
called acatalectic ; but when incomplete, catalectic. 

3. Every foot or metre consists of an arsis and a thesis. 
The arsis is that part of the foot (in hexameter verse, the first 
syllable of the foot), on which the stress or elevation of the 
voice is placed in pronouncing it. The rest of the foot 
(whether one syllable or more) is called thesis, and is to be 
pronounced in a falling tone of voice. The stress of voice laid 
on the arsis is called the ictus (beat) and may be regarded as 
the poetic accent ; hence it is often marked as such by the 
sign (/). A succession of feet pronounced with due regard to 
arsis and thesis constitutes rhythm. 

4. Hence it will be apparent, that a line of poetry, in a 
given kind of measure, consists of a fixed number of feet and a 
variable number of words, which, of course, must occasion a 
disagreement between the terminations of the feet and words. 
Besides, as rhythm was the leading element in ancient poetry, 
it was not, except for a given purpose, attempted to produce a 
coincidence between the feet and words, that it might be ap- 
parent that the rhythm was independent of the words as such. 
This division of the feet by the terminations of the words is 
called caesura, as : 

Infandum | regina | jubes | renovare [ dolorem. 

In feet of three syllables, as : - v ~, the word may end either 
after the arsis (-' j ~ w ) or in the middle of the thesis (-' ~ | -). 
In the first case it is called the masculine, in the second the 
feminine caesura. The coincidence of the termination of a 
word with the termination of a foot is called diaeresis, as : 

Persequar | et raris habitata, mapalia, tectis. 

In certain kinds of verse, certain caesuras and diaereses are 
necessary, and are to be especially observed in reading the 
verse ; these are called principal caesuras and diaereses. 

5. Hexameter verse is measured by six feet which may be 
either spondees or dactyles, except the last foot, which is a dis- 
syllabic catalectus (No. 2). A spondee consists of two long 



336 



SCANSION. 



§ 122. 



syllables designated thus : - 
short, designated thus: ---. 



-; a dactyle of one long and two 
Hence we have : 



Seel fugit 
Adspici 



intere 
iint ocu 



a fugit 
lis Supe 



irrepa 
ri mor 



rahile 
talia 



tempus. 
justis. 



Rem. 1. The fifth foot is generally a dactyle; rarely a spondee, 
and only when the poet wishes to give the line a character of 
slowness, seriousness and solemnity ; such a verse is called a spon- 
daic verse, a dactyle usually precedes the spondee and the verse 
generally closes with a word of three or four syllables, as : 

Cara deum suboles, magnum Jovis | incre | mentum. 

Rem. 2. Dactyles often express a rapid and brisk, as spondees 
do a slow and heavy motion, as : 

Quadrupedante putrem sonitu quatit ungulo campum. 
Illi inter sese magna vi brachia tollunt. 

Rem. 3. The principal caesura in Hexameter verse, generally 
occurs after the arsis of the third foot and sometimes in the thesis 
of the same foot ; but occasionally also, after the arsis in the fourth 
foot, in which case another caesura generally precedes, after the 
arsis of the second foot. Sometimes, also, several caesuras of this 
kind are found in the same verse ; in which case the sense must 
determine which is to be observed as the principal one. Besides 
the principal caesura, there may be other subordinate caesuras, 
e.g. 

Sed | fugit interea, 1 1 fugit irreparabile tempus. 
Dum vires | annique | sinunt, || tolerate labores. 
Oderunt | peccare | boni, || virtutis | amore. 
Nudus | ara, | sere | nudus ; 1 1 hiems | ignava | colono. 
Infandum | regina | jubes || renovare | dolorem. 

Rem. 4. The commonest and most graceful close of an hex- 
ameter verse is made by a word of two or three syllables. 



§ 122. Scansion. 

Scansion is the division of a verse into the feet or members 
of which it is made up. In doing this, however, the proper 
terminations of the words must not be wholly overlooked, but 



§ 122.] scansion. 337 

should be observed by making a slight pause at each of the 
caesuras and a marked pause at the principal caesura, as far as 
this can be done without obscuring the proper division into feet. 
In scanning, the following things are to be observed : 

a) A vowel at the end of a word before another vowel or 
an h in the following word is absorbed (elision), as : 

Nulla n(e) habes viti(a) ? imm(o) ali(a), haud fortasse minora. 

Rem. 1. Elision rarely takes place at the end of a line, as: 

O'mnia M'rcurio similis vocemque colorem*^ 
E't crines flavos et membra decora juventae. 

In this case, the last syllable is to be joined to the first of the 
following line. Such a line is called versus hypermeter. 

Rem. 2. When elision is neglected in the beginning or middle 
of a verse, there arises what is called the hiatus (gaping, difficulty 
of pronunciation). This the poets endeavor if possible to avoid; 
yet it is allowable before monosyllables, before one of the strong- 
er punctuation marks, and in a long vowel followed by a short 
one ; also in the arsis, the hiatus occasions less difficulty of pro- 
nunciation, as : 

O' et dd Latia, O e't de gente Sabina. 
E't succus pecori et lac subducitur agris. 
Posthabita coluisse Samo : hie iilius arma. 
Nubibus tsse solet aut purpureae Aurorae. 

Rem. 3. Occasionally a long vowel in the thesis before 
another vowel is short, as : 

I'nsulae I'onio in magno. 

b) An m at the end of a word with a vowel before it and 
before a vowel in the following word long by nature or posi- 
tion, is, together with the vowel before it, omitted in reading 
(ecthlipsis), as : 

Quod latet. gnOt (urn) est ; ignoti nulla cupido. 

Rem. 4. In monosyllabic words which stand in the arsis, prin- 
cipally before a strong punctuation mark or in the caesura, the 
ecthlipsis is sometimes omitted. Before a short syllable the 
ecthlipsis is difficult. 



338 scansion. [§ 122. 

c) When the last syllable of a word ends with a consonant 
and the following word in the same line begins with a conso- 
nant, that final syllable is uniformly long, as : 

Nemo adeo ferus est, ut i\6n mitescere posset. 

d) The ictus often makes a short syllable long ; still this 
is generally the case only : a) when the short syllable ends in 
a consonant, especially r, s or t; — b) when the caesura fol- 
lows it ; — c) when upon a vowel in the close of a word, a 
word follows beginning with two consonants ; e. g. 

O mnia vincit Amor, et nos cedamus Amori. 
Te canit agricola, | magna quum venerit urbe 
Nil opus est morte pro roi, sed amore fideque. 

e) Two vowels in two successive syllables are often con- 
tracted into one (Synaercsis or Synizesis), as : Phaethon, 
Thesei, deerunt, vehemens (two syllables), particularly, huic, 
cui, ii, iidem ; so also, dein, dehinc, deinceps, deinde, proinde, 
prout ; so also other vowels which are pronounced with more 
difficulty in one sound, as : quoad, postea, alveo, pueri. 

f) A short u or * is often rejected before / and m, as : jperz- 
clum for periculum, tegmen for tegimen or tegumen. 

g) The letters i and u, having been originally both conso- 
nants and vowels, when they follow another consonant and 
are followed by a vowel, make the preceding vowel long by 
position, as : fluvzorum (= fluvjorum) ; genua (= genva), etc. 

h) From the necessity of the verse, a long syllable is some- 
times used as short (Systole), and, on the contrary, a short 
syllable as long (Diastole). The systole is very common in 
the third person Plur. Indie. Perf. Act., and in alterius and in 
names, as : Aeneades ; — the diastole is used especially in the 
Subj. Perf. Act. and Fut. Perf. Act., (audiveratis), also in 
names in which three short syllables follow one another, of 
which the first is then made long by the ictus, as : 

O'bstupui, steteriintque comae, vox faiicibus haesit. 



§§ 123, 124.] ABBREVIATIONS. ROMAN CALENDAR. 339 



B. §123. ABBREVIATIONS. 

1) Personal Names : A. Aldus. App. Appius. G. or C. 
Gains (or Cains). Gn. or Cn. Gnaeus (or Cnaeus). D. De- 
cimus. K. (Kaeso). L. Lucius. M. Marcus. M\ Manius. 
N. Numerius. P. Publius. Q. Quintus. Ser. Servius. Mam. 
Mameacus. Sex. or S. Sextus. Sp. Spurius. T. TOws. 
Ti. Tiberius. 

2) Appellatives : P. Pater. F. Filius. Fr. Prater, etc. 

3) Designations of honor and office : Aed. Aedilis. Cos. 
Consul. Coss. Consules. Cos. d. (or des.) Consul designa- 
tus. D. Divus. Imp. Imperator. O. M. Optimus maximus. 
P. C. Patres conscripti. P. R. Populus Romanus. Pr. Prae- 
tor. Praef. Praefectus. P. F. Pontifex Maximus. P. S. i%- 
biscitum. Quir. Quirites. Res. Respublica. S. P. Q. R. aS?w- 
atus populusque Romanus. S. C. Senatus consultum. Tr. PI. 
Tribunus plebis. 

4) Designations of money and weight : HS. or H-S. >Ses- 
tertius (Sestertium). L. Libra. LL. Dupondius. 

5) Designations of time : A. D. ^4rcte dim. A. U. C. ^45 
wrfo condita. C. or K. Calendae (Kalendae). Id. 7<^s. Non. 

6) Abbreviations in letters : S. Salutem. S. D. Salutem 
dicit. S. P. D. Salutem plurimam dicit. S. V. B. E. E. Y. 
/Si* ra/es, force &s£ ; <^o m&0. 



C. § 124. ROMAN CALENDAR. 

1. Kalendae means the y£rs£ day of each month ; Nonae the 
seventh day of March, May, July, and October, but the fifth of 
the remaining eight months ; Idas was the fifteenth of the 



340 ROMAN CALENDAR. [§ 124. 

four months named above, and the thirteenth of the other 
eight. 

2. Since the names of the months are properly adjectives, 
they generally agree with Kalendae, ISJonae and Idus in gen- 
der, number and case, and are rarely governed by them in the 
Gen. as : Calendis Juniis, on the first day of June ; Nonis 
Octobribus, on the seventh of October ; Idibus Septembribus, 
on the thirteenth of September. 

3. The days lying between the three fixed days just men- 
tioned, were reckoned backwards from each of these fixed 
days, as the 1st, 2d, 3d, etc., day before the Kalends, Nones, 
or Ides, as the case might be, and dies and ante were generally 
omitted. The day from which one began to reckon (as the 
Kalends, Nones, or Ides) was always included in the number 
mentioned, as : Claudius excessit III. Idus Octobres, i. e. 
tertio die ante Idus Octobres, on the thirteenth of October, 
Hence, in order to get (according to our mode of reckoning, 
which does not include the day from which we compute) the 
true day before one of the divisions, we must subtract one 
from the number mentioned. 

Remark. July and August, which were named after Julius and 
Augustus Caesar, were called respectively, Quinlilis and Sextilis 
before their time. Pridie and Postridie are sometimes followed by 
an Ace, and sometimes by a Gen. of the day or division of the 
month. 

4. In determining what day of the previous month any 
day before the Calends of a given month is, we must know 
how many days the month has (see table) and reckon back 
from the Calends of the month mentioned (i. e. the month 
following), as : tertio Calendas Apriles, on the 30th of March ; 
tertio Calendas Maias, on the 29th of April; tertio Calendas 
Martias, on the 27th (28th) of February ; since March has 31, 
April 30 and February 28 (in leap year 29) days. 



§ 124] 



ROilAX CALENDAR. 



341 



I The days' 


March, May, 


J anuary, August, 


April, June, Sept. 


February (has 28, 


of our 


July and October 


and December 


and Nov. (have 30 


and in Leap Years 


months. 


(hare 31 days). 


(have also 31 days). 


days) . 


29 days). 


1 


Kalendis. 


Kalendis. 


Kalendis. 


Kalendis. 


2 


VII 




IV ) ante 
III \ Nonas. 


IV ) ante 
III ) Nonas. 


IV ) ante 
III ) Nonas. 


3 


V 


ante 


4 


IV 


► Nonas. 


Pridie Nonas. 


Pridie Nonas. 


Pridie Nonas. 


5 


HI 




Nonis. 


Nonis. 


Nonis. 


6 


Pridie Nonas. 


VIII] 




VIII ] 
VII 1 


VIII] 




7 


Nonis. 


VII 




VII 




8 


VIII] 




VI 


ante 


VI ! ante 


VI 


ante 


9 


VII 




v 


fldus. 


V [Idus. 


V 


' Idus. 


10 


VI 


ante 


IV 




IV 


IV 




11 


V 


Idus. 


HI j 




HI J 


ni 




12 


IV 




Pridie Idus. 


Pridie Idus. 


Pridie Idus. 


13 


III 




Idibus. 


Idibus. 


Idibus. 


14 


Pridie Idus. 


XIX ] 


p 


XVIII 


p 


XVI ] 




15 


Idibus. 


XVIII 


p 


XVII 


3 


XV 




16 


XVII ] 


p 

3 


XVII 




XVI 


© 


XIV 


1 


17 


XVI 


O 


XVI 


XV 


P^ 


XIII 


© 


18 


XV 


w 


XV 


cT 


XIV 


ST 


XII 


w 


19 


XIV 


£- 


XIV 


Pj 


XIII 


p 


XI 




20 


XIII 


CD 

P 


XIII 


P 


XII 


p 

QQ 


X 


© 


21 


XII 


P 


XII 


'o* 


XI 


o" 


IX 


Bi 


22 


XI 


CO 


XI 


*+i 


X 


► "-^ 


VIII 


P 


23 


x 


>-ft 


X 


CD 


IX 


P" 
CD 


VII 


24 


IX 


s- 


IX 


g 


VIII 


5 s 


VI 


P". 


25 


VIII 


O 


VIII 




VII 


r- 


V 


P 

CO 


26 


VII 


g 


VII 


| 


VI 


B 

Q 


IV 




27 


VI 


3 
o 


VI 


P 


V 


P 


III 




28 


V 


V 


P^ 


IV 


£ 


Prid. Kalendas 


29 


IV 


p 


IV 




III 




Martias. 


30 


III 


p" 


III 




Prid. Kalendas. 




31 


Prid. Kalendas. 


Prid. Kalendas. 


of the fol. 






of the fol. 


of the fol. 


month. 






month. 


month. 







29* 



LATIN READING LESSONS. 



I. FABLES. 

1. Lupus et capra. 

Lupus, capram conspicatus, quae in rupe pascebatur, quum 
ad earn accedere non posset, earn, ut de rupe descenderet, horta- 
batur, praedicans, apud se mollia prata ac varias herbas esse. Ei 
vero capra respondit : Mi amice, non me ad pascua vocas, sed ipse 
cibi indiges ! 

2. Lupus et opiliones. 

Opiliones aliquot, caesa atque assata ove, convivium agebant. 
Quod quum lupus, qui praedandi caussa forte stabula circumibat, 
videret, ad opiliones conversus : Quos clamores, inquit, et quantos 
tumultus vos contra me excitaretis, si ego facerem, quod vos faci- 
tis ? Turn unus ex iis : Hoc interest, inquit : nos, quae nostra 
sunt, comedimus ; tu vero aliena furaris. 

3. Vulpes et uva, 

Yulpes, extrema fame coacta, uvam appetebat, ex alta vite de- 
pendentem. Quam quum, summis viribus saliens, attingere non 
posset, tandem discedens : Nondum matura est, inquit ; nolo acer- 
bam sumere. — Sic saepe homines, quae facere non possunt, 
verbis elevant. 

4. Rusticus et canis jidelis. 

Rusticus in agros exiit ad opus suum. Filiolum, qui in cunis 
jacebat, reliquit custodiendum cani fideli atque valido. Arrepsit 
anguis immanis, qui puerulum exstincturus erat. Sed custos 
fidelis corripit eum dentibus acutis et, dum necare studet, cunas 
simul evertit super exstinctum anguem. Mox ex arvo rediit 
agricola; ut videt cunas eversas cruentumque canis rictum, ira 



FABLES. 343 

accenditur. Teniere igitur custodem filioli interf icit ligone, quern 
manibus tenebat. Sed ubi cunas restituit, supra angueni occisum 
reperit puerum vivum et incolumem. Sera turn poenitentia fuit 
facinoris temere patrati. 

5. Leo, asinus et vulpes. 

Yulpes, asinus et leo venatum iverant. Ampla praeda facta, 
leo asinuin illam partiri jubet. Qui quum singulis singulas partes 
poneret aequales, leo euni correptum dilaniavit et vulpi negotium 
partiendi tribuit. Ilia astutior leoni maximam partem apposuit, 
sibi vix minimam reservans partieulam. Turn leo subridens ejus 
prudentiam laudare et, unde hoc didicerit, interrogare coepit. Et 
vulpes : Hujus me, inquit, calamitas docuit, quid minores potenti- 
oribus debeant. 

6. Asinus pelle leoriina indutus. 

Asinus fugitivus reperit forte in silva pellem leoninam, eaque 
indutus territare coepit homines et bestias. Yenit is, qui asinum 
perdiderat, eumque quaerit. Asinus, quum herum vidisset, hor- 
rendum in modum rugire coepit, ut ilium quoque falleret. At 
herus, comprehensis auriculis, quae exstabant: Etiamsi alios, in- 
quit, fallas, me tamen non falles. Ita eum probe verberat domum- 
que abigit. 

7. Rusticus et Jilii. 

Inter filios rustici cujusdam grave dissidium ortum erat. Diu 
frustra operam impenderat pater, hortans, ut pacem atque con- 
cordiam colerent. Tandem filiis : Yirgulas, inquit, mihi afferte 
quinquaginta et considlte. Turn omnes virgiilas in unum fascicu- 
liun colligavit eumque constrictum singulis filiis obtulit hortans, 
ut frangerent. Illi autem quanquam vim omnem adhibebant, 
frustra laborarunt, nee quicquam profecerunt. Turn pater nodum 
discldit singulasque illis virgulas dedit, quas sine ullo labore con- 
fregeruut. Quo facto, rusticus filios ita allocutus est : Haec res 
vobis exemplo sit. Tuti eritis ab inimicorum injuriis, quamdiu 
vos amabitis et Concordes eritis : at, simulac facta erit dissensio 
atqua discordia, inimici securi in vos irrumpent. 

8. Luscinia et cuculus. 

Luscinia verno quodam die dulcissime canere coepit. Pueri 
aliquot haud procul aberant in valle ludentes. Hi quum lusui 
essent intenti, lusciniae cantu nihil movebantur. iSon multo post 
cuculus coepit cuculare. Continuo pueri, lusu neglecto, ei ac- 



34-1 FABLES. 

clamabant vocemque cuculi identldem iinitabantur. Audisne, 
luscinia, inquit cuculus, quanto me isti plausu excipiant et quan- 
topere cantu ineo delectentur ? Luscinia, quae nollet cum eo 
altercari, nihil impediebat, quomlnus ille suam vocem miraretur. 
Interea pastor fistula canens cum puella lento gradu praeteriit. 
Cuculus iterum vociferatur, novas laudes captans. At puella 
pastorem allocuta : Male sit, inquit, huic cuculo, qui cantui tuo 
odiosam vocem intermiscet. 

Quo audito, quum cuculus, in pudorem conjectus, conticuisset, 
luscinia tarn suaviter canere coepit, ut se ipsam superare velle 
videretur. Pastor, fistula deposita : Considamus hie, inquit, sub 
arbore et lusciniam audiamus. Turn pastor et puella cantum 
lnsciniae certatim laudare coeperunt et diu taciti intentis auribus 
sedent. Ad postremum adeo capta est puella sonorum dulcedine, 
ut etiam lacrimae erumperent. Turn luscinia ad cuculum con- 
versa : Videsne, inquit, quantum ab imperitorum opinionibus pru- 
dentiorum judicia distent ? Una sane ex istis lacrimis, quamvis 
muta sit, locupletior tamen est artis meae testis, quam inconditus 
iste puerorum clamor, quern tantopere jactabas. Monet fabula, 
magnorum artif Icum opera non vulgi opinione, sed prudentium 
existimatione esse censenda. 

9. Auceps et vipera. 

Auceps ibat venatum et mox vidit in altissima arbore palum- 
bem; approperat eum capturus, sed inter eundum premit forte 
pede altero viperam in herba latentem, quae ilium mordet Me 
miserum, inquit, dum alteri insidior, ipse dispereo. 

10. Mendax. 

Puer in prato oves pascebat atque per jocum clamitabat, ut sibi 
auxilium ferretur, quasi lupus gregem esset adortus. Agricolae 
undique succurrebant, neque lupum inveniebant. Ita ter quater- 
que se elusos a puero viderunt. Deinde, quum ipse lupus aggre- 
deretur, et puer re vera imploraret auxilium ; nemo gregi subvenit, 
et oves lupi praeda sunt factae. Mendaci homini non credimus, 
etiam vera quum dicit. 

11. Formica et columba. 

Formica sitiens descenderat ad fontem ; sed undae earn abri- 
puerunt, nee multum aberat, quin misera periret. Quum vero 
columba sortem ejus videret, misericordia tacta ramulum in aquam 
injecit. Hunc assecuta est formica in eoque natans effugit mor- 
tem. Paullo post venator, arcu instructus, illuc venit, colum- 



DIALOGUES. 3 45 

bamque telo suo transfixurns fuit. Periculum sentit formica et, ut 
piae columbae op em ferret, accurrit atque venatoris talum 
momordit. Dolore impeditus ille telum non recte misit, et co- 
lumba incolumis avolavit. — Juva et juvabere ; raro beneficium 
perit. 

12. Vulpes et corvus. 

Corvus, quum frustum earnis rapuisset, in arbore quadam con- 
sedit. Quo conspecto, vulpes, carnem cupiens, accurrit eumque 
callidis verbis adoritur. O corve, inquit, quam pulchra es avis, 
quam speciosa ! Te decuit esse avium regem. Sane omnes aves 
regiis virtutibus antecederes, si vocem haberes. His corvus laudi- 
bus inflatus, ne mutus haberetur, clamorem edidit, sed simul, 
aperto rostro, carnem amisit ; earn vulpes statim rapuit atque 
irrldens dixit: Heus, corve ! Nihil tibi deest praeter mentem. 



H DIALOGUES. 

1. Colloquium Jocosum. 

Andreas. Salve, mi Maurlti. Mauritius. Gratias ago, mi 
Andrea. Quid affers ? A. Me ipsum. M. Sic rem haud 
magni pretii hue attulisti. A. At magno constlti patri meo. 
M. Credo pluris, quam quisquam te aestfmet. A. Sed Ru- 
dolphus estne domi ? M. Xescio. Pulsa fores ejus et videbis 
A. Heus, Rudolphe ! domine es ? R. Non sum. A. Im- 
pudens ! Non ego audio te loquentem ? R. Immo tu es im- 
pudens. Nuper ancillae vestrae credidi, te non esse domi, quum 
tamen esses, et tu non credis mihi ipsi ? A. Aequum dicis ; par 
pari retulisti. R. Ego quidem ut non omnibus dorado, ita non 
omnibus sum domi. Nunc vero adsum. A. Sed tu mihi videris 
cochleae vitam agere. Quid ita ? A. Quia perpetuo domi lat- 
Itas nee unquam prorepis. R. Foris nihil mihi est negotii. A. 
At serenum coelum nunc invitat ad deambulandum. it. Ita est. 
Si igitur deambulare libet, te comitabor ; nam per totum hunc 
mensem pedem porta non extuli. Yocabo Mauritium, ut una 
nobiscum eat. A. Placet. Sic enim jucundior erit ambulatio. 

2. Colloquium ejusdem generis. 

Syrus. Opto tibi multam felicitatem. Geta. Et ego tibi du- 
plicatum opto, quicquid optas mihi. S. Quid agis rei? G. 
Confabulor. S. Quid ? confabularis solus ? G. Ut vides. S. 
Fortasse tecum. Proinde tibi videndum est, ut cum homine pro- 



346 DIALOGUES. 

bo confabulere. G. Lnmo cum lepidissimo congerrone confabu- 
lor ; lego enim librum joci plenum. S. Tu perpetuo litteris 
studes. G. Non est ulla studiorum satietas. S. Yerum ; sed 
est tamen modus quidam. Non omittenda quidem sunt studia, sed 
tamen intermittenda nonnunquam. Nihil suave, quod perpetuum. 
Yoluptates commendat rarior usus. Tu litteris studes noctes ac 
dies. G. Age, tuo more facis. Bides me, ut soles. Non me 
fallit tuus jocus. Ipsi codices pulvere situque obducti, loquuntur, 
quam sim immodicus in studio. S. Emoriar, ni loquor ex an- 
imo. 

3. Lucius. 

Carolus. Yeni, mi Ludovice ! Ludovlcus. Quo tandem ? C. 
In hortum ; satis jam legimus et scripsimus ; ludamus quoque. 
L. Ego pensum meum ante absolvam. C. Nondumne absolv- 
isti ? L. Nondum omnia. Tune jam omnia didicisti et scrip- 
sisti, quae praeceptor nos discere et scribere jussit? C. Non 
omnia. L. Ergo nondum licet ludere. C. Cur non liceat ? 
Reliqua discam et scribam post ludum. L. Sed praestat, primum 
discere, deinde ludere. C. Quam morosum sodalem habeo ! 
L. Non sum morosus, sed facere volo, quae jussa sunt. C, Ergo 
una ediscamus. Ego tibi recitabo, tu mihi. Deinde, quum omnia 
didicerimus, statim ad ludum properabimus. L. Placet ; nam 
peracti labores jucundi sunt. 

4. Desurgendo. 

Fridericus. Heus, heus, Carole ! expergiscere ! tempus est 
surgere. Audisne ? C. Non audio. F. Ubi ergo habes aures ? 
C. In lecto. F. Hoc video. Sed quid facis adhuc in lecto ? 
C. Quid faciam ? Dormio. F. Dormis ? et loqueris tamen 
mecum ? C. Saltern volo dormire. F. Nunc autem non est 
tempus dormiendi, sed surgendi. C. Quota est hora ? F. 
Septima. C. Quando tu surrexisti e lecto ? F. Jam ante 
duas horas. C. Num sorores meae jam surrexerunt? F. Jam 
pridem. C. Sed frater meus certe adhuc jacet in lecto. F. 
Erras. Quum expergefacerem eum statim reliquit nidum suum. 
C. Mox igitur surgam. 

5. Ambulatio. 

Fridericus. Age, mi frater, ambulemus ; tempestas serena est 
Augustus. Placet; sed ubi ambulabimus? Num in pratis ? F. 
Minime ; prata enim pluvia inundavit, et viae lutulentae sunt. 
Placetne adscendcre in montem quern e fenestra prospicimus ? 



DIALOGUES. 347 

A. PJacet ; jam pridem enim in monte non fiiimus. F. Hiems 
nos prohibuit ; hieme enini mons glacie et nive tectus erat. Quid 
stas autem ? A. Duae viae ducunt ad montem : altera recta, 
altera flexuosa. Utram eligemus ? F. Flexuosam censeo ; est 
enim umbrosior, et sol fervet. Descendentes altera ibimus et 
ambulationem variabimus. Yesperi enim sol minus fervet. A. 
Eamus igitur ! 

6. Jussum her lie. 

Rabinus. Profer ocreas ; nam equitandum est. Syrus. En 
adsunt. it. Probe quidem abs te curatae ; totae albent situ. 
Opinor nee detersas, nee unctas hoc anno; adeo rigent prae sic- 
citate. Deterge uvidulo panno ; mox unge ad ignem diligenter 
ac macera, donee moiliantur. S. Curabitur. it. Ubi calca- 
ria ? S. Adsunt. it. Terum ; sed obducta rubigine. Ubi 
frenum et ephippia ? S. Sunt in promptu. R. Vide, ne quid 
desit, aut ne quid ruptum sit aut mox rumpendum, ne quid nobis 
sit in mora, quum erimus in cursu. Propere hoc lorum sarcien- 
dum cura. Reversus insplce soleas equorum, num qui clavi desint 
aut vascillent. Quam macri sunt equi, quamque strigosi ! Quoties 
absterges, aut pectis illos in anno ? *S. Immo quotidie. it. 
Nimirum res ipsa loquitur. Jejunia colunt, opinor, nonnunquam 
to turn triduum. £. Minime. it. Xegas tu quidem, sed aliud 
dicant equi, si loqui liceat : quanquam satis loquuntur ipsa macie. 
S. Curo sedulo. it. Cur igitur tu habitior equis ? S. Quia non 
pascor foeno.. it. Hoc igitur restat. Adorna mantlcam celeri- 
ter. S. Fiet. 



7. Monita Paedagogi. 

Paedagogus. Tu mihi videris non in aula natus, sed in caula : 
adeo moribus es agrestibus. Puerum ingenuum decent ingenui 
mores. Quoties alloquitur te quispiam, cui debes honorem, corn- 
pone te in rectum corporis statum, aperi caput. Vultus sit nee 
tristis, nee torvus, nee impudens, nee protervus, nee instabilis, sed 
hilari modestia temperatus ; oculi verecundi, semper intenti in 
eum, quocum loqueris ; juncti pedes, quietae manus. Neve vacil- 
les alternis tibiis, neve manus agant gestus, neve mordeto labrum, 
neve scablto caput, neve fodito aures. Testis item ad decorum 
componatur, ut totus cultus, vultus, gestus et habitus corporis in- 
genuam modestiam et verecundam indolem prae se ferat. Puer. 
Quid, si mediter ? Pae. Fac. Pu. Sicclne satis V Pee. Non- 
dum. Pu. Quid, si sic ? Pae. Propemodum. Pu. Quid, si 
sic? Pae. Hem satis est; hoc tone, ne sis inepte loquax, aut 



343 DIALOGUES. 

praeceps. Neve vagetur animus interim, sed sis attentus, quid 
alter dieat. Si quid erit respondendum, id facito paucis, ae pruden- 
ter, interdum praefatus honorem, nonnunquam etiam addito cog- 
normne, honoris gratia; atque identidem modice flectas alterum 
genu, praesertim ubi rcsponsum absolveris. Neve abeas, nisi 
praefatus veniam, aut ab ipso dimissus. Nunc age, specimen ali- 
quod hujus rei nobis praebe ! 

Quantum temporis abfuisti a maternis aedibus ? Pu. Jam sex 
ferme menses. Pae. Addendum erat: domine. Pu. Jam sex 
ferme menses domine. Pae. Non tangeris desiderio matris ? 
Pu. Nonnunquam sane. Pae. Cupis earn revisere ? Pu. Cu- 
pio, domine, si id pace liceat tua. Pae. Nunc flectendum erat 
genu. Bene habet. Sic pergito ! Quum loqueris, cave, ne prae- 
cipites serinonem, aut haesites lingua, aut palato murmures, sed 
distincte, clare, articulatim consuescito proferre verba tua. Si 
quern praeteribis natu grandem, magistratum, saeerdotem. doe- 
torem, aut omnino virum gravem ; memento aperire caput. In 
convivio sic te praebebis hilarem, ut semper memineris, quid de- 
feat aetatem tuam : postremus omnium admoveto manum patlnae. 
Si quid datur lautius, recusato modeste ; si instabitur, accipe et 
age gratia s : mox, decerpta particula, quod reliquum est, ilii red- 
dito, aut alicui proxime accubanti. Si quis praebibet, hilariter illi 
bene precator, sed ipse biblto modice. Si non sitis, tamen admo- 
veto callcem labris. Arride loquentibus : ipse cave ne quid lo- 
quare, nisi rogatus. Ne cui obtrectato, ne cui temet anteponito, 
ne tua jactato, ne aliena despicito. Esto comis, etiam erga tenuis 
fortunae sodales. Ita fiet, ut sine invidia laudem invenias et amicos 
pares. Si videris, convivium extrahi, precatus veniam ac, saluta- 
tis convivis, subducito te a mensa. Vide, ut horum memineris. 
Pu. Dabitur opera, mi praeceptor! Numquid aliud vis ? Pae. 
Adito nunc libros tuos. Pu. Fiet. 

8. Venatio. 

Paullus. Trahit sua quemque voluptas ; mihi placet venatio. 
Thomas. Placet etiam mihi ; sed ubi canes, ubi venabula, ubi 
casses ? P. Yaleant apri, ursi, cervi et vulpes ! nos insidiabimur 
cuniculi^. Vicentius. At ego iaqueos injiciam locustis. Lauren- 
this. Ego ranas captabo. Bartholus. Ego papiliones venabor. 
L. DihiLiie est sectari volantia. B. Difficile, sed pulehrum; 
nisi pulchrius esse ducis sectari lumbricos aut cochleas, quia 
carent alis. L. Equidem rnalo insidiari piscibus ; est mihi haunis 
elegans. B. Sed unde parabis escam ? L. Lumbricorum ubi- 
vis magna est copia. 7i. Est, si tibi velint prorcjtere e terra. 
L. At ego i\-ox e(li(i:im, ut milia prosiliant. B. Quo pacto? 



DIALOGUES. 343 

incantanientis ? L. Videbis artem. Imple hanc situlam aqua. 
Hos juglandium summos cortices virentes confractos immittito. 
Hac aqua perfunde solum. Nunc observa paullisper. Vides 
emergentes ? B. Rem prodigiosan! video. Sic olim, opinor, 
exsiliebant armati ex satis serpentis dentibus. Sed plerique 
pisces delicatioris et elegantioris sunt palati, quam ut esca tam 
vulgari capiantur. L. Novi quoddam insecti genus, quo talibus 
insidiari soleo. B. Tu vide, possisne imponere piscibus ; ego 
ranis facessam negotium. L. Quomodo V reti ? B. Non ; sed 
arcu. L. Novum piscandi genus. B. At non injucundum. 
Videbis et fatebere. V. Quid, si certemus nucibus ? P. Nuces 
pueris relinquamus ; nos grandiores sumus. V. Et tamen nihil 
aliud adhuc, quam pueri, sumus. P. Sed quibus decorum est 
ludere nucibus, iisdem non indecorum est equitare in arundine 
longa. V. Tu igitur praescribito lusus genus ; sequar, quocunque 
vocaveris. P. Et ego futurus sum omnium horarum homo. 



9. Reditus Patris. 

Petrus. Quid ita laetus es, mi Sigismunde ? Stgismundus. 
Quia pater domum rediit. P. Ubinam fuit ? S. Lipsiae. P. 
Cur eo fuerat profectus ? S. Nescisne, mercatum ibi esse habi- 
tum, eumque frequentari a mercatoribus negotiandi caussa ? P. 
Utrum pedes, an eques rediit, an in rheda ? S. Equo vectus est. 
P. Quando advenit ? S. Ante horam. P. Quis tibi tarn cito 
nuntiavit ? S. Famulus, qui eum jam e longinquo venientem 
viderat. P. Jamne salutasti ? S. Salutavi, quum vix ex equo 
descendisset. P. Quid amplius illi fecisti ? S, Calcaria detraxi 
et ocreas. P. Bene fecisti ; sed miror, te propter adventum 
ejus non domi mansisse. S. Id nee pater permisisset, nee ego 
ipse vellem, quum nunc tempus adsit in scholam eundi. P. Id 
quidem laude dignum est ; sed quomodo valet pater tuus ? S, 
Optime dei beneficio. P. Ego gaudeo tecum, quod salvus rediit 
S. Sed alias pluribus colloquemur. Nunc in scholam eamus ! 



10. Colloquium scJwlaslicum. 

Cornelius. Scite tu quidem seribis ; sed charta tua perfluit. 
Charta subhumlda est ac transmittit a tram en turn, Andreas. 
Quaeso, ut appares mihi pennam hair.*. C. Dccst mihi scalprum 
librarium. A. En tibi! C. Hui, quam obtusum ! A. Accipe 
cotem ! C. Utrum soles scribere cuspide duriore, an molliorc ? 
A. Accommoda ad manum tuam. C. Ego molliore solco. A. 
Quaeso, ut mihi describas ordine figuras elementorum. C. Grae- 



850 nisTony. 

cas, an Latinas ? A. Latin as prinium conabor imitari. C. Sup- 
pedita ehartam. A. Accipe. C. Sed meum atramentum dilutius 
est saepius infusa aqua. ^4. At meum atramentarium prorsus ex- 
aruit. Rogabo alicunde. C. Praestat habere domi, quam rogare 
mutuum. A. Quid est discipulus sine calamo et atramento ? 
C. Quod miles sine clipeo et gladio. A. Utinam mihi sint digiti 
tarn celeres ! Ego non possum dictantis vocem scribendo assequi. 
C. prima eura sit, ut bene scribas ; proxima, ut celeriter. Sat 
cito, si sat bene. A, Belle ; sed istam cantionem cane praecep- 
tori, quum dictat : Sat cito, si sat bene. 



III. HISTORY. 

1. Tres Persarum in Graecos expeditiones. 

(Cf. Corn. Nep. Milt. 4. Justin. 2. 9—15.) 

1. Iones, in Asia minore Persarum imperlo subjecti, quum jam 
diu servitutis jugum aegre tulissent, Aristagora et Histiaeo duci- 
bus, libertatem recuperare constituerunt (502 — 496 a. Chr.). 
Ac Atheniensibus et Eretriensibus, soi'iis, adjuti ceperunt quidem 
Sardes ; sed ingen-tibus Persarum copiis oppressi tandem rursus 
in eorum dit^onem redacti sunt. Darius, rex Persarum, Graecis 
ob auxilium Ionibus latum iratus, consilium cepit Graeciae bellum 
inferre. Prima expeditio, duce Mardonio suscepta (492), foedo 
usa est exita. Nam classis Persarum maximam partem ad pro- 
montorium, quod appellatur Athos, tempestatibus deleta est ; ex- 
ercitus autem pedester a Thraciae gentibus devictus. 

2. Duobus annis post (490) Darius alteram in Graecos suscepit 
expeditionem. Classem quingentarum navium comparavit eique 
Datim praefecit et Arta])bernem, iisque ducenta peditum, decern 
milia equitum dedit. JLlli praefecti regis, classe ad Euboeam 
appulsa, celeriter Eretriam ceperunt omnesque ejus gentis cives 
abreptos in Asiam ad regem miserunt. Inde ad Attic am accesse- 
runt ac suas copias in campum Marathonium deduxerunt. Js 
abest ab Athenis circiter milia passuum decern. Atbenienses, 
audito Darii adventu, auxilium a Lacedaemoniis, socia turn civi- 
tate, petiverunt. Quos ubi viderunt quatridui religione teneri, 
non expectato auxilio, instructis decern milibus civium et Platae- 
ensibus auxiliaribus mille, adversus sexcenta milia hostium in proe- 
lium egrediuntur. 

3. Miltiadcs et dux belli erat, et auctor non expectandi auxilii. 



HISTORY. 351 

Magna in pugnam euniibus alacritas animorum fuit, adeo, ut, 
quum mille passus inter duas acies essent, citato cursu ante jac- 
tum sagittarum ad hosteni venerint. Nee audaeiae ejus eventus 
defuit. Victi Persae in naves confugerunt ; ex quibus multae 
suppressae, multae captae sunt. In eo proelio tanta virtus sin- 
gulorum fuit, ut, cujus laus prima esset, difficile judicium videretur. 
Inter ceteros tamen Themistoclis adolescentis gloria emicuit, in 
quo jam turn indoles futurae imperatoriae virtutis apparuit. 

4. Cynaegiri quoque, militis Atheniensis, gloria magnis scripto- 
rum laudibus celebrata est : qui post proelii innumerabiles caedes, 
quum fugientes hostes ad naves egisset, onustam navem dextra 
manu tenuit nee prius dimisit, quam manum amitteret : turn quo- 
que, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit : quam et 
ipsam quum amisisset, ad postremum morsu navem detinuit. 
Tanta in eo virtus fuit, ut non tot caedibus fatigatus, non duabus 
manibus amissis victus, truncus ad postremum et veluti rabida fera 
dentibus dimicaverit. — Ducenta milia Persae eo proelio sive nau- 
fragio amisere. Cecldit etiam Hippias, qui, olim tyrannus Athe- 
niensis, turn regno pulsus, apud Darium in exsilio vivebat et non 
solum auctor et concltor ejus belli fuerat, sed etiam ducem se Dario 
adversus patriam suam obtulerat, diis patriae ultoribus poenas 
repetentibus. Interea Darius, quum bellum instauraret, in ipso 
apparatu decesset. (480.) 

5. Xerxes, qui patri in regno successit, bellum a patre coeptum 
adversus Graeciam per quinquennium instruxit. Septingenta 
milia de regno armaverat et trecenta milia de anxiliis, ut non 
immerito prodftum sit, flumina ab exercitu ejus siccata, Graeciam- 
que omnem vix capere exercitum ejus potuisse. Naves quoque 
milia ducentas numero habuisse dicitur. 

6. Ut introltus Xerxis (480) in Graeciam terribilis fuit, ita tur- 
pis ac foedus discessus. Nam quum Leonldas, rex Lacedaemoni- 
orum, cum quattuor milibus miiitum angustias Thermopylarum 
occupasset, Xerxes, contempta paueitate, eos pugnam capessere 
jubet, quorum cognati Marathonia pugna interfecti fuerant : qui, 
dum ulcisci suos cupiunt, principium cladis fuere : succedente 
deinde inutili turba, major caedes editur. Triduum ibi cum dolore 
et indignatione Persarum dimicatum ; quarto die, quum nuntia- 
tum esset Leonidae, a viginti milibus hostium summum cacumem 
teneri, tunc hortatur socios, recedant, et se ad meliora patriae 
tempora reservent ; sibi cum Lacedaemoniis fortunam experien- 
dam ; plura se patriae, quam vitae, debere ; ceteros ad praesidia 
Graeciae servandos. Audito regis imperio, discessere ceteri, soli 
Lacedaemonii remanserunt. Initio hujus belli Delphis oraculum 
erat datum, aut regi Lacedaemoniorum, aut urbi cadendum esse. 

7. Et idcirco rex Leonidas, quum in bellum proficisceretur, 



352 HISTORY. 

ita suos firmaverat, ut ire se parato ad moriendum anirno scircnt. 
Angustias propterea occupaverat, ut cum paucis aut majore gloria 
vinceret, aut minore damno reipublieae caderet. Dimissis igitur 
sociis, hortatur Lacedaemonios, meminerint, quocunque modo 
proeliaturi sint, cadendum esse ; caverent, no fortius uiansisse, 
quam dimicasse viderentur ; nee expectandum, donee ab hoste 
circumvenirentur, sed, dum nox occasionem daret, securis et laetis 
superveniendum ; nusquam victores honestius, quam in castris 
hostium perituros. Nihil erat difficile persuade re paratis mori : 
statim arma capiunt, et sexcenti viri in castra quingentorum mili- 
um irrumpunt; statimque regis praetorium petunt, aut cum illo, 
aut, si ipsi oppressi essent, in ipsius potissimum sede morituri. 
Tumultus totis castris oritur. Lacedaemonii posteaquam regem 
non inveniunt, per omnia castra victores vagantur, caedunt stern- 
untque omnia, quum sciant, se pugnare non spe victoriae, sed in 
mortis poenam. Proelium a principio noctis in majorem partem 
diei tractum. Ad postremum non victi, sed vicendo fatigati inter 
ingentes stratorum hostium catervas occiderunt. 

8. Xerxes, duobus vulneribus terrestri proelio acceptis, experi- 
ri maris fortunam statuit. Ante navale proelium miserat Xerxes 
quattuor milia armatorum Delphos ad templum Apollinis diripien- 
dum : prorsus, quasi non cum Graecis tantum, sed etiam cum 
diis immortalibus bellum gereret : quae manus tota imbribus et 
fulminibus deleta est, ut intelligeret, quam nullae essent homi- 
num adversus deos vires. Post haec Thespias, et Plataeas, et 
Athenas vacuas hominibus incendit et, quoniam ferro in homines 
mm poterat, in aedificia igne grassatur. Namque Athenienses 
post pugnam Marathoniam, praemonente Themistocle, victoriam 
illam, de Persis reportatam, non finem, sed caussam majoris belli 
fore, ducentas naves fabricati erant. Adventante igitur Xerxe, 
consulentibus Delphis oraculum responsum erat, salutem muris 
ligneis tuerentur. 

9. Themistocles igitur persuadet omnibus, civitatem non in 
aedificiis, sed in civibus esse positam. Itaque eos melius salutem 
navibus, quam urbi commissuros. Hujus sententiae etiam Deum 
auctorem esse. Probato consilio, conjuges liberosque cum 
pretiosissimis rebus abditis insulis, relicta urbe, demandant ; ipsi 
naves armati conscendunt. Exemplum Atheniensium etiam aliae 
urbes imitatae sunt. Itaque quum conjuncta omnis sociorum clas- 
sis, et intenta in bellum navale esset, angustiasque Salaminii freti, 
ne circumveniri a multitudine posset, occupasset; dissensio inter 
civitatium principes oritur. Qui quum, deserto bello, ad sua tu- 
enda dilabi vellent, timens Themistocles, ne discessu sociorum vires 
minuerentur, per servum fidelem Xerxi nuntiat, uno in loco eum 
contractam Graeciam capere facillime posse. Quodsi civitates. 



HISTORY. 353 

quae jam abire vellent, dissiparentur ; majore labore ei singulas 
consectandas. Hoc dolo irnpulit regem, ut signum pugnae daret. 
Graeci quoque, adventu hostium occupati, proelium collatis viribus 
capessunt (480). 

10. Interea rex, velut spectator pugnae, cum parte navium in 
littore remanet; Artemisia autem, regina Halicarnassi quae in 
auxilium Xerxi venerat, inter primos duces bellum acerrime eie- 
bat : quippe ut in viro muliebrem timorem, ita in muliere virilem 
audaciam cerneres. Quum anceps proelium esset, Iones ex prae- 
cepto Themistoclis pugnae se paullatim subtrahere coeperunt : 
quorum defectio animos ceterorum fregit. Itaque circumspici- 
entes fugam pelluntur Persae et mox, proelio victi, in fugam 
vertuntur. In qua trepidatione multae captae sunt naves, multae 
mersae ; plures tamen, non minus saevitiam regis, quam hostem, 
timentes, domum dilabuntur. 

11. Hac clade perculsum et dubium Xerxem Mardonius horta- 
tur, in regnum abeat, ne quid seditionis moveat fama adversi 
belli, in majus, sicuti mos est, omnia extollens ; sibi trecenta 
milia armatorum lecta ex omnibus copiis relinquat : qua manu 
aut cum gloria ejus perdomiturum se Greciam, aut, si aliter even- 
tus ferat, sine ejusdem infamia hostibus cessurum. Probato con- 
silio, Mardonio exercitus traditur : reliquas copias rex ipse redu- 
cere in regnum parat. Sed Graeci, audita regis fuga, consilium 
ineunt pontis interrumpendi, quern ille Abydo veluti victor maris 
fecerat, ut, intercluso reditu, aut cum exercitu deleretur, aut des- 
peratione rerum pacem victus petere cogeretur. 

12. Sed Themistocles, timens, ne interclusi hostes despera- 
tionem in virtutem verterent et iter, quod aliter non pateret, ferro 
patefacerent, quum vincere consilio ceteros non posset, servum 
ad Xerxem mittit, certioremque consilii facit et occupare transi- 
tum maturata fuga jubet. Ille, perculsus nuntio, tradit ducibus 
milites perducendos ; ipse cum paucis Abydum contendit. Ubi 
quum solutum pontem hibernis tempestatibus offendisset, piscato- 
ria scapha trcpidus trajecit. Nee pedestribus copiis felicius iter 
fuit ; quotidiano enim labori etiam fames accesserat. Multorum 
deinde dierum inopia contraxerat etiam pestem ; tantaque foedi- 
tas morientium fuit, ut viae cadaveribus implerentur, alitesque et 
bestiae, escae illecebris sollicitatae, exercitum sequerentur. 

13. Mardonius ad Plataeas in Boeotia a Pausania Lacedae- 
monio et Aristide Atheniensi de victus est (-179). Castra referta 
regal is opulentiae capta. Eodem forte die, quo Mardonii copiae 
deletae sunt etiam navali proelio in Asia sub monte Mycale ad- 
versus Persas dimicatum est (4 79) et splendida de Persis repor- 
tata victoria. Ibi ante proelium, quum classes ex adverso starent, 
fama ad utrumque exercitum venit, vicisse Graecos et Mardonii 



854 history. 

copias occidione occidisse. Confecto beilo, quum de praemiis 
civitatium ageretur, omnium judicio Atheniensium virtus ceteris 
praelata est. Inter duces quoque Themistocles princeps civitati- 
um testimonio judicatus gloriam patriae suae auxit. 

2. Brevis conspectus historiae Romanae ah urbe condita usque 
ad Augustum. (Ex Eutropio, aliis mutatis, aliis omis- 
sis, nonnullis etiam ex aliis scriptoribus additis. 

1. Romanum imperium a Romulo exordium habet, qui Rheae 
Silviae, Vestalis virginis et Martis filius, cum Remo, fratre gemi- 
no, urbem condidit, quam ex nomine suo Romam vocavit (753 a. 
Chr.). Asylo aperto ad numerum civium augendum, ingens 
hominum multitudo ex finitimis civitatibus Romam confluxit. At 
viri non habebant feminas. Itaque Romulus ludos solennes instituit 
invitavitque ad eorum spectaculum vicinas urbis Romae nationes. 
Quum multi alii convenerunt, turn Sabinorum omnis multitudo 
cum liberis et conjugibus. Dum ludi eduntur, extemplo Romani 
discurrunt magnamque virginum partem rapiunt. 

2. Propter raptarum injuriam Sabini Romanis bellum intule- 
runt. Res venit ad pugnam. Utrinque acerrime decertatur. 
In media acie repente raptae mulieres crinibus passis scissaque 
veste ausae sunt se inter tela volantia inferre et precibus infestas 
acies dirimere. Rebus compositis, Romulus centum ex senioribus 
legit, quorum consilio omnia ageret, quos senatores nominavit prop- 
ter senectutem. Anno regni tricesimo septimo, quum orta subito 
tempestate non comparuisset, ad deos transisse putatus est (761), 

3. Postea Numa Pompilius, Curibus, urbe in agro Sabinorum, 
natus, rex creatus est (715 — 673). Qui bellum quidem nullum 
gessit, sed non minus civitati, quam Romulus, profuit. Nam leo-- 
ibus moribusque et sacris plurimis constitutis populi barbari et 
bellicosi mores mollivit. Etiam annum descripsit in decern men- 
ses. Omnia autem, quae faciebat, se nymphae Egeriae jussu 
facere dictitabat. Regnavit tres et quadraginta annos. — Huic 
successit Tullus Hostilius (673 — 640). Is bella reparavit. Bel- 
lum Albanis illatum, certamine trigeminorum fratrum, qui forte 
in utroque exercitu erant, nee aetate, nee viribus disparium, 
finitum est. Deinde etiam Vejentes et Fidenates bello supera- 
vit. Quum XXX annos regnasset, fulmine ictus cum domo sua 
arsit. 

4. Post hunc Ancus Marcius, Numae ex filia nepos, suscepit 
imperium (640 — 616). Contra Latinos dimicavit, apud ostium 
Tiberis urbem condidit, quam Ostiam vocavit. Yicesimo quarto 
anno imperii morbo periit. — Deinde regnum Tarquinius Priscus 



ni STORY. 3 JO 

accepit (616 — 578). Is numcrum senatoruin duplicavit ; circum 
Romae aedificavit ; ludos Romanos instituit. Yicit idem etiam 
Sabinos nee parum agrorum, iis ademptorum, urbis Romae terri- 
torio adjunxit. Muros fecit et cloacas ; Capitolium incboavit. 
Tricesimo octavo imperii anno per Anci filios occisus est, regis 
ejus, cui ipse successerat. — Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit 
imperium (578 — 534). Primus omnium censum ordinavit. 
Sub eo Roma habuit capitum LXXXIII milia civium Romanorum 
cum iis, qui in agris erant. Occisus est XLV imperii anno 
scelere generi sui Tarquinii, filii ejus regis, cui ipse successerat, 
et filiae, quam Tarquinius habebat uxorem. 

5. Hie Tarquinius, qui propter superbiam Superbi cognomen 
accepit, septimus fuit atque ultimus regum (534 — 509). Multas 
gentes devicit : templum Jovi in Capitolio aedificavit. Postea 
Ardeam, urbem Etruriae, oppugnans imperium perdidit. Xam 
quum filius ejus nobilissimae feminae, Lucretiae, eidemque pudi- 
cissimae, Vim fecisset, eaque de injuria marito et patri et amicis 
questa fuisset, in omnium conspectu se oceidit, postquam eos 
obtestata fuerat, ut banc injuriam ulciscerentur. Propter quam 
eaussam M. Brutus, Tarquinius Collatinus aliique in exitium regis 
conjuraverunt, et, populo concitato, ei imperium ademerunt. 
Cum uxore et liberis suis fugit, quum XXV annos regnasset. 
Ita Romae regnatum est per septem reges annos CCXLIV. 

6. Hinc consules coepti sunt pro uno rege duo hac caussa 
creari (509), ut si unus malus esse voluisset, alter eum, habens 
eandem potestatem, coereeret. Et placuit, ne imperium longius, 
quam annuum haberent, ne per diuturnitatem potestatis insolenti- 
ores fierent, sed aequitatem semper servarent, qui se post annum 
scirent futuros esse privates. Fuerunt igitur anno primo, 
expulsis regibus, consules L. Junius Brutus, qui maxime egerat, 
ut Tarquinius pelleretur, et Tarquinius Collatinus, maritus Lu- 
cretiae. Sed Tarquinio Collatino statim sublata dignitas est. 
Placuerat enim, ne quisquam in urbe maneret, qui Tarquinius 
vocaretur. In ejus locum factus est Valerius Publicola consul. 

7. Commovit tamen bellum urbi Romae rex Tarquinius, qui 
fuerat expulsus, et, collectis multis gentibus, ut in regnum posset 
restitui, dimicavit. In prima pugna Brutus consul et Ancus, Tar- 
quinii filius, alter alterum se occidcrunt. Romani tamen ex ea 
pugna vietores discesserunt. Brutum Roman ae matronae, defen- 
sorem pudicitiae suae, quasi communem patrem, per annum lux- 
erunt. Valerius Publicola Sp. Lucretium, Lucretiae patrem, 
collegam sibi fecit : quo morbo mortuo, iterum Ploratium Pulvil- 
lum collegam sibi sumpsit. Ita primus annus quinque consules 
habuit. 

8. Etiam seeundo anno (508) iterum Tarquinius, ut recipere- 



856 HISTORY. 

tur in regnum, bellam Romania intulit, auxilium ei ferente Porse- 
na, Etruscorum rege. Is ne Tiberim transiret, virtute Horatii 
Coclitis prohibitus est, qui dum alii pontem rescindunt, unus 
Etruscos sustinuit et, ponte rupto, armatus se in flume n misit et 
ad suos transnavit. Quum Porsena urbem obsideret, C. Mucius 
Scaevola, adolescens nobilis, in castra hostium se eontulit, ut 
Porsenam regem occideret. At pro rege scribam obtruncat, qui 
propter eum sedebat pari fere ornatu indutus. Turn a regiis 
satellitibus comprehensus, ante tribunal regis constltutus est. 
Qui quum tormenta minitaretur, Mucius, dextra accenso ad sac- 
rificium foculo injecta : En tibi, inquit, quam vile corpus sit iis, 
qui magnam gloriam vident. Qua animi virtute perculsus rex 
juvenem intactum inviolatumque dimisit. Turn Mucius, quasi 
remunerans beneficium, trecentos principes juventutis Romanae 
in ejus vitam eonjurasse ait. Qua re territus Porsena pacem cum 
Pomanis fecit. Tarquinius autem Tusculum abiit ibique priva- 
tus cum uxore consenuit. 

9. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos (492) seditionem pop- 
ulus Romae fecit, questus, se a senatu et consulibus tributis et 
militia premi. Magna pars plebis urbem reliquit et in montem 
trans Anienem amnem secessit. Pavor ingens patres occupavit. 
Placuit igitur oratorem ad plebem mitti Menenium Agrippam, fa- 
cundum virum et plebi, ex qua ipse ortus erat, carum. Is fabula 
de membrorum humani corporis contra ventrem conspiratione 
narrata, flexit mentes bominum. Ad concordiam firmandam tri- 
buni plebis facti sunt, qui plebem contra senatum et consules de- 
fenderent. 

10. Sequenti anno (49l). Volsci bellum reparaverunt, sed 
devicti sunt, et Corioli, eorum urbs, capti a Q. Marcio, cui inde 
cognomen Coriolano fuit. Postero anno idem Coriolanus, quum, 
fame in urbe orta, infestum se reddidisset plebi, urbe expulsus est. 
Iratus in Yolscos abiit exsulatum. A quibus benigne exceptus 
et dux creatus exercitum contra Komanos duxit eosque saepe 
vicit. Uscme ad quintum miliarium urbis accessit, oppugn aturus 
etiam patriam, legatis, qui pacem pete bant, repudiatis. Tandem 
ad eum mater Veturia et uxor Volumnia ex urbe venerunt, qua- 
rum fletu et deprecatione superatus removit exercitum. Abduc- 
tis deinde legionibus ex agro Romano, invidia rei oppressus peris- 
se traditur. 

11. Undecim annis post (4 7 7), bello cum Vejentibus exorto, 
quum Romani graviter ab hostibus premerentur, trecenti nobiles 
homines, qui ex Fabia gente erant, bellum soli susceperunt, 
promittentes, se privato sumptu bellum gesturos et confecturos. 
Quum saepe hostes vicissent, ad Cremeram flumen castra pos- 
uerunt. lbi Vejentes dolo usi in insidias Fabios pellexe- 



HISTORY. di>7 

vunt et ad unum omnes oecMerunt. Unus omnino super- 
fuit ex tanta gente, qui per aetatem puerilem duci non poterat 
ad pugnam. Sequent! anno (476), quum in AlgTdo monte Rom- 
anus obsideretur exercitus, L. Qulnctius Cincinnatus dictator est 
factus, qui agrum quattuor jugeruni possidens manibus suis cole- 
bat. Is quum in opere et arans esset inventus, sudore deterso, 
togam praetextam accepit et, caesis hostibus, liberavit exercitum. 

12. Sex annis post (450) pro duobus consulibus decemviri 
creati sunt, qui summam potestatem haberent. Sed quum primo 
anno bene egissent, secundo unus ex iis, Appius Claudius, virgi- 
nem ingenuam, Yirginiam, corrumpere voluit. At pater ejus, 
Virginius, centurio, vir erections indolis, quum earn aliter tueri 
non posset, ne in potestatem Appii veniret, filiam suapte manu 
occldit et regressus ad milites movit tumultum. Sublata est 
decemviris potestas, ipsique damnati sunt. 

13. Multis annis post Vejentes rebellaverunt (403 — 393). 
Dictator contra eos missus est Furius Camillus, qui primum eos 
vicit acie, mox etiam Vejos diu obsidens cepit, deinde etiam Fal- 
iscos urbem obsidebat. Quae urbs quum acriter a civibus defen- 
sa capi non posset a Romanis, ludimagister quidam, cujus curae 
principum liberi demandati erant, eos ex urbe in castra Romano- 
rum duxit, ut, pueris Camillo traditis, urbem proderet. At Cam- 
illus, proditione repudiata, proditorem, manibus post tergum vinc- 
tis, pueris Faliscos verberibus agendum dedit. Qua animi no- 
bilitate commoti Falisci urbem Romanis tradiderunt. 

14. Sed commota est ei invidia, quod praedam inique divisis- 
set, damnatusque ob earn caussam et expulsus civitate est. 
Eodem fere tempore Galli Senones ad urbem venerunt et, Roma- 
nis apud flumen Alliam victis, urbem ipsam occuparunt ; neque 
defendi quicquam, nisi Capitolium, potuit. Quod quum diu ob- 
sedissent, et jam Romani fame laborarent, a Camillo, qui in vicina 
civitate exsulabat, Galiis superventum est gravissimeque victi 
sunt. 

15. Anno CCCLXXXXIV post urbem conditam (358) Galli 
iterum contra Romanos bellum moverunt et quarto milliario trans 
Anienem fluvium consederunt. Gallus eximia corporis magnitu- 
dine, quern Romae virum fortissimum haberet, ad certamen singu- 
lare provocavit. T. Manlius, accepta provocatione, Galium occl- 
dit eumque torque aureo, quo ornatus erat, spoliavit. Hinc cog- 
nomen accepit Torquati. Galli fugam capessiverunt. Novo bei- 
lo cum Galiis exorto, anno urbis CCCCVI, iterum Gallus, corpo- 
ris magnitudine insignis, e Romanis qui esset optimus ad certa- 
men provocavit. Turn se M. Valerius, tribunus militum, obtulit, 
et, quum processisset armatus, corvus ei supra dextrum brachium 
sedit. Mox commissa pugna, idem corvus alis et unguibus Galli 



358 HISTORY. 

oculos verberavit, ne rectum pc^et adspicere. Ita a Yalerio in- 
terfectus, non solum vietoriam ei, sed etiam nomen dedit. Nam 
postea Corvus est dietus. 

16. Postea Samnitibus a Rompnis bellum illatum est (300 — 
290). In quo bello Romani, T. Yeturio et Spurio Postumio 
consulibus, ingenti dedeeore affecti sunt. Pontius enim, dux 
hostium, eos ad Furculas Caudinas in augustias pellexit et, quum 
inde sese expedire non possent, oranes sub jugum misit. Tandem 
post cruentissimum undequinquaginta annorum bellum fortissima 
Samnitium gens a Romanis est devicta. 

17. Paucis annis post (281) Tarentlnis, qui in ultima Italia 
sunt, bellum indictum est, qui legatis Romanorum injuriam feeis- 
sent. Hi Pyrrhum, Eplri regem, contra Romanos auxilium po- 
poscerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit. Missus est contra eum consul 
L. Valerius Laevlnus, qui, quum exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, 
jussit eos per castra duci, ostendi omnem exercitum tumque dim- 
itti, ut renunciarent Pyrrho, quaecumque a Romanis agerentur. 
Commissa mox pugna, quum jam Pyrrhus fugeret, elephantorum 
auxilio vicit, quos incognitos Romani expaverunt ; sed non proe- 
lio finem dedit. Pyrrhus Romanos mille octingentos cepit eos- 
que summo honore tractavit; occisos sepelivit. Quos quum ad- 
verso vulnere et truci vultu etiam mortuos jacere vidisset, sustulit 
ad coelum manus dicens, se totius orbis dominum esse potuisse, 
si tales sibi milites contigissent. 

18. Postea Pyrrhus, junctis sibi Samnitibus, Lucanis Bruttiis- 
que, Romam perrexit, omnia ferro ignique vastavit, Campaniam 
depopulatus est atque ad Praeneste venit. Mox terrore exerci- 
tus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Campaniam se recepit. Le- 
gati ad Pyrrhum de redimendis captivis missi ab eo honorifice ex- 
cepti sunt ; captivos sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis Ro- 
manorum, Fabricium, sic admiratus est, ut, quum eum pauperem 
esse cognovisset, quarta parte regni promissa, sollicitare voluerit, 
ut ad se transirefc ; at contemptus a Fabricio est. Quare quum 
Pyrrhus ingenti Romanorum admiratione teneretur, legatum misit, 
qui paeem aequis conditionibus peteret, praecipuum virum, Cine- 
am nomine, ita ut Pyrrhus partem Italiae, quam jam armis occu- 
paverat, obtineret. 

19. Pax displicuit, responsumque Pyrrho a senatu est, eum 
cum Romanis, nisi ex Italiae recessisset, pacem habere non posse. 
Turn Romani jusserunt captivos omnes quos Pyrrhus reddiderat, 
infames haberi, quod armati capi potuissent, nee ante eos ad vet- 
erem statum reverti, quam si binorum hostium occisorum spolia 
retulissent. Ita legatus Pyrrhi revertit. A quo quum quaereret 
Pyrrhus, qualem Romam comperisset ? Cineas dixit, regain se 
patriam vidisse ; scilicet tales illic fere omnes, qualis unus Pyrr- 



HISTORY. 35S 

bus in Epiro et rcliqua Graecia putaretur. Vlissi sunt contra 
Pyrrhum duces P. Sulpicius et Decias Mus, consules (279). 
Certamine commisso Pyrrhus vulneratus est, elepbanti interfecti, 
XX milia caesa hostium, et ex Romanis tan turn quinque milia. 
Pyrrhus Tarentum fugatus est. 

20. Interjecto anno (278), contra Pyrrhum Fabricius est mis- 
sus, qui prius inter legatos sollkitari non potuerat, quarta parte 
regni promissa. Turn, qnum vicina castra ipse et rex haberent, 
medicus Pyrrhi ad eum nocte venit, promittens, se veneno Pyrr- 
hum occisurum, si sibi aliquid polliceretur ; quern Fabricius vinc- 
tum reduci jussit ad dominum Pyrrhoque dici, quae contra caput 
ejus medicus spopondisset, Tunc rex, admiratus eum, dixisse 
fertur : Ille est Fabricius, qui dihicilius ab honestate, quani sol a 
cursu suo averti potest. Turn rex in Siciliam profectus est 
(277) ; Fabricius, victis Samnitibus et Lucanis, triumphavit. 
Consules deinde, Curius Dentatus et Cornelius Lentulus, adver- 
sus Pyrrhum missi sunt ; Curius contra eum pugnavit, exercitum 
ejus cecidit, ipsum Tarentum fugavit, castra cepit. Eo die caesa 
hostium XXIII milia. Curius in consulatu triumphavit ; primus 
Romam elephantos quattuor duxit. Pyrrhus etiam a Tarento 
mox recessit et apud Argos, Graeciae urbem, occisus est (274). 

21. Quum jam clarum urbis Roniae nomen esset, arma tamen 
extra Italiam mota non fuerant. Anno autem CCCCXC post 
urbem conditam (262), exercitu in Siciliam trajecto, Ilieronem, 
regem Syracusarum, devicerunt et Poenis, qui multas eivitatea 
in ea insula occupaverant, bellum intulerunt. Quinto anno belli 
Punici (258) primum Romani in mari dimicaverunt. Duiiius, 
consul Romanorum, commisso proelio navali, Carthaginiensium 
ducem vicit, XXXI naves cepit, XIV mersit, VII milia hostium 
cepit, III milia occidit. Xeque ulla victoria Romanis gratior fuit, 
quod, invicti terra, jam etiam mari plurimum possent. 

22. L. Manlio Vulsone, M. Atilio Regulo consulibus (256), 
bellum in Africam translatum est; contra Hamilcarem, Cartha- 
giniensium ducem, in mari pugnatum, victusque est. Nam perditis 
LXIV navibus, se recepit. Romani XXII amiserunt. Sed 
quum in Africam transissent, primum Clypeam, Africae urbem, 
in deditionem acceperunt. Consules usque ad Carthaginem pro- 
cesserunt, multisque vastatis, Alanlius victor Romam rediit et 
XXVII milia captivorum reduxit ; Atilius Regulus in Africa 
remansit. Is contra Poenos aciem instruxit ; contra tres Carthagin- 
iensium duces dimicans, victor fuit; XVIII milia hostium ceci- 
dit, quinque milia cum XVIII elephantis cepit ; LXXIV civitates 
in fideni acccpit. Turn victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis 
petierunt : quam cum Regulus nollet, nisi durissimis conditionibus, 
dare, Poeui auxilium a Lacedaemoniis petierunt ; et duce Xan- 



360 HISTORY. 

tbippo, qui a Laccdaemoniis missus fuerat, Romanorum dux Regu- 
lus victus est. Nam duo milia tantum ex omni Romano exercitu 
refugerunt; quingenti cum imperatore Regulo capti sunt; XXX 
milia occisa ; Regulus ipse in catenas conjectus. 

23. Postea autem Carthaginienses, multis ac gravissimis cladi- 
bus affecti et terra marique superati, Regulum ducem, quem ce- 
perant, rogarunt, ut Romam proficisceretur et pacem a Roman- 
is peteret ac permutationem captivorum faceret. Ille Romam 
quum venisset, inductus in senatum, nihil ut Romanus egit dixit- 
que, se ex ilia die, quae in potestatem Poenorum venisset, Roma- 
num esse desisse. Itaque et uxorem a complexu removit et sen- 
atui suasit, ne pax cum Poenis fieret ; illos enim, fractos tot casi- 
bus, spem nullam habere ; se tanti non esse, ut tot milia captivo- 
rum propter unum se et senem, et paucos, qui ex Romanis captl 
fuerant, redderentur. Haec sententia vicit. Ipse Carthagi- 
nem rediit ; offerentibus Romanis, ut eum Romae tenerent, nega- 
vit, se in ea urbe mansurum, in qua, postquam Poenis servisset, 
dignitatem honesti civis habere non posset. Regressus igitur in 
Africam, omnibus suppliciis extinctus est. 

24. Anno belli Punici XXIII (242) Lutatio Catulo, alteri 
consuli Romanorum, bellum contra Afros commissum est. Pro- 
fectus est cum CCC navibus in Siciliam. Poeni contra ipsum 
CCCC paraverunt. Contra Lilybaeum, promontorium Siciliae, 
pugnatum est ingenti virtute Romanorum. Nam LXXIII Cartha- 
giniensium naves captae sunt, CXXV demersae, XXXII milia 
hostium capta, XIII occisa ; infinitum auri argentique pon- 
dus in potestatem Romanorum redactum. Ex classe Komana 
XII naves demersae. Statim Carthaginienses pacem petierunt, 
tributaque est iis pax ; captivi Romanorum, qui tenebantur a 
Carthaginiensibus, redditi sunt. Carthaginienses Sicilia, Sar- 
dinia et ceterisque inter Italiam et Africam insulis decesserunt 
omnemque Hispaniara, quae citra Iberum est, Romanis permi- 
serunt. 

25. Anno DXXIY. ab u. c. (299) ingentes Gallorum copiae 
Alpes transierunt. Sed pro Romanis tota Italia consensit, tradi- 
tumque est a Fabio historico, qui ei bello interfuit, DCCC milia 
hominum parata ad id bellum fuisse. Sed res per consulem 
L. Aemilium apud Clusium, Etruriae urbem, prospere gesta est; 
XL. milia hostium interfecta sunt. Aliquot deinde annis post 
contra Gallos in agro Insubrium pugnatum est, finitumque est 
bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cornelio Scipione consulibus. 
Turn Marcellus cum parva manu equitum dimicavit et regem 
Gallorum, Virdomarum nomine, manu sua occidit. Postea cum 
colleira ingentes eopias Gallorum peremit, Mediolanum expugna- 
vit, oTandem praedam Romam pertulit ac t.numphans spolia Galli, 
stipiti imposita, humeris snis vexit. 



nisTor.Y. SGI 

26. Paullo post (218) bellum Pnnicum secundum Romanis 
illatum est per Hannibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern, 
novem annos natum, pater Hamilcar, ad aram abductum jurare 
iussit, nunquam se in amicitia cum Romanis fore. Is, annum 
agens vicesimum, patre mortuo, Saguntum, Hispaniae civitatem, 
Romanis amicam, oppugnare aggressus est. Huic Romani per 
legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret. Is legatos admittere 
noluit. Romani etiam Carthaginem miserunt, ut mandaretur 
Hannibali, ne bellum contra socios populi Romani gereret. Dura 
responsa a Carthaginiensibus reddita. Saguntini interea fame 
victi sunt. Turn Romani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 

27. Hannibal, relicto in Kispania fratre Hasdrubale, Pyrenae- 
um transiit ; Alpes, adhuc ea parte invias, sibi patefecit. Tradi- 
tur in italiam LXXX milia peditum, et XX milia equitum, 
septem et XXX elephantos . adduxisse. Interea multi Ligures 
et Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. P. Cornelius Scipio Hanni- 
bali primus occurrit ; commisso ad Ticinum proelio, fugatis suis, 
ipse vulneratus in castra rediit. Turn Sempronius Gracchus con- 
flixit apud Trebiam amnem. Is quoque vincitur. Hannibali multi 
se in Italia dediderunt. Inde in Tusciam veniens Hannibal Flami- 
nium consulem ad Trasimenum lacum acie devicit (217). Ipse 
Plaminus intremptus est ; Romanorum XXY milia caesa sunt, ceteri 
diffugerunt. Jamjam, exercitibus Romanis devietis, Hannibal 
ipsam urbem Romam aggressurus vibebatur ; at praeter omnem 
expectationem transduxit copias in Italiam inferiorem. Missus 
adversus Hannibalem est Q. Fabius Maximus, qui difFerendo pug- 
nam Hannibalem debilitavit et cunctando res Romanas restituit. 

28. L. Aemilius Paullus, P. Terentius Varro, consules, Fabio 
succedunt (216) ; qui ambos consules 'monuit, ut Hannibalem, 
calidum et impatientem ducem, non aliter vincerent, quam proeli- 
um differendo. Verum quum impatientia Varronis, obloquente 
consule altero, apud vicum, qui Cannae appellatur, in Apulia 
pugnatum esset, ambo consules ab Hannibale vincuntur. In ea 
pugna tria milia Poenorum pereunt, magna pars de exercitu 
Hannibalis sauciatur ; nulio tamen Punico bello Romani gravius 
accepti sunt. Periit enim in eo Aemilius Paullus consul, consu- 
lares aut praetorii XX, senatores capti aut occisi XXX, nobiles 
viri CCC, militum XL milia, equitum III milia et quingenti. In 
quibus malis nemo tamen Romanorum pacis mentionem fecit. 
Servi, quod nunquam ante factum est, manumissi et milites facti 
sunt. 

29. Post earn pugnam multae Italiae civitates, quae Romanis 
paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Hannibal Romanis 
obtulit, ut capti vos redimerent; responsumque est a senatu, eos 
cives non esse uecessarios, qui, quum a mati esscnt, capi potuis- 

31 



362 HISTORY. 

sent. Ille omnes postea variis supplieiis interfecit et tros moclios 
aureorum annulorum Carthaginem misit, quos e manibus equitum 
Romanorum, senatorum et militum detraxerat. Interea in His- 
pania, ubi frater Hannibalis, Hasdrubai, remanserat cum magno 
exercitu, ut earn totam Poenis subigeret, a cluobus Scipionibus, 
Romanis ducibus, vincitur perditque in pugna XXXV milia homi- 
num. 

30. Anno quarto, postquam in Italiam Hannibal venit (215), 
M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem Cainpaniae, 
contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Hannibal multas civitates 
Romanorum per Apuliam, Calabriam et Bruttios occupavit : quo 
tempore etiam rex Macedoniae, Philippus, ad eum legatos misit, 
promittens auxilia contra Romanos ea conditione, ut deletis Ro- 
manis, ipse quoque contra Graecos ab Hannibale auxilia accipe- 
ret. Captis autem legatis Philippi et re cognita, Romani in 
Macedonian! M. Valerium Laevinum ire jusserunt, in Sardiniam 
T. Manlium Torquatum, proconsulem. Nam etiam ea sollicitata 
ab Hannibale Romanos deseruerat. 

31. Ra uno tempore quattuor locis pugnabatur : in Italia con- 
tra Hannibalem; in Hispaniis contra fratrem ejus Hasdrubalem ; 
in Macedonia contra Philippum ; in Sardinia contra Sardos et 
alterum Hasdrubalem Carthaginiensem. Is a T. Manlio procon- 
sule, qui in Sardiniam missus fuerat, vivus est captus, occisa cum 
eo XII milia, capti mille quingenti, et a Romanis Sardinia subac- 
ta. Manlius victor captivos et Hasdrubalem Romam reportavit. 
Interea etiam Philip[jus a Laevino in Macedonia vincitur, et in 
Hispania a Scipionibus Hasdrubai et Mago, tertius frater Han- 
nibalis. 

32. Decimo anno, postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat 
(211), P. Sulpicio, Cn. Fulvio consulibus, Hannibal usque ad 
quartum milliarium urbis accessit, equites ejus usque ad portam. 
Mox consulum metu, cum exercitu venientium, Hannibal in Cam- 
paniam se recepit. In Hispania a fratre ejus Hasdrubale ambo 
Scipiones, qui per multos annos victores fuerant, interficiuntur ; 
exercltus tamen integer mansit; casu enim magis erant, quam 
virtute, decepti. Quo tempore (210) etiam a consule Marcello 
Siciliae magna pars capta est, quam tenere Poeni coeperant, et 
nobilissimae urbis Syracusanae praeda ingens Romam perlata est. 
Laevinus in Macedonia cum Philippo, et multis Graeciae populis, 
et regc Asiae Attalo, amicitiam fecit et, in Siciliam profectus, 
Hannonem quendam, Poenorum ducem, apud Agrigentum cum 
ipso oppido cepit, cumque Romam cum captivis nobilibus misit; 
XL civitates in deditionem accepit, XXVI expugnavit. Ita, om- 
ni Sicilia recepta, Macedonia fracta, cum ingenti gloria Romam 
regressua est. Hannibal in Italia Cn. Fulviuin consulem subito 
agressus rum octo milibus hominum interfweit (240). 



HISTORY. 3G3 

33. Tnterea (209) in Hispanias, ubi, occisis duobus Seipionibus, 
nullus Romanus dux erat, P. Cornelius Scipio mittitur, filius P. 

Scipionis, qui ibidem bellum gesserat, annos natus quattuor et 
viginti, vir Romanorum omnium et sua aetate, et posteriore tem- 
pore fere primus. Is puer duodeviginti annorum in pugna ad 
Ticinum commissa patrem singulari virtute servavit. Deinde 
post cladem Cannensem multos nobilissimorum juvenum, Italiam 
deserere cupientium, auctoritate sua ab eo eonsilio deterruit. Vi- 
ginti quattuor annos natus in Hispaniam missus, die, quo venit, 
Cathagineni Novam cepit (210) : in qua omne aurum et argentum 
et belli apparatum Poeni habebant ; nobilissimos quoque obsides, 
quos ab Hispanis acceperant ; Magonem etiam, fratrem Hanniba- 
lis, ibidem cepit, quern Romam cum aliis misit. Romae in gens 
laetitia post hunc nuntium fuit. Scipio Hispanorum obsides pa- 
rentibus reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispani ad enm uno animo 
transierunt. Post quae Hasdrubalem, Hannibalis fratrem, victum 
fugavit et praedam maximam cepit. 

34. Interea in Italia consul Q. Fabius Maximus Tarentum 
cepit (209), in qua ingentes copiae Hannibalis erant. Turn mul- 
tae civitates Romanorum, quae ad Hannibalem transierant, 
rursus se Fabio Maximo dediderunt. In Hispania Scipio egregi- 
as res gessit. In Italia tamem male pugnatum est. Xam Claudi- 
us Marcellus consul ab Hannibale occisus est. Desperans Hanni- 
bal, Hispanias contra Scipionem ducem diutius posse retineri, fra- 
trem suum Hasdrubalem in Italiam cum omnibus copiis evocavit. 

35. Is veniens eodem itinere, quo etiam Hannibal venerat, a 
consulibus Appio Claudio Nerone et M. Livio Salinatore apud 
Metaurum fluvium et Senam, Piceni civitatem, in insidias com- 
positas incidit (207) ; strenue tamen pugnans occisus est; ingen- 
tes ejus copiae captae aut interfectae sunt ; magnum pondus auri 
atque argenti Romam relatum. Post liaec Hannibal diffidere de 
belli coepit eventu. Romanis ingens animus accessit. Itaque 
et ipsi evocaverunt ex Hispania P. Cornelium Scipionem. Is 
Romam cum ingenti gloria venit (206). Omnes civitates, quae 
in Bruttiis ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis se tradiderunt. 

3G. Scipio anno XIV, postquam in Italiam Hannibal venerat, 
consul est factus (205) et in Africam missus (204). Ibi contra 
Hannonem, ducem Poenorum, pugnavit, exercitum ejus interfecit. 
Secundo proelio (203) castra cepit cum quattuor milibus et 
quingentis militibus, XI milibus occisis. Syphacem, Numidiae 
regem, qui se Poenis coniunxerat, cepit. Syphax cum nobilis- 
simis Xumidis et infinitis spoliis Romam ab Scipione missus est. 
Qua re audita, omnis fere Italia Hannibalem deseruit. Ipse a 
Carthaginiensibus redire in Africam jubetur, quam Scipio vastabat. 
Ita anno XVH ab Hannibale Italia liberata est (202). 



364 HISTORY. 

3 7. Hannibale compluribus proeliis devicto, bello etiam a Mas- 
sinissa, rege Nuinidarum, Carthagini illato, pace saepius frustra 
tentata, pugna ad Zamam comittitur, quails vix ulla memoria fult, 
quum peritissimi viri copias suas ad bellum educerent. Scipio 
victor recedit, paene ipso Hannibale capto, qui cum quattuor 
equitibus evasit. Post id certamen pax cum Carthaginiensibu3 
facta est. Scipio Romam recliit (201), ingenti gloria triumphavit 
atque Africanus ex eo appellari coeptus est. Hannibal metuens, 
ne Romanis traderetur, primum ad Antiochum, Syriae regem, 
deinde, eo a Romanis victo, ad Prusiam, Bithyniae regem, con- 
fugit ; etiam ab eo, per T. Quinetium Flamininum repetitus, 
quum tradendus Romam esset, venenum sumpsit. Hunc finem 
cepit secundum bellum Punic um post annum nonum decimum, 
quam coeperat. 

38. Finito bello Punico secundo, Romanorum potentia in dies 
magis magisque crevit. Pbilippus II., rex Macedoniae, a T. 
Quinctio Flaminio ad Cynoscephalas acie devictus est (197). 
Idem T. Quinetius etiam Lacedaemoniis intulit bellum et ducem 
eorum, Nabldem, superavit. Antioclius Magnus, rex Syriae, ad 
quern Hannibal confugerat, a L. Scipione, cui frater Scipio Afri- 
canus legatus erat additus, ad Magnesiam, Asiae civitatem, in- 
genti proelio fusus est (190). Scipio propter Asiam domltam 
accipit nomen Asiatici. 

39. Philippo, rege Macedoniae, mortuo, filius ejus Perseus re- 
bellavit, ingentibus copiis ad bellum paratis. Dux Romanorum, 
P. Licinius, consul, contra eum missus, a rege gravi proelio vic- 
tus est. Neque tamen Romani, quanquam superati erant, regi 
petenti pacem praestare voluerunt, nisi his conditionibus, ut se 
et suos senatui et populo R. dederet. Mox missus contra eum 
L. Aemilius Paullus consul regem ad Pydnam (168) splendide 
devicit, XX milibus peditum ejus occisis. Equitatus cum rege 
fugit. Urbes Macedoniae omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Romanis se 
dediderunt. Ipse rex, quum desereretur ab amicis, venit in 
Paulli potestatem. Is triumphavit magnificentissime in curru 
aureo, duobus filiis utroque latere adstantibus, ductis ante cur- 
rum duobus regis filiis et ipso Perseo. 

40. Tertium deinde bellum contra Carthaginem suscipitur 
(149), sexeentesimo et altero anno ab urbe condita, L. Manlio 
Censorino, et M'. Manlio coss., anno LI, postquam secundum 
Punicum bellum transactum erat. Hi profecti Carthaginem op- 
pugnaverunt. Contra eos Ilasdrubal, dux Carthaginiensium, 
dimicabat. Scipio tunc, Scipionis Africani nepos, tribunus ibi 
militabat. Hujus apud omnes ingens metus et revcrentia erat. 
Nam et paratissimus ad dimicandum et consultissiinus habcbaLur. 
Itaque per eum mult a prospere gesta sunt. 



HISTORY. 365 

41. Quum igitur clarum Seipionis nomen esset, juvenis adhuc 
consul est factus (14 7) et contra Carthaginem missus. Is earn, a 
civihus acerrime defensam, cepit ac diruit (146). Spolia ibi in- 
venta, (pae variarum ci vita tin m excidiis Carthago collegerat ; 
et ornamenta urbium civitatibus Sieiliae, Itaiiae, Africae reddidit, 
quae sua recognoseebant. Ita Carthago septingentesimo anno, 
quam condita erat, deleta est (14G). Scipio nomen, quod avus 
ejus aceeperat, meruit ; scilicet, ut propter virtu tern etiam ipse 
Africanus junior vocaretur. Eodem anno Corinthus, nobilissima 
Graeciae civitas, propter injuriam legatorum Romanorum, a 
Mumio consule capta ac diruta est. 

42. Quinque annis interjectis (141), Viriathus qu'dam in Lusi- 
tania bellum contra Romanos movit. Is primo pastor fuit ; mox 
latronum dux ; postremo tantos ad -bellum populos concitavit, ut 
vindex libertatis Hispaniae putaretur. Post XIV annorum bel- 
lum a suis interfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemium a 
Caepione consule peterent, rcsponsum est, nunquam Romanis 
placuisse, imperatorem a suis militibus internci/ 

43. Eodem tempore (141) bellum exortum est cum Numanti- 
nis, quae Hispaniae civitas fuit opulentissima. Superatus ab iis 
Q. Pompeius paeem ignobilem fecit. Post eum C. Hostilius 
Manctnus consul iterum cum Numantinis pacem fecit infamem ; 
quam populus et senatus jussit infringi atque ipsum Mancinum 
hostibus tradi, ut in illo, quern auctorem foederis habeban^, 
injuriam soluti foederis vindicarent. Post tantam igitur ignomi- 
niam, P. Scipio Africanus, qui Carthaginem diruerat, missus est 
(134). Is primum militem vitiosum et ignavum exercendo magis, 
quasi puniendo, sine uila acerbitate eorrexit. Turn muitas His- 
paniae civitates partim bello cepit, partim in deditionem accepit. 
Postremo ipsam Xumantiam, per XIV annos obsessam aeerrime- 
que defonsam, fame confecit et a solo evertit ; reliquam provin- 
eiam in iidem accepit. 

44. P. Scipione Nasica et L. Calpurnio Bestia consulibus 
(110), Jugurthae, Numidarum regi, bellum illatum est, quod 
Adherbalem et Hiempsalem, Mieipsae filios, fratres suos, reges, et 
P. R. amicos interemisset. Missus adversus eum consul CaJpurni- 
us Bestia, corruptus regis pecunia, pacem cum eo flagitiosissimam 
fecit, quae a senatu improbata est. Tandem Q. Caecilius Metei- 
lus consul (109), exercitu magna severitate et moderatione correc- 
to et ad disL'iplinam Romanam reducto, Jugurtham variis proeliis 
vicit multasque civitates ipsas in deditionem accepit. Successit 
ei C. Marios. Is Jugurtham superavit belloque terminum posu- 
it, capto Jugurtha j>er quaestorem suum Cornelium Sullam, in- 
genlem virum. Ante currum triumphantis Marii Jugurtha cum 
duobus fijiijs ductus vsi vinctus et mox jussu consulis in carcere 
strangulatus (! p *?|* 



Stiti HISTORY. 

45. Dum bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham geritur, Roma- 
ni consules M. Manlius et Q. Caepio a Cirnbris et Teutonis, alio- 
rum Germanorum et Gallorum gentibus vieti sunt ad flumen 
Rbodanurn ; et ingenti internecione attriti, etiam castra sua et 
raagnam partem exercitus perdiderunt. Timor Romae grandis 
fuit, qaantus vix Hannibalis tempore Punici belli, ne iterum Galli 
Romam venirent. Ergo marius iterum consul est factus (104), 
bellumque ei contra Cimbros et Teutonos decretum est. — Tertio 
quoque ei et quarto delatus est consulatus, quia bellum Ciuibri- 
cum protrahebatur. Cum Cirnbris igitur conflixit et duobus 
proeliis CC milia hostium cecidit. LXXX milia cepit et ducem 
eorum Teutobodum, propter quod meritum absens quinto con- 
sul est factus. 

46. Interea Cimbri et Teutoni, quorum copia adhuc infinita 
erat, in Italiam transierunt. Iterum a C- Mario et Q. Catulo 
contra eos dimicatum est ad Veronam proelio, CXL milia aut in 
pugna, aut in fuga caesa sunt ; LX milia capta. Romani milites 
ex utroque exercitu trecenti perierunt (101). Tria et triginta 
Cirnbris signa sublata sunt. DCLXI nono anno ab urbe condi- 
ta (91), quum prope alia omnia bella cessarent, in Italia gravis- 
simum bellum Picentes, Marsi Pelignique moverunt : qui, quum 
multos annos jam populo Romano obedirent, turn libertatem sibi 
aequam vindicare coeperunt. Perniciosum admodum hoc bellum 
fuit. In eo bello maxime excelluit L. Cornelius Sulla, qui, quum 
alias res egregias gessisset, turn Cluentium, hostium ducem, cum 
magnis copiis fudit ; per quadriennium cum gravi calami tate hoc 
bellum tractum est. Quinto demum anno finitum est per L. 
Cornelium Sullam jusque civitatis sociis tributum. 

47. Anno urbis conditae DCLXII primum Romae bellum 
civile commotum est : eodem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Caus- 
sam bello civili C. Marius, sexies consul, dedit. Nam quum 
Sulla consul, contra Mithridatem, regem Ponti, gesturus bellum, 
qui Asiam et Achaiam occupaverat, mitteretur, Marius ei hunc 
honorem praecipere conatus est. Qua re Sulla commotus cum 
exercitu ad urbem venit. Illic contra Marium et Sulpicium dimi- 
cavit. Primus urbem Romam armatus ingressus est. Sulpicio 
interfecto, Mario fugato, in Asiam profectus est (86). Ibi pluri- 
bus proeliis Mithridatem devicit eique tandem ea conditione pa- 
cem dedit, ut, relictis iis, quas occupaverat, terris, intra regni sui 
fines se contineret. 

48. Sed dum Sulla in Graecia atque Asia Mithridatem vincit, 
(86) Marius, qui fugatus erat, et, Cornelius Cinna, unus ex con- 
sulibus, bellum in Italia repararunt et, ingressi urbem Romam, 
nobilissimos ex senatu et consularcs viros interfecerunt ; multos 
proscripserunt ; ipsius Sullae domo eversa, filios et uxorem ad 



HISTORY. 367 

fugam compulerunt. Universus reliquus senatus, ex urbe fugiens, 
ad Sullam in Graeciam venit, orans, ut patriae subveniret. 
Sulla in Italiam trajecit et, adversariorum hostibus victis, mox 
etiam urbem ingressus est (82), quam caede et sanguine civium 
replevit. LXX milia hostiuin in proelio contra Sullam fuisse 
dicuntur ; XII milia se Sullae dediderunt, ceteri in acie, in cas- 
tris, in fuga insatiabili ira victoris consumpti sunt. 

49. Sertorius, qui partium Marianarum fuerat, timens fortunam 
ceterorum, qui interempti erant, ad bellum commovit Hispanias. 
Missus est contra hunc virum fortissimum Q. Caecilius Metellus. 
filius ejus, qui Jugurtham regem vicit. Postea, quum impar 
pugnae solus Metellus putaretur, Cn. Pompeius in Hispanias 
missus est. Ita duobus ducibus adversis Sertorius fortuna varia 
saepe pugnavit. Octavo demum anno a suis occisus est (72). 
Omnes prope Hispaniae partes in ditionem populi Romani redac- 
tae sunt. 

50. Mithridates, pace rupta, Bitliyniam et Asiam rursus voluit 
invadere (74). Ad versus euin ambo consules missi variam habue- 
re fortunam. Cotta, apud Chaleedonem victus ab eo acie, etiam 
intra oppidum coactus est et obsessus. Sed quum se inde Mith- 
ridates Cyzicum transtulisset, ut, Cyzico capta, totam Asiam inva- 
deret, Lucullus ei alter consul occurrit; ac, dum Mithridates in 
obsidione Cyzici commoratur, ipse eum a tergo obsedit fameque 
consumsit, et mnltis proeliis vicit; postremo Byzantium (quae 
nunc Constantinopolis est) fugavit, navali quoque proelio duces 
ejus Lucullus oppressit. Ita una hreme et aestate a Lucullo cen- 
tum fere milia regis exstincta sunt. 

51. Duobus annis post in Italia novum bellum subito commo- 
tum est (71 ). Septuaginta enim quattuor gladiatores, ducibus 
Spartaco, Crixo et Oenomao effracto Capuae ludo, effugerunt et 
per Italiam vagantes paene non levins bellum in ea, quam Han- 
nibal moverat, paraverunt. Xam, multis ducibus et duobus si- 
mul Romanorum consulibus victis. sexaginta fere milium armato- 
rum exercitum congregaverunt ; victique sunt in Apulia a M. 
Licinio Crasso proconsule, et post multas calamitates Italiae tertio 
anno huic bello finis impositus (70). 

52. Eodem tempore L. Lucullus Mithridatis, qui rursus arma 
contra Romanos moverat, regnum ingressus, regem proelio apud 
Cabira civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno adduxerat 
Mithridates, superatum fugavit et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia 
quoque minor, quam tenucrat, eidem sublata est. Susceptus 
tamen est Mithridates post fugam a Tigrane, Armeniae rege, 
qui tunc ingenti gloria imperabat. Lucullus, repetcns hostem 
fugatum, etiam regnum Tigranis ingressus eat : Tigranocerta, 
civitatem nobilissimam Armeniae, cepit (68); ipsum regem, cum 



368 HISTORY. 

ingenti exercitu venientem, ita vicit, ut magnain partem Armeni- 
orum deleverlt. 

53. Anno post (67) piratae omnia maria infestabant ita, ut 
Romanis, toto orbe victoribus, sola navigatio tuta non esset. 
Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio decretum est ; quod intra paucos 
menses ingenti et felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox (66) ei 
delatum bellum etiam contra regem Mithridatem et Tigranem : 
quo suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia minore nocturno proelio 
vicit, castra diripuit : quadragintamilibus ejus occisis, viginti 
tantum de exercitu suo perdidit, et duos centuriones. Mitbri- 
dates cum uxore fugit et duobus comitibus. Neque multo post, 
quum in suos saeviret, Pharnacis, filii sui, orta apud milites sedi- 
tione, ad mortem coactus, venenum hausit. Hunc finem habuit 
Mithridates, vir ingentis industriae consiliique. Regnavit annos 
sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duo ; contra Romanos bellum habuit 
annos quadraginta. 

54. Tigrani deinde Pompeius bellum intulit (65). Hie se ei 
dedit et in castra Pompeii venit ac diadema suum quum procubu- 
isset ad genua Pompeii, in manibus ei collocavit ; quod ei Pompe- 
ius reposuit, honorificeque eum habitum, regni tamen parte mul- 
tavit et grandi pecunia. At is deinde, regibus ac populis sub- 
actis, inde in Judeam transgressus, Hierosolyma caput gentis, 
tertio mense cepit (63), duodecim milibus Judaeorum occisis, cet- 
eris in fidem acceptis. His rebus gestis, in Asiam se recepit et 
fiheni antiquissimo bello imposuit. 

55. M. Tullio Cicerone oratore et C. Antonio consulibus (63), 
L. Sergius Catilina, nobilissimi generis vir, sed ingenii pravissimi, 
ad delendam patriam conjuravit cum quibusdam, claris illis qui- 
dem, sed audacibus viris. A Cicerone urbe expulsus est : socii 
ejus deprehensi in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero 
consule, Catilina ipse proelio victus est et interfectus (62). 

56. Anno urbis conditae DCXCIII (59) C. Julius Caesar, qui 
postea imperavit, cum L. Bibulo consul est factus. Decreta est 
ei Gallia et Illyrlcum cum legionibus decern. Is primo vicit 
Helvetios, qui nunc Sequani appellantur. Deinde vincendo per 
bella gravissima usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit. Do- 
muit autem annis novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter Alpes, 
flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est et circuitu patet ad 
bis et tricies centena milia passuum. Britannis mox bellum intu- 
lit (54), quibus ante eum ne nomen quidem Romanorum cogni- 
tum erat, eosque vicit ; Germanos quoque trans Rhenum aggres- 
sus cruentis proeliis vicit. 

57. Iisdem fere temporibus (52) M. Licinius Crassus contra 
Parthos missus est et, quum circa Carras contra omina et auspicia 
dimicasset, a Surena, Orodis regis duce, victus, ad postremum 



HISTOitT. 309 

interfectua est cum filio, clarissimo et praestantissimo juvene 
(50). Reliquiae exercitus per C. Cassium quaestorem servatae 
sunt, qui singulari animo perditas res tanta virtute restituit, ut 
Persas, rediens trans Euphratem, crebris proeliis vinceret. 

58. Hine jam bellum civile successit, quo praeter caiamitates, 
quae in proeliis aeciderunt, etiam populi Roman i fbrtuna inutata 
est. Caesar enim, rediens ex Gallia victor, coepit poseere alte- 
ram consulatum : qui quum ab aliis ei deferretur, oblocuti sunt 
Marcellus consul, Bibulus, Pompeius, Cato, jussusque, diinissis 
exercitibus, ad urbem redire (49). Propter quam injuriam ab 
Arimino, ubi milites congregates habebat, adversum patriam cum 
exercitu venit. Consules cum Pompeio, senatusque omuis atque 
universa nobilitas ex urbe fugit et in Graeciam transiit. 

59. Dum senatus contra Caesarem bellum parat, hie, vacuam 
urbem ingressus, dictatorem se fecit (49). Inde Hispanias petiit. 
Ibi Pompeii exercitus validissimos et fortissimos cum tribus duci- 
bus, L. Afranio, M. Petreio, M. Varrone, superavit. Inde regres- 
sus in Graeciam transiit et adversum Pompeium dimicavit Pri- 
mo proelio victus est et fugatus ; evasit tamen, quia nocte inter- 
veniente Pompeius sequi noluit ; dixitque Caesar, nee Pompeium 
scire vincere, et ilio tantum die se potuisse superari. Deinde in 
Thessalia apud Pharsalum, productis utrinque ingentibus copiis, 
dimicaveruut. 

60. Nunquam adhuc Romanae copiae in unum neque mnjores, 
neque melioribus ducibus convenerant Pugnatum est ingenti. 
contentione, victusque ad postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus 
direpta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandriam petiit, ut a rege Aegyp- 
ti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat propter juvenilem ejus aetatem, 
acciperet auxilia : qui, fortunam magis, quam amicitiam secutus, 
occidit Pompeium ; caput ejus et annulum Caesari misit. Quo 
conspecto, Caesar etiam lacrimas fudisse dicitur, tanti viri intuens 
caput, et generi quondam sui (48). 

61. Mox Caesar Alexandriam venit. Ei quoque Ptojemaeus 
parare voluit insidias : qua caussa regi bellum illatum est. Vic- 
tus in Nilo periit, inventumque est corpus ejus cum lorica aurea. 
Caesar, Alexandria potitus, regnum Cleopatrae dedit, Ptolemaei 
sorori. Romam regressus tertio se consulem fecit cum M. Aemi- 
lio Lepido (46). Inde in Africam profectus est, ubi infinita no- 
bilitas cum Juba Mauritaniae rege, bellum re para ve rat. Con- 
tra hos, comisso proelio, post multas dimicationes victor fuit 
Caesar. 

62. Post annum (45) Caesar, Romam regressus, quarto se con- 
sulem fecit et statim in Hispanias est profectus, ubi Pompeii 
filii, Gnaeus et Sextus, in gens bellum reparaverant. Multa pro- 
elia fuerunt; ultimum apud Mundam, rlispaniae urbem, quo adeo 



370 HISTORY. 

Caesar paene victus est, ut, fugientibus snis, se voluerit occklere? 
ne post tantam rei militaris gloriam in potestatcra adolescentium, 
natus an dos sex et quinqtiaginta, veniret. Denique, reparatis 
suis, vicit ; ex Pompeii nliis major occisus est, minor fugit (^5). 

63. Inde Caesar, bellis civilibus toto orbe compositis, Romam 
rediit ; agere insolentius coepit et contra consnetudinem Roman- 
ae libertatis. Quum ergo et honores ex sua voluntate praestaret, 
qui a populo antea deferebantur, nee senatui ad se venienti assur- 
geret aliaque regia ac paene tyrannica faceret, conjuratum est in 
eum a LX vel amplius senatoribus equitibusque Eomanis. Prae- 
cipui fuerunt inter conjuratos duo Bruti ex eo genere Bruti, qui 
primus Eomae consul fuerat et reges expulerat, C. Cassius et 
Servilius Casca. Ergo Caesar, quum senatus die inter ceteros 
venisset ad curiam, XXIII vulneribus confossus est (44). 

64. Interfecto Caesare, bella civilia reparata sunt. Percusso- 
ribus enim Caesaris senatus favebat. Antonius consul, qui a 
Caesaris partibus stabat, civilibus bellis opprimere eos conabatur. 
Ergo, turbata republica, multa Antonius scelera committens, a 
senatu hostis judica,tus est. Missi (43) ad eum persequendum 
duo consules, Pansa et Hirtius, et Octavianus adolescens, annos 
X et VIII natus, Caesaris nepos, quern iile testamento heredem 
reliquerat et nomen suum ferre jusserat. Hie est, qui postea 
Augustus est dictus et rerum potitus. Quare profecti contra An- 
tonium tres duces vicerunt eum. Evenit tamen, ut victores con- 
sules ambo morerentur. Quare tres exercitus uni Caesari Au- 
gusto paruerunt. 

65. Fugatus Antonius^ amisso exercitu, confugit ad Lepidum, 
qui Caesaris magister equitum fuerat et tunc copias militum gran- 
des habebat : a quo susceptus est. Mox, Lepido operam dante, 
Caesar cum Antonio pacem fecit et,. quasi vindicturus patris sui 
mortem, a quo per test-amentum fuerat adoptatus, Romam cum 
exercitu profectus, extorsit, ut sibi XX anno consulatus daretur. 
Senatum proscripsit cum Antonio et Lepido et republicam armis 
ten ere coepit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator occisus est, multique 
alii nobiles. 

GG. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfectores Caesaris, ingens 
bellum moverunt (42) ; erant enim per Macedoniam et Orientem 
multi exercitus, quos occupaverant. Profecti sunt igitur contra 
eos Caesar Octavianus Augustus et M. Antonius ; (remanserat 
enim ad defendendam Italiam Lepidus ;) apud Philippos, Mace- 
doniae urbem, contra eos pugnaverunt. Primo proelio victi sunt 
Antonius et Caesar ; periit tamen dux nobilitatis Cassius : secun- 
do Brutum et infinitam nobilitatem, quae cum illis bellum gesse- 
rat, victam interfecerunt. Ac sic inter eos divisa est respublica, 
ut Augustus Hispanias, Gallias et Italiam teneret; Antonius 
Asian), Pontum, Orientem. 



NARRATIVES. 371 

67. Paullo post Antonius, qui Asiam Orientemqne tenebat, 
repudiata sorore Caesaris Augusti Octaviani, Cleopatram, regi- 
nam Ae<srypti, duxit uxorem (36). Is ingens belluin civile com- 
movit (32), cogente uxore Cleopatra, regina Aegypti, dum cupi- 
ditate muliebri cupit etiam Rornae regnare. Victus est (31) ab 
Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri apud Actiuin, qui locus in 
Epiro est ex qua fugit in Aegypturn ; et desperatis rebus, quum 
omnes ad Augustum transirent, ipse se interemit : Cleopatra sibi 
aspidem admisit et veneno ejus exstincta est. 

68. Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augustus Romani 
rediit, XII anno, quam consul fuerat (29). Ex eo rempublicam 
per quadraginta et quatuor annos solus obtinuit Antea enim 
XII annos cum Antonio et Lepido tenuerat. Ita ab initio prin- 
cipals ejus usque ad finem LYI anni fuere. Obiit autem 
LXXVI anno (13 p. Chr.) in oppido Campaniae, Atella : vir, 
quo nullus facile aut in bellis felicior fuit, aut in pace moderatior. 
XLIY annos, quibus solus gessit imperium, civilissime vixit: in 
cunctos liberalissimus, in amicos fidissinius. 



IV. NARRATIVES. 

1. Simonides. 

Simonidem Ceum primuni ferunt artem memoriae protulisse. 
Dicunt enim, quum coenaret, Cranone in Thessalia Simonides 
apud Scopam, fortunatum hominem et nobilem, cecinissetque id 
carmen, quod in eum scripsissit, in quo multa ornandi caussa 
poetarum more in Castorem scripta et Pollucem fuissent, nimis ilium 
sordide Simonidi dixisse, se dimidium ejus ei, quod pactus esset, pro 
iilo carmine daturum; reliquum a suis Tvndandis, quos aeque laud- 
asset, peteret, si ei videtur. Paullo post esse ferunt nuntiatum 
Simonidi, ut prodiret : juvenes stare ad januam duos quosdam, 
qui enm magno opere evocarent : surrexisse ilium, prodisse, vidis- 
se neminem. Hoc interim spatio conclave illud, ubi epularetur 
Scopas, eoncidisse : ea ruina ipsum oppressum cum suis interisse. 
Quos quum humare vellent sui neque possent obtritos internoscere 
ullo modo ; Simonides dicitur ex eo, quod meminisset, quo eorum 
loco quisque cubuisset, demonstrator uniuscujusque sepeliendi fu- 
isse. Hac turn re admonitus invenisse fertur, ordinem esse max- 
ime, qui memoriae lumen afferret. It a que iis, qui hanc partem 
Utgenii exercerent, locos esse capieudos, et ea, quae memoria 
tenere vcllcnf, e'lingenda animo atque in his locis collocanda: 



372 



NARRATIVES. 



sic fore, ut ordinem rerum locorum ordo conservaret, res autem 
ipsas rerum effigies notaret, atque ut locis pro cera, simulacris pro 
Uteris uteremur. — Cic. de Orat. 2. 86, 352 — 354. 

2. Piso Orator et servus. 

Marcus Piso, orator Romanus, servis preceperat, ut tantum ad 
interrogata responderent, neve quiequam praeterea dicerent. 
Evenit, ut Clodium ad coenam invitari juberet. Hora coenae 
instabat : aderant ceteri convlvae omn.es, solus Clodius expecta- 
batur. Piso servum, qui solebat convivas vocare, aliquoties emi- 
sit, ut videret, veniretne. Quum tandem jam desperaretur ejus 
adventus, Piso servo : Die, inquit, num forte non invitasti Clodi- 
um ? Invitavi, respondit ille. — Cur ergo non venit ? — Quia 
venturum se negavit. Turn Piso : Cur id non statim dixisti ? 
Respondit servus : Quia non sum a te interrogatus. 

3. Cams Jidelis. 

Pyrrhus rex in itinere incldit in canem, qui interfecti hominis 
corpus custodiebat. Quum audisset, eum jam tres dies cibi ex- 
pertem assidere, nee a cadavere discedere, mortuum jussit huma- 
ri, canem vero deduci et curari diligenter. Paucis post diebus 
militum lustratio habetur. Transeunt singuli, sedente rege. 
Aderat canis. Is quum ante quietus et tacitus fuisset, simulac 
vidit domini sui percussores transire, procurrit furens eosque 
allatravit, saepius se ad Pyrrhum convertens, ita quidem, ut non 
modo rex, sed omnes, qui aderant, suspicionem de iis concipe- 
rent. Ergo comprehensi et examinati, levibus quibusdam signis 
aliunde accedentibus, fassi caedem poenas dederunt. 

4. Archimedis mors. 

Captis Syracusis, quas Archimedes machinationibus suis mirificis 
diu defenderat, Marcellus, imperator Roman us, gravissime edix- 
it, ne quis Archimedi vim faceret. At is, dum animo et oculis 
in terra defixis, formas in pulvere describit, militi Romano, qui 
praedandi caussa in domum irruperat strictoque gladio, quisnam 
esset, interrogabat, propter nimium ardorem studii nihil respon- 
det,nisi hoc : Noli turbare circulos meos ! A miiite igitur, ignaro, 
quis esset, interficitur. 

5. Amicus injidelis. 

Duo amici una iter faciunt atque, solitudinem peragrantes, 
ursum ingentem vident advenientem. Alter eeleriter in abrorem 



NARRATIVES. 373 

adscendit ; alter recordatus, illain bestiam cadavera non attingere, 
nisi fame efferatum, humi se prosternit animamque continet, simu- 
lans se esse mortuum. Accedit ursus, contrectat jacentem, os 
suum ad hominis os et aures admovet et cadaver esse ratus disce- 
dit. Turn anibo metu liberati inceptum iter persequuntur. Inter 
eundum autem interrogat is, qui in arborem adscenderat, alterum, 
quidnam ursus ei in aureni insusurrasset. Multa, inquit ille, 
quae non recordor ; sed imprimis hoc praeceptum dedit, ne quern 
pro amico haberem, cujus fidem adverso tempore non essem ex- 
pertus. 

6. Demosthenes. 

Demosthenes caussam orans quum judices parum attentos vi- 
deret : Paullisper, inquit, aures mihi praebete : rem vobis novam 
et jucundam narrabo Quum aures arrexissent : Juvenis, inquit, 
quispiam asinum conduxerat, quo Athenis Megaram profecturus 
uteretur. In itinere quum sol flagraret, neque esset umbraculum, 
depcsuit clitellas et sub asino consedit, cujus umbra tegeretur. 
Id vero agaso vetabat, damans, asinum locatum esse, non um- 
bram asini. Alter quum contra contenderet, tandem in jus am- 
bulant. Haec locutus Demosthenes, ubi homines diligenter aus- 
cultantesvidit, abiit. Turn revocatus a judicibus rogatusque, ut 
reliquam fabulam ennarraret: Quid? inquit. De asini umbra 
libet audire ? caussam hominis de vita periclitantis non audietis ? 

7. Cyri mors. 

Postquam Asiam Cyrus subegit, Scythis bellum intulit, quibus 
eo tempore Tomyris regina praeerat. Rex aliquantum in Scy- 
thia progressus, quasi refugiens, castra deseruit atque in iis vini 
afFatim et quae epulis erant necessaria reliquit. Turn regina 
filium adolescentem tertia parte copiarum ad hostes insequendos 
misit ; is vero, rei militaris ignarus, omissis hostibus milites in 
castris Cyri vino se onerare patltur. Cyrus autem noctu redit 
omnesque Scythas cum ipso reginae filio in castris intcrflcit. 
Sed Tomyris, poenam meditata, hostes, recenti victoria exsultan- 
tes, pari fraude declpit. Quippe simulato timore refugiens Cy- 
rum ad anguitias pertraxit ibique in insidiis regem cum innume- 
rabilibus Persarum copiis occidit. Turn caput Cyri amputatum 
in utrem, sanguine humano repletum, conjecit, crudelitatem his 
verbis exprobrans : Satia te sanguine, quern sitisti, et quo nun- 
quam satiari potuisti ! 

8. Androcli leo. — (Cf. Gell. N. A. 5. 14, 5 — 30.) 

Romae in circo maximo venationis amplissimae pugna populo 

;J2 



374 NARRATIVES. 1 

dabatur. Multae ibi saevientes ferae erant ; sed praeter alia 
omnia leonum immanitas admirationi fuit, praeterque ceteros 
eminebat unus. Is leo corporis impetu et ingenti magnitudine 
terribillque fremltu, toris cornisque cervicum fluctuantibus, animos 
oculosque omnium in sese converterat. Introductus erat inter 
complures ceteros ad pugnam bestiarum servus viri consularis. 
Ei servo Androclus nomen fuit. Hunc ille leo ubi vidit procul, 
repente, quasi admirans, stetit; ac deinde sensim atque placlde 
tanquam exploraturus ad bominem accedit; turn caudam more 
adulantium canum clementer et blande movet hominisque fere 
corpori adjungit cruraque ejus et manus prope jam exanimati 
metu lingua leniter demulcet. Homo Androclus inter ilia tarn 
atrocis ferae blandimenta amissum animum receperat ; paullatim 
oculos ad contuendum leonem refert. Turn, quasi mutua recog- 
nition facta, laetos et gratulabundos videres bominem et leonem. 
Ea re prorsus admirabili maximi a populo clamores excitantur, 
arcessiturque a Caesare Androclus, quaeriturque ex eo, cur ille 
atrocissimus leonum uni perpercisset. 

Hie Androclus rem mirifieam narrat. Quum provinciam, in- 
quit, Africam proconsulari imperio meus dominus obtineret, ego 
ibi iniquis ejus et quotidianis verberibus ad fugam sum coactus ; 
et, ut mihi a domino, terrae illius praeslde, tutiores latebrae es- 
sent, in camporum et arenarum solitudines concessi, ac, si defuis- 
set cibus, consilium fuit mortem aliquo pacto quaerere. Turn, 
sole flagrante, specum quendam nactus remotum latebrosumque, 
in eum me recondo. Neque multo post ad eundem specum venit 
bic leo, debili uno et cruento pede, gemltus edens et murmura, 
dolorem cruciatumque vulneris indicantia. Ac primum quidem 
conspectu advenientis leonis animus meus summo terrore impletur; 
sed postquam leo, introgressus in latibulum illud suum, vidit me 
procul delitescentem, mitis et mansuetus accessit ac sublatum pe- 
dem ostendere et porrigere, quasi opis petendae gratia, visus 
est. 

Ibi ego stirpem ingentem, vestigio pedis ejus baerentem, revel- 
li conceptamque saniem vulnere intimo expressi accuratiusque 
sine magna jam formidine siccavi penltus atque detersi cruorem. 
Ille turn mea opera et medicina levatus, pede in manibus meis 
posito, recubuit et quievit. Atque ex eo die triennium totum 
ego et leo in eodem specu eodemque victu viximus. Nam, quas 
venabatur feras, membra opimiora ad specum mihi suggerebat : 
quae ego, ignis copiam non habens, sole meridiano torrens 
edebam. Sed ubi me vitae illius ferinae jam pertaesum est, 
leone in venatum profecto, reliqui specum et, viam fere tridui 
permensus, a militibus visus comprehensusque sum et ad domi- 
num ex Africa Romam deduct us. Is me statim rei capitalis 



NARRATIVES. 375 

damnandum dandumque ad bestias curavit. Intelligo autem 
hunc quoque leonem, me tunc scparato, captum esse gratiamque 
mihi nunc etiani beneficii et medicinae refferre. Itaque, c.unctis 
pententibus, dimissus est Androclus et poena solutus, leoque ei 
suffragiis populi donatus. 

9, Somnium mirurri. 

Quum duo quidam Arcades familiares iter una facerent et 
Megaram venissent ; alter ad cauponem devertit, ad hospitem 
alter. Qui ut coenati quieverunt, concubia nocte visus est in 
somnis ei, qui erat in hospitio, ille alter orare, ut subveniret, quod 
sibi a caupone interltus pararetur : is primo perterritus somnio 
surrexit; dein, quum se collegisset idque visum pro nihilo haben- 
dum esse duxisset, recubuit ; turn ei dormienti idem ille visus est 
rogare, ut quoniam sibi vivo non subvenisset, mortem suam ne 
inultam esse pateretur ; se interfectum ; in plaustrum a caupone 
esse conjectum, et supra stercus injectum; petere, ut mane ad por- 
tam adesset, priusquam plaustrum ex oppido exiret. Hoc vero 
somnio is commotus mane bubulco praesto ad portam fuit ; quae- 
sivit ex eo quid esset in plaustro ; ille perterritus fugit ; mortuus 
erutus est; caupo, re patefacta, poenas dedit. — C. Div. 1. 27, 57. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



The numbers 1, 2, 3, 4 written after the verbs, denote the conjugation which they 
follow : the numerals, which are introduced in § 33, and the prepositions which are 
introduced in § 34, are omitted. The adjectives of three endings in us, a, um, instead 
of their endings have the figure 3 after them. 



Abdo, idi, itum 3. to 

conceal, 
abduco, xi, ctum 3. to 

lead away, draw away. 
abeo, ii, itum 4. to go 

away, depart. 
abhinc, adv. ago, hence- 
forth. 
abhorreo, ui 2. ab. c. 

abl. to shun, to have 

a strong aversion (to 

something), 
abigo, egi, actum 3. to 

drive away. 
abjicio, jeci, jectum 3. 

to cast down. 
abominor 1. to execrate. 
abripio, ripui, reptum 3. 

to take away, carry off. 
absens, tis ? absent. 
absolvo, vi, lutum 3. to 

complete, 2) to dis- 
charge. 
abstergeo, si, sum 2. to 

wipe off take away, 

remove. 
abstinens, tis, temperate. 
abstineo, tinui, tentum 

2. to keep off; 2) c. 

abl. to abstain (from 

something), 
absum. fui, esse, to be 

absent to be removed • 

nihil abest, (non mul- 



tum) abest, quin, it 

wants nothing (not 

much), that. 
absumo, sumpsi, sump- 

tum 3. to consume. 
abundo 1. c. abl. to 

have an abundance of, 

abound in {something). 
abutor, usus, sum 3. c. 

abl. to use up ; 2 ) abuse. 
Abydus, i.f city in Asia 

Minor. 
ac, conj. (never before a 

vowel or A), and; as. 
Academia,/! Academy. 
accedo, cessi, cessum 3. 

to approach, to come to. 
accelero 1. to hasten. 
aecendo, di, sum 3. to 

enkindle, inflame. 
accept us 3. received. 
accidit 3. it happens. 
acclpio, cepi, ceptum 3. 

to take, receive. 
accipiter, tris, m. hawk. 
acclamo I. to cry out to. 
aecommodatus 3. c. dat. 

fitted to, suited to. 
accresco, evi, etum 3. 

to increase, to augment. 
accubo, bui, bitum i. to 

recline by, to sit {at 

table). 
accurate, adv accurately, 
fully. 



accuratus 3. exact. 
accurro, cucurri, cursum 

3. to run up, to hasten 

up. 
accuso 1. to complain of 

accuse. 
acer, eris, n. maple-tree. 
acer, cris, ere, sharp, 

zealous, fierce. 
acerbus 3. bitter, pungent. 
Achilles, is, m. Achilles. 
acies, ei, f edge; 2) 

line-of -battle. 
acriter, adv. spiritedly. 
actio, onis,^ action. 
actio, ui, utum 3. to 

sharpen. 
acus, us.yi needle. 
acute, adv. sharply, 

acutely. 
acutus 3. sharp, pointed, 

acute. 
adaequo 1. to level to. 
adamas, antis, m. dia- 
mond. 
addictus 3. devoted to. 
addo, didi, dltum 3. to 

join to, add. 
adduco, xi, ctum 3. to 

bring to, induce. 
adeo, Ii, itum 4. to come 

to. approach. 
adhibeo 2. to apply, be- 

stow, give. 
aclhue, adv. as yet, stilt 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



377 



adj&ceo, ui 2. c. dat. to 
lie upon. by, near (a 
thing). 

adjungo, xi, ctura 3. to 
join to. 

adirao, emi, em turn 3. 
to take, take away. 

adipiscor, adeptus sum 
3. to obtain. 

adi'tus, us, m. approach. 

adjutor, oris, m. assis- 
tant. 

adjtivo, uvi, utum 1. c. 
ace. to aid, assist, sup- 
port. 

administro 1. to manage, 
conduct. 

admirabllis, e, admira- 
ble. 

admiratio, onis,/! admi- 
ration. 

admiror 1. to admire. 

admisceo, iscui, istum 
or ixtum 2. intermin- 
gle. 

admitto misi, missum, 
3. to allow ; sibi aspi- 
dem, to press a viper 
to onds self. 

admodum, adv. very. 

admoneo 2. to admonish. 

admoveo, movi, motum 
2. c. dat. to bring up 
to. 

adnltor, nixus or nlsus 
sum 3. to endeavor. 

adolescens, tis, m. young 
man, youth, young. 

adolescentulus, i. m. 
young man, youth. 

adoleseo, adolevi. adul- 
tum 3. to grow up. 

adopto 1. to adopt. 

ador, oris, n. wheat. 

adorior, ortus sum 4. 
to attack, undertake. 

adorno 1. to put in order, 
■ adorn. 

adscendo, di, sum 3. to 
ascend. 

adseiseo, Ivi, Itum 3. to 
adopt, receive. 

adspicio, exi, ectum 3. 
to look upon, discover*. 

adsto, iti, atum 1. to 
stand by. 



adstringo, inxi, ictum 3. 
to draw up tight; 2) 
to bind, make binding. 

adsum, fui, esse, c. dat. 
to be present at (some- 
thing), to be present. 

adulatio, onis, /.flattery. 

adulor I.e. dat. to flatter. 

adulterlnus 3. false, 
counterfeit. 

aduro, ussi, ustum 3. 
to set on fire, burn. 

advenio, veni, ventum 
4. to come to, arrive. 

advento 1. to approach. 

adventus, us. m. arrival. 

adversarius i. m. oppo- 
nent. 

ad versus, 3. placed 
against, contrary, op- 
posite ; res adversae, 
adversity. 

adverto, ti, sum 3. to 
turn to. 

advolo 1. to hasten to. 

aedes, is, f. temple; pi. 
house. 

aedifieium, i. n. edifice. 

aedifico 1. to build. 

aedilis, is, m. Edile. 

aeger, gra, grum, sick. 

aegritudo, inis, f sick- 
ness, sorrow. 

aegre, adv. reluctantly, 
with difficulty; aegre 
fero, to be dissatisfied. 

aegrotus, 3. sick. 

aemulor 1. c. ace. to 
emulate. 

Aeneas, ae, in. JEneas. 

aenigma, atis, n. enigma. 

aequalis, e, equal. 

aeque, adv. in like man- 
ner; aeque — atque (ac), 
in like manner — as. 

aequiparo 1. to equal. 

aquitas, atis,/. equity. 

aequo 1. to equal. 

aequor, oris, n. surface, 
espec. : surface of the 
sea. 

aequus 3. just, equal; 
aequus animus, equa- 
nimity. 

aerumna, ae.fi hardship. 

sues, aeris, n. brass. 
32* 



Aeschines, is, m. 
jEcschines. 

aestas, atis, f summer. 

aestimo 1. to value, es- 
teem. 

aestlvus 3. pertaining to 
summer; aestivum 
tempus, summer sea- 
son. 

aetas, atis, f. age, pe- 
riod. 

aeternitas, atis,/! eterni- 

ty- 

aeternus 3. eternal. 

affabilitas, atis,/ affa- 
bility. 

affatim, adv. abundantly. 

affero, attuli, allatum 3. 
to bear to, bring. 

affleio, eci, eetum 3. to 
affect; Part, affectus 
3. affected. 

affinltas, atis,/. relation- 
ship. 

affiicto 1 . to afflict. 

affluenter, adv. abundant- 

affluentia, ae, f abun- 
dance. 

affluo, uxi, uxum 3. to 
flow to, overflow, have 
an abundance. 

affulgeo, si 2. to shine. 

Afranius, i. m. Afira- 
nius. 

Africanus, i. m. Africa- 
nus. 

Agamemno, onis, m. Ag- 
amemnon, 

agaso, onis, m. hostler. 

ager, gri, m. field, land. 

Agesilaus, i, m. Agesi- 
laus. 

agrestis, e, rustic, rude. 

agger, eris, m. rampart. 

aggredior. gressus sum 
3. rem, to approach, 
begin something; 2) 
attack. 

agmen, Inis, n. band, 
flock. 

agnosco, novi, mtum 3. 
recognize. 

ago, egi, actum 3. drive, 
make, do, pass, attend 
to; agere annum, to 



378 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



be in the year; age, 
come on. 

agricola, ae, m. husband- 
man, farmer. 

am' for aisne ; ain 7 tu ? 
sayest thou? meanest 
thou? 

Ajax, acis, m. Ajax. 

aio, / say, say yes, assert, 
affirm. 

ala, &Q,f wing. 

alacer, cris, ere, spirited, 
lively. 

alacritas, atis, f alacri- 
ty, spirit. 

Albanus, i, m. inhabi- 
tant of Alba. 

albeo (without perf. and 
sup. ) 2. to be white or 
clean. 

Albis, is, m. the Elbe. 

albus 3. white. 

Alcibiades, is, m. Alcibi- 
ades. 

ales, itis, c. bird (of the 
larger kinds.) 

Alexander, dri, m. Alex- 
ander. 

Alexandria, ae, Alexan- 
dria. 

algeo, si 2. to feel cold, 
freeze. 

alias, adv. at another 
time. 

alicunde, adv. from some 
place or other. 

alienigena, ae, m. stran- 
ger, from another coun- 
try. 

alien us 3. foreign, an- 
other's. 

alioqui, adv. otherwise. 

aliquamdiu, adv. a long 
time. 

aliquando, adv. some 
time. 

aliquantum, adv. some- 
what. 

aliquis, a, id, or aliqui, 
a, od, some one. 

aliquot (indecl.), some. 

aliquoties, adv. many 
times. 

aliter, adv. otherwise. 

aliunde, adv. from anoth- 
er source, place. 



alius, a, ud, another; ali- 
us — alius, one-another. 

allatro 1. to bark at. 

allicio, exi, ectum 3. to 
allure. 

alligo 1. to fasten, tie up. 

Allobroges, um, m. Al- 



alloquor, cutus sum 3. 
to address. 

alo, alui, altum (alitum) 
3. to nourish. 

aloe, es, f. the aloe. 

Alpes, ium, /. Alpes. 

alter, era, erum, the one 
or other of two. 

altercor 1. to quarrel. 

alternus 3. alternate. 

alteriiter, utra, titrum, 
one of the two. 

altitudo, inis, f height, 
depth. 

altus 3. Ugh, deep. 

alvus, \,f belly. 

amabllis, e, amiable. 

amarus 3. bitter. 

ambio, Ivi, Itum 4. to 
go around (some- 
thing), surround. 

ambo, ae, o, both. 

ambulatio, onis,/ a walk. 

ambulo 1. to go to walk, 
to stroll. 

amicitla, ae, f friend- 
ship. 

amicus, i. m. friend. 

amitto, mlsi, missum 3. 
to lose. 

amnis, is, m. river. 

amo 1. to love. 

amoenus 3. pleasant (of 
countries), agreeable. 

amor, oris, m. love. 

amplexor 1. to embrace, 
cherish. 

amplitudo, inis, f au- 
thority, dignity. 

amplius, adv. more, fur- 
ther. 

amplus 3. fooad, liberal, 
magnificent. 

amputo 1 . to cut off. 

amussis, \s,fi a rule (of 
mechanics). 

an (in questions), or. 

anas, atis, /. a duck. 



anceps, cipitis, twofold, 
double, doubtful. 

Anchlses, ae, mAnchises. 

ancilla, ae, f a maid, 

ancillaris, e, pertaining 
to a maid, servile. 

ango, xi, 3. to trouble. 

angor, oris, m. vexation. 

angulns, i, m an angle. 

angustiae, arum, f. nar- 
row pass. 

angustus 3. narrow. 

anima, &e.fi breath. 

animadverto, ti, sum 3. 
to obsenie, perceive. 

animal, alis, n. animal. 

animus, i, m. soul, spirit, 
mind, heart, courage. 

Anio, ienis. m. the Anio. 

annulus, i, m. a ring. 

annus, i, m. a year. 

annuus 3. annual. 

anser, eris, m. a goose. 

ante, adv. before. 

antea, adv. before. 

antecedo, cessi, cessum 
3. c. dat. or ace. to go 
before, be superior to 
(some one). 

antepono, posui, posi- 
tum 3. to prefer. 

antequam, conj. before 
that, ere, before. 

Antiochla, ae,/ Antioch. 

antiqultas, atis, adv. an- 
ciently, formerly. 

antiquitus, adv. ancient- 
ly, formerly. 

antlquus, 3. ancient. 

Antistius, i, m. Antistius. 

Antonius, i, m. Antony. 

anus, us, f. old woman. 

anxie, adv. anxiously. 

aper, pri, m. boar, wild 
boar. 

aperio, rui, rtum 4. to 
open, (caput) to uncov- 
er ; apertus 3. open. 

aperte, adv. openly. 

apex, icis, m. summit, 

apis, is,/! a bee. 

Apollo, Inis, m. Apollo. 

Apollonia, ae, f. Apol- 
lonia. 

apparatus, us, m. appa- 
ratus, fitting out. 



LATIX-EXGLISI1 VOCABULARY. 



ra 



appareo 2. to appear, 
be evident. 

appello 1. to call. 

appello, ptili, pulsum 3. 
to force up to. to land. 

appeto, Ivi, Ituni 3. to 
strive to obtain. 

appetens, litis, c. gen. 
eager for something. 

appetltus, us, m. desire. 

applaudo, si, sum 3. c. 
dat. to applaud. 

applico 1. to rest upon ; 
se applicare, to ap- 
proach, join one's self 
to (some one), apply 
one's self to (some- 
thing). 

appono, posui, positum 
3. to place by. before. 

approbo 1 . to approve. 

appropero 1. to approach. 

appropinquo 1. to ap- 
proach. 

Aprllis, is, m. April. 

aptus 3. c. dat. or ad c. 
ace., fit, fitted. 

aqua, ae, f water. 

aquatio, oms.fi. watering. 

ara, ae. f altar. 

aratrum, i, n. a plough. 

arbitror, 1. to think, to 
account (one some- 
thing). 

arbor, oris, f a tree. 

arcanum, i. n. a secret. 

Areas, adis, m. an Ar- 
cadian. 

arceo, ui 2. to keep off. 

arcesso. Ivi. Itum 3. to 
send for. bring. 

Archias, ae, m. Archias. 

Archimedes, is, m. Ar- 
chimedes. 

arcus, us m. a bow. 

ardenter, adv. glowingly, 
ardently. 

ardeo, si, sum 2. to burn, 
glow. [sire. 

ardor, oris, m. heat, de- 
area, ae. f. open space. 

arena, &e,f. sand. 

argenteus 3. of silver. 

argentum. i. n. silver; 
arg. vivum. quicksilver. 



Argi, orum, m. Argos. &ssidue,adv.assid-io 'c<':/, 
Arglus 3. Argive. assiduus 3. unremitting, 

Argo, us ?< /! the Argo. persevering. 

argnmentum, i, n. con- asso 1 . to roast. 

tents. assuefacio, feci, factum 

Aristagoras. ae. m. Aris- 3. c. dat. to accustom 

tagoras. to. 

Ariminum, i, n. city of assuesco, evi, etum 3, c. 

Umbria. dat. or abl to accustom 

Aristldes, is, m. Aristi- one's self to, be accus- 

des. tomed to (something). 

Aristoteles, is, m. Aris- assurgo (see surgo), to 

totle. rise up. 

anna, orum, n. arms. Assyria, &c,f. Assyria. 
armo 1. to arm. astutus, 3. cunning. 

aro 1. to plough. asylum, i, n. retreat. 

Arplnas, atis. m. inhabi- at. conj. but, yet. 

tant of Arpinum. Athenae, arum./, 

arrepo, psi, ptum, 3. to Athens. 

creep up to. Atheniensis, e. Atheni- 

arrideo, si, sum 2. c. dat. ian ; subst. an Athe- 

to smile upon. nian. 

arrigo, rexi, rectum 3. Atlas, antis, m. Atlas. 

to erect, excite. atque. conj. and, as. 

arrogans, ntis arrogant, atramentarium, i. n. ink- 
ers, tis.fi art. stand. 
Artaphernes, is, m. Ar- atramentum, i. n ink. 

taphernes. atrox..ocis, fierce, violent, 

articulatim, adv. articu- frightful, bloody. 

lated. attendo, di, turn 3. to 

artifex, Tcis, skilful; attend to, give atten- 

subst. artist. tion. 

artus. us, m. joint, limb, attente. adv. attentively. 
arundo, ims,f. a reed attentus 3. attentive. 
Aruns, ntis, m Aruns. attero, trlvi, trltum 3. 
arvum, i, n a ploughed to impair, exhaust. 

field. Attica, ae,/! Attica. 

arx, cis, f. citadel. Atticus 3. Attic, inhabi- 

ts, assis, m an as (a tant of Attica. 

Roman copper coin). Atticus, i, m. Atticus. 
ascendo, di, sum 3. to attingo, Igi, actum 3. to 
touch. 
auceps, upis, m. fowler. 



ascend, mount. 
ascensus, us, m. ascent. 
asinus, i, m. an ass. 
asper, era, erum. rough. 
aspernor 1 . to spurn. 
aspis, idis, f viper. 
asporto L . to carry away. 
assentior, sensus sum 4. 

c. dat. to assent to. 



auctor, oris, m. author, 
adviser; me auctore, 
upon my advice. 

auctoritas. atis, f. au- 
thority. 

audacia, ae, /. self-con- 
fidence. 



assequor, secutus sum audacter, adv. boldly. 

3. to attain. audax, acis, confident, 
assideo, sedi, 2. to sit by. bold. 

assldo. edi. essum 3. to audeo, ausus sum 2. to 

sit down. dare, venture. 



380 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



audio 4. to hear. 

auditor, Oris, m. hearer. 

aufero, abstuli, ablatum 
3. to take away, bear 
away. 

augeo, xi, cturn 2. to 
increase, enrich. 

augurium, i, n. augury, 
divination. 

auguror 1. to divine, pre- 
dict, [tus. 

Augustus, i, m. Augus- 

aula, ae, f court. 

aureus, 3. golden. 

Aureus i, m. Aureus 
(mountain). 

auricula, ae, f ear lap. 

auris, is,/! the ear. 

aurum i, n. gold. 

ausculto 1 . to listen. 

auspicium, i. n. auspice, 
divination. 

auspicor 1. to commence. 

aut, conj. or ; aut — aut. 
either — or. 

autem conj. but (takes 
the second place in 
its sentence). 

autumnus, i. m. autumn. 

auxiliares, auxiliary 
troops. 

auxilium, i, n. aid; pi. 
auxiliary troops. 

avaritia, ae,/! avarice. ' 

avarus 3. c. gen. ava- 
ricious, covetous, greedy. 

aversor 1. to shun. 

averto, ti, sum 3. to 
turn away, to avert. 

avidus 3. c. gen. desi- 
rous, greedy. 

avis, is,/! a bird. 

avoco 1. to call off. 

avolo 1. to fly away. 

avus, i. m. a grandfa- 
ther. 

axis, is, in. an axle. 

B. 

Babylon, onis,/! Baby- 
lon. 
bacillum, i. n. stick. 
Bactra, orum, n Bactra. 
barba, ae./! beard. 
barbarus 3. barbarian. 



barbatulus 

barbed. 
basis, is f. foundation, 



beate, adv. peacefully. 

beatus 3. peaceful, happy. 

belle, adv. finely. 

bellicosus 3. warlike. 

belium, i, n. war. 

bellus 3. beautiful, neat. 

bene, adv. well, rightly. 

benedlco 3. c. dat. to 
praise. 

beneficentia, ae. f. be- 
neficence. 

beneficium, i, n. kind- 
ness, favor. 

benef icus 3. beneficent. 

benevole, adv. kindly. 

benevolentia. ae, f. be- 
nevolence. 

benigne, adv. kindly. 

benignus 3. kind. 

bestia, ae,/. beast. 

bestiola, ae, f a little 
animal. 

bibliotheca, ae, f. libra- 
ry. 

bibo, bibi, bibitum 3. to 
drink. 

bicorpor, oris, double- 
bodied. 

bidens, ntis, m. mattock, 
grubbing-hoe. 

biduum, i, n. the space 
of two days. 

bilis, is,/! the gall. 

blande, adv. gently. 

blandimentum, i, n. ca- 
ressing. 

blandior, Itus sum 4. 
to flatter. 

bombyx, yds, m. the 
silk worm. 

bonitas. atis, f goodness. 

bonus 3. good ; bonum, 
i, n. the good, good. 

Boreas, ae, m. Boreas, 
north wind. 

bos, ovis, c. ox, cow. 

brachium, i, n. arm. 

brevis, e, short; brevi 
(sc. tempore), in a 
short time, soon. 

Britannicus, 3. British. 



3. slightly Britannus, i, m. a Bri 

ton. 
Brundusmm, i, n. Brun^ 

dusium. 
Brutus, i, m. Brutus, 
bubulcus, i, m. teamster. 
buris, is, f a plough-tail. 
butyrum, i, n. butter. 



Cachinnatio. onis, f. 

loud, unrestrained 

laugh. 
cacumen, inis, n. top. 
cadaver, eris, n. carcass, 

corpse. 
cado, cecidi, casum 3. 

to fall, happen. 
caducus 3. ready to fall, 

falling. 
caecus 3. blind. 
caedes, is,/! slaughter. 
caedo, cecidi, caesum 3. 

to fell, to kill. 
caerimonia. ae, f. cere- 
mony. 
Caesar, aris, m. Caesar; 

2) an emperor. 
Caius Marius, Caius 

Marius. 
calamltas, atis, /. calam- 
ity, -loss, misfortune. 
calamus, i, m. stalk, quill. 
calcar, aris, n. a spur. 
calculus, i, m. pebble. 
caleo 2. to be warm. 
callgo, mis,/! darkness. 
calix, icis, m. a cup. 
callidus 3.cunning. 
callis, is, m. foot-path, 

path. 
Callis thenes, is, m. Cal- 

listhenes. 
calor, oris, m. heat. 
calyx, ycis, m. the bud. 
camelus, i, m. coJmel. 
campus, i, m. a plain. 
canalis, is, m. a canal. 
canis, is, c. a dog. 
cannabis, is,/ hemp. 
cano, cecini, cantum 

3. to sing. 
cantio, onis,/! song. 
canto 1. to sing. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



381 



cantus, us, m. song. 
Canusium, i, n. Canu- 

sium. 
capesso, ivi, Itum 3. to 
seize ; proeliura, to 
commence battle. 

capiHus, i, in. the hair. 
capio, cepi, captum 3. 
to take, seize, capture. 

capitalis. e : res capitalis, 
capital offence. 

capitolium, i, n. capitol. 

capra, ae,/ she-goat. 

captlvus, i, m. captive. 

capto 1. to catch, strive to 
catch. 

caput, itis. n. head, chap- 
ter, chief city. 

carbasus, i.f.Jlax. 

career, eris, m. a prison. 

eardo. mis, m. hinge. 

careo 2. c. abl. to want, 

Caria, ae,/ Caria. 

carltas. atis,/ love. 

carmen, Inis, f. poem. 

caro. earnis,/ flesh. 

Carolus, i, m. Charles. 

carpentarius i, m. wheel- 
wright. 

Carrae, arum, f. city in 
Mesopotamia. 

Carthago, mis, /. Car- 
thage. 

Carthaginiensis, is, m, 
a Carthaginian. 

cams 3. beloved, dear. 

casa. ae./ a hit. 

cassis, idis,/ helmet. 

cassis, is (commonly pi. 
casses, ium), m. hunt- 
er's net. 

Cassius, i. m. Cassius. 

castlgo 1. to reprove. 

Castor, oris, m. Castor. 

castra, orum, n. camp. 

casus, us, m. fall, mis- 
fortune, chance. 

catena, ae,/ chain. 

caterva. ae, f. troop. 

Catillna, ae, m. Catiline. 

caulis, is. m. callage. 

Cato. onis. m. Cato. 

cauda, ae,/ tail. 

caudex, icis, m. trunk of 
a tree. 

caula, ae,/ sheep-cote. 



caupo, onis, m. inn-keep- 
er. 

caussa, ae, / ground, 
cause, civil process ; 
(with a gen. preced- 
ing) on account of. 

cautus 3. cautious, care- 

ju. 

cav6o, cavi, cautum 2. 
to be on one's guard, ab 
aliquo. before some one ; 
2 ) establish, provide. 

cedo, cessi, cessum 3. 
to give way. 

celeber, bris, bre, fre- 
quented. 

celebritas, atis, f. great 
number, great multi- 
tude. 

celebro 1. to celebrate. 

celer, eris, ere, swift, 

celeritas, atis,/ celerity, 
swiftness. 

celerlter, adv. swiftly. 

celo 1. c. dupl. ace. to 
conceal. 

censeo, stii, sum 2. to 
value, account, think. 

census, us, m. valuation. 

Centaurus, i, m. a Cen- 
taur. 

centurlo, onis, m. centu- 
rion. 

cera, ae,/ wax ; 2) wax- 
tablet. 

cerasum, i, n. cherry. 

cerasus, i,/ cherry-tree. 

Ceres, eris./ Ceres. 

cerno, erevi, cretum 3. 
to see, judge. 

certamen, inis, n. con- 
test. 

certatim. adv. emidously. 

certe. adv. surely. 

certo, 1. to contend. 

certo, adv. surely. 

certus 3. sure, certain, 
definite, positive. 

cervix, Icis,/. neck. 

cervu>, i, m. stag. 

cesso 1. to cease, neglect, 
omit. [ers. 

ceteri, ae, a, the rest, oth- 

Ceus 3. from the island 
of Ceus in the Aegean 
sea. 



chalybs, ybis, m. steel, 

charta, ae,/ paper. 

ehorda, ae,/ string. 

Chrisms, i. m. Clirist. 

cibus, i, m.food. 

cicer, eris, n. chick-pea. 

Cicero, onis, m. Cicero. 

ciconia, ae,/ stork. 

cicur, uris, tame. 

cieo, Ivi, itum 2. to 
raise. * 

Cimber, bri, m. a Cim- 
brian. 

Cineas, ae, m. Cineas. 

cingo, xi, ctum 3. to 
gird, surround. 

einis, eris, m. ashes. 

Ciree, es,/ Circe. 

cireiter, adv. about. 

cireuitus, us, m. circuit, 
extent. 

circulus, i, m. circle, cir- 
cuit. 

circumdo, dedi, datum, 
da>e, to place around, 
surround, (c. dat. of 
pers. and ace. of 
thing, or c. ace. of 
pers. and abl. of 
thing). 

cireumeo (circueo), li, 
itum 4. to go around. 

circumfero, tuli, latum 
3. to carry around. 

circumsedeo, sedi, ses- 
sum 2. to sit around, 



circumspicio, spexi, 
spectum 3. (c. ace.) 
to look around (after 
something). 

circumsto, eti 1. to stand 
around. 

circumvenio, veni, ven- 
tum 3. to go around, 
surround. 

circus, i, m. circus, race- 
course. 

citatus 3. swift. 

cito. adv. quickly. 

civllis, e, ciril ; bellum 
civile, civil war. 

civis, is, c. citizen, subject. 

civitas, atis, / citizen- 
ship, state ; 2) right of 
citizenship. 



382 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

clades, i$,f. defeat. cogito 1. to think, cons-id- comitia, orum, n. assem- 

clamito 1, to cry out of- er. bly oj the people. 

ter. cognatus, i, m. a relation, comltor 1. to accompany. 

clamo 1. to cry out. cognitio, onis, f. know- commemoro 1. to men- 

clamor, oris, m. a cry. ledge. tion. 

clandestlmus 3. secret. cognitus 3. known. commendatio, onis, f. 

clare, adv. clearly, evi- cognomen, mis, n. fam- commendation. 

dently. ily name. commendo 1. to recom- 

clarus 3. clear, renowned, cognosco, novi, nitum mend. 
classis, is, /.fleet. 3. to become acquaint- committo, mlsi, missum 

claudo, si. sum 3. to ed with, perceive, un- 3. to commit to; 2) to 

close. derstand. commit. 

classus 3. closed. cogo, coegi, coactum 3. commoditas, atis,^cow- 

clavis, is,f key. to compel. venience. 

clavus, i. m. nail. cohaereo, si, sum 2. to commodum, i, n. ad- 

Clazomenae, arum, f. hold together. vantage, use. 

a city in Ionia. cohors, tis.f. cohort. commodus 3. convenient 

clemens, tis, mild. cohortor 1. to encourage, commonefacio, feci, fac- 

Clemens, ntis, m. Cle- incite. turn 3. to remind. 

meat. collega, ae, m. colleague, commoneo 2. to remind, 

clementer, adv. mildly, colligo 1. to bind together. admonish. 
Cleomenes, is, m. (Jleo- colligo, egi, ectum 3. commoveo 2. to move. 

menes. to collect. communis, e, common, 

clitellae, arum, f. pack- collis, is, m. a hill. known by all. 

saddle. colloco 1. in c. abl. to commutatio, onis, f. 

Clitus, i, m. Clitus. place m t bestow upon change. 

cloaca, ae, f. drain (for something. como, compsi, comp- 

streets). colloquium, i, n. confer- turn 3. to comb, adorn. 

Clodius, i. m. Clodius. rence. comoedia, ae,yi comedy. 

clypeus, i, m. shield. colloquor, locutus sum compareo, ui 2. to ap- 

coactor, oris, m. collector. 3. to converse. pear. 

coalesco, luij litum 3. collum, i, n. neck. compSro 1. to prepare, 

to grow together, to collustro 1. to illuminate. acquire, 
coalesce. colo, coltii, cultum 3. compello, ptili, pulsum 

coaxo 1. to croak. to attend to, cultivate, 3. to drive together, 

coccyx, ygis, m. cuckoo. revere, honor. drive. 

cochlea, ae,f. a snail. colonia, &e,f. colony. compenso 1. to make up. 
Codes, itis, m. Cocks. color, oris, m. color. comperio, peri, pertum 

codex, icis, m. book. columba, ae,,/ dove. 1. to ascertain. 

codicilli, orum, m. writ- colus, i,f. distaff. compes, edis, f. a fetter, 

ing tablet. coma, ae, f. hair of the compesco, cui 3. to curb, 

coelestis, e, Jieavenly. head ; 2) mane. check. 

coelum, i, n. heaven. comburo, ussi, ustum 3. complector, exus sum 

coena, ae, f a meal. to burn up, burn. 3. to embrace. 

coeno 1. to partake of comedo, edi, esum 3. compleo, evi, etum 2. 
food; coenatus 3. to eat, consume. to Jill, 

having eaten. comes, Itis, m. compan- complexus, us, m. em- 

coenula, ae, f. a spare ion. brace. 

meal. [gun. cometes, ae, m. comet complico, avi, atum 1. 

coepi, pisse, to have be- comicus, 3. comic ; poe- to fold together ; com- 
coerceo 2. to restrain. ta comicus, comic plicatus 3. involved. 

cogitatio, onis, / reflex- poet. complures, a or ia, gen. 

tion. comis, e, courteous. ium, very many. 

cogitato, adv. with reflec- comitas, atis, /. kind- compono, stii, situm 3. 
tion. ness. to put together, dispose; 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



383 



pacem, to establish 
peace ; se comp. in 
aliquid. to set one's 
self right. 

compos, otis, c. gen. 
powerful, possessed of 

compositus 3. composed. 

comprehendo, di, sum 
3. to seize. 

cornpungo, xi, ctum 3. 
to prick. 

concedo, essi, essum 3. 
to allow, confess ; 2) to 
surrender one's self 

concido, cidi 3. to fall 
together. 

concilio 1. to conciliate, 
unite. 

concino, inui, entum 3. 
to sing together, sound 
together. 

concionor 1. to harangue 
the people. 

concipio, cepi, ceptam 
3. to conceive, receive; 
suspicionem, conceive 
a suspicion. 

con ci to 1. to excite, raise. 

coneitor, oris, m. exciter. 

conclamo 1. to call out. 

conclave, is, n. room, 
chamber. 

concludo, si, sum 3. to 
include. 

concordla, ae,y! harmo- 
ny. 

concors, rdis, united. 

concresco, crevi, cretum 
3. to grow together. 

concupisco, pivi, pltum 
3. to desire. 

condemno 1. to condemn ; 
captis, to death. 

condimentum, i. n. sea- 
soning. 

condio 4. to season. 

condiscipulus, i, m. fel- 
low-student. 

conditio, onis, f condi- 
tion. 

condo. idi, Itum 3. to 
preserve, conceal, found. 

conduco, xi, ctum 3. to 
bring together; 2) to 
hire. 



confabulor 1 . to chat with. 

confectio, onis, f mak- 
ing, composing. 

confero, contuli, colla- 
tum 3. to bring tog etfier, 
join, compare; 2) to 
confer (e. g. favors); 
se conferre, to betake 
one's self. 

conficio, feci, fectum 
3. to perform, con- 
clude; 2) to impair, 
consume. 

confido, Isus sum 3, c. 
dat. or abl. to trust to, 
confide in. 

contirmo 1. to confirm. 

confiteor, fessus sum 2. 
to acknowledge, confess. 

confllgo, xi, ctum 3. to 
fight. 

confluo, xi, xum 3. to 
flow together. 

eonfodio, odi, ossum 3. 
to stab. 

conformo 1. to form. 

confringo, fregi, frac- 
tum 3. to break in 
pieces. 
•nfugio 
to take refuge. 

congero, essi, estum 3. 
to collect together. 

congerro, onis, m. com- 
rade, play -fellow. 

congredior, gressus sum 
3. to meet (with one), 
fight. 
>ngrSg 

congressio, onis,yi meet- 
ing, engagement. 

conjicio. jeci, jectum 3. 
to throw ; in pudorem 
conjici, to be dis- 
graced. 

conjugo, 1. to unite. 

conjungo, nxi, nctum 3. 
to join 

conjuratio, onis, f con- 
spiracy. 

conjuratus 3. conspired, 
a conspirator. 

conjux, ugis, f wife. 

connecto, exui, exum 3. 
to connect. 



Cono, onis, m. Conon. 

conor 1. to undertake, 
venture, try. 

conquiesco, evi, etum 3. 
in c. abl. to find 
consolation in some- 
thing. 

consanesco, nui 3. to be- 
come well. 

conscendo, di, sum, 3. 
to mount up, to ascend. 

conscientia, ae, f con- 
sciousness, conscience. 

conscius 3. c. gen. con- 
scious of. 

consector 1 . to pursue. 

consenesco, nui 3. to 
grow old. 

consensus, us, m. agree- 
ment. 

consentaneus 3. suited 
to. 

consentio, nsi, nsum 
4. to agree with. 

consequor, secutus sum 
3. to follow, to attain. 

consero, rui, rtum 3. 
to join together; ma- 
num cum allquo. to 
be hand to hand with 
some one. 

consero, sevi, sltum 3. 
to set with plants. 

conservatio, onis, f pre- 
servation. 

conservator, oris, m ; 
conservatrix, Icis /. 
preserver. 

conservo 1. to preserve. 

consessus, us, m. assem- 

big. 

considero 1 . to consider. 

consldo, edi, essum 3. 
to sit down. 

consigno 1. to note, point 
out. 

consilium i, n. counsel, 
deliberation, purpose, 
plan, wisdom. 

consolatio. onis, f con- 
soling, consolation. 

consulor 1. to console. 

consors, tis c. gen. par- 
taking of. 

conspectus, us, m. sight. 



384 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



conspergo, rsi, rsum 3. 
to besprinkle, strew. 

conspicio, exi, ectum 3. 
to disctMxar. [see. 

eonspicor 1. to discover, 

eonspicuus 3 conspicu- 
ous. 

conspiratlo, onis, con- 
spiracy. 

constanter, adv. with 
constancy, constantly. 

constantly, ae, f. stead- 
fastness. 

consterno, stravi, stra- 
tum 3 to strew. 

constituo, ui, utum 3. to 
establish, determine, 
constitute. 

consto, iti, atum 1. c. 
abl. or ex c. abl. to 
consist of; to cost; 
constat, it is known. 

constringo, inxi. ictum 
3. to draw together, 
bind together. 

consuesco, evi, etum 3. 
to accustom one's self, 
be accustomed. 

consuetudo, u\is,f hab- 
it, intercourse. 

consul, ulis, m. consul. 

consuls ris, is, m. one 
who has been a consul. 

consulate, us, m. con- 
sulship. 

consulo, lui, ltum 3. to 
deliberate ; c. ace. to 
consult some one; c. 
dat. to consult for some 
one. 

consul to, adv. designedly. 

consultus 3. c. gen. ac- 
quainted with. 

con sumo, mpsi, mptum 
3. to consume. 

consurgo, rexi, rectum 
3. to arise together. 

contamino 1. to contam- 
inate. 

contemno, mpsi, mp- 
tum 3 to despise. 

contemplor 1. to consid- 
er. 

con tern ptus, us, m. con- 
tempt. 



contendo, di, turn 3. to 
stretch, stretch one's 
self strive after some- 
thing ; in locum, to 
march ; to contend ; ab 
aliquo, to demand. 

contentio, onis, f con- 
tention, struggle. 

contentus 3. c. abl. con- 
tented. 

contero, trlvi, tritum 3. 
to break in pieces, wear 
out ; contrltus 3. 
threshed. 

conticesco, ticui 3. to be 
silent. 

contineo, inui, en turn 2. 
to hold together; an- 
imam, to stop the 
breath, abstain. 

contingo, tigi, tactum 

3. to fall to ones lot. 
coniinuo, ado. forthwith. 
contintius 3. continuous. 
contorqueo. rsi, rtum 2. 

to hurl, shoot. 

contra, adv. on the con- 
trary. 

contraho, axi, actum 3. 
to draw together. 

contrarius 3. opposite. 

contrecto 1. to handle. 

contrcmiseo, tremui 3. 
to tremble. 

contueor. tuitus sum 2. 
to consider. 

contundo, udi, usum 3. 
to crush, bring to 
naught. 

convalesco, lui 3. to re- 
cover. 

conveho, exi, ectum 3. 
to bring together, carry 
together. 

covello, velli, vulsum 3. 
to rend, convulse. 

convenio, veni, ventum 

4. to come together ; c. 
ace. to visit. 

converto, rti, rsum 3. 
to turn around, turn to, 
turn. 

con viva, ae, m. guest. 

convivium, i, n. enter- 
tainment. 



convlvor 1. to eat with. 

convoco 1. io call togeth- 
er. 

convolo 1. to fly, hasten 
together. 

coorlor, ortus sum 4. 
to arise, burst forth. 

copia, ae, f. abundance, 
multitude ; opportuni- 
ty ; pi. troops. 

copiosus 3. abundant ; 
2) rich in expression, 
fluent. 

copulo 1. to join. 

coqua, ae,/. a cook. 

coquo, xi, ctum 3. to 
cook. 

coquus, i, m. man cook. 

cor, cordis, n. heart. 

Corinthius3. Corinthian. 

Corinthus, i,f Corinth. 

corneus 3. of horn. 

cornu, us, n. horn. 

corona, ae,/! garland. 

corporeus 3. corporeal. 

corpus, oris, n. body. 

corrado, si, sum 3. to 
scrape together. 

correctio, onis, / co?-- 
reetion. 

corrlgo, rexi, rectum 3. 
to correct, improve. 

corrlpio, ripui, reptum 
3. to seize. 

corrugatus 3. wrinkled. 

corrumpo. rupi, ruptum 
3. to icaste, destroy, 
corrupt. 

corruo, ui 3. to rush to- 
gether. 

cortex, icis, m. rind, 
bark. 

corvus, i, m. a crow. 

cos, cotis, / wh 
grindstone. 

cram be, es.f cabbage. 

eras, adv. to-morrow. 

creber, bra, brum, fre- 
quent. 

crebro, adv. frequently. 

credo, didi, ditum 3. 
to believe, to trust. 

credulus 3. credulous. 

Cremera, ae, / river in 
Etruria. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



885 



cremo 1. to burn. 

creo 1 . to create, choose. 

crepo. ui, Hum 1. to 
creak. 

cresco, crevi. cretum 3.. 
to increase, grow. 

Creta, ae,/ Crete. 

crimen, inis, n. crane. 

crinis, is, m. hair. 

crinltus 3. hairy. 

Croto, onis, m. Croton. 

cruciatus, as. m. torture. 

crucio 1. to torment, tor- 
ture. 

crudelis, e, cruel 

crudelitas, atis. f. crud- 

cruentus 3. bloody. 

cruor, oris, m. blood. 

crus, uris, n. shin, leg. 

crux, ucis,/ cross. 

cubo, ui, itum 1. to re- 
cline. 

cuculo 1 . to coo. 

cuculus, i, m. cuckoo. 

cucumis, eris, m. cucum- 
ber. 

cullna, ae,/ kitchen. 

culmen, mis, n. top. 

culpa, ae./ guilt, fault. 

cultus, us, m. attention 
to, clothing, worship. 

cumulo 1. to heap up, 
load. 

curiae, arum,/ a cradle. 

cunctor 1 . to delay. 

cunctus 3. the whole; pi. 
all, all together. 

cuniculus, i, m. rabbit. 

cupide, adv. eagerly. 

cupiditas. atis. / desire. 

cupldus 3. c. gen. de- 
sirous. 

cupio, plvi, pltum 3. to 
desire, wish. 

cur, adv. why ? 

cura, ae,/ care; currae 
mihi est, / am anx- 
ious. 

curculio, onis, m. the 
corn-worm. 

Cures, Turn./ chief city 
of the Sabine s. 

curia, ae, f. senate-house. 



Curl us 



Curii 



euro 1. to care; c. ace. 
to be concerned, to look 
out fur something ; c. 
gerundivo, to cause. 

curriculum, i. n. race- 
course, course. 

curro, cucurri, cursum 
3. to run. 

currus, us, m. chariot. 

cursus, us, m. a course. 

cuspis, idis,/ point. 

custodia, ae./ watch. 

custodio 4. to guard, 
watch, keep. 

custos, odis, m. keeper. 

cymba, ae,/ boat. 

Cynic us, i, n. die Cynic. 

Cynoscephalae, arum./ 
a hill in Thessaly. 

Cyrus, i, m. Cyrus. 

Cyrenaeus, i. m. Cyren- 
ian. 

Cyprus, i,/ Cyprus. 

D. 

Damno I. to condemn. 

damnum, i, n. injury. 

Darius, i, m. Darius. 

Datis, is, m. Datis. 

dea, ae,/ goddess. 

deambulo 1. to go to 
walk. 

debeo 2. to owe, ought, 
must. 

debilis, e, weak. 

debilito 1. to weaken. 

decedo, cessi, cessum 3. 
to go away, die. 

December, bris, m. De- 
cember. 

decemviri, orum, m. de- 
cemvirs, ten magis- 
trates. 

decerno, crevi, cretum 
3. to determine, discern. 

deeerpo, psi, ptum 3. 
to pluck off, break off, 
take from. 

deeerto 1. to contend. 

decet 2. c. ace. it is 
proper. 

deciplo, eepi, ceptum 3. 
to deceive. 

d claro 1. to declare. 

33 



de corns . 3 . becom ing ; 
decorum, propriety. 

decresco, crevi, cretum 
3. to decrease. 

decus, oris, n. honor. 

dedecet 2. c. ace. it is 
not proper. 

dedecus, oris, n. disgrace. 

dedico 1. to dedicate. 

deditio, onis, / surren- 
der. 

dedo, idi, itum, 3. to de- 
liver up. 

deduco, xi, ctum 3. to 
lead away. 

defatigo 1. to weary, to 
make weary ; pass, to 
become weary. 

defectio, onis,/ desertion. 

defendo, di, sum 3. to 
defend. 

defensor, oris, m. de- 
fender. 

defero, detuli, delatum, 
deferre 3. to offer. 

defervesco, btii 3. to 
cease boiling, cease 
raging. 

defetiscor, fessus sum 3. 
to become weary, be 
wearied. [to fail. 

def Icio, feci, fectum 3. 

deflgo, xi, xum 3. in c. 
abl. to fix firmly, fix 
upon something. 

deflnio 4. to define. 

deflagro 1. to burn up.. 

deflecto, xi, xum 3. to 
turn from, deviate. 

defugio, ugi, ugitum 3. 
c. ace. to escape. 

degener, eris, degenerate. 

degusto 1. to taste. 

deinde, thereupon, then. 

Deianlra, ae, / Deja- 
nira. 

dejicio, jeci, jectum 3. 
to cast down. 

delecto 1. to dcligld ; 
pass. c. abl. to be de- 
lighted, to rejoice at. 

deleo, evi, etum 2. to 
destroy, annihilate. 

delibero 1. to deliberate^ 
consider. 



386 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



delicatus 3. delicate. 

delictum, i, n. offence. 

deligo, egi, ectum 3. to 
select. 

Delphi, orum, m. Del- 
phi. 

Delphlcus 3. Delphic. 

delinquo, Iqui, ictum 3. 
to do wrong. 

dellro 1. to be silly. 

delhus 3. silly. 

delitesco, litui 3. to con- 
ceal. 

deludo, si, sum 3. to de- 
ceive. 

Delus (os), i f. Delos 
(an island). 

demando 1. to commit to. 

Demaratus, i, m. De- 
maratus. 

dernergo, si, sum 3. to 
plunge under, sink. 

demeto, ssui, ssum 3. 
to cut down. 

demitto, misi, missum 
3. to send down, let fall. 

demo, mpsi. mptum 3. 
to take aivay. 

demolior, Itus sum 4. 
to demolish. 

demonstrator, oris, m. 
shower. 

demonstro 1. to point 
out. 

Demosthenes, is, m. De- 
mosthenes. 

demulceo, mulsi. mul- 
sum 2. to soothe; 2) 
to lick. 

demum, adv. first, at 
length. 

deique, adv. at last, 
finally. 

dens, tis, m. tooth. 

dens us 3. thick. 

den tat us 3. toothed. 

denuntio I. to announce. 

denuo, adv. anew. 

depasco, pavi, pastum 
3. to feed down. 

dependio, di 2. to hang 
down. 

depono, posui, positum 
3. to lay down, lay 
aside. 



depopulor 1. to lay 
waste. 

deprecatto, onis, f 

entreaty. 
deprehendo, di, sum 3. 

to seize, catch. 
deprimo, pressi, pres- 

sum 3. to depress. 
depugno 1. to fight (for 

life or death), 
derldeo, Tsi, Isum 2. to 

deride. 
descendo, di, sum 3. to 

descend. 
deserlbo, psi, ptum 3. 

to describe, note. 
desceo, cui, ctum 1. to 

cut off. 
desero, rui, rtum 3. to 

desert. 
desidenum, i, n. longing, 

earnest desire. 
desidero 1. to long for, 

feel the want of some- 
thing. 
desldo, edi 3. to fail 

down. 
designo 1. to designate. 
desmo, sii, situm 3. to 

cease. 
desisto, stiti, stitum 3. 

to desist, cease. 
desperatio, onis, f. de- 
spair. 
despero 1 . to despair of. 
desplcio, spexi, spectum 

3. to despise 
destituo, ui, utum 3. to 

desert, leave behind. 
destruo, uxi, uctum 3. 

to destroy. 
desum, fui, esse, to be 

wanting; c. dat. rei, 

to neglect. 
detego, xi, ctum 3. to 

detect. 
detergeo, rsi, rsum 2. 

to wipe off. 
deterreo 2 to frighten 

from, deter. 
detcstabllis, e, detestable. 
detineo, tinui, tcntum 

2. to hold back, detain. 
detralio. axi, actum 3. 

to draw from, remove. 



detnmentum, i, n. inju* 
ry. 

detrudo, si, sum 3. to 
thrust down. 

deus, i, m. God. 

devasto 1. to lay waste. 

devertor, ti 3. to turn in, 
put up. 

devinco 3. to conquer. 

devoco 1 . to call down. 

devolo 1. to fly fortk t 
hasten away. 

devoro 1. to devour. 

dexter, tra, trum, right. 

diadema, atis, n. crown. 

dialectics,, ae.f logic. 

dialectus, \.f dialect. 

Diana, ae,y! Diana. 

dico, xi, ctum 3. to say, 
call. [tor. 

dictator, oris, m. dicta- 

dictito 1. to say often. 

dicto 1. to dictate. 

dies, ei, m. day. 

differo, distuli, dilatum, 
differe 3. to put off, 
defer. 

difficilis, e, difficult. 

difficultas, atis, / diffi- 
culty. 

difficulter, adv. with dif- 
ficulty. 

diifido, Isus sum 3. to 
distrust. 

diffindo, fidi, fissum 3. 

to Split. 

diffugio, ugi, ugttnm 3. 

to flee asunder (from 

each other), 
diffundo, fudi, fusum 3. 

to diffuse, disperse. 
digero, essi, estum 3. to 

separate, digest. 
digitus, i, m. finger. 
dignitas, atis, f dignity 
dignus 3. c. abl. worthy 

des'.rving. 
dijudico 1 . to distinguish. 
dilabor, lapsus sum 3. 

to glide away, disap- 
pear. 
dilacero 1. to tear in 

pieces. 
dilanlo 1. to tear in 

pieces, lacerate. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



387 



diligens, tis, diligent 

diligenter adv. diligently. 

diligent! a, ae, f. dili- 
gence, exactness. 

diligo, lexi, lectum 3. to 
esteem, love. 

dilucidus 3. clear. 

diluo, tii, utum 3. to di- 
lute, weaken. 

dimieo 1. to fight (a gen- 
eral battle). 

dimidium. i, n. half. 

dimitto 3. to dismiss. 

Dionysius, i, m. Diony- 
sius. [thong. 

diphthongus, i. f. diph- 

dirimO; emi, emptum 3. 
to separate. 

diripio, ipui, eptum 3. 
to plunder. 

diruo, tii, utum 3. to de- 
stroy. 

dirus 3. horrible. 

discedo. cessi, cessum 
3. to go away, depart. 

descessus, us, m. de- 
parture. 

discindo, cidi, cissum 
3. to tear in pieces, 
rend. 

disciplina, ae, f. disci- 
pline. 

discipulus, i, m. disciple. 

discludo, si, sum 3. to 
separate. 

disco, didici 3. to learn. 

discolor, oris, party-col- 
ored, variegated. 

discord! a, ae,/ discord. 

discordo 1 . cum aliquo, 
to disagree with some 
one. 

discrlmen, mis, n. dis- 
tinction, danger. 

discurro, curri, and cu- 
curri, cursum 3. to 
run from each other, 
scatter. 

discutio. ussi, ussum 3. 
to disperse, to dispel. 

disertus 3. eloquent. 

disjlcio. jeci, jectum 3. 
to scatter. 

dispar, aris, unequal, di- 
verse. 



dispello, puli, pulsum 
3. to drive asunder, to 
dispel. [perish. 

dispereo, ii. ltum 4. to 

dispergo, rsi, rsum 3. to 
disperse, scatter. 

dispicio, exi, ectum 3. 
to open the eyes. 

displiceo 2. to displease. 

dissensio, onis, f. dis- 
sension. 

dissero, rui, rtum 3. to 
discuss, discourse. 

dissidum, i, n. dissagree- 
ment. 

dissimilis, e, dissimilar. 

dissipo 1 . to scatter. 

dissolvo, vi, lutum3. to 
dissolve. 

dissuadeo, si, sum 2. to 
dissuade. 

distincte, adv plainly. 

distineo, inui, entum 2. 
to hold from each other, 
occupy, detain. 

distinguo, nxi, nctum 3. 
to distinguish. 

distraho, axi, actum 3. 
to draw asunder, dis- 
solve, waste. 

distribuo, tii, utum 3. c. 
dat. to distribute. 

ditto, onis,/! rule, power. 

diu, adv. a long time; 
diutius, longer. 

diuturnitas, atis, f. long- 
continuance. 

diuturnus 3. long-con- 
tinued. 

di versus 3. different. 

dives, itis. rich. 

divido, Isi, Isum 3. to 
divide. 

divlnus 3. divine. 

divit!ae, arum, f. riches. 

do, dedi, datum, dare 1. 
to give, attribute; lit- 
te'ras dare, to write a 
letter. 

doceo, cui, ctum 2. to 
teach, inform. 

doc! lis, e, teachable. 

doctor, oris. m. teacher. 

doctrina, ae, f doctrine, 
instruction, science. 



doctus 3. learned, versed 
in. 

documentum, i, n. proof. 

doleo 2. to grieve, fed 
pain. 

doliarium, i, n. cellar. 

dolor, oris, m. pain, grief 

dolus, i, m. fraud. 

domest!cus 3. domestic. 

domiciiium, i, n. resi- 
dence. 

dominatio, onis, f. do- 
minion. 

dominor 1. to reign. 

dominus, i, m. lord, mas- 
ter. 

domo, ui, ltum 1. to 
subdue. 

domus, us./ house, pal- 
ace; domi, at home; 
domo, from home. 

donee, conj. until, until 
that, even until. 

dono i . to give, present. 

donum, i, n. present. 

dormio 4. to sleep. 

dos. dotis,/. dowry, por- 
tion. 

dubito 1 . to doubt. 

dubius 3. doubtful. 

duco, xi, ctum 3. to lead t 
draw, lead away; 2) 
to consider, regard as 
something. 

dulcedo,!nis,/ sweetness, 
pleasantness. 

dulcis, e, sweet, lovely. 

dum, conj. while, so long 
as; -with subj. until, 
until that, so (as) long 
as ; provided that. 

dumetum, i, n. a thicket. 

dummodo, conj. with 
subj. provided that. 

dupttco 1 . to double. 

duro 1 . to last, endure. 

durus 3. hard. 

dux, ucis, c. leader, gen- 
eral. 

Dyrrhachium, i, n. 
Dyrrhachium. 

E. 

Eblandior, Itus sum 4. 
to gain by flattery. 



388 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

eburneus 3. of ivory, elabor, lapsus sum 3. enato 1 . to swim out. 

ivory. to glide away. Endymio, orris, m. En- 

ecclesia, ae,/ church. elaboro 1. to bestow dymion. 
echo, us, f. echo. pains upon; in c. abl. eneco, cui, ctum 1. to 

edlco, xi, ctum 3. to give to occupy one's self kill by inches, vex to 

out, command. with something. death. 

edisco, didici 3. to com- elegans, tis, elegant. enim, for ( § 102. 2. d). 

mit to memory. elegantia, ne.fi elegance, enltor, Isus or ixus sum 

edo, edi, esum 3. to eat. elementum, i, n. element, 3. to exert one's self 
edo, Idi, ltum, 3. to put beginning, elementary strive. 

forth, proclaim, per- principle, letter (of the ensis, is, m. sivord. 

form. alphabet). enumero 1 . to enumerate. 

edoceo, cui, ctum 2. to elephantus, i, m. ele- eo, adv. thither, so far. 

instruct, inform. phant. eo, Ivi, ltum, ire, to go. 

ea\o\o l.tohew properly, elevo 1 . to take away ; 2) Epaminondas, ae, m. 

to square. to disparage. Epaminondas. 

educo 1 . to bring up. elicio, ui, ltum 3. to Ephesius 3. Ephesian. 
educo, xi, ctum 3. to draw out, elicit. Ephesus, \,fi. Ephesus. 

lead forth. elido, Isi, Isum 3. to ephippium, i, n. horse- 
effector. oris, m. maker. dash, break, weaken. cloth. 

effeminatus 3. effemi- eligo, egi, ectum 3. to Epicurus, i, m. Epicurus, 

nate. select out, elect, choose, epigramma, atis, n. epi- 

effero 1. to render fierce, eloquentia, ae, f elo- gram. 
effero, extfili, elatum 3. quence. epilogus, i, m. epilogue, 

to carry forth, bury. eloquor, ctitus sum 3. to epistola, &e,f letter. 
efficax, acis, effectual. pronounce. [forth, eptilae, arum,^ a meal, 

efficio, feci, fectum 3. eluceo, xi 2. to shine feast. 

to effect, make. eludo, usi, usum 3. to epulor 1. to feast, enter- 
effigies, ei,f figure. elude, deride. tain. 

effingo, finxi, fictum 3. emendo 1. to improve. eques, itis, m. horseman; 

to figure, conceive of. ementior, Itus sum 4. to cavalry, knight. 
emoresco, rtii 3. to state falsely. equidem. adv. indeed. 

flourish. emergo, rsi, rsum 3. to equitatus, us, m. horse- 
effodio, odi, ossum 3. to emerge, to work one's manship, cavalry. 

dig up. self out. equito 1. to ride. 

effringo, fregi, fractum emetior, emensus sum equus, i, m. horse, steed. 

3. to break open, break 4. to measure off; trav- Erechtheus, ei, m. Erec- 

up. el through. theus. 

efruglo, fugi, fugitum 3. emico, tii, atum 1. to ergo, con j. there/ ore. 

q. ace. to flee away. gush forth. Eretri'a, ae,j£ Eretria. 

efFundo, udi, usum 3. emigro 1 . to move out .. Eretriensis, is, m. an 

to pour forth, throw emineo, ui 2. to be emi- Eretriam, 

off. nent. erigo, exi, ectum 3. to 

effusus 3. unrestrained, emitto, mlsi, missum 3. elevate ; erectus, ele- 
egeo, ui 2. to want, be in to send forth, thrust rated, lofty. 

want. out. eripio, ipui, eptum 3. to 

Egeria, ae,/. a nymph, emo, emi, emptum 3. snatch from. 
egestas, atis,/. want. to purchase. erraticus 3. wandering. 

ego, pron. I. emollio 4. to soften. erro I. to wander, err. 

egredior, gressus sum emolumentum, i, n. ad- error, oris, m error; pi. 

3. to depart. vantage. [to die. wanderings. 

ejielo, eei, ectum 3. to emorior, ortuus sum 3. erudlo 4. to instruct. 

cast forth. emptro, ums.fi purcka&e. erumpo, rupi, ruptum 

cjuio i. to complain. en, ad&. heholdl 3. to break forth. 

ejusmodi. of this kind, cnna.ro 1. to relate eruo. ui, litum 3. to dig 

of like kind. through. up. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 389 

escn, &e,f. food, bait, excidium, i, n. destruc- expedlo 4. to disengage ; 

esurio 4. to be hungry. tion. {destroy. se exp. to get ready. 

et, conj. and; et — et, exeido, Idi, Isum 3. to expeditio, onis, f expe- 

both — and. so (as) excieo, Ivi, Itum 2. or dition. 

well — as also. excio, Ivi, Itum 4. to expello, puli, pulsum 3. 

etiam. conj. also. excite, arouse. to expel. 

etiamsi, conj. even if. exclpio, cepi. ceptum expergefacio, feci, fac- 

Etruria, ae,/ Etruria. 3. to receive. turn 3. to arouse (from 

etsi. conj. even if al- excito 1 . to excite, raise. sleep). 

though. exelamo 1. to cry out. expergiscor, perrectus 

Euboea, ae,/' Euboea. excludo, usi, usum 3. sum 3. to wake up. 

Europa, ae, f Europe. to shut out, hatch. experior, pertus sum 4. 

Eurotas, ae, m. river at exeolo, olui, ultum 3. to ascertain, learn, try. 

Sparta. to cultivate. expers, rtis, c. gen. des- 

evado, asi, asurn 3. to exeors, rdis, senseless. titute of. 

go out. become. excrucio 1. to torment. expeto, Ivi, Itum 3. to 

evanesco, nui 3. to dis- excusatio, onis, f ex- strive to obtain. 

appear. cuse. expingo, nxi, ctum 3. 

evello, velli, vulsum 3. exedo, edi, esum 3. to to paint out. 

to pluck out. consume, corrode, expleo, evi, etum 2. to 

evenit 4. it happens. exemplar, aris, n. mod- Jill up, fulfil. 

eventus, us, m. event, re- el, pattern. explico 1. to explain. 

suit. exemplum, i, n. exam- explode si, sum 3. to 

everto. ti, sum 3. to pie, instance. clap off, drive off. 

overturn, prostrate, de- exeo, li, itum, Ire, to explorator, oris, m spy. 

siroy. go out, go forth. exploro 1. to search out, 

evlto 1. to avoid. exerceo 2. to exercise. explore. 

evoco 1. to call forth. exercitatio, om$,f exer- expono, posui, positum 

evolo 1. to fly foHli. cise, practice. 3. to explain. 

evolvo, Ivi, latum 3. to exereitus, us, m. army, exposco, poposci 3. to 

unfold, bring out. exhaurio, si, stum 4. to demand, request. 

evomo, ui, itum 3. to exhaust. exprTmo, pressi, pres- 

belch forth, send forth, exhilaro I. to exhilarate. sum 3. to express. 
exacuo, ui, utum 3. to exigo, egi, actum 3. to exprobro 1. to re- 
sharpen, pass (time). proach. 
exaedifico 1. to build. exiguus 3. little, paltry, expugno 1. to take. 
exaglto 1. to harass. eximius3. distinguished, exqulro, ism, isltum 3. 
axamen, liiis, n. swarm. excellent. to examine. 
examino 1. to examine, existimatio, onis, f es- exsileo, silui, sultum 4. 
exanimo 1 . to deprive of timation, opinion, judg- to leap forth, spring up. 

life, to kill. meat. exsilium, i, n. banish- 

exardesco, arsi, arsum existimo X.toesteem, con- ment. 

3. to take fire. sider one something. existo, stiti 3. to arise, 

exaresco, rui 3. to become exitium, i, n destruction. become, be. 

di~y. exitus, us. m. departure, exsors, rtis, c. gen. des- 

exascio 1 . to hew, fashion, exordior, orsus sum 4. titute of [pectation. 

exaudlo 4. to listen to. to begin. expectatio, onis, f ex- 

excedo, cessi, cessum 3. exordium, i. n. beginning, exspecto 1. to expect, 

c. abl. or ex c. abl. to origin. await, ivait. 

go forth, depart. exorior. ortus sum 4. to exsto, stiti 1. to stand 

excello, ui 3. to excel. appear, arise. out. project. 

excelsus 3 elevated. exuro 1. to entreat ear- exstinguo, nxi, netum 

exeerpo. p.<i. ptum 3. nestly, obtain by en- 3. to extinguish, oblite- 

to take out, extract. treaty. rat* , kill. 

excessns, us. m. depart- expavesco, vui 3. c. ace. extruo. uxi, uctum 3. 

ure.. to shrink from. to erect, construct. 



390 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

exsul, iilis, c. an exile. make, to esteem ; vim fero, tali, latum, ferre, 

exsulo I. to be an exile ; f acere, to inflict vio- to bear, briny, relate. 

exulatum ire or abire, fence. ferociter, ado. fiercely. 

to go into exile. factum, i, n. deed. ferox, ocis, fierce. 

exsulto 1. to leap up, facultas, atis, / faculty, ferreus 3. of iron. 

exult. power. [of speech, ferrum i, n. iron, sword. 

extemplo, adv. immedi- facundia, ae, f fluency fertilis, e, c. gen. fertile. 

ate/y. facundus 3. eloquent. ferus 3. wild; ferae, 

extenuo 1. to lessen. fagus, \,f beech tree. arum,yi wild beasts. 

extermmo 1. to extermi- Falisci. orum, m. a city ferveo, vi 2. to glow. 

nate. of Etruria. fessus 3. wearied, fa- 

exteruus 3. external. fallax, acis, deceptive. tigued. 

exterus 3. foreign. fallo, fefelli, falsum 3. to festivltas, atis, f pleas- 

extimesco, mui 3. c. deceive. antness. 

ace. to be afraid of falsus 3. false. festlvus 3. fine, sprightly. 

something. fama, ae, f fame, re- ficus, i and us, f fig- 

extollo, tuli, tollere, to nown, rumor. ' tree. 

raise up, lift up. fames, is, f hunger. fid el is, e, faithful. 

extraho, xi, ctum 3. to familia, &e,fi family, fideliter, adv. faithfully. 

protract. familiaris, e, belonging to Fidenas, atis, m. belong- 

extorqueo, rsi, rtum 2. a family ; res famil- ing to Fidenae. 

to wrest from, extort. aris, property ; famii- fides, ei, f fidelity ; fi- 

extremus 3. outermost, iaris, subst. friend. dem habere, c. dat. to 

last. famulus, i, m. servant. trust, have confidence 

extrinsecus, adv. from fanum, i, n. temple. in some one. 

without. fas, indec. n. right. fides, is, f string ; fidi- 

extrudo, usi, usum 3. to fasciculus, i, m. bundle. bus canere, to play on 

thrust from, out. fascis, is, m. bundle. a stringed instrument. 

exulcero 1. to make sore, fastldio 4. c. ace. to fido, fisus sum 3. to 

render worse. loathe, spurn. trust. 

exiio, ui, utum 3. to fataliter, adv. according fidus 3. faithful, true. 

draw off, take off. to fate. figura. ae, f figure^ 

fateor, fassus sum 2. to form. 
F. acknowledge, allow. filia, ae, f daughter. 

Faber, bri, m. artisan fatlgo 1. to iveary. filiolus, i, m. little son. 

(of each art) ; faber fatum, i, n. fate. filius, i, m. son. 

lignarius, carpenter. faux, cis, f. throat. fingo, finxi, fictum 3. to 

Fabius 3. Fabian. faveo, avi, autum 2. c. form, feign. 

fabricator, oris, m. mak- dat. to be favorable to, finio 4. to finish. 

er. framer. favor some one. finis, is, m. end. 

Fabricms, i, m. Fabri- febris, is, f fever. finitimus 3. neighboring. 

cius. fecundus 3. fruitful. fio, factus sum, fieri, to 

fabricor 1. to fashion, felicitas, atis, f happi- be made, become, hap- 

make. ness. pen ; fieri non potest, 

fabula, 2^,, f fable. felix, Icis, happy. quin, it is not possible, 

facesso, sslvi, ssltum 3. Felix, Icis, m. Felix. but that. 

to make; negotium, femina, ae, f woman. firmitas, ?it\s,fi firmness. 

to make trouble, vex; fenestra, ae, /! window, firmiter, adv. firmly. 

2) to take one's self fera, ae, f wild beast. firmo 1. to render firm, 

off. ferax, acis. c. gen. pro- strengthen, to harden. 

facetus 3. delicate, witty. ductive of fistula, i\e,f pipe. 

facile, adv. easily. fere, adv. almost. flagitiosus 3. disgraceful. 

faciiis, e, easy. feriae, arum, f holidays, firmus 3. firm. 

facinus, oris, n. deed, ferlnus 3. wild. flagitium, i, n.foul deed. 

foul deed. ferio, ire, to thrust, strike, flag! to 1. to demand. 

facio, feci, factum 3. to fermc, adv. almost. flagro 1. to burn. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 391 

flamma, ae. f flame. ffatcr, fcris, m. brother. furor. 1. to steal. 

flavus 3. y4low,fair. fraiis, dis./ fraud. fustis, is. in. a CMctyeZ. 

fleo, evi, 6tum 2. to weep, fremitus, us, w. ??o/se. futilis, e. useless. 

flecto, exi. exum 3. to frenum, i, n. (plur. fre- fu turns 3. future. 

bend. ni a»e/ frena) 6?Y, rein. 

fletus, us. ??i. weeping. frequento 1. to frequent. G. 

flexuOsus 3. winding. fretus 3. c. abl. relying Gallia, ae./. GW. 

flo 1. to blow, wave. upon something. Gallus, i, m. a Gaul. 

flocei faeere, to consider frigid us 3. cold. galllna, ae, f a hen, 

of no account. (§ 88.10.) frigo, ixi, ictum 3. to fowl. 

floreo. ui 2. to bloom. roast, dry. garrio, 4. to chatter. 

flos, floris, m. a flower. frigus, oris, n. cold. garrulus 3. loquacious. 

fluctuor 1. to name. frondosus 3. leafy. gaudeo, gravlsus sum, 

flumen. Inis, n. river. frons. ntis, f. forehead. gaudere c. abl. or de 

flavins, i. m. river. fructus, us, m. advan- c. abl. to rejoice 

foculus. i. m. little hearth. tage. gaudium, i, n. joy. 

fodlo, Odi, ossum 3. to fruges, um. f fruit (of gelidus 3. ice-cold, cold. 

dig, scratch. field and trees). geminus 3. double; g. 

foede, adv. basely, in a frugifer, era, erum, frater, twin brother. 

base manner. fruitful. gemitus, us, m groan. 

foeditas, atis,/ foulness, frumentum, i, n. grain, gener, eri, m. son-in-law. 

baseness. fruor, fructus or fruitus genero 1. to produce. 

foedus 3. base, foul. sum 3. c. abl. to en- gens, ntis. f. a people. 

foedus, eris, n 'league. joy. genu, us. n. knee. 

foenum, i, m. hay. frustra, adv. in vain. genus, eris, n. race, hind. 

folium, i, n. leaf. frustum, i, n. piece, bit. geometricus 3. geometri- 

follis, is. in. bellows. frutex, iris, m. shrub; pi. cal. 

fons, ntis. m. fountain. bushes, shrubbery. Germania, ae, / Ger- 

foris, is. / in plur. fold- fuga, ae,/ flight. many. 

inq-doors. fugio, gi, gitum 3. c. gero, gessi, gestum 3. to 

foris, ado. without. ace. to flee. carry, carry on. 

forma, ae,/. form. fugitlvus 3. runaway. gestio 4. to make ges- 

formica, ae. f. ant. fugo 1. to put to flight. tures. be transported. 

form.Ido. Inis. f fear, fulcio, lsi, ltum 4. to sup- gesto 1. to bear. 

fornix, icis. m. vault, port. gestus, us, m. gesture; 

arch. fulgur, uris, n. a flash of gestus agere, to make 

fortasse, adv. perchance. lightning. _ gestures. 

forte, adv. by chance, per- fulmen. inis, n lightning, gigas, antis. m. giant. 

haps. funambulus, i, m. rope- gigno, genui, genitum 

fortis, e, strong, bold. dancer. 3 to beget, bring forth, 

fortiter. adv. bravely fundamentum, i. n.foun- to bear, produce. 

fortitudo. inis./ bravery. daiion. glacies, ei,/ ice. 

fortulto, adv. fortui- fundltus, ado. from the gladiator, oris, m. fen- 

tuously. " [tune. foundation, who 'u. cer, gladiator. 

fortunai ae. f. fate, for- fu'ndo 1. to found. gladius, i, m. sword. 

fortunatus 3. fortunate, fundo. fudi*. fusum 3. (of giis, Iris, m. a dormouse. 

forum, i, n. market, mar- an army), to rout. globosus 3. globular. 

ket place. fun^or, nctus sum 3. c. gloria, ae,/ glory. 

fossa, ae. f. ditch. abl. to discharge. glorior 1. to glory. 

foveo, ovi, otum 2. to funis, is, m. a rope. gnarus 3. c. gen. ac- 

warm, cherish, attend to. Furculae Caudinae, quainted with. 

fragilis. e. frail. Caudine pass. gnaviter, adv. zealously. 

franco. Bgi, actum 3. to furfur, uris. n. bran. Gordius, i, m. Gordius. 

break, break in }>ieccs ; furiosus 3. raring. Gottin^ensis, e, of Got- 

inoli- frangere, to furo, ui 3 to n:g<>. tiugen. 

grind. furor, oris, m. rage. gradus, us, m. step. 



392 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

Graece, adv. in Greek. Halicarnassus, i, f a hirundo, inis,y! swallow. 

Graecla, &e,f. Greece. city of Caria. Hispanla, ae,/* Spain. 

Graecus, i, m. a Greek, hamus, i, m. fishing-hook. Hispanus, i, m. a 

Graecus 3. Greek. Hannibal, alis, m. Han- Spaniard. 

grammaticus 3. gram- nibal. Histiaeus, i, m. Histiae- 

matical; grammati- harpago, onis, m. hook. us. 

cus, i, m. grammarian. grappling-iron. historia, ae,fi history. 

grandis, e, great ; natu haruspx, icis, m. sooth- historlcus, i, m. historian, 

grandis, aged. sayer. histrio, onis, m. actor. 

granum, i. m. a grain. hasta, ae,/ spear. hodie, adv. to-day 

grassor 1. to walk; in haud, adv. not. Homerus, i. m Homer. 

aliquid, to rage haurio, hausi, haustum homo, inis, m. man. 

against something. 4. to draw. honestas, atis,/*. intsgri- 

grate, adv. gratefully. hebdomas, adis, f. a ty. 

gratia, ae, f. favor, week. honeste, adv. decently, 

thank ; gratias agere, hebes, etis, blunt, dull, honorably, virtuously. 

to thank, give thanks; obtuse. honestus 3. honest, up- 

gratiam referre, to re- hebesco 3. to become dull, right, honorable, vir- 

turn a favor; gratia torpid. tuous. 

(with a foregoing hebeto 1. to stupify, honorifice, adv. honora- 

gen.), on account of. weaken bly. 

gratiosus 3. beloved. Hector, oris, m. Hector, honoro 1. to honor. 

gratulabundas 3. con- Helvetius, i, m. a honos, oris, m. honor, 

gratulating. Swiss. post of honor, mark of 

gratulor 1. to congrat- hem, inter j hem ! ah ! honor. 

ulate. herba, ae,f herb. hora, ae, f. hour. 

gratus 3. agreeable; 2) Hercules, is, m. Hercules. Ho ratius, i, m. Horace. 

grateful. hereditas, atis )t /! inheri- hordeum, i, n. barley. 

gravate, adv. unwillingly. tance. horno, adv. of this year. 

gravis, e, heavy, difficult ; heres, edis, m. heir. horrendus 3. dreadful. 

serious. heri, adv. yesterday. horreum, i, n. granary. 

gra vitas, atis, f serious- herilis, e, of or pertaining horribilis, e, horrible. 

ness, dignity. to a master. hortor 1. to exhort. 

graviter, adv. heavily, Herodotus, i, m. Hero- hortulus, i, m. a little 

violently, forcibly ;gra- dotus. garden; 2) a small 

viter ferre, to be dis- herus, i, m. master. farm. 

pleased. hesternus 3. of yesterday, hortus, i, m. garden. 

grex, gis, m. herd, flock, heus, adv. ho there ! hospes, Ttis, m. a guest. 

gubernator, oris, m. pi- hibernus 3. belonging to hospitlum, i, n. hospitali- 

lot. winter. ty. 

guberno 1. to govern, hie, haec, hoc, this ; hie, hostilis, e, hostile. 

rule. adv. here ; upon this hostis, is, m. enemy. 

gusto 1. to taste, relish. occasion. hue, adv. hither. 

hiemo 1. to pass the hm, inter j. Olalas! 

H. winter. human! tas, atis, f hu- 

Habeo 2. to have, hold; hiems, emis,f ivinter. manity. 

consider; sese habere, Hierosolyma, orum, n. hum an us 3. human. 

to be; bene habet, it Jerusalem. hum ems, i, m. shoulder. 

is well. hilaris, e, cheerful. humidus, moist. 

habito 1. to dwell. hilaritas, atis,j^ hilarity, humilis, ejow. 

habitus, us, m. habit, hilariter, adv. cheerfully, humo 1 . to bury. 

bearing, condition. joyfully. h umus, i, f gi'ound. earth. 

habitus 3. fleshy. hinc, adv. from here, hydrops, opis, m. dropsy. 

haereo, haesi, haesum hence, since then. Hypanis, i, m. the Hypa- 

2. to adhere, to stick. hi unto 4. to neigh. nis. 

haesito 1. to hesitate. Hippias, ae, m. Hippias. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 393 

I. immanis, e, vast, cruel, implore 1. to implore. 

Ibi, adv. at that place, iinmanitas, atis,/. huge- impono, posui, positum 

there. ness. 3. to impose upon, lay 

ibidem, adv. in the same immaturus 3. unripe, im- upon ; with dat. of 

place. mature, untimely. person, to deceive. 

ico, ici, ictum 3. to immemor, oris, c. gen. importo 1. to import. 

strike; (of a league), unmindful. importunus 3. trouble- 

to conclude. immerito, adv. unde- some. 

idcirco, adv. on that ac- servedly. impotens, ntis, c. gen. 

count. immineo, 2. to threaten. not master of. 

idem, eadem, idem, immitto, isi, issum 3. to imprecor 1. to imprecate. 

pron. the very same, send in, place in. imprimis, adv. especial- 

same, immo, adv. yes rather, ly. 

identidem, adv. repeat- nay rather, on the con- imprimo, pressi, pres- 

edly. trary. sum 3. to press into, 

idoneus 3. Jit, fitted. immoderatus 3. intern- impress. 

igitur, conj. therefore, perate. improbitas, atis,/] wick- 

hence. immodestus 3. immodest. edness. 

ignarus 3. c. gen. unac- immodicus 3. excessive, improbo I. to disapprove, 

quainted with. immortalis, e, immortal, improbus 3. wicked. 

ignavia, &e,f indolence, immortalitas, atis, f improvlso, adv. unex- 

cowardice. immortality. pectedly. 

ignavus 3. indolent, in- immortaliter, adv. in- imprudens, ntis, not 

active, sluggish, coward- finitely. foreseeing, not know- 

ly. impar, aris, unlike, un- ing ; c. gen. unac- 

igneus 3. fiery. equal. quainted with. 

ignis, is, m.fire. impatlens, ntis, im- impubes, eris, youthful, 

ignobilis, e, unknown. patient ; impatientia, immature. 

ignominia, ae, /. dis- ae,/ impatience. impudens, ntis, impu- 

grace. impedimentum, i, n. dent, shameless. 

ignoro 1. not to know; hindrance. impurus 3. impure. 

non ignorare, to know impedio 4. to hinder, inanis. e, empty, vain. 

perfectly well. impello, puli, pulsum 3. incantamentum, i, n. 

ignosco, novi, notum 3. to impel. magic influence. 

to pardon. impendeo 2. to impend, incedo, eessi, cessum 3. 

ille, a. ud, that. impendo, pendi, pen- to walk upon. 

illecebra, ae, f entice- sum 3. to bestow. incendium, i, n. confla- 

ment. imperator, oris, m. gen- gration. 

illuc, adv. thither. eral emperor. incendo, di, sum 3. to 

illucesco, luxi 3. to be- imperatorius 3. belonging enkindle, inflame. 

come light, dawn. to a general. incertus 3. uncertain. 

illustris, e, distinguished, imperltus 3. inexperi- incesso, Ivi, ltum 3. to 
imago, Inis,/. image. enced. attack. 

imbecillus 3. weak. imperfum,i. n. command, inchool. to begin. 

imber, bris, m. shower, reign, power. ineido, idi 3. to fall up- 

rain. impero, 1. c. dat. to on. 

imberbis. e, beardless. reign, reign over, com- incipio. cepi, ceptum 3, 

imbuo, ui, utum 3. to mand. to begin. 

immerse; c. abl. to impetro 1. to obtain. incito 1. to spur on, incite, 

fill with, imbue. impetus, us, m. attack ; incognitus 3. unknown. 

imitatio, onis, f. imita- 2) vast extent. incola. ae, m. inhabitant. 

tion. impius 3. impious. incolumis, e, unhurt. 

imitator, oris, m. imita- impleo, evi, etum 2. to inconditus 3. unarrang- 

tor. fill. ed. [ted. 

iraitor 1. c. ace. to imi- implieo, avi, atum 1. to incorruptus 3. uncorrup- 

tate. involve. incredibilis, e, incredible. 



394 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

increpo, ui, itum 1. c. infero, intuli, illatum, injueundus 3. unpleas- 

ace. to berate, re- inferre, to briny ; bel- wit, disagreeable. 

proach. lum inferre alicui, to injuria, ae, / injustice, 

incumbo, cubui, cubi- make war upon one. injury. 

turn 3. in aliquid, to inferos 3. being below, injuste, adv. unjustly. 

lay one's self upon, at- low, inferior ; inferi, innascor, natus sum 3. 

tend to something. the dead in the lower to be implanted. 

indago 1. to trace out. world. innocens, ntis, innocent. 

inde, adv. thence. infesto 1. to infest, dis- innocentia, ae, f. inno- 

indecorus 3. unbecoming. turb; infestus 3. hos- cence. 

India, ae,/. India. tile. innoxms 3. harmless. 

indico 1. to indicate. infidelis, e. unfaithful. innumerabilis, e, innu- 

indlco, xi, ctum 3. to inf Idus 3. unfaithful. merable. 

announce, declare. infimus 3. the lowest, inopia, ae,/ helplessness, 

indigeo, ui 2. c. gen, et meanest. need, want, indigence. 

abl. to be in want. infinltus 3. infinite. inops, opis, he/ pi ess, poor, 

indignatio, onis/ indig- infirmitas, atis,/ infirm- destitute, needy. 

nation. [nant. ity. inquam, I say. 

indignor I. to be indig- infirmus 3. weak. insanus 3. insane. 

indignus 3. c. abl. un- infllgo, xi, ctum 3. c. insatiabilis, e, insatiable. 

worthy. dat. to strike upon, in- inscius 3. c. gen. not 

indoles, is,/! natural dis- flict. knowing, not acquaint- 

position. inflo I . to inflate. ed with. 

induce-, xi, ctum 3. to informo 1. to instruct. inscribe-, psi, ptum 3. 

bring in, induce. infringe fregi, fractum c. dat. to write in, or 
indulgentia, ae, f. in- 3. to break, infringe. upon something, in- 
dulgence, infundo, fudi, fusum 3. scribe. 
indulgeo, lsi, ltum 2. c. to pour in, infuse. insculpo, psi, ptum 3. 

dat. to give one's self ingenium, i, n. genius, to engrave. 

to, be indulgent. spirit. insectum, i, n. insect. 

induo, ui, utum 3. to ingens, ntis, immense, insequor, secutus sum, 

put on, clothe. very great. to pursue. 

Indus, i, 77i. an Indian; ingenue, adv. nobly, re- insero, sevi, si turn 3. c. 

2) the Indus (a river). spectably. dat. to sow in, ingraft. 

industria, ae,/ i7idustry. ingenuus, 3. free-born, insidiae, arum,/ ambus- 

industrius 3. active, in- noble. cade, snares. 

dustrious. ingigno, gentii, genitum insidior 1. to lie in wait. 

induttae, arum /. a 3 to implant. insignis, e, distinguished ; 

truce. ingratus 3. ungrateful; subst. insigne, is, n, 

ineo, Ivi, itum, Ire, to 2. disagreeable. badge. 

go in, enter. ingredior, gressus sum insipiens, ntis, unwise. 

inepte, adv. foolishly. 3. c. ace. to go i7\to, insitus 3. implanted, in- 

inermis, e, unarmed, de- enter upon. born. 

fe7iceless. inhaereo T haesi, haesum insolens, ntis, insolent. 
iners, rtis, unskilled, in- 2. in c. abl. to infiere. insoienter, adv. insolent- 
active, inhuman us 3. inhuman. ly. 
inertia, ae, / inactivity, inhumatus 3. unburied. insperans, tis, not expect- 
infamia, ae, /. infa7ny. inimicitia, ae,/ hostility. ing, contrary to expec~ 

shame. inimlcus 3. hostile; ini- tation. 

infamis, e, infamous, micus, i, m. ene77\y. inspicio, exi, ectum 3. 

shameful. inlque, adv. unjustly. to look into, inspect. 

infans, ntis, c. a child, inlquus 3. unjust. instabilis, e, unstable. 

minor. initium, i. n. beginning, instituo, ui, utum 3. to 

infelix, Icis, unfortunate, injicio, jeci, jectum 3. instruct 

unhappy ; subst. un- to throw into ; laqueos, institutio, onis, / in- 

hflppy man. to lay snares. struction ; inst. scho- 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



395 



lastica, scholastic in- 
struction. 

insto, stlti 1. to threaten, 
press upon, compel 
(some one). 

instruo. xi, ctum 3. to 
furnish ; aciem in- 
struere, to arrange the 
line of battle ; bellum 
instr., to prepare for 
war. [brians. 

Insubres, ium, m. Insu- 

insula, ae,/! island. 

insusurro 1. to whisper 
into. 

intactus 3. untouched. 

integer, gra, grum, 
sound. 

intelligo, exi, eetum 2. 
to understand. 

intempestlve. adv. un- 
timely. 

intentus 3. stretched; 
c. dat. or in c. ace. 
attentive, fixed upon 
something. 

interdum. adv. sometimes. 

intercludo, usi, usuiii 3. 
to hem in, cut off. 

interea, adv. in the mean 
time. 

intereo, ii. Ttum, Ire, to 
decay, come to naught. 

interfector, oris, m. mur- 
derer. 

interf Icio, eci, ectum 3. 
to kill. [time. 

interim, adv. in the mean- 

inteiitus, us, m. destruc- 
tion. 

intermisceo. scui, stum, 
or xtum 2. to inter- 
mingle. 

interjicio, jeci, jectum 3. 
to place between, intro- 
duce ; anno interjec- 
to, after the lapse of a 
year. 

intermitto, misi, missum 
3. to intermit. 

internecio, onis, / utter 
destruction. 

internosco, novi. notum 
3. to distinguish. 

interpellator, oris, m. 
disturber. 



interpreter 1. to inter- 
pret, explain. 

interpungo. nxi, nctum, 
to distinguish. 

interrimo, remi, remp- 
tum 3. to destroy. 

interrogo 1. to ask. 

interrumpo, rupi, rup- 
tum 3. to break down. 

intersum, fui, esse c. 
dat. to be in, to be pre- 
sented at ; interest, 
there is a difference; 
c. gen. it concerns one 
($89,11). 

intervenio, veni, ven- 
tum 4. to intervene, 
come between. 

intimus 3. inmost. [ble. 

intolerabilis, e, intolera- 

intro 1. c. ace. to go in- 
to, to enter. 

introduco, uxi, ctum 3. 
to introduce. 

introgredlor, gressus 
sum, to enter. 

introitus, us, m. entrance^ 

intueor, luitus sum 2. 
to look upon, consider. 

intus, adv. within, in the 
house. 

inultus 3. unrevenged. 

in undo 1. to overflow. 

inutilis, e, useless. 

invado, asi, asum 3. to 
invade, fall upon. 

invenio, veni, ventum 
4. to find, find out. 

investlgo 1. to trace out, 
investigate. 

invietus 3. invincible. 

invideo, vldi, visum 2. 
c. dat. to envy. [tred. 

invidia, ae, f envy, ha- 

invidus 3. envious. 

inviolatus 3. uninjured. 

invlso, Isi, tsum 3. to 
visit. 

invito 1. to invite. 

invltus 3. unwilling. 

involvo, vi, utum 3. to 
involve; involutus 3. 
difficult to understand. 

Lines, um, m. Ionians. 

IphicrStes, is, m. Tphi- 
crates. 



ipse, a, um, pron. self 
ira, ae,/! anger. 
iracundia, ae, f anger, 

irascibility. 
iraseor, iratus sum 3. c. 

dat. to be enraged. 
iratus 3. enraged, angry. 
irrldeo, si, sum 2. to 

mock, deride. 
irrumpo, rupi, ruptum 

3. to burst in. 
is, ea, id, pron. he, she, 

it ; that one ; the same. 
Isocrates, is, m. Isocrates. 
iste, a, ud, pron. that. 
ita, adv. so, thus. 
Italia, ae,/! Italy. 
itaque, conj. therefore. 
item. adv. likewise. 
iter, itineris, n. course, 

way, journey, march. 
iterum, adv. again, the 

second time. 

J. 

Jaceo 2. to lie low. 

jacto 1. to throw hither 
and thither, extol. 

jactura. ae./! loss; jac* 
turam facere. to suf- 
fer loss. 

jactus, us, m. a throw. 

jaculum, i, n. javelin, 
dart. 

jam, adv. now, already. 

jamjam, even now, al- 
ready. 

jam prldem, long since. 

janiia, ae,/ gate. 

jecur, jecinoris, n. the 
liver. 

jenjunium, i, n. fast; 

jen junia colere. to keep 
a fast. 

jocor, 1. to jest. 

jocosus 3. sportive. 

jocus, i, m. a jest. 

juba, ae,/! m. mane. 

jubeo, jussi, jussum 2. 
to bid, order. 

jucunde, adv. pleasantly, 
agreeably. 

jueunditas, ati>,/! jJeas- 
antness, agreeableness. 

jucundus 3. pleasant, 
agreeable. 



396 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



udex, icis, m. judge. 

judicium, i, n. judgment. 

judico 1. to judge; c. 
dupl. ace. to consider 
one something. 

jugerum, i, n. acre of 
land. 

juglans, ndis, f. walnut. 

jugum, i, n. yoke, top, 
ridge (of a mountain). 

Julius (i) Caesar (aris) 
m. Julius Caesar. 

jumentum, i. n. beast of 
burden. 

jungo, nxi, nctum 3. to 
join, unite. 

Junius, i, m. June. 

Juno, onis,/! Juno. 

Juppiter, Jovis, m. Ju- 
piter. 

uro 1. to swear. 
us, juris, n. right. 
us, juris, n. broth, soup. 
ussum, i, n. command. 
ussus, us, m. command. 
ustitia, ae,/ justice. 

justus 3. just. 

Juvenalis, is, m. Juve- 
nal. 

juvenilis, e, youthful, 

juvenis, is, m. a youth, 
young man. 

juventus, utis,/ youth. 

juvo, juvi, jutum 1. c. 
ace. to assist. 



Labefacto 1. to cause to 

totter, shake. 
labor, lapsus sum 3. to 

fall. 
labor, oris, m. labor, toil. 
laboro 1. to labor; c. 

abl. to suffer from. 
labrum, i, n, lip. 
lac, ctis, n. milk. 
Lacaena, ae, f. Lacede- 
monian woman. 
Lacedaemon, onis, f 

Lacedemon, Sparta. 
Lacedaemomus, i, m. a 

Lacedemonian. 
lacero 1 . to lacerate, tear 

in pieces. 
lacesso, Ivi, Itum 3 to 

provoke. 



laerima, ae, f. tear. 

lacus, us, m. lake, pond. 

laedo, si, sum 3 to hurt. 

Laelius, in. Laelius. 

laetitia, &e,fjoy. 

laetor 1 . c. abl. to rejoice. 

laetus 3. joyful, delighted. 

Lamps acus, i, f city in 
Mysia. 

laniatus, us. m. a tearing. 

lapideus 3. of stone. 

lapis, idis, m. a stone. 

laqueus, i. m. noose, 
snare. 

largior, Itus sum 4. to 
bestow largely. 

late, adv. widely. 

latebrae, arum, f lurk- 
ing place. 

latebrosus 3. full of 'lurk- 
ing places. 

lateo, ui 2. to be con- 
cealed. 

latibulum, i, n. den, re- 
treat. 

La tin us 3. Latin. 

latito 1 . to lie hid, lurk. 

Latmus, i, m. Latrmts 
(mountain in Caria.) 

latro, onis, m. robber. 

latus, eris, n. side. 

latus 3. broad. 

laudabilis, e. praise- 
worthy. 

laudo 1 . to praise. 

laurus, i, or us, f the 
laurel. 

lans, dis, /.praise. 

lautus 3. dainty. 

lavo, lavi, lava turn 1. 
to wash. 

lectus, i, m. bed. 

legatus, i, m. ambassa- 
dor; 2) lieutenant gene- 
ral. 

lector, oris, m. reader. 

legio, onis, f. legion. 

lego, gi, ctum 3. to read. 

lento 4. to soothe. 

leniter, adv. mildly. 

lentus 3. slow. 

leo, onis, m. lion. 

lepidus 3. elegant, neat. 

lepor, oris, m. agrecable- 
ness. jest. 

lepus, oris, m. a hare. 



Lesbus, \,f Lesbos, 

levir. iri, m. brother-in- 
law. 

levis, e, light. 

le vitas, atis,^ levity. 

levo 1. to lighten, relieve; 
c. abl. to free from. 

lex, egis, flaw, condition, 

libens, ntis. willing. 

libenter, adv. willingly, 
with delight. 

liber, bri, m. book. 

liber, era, erum,/ree. 

libera lis, e,free. 

liberalitas, atis, f liber- 
ality. 

liberal! ter, adv. liberally. 

libere, adv. freely. 

liberi, drum, m. children 
(in relation to their 
parents). 

libero 1. to liberate. 

libertas, atis,/! liberty. 

libet, uit 2. it pleases. 

libido, Inis,/! desire, pas- 
sion, lust. 

libra, ae, /I a pound. 

licet, uit 2. it is allowed. 

lien, enis, m. (old form 
of splen), the spleen. 

ligneus 3. wooden, of 
wood. 

lignum, i, n. wood. 

ligo, onis, m. hoe, mat- 
tock. 

limpid us 3. limpid, clear. 

lingua, ae,/! tongue, lan- 
guage. 

linter, tris,/! boat, skiff. 

Lipsia, ae,/! Leipsic. 

liquefaci'o, feci, factum 
3. to melt. [strife. 

lis, litis, f. civil process, 

littera, ae, / letter (of 
alphabet) ; litterae, 
arum. f. letter, litera- 
ture. 

littus, oris, n. sea-shore. 

]oco 1. to place, set. 

locuples, etis, wealthy, 
rich. 

locupleto 1. to enrich. 

locus, i, m. place, situa- 
tion, room ; />/. loca. 

locusts, ae,/. locust. 

longe, adv. few, widely. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



397 



longinquitas, atis, /. 
length, extent. 

longinquus 3. remote, 
distant; e longinquo, 
from afar. 

longus 3. long. 

loquacitas, atis,/ loqua- 
city. 

loquax, acis, loquacious. 

loquor, locutus 3. to 
speak. 

lorlea, ae, coat of mail. 

Luceria, ae,/ Luceria. 

Lucretius, i, m. Lucre- 
tius. 

lucrum, i, n. gain, ad- 
vantage. 

luctus. us, m. grief. 

ludibrium i, n. sport. 

ludiraaster, tri, m. 
school-master. 

ludo, si, sum 3. to play. 

Ludovlcus, i, m. Lewis. 

ludus, i, m. play, game. 

lugeo, xi 2. to grieve, la- 
ment. 

lumbrlcus, i, m. earth- 
worm. 

lumen, inis, n. light. 

luna. ae./! moon. 

lupus, i. m. wolf. 

luscinia, ae, f nightin- 
gale. 

lustratio, onis,/. review. 

lusus, us. m. sport. 

lutulentus 3. muddy. 

lux, lucis,/ light. 

luxuria, ae,/ luxury. 

Lycurgus, i, m. Lycur- 
gus. 

Lysis, is, m. Lysis. 

M. 

Mace do, onis, m. a Ma- 
cedonian. 

Macedonia, ae,/ Mace- 
donia. 

macer, era, crum, lean. 

maeero 1 . to soak. 

maehinatio, onis,/ ma- 
chine ; device, artifice. 

macies, ei,/ leanness. 

magis, adv. more. 

magister, tri, m. teach- 
er. 

magistratus, us, m. ma- 



gistracy, authority ; 
magistrate. 

magnifice, adv. magni- 
ficently. 

magniflcus 3. magnifi- 
cent. 

magnitiido, inis,/ mag- 
nitude. 

magnopere, adv. greatly. 

magnus 3. great; comp. 
major, us, greater, 
older. 

majores, um, m. ances- 
tors. 

male. adv. badly. 

maledlco 3. c. dat. to re- 
proach. 

maledlcus 3. slanderous. 

maleficus 3. doing evil, 
evil wicked ; subst. 
evil-doer. 

malevolus 3. ill-dispos- 
ed, malicious. 

malitia. ae, f malice, 
wickedness. 

malo, malui, malle, to 
wish rather, prefer. 

malum, i, n. apple. 

malum, i, n. evil, misfor- 
tune 

malus, i, f apple-tree. 

malus 3. evil, bad. 

mando 1. to commit to. 

mando, di, sum 3. to 
chew. U na - 

mane, adv. in the morn- 

maneo. nsi, nsum 2. to 
remain ; c. ace. to 
await. 

mansuetus 3. tame. 

mantlca, ae, f portman- 
teau. 

Mantinea, ae, f Manti- 
nea. 

manumitto, isi, issum 
3. to make free. 

manus, us, f hand; 2) 
a company. 

Marathonius 3. of Mar- 
athon. 

Marcellus, i, m. Marcel- 
lus. 

Mardonius, i, m. Mar- 
donius. 

mare, is, n. sea. 

margo, inis, m. margin. 
34 



Marianus 3. Marian. 

maritimus 3. belonging 
to the sea, maritime; 
praedo mar. pirate. 

maritus, i, husband. 

Marios, i, m. Marius. 

m arm or, oris. n. marble. 

marmoreus 3. of marble, 
marble. 

Mars, rtis. m. Mars. 

Martins, i, m. Mars. 

mater, tris.f mother. 

maternus 3. a mother's. 

mathematlcus, i, m. 
mathematician. 

matrona. ae,/. matron. 

mature, adv. speedily, in 
season. 

maturo 1 . to hasten. 

maturus 3. ripe. 

Mauritius, i. Maurice. 

medeor 2. c. dat. to cure. 

mediclna, ae, / medi- 
cine, remedy. 

medieus, i, m. physician. 

mediocris, e, middling. 

Mediolanum. i. n. Milan. 

meditatio, onis, f medi- 
tation. 

meditor I . to reflect upon, 
study into. 

Medus. i, m. a Mede. 

Megara. ae./ Megara. 

mehercule, adv. by Her- 
cules, indeed. 

mel, mellis, n. honey. 

membrana, ae, f. mem- 
brane. 

membrum, i, n. limb. 

memini, isse, c gen, or 
ace. to remember. 

memor. oris, c. gen. 
mindful of. 

memoria, ae, f memo- 
ry. remembrance, time; 
memoria tenere, to 
hold in remembrance. 

memoriter, adv. from 
memory, by heart. 

memoro 1. to mention, 
relate. 

Menander, dri, m. Me- 
nander. 

mendax, acis, lying ; 
subst. liar. 

men-, lis, f sense, mind, 



398 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



understanding, spirit, 
state of mind. 

mensa, ae,/ table. 

mensis, is, m. month. 

mentio, Onis, f. mention. 

mentior 4. to lie. 

mercator, oris, m. trader. 

mercatus, us, m. a fair. 

merces, edis, f recom- 
pense. 

mereor, meritus sum 2. 
to deserve; de aliqua 
re mereri, to deserve 
of something. 

merges, itis, f. sheaf of 
grain. 

mergo, rsi, rsum 3. to 
sink. 

meridianus sol, mid-day 
sun. 

meridies, ei, m. mid-day. 

merltum, i, n. desert. 

merx, rcis,/. wares. 

messis, is,/" crop. 

Metellus, i, ?n. Metellus. 

metlor, mensus sum 4. 
to measure. 

metuo, ui 3. to fear. 

metus, us, m. apprehen- 
sion, fear. 

meus 3. mine. 

mico, ui 1 . to glitter. 

migratlo, onis,/'. migra- 
tion. 

migro 1. to migrate; c. 
ace. to transgress. 

miles, Itis. m. warrior, 
soldier. 

militaris, e, military ; 
res mil. warfare. 

militia, ae, f. military 
service. 

milito 1. to do military 
service. 

millianiim, i. n. mile-stone 
(measure of a thou- 
sand paces). 

Miltiades, is, m. Miltia- 
des. 

mina, ae, f. a mina (a 
piece of money worth 
about 17 dollars). 

minax, acis, threatening. 

Minerva, ae./' Minerva. 

minim e, adv. hast, not 
at all. 



mini tor 1. to threaten. 

minor 1. to threaten. 

minuo. ui, uturn, to less- 
en, diminish. 

minus, adv. less. 

mirif Ice, adv. wonderful- 
ly. 

mirif Icus 3. wonderful. 

miror 1. to wonder; 2) 
to admire. 

minis 3. wonderful, ex- 
traordinai-y. 

misceo, scui, stum or 
xtum 2. to mix, to dis- 
turb. 

miser, era, erum, wretch- 
ed. 

miserandus 3. pitiable. 

misere, adv. wretchedly. 

misereor, misertus or 
miseritus sum 2. c. 
gen. to pity. 

miseret me alicujus rei, 
it excites my pity for 
something. 

miseria, ae, f misery, 
want. 

misericordia, ae,/ 'pity. 

mitesco 3. to render soft, 
tame. 

mitigo 1. to soften, miti- 
gate. 

mitis, e, soft, mild. 

mitto, misi, missum 3. 
to send. 

mobllis, e, movable. 

moderator, oris, m. gov- 
ernor. 

moderatio, onis, mode- 
ration. 

moderatus 3. temperate. 

moderor 1. c. ace. to 
govern, rule. 

modestla, ae, f modesty. 

modestus 3. modest. 

modice, adv. temperate- 
modius. i, m. bushel. 
modo, adv. only, now; 

conj. c. Subj if only. 
modo — modo, now — 

now. 
modus, i, m. manner, 

troy. 
moeiiln. rum. n. ivalls 

(as defence). 



moeror, oris, m, grief 
sorroiv. 

Moesla, ae,/ Moesia. 

mola, ae,/ a mill. 

moles, is,/, mass. 

moleste, adv. grievously ; 
mol. fero, 1 take it ill. 

molestia, ae, f annoy- 
ance. 

molestus 3. troublesome. 

mollor, Itus sum 4. to 
prepare, get ready. 

molllo 4. to soften, make 
soft, alleviate. 

mollis, e, soft. 

mollitla, ae,/ softness. 

Molo, onis, m. Molon. 

momentum, i, n. circum- 
stance. 

moneo 2. to admonish. 

monitum, i, n. admoni- 
tion, instruction. 

mons, ntis, m. mountain. 

monumentum. i, n. mon- 
ument. 

mora, ae./! delay. 

morbus, i, m. disease. 

mordax, acis, biting. 

mordeo, momordi, mor- 
sum 2. to bite, to back- 
bite. 

morior, morttius sum, 
mori, to die. 

moror 1. to delay, re- 
main; c. ace. to make 
nothing of 

morosus 3. morose. 

mors, tis,/ death. 

morsus, us, m. bite. 

mortalis, e, mortal. 

mos, oris, m. custom, 
manner ; plur. charac- 
ter. 

motus, us, m. movement; 
motus terrae, earth- 
quake. 

moveo, vi, turn 2. to 
move. 

mox, adv. thereupon, af- 
terwards. 

muliebris, e, effeminate. 

mulier, eris, / woman, 
wife. 

Mullerus, i, m. Mutter. 

multiplex, ieis, mani- 
fold. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 399 

multitudo, inis, fimulti- old (when the year one, (gen. and abl. not 

tude. has been specified, used), 

multo 1. to fine, punish. which in this case nepos, otis, m. grandson, 

multus 3. much, many. stands in the ace.) nephew. 

mundus, i, m. world. naufragium, i, n. ship- neptis, is./! granddaugh- 

municeps, Ipis, m. citi- wreck; naufr. facere, ter. 

zen of a free city ; 2) to suffer shipwreck. Neptunus, i, m. Neptune. 

fellow-citizen. nauta, ae, m. sailor. nequeo, Ivi, ltum, Ire, 

munificentia, ae, f mu- navalis, e, naval, per- not to be able. 

nificence. taining to a ship ; pug- nequicquam, adv. in 

munificus 3. munificent. na navalis, sea-fight; vain, to no effect. 

munio 4. to fortify. bellum navale, naval- nervus, i, m. nerve, sin- 

munus, eris, n. service; war. ew. 

2) present. navigatio, onis, f. navi- nescio 4. not to know. 

murex, icis, m. a purple gation. nescius 3. not knowing; 

fish, purple. navigo 1. to navigate. non sum nescius, I 

murmur, uris, n. mur- navis, is, f ship ; navis know full well. 

mur. longa, war-ship. neu, conj. and not, neith- 

murmuro 1. to mutter. ne, adv. not (with Im- er. 

murus, i, m. wall (as a perat. and Subj. of neuter, tra, tram, neither 

structure). exhorting). of two. 

mus, muris, m. mouse. ne, conj. that not; that ni (nisi) , conj '. if not, un- 

musca, ae,/ a fly. (§ 107, 1 and 3). less. 

musicus, i, m. must- ne, interrogative particle, nidif ico 1 . to build a nest, 

cian. (§ 116. 3. b. a.). nidus, i, m. nest. 

muto 1. to change, ex- ne — quidem, not even, niger, gra, grum, black. 

change. not also, (has the word nihil (indecl.) n. nothing. 

mutus 3. dumb. on which the empha- nihilum, i, n. nothing. 

mutuus 3. reciprocal ; sis rests between its nimlrum, adv. doubtless. 

mutuum rogare, to parts). nimis, adv. too much. 

borrow. nebula, &Q,f. mist. nimium, adv. too much, 

Mycale, es, / promonto- nee (neque), and not, too very. 

ry and city of Ionia. also not ; nee (neque) ningo, xi, 3. to snow. 

— nee (neque), nei- nisi, conj. if not; except. 

N. ther — nor. nitidus 3. shining, splen- 

Nabis, idis, m. Nobis. necdum, and not yet. did. 

Nam, namque, conj. for. necessarius 3. necessa- nitor, nisus or nixus 

nanciscor, nactus sum ry ; related ; homo sum 3. c. abl. to rely 

3. to obtain. necessarius, friend. upon something ; ad 

narratio, onis, f narra- necesse est, it is necessa- aliquid, to strive after 

tion, narrative. ry (§ 106. R. 3). something ; in aliquid 

narro 1 . to relate. necessitas, atis, f neces- to strive against some- 

nascor, natus sum 3. to sity. thing. 

be born, to spring. neco 1. to kill. nix, nivis,/! snow. 

natalis, is, m. birth-day. nectar, aris, n. nectar. nobilis, e, known, re- 

natio, onis, f nation, necto, xui, xum 3. to nowned. 

tribe. join together, weave. nobilito 1 . to make known, 

nato 1. to swim. nefarius 3. infamous. renowned. 

natura, ae,^ nature. nefas, (indecl.) n. wrong, noceo 2. to injure. 

naturalis, e, natural. negligo, lexi, lectum 3. noctu, adv. by night. 

natus, us, m. birth; ma- to neglect. nocturnus 3. nocturnal. 

jor nata, older ; mi- nego 1. to deny, say no. nodus, i, m. knot. 

nor natu, younger. negotior 1. to pursue nolo, nolui, nolle, to be 

natus 3 born ; post business, trade. unwilling. 

Christum natum, af- negotium, i. n. business, nomen, inis, n. name. 

ter the birth of Christ; nemo (inis) c. nobody, no nomino 1. to name. 



400 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

non, adv. not (stands be- nuntio 1. to announce. away, become anti- 
fore its verb) ; non nuntius, i, m. message, quoted. 

solum (tantum, mo- news; messenger. obsto, stiti, statum 1. c. 

do ) — sed etiam, not nuper, adv. lately. dat. to stand against, 

only — but also. nurus, us,f. daughter-in- in the way of , to be a 

nondum, adv. not yet. law. hindrance, hinder. 

nonne % not ? not in- nusquam, adv. no-where. obsum, fui, esse e. dat. 

deed ? whether not. nutrio 4. to nourish. to be against, injure, 

nonnunquam,ao?y. some- nutrix, Icis,y! nurse. obtempero 1. to obey. 

times. nutus, us, m. nod, com- obtero, trlvi, tritum 3. 

nosco, novi, notum 3. mand. to bruise, grind. 

to become acquainted nux, nucis,^/: a nut. obtestor 1. to conjure, 

with. nympha, &e,f a nymph. implore. 

noster, tra, trum, our. obtineo 2. to maintain. 

nostras, atis, m. of our 0. obtingo, Igi 3. to fall to 

country, fellow-coun- Obdormiseo, mlvi, mi- one's lot. 

tryman. turn 3. to fall asleep. obtrectatio, onis, f de- 

nota, ae, f mark, sign. obduco, xi, ctum 3. to traction. 

notio, onis, f. notion. overspread, cover. obtrecto I.e. dat. to dis- 

notitia, ae, f knowledge, obedio 4. to obey. parage. 

noto 1. to mark, brand, obeo, Ti, ltum, Ire, to obtrunco 1. to kill. 

notus 3. known. die. obtusus 3. blunt, dull. 

November, bris, m. No- obesus 3 fat. obviam, adv. against, to 

vember. obitus, us, m. departure, meet. 

novi, isse, to know. death. occasio, onis,yi opportu- 

novus 3. new. oblecto I. to delight. nity. 

nox, noctis. f night, oblino, evi, ltum 3. to occasus, us, m. setting, 

nubes, is,/, cloud* besmear, contaminate. downfall. 

nubo, psi, ptum 3. c. oblivio, onis, f. oblivion. Occidens, ntis, m. setting 

dat to marry (of the obliviseor, oblitus sum sun, western regions, 

woman). 3. c. gen. or ace. to west. 

nullus 3. no one, no ; forget. occidio, onis, f destruc- 

nullus non, every one. obloquor, qui, cutus tion. 

num, interrogative word sum 3. to oppose, gain- occido, cidi, casum 3. 

(§ 116, 3, b, c). say. to fall. 

Numa, ae, m. Numa. obrepo, repsi, reptum 3. oeeldo, cidi, clsum 3. to 

Numantia, ae, f. Nu- c. dat. to creep upon, kill. 

mantia. steal upon, surprise oceo 1 . to harroiv. 

numero 1. to number, someone. oceulo, ului, ultum 3. to 

reckon. obrtio, ui, utum 3. to conceal. 

numerus, i, m. number, cover over, overwhelm, occul to 1. to conceal. 

multitude, rhythm. obscuro 1. to obscure. oecultus 3. concealed. 

Numida, ae, m. a Nu- obscurus 3. obscure. occumbo, cubui, cubi- 

midian. obsequium, i, n. submis- turn 3. to fall. die. 

Numidia, ae, f. Nu- sion, obedience. occupo 1. to take posses- 

midia. obsequor, secutus sum sion of fall upon, to 

nummus, i, m. money, a 3. c. dat. to obey, com- surprise. 

sesterce. ply with. occurro, curri and cu- 

numquis,numqua,num- observo 1 . to observe. curri. cursum 3. to 

quid, is it possible obses. idis, m. hostage. m?et, come up. 

that any one? any obsessio, onis, f block- ocrea. ae. f greave (cor- 

thing ? ade, siege. responding to our 

nunc, adv. now. obsideo, sedi, sessum 2. boot), 

nundinae, arum, f mar- tolyesiege. October, bris, m. Octo- 

ket. obsidio, onis, f. siege. her. 

nunquam, adv. never. obsolesco, levi 3. to pass oculus, i, m. eye. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 401 

odi, isse, to hate. opportune, adv. oppor- pactum, i, n. bargain, 

odiose, adv. odiously. tunely. • nullo pacto, in no way. 

odiosus 3. hateful, hated, opprimo, pressi, pres- paedagogus, i, m. private 
odium, i, n. hatred. sum 3 to oppress. tutor. 

Odofredus. i, m. Ottfried. oppugno 1. to attack. paene. adv. nearly, al- 
offendo, di, sum 3. to ops (not used), gen. opis, most. 

offend. f. aid. palatum, i, n. the palate. 

offero, obtuli, oblatum, optabilis, e, desirable. pallidus 3. pale, livid. 

3. to offtr. optimas, atis m. chief pallium, i, n. cloak. 

officio, feci, fectum 3. man. pallor, oris, m. paleness. 

to hinder, prevent. opto 1. to wish. palumbes is, m. wood- 

officium, i, n. duty, ser- opulentia, ae.f splendor, pigeon. 

vice. wealth. palus udis, f. marsh, 

offundo, fudi, fQsum 3. opulentus 3. powerful, pool. 

c. dat. to flow against ; rich. pando, andi, assum, 3. 

pass, to spread ones opus eris, n. work. to open. 

self upon, surround opus est, it is necessary, pango, pepigi, pactum 

something; c. ace. to [§ 91, 1, b.] 3. to fix in, to fasten, 

cover. oraculum, i, n. oracle. bargain, agree to on 

oleum, i, n. oil. oratio, onis, j^ speech. condition. 

olim, adv. formerly. orator, oris, m. orator panis, is, m. bread. 

omen, minis, n. omen, orbis, is, m. circle. pannus, i. m. ray. 

prognostic. ordino 1. to order, ar- papaver, eris, n. poppy. 

omitto, mlsi, missum 3. range. papilio, onis, m. a but- 

to let go, pass over, ordior, orsus sum 4. to terfly. 

postpone. begin. par, aris, equal; par sum 

omnlno, adv. wholly, al- ordo, inis, m. order, sue- c. dat. / am a match 

together. cession, rank. for some one. 

omnis, e, each ; whole ; Orestes, ae. m. Orestes, par, aris, n. a pair. 

plur. all. Oriens, ntis.m.sunrising, Parapomlsus, i, m. Pa- 

one ro 1. to load, burden. east, eastern regions. rapomisvs. 

onus, eris, n. load. orlgo, inis, f origin. paratus 3. prepared, rea- 

onustus 3. loaded. orior, ortus sum 4. to dy. 

onyx, ychis. m. onyx. rise, spring from. parco, peperci, parsum 

opera ae, f. service ren- ornamentum, i, n. orna- 3. c. dat. to spare, for- 

dered, labor; operam ment, jewel. bear. 

dare, Harare c dat. to ornatus. us, m. ornament, parens, ntis, c. father or 

occupy one's self with, orno 1. to adorn. mother ; plur. parents. 

opes, urn, f. power, pro- oro 1. to speak; caussam pareo 2. to obey. 

perty, goods, treasures. orare, to plead; 2) to paries, etis.f wall (of a 
opilio, onis, m. shepherd. entreat. house), 

oplmus 3. fat, rich. oryx, ygis, m. gazelle. pario. peperi, partum 3. 

opinio, onis, f. opinion, os, oris, n.face. to bear, produce; ova 

belief. os. ossis, n. bone ; pi. parere, to lay eggs. 

opinor 1 . to think. ossa. bones. paro 1 . to prepare! 

opipare adv. splendid- ostendo, ndi, nsum 3. to parricidium, i, n. parti- 

ly. show. cide, wicked deed. 

opitulor 1. to lend aid. ostium, i, n. door. pars, rtis, / part, side, 

oportet 2. it is necessary otium. i, n. leisure. plur. the characters in 

[§ 106. R. 3.]. otior 1. to be at ease. a play. 

opperior, pertus sum 4. ovis, is,/ sheep. parsimonia, ae, / fru- 

to await, expect. ovum, i, n. egg. 9 a ^^V- 

oppidum, i, n. town. particeps. cipis, partici- 

oppleo, evi, etum 2. to P. pafing in. 

fill vp, fill. Paciscor. partus sum 3. particula, ae, / a parti' 

oppono 3. to oppose. to make a bargain. cle. 

34* 



402 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



partira, ado. partly. 

partior 4. to divide. 

parum, ado. too little. 

parvus 3. small. 

pasco, pavi, pastum 3. 
to pasture (of herds- 
men), to feed ; pascor, 
pastus sum, pasci, to 
be fed, pastured (of 
herds). 

paseuum, i, n. pasture. 

passim, ado. far and wide. 

passus, us, m. step, pace. 

pastor, oris, m. herds- 
man. 

patefacio, feci, factum 
3. to make known. 

pateo, ui 2, to stand open. 

pater, tris, m. father. 

patienter, ado. patiently. 

patina, ae,/. a dish. 

patior, passus sum 3. to 
suffer, allow. 

patrla, ae,/! native coun- 
try. 

patrocmor 1. c. dat. to 
protect. 

paucitas, atis, f fewness. 

pauci, ae, a, few. 

paullatim, adv. gradual- 
ly. 

paullipser, adv. a little 
while. 

paullulum, adv. a little. 

paullus 3. little; paulo 
post, a little after. 

pauper ens. poor. 

paupertas, atis. flpover- 
ty. 

Pausanias, ae, Pausa- 
nias. 

pavidus 3. fearful. 

pavo, onis, m. peacock. 

pavor, oris, m. fear, 
fright. 

pax, pacis, f peace; 2) 
permission. 

peccatum, i, n. sin, fault. 

pecco 1. to sin, do wrong. 

pecten, inis, m. comb. 

pecto, xi, xum 3. to 
comb. 

pectus, oris. n. breast. 

pecunia, ae,/! money. 

pedes, itis, m. footman, 
foot-soldier. 



pedester tris, tre, on foot. 

pejero 1. to swear falsely. 

pellicio, lexi, lectum 3. 
to allure, mislead. 

pellis, is, f skin; pel. le- 
onina, lion's skin. 

pello pepuli. pulsum 3. 
to drive. 

Pelopidas, ae, m. Pelo- 
pidas. 

pelvis, is./! basin, bowl. 

penates ium, m. penates, 
household gods. 

pendeo, pependi, (sup. 
wanting) 2. to hang. 

pendo, pependi, pen- 
sum 3. to pay for, va- 
lue. 

penitus, adv. wholly. 

penna, ae,/! feather. 

pensum, i, n. thread. 

peracerbus 3. very bitter, 
severe, 

perago, egi, actum 3. to 
accomplish. 

peragro 1. to pass through. 

percello, culi, culsum 3. 
to strike through, shat- 
ter. 

percipio, cepi, ceptum 
3. to perceive. 

percrebesco, crebui 2 to 
become known. 

percrepo, ui, itum 1. to 
resound. 

percurro cucurri or cur- 
ri, cur sum 3. to run 
through. 

percussor, oris, m. mur- 
derer. 

perdo, didi, ditum 3. to 
ruin, destroy, lose. 

perdomo, ui, itum 1. to 
tame, subdue. 

perduco, uxi, uctum 3. 
to carry through, con- 
duct to. 

peregre, adv. abroad. 

pereo, li, itum, Ire, to go 
to ruin, perish. 

perfectus 3. perfect. 

perfero, tuli, latum 3. to 
bear through, endure. 

perf Icio, feci, fectura 3 
to finish, effect. 

pcrf ulus 3. faithless. 



pernuo, xi, xum 3. to 
flow through. 

perfnngo, fregi, fractum 
3. to break through. 

perfuga, ae, m. deserter. 

perfugium, i, n refuge. 

peifundo, fudi, fusum 3. 
to meet. 

pergo, perrexi, perrec- 
tum 3. to go, proceed. 

periclitor 1 . to be in dan- 
ger. 

periculum, i, n. danger. 

perimo, remi, remptum 

3. to destroy. 

periodus, \,f period. 

perltus 3. c. gen. expe- 
rienced, skilled in. 

permaneo, mansi, man- 
sum 2. to continue, hold 
out. 

permano 1. to flow 
through. 

permeo 1. to pass 
through. 

permetior, mensus sum 

4. to pass over. 
permitto, Isi, issum 3. to 

permit. 

permoveo, movi. mo- 
turn 2. to move, stir up. 

permulceo. Isi, lsum 2. 
to stroke, please, charm, 
soothe. 

permultus 3. very many. 

permutatio, onis, /. ex- 
change. 

pernicies, ei, f destruc- 
tion. 

perniciosus 3. pernicious, 
destructive. 

pernosco, novi, notum 
3. to become thoroughly 
acquainted with. 

perosus 3. hating greatly, 

perpetior, pessus sum 3. 
to endure. 

perpetro 1 . to perform. 

pcrpetuitas, atis, /! per- 
petuity, duration. 

perpetuo, adv. continual- 

J y- . , 

perpetuus 3. continued, 

constant. 
perrodo, osi, osum 3. to 

cat through. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



403 



peiTurapo, rupi, ruptam 

3 to break through 
Persa, ae, in. a Persian. 
persaepe, adv. very often 
persano 1. to cure whol- 

iy- 

persequor, secutus sura 
3. to follow up, pursue. 

Perses, ae, m. a Persian; 
adj. Persian. 

persevero I. to hold out. 

persolvo, vi, utum 3. to 
pay. 

persona, ae, f person. 

persto, iti, atum 1. to 
persist. 

perstringo, inxi, ictum 
3. to draw through, cen- 
sure. 

persuadeo, asi, asum 2. 
c. dat. to persuade, con- 
vince. 

pertaedet, pertaesum est 

2. it wearies me (see 
§ 88, 1.) 

perterreo 2. to frighten, 
put in fear. 

pertinax, acis. obstinate. 

Pertinax, acis, in. Perti- 
nax. 

pertineo, 2. to extend; ad 
aliquem, to pertain to 
some one. 

pertraho, axi, actum 3. 
to draw through. 

perturbatio, orris, f. dis- 
turbance, 

perturbo 1. to disturb. 

perungo, unxi, unctum 

3. to anoint. 
pervehor, vectus sum 3. 

to be conveyed off. 

perverse, adv. perversely. 

perversitas, atis, f. per- 
versity. 

pervideo, Idi, Isum 2. to 
consider, examine. 

pes, pedis, m.foot. 

pestilentia, ae, f. pesti- 
lence. 

pestis, is, / pest, destruc- 
tion. 

peto, Ivi, Itum 3. c. aec. 
to strive to obtain, strive 
after, attack, fetch. 

pettilans, tis, wanton. 



petulantia, ae, f wanton- 
ness, licentiousness. 

Pharnaces, is, m. Phar- 
naces. 

Phidias, ae, m. Phidias. 

philosophia, ae, f philo- 
sophy. 

philosophor 1. to philo- 
sophize. 

philosophus, i, m. philo- 
sopher. 

Picens, ntis, m. belonging 
to Picenum. 

Picenum i, n. Picenum. 

pie, adv. tenderly, piously. 

pietas, atis, / piety, filial 
love, 

piger, gra, grum, sloth- 
ful, dull. 

piget, uit, me alicujus 
rei. it irks me of some- 
thing, (§ 88, l.j 

pigritla, ae,/ inactivity. 

pilosus 3. hairy, covered 
with hair. 

pingo, inxi, ictum 3. to 
paint ; acu pingere, to 
embroider. 

pin us, us. f pine. 

piper, eris, n. pepper. 

pirum, i. n. pear. 

pirus, \,f pear-tree. 

piseator, oris, m. fisher- 
man. 

piscatoria navis, fishing 



piscis, is, m.fish. 

piscor I. to fish. 

pius 3. pious, grateful. 

placeo 2. to please. 

placide, adv. gently. 

placidus 3. gentle. 

placo 1 . to appease. 

plane, adv. wholly ; plain- 
ly. 

planetes, ae, m. planet. 

planities, ei, f a plain. 

planta, &e,f plant. 

Plataeae, arum, f Pla- 
tea, a city in Bceotia. 

Plataeensis, e,from Pla- 
tea. 

Plato, onis. m. Plato. 

plaustrum, i, n. draught- 
wagon. 

plausus, us, m. applause. 



Plautus, i, m. Plautus. 

plebes, bis.f the common 
people. 

plenus 3. c. gen. full. 

plerlque, aeque, aque, 
very many, most. 

plerumque, adv. common- 
ly. 

Plinius, i, m. Pliny. 

ploratus, us, m. com- 
plaint. 

plures, a, gen. ium, more, 
many. 

plurimus 3. most. 

plus, uris, n. more. 

pluvia, 2ie,f rain. 

pluviosus 3. rainy. 

poema, atis, n. poem. 

poena, &e,f punishment; 
poenas dare, to be pun- 
ished; 2) revenge. 

poenitentia, ae,f repen- 
tance. 

poenitet me alicujus rei, 
it repents me of some- 
thing. 

Poenus, i, m. a Cartha- 
ginian. 

poeta, ae, m. poet. 

polite, adv. elegantly. 

pollex, icis, m. thumb. 

polliceor, citus sum 2. 
to promise. 

Pollux, ucis, m. Pollux. 

Pompeii, orum, m. Pom- 
peii (a city). 

Pompeius, i, m. Pompey. 

Pompilius, i, m. Pom- 
pilius. 

pomum, i, n. plur. eata- 
ble fruit. 

pondero 1 . to ponder. 

pondus, deris, n. weight. 

pono, sui, situm 3. to 
lay, place; ponere in 
aliqua re, to set, place 
upon something. 

pons, tis, m. bridge. 

populor 1 . to lay waste. 

populus, i, m. people. 

ptfpulus, i,f poplar. 

porrigo, rexi, rectum 3. 
to extend. 

porro, adv. moreover. 

porta, ae,y. gate. 

porticus, us, f portico. 



404 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

porto 1 • to bear. praeclare, adv. nobly. better ; to bestow ; to 

portus. us, m. haven. praeclarus 3. noble. pay ; se praestare, to 

posco, poposci 3. to de- praecludo 3. to shut. show one's self. 

mand. praeco, onis, m. encomi- praesto, adv. present, at 

possessio, onis, f. pos- ast. hand. 

session, possessing. praecordia, orum, n.dia- praesum, fui, esse, to be 

possideo, sedi, sessum 3. phragm. placed before, preside 

to possess. praecox, cocis, preco- over. 

possum, pottii, posse, to cious. praeterea, adv. besides. 

be able (can). praeda, ae,/ booty. praetereo, ii, ltum, Ire, 

postea, adv. afterwards, praedico 1. to extol. to pass by before. 

posteaquam. conj. after praedico 3. to predict. praeteritus 3. past. 

that. praeditus 3. c. abl. en- praetexta toga, f. a pur- 

postero die, on the fol- dowed with. pie bordered outer gar- 

lowing day ; in poste- praedium, i, n.farm. ment. 

rum diem, till the fol- praedo, onis, m. robber, praetor, oris, m. prae- 

lowing day. praedor 1. to make booty. tor. 

postis, is, m. post. praefectus, i, m. prefect, praetormm, i, n. gene- 

postquam, conj. after praefero, tuli, latum raVs tent. 

that. ferre 3. to prefer. praetorius, i, m. a man 

postremus 3. last ; ad praef Icio, feci, fectum, of praetorian rank. 

postremum, lastly. 3. to place over. prandeo, di, sum 2. to 

postiilo 1 . to demand. praefor 1 . to premise ; breakfast. 

potens, tis, c. gen. pow- praefatus honorem, pratum, i. n. meadow. 

erful, master of. having premised, "with pravitas, atis, f deprav- 

potentia, a,e,f power. your leave be it said 5" ity. 

potestas. atis, f. power. praefari veniam, to pravus 3. perverted, bad. 

potto, onis, f drinking, first ask permission. precatio, onis, f prayer. 

drink. praeloquor, loctitus sum preces, um,y! entreaties. 

potior, tltus sum 4. c. 3. to speak before. precorl. to entreat; bene 

abl. to possess one's self praemium, i, n. reward. pr. alictii, to wish well 

of. praemoneo, ui 2. to pre- to one. 

potissimum, adv. espe- admonish. premo, pressi, pressum 

dally, principally. Praeneste, is, n. city of 3. to press. 

potius, adv. much more, Latium. pretiosus 3. precious. 

rather. praeparatio, onis,/! pre- pretium, i, n. price, value. 

potus, us, m. drink. paration. pridem, adv. long ago ; 

praealtus 3. very deep. praeparo 1. to prepare. jam pridem, long since. 

praebeo 2. to afford, praepono, osui, ositum Priene, es, f Priene (a 

lend; se praebere, to 3. to prefer. city of Ionia). 

prove, show one's self praepopere, adv. hastily, primo, adv. in the first 

praebibo, ibi 3. to drink praescrlbo, psi, ptum 3. place. [place. 

to. to prescribe. primum, adv. in the first 

praeceps, cipitis, inclin- praesens, tis, present. princeps, Ipis, m. first ; 

ing, rugged, steep ; pre- praesertim, adv. espe- the first. 

cipitous. daily. princepatus, us, m. sov- 

praeceptor, oris, m. praeses, idis, m. presi- ereignty, dominion. 

teacher. dent. principium, i, n. begin- 

praeceptum, i, n. pre- praesidium, i, n. aid, ning ; principio, in the 

cept, prindple. protection, support. beginning. 

praeclpio, cepi, ceptum praestabilis, e, excellent, priscus 3. old. 

3. to anticipate; 2) to superior. pristin us 3. former. 

direct. praestans, tis, excellent, prins, adv. sooner. 

praecipito 1. to hasten. praesto, iti, a turn 1. to priusquam, conj. before 

praecipuus 3. distin- be distinguished ; ali- that, ere, before. 

guished, excellent. cui, to surpass ; to be privatus 3. private. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 405 

probe, adv. excellently, 3. to set out (on a prospicio, spexi, spec- 

suitably. uprightly. journey), march, de- turn 3. to see before 

probitas, atis, fi upright- part. one's self. 

ness. profiteor, fessus sum 2.*prosterno, stravi, stra- 

probo 1 . to approve ; to acknowledge freely, turn 3. to prostrate. 

probari alicui, to promise, offer freely. prosum, fui, desse c. dat. 

please some one. profundo, fudi, fusum to be useful, benefit. 

probrum, i. n. disgrace. 3. to pour forth ; pro- protervus 3. shameless. 

probus 3. upright, excel- fusus, profuse, unre- protirms, adv. immedi- 

lent. strained. ately. 

Probus, i, m. Probus. profusus 3. unrestrained, proverbium, i, n. prov- 

procedo, cessi, cessum progredior, gressus sum erb. 

3. to proceed, advance. 3. to step forth, advance, providentia, ae, f. fore- 

procella, 2Le.fi stonn. prohibeo, bui, bitum 2. sight, providence. 

proceres, um, m. the no- to prevent, keep off. provideo, vldi, visum 2. 

bles. proinde, adv. therefore ; to foresee ; c. dat. to 

procerus 3. slim, tall. proinde quasi, just as provide for something ; 

proconsul, ulis, m. pro- if. 2) to be on one's guard, 

consul. projicio, jeci, jectum 3. look out. 

proconsulare imperium, to cast forth. provincia, a.e,fi province. 

proconsular command promitto, mlsi, missum provocatio, oms,f. prov- 

or authority. 3. to promise. ocation. 

procudo, di, sum 3. (of promontonum, i, n. provoco 1. to provoke. 

money) to coin. promontory. proxime, adv. next. 

procul, adv. far off, from promptu, in promptu proximus 3. next. 

a distance. esse, to be ready. prudens, tis, wise, pru- 

procumbo, cubui, cubi- promptus 3. ready. dent, skilful. 

turn 3. to fall down. pronuntTo 1. to pro- prudenter, adv. wisely, 

procuro 1. to take care of. nounce. prudently. 

procurro, curri and cu- prope, adv. near; 2) prudentia, ae,/! wisdom, 

curri, cursum 3. to nearly, almost. prudence. 

rush forth. propemodum, adv. al- prunum, i, n. a plum. 

prodeo, li, ltum. Ire, to most. prunus, i, f plumtree. 

go forth, depart. propere, adv. hastily. Pruslas, ae, m. Prusias. 

prodigiosus 3. wonder- propitius 3. propitious, pubes, eris, grown up. 

fid. favorable. publice, adv. publicly, on 

proditio, onis, f. treach- propositum, i, n. pur- behalf of the State, at 

ery. pose, design. the cost of the State. 

proditor, oris, m. traitor, proprius 3. own, pecu- publico 1 . to make public. 

prodo, didi, ditum 3. to liar. publicus 3. public ; in 

deliver up, betray. propterea, adv. on this publico, in a public 

produco, xi, ctum 3. to account. street, 

lead forth, produce. propugnator, oris, m. pudet, duit me alicnjus 

proelior 1. to fight, con- champion, defender. rei, / am ashamed of 

tend. propulso 1 . to drive back. something. 

proelium, i, n. encounter, prorepo 3. to creep forth, pudicitia, -ae.fi modesty. 

profanus 3. profane. prorsus, adv. entirely. pudlcus 3. modest. 

profecto, adv. indeed, proscrlbo, psi, ptum 3. pudor, oris, m. shame. 

truly. to proscribe, banish. puella. ae,/ maid. 

profero, ttili, latum, fer- prosilio, lui 4. to spring puer, eri, m. boy ; pueri, 

re 3. to bring forward. forth. children. 

professor, oris, m. pro- prospecto I. /o look forth. puerlHs, e, childish. 

fessor. prospere, adv. prosper- pueri tia, ae, /.' childhood. 

proficlo, feci, fectum 3. ously. puerulus, i, m. little boy. 

to profit, accomplish. prosperitas, &tis, f. pros- pugna, ae,/ fight, battle. 

proficiscor, fectus sum parity. pugno 1. tofiglit. 



406 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

pulcher, chra, chrum, quamdlu, how long, so quis ? quid Iwho? what? 

beautiful, fair. long as. quis, qua, quid and qui, 

pulchre, adv. beautiful- quamvis, conj. with the quae, quod [§ 31, 1)] 

ly. subj. how much soever, any one. 

pulchritudo,inis,y!6eew- although. quisnam, quaenara, 

ty. quando, adv. when. quidnam, who, what 

pulex, icis, m. a flea. quanquam, conj. with then ? 

pullus, i, m. the young indie, though, although, quispiam, quaepiam, 

(of animals), chicken, quanto, (with comp.) quidpiam and quod- 

pulso 1. to beat. the. piam [§31,2)]. 

pulvis, eris, m. sand, quantopere, how greatly, quisquam. quicquam 

dust. quantus 3. how great ; and quodquam, 

pungo, pupugi, pun- quantum, how much. (scarcely) any one, 

ctum 3. to sting, to quantuscunque, how [§ 31, 3)]. 

harass. great soever. quisque, quaeque, quid- 

Punicus 3. Punic. quare, adv. on which ac- que and quodque 

punio 4. to punish, cor- count, wherefore. [§ 31, 6)]. 

red. quarto, for the fourth quisquis, quicquid, who- 
puppis, is, f the stern of time. ever. (§ 30, E. 2). 

a ship. quasi, as it were, as if, quo, adv. whither ; quo — 

purgo 1. to purify, jus- as though. eo, (in com p.) the — so 

tify. que, conj. and (always much the. 

purpuratus, i, m. a high attached to its word), quoad, so long as, until, 

office at court, courtier quemadmodum, adv. in until that, even until. 

(wearing a purple what manner, as. quocunque, adv. whith- 

bordered toga). queo ivi, Itum, ire. to be ersoever. 

purus 3. pure. able (can), quod. conj. that, because. 

putesco, tui 3. to rot. quercus, us,/ oak. quod si, if now, but if. 

puto 1. to think, believe, querela, &e,f complaint, quominus, that, (§ 108, 

consider. plaintive cry. 2). 

Pydna, ae, f city of queror, questus sum 3. quomodo, adv. how. 

Macedonia. to complain. quondam, adv. once, for- 

Pylades, ae, m. Pylades. qui, quae, quod, who. merly. 

Pyranaeus, i ? m. the Py- qui, how, whence, whereby, quoniam, conj. because. 

renees. quia, conj. because. quoque, adv. also. 

Pythagoras, ae, m. Py- quicunque, quaecunque, quot ? how many? 

thagoras. quodcunque, whosoev- quotannis. adv. yearly, 

er. quotcunque, however 

Q. quidam, quaedam, quid- many. 

Quadriennium, i, n. the dam and quoddam. quotidianus 3. daily. 

space of four years. [§31.5.)] quoridie, adv. daily. 

quaero, slvi, sltum 3. to quidem, indeed (is placed quoties, adv. how often. 

seek, ab or ex aliquo, after its word.) quotiescunque, adv. how- 

to ask of one. quidni, why not '} ever often. 

quaeso, I pray, beseech, quies, etis,y! quiet. quotquot, however many. 

quaestio, onis, f ques- quiesco, evi, etum 3. to quotus 3. what one in or- 

tion. rest. der. 

quaestor, oris, m. ques- quietus 3. quiet. quum, conj. when ; as, 

tor, public treasurer. quin, [§ 108, 3.)] since; quum — turn, 

qualis, e, of what sort, quinam ? who then? both — and. 

character ; as. quinto, adv. for the fifth 

qualiscunque, of what- time. K. 

ever sort, character. quingennium, i, n. for Babidus 3. mad. 

quam, adv. how, as; the space of five years, rabies, ei, /! madness^ 

conj. (with the com- quippe, adv. indeed, rabiosus 3. mad. 

parative) than. namely, radix, ieis> /! root. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



407 



ramulus, i, m. trig. 

rana, -&Q,fi frog. 

rapidus 3. tearing away, 
rapid, 

raplo, pui, ptum 3. to 
snatch, carry off. 

raro, adv. rarely. 

rams 3 seldom. 

ratio, onis, f. reason; 
manner. 

ravis, is,/! hoarseness. 

rebello 1. to renew war, 
rebel. 

recedo, cessi, cessum 3. 
to go back, retire. 

recens, ntis. recent. 

reclpio, cepi, ceptum 3. 
to take back, receive; 
se recipe re, to betake 
one's self back. 

reel to 1. to read to. 

recognitlo, onis,/* recog- 
nition. 

recognosco, novi, nitum 
3. to recognize. 

recondo, Idi, itum 3. to 
conceal. 

recordatlo, onis,/! recol- 
lection. 

recordor 1. c. ace. to re- 
member, call to mind. 

recreo 1. to renew, re- 
fresh. 

recrudesco, dui 3. to 
break open afresh. 

recte, adv. rightly, cor- 
rectly. 

rector, oris, m. governor. 

rectus 3. straight, direct, 
right ; recta conseien- 
tia, a good conscience. 

recumbo, cubui, cubi- 
tum 3. to lie down 
again. 

recupero 1. to recover. 

recuso 1 . to refuse. 

redamo 1. to love in re- 
turn. 

redarguo, ui, utum 3. to 
refute. 

reddo, idi. itum 3. to 
give back again, give, 
make. [turn. 

redeo. Ii. Itum 4. to re- 

redlmo. derni. demptum 
3. to redeem. 



redigo, degi, dactum 3. 
to bring back, bring. 

recitus, us, m. return. 

reduco, xi, ctum 3. to 
lead back. 

redundo 1. to redound. 

refello, elli 3. to refute. 

refercio, rsi, rtum 3. to 
stuff, Jill up. 

refero, tuli, latum, ferre 
3. to bring back, return 
again ; ?-eguite ; refer to. 

refert 3. c. gen. it con- 
cerns. (§ 88, 10). 

refert us 3. full, stuffed. 

re form I do 1. c ace. to 
fear something. 

refio 1. to flow against. 

refrico, cui, catum 1. to 
rub again, renew. 

refugio, fugi, fugitum 3. 
to fee back. 

regalis, e, royal. 

reglna, ae,/! queen. 

regio, onis,/! region. 

reglus 3. royal. 

regno 1. to reign. 

regnum, i, n. reign, king- 
dom. 

rego, xi, ctum 3. to gov- 
ern, guide, rule. 

regredior, gressus sum 
3. to go back, return. 

rejiclo, jeci, jectum 3. 
to throw away, reject. 

religio, onis, f religion, 
conscientiousness. 

religiose, adv. scrupu- 
lously. 

relinquo, Hqui, lictum 3. 
to leave behind, desert. 

reliquiae, arum, f re- 
mains. 

reliquus 3. remaining. 

remaneo, nsi, nsum 2. 
to remain behind, re- 
main. 

reminiscor (without the 
perf) 3. c. gen. or ace. 
to remember. 

removeo, ovi, otum 2. to 
remove. 

Remus, i, 7??. Remus. 

ren, (commonly plur. 
renes, urn, m.) kidneys. 

renuntio 1. to report. 



rcor, ratus sum, reri, 2. 
to be persuaded, think. 

reparo i. to repair. 

repente, adv. suddenly. 

reperio, peri, pertum 4. 
to find, find out. 

repeto, Ivi, Itum 3. to 
call back, retrace. 

repleo, evi, etum 2. to 
fill up. 

replico 1. to repeat. 

repono, posui, positura 
3. to replace. 

reporto 1 . to bear off. 

repugno 1. to contend 
against. 

reputo 1. to weigh, con- 
sider. 

requies, etis, (ace. requi- 
em),^ rest, relaxation. 

requiesco, evi, etum 3. 
(ex) c. abl. to repose. 

requiro, quislvi, quisl- 
tum 3. to search after, 
inquire for. 

res, rei,/! affair, thing. 

rescindo, Idi. issum 3. to 
tear off break off. 

rescisco, Ivi or ii, Itum 
3. to ascertain. 

reseco, cui, ctum 2. to 
cut off. 

reservo 1 . to reserve. 

resideo, edi, essum 2. to 
remain behind. 

resisto, stiti, stitum 3. 
to resist. 

resono 1. to resound. 

resonus 3. resounding, 
echoing. 

resplro 1. to breathe. 

respondeo, di, sum 2. to 
answer, reply. 

responsio, onis, f an- 
swer. 

responsum, i, n. ansvjer. 

respubllca, gen. rei pub- 
llcae,/! state. 

respiio, ui, utum 3. to 
reject. 

restinguo, nxi, nctum 3. 
to smother, to extin- 
guish. 

restis, is,/! rope. 

restituo, ui, utum 3. to 
restore. 



408 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULABY. 



vesro, stiti I. to be left; 

2) resist. 
rete, is, n. net, toil. 
retineo, inui, entum 2. 

to hold back, retain. 
reus. i T m. defendant. 
revelio, velli, vulsum 3. 

to tear out. 
revera, adv. in reality. 
reverentla, ae. f. rever- 
ence. 
revertor. Perf. : reverti 

3. to return. 
revlso, Isi, isum 3. to re- 
visit. 
revoco 1 . to recall. 
rex, egis, m. king. 
Rhea (ae) Silvia (ae), 

f Rhea Silvia. 
rhecla, ae,/! wagon. 
Rhenus, i, m. Rhine. 
Rhodanus, i, m. the 

Rhone. 
Rhodus, i,f. Rhodes. 
rictus, us, m. mouth. 
rideo, risi, rlsum 2. to 
laugh ; c. ace. to laugh 
at, deride. 
ridiciilus 3. ridiculous. 
rigeo, gui 2. to be stiff. 
ringor, rictus sum 3. to 
show the teeth, to snarl, 
be fretful. 
ripa, ae,/! bank. 
risus, us, m. laugh. 
rite, adv. in a proper 

manner. 
rivulus, i, m. stream. 
robur. oris, n. strength. 
robust us 3. strong. 
rogo 1. to entreat, ask. 
Rom anus 3. Roman ; 
Romanus, i, m. a Ro- 
man. 
Romulus, i, m. Romu- 
lus. 
rosa. ae,/! rose. 
RoscTus, i, m. Roscius. 
rostrum, i, n. beak. 
rotund us 3. round. 
ruber, bra, brum. red. 
rublgo, ginis,/! rust. 
rudens, tis, m. rope, stay. 
rudis, e. c. gen. crude, 

unacquainted with. 
rudo. Ivi Hum 3. to roar. 



rTigTo 4. to roar. 
riiina, ae,/! ruin. 

rumpo, rupi, itiptum 3. 

to break, tear. 
ruo, rui, rutum 3. to 

rush. 
rupes, is,/! rock, cliff. 
rursus, adv. again. 
rus, ruris, n. country. 
rusticus 3. rustic ; subst. 

countryman, boor. 
rutilus 3. fiery red. 

S. 
Sacer, era, cram, sacred; 

sacra, Oram, n. sacred 

rites. 
sacerdos, Otis, c. priest, 

priestess. \_fice. 

sacrificium, i, n. sacri- 
sacrum, i, n. a sacred 

thing. 
saeculum, i, n. a hun- 
dred years. 
saepe, adv. often. 
saevio 4. to rage. 
saevitia, ae,/! cruelty. 
saevus 3. fierce. 
sagitta, ae,/! arrow. 
sal, salis, m. salt ; ivit. 
Salaminium (i) fre- 

tum, n. bay of Saia- 

mis. 
salio. lui, ltum 4. to leap. 
Sallustius, i, m. Sallust. 
saltern, adv. at least. 
salto 1. to dance. 
salus, utis, f prosperity, 

welfare, safety. 
salutaris, e, salutary. 
saluto 1, to salute. 
salve, hail! (Imper. of 

sa/veo 2. to be well). 
sal v us 3. safe, well. 
Samnis, Itis, m. a Sam- 

nite. 
sancio, nxi, ncltum 4. 

to sanction. 
sancte, adv. sacredly, 

conscientiously. 
sanctus 3. sacred. 
sane, adv. truly. 
sanguis, inis. m. blood. 
sanies, ei, f. bloody mat- 
ter. 
sano 1 . to heal, cure. 



sarins 3. sound. 
sapid ns 3. palatable. 
sapiens, tu 7 wise; subst. 

wise man. 
sapientla, ae, f wisdom* 
sapio. ui 3. to be wise. 
sarcio, rsi, Ham 4. to 
make good again, re- 
pair. 
Sardes, dinm, f Sardis. 
Sardus, i. m. a Sardian. 
sarmentum, i, n. hhoot, 

branch. 
sat. adv. sufficiently, suf- 
ficient. 
satietas, a tis./! satiety. 
satio 1 . to satiate. 
satlra, ae,/! satire. 
satis, adv. sufficiently. 
satisfaeio, feci, factum 
3. to make satisfaction, 
satisfy. 
Saturnus, i, m. Saturn. 
saxum, i, n rock. 
scabo, bi 3. to scratch. 
scalmus. i, m. thowl pin ; 

2) boat. 
scalprum (i) librariura 

(i), n. penknife. 
scateo, ere, c. abl to be 

full of something. 
scaturlgo, inis,/! spring. 
sceleratus 3. wicked. 
seel ns, eris, n. crime, 

transgression. 
scbola, ae,/! school, 
scholasticus 3. of or per- 
taining to a school. 
scilicet, adv. truly, to wit. 
scindo, idi, issum 3. to 

tear. 
scintilla, ae,/! spark. 
scio 4. to know. 
scipio, onis, m. staff. 
Scipio, onis, m. Scipio. 
sciscitor 1. to inquire. 
sclte, adv. skilfully. 
Scopas, ae, m. Scopus, 
seriba, ae, m. scribe, sec- 
retary, [nriie. 
scribo, psi, ptum 3. to 
scriptor. oris. m. writer. 
scrobis, is. m. hole, ditch. 
scrupulus, i, m. scruple. 
Scytha, ae, m. a S<y- 
thian. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



409 



secedo, essi. essum 3. to 

retire, sepa ra te from . 
secerno. crevi, cretum 

3. to sunder, separate. 

seco, cui. ctum 1 . to cut. 

sector 1. c. ace. to pur- 
sue, strive after. 

secundus 3, favorable, 
fortunate : res seeun- 
dae. prosperity. 

seeuris. is,/ axe. hatchet. 

securus 3. secure, safe. 

sed. conj. but. 

sedeo. sedi, sessum 2. to 
sit. 

sedes. is. f seat. 

seditio, onis,/ sedition. 

sedo I. to quiet. 

sedulo, adv. busily. 

seges. etis./ crop. 

semen, mis. n. seed. 

semper, adv. always. 

sempiternus 3. ever-dur- 
ing. eternal. 

senator, oris. m. senator. 

senatus, us. m. senate. 

senectus. utis, f. age, 
old age. 

senex, senis, old; subst. 
old man. 

senilis, e, belonging to 
old age : aetas seni- 
lis, f. old age. 

senior. lus, older. 

Senunes. num. m. a peo- 
ple of Gaul. 

sensim. adv. by degrees. 

sensus, us. m. sense, feel- 
ing. 

sententia, ae, f senti- 
ment, opinion. 

sentio. nsi. nsum 4. to 
feel, think, judge. 

sentis. is. m. (common- 
ly plur. sentes), thorn- 
bush. 

separo L. to separate, 
disjoin. 

sepelio, pellvi. pultum 

4. to inter, bury. 
sepio. sepsi, septum 4. 

to hedge in. inclose. 

sepono. pusui. positum 
3. to lay aside. 

September, bris. m. Sep- 
tember. 



sepulcrom. i, n. grace. 
burial. 

sequor, secutus sum 3. 
c. ace. to follow. 

serenus 3. clear, bright. 

serins 3. grave. 

sermo, onis. m. conver- 
sation, discourse. 

sero, sevi, satum 3. to 
sow, plant. 

serpens, ntis. c. serpent. 

serus 3. too late. 

servio 4. to serve. 

ser Vitus, utis, f. servi- 
tude. 

servo 1. to preserve. 

servos, i, m. slave 

sen. conj. see sive. 

severitas, ztis.f severity. 

si, conj. if if also. 

sic, adv. so. thus. 

sica. ae./ dagger. 

sicarius, L m. assassin. 

siccine. adv. is it so ? 

siccltas, atis./ dryness. 

sicco 1. to dry. 

Sicilia. ae./ Sicily. 

sicuti, adv. just as. 

Sicyonlus. i. m. a Sicy- 
onian (from Sicyon, 
in Achaia). 

signum, i, n. sign. 

silentium, i, n. silence. 

siler, eris, n. willow. 

silva. ae,/ a wood. 

similis, e. like. 

similitudo, mis, f like- 
ness. 

Simonides, is, m. Simon- 
ides. 

simplex, ids, simple. 

simul. adv. at the same 
time. 

simulac, conj. (never be- 
fore a vowel or h) as 
soon as. 

simulacrum, i, n. image. 

simulatio, onis, f. pre- 
tence. 

simulatque = simulac. 

simulo 1. to liken one's 
self to ; to feign. 

sin. conj. but if 

sin apis, is./ mustard. 

singularis, e, single. 

singuli. ae, a, single. 



sinister, tra. train, left, 
unfavorable. 

sino, sivi, situm 3. to 
'permit, allow. 

siquidem, conj. if indeed. 

siser, eris, n. carrot. 

sitio 4. to thirst : c. ace. 
to thirst after some- 
thing. 

sitis, is./ thirst. 

situla. ae, / pail. 

situs, us. m. situation ; 
2) mould, filth. 

situs 3. placed ; situm 
esse, to be placed, bu- 
ried. 

sive, or ; sive — sive, 
conj. whether — or, ei- 
ther — or. 

soccus, i, m. sock. shoe. 

socer, eri, m. father-in- 
law. 

societas, atis, / union, 
league, alliance, asso- 
ciation. 

socius, i, 77?. ally. 

Socrates, is, m. Socrates. 

socrus, us, / mother-in- 
law. 

sodalis, is, m. companion. 

sol. solis, m. sun. 

solatium, i, n. solace. 

solea. ae. f. sole ; solea 
equi, horseshoe. 

solennis. e. usual; 2) so- 
lemn, [be wont. 

soleo, solitus sum 2. to 

solitudo. inis, / solitude. 

sollers. tis, dextrous, skil- 
Jul. ' 

sollicito 1. to disquiet. 

sollieitudo, mis, /. soli- 
citude, anxiety. 

sollicitus 3. anxious. 

solum, i, 7?. ground. 

solus 3. alone. 

solutus 3. unbound. 

solvo, vi, utum 3. to loose y 
free. 

somnio 1. to dream. 

somnium. i. 7?. dream. 

somnus. i. m. sleep. 

sonitus. us. m. sound. 

sono. ui, Itum 1 . to sound. 

sonus. i. m. tone. 

sophista, ae, m. sophist. 



410 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



Sophocles, is, m. Sopho- 
cles. 

sordide, adv. basely, 
meanly. 

sordidus 3. mean. 

sorex, icis, m. a field- 
mouse. 

sorix, icis, m. an owl. 

soror, oris, f. sister. 
\ sors, tis,/ lot. 
\sospes, itis, safe, sound. 

spargo, rsi, rsum 3. to 
strow, scatter, spread. 

spatium, i, n 
length of time. 

species, ei,fform. 

specimen, mis, n. 
men. 

speciosus 3. striking, 
beautiful. 

spectaculum, i, n. show. 

spectator, oris, m. spec- 
tator. 

specto 1. c. ace. to look 
at, behold, have some- 
thing in view. 

specus, us, m. cave. 

sperno, sprevi, spretum 
3. to spurn. 

spero 1. to hope. 

spes, ei,fi hope. 

spinther, eris, n. bracelet. 

spiritus, us, m. breath. 

splen, enis, m. the spleen. 

splendeo, ui 2. to shine. 

splendidus 3. splendid. 

splendor, oris, m. mag- 
nificence, splendor. 

spolio 1. to deprive, rob. 

spolium, i, n. booty. 

spondeo, spopondi, 

sponsum 2. to be re- 
sponsible for. 

spurius 3. spurious. 

stabilis. e, stable, firm. 

stabilitas, atis, f stabili- 
ty. 

stabulum, i, n. stall. 

statim, adv. immediately. 

statio, onis, station. 

statua, ae, f statue. 

statuo, ui, utum 3. to 
determine. 

status, us, in. posture. 

status 3. stated. 

Stella, ae,/. star. 



stercus, oris, n. dung. 

sterno. stravi, stratum 3. 
to prostrate. 

stimulo 1. to goad. 

stipendium, i, n. pay. 

stirps, pis, f stem, origin. 

sto, steti, statum 1. to 
stand, be gained by, 
cost. 

stomachor I. to be in- 
dignant. 

strangulo 1 . to strangle. 

strentie, adv. vigorously. 

strideo di, 2. to whistle. 

strigosus 3. lank. 

stringo, inxi, ictum 3. to 
graze, draw (sword). 

strix, igis, f homed owl. 

studeo, ui 2. to strive, 
exert one's self endea- 
vor ; c. dat. to occu- 
py one's self zealously 
with, favor some one. 

studiose, adv. zealously. 

studiosus 3. c. gen. de- 
voted to ; stud, esse 
c. gen. to occupy one's 
self zealously with, to 
apply one's self to 
something. 

studium, i, n. effort, zeal, 
study. 

stultitia, ae, f folly. 

stultus 3. foolish, silly. 

suadeo, asi, asum 2. to 
advise, persuade. 

suapte manu, with his 
own hand. 

suavis, e, lovely, agreea- 
ble. 

suavitas, atis, f sweet- 
ness, loveliness of char- 
acter. 

suaviter, adv. sweetly, 



subduco, xi, ctum 3. to 

withdraw. 
suber. eris, n. cork-tree. 
subhumidus 3 slightly 

moist. 
subigo, egi, actum 3. to 

work ; subjugate. 
subito, adv. suddenly. 
subitus 3. sudden. 
subjicio. jeci, jectum 3. 

to subject. 



sublime, adv. aloft, in 
the air. 

subrideo, risi, risum 2. 
to smile. 

subsequor, secutus sum 
3. to follow. 

substerno, stravi, stra- 
tum 3. to spread un- 
der. 

subterfugio, ugi, ugi- 
tum 3. to escape. 

subtraho, traxi, tractum 

3. to withdraw. 
subvenio, veni, ventum 

4. to come to help. 
succedo, essi, essum 3. 

to succeed. 

succenseo, ui 2. to be en- 
raged. 

succumbo, cubui, cubi- 
tum 3. to sink under. 

succurro, curri, cursum 
3. c. dat. to aid, assist. 

sudo 1 . to sweat. 

sudor, oris, m. sweat. 

sunragium, i, n. pot- 
sherd; 2) vote, voice. 

suggero, gessi, gestum 
3. to bring, present. 

sugo, xi, ctum 3. to suck. 

siii, pron. of him (her, 
it) self 

Sulla, ae, m. Sulla. 

sum, fui, esse, to be, be 
peculiar, belong, per- 
tain to; c. gen. or dat. 
to possess; cum dupl. 
dat. to tend to, serve 
for something, some one. 

summa, ae,/! su?n. 

summa aqua, surface of 
the water. 

summus 3. greatest, high- 
est. 

sumo, mpsi, mptum 3. 
to take. 

siio, sui, sutum 3. to sew. 

supellex, ectilis, f fur- 
niture, utensils. 

superbia, ae,f pride. 

superbus 3. proud, mag- 
nificent. 

superior, us, higher ; 
subst. conqueror. 

supero 1. to overcome, 
surpass. 



LATIN-EXGLISII VOCABULARY. 



411 



superstes, itis, c. dat. 
surviving. 

superstitio, onis, f su- 
perstition. 

supersum, esse, fui, to 
remain, to be left. 

superus 3. above; supe- 
ri, the gods. 

supervenio, veni, ven- 
tum 4. c. dat. to sur- 
prise. 

suppedito 1. to furnish. 

supplex. icis, suppliant. 

supplicium, i, n. punish- 
ment. 

supplieo 1. c. dat. to en- 
treat. 

supprimo, pressi, pres- 
sura 3. to suppress ; 
navem, to sink a ves- 
sel. 

supra, adv.. above, upon. 

supremus 3. last. 

surge, surrexi, surrec- 
tum 3. to arise. 

sus, s\\\s,f sow, swine. 

suscipio, cepi, eeptum 
3. to undertake, receive. 

suscito 1 . to arouse. 

suspicio, onis, f. suspi- 
cion. 

sus pi cor 1. to suspect, 
imagine. 

sustento 1. to support. 

sustineo, intii, entum 2. 
to sustain ; sust. par- 
tes, to act a part. 

siius 3. his (Iter, its), his 
own. 

symbol a, de symbolis 
edere, to eat at com- 
mon expense. 

Syphax, acis, m. Sy- 
phax. 

Syracusae, arum, f. Sy- 
racuse. 

Syrus, i, m. a Syrian. 

T. 

Tabula, ae, f board, ta- 
ble. 

taceo 2. to be silent. 

tacit us 3. silent. 

taedet me alicujus rei, 
it excites disgust in me 
at something. 



talentum. i, n. talent 
(sum of money). 

talis, e, of suck sort, char- 
acter ; such. 

talus, i, m. ankle. 

tarn, so; tarn — quam, 
so — as. 

tamdlu, ado. so long. 

tamen, conj. yet, still. 

Tamesis, is, m. Thames. 

tandem, adv. finally, 
then. 

tango, tetigi, tactum 3. 
to touch ; tangi de 
coelo, to be struck by 
lightning. 

tanquam. adv. just as, as, 
as if, as though, as it 
were. 

Tantalus, i, m. Tantalus. 

tanto (incomp.),so much 
the. 

tantopere, adv. so greatly. 

tan turn, only. 

tantus 3. so great. 

tantusdem, tadem, tun- 
dem, just so great 
(much, long). 

tarditas, atis, f. slowness. 

tardus 3. slow. 

Tarentum, i, n. Taren- 
tum (a city). 

Tarquinii, orum, m. 
Tarquinii (a city). 

Tarquinius, i, m. Tar- 
quinius. 

tectum, i, n. house, roof. 

teges, gitis, f. covering, 
mat. 

tego, xi, ctum 3. to cover. 

tegum entum, i, n. cover- 
ing. 

tellus, uris,/! the earth. 

telum. i, n. arrow, dad. 

tern ere, adv. rashly, with- 
out reason. 

temeritas, atis, f rash- 
ness, hastiness. 

temperantia, ae, f. tem- 
perance. 

tempero 1. to moderate; 
non temp, mihi quin, 
I cannot refrain from. 

tempestas, atis, f. time; 
2) weather, storm. 

templum, i, n. temple. 



tempos, oris, n. time ; 
tempore, at the right 
time. 

ten ax, acis, c. gen. per- 
severing, tenacious. 

tendo, tetendi, tensum 
and tentum 3. to ex- 
tend, distend; ad ali- 
quid, to strive after 
something. [ness. 

tenebrae, arum, /. clark- 

tcneo, ntii, ntum 2. to 
hold, hold fast, occupy, 
restrain. 

tener, era, erum, tender. 

tento 1. to try. 

tenuis, e, slender, small, 
slight. 

tergum, i. n. back. 

terminus, i, m. boundary, 
end. 

terra, ae,/! earth, land. 

terreo 2. to frighten. 

terrestris, e, earthly ; 
proeliurn terrestre, 
land- fight, 

terribilis, e, terrible. 

territorium. i, n. territo- 
ry, dominion. 

territo (without perf. or 
sup.) 1. to frighten. 

terror, oris, m. terror. 

tertio, adv. for the third 
time. 

testam entum, i, n. testa- 
ment, will. 

testis, is, c. witness. 

teter, tra, trum, foul, 
hideous. 

Teutonus, i, m. Teutonic. 

texo, xui, xtum 3. to 
weave, braid. 

thalerus, i, m. dollar. 

theatrum, i, n. theatre. 

Thebanus, i, m. a The- 
ban. 

Themistocles, is, m. The- 
mi stocks. 

Theophrastus, i, m. Theo- 
phrastus. 

Thermopylae, arum, f 
a town in Boeotia. 

Thespiae, arum, f. a 
town in Boeotia. 

Thracia. ae. f Thrace. 

Tiberis, is, m. Tiber. 



412 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



tibia, ae, f shin-hone, 
pipe, flute. 

Tigris, is,/! Tigris. 

timeo, ui 2. to fear. 

timiditas, atis, f. timidi- 
ty. 

timidus 3. timid. 

timor, oris, m.fear. 

Timotheus, i, m. Timo- 
theus. 

tingo, nxi, nctum 3. to 
coloi\ 

toga, &e,f. outer garment. 

toleranter. adv. patiently. 

tolero 1. to endure. 

tollo, sustuli, sublatum 
3. to raise up, bear 
away. 

Tomyris.idis./. Tomyris. 

tondeo, totondi, tonsum 
2. to shear. 

tonitru, us, n. thunder. 

tono, ui 1. to thunder. 

.tons or, oris, m. barber. 

tonstricula, ae, f. a fe- 
male barber. 

tormentum, i. n. torture. 

torpeo, ui 2. to be torpid, 
inactive. 

torqueo, torsi, tortum 2. 
to torment, torture. 

torques, is, m. neck-chain. 

torrens, tis, m. torrent. 

torreo, torrui, tostum 2. 
to dry, roast. 

tortus 3. twisted. 

torus, i. m. protuberance ; 
2) muscle. 

torvus, 3. stern. 

tot, so many. 

totidem, just so many. 

totus 3. the whole. 

tractatio, onis, f. hand- 
ling, pursuit. 

tracto 1. to handle, pur- 
sue, perform. 

trado, dldi, ditum 3. to 
deliver over, give-, sur- 
render, relate. 

tradux, ucis, m. a vine 
branch, vine-layer. 

tragoedla, ae,/ tragedy. 

traho, traxi, tractum 3. 
to draw. 

trajicio, jeci, jectum 3. 
to throw over, place. 



transduco, dnxi, duc- 
tum 3. to lead over. 

transeo, ii, itum, Ire, to 
pass by, pass over. 

transfero, tali, latum 3. 
to transfer, change to 
another place. 

transflgo, xi, xum 3. to 
transfix, stab. 

transgredior, gressus 
sum 3. to pass over. 

transigo, egi, actum 3. 
to bring about, transact. 

transilio, silui. sultum 
4. to leap over. 

transitus, us, m. passage 
over. 

transno 1. to swim over. 

transmitto. missi, mis- 
sum 3. to let through. 

Trasimenus, i, m. Tra- 
simenus (a lake). 

tremo, ui 3. to tremble. 

trepidatio, onis, f trepi- 
dation, haste. 

trepidus 3. trembling, agi- 
tated. 

tribunal, alis, m. tribu- 
nal. 

tribuo, ui, utum 3. to dis- 
tribute, give, impute. 

tribunus, i, m. tribune. 

tribus, us. f. tribe, com- 
pany. 

tributum, i, n. tribute. 

tridens, tis, m. trident. 

triduum, i, n. space of 
three days. 

triennium, i, n. the space 
of three years. 

trigemini fratres, three 
brotliers by the same 
birth. 

tristis, e, sad, lowering. 

triticeus 3. of wheat. 

triticum, i, n. wheat. 

triumpho 1. to triumph. 

tropaeum, i, n. trophy. 

truncus 3. mutilated. 

trux, ucis, wild, fierce. 

in, pron. thou. 

tuba, ae./ trumpet. 

tuber, eris, n. hump. 

tueor, tuitus sum 2. to 
behold, keep, ]>rotect, 
defend. 



turn, adv. thereupon, then; 
al that time. 

tumeo, ui 2. to swell. 

tumultus, us. m. tumult. 

tune, adv. at tfoat time, 
then, there. 

tundo, tutudi, tunsum 
3. to beat, stun, [merit. 

tunica, ae, f under-gar- 

turba, ae,/ crowd. 

turbo 1. to cause confu- 
tion, disturb. 

turgid us 3. swollen. 

turpis, e, disgraceful, base. 

turpitudo, inis, f. base- 
ness. 

turns, is, f. tower. 

turtur, this, m. turtle 
dove. 

tussis, is,/ cough. 

tutor, oris, m. teacher. 

tutus 3. safe. 

tuus 3. thy, thine. 

Tyndaridae, arum, m. 
Castor and Pollux 
(sons of Tyndarus, 
king of Sparta, and 
Leda). 

tyrannus, i, m. tyrant. 

Tyrius, i. m. Tyrian. 

U. 

Tiber, uberis, abounding 

in, rich. 
uber, eris, n. udder. 
ubertas, atis, f richness l 

copiousness. 
ubi, adv. where; 2) conj. 

as soon as, when. 
ubicunque, wherever ; 

ubicunque gentium, 

where in all the world. 
ubi nam. adv. where then. 
Ubius, i, n. a Ubian. 
ubivis, adv. where you 

will. 
ulciscor, ultus sum 3. c. 

ace. to take revenge 

upon some one. 
ullus 3. any one. 
ulmus, \,f elm. 
ultimus 3. last; ultima 

Italia, tJie remotest part 

of Italia. 
nit or. oris, w. arnxjtr. 
umbra, ae, / sAtu/r. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



413 






umbractiluin, i, n. shade. 

umbrosus 3. shady. 

una, adv. at tlie same 
time, together. 

unci a, ae, f. wave. 

unde, adv. whence. 

undique, adv. from all 
sides. 

ungo (unguo), nxi, 
nctum 3. to anoint 

unguis, is, m. nail, claw. 

uni versus 3. whole. 

unquam, adv. ever. 

unus 3. one ; only, alone. 

unusquisque, unaquae- 
que, unumquidque 
and unumquodque, 
each one (§ 31. 7). 

urbanus 3. belonging to 
the city, city-like. 

urbs, bis,/ city. 

urgeo, rsi 2. to press, op- 
press. 

ursus, i, m. a bear. 

usque, adv. until. i 

usus, us, m. use. 

ut, adv. as, even as. 

ut, conj. that, in order 
that, that not (§106); 
as [§ 111, 1. b)] ; ut 
prirnum, as soon as. 

utcunque, adv. however. 

uter, tris, m. leathern bag. 

uter, tra, trum, which of 
the two. 

uterque, utraque,utram- 
que, each (of the two), 
both. 

u til is, e, useful. 

utilitas. atis, f use, ad- 
vantage. 

utinara, conj. with subj. 
that. 

utor. usus sum 3. c. abl. 
to use. [side. 

utrinque, adv. on each 

utrum, interrogative 
word [§ 116,3,b.d)]. 

uva, ae, f. grape. 

uvidulus 3. slightly moist. 



Vacca, ae,/ cow. 
vacillo 1. to rock, waver. 
vacuus 3. c. abl. free 
from, empty. 



vae, a 1 as ! 

vagor 1. to wander. 

valde, adv. very much. 

valeo 2. to be well; be 
sound, strong, able ; va- 
leat, valeant, adieu to 
something; 2) to avail. 

valetudo, Inis, f health. 

validus 3. strong. 

vallcs, is,/ valley. 

vannus, \,f corn-fan. 

vanus 3. vain. 

vario 1. to vary. 

varius 3. various. 

varix, icis, m. swollen 
vein. 

vas, vasis, n. (plur. vasa, 
orum, n.) vessel, vase. 

vasto 1 . to lay waste. 

vates, is, prophet. 

vectlgal, alis, n. toll, tax, 
income. 

vectis, is, m. lever, bolt. 

ve he in ens, tis, vehement. 

vehementer, adv. vehe- 
mently, violently, great- 
veho, vexi, vectum 3. to 
carry, bring, equo ve- 
hi, to ride, be borne off. 

Vejens, ntis, m. a Vejen- 
tian. 

vel, conj. or; even; vel 
— vel, either — or. 

velox, ocis, swift. 

velum, i, n. sail. 

velut, adv. even as, as. 

vena, 2^, f. vein. 

venabulum, i, n. hunting- 
spear. 

venalis, e, venal, for sale. 

venatio, onis, f a hunt. 

venatus, us, m. a hunt. 

vena tor, oris, m. hunter. 

vendo, didi, ditum 3. to 
sell. 

venenum, i, n. poison. 

veneo, li, Ire, to be for 
sale. 

veneror 1 . to revere. 

venio, veni, ventum 4. 
to come. 

venor 1 . to hunt. 

venter, tris, m. the belly. 

vent us, i, m wind. 

Venus, eris, f. Venus. 

35* 



venustas, ati.s, / grace- 
fulness. 

vepres, is, m. thorn-bush, 
bramble. 

ver, veris, n. spring. 

verber, eris, n. (com- 
monly plur. verbera), 
biow%. 

verbero 1. to beat. 

verbum, i, n. word. 

verecundia, ae,/ respect. 

verecundus 3. respectful, 
modest. 

vereor, veritus sum 2. 
to reverence, have re- 
spect for. to fear. 

ventas, atis,/ truth. 

vermis, is, m. worm. 

venius 3. vernal; vernus 
dies, a spring day. 

vero, conj. but; 2) adv. 
(as an answer) yes. 

Verres, is, m. Verrres. 

versor, 1. in c. abl. to be 
occupied in a thing. 

versus, us, m. a verse. 

verto, rti, rsum 3. to 
turn; v. in fugam, to 
put to flight. 

verum, conj. yet, but. 

verus 3. true. 

vervex, ecis, m. a wether. 

vescor (without perf.) 3. 
c. abl. to eat. 

vesper, eri and eris, m. 
evening ; vesperi, at 
evening. 

Ves talis virgo, vestal vir- 
gin. 

vester, tra, trum, your. 

vestigium, i, n. footstep. 

vestio 4. to clothe, attire. 

vestis, is, / a garment, 
cloth. 

Vesuvius i, m. Vesuvius. 

veto, ui, Itum 1. to for- 
bid. 

vetus, eris, old. 

vetustas, atis,/ age. 

vetustus 3. old. 

vexo 1. to vex, annoy. 

via, ae,/ way. 

viator, oris, m. traveller. 

viclnus, i. m. neighbor. 

victor, oris, victorious; 
subst. conqueror. 



414 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



victoria, ae,/ victory. 

victus, us, m.food. 

vicus, i, m. village. 

video, vidi, visum 2. to 
see; pass, seem, appear. 

vigeo, ui 2. to be vigor- 
ous. 
. vigil, His, m. watchman. 

vigilantia, ae, f. watch- 
fulness. 

vigilia, ae,/ watch, night- 
watch. 

vigilo 1. to watch. 

vigor, oris, m. power. 

vilis, e, vile, evil. 

villa, ae,/ country seat, 

vincio, nxi, nctum 4. to 
bind, restrain. 

vinco, vici, victum 3. to 
conquer, vanquish, over- 
come. 

vinculum, i, n. bond, 
chain. 

vendex, dicis, m. defend- 
er, avenger. 

vindico 1. to claim; 
avenge. 

vinea, ae, a vine. 

vinum, i, n. wine. 

violo 1. to violate. 

vipera, ae,/ viper. 

vir, viri, m. man. 

vireo, ui 2. to flourish. 



Virgil i us, i, m. Virgil. 

virgo, mis,/ virgin. 

viridis, e. green. 

virltim, adv. man by ma?i. 

virtus, utis, / virtue, 
bravery. 

virus, i, n. poison. 

vis, (gen. and dot. want- 
ing; plur. vires, ium), 
f power, force, multi- 
tude. 

viscus, eris, n. (common- 
ly plur.) inwards. 

visum, i, n. appearance. 

Visurgis, is, m. the We- 
ser. 

vita, ae,/ life. 

vitiositas, atis, f vice, 
viciousness. 

vitiosus 3. defective. 

vitis, is,/, vine. 

vitium, i, n. fault, vice. 

vito I. to avoid. 

vitullnus 3. of calf 

vitulus, i, m. calf. 

vitupero, 1. to censure. 

vivo, vixi, victum 3. to 
live. 

vivus 3. living. 

vix, adv. scarcely. 

vociferor 1. to cry out, 
screech. 

voco 1. to call, invite. 



voltto 1. to fly, flutter. 

volo 1. to fly. 

volo, volui, velle, to wish 
(would). [sci. 

Yolsci, orum, m. the Vol- 

volucris, is./ bird. 

voluntas, atis,/. will. 

voluptas, atis, / plea- 
sure, sensuality. 

volvo, vi, utum* 3. to roll. 

voveo, vovi, votum 2. to 
vow. 

vox, vocis,/ voice. 

Vulcanus, i, in. Vulcan. 

vulgaris, e, common. 

vulgus, i, n. people, the 
common people. 

vulnero 1. to wound. 

vulnus, eris, n. wound. 

vulpes, is, f fox. 

vultur, uris, m. vulture. 

vultus, us. m. expression, 
feature, countenance. 

X. 

Xenophon, ontis, m. Xe- 

nophon. 
Xerxes, is, m. Xerxes. 

Z. 

Zama, ae, / Zama. 
Zeno, onis, m. Zeno. 
zingiber, eris, n. ginger. 



II. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



A. 

Abate, mollire. 

Ability, facultas, atis,/ 

Able (to be), posse, qui- 
re, valere ; not able, 
nequlre. 

Abode, domicilmm, i, n. 

Abounding in, abundare, 
locuples, etis. 

About, circiter. 

Above, superus. 

Abroad, peregre. 

Absent, absens, tis. 

Absent (to be), abesse. 



Absolve, absolvere. 
Abstain, abstinere. 
Abundance, abundantia, 

ae, / copia, ae, /; to 

have abundare c. 

abl. 
Accompany, comitari. 
Accomplished, erudltus 

3. 
Accounted (to be), exis- 

timari, haberi. 
Accuse, accusari 
Accustomed (to be), so- 

lere, consuescere. 



Acknowledge, confiteri, 
fateri ; freely, pro- 
fited. 

Acorn, glans, dis,/ 

Acquainted with, perltus 
3. cons ul tus 3. gna- 
rus 3. c. gen. 

Acquainted with, (to be), 
novisse [§ 76, 3)]; 

thoroughly, per- 

noscere. 

Acquire, parare, compa- 
rare (sibi). 

Acre, jugerum, i, n. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



415 



Act, agere. 

Actor, histrio, onis, in. 

Acute, acutus 3. subtl- 

lis, e. 
Adapted to, accommoda- 

tus 3. c. dat. or ad c. 

ace. 
Add, addere. 
Address, alloqui. 
Adherbal, Adherbal, alis, 

m. 
Admirable, admirabilis,e. 
Admiration, admiratio, 

onis,/ 
Admire, admirari. 
Admonish, monere, ad- 

monere. 
Admonition, admonitio, 

onis,/ 
Adopt, adsciscere. 
Adorn, ornare, adornare, 

comare. 
Advantage, lucrum, i, n. 

commodum, i, n. emo- 

lumentum, i, n. fruc- 

tus, us, m. 
Adversity, res adversae. 
Advise, suadere. 
JEduan, ^duus, i, m. 
u^Egypt, iEgyptus. 
^Egyptian, iEgypticus 3. 
JEmilius, ^Emilius, i, m. 
JEneas, ^Eneas, ae, m. 
Affair, res, rei,/ 
Afftcted, affectus 3. 
Affirm, aio. 
Afford, praebere. 
Africa, Africa,/ 
After that, postquam, c. 

ind. perf 
Against (prep.), ad ver- 
sus. 
Age, aetas, atis,/ 
Agesilaus, Agesilaus, i, 

m. 
Agree to (on condition), 

pangere. 
Agreeable, gratus 3. ju- 

cundus 3. suavis, e. 
Agricola, Agricola, ae, m. 
Agriculture, agricultura, 

ae,/ 
Aid, auxilium, i, n. prae- 

sidium, i, n. 
Aid, adjuvare c. ace. 

succurrere c. dat. ; to 



lend aid, opitulari c. 

dat. 
Alas ! vae ! 
Alcibiades, Alcibiades, 

is, m. 
Alexander, Alexander, 

dri, m. L^e,/ 

Alexandria, Alexandria, 
All, omnes, ia. 
Alliance, societas, atis, 

/ foedus, eris, n. 
Allobroges, Allobroges, 

um, m. 
Allow, jubere. 
Ally, soclus, i, in. 
Almost, fere, ferme, pae- 

ne, prope. 
Aloe, aloe, es,/ 
Alone, solus 3. unus 3. 
Alps, Alpes, ium,/ 
Already, jam. 
Also, etiam, quoque. 
Although, quamvis. 
Always, semper. 
Amazon, Amazon, onis, 

/ 

Ambassador, legatus, i, 

m. 
Ambuscade, insicliae, 

arum,/ 
Amiable, amabilis, e. 
Ample, am plus 3. 
Anaxagoras, Anaxago- 

ras, ae, m. 
Ancestors, majores, um. 
Ancient, antiquus 3. ve- 

tus, eris, priscus 3. 
Anciently, antiquitus. 
Ancus Martins, Ancus 

MartTus, i, m. 
And, et, ac, atque, que. 
And not, neque (nee). 
Anger, ira, ae, / iracun- 

dia, ae,/ 
Angry, iratus 3. 
Announce, annuntiare. 
Annoy, vexare. 
Announcement, oracu- 

lum, i, n. 
Another (of several), 

alius, a, ud. 
Another's, alienus 3. 
Answer, respondere. 
Antiochus, Antiochus, i, 

m. 
Antiquity, antiquitas, 



atis, / ( = ancient- 
ness), vetustas, atis,/ 

Anvil, incus, udis,/ 

Anxious (am), curae mi- 
hi est. 

Anxiously, anxle. 

Any, uiius 3. 

Ape, simia, ae,/ 

Apollo, Apollo, inis, m. 

Appear, apparere, vi- 
de ri. 

Appease, placare. 

Applaud, applaudere c. 
dat. 

Apple, malum, i, n. 

Apple-tree, malus. i,/ 

Apply ones self to some- 
thing, incumbere in 
or ad aliquid. 

Apprehend, vereri, me- 
tuere. 

Apprehension, metus, us, 
in. 

Approach, appropin- 
quate, adventare. 

Approach, aditus, us, m. 

Approbation, approbatio, 
onis,/ 

Approve, approbare, pro- 
bare. 

Arch, fornix, icis, m. 

Archimedes, Archime- 
des, is, m. 

Ardea, Ardea, ae,/ 

Ardor, ardor, oris, m. 

Ariovistus, Ariovistus, i, 
in. 

Arise, surgere, coorlri, 
exorlri. 

Aristides, Aristides, is, 
m. 

Aristotle, Aristoteies, is, 
m. 

Arms, arma, orum, n. 

Army, exercitus, us, in. 

Arpinum, Arpinum, i, n. 

Arpinum (of), subst. Ar- 
plnas, atis, in. 

Artist, artlfex, icis, m. 
and/ 

Arrange (line of battle), 
aciem instruere. 

Arrival, adventus, us, m. 

Arrogance, arrogantia, 
ae,/ 

Arrow, sagitta, ae,/ 



41 G ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 

Art, ars, tis,/ Augustus, Augustus, i, it becomes, de- 

Artaxerxes, Artaxerxes, m. cet; it does not 

is, /n. Autumn, autumnus, i, m. become, dedecet (§89, 

Artificer, artifex, ids, in. Avail, valere. 3). 

and/. Avarice, avaritla, ae, / Becoming, decorus 3. 
As, ut,^ quum, velut, Avaricious, avarus 3. c. Before, ante, prius, an- 

quomodo, queraad- gen. tea, antequam, prius- 

modum, ac (atque). Avenge (one's self on quam; that, an- 

As if, quasi, ac si, tan- one), ulcisei. tequam, priusquam. 

quam. Avert, avertere. Beget, gignere. 

As often as, quoties. Avoid, vitare, evltare. Begin, inclpere, ordlri, 

As soon as, ubi, simul- Await, opperlri. exordlri. 

atque, [§ 111,2)] Axe, securis, is,/ Begun (to have), cepis- 

As well — as (also), et Axle, axis, is, m. se. 

— et. Beginning, iuitium, prin- 

Ascend, ascendere. B. cipium, i, n. 

Ascertain, experlri, res- Babylon, Babylon, onis, Beggar, mendieus, i, m. 

ciscere, comperlre. f [3 Behold, adsplcere, tueri, 

Ashes, einis. eris, m. Babylonian, Babvlonius spectare, 

Asia, Asia, ae,/ Bad, malus 3. " Belief, opinio, onis,/ 

Ask, quaerere (ex, ab, Badge, insigne, is, n. Believe, credere, putare. 

aliquo), interrogare, Bake, torrere. Bellows, follis, is, in. 

rogare (aliquem). Band, agmen, inis, n. Belly, alvus, i,/ 

Ass, asinus, i, m. man us, us,/ Belong to some one, esse 

Assassin, sicarius, i, m. Banisher, expultrix, alicujus (§ 88, 8). 

Assault, oppugnare. icj^ /; Bend, ttectere. 

Assemble (transit.), con- Bank (of a river), ripa, Beneficence, beneficus. 

voeare ; (intransit.) ae ,/ BenejU, utilitas, a tis,/ 

congregare,confluere. Bargain (to make), pa- BenejU, prodesse. 

Assembly, coetus,_us, m. cisci. Beset, circumsedere. 

Assent to, assentiri. Bargain, pangerc. Besides, porro. 

Assiduously, assidue. Base, f'oedus 3. turpis, e, Besiege, obsldsre, cir- 

Assign, tribuere. sordidus, a. urn. cuinsedere. 

Assist, juvare, adjuvare Baseiu, foede.' Besmear, oblmere. 

c. ace. ; succurrere, Battle, pugna, ae,/ Bestow, largiri, adhibe- 

auxiliari c. dat. proelium, i, n. ' re, praestare ; 

Assyria, Assyria, ae,/ Be, esse ; in some- upon, coiiocare in c. 

Athenian (a. and s.) thing, versari in ali- abl. 

Atlieniensis, is, m. qua re ; present. Betake ones self, se con- 

Attach ones self to some ad esse, interesse ; ferre ; back, se 

one, se applicare ad wanting, desse, reeipere. 

aliquem. deficere. Betrcujing, proditio, onis, 

Attack, impetus, us, m. Bear, portare, gestare, /: 

Attack, aggredi, adoriri. ferre ; off', repor- B 'id, jubere. 

Attacking, oppugnatio, tare. Bind, vinclre. 

onis,/ Beard, barba, ae,/ Binding (to make), ad- 

Attain, assequi. Beast, bestia, ae,/ stringere. 

Attalus. Attalus, i, m. Beat, ferlre. Bird, avis, is,/ 

Attempt, conari, mollri, Beautiful, pulcher, chra, Birds of passage, volu- 

suscipere. chrum cres adventitial. 

Attend to, attendere. Beauty, pulehritiido, Birthdaij, nataiis, is, m. 

Attention to, cultus,us, in. inis,/ Bite, mordere. 

Attentive, attentus 3. Beautifully, pulebrc. Bithynia. Bithynia, ae,/ 

Attentively, attente. Because, quia, quod, quo- Bitter, am a r us 3. acer- 

Atticus, Atticus, i, m. niam. bus 3. 

Attic, Atticus 3. Become, fieri, evadcrc ; Black, niger, gra, grum. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



417 



Blind, coecus 3. 
Blockade, obsidio, onis, 

Mood, sanguis, inis, m. 

Bloody, atrox, ocis. 

Bloom, florere. 

Blooming, florens, tis. 

Blows, verbera, n. 

Boar, aper, pri, m; 

urild. aper, pri, m. 

Boat linter, tris,/ 

Body, corpus, oris, n. 

Bodily powers, corporis 
vires. 

Boeotian (s.), Boeotus, i, 
m. 

Bold, audax, acis. 

Boldness, audacia, ae, f. 

Bolt, vectis, is, m. 

Bone, os, ossis, n. 

Book, liber, bri, m. co- 
dex, icis, m. 

Booty, praeda, ae,/ 

Border, finis, is, m. 

Born (to be), nasci. 

Born, natus 3. 

Both — and, et — et. 

Bow, arcus, us, m. 

Boy, puer, eri, m. 

Bracelet, spinther eris, n. 

Bramble, sentis, is, m. 
vepres, is, m. 

Brand, notare. 

Brass, aes, aeris, n. 

Brave, fortis, e. 

Bravely, fortiter. 

Bravery, fortitudo, inis, 
/ virtus, utis,/ 

Bread, panis, is, m. 

Break down (= over- 
come), frangere. 

Break down, rescindere ; 

forth, erumpere, 

coorlri ; in, ir- 

rumpere: break 

out afresh, denuo 

erumpere : 

through, perrumpere. 

Breakfast, prandere. 

Breast, pectus, oris, n. 

Bridge, pons, tis, m. 

Bright, (= clear), sere- 
nus 3. 

Bring, ferre, arcessere ; 

about, emcere ; 

forward, affer- 



re : up, educare : 

back, referre. 
Bring war upon some one, 

bellum inferre alicui. 
Britain, Britannia, ae,/ 
Broad, latus 3. 
Brother, frater, tris, m. 
Brutus, Brutus, i, m. 
Build, aedificare. 
Building, aedeficium, i, 

n. 
Bundle, fascis, is, m. 
Burn, ardere. flagrare: 

up, deflagrare, 

comburere. 
Bushel, modius, i, m. 
Busily, sedulo. 
Business, negotlum, i, n. 
Business, it is the business 

of some one, est alicu- 

jus. 
Busy, sedulus 3. 
Buy, emere. 
But, autem, sed, at 

(§ 102,*2. b). 
But if, sin. 
Butter, butyrum, i, n. 
Butterfly, papilio, onis, 



Cabbage, crambe, es, f. 
caulis, is, m. 

Caesar, Caesar, aris, m. 

Call, appellare, vocare, 
nominare, dicere ; 

to mind, recorda- 

ri c. ace. or gen. : 

togethei\ eonvocare. 

Called (to be), vocari, 
nominari. appellari. 
(§81, 2. c). 

Callisthenes, Callisthe- 
nes. is. m. 

Camel, camelus, i, m. 

Camillus, Camillus, i, m. 

Camp, castra, pi. 

Can, posse, quire. 

Cannot, nequlre. 

Canal, canalis, is, m. 

Capital punishment, sup- 
plieium, i, n. 

Capitol, Capitolium, i, n. 

Caprice, libido, inis, f 
arbitrium. i, n. 

Captive (to take ), capere. 



Capture, expugnare. 

Care, cura, ae,/ 

Care, take care, curare, 

cavere. 
Cure for, consulere, pro- 

videre. c. dat. 
Careful, diligens, tis. 
Carefully, diligenter. 
Carefulness, diligentia, 

ae,/. 
Caria, Caria. ae,/ 
Carpenter, faber ligna- 

rius. 
Carrot, siser, eris, n. 
Carry, portare, ferre ; 

on, gerere 5 — 

over, trajicere ; 

forth, efferre. 
Carthage, Carthago, inis, 

/ 

Carthaginian, Carthagi- 
niensis, is, m. 

Cassius, Cassius, i, m. 

Catch, capere, deprehen- 
dere. 

Catiline, Catillna, ae, 
m. 

Caio, Cato, onis, m. 

Cause, causa, ae,/ 

Cause (to do something), 
curare with gerun- 
dive. 

Cautious, cautus 3. 

Cease, deslnere, desis- 
tere. 

Celebrate, celebrare. 

Censure, vituperatio, 
onis,/ 

Censure, vituperare. 

Cerberus, Cerberus, i, m. 

Ceres, Ceres, eris,/ 

Certain, certus 3. [m. 

C'habrias, Chabrias, ae, 

Chain, vinculum, i, n. 

Chain, vine ire. 

Chalcis, Chaleis, idis,/ 

Chance, casus, us, m.; 
by chance, fortulto. 

Change, vieis, is,/ 

Change, mutare. 

Character, mores. um,7«. 

Charge one with some- 
thing, insimillare ali- 
quem alieujus rei. 

Charles. Carol us, i, m. 

Chatter, garrlre. 



418 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Check, compesci. 

Cheer, exhilarare, delec- 
tare. 

Cheerfully, hilariter, se- 
rene. 



easeus, 1, m. 

Cherish, fovere. 

Cherry, cerasum, i, n. 

Cherry-tree, cerasus, i, / 

Chicken, pullus, i, m. 

Chick-pea, cicer, eris, n. 

Chief-city, caput, itis, n. 

Childish, puerllis, e. 

Children (in reference to 
their parents), liberi, 
orum,w.; (with- 
out such reference), 
pueri, m. 

Choice, voluntas, atis,/ 

Choose, eligere, creare ; 
rather, malle. 

Christ, Christus, i, m, 

Church, ecclesia, ae,/ 

Chrysogonus, Chrysogo- 
nus, i, m. 

Cicero, CicSro, onis, in. 

Cimon, Cimo, onis, m. 

Cinna, Cinna, ae, m. 

Circe, Circe, es,f. 

Circle, orbis, is, m. 

Circle of the earth, orbis 
terrarum. 

Circuit, circuitus, us, m. 

Citadel, arx, cis,/ 

Citizen, civis, is, c. 

Citizenship, ci vitas, atis,/. 

City, urbs, bis,/ 

Civil, civllis, e. 

Civil war, bellum civile. 

Class, classis, is,/ 

Claw, unguis, is, m. • 

Clear, limpidus 3. 

Clear (not cloudy), se- 
renus 3. 

Cleomenes, Cleomenes, 
is, m. [f 

Cleopatra, Cleopatra, ae, 

Cliff, rupes, is,/ 

CUtus, Clitus, i, m. 

Clodius, Clodius, i, m. 

Close, claudSre. 

Clothe, vestlre. 

Cloud, nubes, is,/ 

Club, fustis, is, m. 

Coalesce, coalesc&re. 

Coelius, Coelius, i, in. 



Coin, procudere. 

Colchis, Colchis, idis,/ 

Cold, frigid us 3. 

Cold (s.), frigus oris, n. 

Collect, colligere. 

Colony, colonla, ae,/ 

Color, color, oris, m. 

Comb, pecten, inis, in. 

Come, venire ; desire to 

come, acclre ; 

out, evadere, fugere, 
effugere ; to, ad- 
venire ; together, 

convenlre ; — to 
pass, fieri, incidere. 

Command, imperare c. 
dat. 

Commence, aggrSdi, aus- 
picari. 

Commit, committere ; 
to, committere. 

Common, communis, e. 

Companion, socius, i, m. 

Compare, comparare, 
conferre. 

Compel, cogere. 

Complain, queri ; — 
of, accusare. 

Complain (=weep),eju- 
lare. 

Comply with, obsSqui. 

Composed, compositus, 3. 

Composition, confectio, 
onis,/ 

Conceal, occultare, occu- 
lare, celare, c. dupl. 
ace. [§ 89, 7]. 

Concealed, occultus 3. 

Concede, concedere. 

Concern, cura, ae,/ 

Conclude (of a league), 
icere. 

Condemn, damnare, con- 

demnare ; to death, 

capitis. 

Condescending, submis- 
sus 3. 

Condition, conditio, onis, 

/ 

Conduce to something, for 
some one, esse c. dupl. 
dat. [§ 90, 5. b)]. 

Confer, conferre. 

Confess, confiteri. 

Confidence (to have), fi- 
dem habere, c. d. 



Confidently, audacter. 
Confirm, confirmare. 
Conflagration, incendl- 

um, i, n. 
Confused, dissonus 3. 
Confusion, confusio, onis, 



Con 



nfusion (to throw in 
to), pertubare. 

Connect, connectere. 

Conqueror, victor, oris, nu 

Conscience, conscientia, 
ae,/ ; a good conscience^ 
conscientia recta. 

Conscious, conscius 3. 

Consciousness, conscien- 
tia, ae,/ 

Consider, intueri, pervi- 
dere, reputare. 

Consider as, existimare, 
habere, judlcare, ar- 
bitrary ducere c. dupl. 
ace. [§ 89, 7. a.)] 

Consist of (in),constare. 

Consolation, solatium, i, 
n. consolatio, onis,/ 

Consort, uxor, oris,/ 

Conspiracy, conjnratio, 
onis,/ 

Conspirator, conjuratus, 
i, m. 

Constitute, constituere. 

Consul, consul, ulis, m. 

Cbnsult, consultary 

Consume, absumere, ex- 
edere, comedere. 

Contain, continere. 

Contempt, contemptlo, 
onis,/ 

Contend, certare, decer- 
tare. 

Contented, contentus 3. 

Continue, pergere. 

Continuous, continuus 3. 

Contracted, angustus 3. 

Contrary (on the), con- 
tra. 

Conversation, sermo. 
onis m. 

Convict, convince're. 

Convince, persuadere c. 
dat. 

Corinth, Corinthus, i, / 

Corinthian, Corinthius 3. 

Cork-tree, suber, Sris, n. 

Corn (a), granum, i, n. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



419 



Cornelius Nepos, Corne- 
lius (i) Nepos (otis), 
m. 

Corn-fan, vannus, i,/ 

Corpse, cadaver, eris, n. 

Correct, corrigere. 

Correctly, recte. 

Corrode, exedere. 

Corrupt, corrumpere. 

Cost, stare, cons tare. 

Costly, pretiosus 3. 

Cover, tegere; up, 

obruere. 

Covetous, avarus 3. 

Cough, tussis, is,/ 

Counsel, consilium, i, n. 

Countenance, os, oris, n. 
vultus, us, m. 

Country, terra, ae, f. re- 
glo, onis,/ rus, ruris, 
n. ager, gri, /».; — (as 
a residence), patria, 
ae,/ 

Countryman, rusticus, i, 
m. 

Courage, animus, i, m. 

Courageously, aequo ani- 
mo. 

Course, cursus, us, m. 

Cow, vacca, ae, f. bos, 
bovis, c. 

Cowardice, ignavia, ae,/ 

Cowardly, ignavus 3. 

Crassus, Crassus, i, m. 

Creak, crepare. 

Create, creare. 

Creator, creator, oris, m. 

Crime, scelus, ens, n. 

Croak, coaxare. 

Croesus, Croesus, i, m. 

Crop, messis, Is,/ seges, 
etis,/ 

Croton, Croto, onis, m. 

Crow, corvus, i, m. 

Cruel, saevus 3. imma- 
nis, e. 

Crwe/^crudelitas, atis./ 

Crush, eontundSre. 

Cry, clam are. 

Cry (plaintive), quere- 
la, ae./ [m. 

Cucumber, cucumis, ens, 

Cultivate, colore, exco- 

lere. 
Cultivation, culture, cul- 
tus. iis, m. 



Cunning, astutia, ae,/ 
Cup, calix, icis, m. 
Curb, continere, compe- 

scere, perdomare. 
Cure, curatio, onis,/ 
Cure, sanare, c. ace. ; me- 

deri c. dat. 
Curius, Curius, i, m. 
Custom, mos, oris, m. 
Customary, usitatus 3. 
Cut off, resecare, desS- 

care. 
Cyrus, Cyrus, i, m. 

D. 

Dagger, sica, ae,/ 
Daily, quotidie. 
Dance, saltare. 
Danger, periculum, i, n. 
Dare, audere. 
Darius, Darius, i, m. 
Darkness, callgo, Inis,/ 
Dart, telum, i, n. 
Datamas, Datamas, an- 

tis, 771. 

Daughter, filia, ae,/ 
Dawn, illucescere. 
Day, dies, ei, m. ; by day, 

interdiu. 
Dead body, cadaver, eris, 

n. 
Dear, carus 3. : to hold 

dear, carum habere. 
Death, mors, tis,/ 
Decay, interlre, occidere, 
Deceive, fallere, delu- 

dere. 
Desember, December, 

bris, 77i. 
Decrease, decrescere. 
Dedicate, dedicare. 
Deed, factum, i, n. 
Deep, altus 3. 
Defend, defendgre. 
Defender, vindex, Icis, 

c. 
Delay, cunctari. 
Deliberate, deliberate, 

consultare. 
Deliberately, consulto. 
Delicate, tenuis, e. 
Delight, oblectamentum, 

i, n. 
Delight, delectare. obiec- 

tare, perm ulcere. 
Delight (with), libenter. 



Delightful, jucundus 3. 

suavis, e. 
Delightfully, suaviter. 
Deliver from something, 
liberare aliqua re, le- 

vare c. abl ; up, 

tradere. 
Delphi, Delphi, orum, m. 
Demand, postulate, pos- 
cere, deposcere ; 

back, reposcere. 

Demaratus, Demaratus, 

i, m. 
Demolish, evertere. 
Demosthenes, Demos- 
thenes, is, 771. 
Dense, densus 3. 
Deny, negare. 
Deplore, deplorare. 
Deprive, privare, spoli- 
are c. abl. [dere. 

Deride, derldere, irrl- 
Descend, descendere. 
Descendant, proles, is, / 
Desert, deserare, relin- 

quere. 
Desert, men turn, i, n. 
Deserve, mereri, dignum 

esse ; of something, 

mereri de aliqua re. 
Designedly, consulto. 
Desire, cupldo, inis, /, 
eupiditas, atis,/. ap- 
petltus, us, 77i., ardor, 
oris, m. ; unre- 
strained, libido, mis,/. 
Desire, concupiscere, cu- 
pere. [dus 3. 
Desirous, avldus 3. capi- 
Despair, desperare. 
Despise, contemnere. 
Destitute, inops, opis , 

of, expers, rtis, 

exsors, rtis, c. gen. 
Destroy, del ere, destru- 
ere, diriiere, evertere, 
excldere. 
Destruction, exitium, i, 
n. pernicies, ei,/ [3. 
Destructive, perniciosus 
Detect, detegere. 
Deter, deterrere, abste- 

rere. 
Determine, constitute, 

decern ere. 
D traction, obtrectatto, 



420 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 

Deviate, denectere. Disperse, dispergere. nus eris, n. ; it is the 

Devote one's self, se de- Displease, displlcere. duty of some one, ali- 

dere. Disprove, redarguere. cujus est. 

Devour, devorare. Disputation, disputatio, Dwell, habitare. 

Dialect, dialectus, \,f. onis./ 

Diamond, adamas, antis, Disquiet, exagitare. E. 

m. Dissatisfied (to be) with Each, omnis, e, quisque. 

Diana, Diana, ae,/ something, indignari c. Each of two, uterque, 

Dictator, dictator, oris, ace. 5 I am dissatisfied utraque, utrumque. 

m. with something, poeni- Eager, avidus 3. 

Die, mori, obire. [m. et me alicujus rei. Eagerly, avide, cupide. 
Dionysius, Dionysius. i, Dissent, dissentire. Eagle, aquila. ae,/ 

Different, diversus 3. Dissolve, dissolvere. Ear. auris, is,f. 

Difficult, difficilis, e. Dissuade, dissuadere. Early, maturus 3 ; too 
gravis, e, arduus 3. Distaff, colus, i,f. early, praematurus 3. 

Difficulty, difficultas, Distinction, discrlmen, Early (adv.), mature. 

atis,/ Inis, n. Earth, terra, ae,/teHus, 

Difficultly, with difficulty, Distinguish, dijudicare. uris,/ humus, i, /. 

difficiliter. distinguere ; one's Earthly, terrestris, e. 

Diffuse, diffundere. self, excellere. Earthquake, terrae mo- 

Dig, defod^re ; out Distinguished, insignis, e, tus. 

or up, effodere, eruere. clarus 3. Easily, facile. 

Dignity, dignitas, atis,/ Distribute, distribiiere, Easy, facilis, e. 
amplitudo, mis, f. dispertlre, dividere c. East, oriens, ntis, m. 

gravitas, atis,/ dat. Eat, edere, vesci ; 

Diligence, diligentia, ae, Distrust, diffldere. down, depascere. 

f Disturb, turbare, sollici- Echo, echo, us,/ 

Diligent, diligens, tis, in- tare. Edifice, aedificium, i, n. 

dustrius 3. Disturbance, perturbatio, Effect, efficere, creare. 

Diligently, diligenter, onis,/ Effectual, efficax, acis. 

studiose. Divine, divlnus 3. Effeminate, effeminatus 

Diminish, deminugre, Do, agere, facere. 3. 

comminuere, minti- Dog, canis, is, c. Effort, studium, i, n. 

ere. Dollar, thalerus, i, m. Either — or, aut — aut } 

Diphthong, diphthongus, Domestic, domesticus 3. vel — vel. 

\,f Dominion, dominatio, Elbe, Albis, is, m. 

Disadvantage, incommo- onis,/ impenum. i, n. Elect, ellgere, deligere. 
dum, i, n. damnum, i, Door, fores, pi./ Elegant, eligans, tis. 

n. Doubt, dubitare. Elegantly, eleganter. 

Disagreeable, injucundus Doubtful, dubius 3. an- Elephant, elephantus, 
3. ingratus 3. insua- ceps, cipitis. i, m. 

vis, e. Dowry, dos, dotis,/ Elicit, elicere. 

Discharge, fungi. [/ Draught, potus, us, m. Elm, ulmus, i,/ 
Discipline, disciplina, ae, Draw, trahere, ducere, Eloquence, eloquentia, 

Discord, discordia, ae,/ haurlre ; forth, ae,/ 

Discover, prospicere. elicere ; together, Eloquent, disertus 3. 

Discourse, loqui. contrahere. Embrace, amplecti, com- 

Discourse, oratio, onis,/ Dream, somnmm, i, n. plecti. 

Disease, morbus, i, m. Dress, vestlre. Embroider, acu pingere. 

Dishonorable, inhonestus Drink, potus, us, m. Eminent (to be), emi- 

3. Drink, bibere. nere. 

Dismiss, dimittere. Drive back, propulsare. Emit, evomere. 

Disparage, obtrectare c. Drive off, explodere. Emotion, perturbatio 

dat Drunken, ebrius 3. onis./ 

Dispel, discutere, ab- Duck, anas, atis,/ Emperor, imperator 

stergere. Duty, officium, i, n. mu- oris, m. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



421 



Emulate, aemulari. 
Encompass, cingere. 
Encounter, proeliiun. i, n. 
Encourage, hortari, atl- 

hortari, cohortari. 
End, finis, is, m. 
End, finire. 
Endeavor, studere. 
Endowed, praeditus 3. 
Endure, ferre, tolerare, 

sustinere, perferre ; 

(= last), du- 
ra re. 
Enemy, hostis, is, m. in- 

imlcus, i, m. 
Enfeeble, hebitare, di- 

luere, elldere. 
Enigma, aenigma, atis, 

n. 
Enjoy, frui, perfrui c. 

abl. 
Enjoyment, fructus, tis, 

at. 
Enough, sat, satis. 
Em-aged, irritates 3. 
Enrich, augere. 
Enter, intrare. 
Enter upon, ingredi. 
Enticement, illecebra. 

ae,/ 
Entreat, rogare, precari, 

petere (ab aliquo). 
Entreaty (to obtain by), 

exorare. 
Envy, invidia, &e,f. 
Envy (to), invidere. 
Epaminondas, Epami- 

nondas, ae, m. 
Ephesian, Ephesius 3. 
Ephesus, Ephesus, \,f 
Epicurus, Epicurus, i, m. 
Spirits, Epirus, i, f 
Equal, aequalis, e, par, 

paris. 
Equally, aeque. 
Equanimity, aequus ani- 
mus. 
Ere, antequam, prius- 

quam. 
Erectheus, Erectheus. 

ei, m. 
Erect, aedificare, stru- 

ere. 
Err, err a re. 
Error, error, oris. m. 
Escape, effugere c. ace. 



Establish, cavern 
Estate, res familiaris. 
Esteem, aestimare (mag- 

ni, etc.), diligere. 
Estimate, aestimare, cen- 

sere. 
Eternal, aeternus 3. sem- 

piturnus 3. 
Eternity, aetemitas, atis, 

/■ 

Etruria, EtrurTa, ae,f 
Eumenes, Eumenes, is, 

m. 
Eurystheus, Erystheus, 

ei, m. 
Europe, Europa, &e,f 
Evening, vesper, eri and 

eris, m. 
Even if, etiam si. 
Ever, unquam. 
Every \ omnis, e, (§ 94, 

12). 
Evidently, plane. 
Evil, malus 3. 
Evil (s.), malum. 
Evil-doer, maleficus, i, 

m. 
Examine, exquirere. 
Example, exemplum, i, n. 
ExceU excellere. 
Excellence, praestantia, 

Excellent, praestabilis, e, 
eximius 3. praestans, 
tis. 

Excite, excitare, exciere 
and exclre. 

Exercise, exercitatio, 
onis, f 

Exercise, exercere. 

Exert one's self, conten- 
dere, intendere. 

Exertion, contentio, o- 
nis,y! labor, oris, m. 

Exhaust, exhaurlre ; 
entirely, enecare. 

Exhilarate, exhilarare. 

Exhort, hortari, adhor- 
tari. 

Exist, esse. 

Expect, expectare. 

Expel, extermmare. abi- 
gere, pellere. [ae, f. 

Experience, experientaa, 

Explain, explicate, in- 
terprets ri. 
36 



Exploits, res gestae. 

Explore, explorare. 

Express, exprlmere. 

Expression, vultus, us. m. 

Extend, tendere. 

Extirpate, exstirpare. 

Extinct (to become), ex- 
tin gui. 

Extinguish, extinguere. 

Extol, praedicare. 

Extracts (to make from), 
excerpere. 

Exult, laetitia exultare. 

Eye, oculus, i, m. 



Fabius, Eabius, i, m. 
Fable, fabula, &e,f 
Fabricius, Eabricius, i, m. 
Faculty, facultas, atis, f. 
Fail, def icere. 
Fair, pulcher, chra, 

chrum. 
Faithful, fidus 3. 
Faithless, perfidus 3. 
Fall, \&bi; (in war), 

occidere ; down, 

procumbere ; to 

one's lot, contingere, 

obtingere alicui. 
False, falsus 3. 
Far, longe. 
Fate, fatum, i, n. fortu- 

na, &e,f 
Father, pater, tris, m. 
Father-in-law, socer, eri, 

m. 
Fault, vitium, i. n. pec- 

actum, i, n. 
Fault (to commit), pec- 
care. 
Faustulus, Eaustulus, i, 

m. 
Favor, beneficium, i, n. 

benefactum, i, n. 
Favor (to do), gratiam 

faeere. 
Favor, favere. 
Favorable (to be), favere. 
Fear, metus, us, m. ti- 

mor, oris, m. pavor, 

oris, m. 
Fear, timere, vereri, 

metuere, reformidare. 
Fear exceedingly, exti- 

mescere. 



422 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Fear {to put in), perte- 

rere. 
Feel, sentlre. 

Feeling, sensus, us, m. 

Fell caedere. 

Fencer, gladiator, oris, m. 

Fetter, eompes, idis, f. 

Fever, febris, is,/ 

Few, pauci, ae, a, pi. 

Fidelity, fides, ei, f. 

Field, ager, gri, m. 

Field-mouse, sorex, icis, 
m. 

Fierce, saevus 3. 

Fiery, igneus 3. 

Fight, pugna, ae,/! 

Fight, pugna re, diml- 
care, confilgere, con- 
gredi. 

Fill, implere, complere, 
refercire; up, ex- 
plore, opplere. 

Finally, denlque. 

Find, invenlre, reperlre. 

Find satisfaction in, ac- 
quiesce re c. abl. or in 
c abl., conquiescere 
c. abl. 

Finger, digitus, i, m. 

Finish, finire. 

Fire, ignis, is, m. 

Firm (to make), confir- 
mare. [f. 

Firmness, constantia, ae, 

First, at first, primum. 

Fish, piscis, is, m. 

Fit, aptus 3. idoneus 3. 

Fitted, aptus 3. idone- 
us 3. 

Fitly, apte. 

Flame, flamma, ae, f. 

Flatter, adulari, blan- 
dlri. 

Flatterer, assentator, o- 
ris, m. 

Flax, carbasus, \,f. 

Flaxen, flavus 3. 

Flee, fugere c. ace. 

Fleet, classis, is,/ 

Fleeting, fluxus 3. 

Flesh, caro, carnis,/ 

Flight, fuga, ae,/ 

Flight (to put to), fu 
gare. 

Flock, grex, gis, m. ag- 
men, Tnis, n. 



Flourish, virere. 
Flow together, confluere. 
Flower, flos, floris, m. 
Fluency of speech, facun- 

dia, ae, f. 
Fly, musca, ae,/ 
Fly, volare. 
Follow, sequi, consequi 

c. ace. 
Folly, stultitia, ae,/ 
Food, cibus, i, m. 
Fool, stultus, i, m. 
Foolish, stultus 3. in- 

sipiens, ntis. 
Foot, pes, pedis, m. 
Footman, soldier, pedes, 

itis, m. 
Forbear (can not), fa- 
cere non posse quin. 
Forbid, vetare. 
Force, vis, vim./! 
Forehead, irons, ntis,/ 
For how much ? (with 

verbs of buying and 

selling), quanti. 
Foreign, alienigena, ae, 

m. alienus 3. 
Foresee, providere. 
Foresight, providentia, 

ae,/ 
Forget, oblivisci c. gen. 

or ace. 
Form, conformare, fin- 

gere. 
Former, pristinus 3 ; in 
former times, antiqui- 

tus. 
Formerly, quondam. 
Forthwith, continuo. 
Fortify, muni re. 
Fortuitous, fortultus 3. 
Fortunate, beatus 3. fe- 

lix, Icis, prosper, era, 

erum. 
Fortunately, feliciter. 
Fortune, fortuna, ae, f. 
Fortune (gifts of), for- 

tunae. 
Foul, foedus 3. teter, 

tra. trum ; ( = 

filthy), sordidus 3. 
Foul died, flao-itium, i, n. 
Found, con d ere. 
Foundation, fundamen- 

tum, i, n. [m. 

Founder, conditor, oris, 



Fountain, fons, ntis, m. 
Frail, fragilis, e. 
Frailty, fragilitas, atis,/ 
Free, libera re. 
Freedom, libertas, atis,/ 
Freely, libere. 
Freeze, frlgere, algere. 
Frenchman, Francogal- 

lus, i, m. 
Frequent, frequentare. 
Frequented, celeber, bris, 

bre. 
Friend, amicus, i, m. 
Friendship, amicitia, ae, 

/ 

Frighten, terrere, per- 

terrere. 
Frightful, horribilis, e, 

atrox, ocis. 
Frog, ran a, ae,/ 
Fruit, fructus, us. m. 
Fruitful, ferax, acis c. 

gen. 
Fulfil, explere. 
Full, plenus 3. 
Full (to be), scatere. 
Fulvia, Fulvia, ae,/ 
Furniture, suppellex, ec- 

tilis,/ 
Future, futurus 3. 

G. 

Gain, lucrum, i, n. 

quaestus, us, m. 
Garden, hortus, i, m. 
Garland, corona, ae,/ 
Garment, vestis, is,/ 
Gate, porta, ae,/ 
Gaul, Galius, i, m. 
Gazelle, oryx, ygis, m. 
General, imperator, oris, 

m. dux, cis, c. 
Generally, plerumque. 
Genius, genius, ii, m. in- 

genium, i, n. 
Gentle, placidus 3. 
German, Germanus, i, 

m. 
Germany, Germania, ae, 

/ 
Get one's self ready, ex- 

pedlre. 
Giant, gigas, nntis, m. 
Ginger, zingiber, eris, n. 
Give, dare, tribuere ; 

attention, atten- 



EXGLI5H-LATIX VOCABULARY. 



423 



cay, ce- 



dSre ; one's self Green (to be), virere. 

up to, indulgere c. Grief, moeror, oris, m. 
lactus, US. 111. 
Grieve, dolere. 
Grotto, specus, us, m. 
Ground, solum, i, n. 

Grow, crescere ; 

old, consenescere. 
Guard, custodlre ; be on 

one's guard, cavere. 
Guide, regere. 
Guilt, culpa, ae,/ 
Gymnastic, gvmnicus 3. 



dat 

dere. 
Glide away, dilabi, ela 

bi. 
Glory, glonari. 
Go, ire, pergere ; 

around, cireumire 

back, recedere 

forth, exire 

out, excedere 

to, accedere 

again, re dire 

away, abire. 

Goad, stimulus, i, m. 
God, deus, i, m. 
Gold, aurum, i, n. 
Golden, aureus 3. 
Good, bonus 3. 
Good (s.), bonum, i, n 



H. 

Hadrian, Hadrianus, i, 

m. 
Hair, crinis, is, m. ca- 

pillus. i, m. 
Hairy, pilosus 3. 
Half dimidium. i. n. 



Goodness, bonitas, atis,/ Halicamassus, Halicar- 
Goose, anser, eris, m. nassus. i,f 

Gordius, Gordius, i, m. Hand, manus, us,/ 
Gorgias, Gorglas, ae, m. Hand in hand, manum 
Govern, gubernare, mo- conserere cum aliquo. 

derari. Hannibal, Hannibal, 

Governess, moderatrix, alis, m. 

icis,/ Happen, accidere, even- 

Government, imperium, Ire, cadere ; it hap- 

i, n. pens, accidit, contin- 

Governor, moderator, git. 

oris, m. rector, oris, m. Happily, feliciter. 
Grain, frumentum, i, n. Happy, felix, Icis, bea- 
Grammar, grammatica, tus 3. 

ae,/ Hard, durus 3. 

Grand-son, neyos, oris. m. Hardship, aerumna, ae, 
Grand-daughter, neptis, f 

is,/ Hare, lepus, oris, m. 

Grand-father, avus, i, m. Harrow, occare. 

Grape, uva, ae,/ Hasten, accellerare ; 

Grappling-iron, harpa- up, advolare, 

go, onis, m. Hastily, propere, prae- 

Gravity, gravitas, atis,/ propere. 
Great, magnus 3 ; Hatch, excludere. 

very, ingens, ntis. Hate, odisse (§ 77. 3). 

Greatly, valde, vehe- Hated greatly, perosus 3. 

menter, admodum. Hating greatly, perosus 3. 
Greatness, magnitudo, Hatred, odium, i, n. 

inis,/ Have, habere, esse (§ 97. 
Greece, Graeci a, ae,/ 4): in, tenere; 



Greedy, avidus 3. 
Greedily, avide. 
Greek (s.), Graecus, i, 7??. 
Greek, Graecus 3. 
Green, viridis. e. 



m use, uti c. 
one's self 



abl.; 

sese habere 
Haven, portus, u?. m 
He, she, it, is, ea, id. 



Head, caput, iris, n. 
Health, valitudo, inis. f 
Hear, aiullre. 
Heart, cor, cordis, n. 

animus, i. m. 
Heat, calor. oris, m. 
Heaven, coelum, i. n. 
Heavenly, coelestis, e. 
Heavy, gravis, e. 
Hedge around, seplre. 
Height, altitudo. mis,/. 
Heir, haeres, edis, c 
Helmet, cassis, idis, f 
Helplessness, inopia, ae, 

Hen, galllna, ae./ 
Hence, hinc. 
Hephaestion, Hephaes- 

tio, onis, m. 
Herb, herba, ae,/ 
Hercules, Hercules, is, m. 
Herd, grex, gis. m. 
Hesitate, dubitare c. inf. 
Hew, exasciare. 
High, altus 3. ; very Mgh, 

praealtus 3. 
Highest, summus 3. 
Hill, collis, is, m. 
Himself of himself sui, 

etc. 
Hindrance, impedimen- 

tum, i, n. 
Hindrance (to be), ob- 

stare, impedimento 

esse. 
Hipparchus, Hippar- 

CUUS, i, 771. 

His. her. its. suus, ejus 

(§ 94. 3-5). 
Hiss off, exsibilare. 
History, historia, ae./ 
Hoarseness, ravis. is./ 
Hold, tenere, obtmere ; 

back, retinere. 

Home (at), domi (§ 92. 

R. 3.). 
Homer, Homerus, i, m. 
Honor, honos, oris, m. 

decus, oris, n. 
Honor, honorare, colere. 
Honorable, honestus 3. 

honorificus 3. 
Hope, spes. ei, f 
Hope, sperare. 
Horace, Horatius, i, m. 
Horn, cornu, us. n. 



424 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 

Horse, equus, i, m. Immediately, extemplo, niciosus 3. damnosus 
Horseman, eques, itis, m. statim, protlnus. 3. 

Hostile, hostllis, e. Immense, ingens, ntis. Injury, injuria, ae,/ of- 

Hour, hora, ae,/ Immoderate, immodera- fensio, onis,/ 
House, domus, us, /. tus 3. Inmost, intimus 3. 

aedes, ium, pi. Immodesty, immodestia, Innocence, innocentia, ae, 
How, qui. ae,/] f> 

How long, quamdiu. Immortal, immortalis, e. Insolence, temeritas, atis, 

How many ? quot ? Immortality, immortal- f. 
How much ? quantum % itas, atis,/ Innumerable, innumer- 

How often 1 quoties ? Impious, impius 3. abilis, e. 

However much ? quam- Implant, igignere. Inquiry, quaestio, onis, 

vis. Import, importare. f. disputatio, onis,/] 

Human, humanus 3. Impress, imprimere. Institution, institutum, i, 

Humanity, humanitas, Improve, emendare. n. 

atis,/ Impunity, impunitas, Instruct, erudlre, infor- 
Humble, humilis, e. atis,/ mare, edocere. 

Hump, tuber, eris, n. Impute, dare, ducere, Instruction, institutio, 
Hunger, fames, is, f. vertere c. dupl. dat. 6ms,f. 

Hunger, esurlre. In like manner — as, ae- Instructress, magistra, 
Hunt, venari. que — atque (ac). ae,/ 

Hunter, venator, oris, m. Inborn, insitus 3. Intellect, mens, tis, f. in- 

Hunter*s-net, cassis, is Incite, incitare. genium, n. 

(commonly plur.), m. Include, continere. Intelligent, prudens, tis. 

Hurt, laedare. Income, vectigal, alis, n. Intercourse, consuetudo, 

Husbandman, agricola, Inconsiderateness, teme- inis,/ 

ae, m. rustlcus. i, m. ritas, atis,/ Interest, one is interested 

Hut, casa, ae,/ Inconsiderately, temere. in, interest, refert 
Inconstancy, inconstan- (§ 88, 10). 
I. tla, ae,/ Intermix, admiscere. 

2", ego. Increase, augere, accres- Invent, invenlre, repe* 
Ice, glacies, ei,/ cere. rlre. 

Ides, Idus, ium,/ Incredible, incredibilis, e. Inventress, inventrix, 

Idle, otiosus 3. Incumbent on someone (to Icis,/ 
If, si. be), esse alicujus. Investigator, indagatrix, 

If not, nisi. Indeed, quidem (stands icis,/ 
If also, etsi, tametsi, after the word to Invincible, invictus 3. 

etiamsi. which it refers.) Invite, invltare. 

Ignoble, illiberalis, e, in- Indicate, indicare. Involve, complicate, im- 

honestus 3. Indignant (to be), indig- plicare. 
Ignominy, ignominia, ae, nari. lo, Io, us,/ 

/ Indolence, ignavia, ae, / Irascible, iracundus 3. 
Ignorance, ignorantia, pigritia, ae,/ inertia, Irascibility, iracundia, ae, 

ae,/ ae,/ segnities, ei,/ / 

Ignorant, ignarus 3. Indolent, piger, gra, Ireland, Hibernia, ae, / 
Ignorant (to be), igno- grum, tardus 3. igna- Iron, ferrum, i, n. 

rare, nescire. vus 3. Iron, of iron, ferreus 3. 

/// (adv.), male. Indulgent to (to be), in- Irruption (to make), ir- 
/// disposed, malevolus 3. dulgere c. dat. rumpere. 

Illuminate, collustrare. Industry, industria, ae,/ Is it possible that ? num 

Image, imago, inis,/ Inflame, accendere, in- [§ 116. 3. b. c)]. 
Imitate, imitari c. ace. cendere. Isocrates, Isocrates is, m. 

(§ 89, 3). Inform, edocere. Issus, Issus, i./ 

Imitation, imitatio, onis, Inhabitant, incola, ae, m. It is the part of some one, 

f. Injure, nocere, obesse. est alicujus. 

Immature, immaturus 3. Injurious, noxms 3. per- Italy, Italia, ac,/ 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



425 



Ivory, of ivory, eburneus 
3. 

J. 

Jest, lepor, oris, m. 

Jot 1 1 together^ conjun- 
gere. 

Joint, articulus, i. m. 

Journey, iter, itineris, n. 

Jourmy. proficisci. 

Joy, laetitia, ae,/ 

Joy ful or joyous, laetus 3. 

Judge, judex, leis, m. 

Judge i judicare, existi- 
mare, sentlre. 

Judgment, judicium, i, re. 

Jugartha, Jugurtha, ae, 
in. 

Julia, Julia, ae../! 

Julius Caesar, Julius, i, 
Caesar, aris, m. 

June. Junius, i, m. 

Junius, Junius, i, m. [m. 

Jupiter, Juppiter, Jovis, 

Just, Justus 3. 

Justly, recte, juste. 

Just as, ut, sicut. 

Just so many, totidem. 

Just so much, adv. (with 
verbs of valuing, es- 
teeming, buying, sell- 
ing), tan tide m. 

Justice, jus, uris, n. 

K. 

Keep, servare. 

Keep from, arcere. 

Key. elavis, is,/! 

Kill, oceldere, exani- 

inlrc. necare ; 

outright, enecare. 

Kind, genus, eris, n. 

Kind, benignus 3. 

Kindly, bene vole. 

Kindness, beneficium, i, 
n. benefactum, i, n. 

King, rex, regis, m. 

Kingdom, regnum, i, n., 
imperium, i, n. 

Knee, genu, us, n. 

Knot, nodus, i, m. 

Know, scire ; per- 

ftctly well, non ignor- 
are, non esse nescius : 
not to know, iguorare, 
ncscire. 



Knowledge, peritia, ae,/! 

cognitio. onis, f. 
Known, cognitus 3 : 

it is known, constat. 



Labor, labor, oris, m. 
Labor (to bestow on 

something), operam 

navare alicui rei, ope- 
ram collicare in ali- 

qua re. 
Labor, laborare, elabo- 

rare. 
Lacedtmon, Lacedae- 

mon, onis,/ 
Lacedemonian, Lacedae- 

momus, i. m. 
Lake, lacus, us. m. 
Lament, lugere. 
Land, ager, i. m. ; — by 

land and by sea, terra 

marl que. 
Language, lingua, ae, f 

o ratio. b~nis,f. 
Lark, alauda. ae.y! 
Last extremus 3. 
Lasting, diuturnus 3. 
Later, posterior. 
Latin, Latlnus 3. 
Latium, Latium, i. n. 
Laudable, laudabllis, e. 
Laugh, ridere. 
Laugh, risus, us, m. 
Law, lex, gis,/! 
Lawgiver , legislator, 

oris, w. 
Lay before, propone re ; 

open, aperlre ; — 

waste, devastare, po- 

pulari. 
Lead, plumbum, \. n. 
Lead, ducere ; back, 

reducere ; out, 

educere. 
Leader, dux, cis, m. 
Leafy, frondosus 3. 
League, foedus, eris, n. 
Leap, sallre ; down, 

desiilre ; over, 

transillre. 
Learn, discere. 
Learned, doctus 3. 
Leave hhind, destituere, 

relinquere. 
Lea. cms, uris, n. 
36* 



Legion, legio. 6nis,y! 
Leisure, otium, i, n. 
Length [of time), lougin- 

quitas, atis, f 
Less (adv.), minus. 
Letter (epistle), epistola, 

ae,/! litterae, arum,/ 
Letter (of the alphabet), 

littera, ae. f. 
Level, ad acq u a re. 
Liar, mendax. ads. 
Liberal, ingenuus 3. 
Library, bibliotheca, ae, 

J- . 

Licentious, petulans. tis. 

Licentiousness, petulan- 
tia. ae, f. 

Lie. situm esse ; by, 

adjacere. 

Lie (to state a false- 
hood), mentlri. 

Life, vita, ae,/ 

Light, lux, lucis, /! 

Lightning, fulgnr, uris, n. 
fulmen, inis. re. 

Like, siimlis, e. 

Limb, mem brum, i, n. 
artus, us, m. 

Line (of battle), acies, 
ei, f ; to arrange in a 
line, aciem instruere. 

Lion, leo, onis, m. 

Listen to, exaudlre. 

Literature, litterae, arum, 

/• 

Little, exiguus 3; very 
little, perexigims 3. 

Little (adv.) paullulum. 
Little (to esteem), parvi 

aestimare. 
Live, vivere. versari. 
Lively, alacer. eris. ere. 
Liver, jecur, jecinoris. n. 
Living being, animans, 

antis. 
Livy. Livius, i, m. 
Load, onus, eris, n. 
Loathe, I loathe something, 

me taedet alicujus rei. 
Lofty, excelsus 3. [m. 
Loiterer, cunctator, oris, 
Long, longus 3 : of long 

continuance, diuturnus 

3. 
Longing, desiderium, i, 



42G 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Look out for something, 

curare c. ace, curam 

habere c. gen. prospi- 

cere, providere, con- 

sulsre c. dat. 
Look upon, intueri; 

into, in spice re. 
Loose, solvere. 
Loquacious, loquax, acis, 

garrulus 3. 
Loquacity, garrulitas, 

atis./ 
Lose, perdere, amittere. 
Loss, damnum, i, n. 
Lot, sors, tis, / 
Love, amor, oris, m. ca- 

ritas, atis,/ 
Ljove, amare, diligere ; 

in return, reda- 

mare. 
Low, humilis, e., infer- 

us 3. 
Low state (to be in), ja- 

cere. 
Lower regions, inferi, 

orum, m. 
Lowery, tristis, e. 
Lucilius, Lueilius, i, m. 
Luxiu iously, luxuriose. 
Luxury, luxuria, ae,/ 
Lycurgus, Lycurgus,i, m. 
Lydia, Lydia, ae,/ 
Lying, mendax, acis. 
Lysander, Lysander, dri, 



M. 

Macedonia, Macedonia, 

ae,/ 
Macedonian, Macedo, 

onis, m. 
Magian, magus, i, m. 
Magnesia. Magnesia, ae, 

/ 

Magnificent . magnificus 

3. super bus 3. 
Make, facere, reddere; 

good, praestare ; 

war upon, inferre 

bellum alicui. 
Malice, malitia, ae,/ 
Malicious, malevolus 3. 
Man, liomo, Inis, m. vir, 

viri, in. 
Man by wan, virltim. 
Manage, administrare. 



Mane, julm, ae, f. 
Man/ 7 us, Manlius, i, m. 

Manner, modus, i, m. ; 

(Avith a moral 

reference), mos, oris, 

m. 
Many, multi, orum ; very 

many, complures, a 

and ia. plures, a, g.en. 

ium. 
Maple-tree, acer, eris, n. 
Marathon, Maratho, o- 

nis, m. 
Marble, marmor, oris, n. 
Marble, of marble, mar- 

moreus 3. [m. 

Marcellus, Mareellus, i, 
March, iter, itineris, n. 
March, proiicisci, iter 

facere. 
Marcus Agrippa, Mar- 
cus, i, Agrippa, ae, m. 
Margin, margo, Inis, m. 
Marsh, palus. udis,/ 
Marry (of the woman), 

nuberc c. dat. 
Massagetes. Massagetes, 

ae, m. 
Master, not of im- 

pos, otis, impotens, 

ntis. 
Matter (affair), res, rei,/ 
Maturity, maturltas, 

atis,/ 
Means, opes, um, f. fa- 

cultates, um,/ 
Measure, consilium, i, n. 
Measure, metiri. 
Meet (adv.), obviam. 
Membrane, membrana, 

ae,/ 
Memory, memoria, ae,/ 
Metal, metallum, i, n. 
Mefellus, Metellus, i, m. 
Mid-day, meridies, ei,m. 
Migrate, migrare. 
Mild, mitis, e; — — to 

become, mitescere. 
Milesian, Milesius, i, m. 
Milk, lac, ctis, n. 
Milo, Milo. onis, m. 
Miltiades, Miltiades, is, 

m. 
Mind, animus, i, m. ; 

state of, mens, 

tis,/ 



Mindful, mem or, oris. 

Minerva, Minerva, ae,/ 

Misfortune, calamitas, 
atis,/ malum, i, n. 

Mist, nebula, ae,/ 

Mistress, domina, ae,/ 

Misuse, abuti c. abl. 

Mithridates,RiithYid%.tes, 
is, m. 

Mix, miscere. 

Model, exemplura, i, n. 

Moderately, modlce. 

Moderation, moderatio, 

onis, / without 

moderation, intemper- 
anter. [dleus 3. 

Modest, modestus 3. pu- 

Modestly, modeste. 

Modesty, modes tia. ae./ 

Molon, Molo, onis, m. 

Money, pecunia, ae,/ 

Month, mensis, is, m. 

Monument, monumen- 
tum, i, n. 

Moon, luna, ae,/ 

More (adv.), magis. 

More, plus, plures, a ; 
gen. mm. 

Mortal, mortalis, e. 

Most, plurlmus 3. 

Most (adv.), plurime. 

Mother, mater, trig,/ 

Move, movere, comma- 

vere ; out, emi- 

grare. 

Mound, ager, gri, m. 

Mountain, mons, ntis, m. 

Mouse, mas, maris, m. 

Mow, metere. 

Much, multus 3 ; for 
much, (with verbs of 
buying and selling), 
magni (§ 89, 10). 

Much (with verbs of val- 
uing and esteeming), 
magni. 

Multitude, multitudo, 
Inis,/ copia, ae,/ 

J) fun if cent, munificus 3. 

Murderer, interfector, 
oris, m. 

Must, debere. 

N. 
Name, nominare. [m. 
Napoleon, JSIapoleo, onis, 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



427 



Narrative, narratio. onis. 

Narrow pass, angustiae, 

arum,/ 
Nation, natio, onis,/ 
Natural, naturalis, e. 
Nature, natura, ae,/ 
Navigate, navigare. 
Navigation, navigatio, 

onis. f. 
Near, prope. 
Nearly, prope, paene. 
Neat, lepidus 3. 
Necessary (it is), opor- 

tet, opus est res or re. 
Neck-chain, torquis, is, m. 
Need, indigere c. abl. ; 

there is need of, opus 

est. 
Needy, mops, opis. 
Neglect, negllgere. 
Neigh, hinnlre. 
Neighbor, proximus, i, 

m. 
Neither (of two), neu- 
ter, tra, trum. 
Neither — nor, nee (ne- 

que) — nee (neque). 
Nero, Nero, onis, m. 
Nerve, nervus, i, m. 
Never, nunquam. 
Nevertheless, tamen. 
News, nuntius, i, m. 
Next, proximus 3. 
Nicomedes, Nicomedes, 

is, m. 
Night, nox, noctis, f.; 

by night, noctu. 
Nightingale, luscinla, ae, 



Not 



\o (a.) nullus 3. nemo 

(inis) c. 
No, see § 116, 5; no, 

nay, rather ; (inopp.), 

immo (§ 116, 5). 
Noble, praeclarus 3. 
Noble (= noble born) 

ingenuus 3. 
Nobly, praeclare. 
Nobody, nemo (gen. and 

abl. not used). 
Nocturnal, nocturnus 3. 
Noise, fremitus, us, m. 
Nola, Nola, ae,/ 
No one, nullus 3. nemo 

(inis) c. 



Not, non ; (with Imper. 

and Subj. of encour- 
aging), ne. 
Not merely — but also, 

non solum — sed 

etiam. 
Not even, ne-quidem. 
Not only — but also, non 

modo (tantum) — sed 

etiam. 
Not yet, nondum. 
Nothing, nihil. 
Notion, notio, onis,/ 
Nourish, nutrlre, alere. 
November, November, 

bris, m. 
Now, nunc, jam. 
Now — now, modo — 

modo. 
Nowhere, nusquam. 
Noxious, noxius, a, um. 
Numa Pompilius, Numa 

(ae) Pompilius (i), m. 
Numantia, Numantia, 

ae,/ 
Number, numerare. 
Nurse, fovere. 

0. 
0, that! utinam c. 
Subj. 

Obey, obedire, obsequi, 
obtemperare, parere 
c. dat. 

Object, res, e\,f. 

Oblivion, oblivio, onis, / 

Obscure, obsctirare. 

Obscure, obscurus 3. 

Observe, observare. 

Obtain, adipisci. 

Occasion, occasio, onis, f. 

Occupy one's self zealous- 
ly with something, stu- 
diosus esse alicujus 
rei, studere alicui rei, 
operam navare alicui 
rei. 

Ocean, oceanus, i, m. 

Offended (to be), suc- 
censere, irasci c. dat. 

Offer, deferre. 

Office, munus, eris, n. 

Offspring, proles, is,/ 

Oftener, saepius 5 very 
often, saepissime. 

Oil, oleum, i, n. 



Old man, sencx, sen is, m. 
Old age, senectus, utis,/ 
Older, major, major na- 

tu. 
On account of, causa 

(§ 88, R. 7).' 
One, unus 3. 
One of the two, alteruter, 

utra, titrum. 
One, the one — the other, 

alter — alter. 
Onyx, onyx, ychis, m. 
Open, aperlre : to stand 

open, patere. 
Opinion, opinio, onis, / 

sententia, ae, / exis- 

timatio. onis,/ 
Opposite, adversus 3. 

contrarius , 
Oppress, urge\„ 
Or, aut ; (in a double 

question), an; or not, 

nee ne, annon. 
Oracle, oraculum, i, n. 
Oration, oratio, onis,/ 
Orator, orator, oris, m. 
Order, ordo, inis, m.; 

of battle, acies, 

si,/. 
Order, jubere. 
Order, in order that, ut ; 

in order that not, ne. 
Orestes, Orestes, ae, m. 
Origin, orlgo, inis,/ 
Ornament, ornatus, us, 

m. 
Ornately, ornate. 
Orpheus, Orpheus, 8i, 

m. 
Ostentation, ostentatio, 

onis,/ 
Other, alius, a, um ; 

of two, alter, era. erum. 
Otherwise, aliter. 
Ought, debere, oportet. 
Our, ours, noster, tra, 

trum. 
Outliving, susperstes, 

itis c dat. 
Overcome, superare. 
Ovid, Ovidius, i, m. 
Owe, debere. 
Own, proprius 3. ipsius, 

ipsorum, ipsarum (§ 

94, 8). 
Ox, bos, ovis, c. 



428 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 

P Perhaps, fortasse. Plain, campus, i, m. 

Pace, passus, us, m. Pericles, Pericles, is, ro. Plan, consilium, i, n. 

Pain, dolor, oris, m. Period, periodus, i.f. Plant, planta, ae,/ 

Paint, pingere ; Perish, perlre. Plato, Plato, onis, m. 

out, expingere. Permit, sinere. P lay, ludere. 

Palace, domus, us,/! Permitted (it is), licet. Pleasant, amoenus 3. 
Palate, palatum, i, n. Pernicious, perniciosus Please, placere, probare 
Pale, pallidus 3. 3. alicui, arridere. 

Pardon, venia, ae,/ Persevere, permanere, Pleasure, voluptas, atis. 
Parents, parentes, uim, perstare. Plough, arare. 

c. Persia, Persia, ae,/ Pluck, evellere. 

Parian, Parius 3. Persian (s.), Persa, ae, Plumtree, prunus, \,f 

Parricide (a), parriclda. m. Plunder, diripere. 

ae, c. Persian, Persicus 3. Plutarch, Plutarehus, i, 

Parricide, parricidium, Persian tear, bellum m. 

i, n. Persicum. Poem, carmen, inis, n. 

Part, pars, rtis,/ Persist, perseverarc. poema, atis, n. 

Partaking of, particeps, Pest, pestis, is,/ Poet, poeta, ae, m. 

cipis. Phaedo, Phaedo, onis, Point out, consignare, 

Partner, socius, i, m. m. describere. 

Pass over, translre, prae- Philip, Philippus, i, m. Poison, venenum, i, n. 

terlre. Philippi, Philippi, orum, virus, i, n. 

Pass (time), agere, exi- m. Pompey, Pompeius, i, m. 

gere. Philosopher, philoso- Pond, iacus, us, m. 

Passion, cupidltas, atis, phus, i, m. Pool, palus, udis,/*. 

f. appetltus, us, m. li- Philosophise, philoso- Poor, pauper, eris, inops, 

bldo, inis,/ phari. opis. 

Past, praeteritus 3. Philosophy, philosophia, Poplar f populus, \,f. 

Pasture, pasci. ae ^./- P°PPy-> papaver, eris, n. 

Path, callis, is, m. Phocion, PhocTo, onis, m. Portico, porticus, us,/. 

Patiently, patienter. Phoenician, Phoenix. Posidonius, Posidonius, 

Pausanias, Pausanias, leis, m. i, m. 

ae, m. Physician, medicus, i, m. Possess, tenere, habere ; 

Pay, pendere, praestare. Piety, pietas, atis,/ esse c. gen. 

Peace, pax, pads,/! Pilot, gubernator, oris, Possess one's self of, po- 

Peace (to make), pacem, m. tlri c. abl. 

componere. Pindar, Pindarus, i, m. Possessed of, compos, 

Peaceful, beatus 3. Pine, pinus, \, f otis c. gen. 

Peacefully, beate. Pisistratus, Pisistratus, Possession, possessio, 

Peacock, pavo, onis, m. i, m. onis,/ 

Pear, pyrum, i, n. Pitch (of a camp), po- Possible (it is), fieri po- 

Pear-tree, pyrus, i,/. nere. test; it is not possible 

Peculiar, proprius 3. Pity-, misericordia, ae,/ but that, fieri non po- 
Peeuliarity, it is a pecu- Pity (it excites my), me test quin. 

liarity of some one, ali- miseret (alicujus). Post, postis, is, m. 

cujus est. Pity, misereri c. gen.; Post (of honor), honos, 

Pedestal, basis, is,/ to have pity, misereri. oris, m. 

Pelopidas, Pelopidas, Place, locus, i, m. Pound, libra, ae,/ 

ae, m. Place upon, ponere, in Pour forth, effundere. 

People, populus, i, m. c. abl. Poverty, inopla, ae, / 

gens, ntis,/; common Place something around paupertas, atis,/ 

people, vulgus, i, n. something, or surround Powei', vis, (nom., ace. 

Pepper, piper, eris, n. something with some- and abl. ; plur. vires, 

Perceive, agnoscere. thing, circumdare ali- ium); vigor, oris, m. 

Perform, fungi, perpe- quid alicui, or ali- potentia, ae. / opes, 

trare. quern aliqua re. um,/. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULAKY. 



429 



Powerful, potens c. gen. 

opuleutus 3, 
Practice, exereitatlo, 

onis, f. ( — habit), 

consuetudo, mis,/ 
Praise, laus, d\s,f 
Praise, laudare, eollau- 

dare, bene dicerc c. 

dat. 
Prayers, preces, um,/ 
Precede some one, prae- 

cedere alicui. 
PrecepU preceptum, i, n. 
Precious, pretiosus 3. 
Precipitately, praepro- 

pere. 
Predict, praedlcere. 
Preeminence, virtus, utis, 

/ 

Prefer, praeferre, ante- 

ponere. 
Preferable, potius. 
Prepare, parare. 
Preparation, praepara- 

tio, onis,/ 
Present praesens, tis ; 

to be, adesse. 

Present, donum, i, n. 

munus, eris, n. 
Present with, dona re. 
Preserve, servare 5 ( = 

protect), conservare. 
Preside over, praestare, 

praeesse c. dat. 
Press, pre mere. 
Pretence, simulatio, onis, 

Pretor, praetor, oris, m. 
Prevail upon by entreaty, 

exorare. 
Prevent, impedlre, pro- 

hibere ; obstare c. dat. 
Previously, prius. 
Prick, pungere. 
Pride, superbia, ae, f. 
Principle, preceptum, i, 

71. doctrlna, ae, f. 
Proceed, proficisd. 
Produce, gignere. 
Productive, fecundus 3. 

frugifer, era, erum, 

fertilis, e. 
Progress (to make), pro- 

ficere. 
Promise, promittere, pol- 

liceri, profited. 



Pronounce, pronuntiare, 
eloqui : — — one hap- 
py, fortunatum prae- 
dicare aliquem. 

Proper, it is proper for 
me, decet c. ace. ; it is 
not proper, dedecet. 

Properly, rite, probe. 

Prophet, rates, is, m. 

Propitious, propitius 3. 

Proportionately, aequa- 
biliter. 

Propose, proponere. 

Propriety (of conduct), 
honestas, a tis,/ 

Prosperity, res secundae, 
fortuna, ae,/ 

Properous, prosper, era, 
erum. 

Prostrate, prosternere. 

Protect, custodlre. 

Protection, tutela, ae, f. 
praesidium, i, n. 

Proud, superbus 3, 

Provided that, modo, 
dummodo. 

Providence, providentla, 
ae,/. 

Provident, cautus 3. 

Province, provincia, ae, 

/ 

Provoke, lacessere. 
Prudence, prudentia, ae, 

/ 

Prudent, prudens, tis. 

Ptolemy, Ptolemaeus, i, 
m. 

Pungent, acerbus 3. 

Punic, Pumcus 3. 

Punish, punlre, multare. 

Punishment, poena, ae,/ 
supplicium, i, n. 

Purple fish, murex, Icis, 
m. [n. 

Purpose, propositum, i, 

Pursue, persequi, con- 
sectari ; some- 
thing earnestly, studi- 
osum esse alicujus rei : 

literature, literas 

tractare. 

Pursuit, tractatio, onis, 
/ stadium, i. ;/. 

Pylades, Py lades, ae, m. 

Pyramid, pvrainis, idis, 

/ 



Pyrenean, Pyrenaeus 3. 
Pyrrhus, Pyrrhus, i, m. 
Pythagoras, Pythagoras, 
ae, m. 

Q- 

Quantity, numerus, i, m. 

vis (gen. and dat. 

wanting, plur. vires, 

111m), / 
Queen, regina, ae,/ 
Question, quaestio, onis, 

/ 

Quickly, cito. 

Quiet (s.), quies, etis./ 

Quiet (a.), quietus 3. 

tranquil lus 3. 
Quiet, sedare. 
Quietly, quiete, tran- 

quiile. 

R. 

Race, genus, eris, n. 

Rage, saevlre. 

Rain, imber, bris, m. 

Raise, perciere or pcr- 
clre. 

Rank, ordo, inis, m. 

Rapid, rapidus 3. 

Rare, rarus 3. [/. 

Rashness, temeritas, atis, 

Rate, censere. 

Rather, potius. 

Reach to, pervenlre. 

Read, legere ; 

through, perlegere 5 
to, recitare. 

Reading, lectio, onis,/ 

Ready, promptus 3., pa- 
ratus 3. 

Readiness, promptus, us, 
m. 

Reap, metere. 

Reason, ratio, onis,/ 

Reason, there is no reason 
that, non est quod, ni- 
hil est quod ; without 
reason, tern ere. 

Recall, revocare. 

Receive, accipere, susci- 
pere. 

Received, exceptus 3. 

Recently, nuper. 

Recollect, recordari. 

Recompense, merces, 
edis,/ 



430 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Recover, convalescere. 

Red, ruber, bra, brum. 

Redound, redundare. 

Refer, referre. 

Reflect upon, cogitare. 

Reflection, cogitatio, o- 
nis,/. 

Refresh, recreare. 

Refuge, receptus, us, m. 

Region, regio, onis,/! 

Reject, rejicere, respue- 
re. 

Reign, regnum, i, n. 

Reign, regnare, domi- 
nari, imperare. 

Rejoice, delectari, gau- 
dere. 

Relate, narrare, memo- 
rare. 

Relieve, lev are. 

Religion, religio, onis, f 

Religiously, religiose. 

Remain, manere, rema- 
nere. 

Remarkable, insignis, e. 

Remedy, remedium, i, n. 

Remedy, mederi. 

Remember, reminisci, 
memini, recordari c. 
gen. or ace. [ae,/! 

Remembrance, memorla, 

Remind, commonere, 
commonefacere. 

Remove, resecare. 

Removed (to be), abesse. 

Remus, Remus, i, m. 

Renew, refricare. 

Renown, fama, ae, f. 
gloria, ae,/' 

Renowned, clarus 3., no- 
bilis, e. 

Repair, sarclre. 

Repel, pellere, repellere. 

Repent, poenitere ; / re- 
pent of something, poe- 
nitet me alicujus rei. 

Report, fama, ae,/! 

Repose, rcquies, etis,/! 

Reproach, probrum, i, n. 
opprobrium, i, n. tur- 
pitudo, inis./! 

Reproach, maledicere. 

Reprove, castigare. 

Reputable, honestus 3. 

Request, petere, rogare 
(ab aliquo). 



Resist, resistere. 
Resound, resonare. 
Resounding, resonus. 
Resources, opes. urn. 
Responsible, to become re- 
sponsible, spondere. 
Rest, quics, etis,/! 
Rest upon something, niti 

c. abl. 
Restore, reparare, recu- 

perare. 
Restrain, coercere. 
Retain, retinere. 
Retire, recedere, disce- 

dere. 
Return, reditus, us, m. 
Return, redire, reverti, 

remeare. 
Reverence, vereri. 
Revile, maledicere c. dat. 
Reward, praemium, i, n. 
Rhine, Rhenus, i, m. 
Rhodes, Rhodus, \,f 
Rich, dives, itis, locu- 

ples, etis. 
Riches, divitiae, arum,/! 
Ride, equitare. 
Ridge (of mountains), 

jugum, i, n. 
Ridiculous, ridictilus 3. 
Right, jus, juris, n. 
Right (a.), rectus 3. 
Rightly, recte. 
Ripe, maturus 3. 
Rise, orlri. 
Rising, ortus 3. 
River, flitvius, i, m. am- 

nis, is, m. flumen, Inis, 

n. 
Roar, rude re. 
Rock, rupes, is, f, sax- 

um, i, n. 
Rome, Roma, ae,/! 
Roman (s.), Romanus, 
i, m. [3. 

Roman (a.), Romanus 
Romulus, Romulus, i, m. 
Roof tectum, i, n. 
Rope, restis, is,/! 
Rough, asper, era, erum. 
Round, rotuudus 3. 
Rout, fandere. 
Royal, regius 3. 
Rub off, detergere. 
Rub thoroughly, pcrfri- 
care. 



Rude (= unskilful), rn- 

dis, e, c. gen. 
Ruin, to go to, dilabi. 
Rule (a carpenter's), 

amussis, is,/! 
Rule, regere, gubernare. 
Rule over, imperare c. 

dat. 
Run, currere ; into, 

cliffluere ; through, 

percurrere. 
Rush in, irruere 

S. 
Sacred rites, sacra, oruin, 

n. 
Sacredly, sancte. 
Sacredness, sanctitas, 

atis,/ 
Sad, tristis, e. 
Safe, tutus 3. sospes, 

itis. 
Safety, salus, utis,/! 
Saguntum, Saguntum, i, 

n. 
Sail, velum, i, n. 
Sailor, nauta, ae, m. 
Salt, sal, salis, m. 
Salutary, salutaris, e. 

saluber or bris, bre. 
Same, is, ea, id ; very 

same, idem, eadem, 

idem ; at the same time, 

simul, una. 
Samnite (s.), Samnis, 

Itis, m. 
Sanction, sancire. 
Sapid, sapidus 3. 
Sappho, Sappho, us, f. 
Satirize, perstringere. 
Save, parcere c. dat. 
Save from something, ser- 

vare ex or ab aliqua 

re. 
Say, dicere, inquam 

(§ 77. Rule). 
Scarcely, vix. 
Scatter, disjicere. 
Scholar, discipulus, i, m. 
Scholastic instruction, in- 

stitutio scholastica. 
School, schola, ae,/! 
Scipio, Seipio, onis, m. 
Scrape together, corra- 

dere. 
Scruple, scrupulus, i, Mi. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



431 



Scrupulously, sancte, re- 
ligiose. 

Scythian (s ), Seytha, ae, 
m. 

Sea, mare, is. n. 

Season, in season, mature. 

Seasoning, condimen- 
tum, i, n. 

Seat, sedes, is./ 

Sedition, seditio. onis. m. 

Seditious, seditiosus 3. 

See, videre, conspicari, 
cernere. 

Seek, quaerere, studere. 

Seize, deprehendere, 
comprehendere, ea- 
pere. oceupare, capes- 
sere. 

Self, ipse (§ 94, 7). 

Self -confidence, audacia, 
ae,/ 

Sell, vendere. 

Senate, senatus, us, m. 

Send, mitt ere ; for, 

acclre. 

Sense, sensus, us, m. 
mens, tis,/ 

Sensible, prudens, tis. 

Sentiment, sententia, ae, 

/ 

Separate, separare, dis- 
eludere, secernere. 

Sepulchre, sepulcrum, i, 
n. 

Serious, gravis, e. 

Serve., servlre. 

Service, omcium, i, n. 

Servitude, servitus, utis, 

/ 

Set out on a journey, pro- 

ficisei. 
Several, plures. a, com- 

plures. a and ia. 

Severe, gravis, e. 
Severity, severitas. atis, 

/ 

Shake. convellere, labe- 

factare. 
Shame. I am ashamed of 

something, me pudet 

alicujus rei (§ 88, 1 ). 
Share with some one. com- 

municare cum aliquo. 
Sharing in, particeps, 

ipis. eonsors. tis. 
Shear, tondere. radere. 



Shepherd, pastor, oris, m. 

Shin, eras, cms, n. 

Shine forth, elueere. 

Ship, n avis. is. / 

Sh ip wreck, n anfragi u m , 
i, it. 

Short, brevis. e ; in short 
time, brevi (sc. tem- 
pore). 

Short time, paulisper. 

Should, debere. 

Shout, clamor, oris. m. 

Show one's self se prae- 
bere, se praestare. 

Shun something, aversari. 

Shut, claudere. 

Sicily, Sicilia, ae ; / 

Sick, aegcr, gra. grum. 

Sickness, aegritudo, mis, 

J- 

Side (on the other), con- 
tra. 

Siege, obsidlo, onis, / 
obsessio. onis./ 

Sight, conspectus, us, m. 

Sign, signum, i, n.; it is 
the sign of some one, est 
alicujus. 

Silence, silentia, ae, / 

Silent (to be), tacere. 

Silkworm, bombyx, yds, 
in. 

Silver, argentum, i, n. 

Simple, simplex, icis. 

Sin, peccatum, i, n. 

Sin, peccare. 

Since, quum. 

Sing, eantare, canere. 

Sink, demergere: 

down, desidere ; 

under, succumbere. 

Sister, soror. oris./ 

Sit, sedere ; at table, 

ace ab are. 

Situation, locus, i. m. 

Size, magnitude-, mis,/ 

Skilful, pcritus 3., pru- 
dens, tis c. gen. 

Sky, coelum. i. n. 

Slave, servus, i. m. 

Slay, oecidere, interfi- 
cere. 

Sleep, somnus, i, m. 

Sleep, dormlre. 

Slender, gracilis, e. 

Slim, procerus 3. 



Small, parvus, 3. 

Smell, olf acere. 

Smile upon, arrlcere. 

Smith, faber, bri, m. [/ 

Snares, insidiae, arum, 

Snow, nix, nivis,/ 

So, ita : so — as, tarn — 

quam .; great, tan- 

tus 3 : long, tam- 

diu ; long as, 

dum. quamdiu, quoad 

[§ 111, 4)]; many. 

tot, indecl. ; soon 

as, ubi, simulac (at- 
que) [§ 112,2)]. 

Socrates, Socrates, is. m. 

Soldier, miles, itis, wi. 

Solicitude, sollicitudo. 
mis, / 

Solid, solidus 3. 

Solon, Solo, onis, m. 

Some, nonnulli. 

Some one, aliquis, a, id. 

Sometime, aliquando. 

Sometimes, interdum. 

Son, films, i, m. 

Son-in-law, gener. eri, m. 

Soon, mox, brevi (tem- 
pore). 

Sooner, prior ; adv. prius. 

Soothe, lenlre. 

Sophist, sophista, ae, m. 

Sorrow, aegritudo, inis, 

Soul, animus, i, m. 
Sound, integer, gra, 

grum. 
Sow. serere. 
Spain, Hispania, ae,/ 
Spaniard, Hispanus, i, 

m. 
Spare, parcere c. dat. 
Sparta. Sparta, ae./ 
Speak, dicere. loqui. 
Spectator, spectator, 

oris, m. 
Speech, sermo, onis, m. 

oratio. onis,/ 
Spirit, animus, i, 7??. 

mens, tis, / ingen- 

liira, i. ». 
Spirited, acer, is, e, 
Spiritedly, acriter. 
Splendid, splendidus 3. 

nitidus 3. [m. 

Splendor, splendor, oris, 



432 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Split, diffindere. 

Sport, Indus, i, m. 

Spread, pandere ; — ( = 
cover), oblinere 

Sprint/, orlri, nasci, ex- 
orlri. 

Spurn, spernere, asper- 
nere, fastldlre. 

Spy', explorator, oris, to. 

Stab, confodere. 

Stability, stabilitas, atis, 
f perpetuitas, atis, f 

Stadium, stadium, i, n. 

Staff, scipio, onis, to. 

Stand, stare. 

Star, stella, ae,/ 

State, respublica, rei- 
publicae, f. civitas, 
atis ; at the cost of the 
State, publice. 

Station, statio, onis,/ 

Statue, statua, ae,/ 

Stature, statura, ae,/ 

Stay (= large rope), 
rudens, tis, to. 

Steel, chalybs, ybis, to. 

Steep, praeceps, cipitis, 
arduus 3. 

Step, passus, us, to. 

Stern, puppis, is,/ 

Stick, haerere. 

Still, adhuc, porro. 

Stone, lapis, idis, to. [3. 

Stone, of stone, lapideus 

Stork, ciconia, ae,/ 

Storm, procella, ae, f 
tempestas, atis,/ 

Strength, see power. 

Strengthen, firm are. 

Stretch, tendere 

Strife, lis, litis, f 

Strike, ferlre. 

Strive after, studere, c. 
dat., petere c. ace., 
niti ad aliquid, ten- 
dSre, contendere; — 
against, reluctari ; — 
against something, niti 
in aliquid: to ob- 
tain, peteYe, expetere, 
sectari. 

Strong, validus 3. 

Study, studium, i, n. 

Subdue, domare, perdo- 
mare. 

Subject, civis, is, c. 



Subjugate, s a! >igere. 
Succeed, succedore. 
Stch, talis, e; is, ea. id. 
Sudden, subitus 3. 
Suddenly, subito. 
Suffer, pati, perpeti ; 

— — from, laborare c. 

abl. [satis. 

Sufficiently, or sufficient, 
Suitable, idoneus, a, um. 
Sulla, Sulla, ae, m. 
Summer, aestas, atis,/ 
Sun, sol, solis, m. 
Superstition, superstitio, 

onis, f 
Suppliant, supplex, ici 3 . 
Supplicate, supplicare. 
Supply, suppeditare. 
Support, fulclre. 
Supremacy, principatus, 

us, to. summum im- 

perium. 
Surely, certe, sane. 
Surface, aequor, oris, n. 
Surpass, praestare, c. 

dat. 
Surprise, obrepere, c. 

dat. 
Surrender, tradere. 
Surround, circumdare, 

cingere, amblre ; of- 

fundi alicui rei. 
Surviving, superstes, Itis 

c. dat. 
Sustain, sustentare. [f. 
Swallow, hirundo, inis, 
Swear, jurare. 
Sweat, sudare. 
Sweet, dulcis, e. 
Swift, celer, eris, ere, 

velox, ocis. 
Swiftly, celenter, cito. 
Swiftness, celentas, atis, 

/ 

Swollen, turgidus 3. 

Sword, gladius, i, m. en- 
sis, is, m. ferrum, i, n. 

Syracuse, Syracusae, 
arum,/ 

Syria, Syria. ae,/ 

/Syrian, Syus, i, to. 

T. 

Table, tabula, ae,/. 
Table (to sit at), accu- 
bare. 



Take, capere, adimcrej 

away, toilere, au- 

ferre, demure, ad- 

Imere ; jire, ex- 

ardescere ; from, 

eripere ; one's self 

off, facessere ; pos- 
session of, occupare ; 

up, toilere-, — — 

upon one's self, susci- 
pere. 

Talent, (sum of money), 
talentum, i, n. 

Tame, cicur, uris. 

Tame, domare. 

Tanaquil, Tanaquil, 
ilis,/ [n. 

Tarentum, Tarentum, i, 

Tarquin, Tarquinius, i, 

TO. 

Tarquinius Superbus, 
Tarquinius Super- 
bus, TO. 

Tarquinius Collatinus, 
Tarquinius Collati- 
nus, TO. 

Taste, gustare, degus- 
tare. 

Teach, docere c. dupl. 
ace. [89, 7. b)]. 

Teachable, docilis 3. 

Teacher, praeceptor, 
oris, to. magister, tri, 

TO. 

Tear in pieces, lacerare, 

dilacerare. 
Tell, dicere. 
Temple, templum, i, n. 

aedes, is,/ 
Tender, tener, era, erum. 
Tenderly, pie. 
Terrible, terribilis, e. 
Territory, finis, is, to. 
Thales, Thales, is, to. 
Thames, Tamesis, is, to. 
Than, quam. 
Thanks (to give), gra- 

tias agere. 
That, ille, a, ud ; is, ea, 

id ; iste, a, ud. 
That, that not, see § 106 
—109. 
The — so much the (with 

the comparative), quo 

— eo, quanto — tan to. 
Theban, Thebanus, i, to. 



ENGLISH-LATIK VOCABULARY. 



433 



Thebes, Thebae, arum,/ Tongue, lingua, ae,/ 

Themistocles, Themisto- Too much, nimium. 

cles, is, m. Tooth, dens, tis, m. 

Then, turn, deinde. Torment, cruciare, vex- 
Thence, illinc, inde. are, torquere. 

Theophrastus, Theo- Torrent^ torrens, tis, m. 



phrastus, i, m. 

There, ibi. 

There are, sunt; is, 

est. 

Thermopylae, Thermo- 
pylae, arum,/ 

Thick, crassus 3. 

Thicket, frutex, icis, m. 

Thing, res, rei,/ 



Torture, cruciatus, us, 
m. tormentum, i, n. 

Torture, cruciare, tor- 
quere. 

Touch, tangere, attin- 
gere, contingere. 

Tomer, turris, is,/! 

Trace, vestigium, i, n. 

Track, vestigium, i, n. 



Think, putare, arbitrari, Trader, mercator, oris, 

existimare, cogitare; 

- — of, meditari. 
Thirst, sitis, is,/. 
Thirst, sitlre. 
This, hie, haec, hoc. 
Thornbush, sentes, ium, 

m. 
Thou, tu. 



Traitor, proditor, oris, m. 
Trajan, Trajanus, i, m. 
Transgress, migrare c. 

ace. 
Transported (to be), ges- 

tlre. 
Travel through, emetlri. 



Thought, cogitatio, onis, Treachery, proditio,onis, 

Thoughtless, levis, e. Treason, proditio, onis,/ 

Threaten, minari ; Treat, tractare. 

(= impend), impen- Tree, arbor, oris,/ 

dere, imminere. Tremble, contremiscere. 

Threatening, minax, acis. Trench, fossa, ae, / 

Three-headed, triceps, Tribune of 'the people, tri- 

cipitis. btinus plebis. 

Thrust down, detrfldSre; Trojan, Trojanus 3. 

out, extrudere. Troop, agmen, mis, n. 



Thumb, poilex, Icis, m. 
Thunder, tonitru, u, n. 
Thunder, tonare. 
Thus, ita. 

Thy or thine, tuus, a, um. 
Tiberius, Tiberius, i, m. 
Time, tempus, oris, n. 
Time, long time, diu. 
Timid, timidus 3. 
Timoleon, Timole'on, 

ntis, m. 
Timotheus, Timotheus, 

i, m. 
Tire out, defatigare, de- 

fetisei. 
Titus, Titus, i, m. 
Together, una. 
Toil, labor, oris, m. opera, 

Tomi, Tomi, orum, m. 
To-morrow, eras. 



Troops, copiae, arum,/ 

Trouble, molestia, ae,/ 
aerumna, ae,/ 

Trouble, angere ; 

one's self about some- 
thing, curare aliquid, 
operam dare. 

Troublesome, molestus 3. 
importunus 3. 

Troy, Troja, ae,/ 

Truce, indutiae, arum,/ 

True, verus 3. 

Trunk (of a tree), cau- 
dex, icis, m. 

Trust in, fidere c. abl. 

Trust one, credere, fi- 
dere, fidem habere 
alicui. 

Truth, Veritas, a tis,/ 

Try, tentare, conari, ex- 
perlri. 
37 



Tullus Hostilius, Tullus 
Hostilius, m. 

Turn out, evadere; 

out well, contingere ; 

towards, conver- 

tere ; upon some" 

thing, deflgere in c. 
abl. 

Twisted, tortus 3. 

Tyrant, tyrannus, i, m. 

Tyrian (s.), Tyrius, i, m. 

U. 

Udder, uber, eris, n. 
Ulysses, Ulixes, is, m. 
Umbrenus, Umbrenus, i, 

m. 
Unacquainted with, ig- 

narus 3. imprudens, 

ntis. 
Unarmed, inermis, e. 
Uncertain, incertus 3. 

anceps, cipitis. 
Uncover, detegere. 
Understand, intelligSre, 

tenere. 
Understanding, mens, 

tis,/ 
Undertake, suscipere, 

moliri. 
Unexpected, inexpectar 

tus 3. 
Unfavorable, inlqiius 3. 
Unforeseen, improvisus 

3. 
Unfortunate, calamito- 

sus 3. miser 3. 
Ungrateful, ingratus 3. 
Uninjured, integer, gra, 

grum. 
Unintelligent, imprudens, 

tis. 
Unite, eonjungere, con- 

ciliare. 
Unjustly, injuste. 
Unknown, incognitas. 
Unless, nisi. 
Unlike, dissimilis, e. 
Unmindful of, immemor 

c. gen. 
Unprofitable, inutflis, e. 
Unrestrained, effusus 3. 
Unripe, immaturus 3. 
Unskilful, imperitus 3. 
Until, donee, quoad, 

dum. 



434 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



Untimely (adv.), intem- 

pestlve. 
Unwise, insipiens, tis. 
Unworthy, indignus 3. c. 

abl. " [estus 3. 

Upright, probus 3. hon- 
Uprightly, probe. 
Uprightness, probitas, 

atis,/ honestas, atis,/ 
Use, usus, us, m. 
Use, uti c. abl. 
Useful, utilis, e. 
Useless, inutilis, e. 
Utica, Utica, ae,/ 

y. 

Vain, irritus 3. [quam. 
Vain, in vain, nequic- 
Valuable, carus 3. 
Value, pretium, i, n. 
Value, aestimare, cen- 

sere (magni, etc.). 
Vanish, avolare. 
Vanquish, vincere, de- 

vincere. 
Vapor, vapor, oris, m. 
Variance (to be at), dis- 

cordare. 
Variegated, discolor, oris. 
Various, varius 3. 
Vein (swollen), varix, 

icis, m. 
Venison, caro ferina, car- 

nis ferlnae. 
Verres, Verres, is, m. 
Versed in, perltus 3. con- 

sultus 3. 
Very, ad mod urn, valde. 
Very often, persaepe. 
Vespasian, Vespasianus, 

i, m. 
Vessel, vas, vasis, n. 
Vesta, Yesta, ae,/ 
Vesuvius, Vesuvius, i, m. 
Vex, angere, negotium 

facessere ; vex to death, 

enecare. 
Vexation, angor, oris, m. 
Vice (— viciousness), 

vitiositas, atis, f. 
Vice, vitium, i, m. 
Vicissitude, vicis, vicis,/ 
Victory, victoria, ae,/ 
View, conspectus, us, m. 
View (= sentiment), 

sententia, slq,/. 



Vigorously, strenue. 
Vine-branch, tradux, u- 

cis, m. 
Violate, violare. 
Violent, violentus 3, ve- 

hemens, tis, atrox, 

ocis. 
Violently, graviter. 
Virgil, Virgilius, i, m. 
Virgin, virgo, inis,/ 
Virtue, virtus, utis,/ 
Virtuous, honestus 3. 
Voice, vox, vocis,/ 
Volcanic, ignivomus 3. 
Vow, vovere. 
Vulture, vultur, uris, m. 

W. 

Wages, stipendium, i, n. 

Wait, expectare. 

Walk (to take), ambti- 

lare ; go to walk, 

ambtilare. 

Walk upon, incedere. 

Wall (of a house), pa- 
ries, etis,/; (as 

a protection), moe- 

nia,ium, w.; (as 

a structure), murus, 
i, m. 

Wander, errare. [m. 

Wandering, error, oris, 

Want, egestas, atis, f. 
inopia, ae,/ 

Want, carere c. abl. 

War, bellum, i, n. 

Warfare, res militaris. 

Wares, merx, rcis,/ 

Warlike, bellicosus 3. 

Warm, calidus 3. 

Wash, lavare. [cere. 

Waste, atterere, confi- 

Watch, vigilare ; keep 
watch, excubare. 

Water, aqua, ae,/. 

Waver, vacillare. 

Way, via, ae,/ iter, iti- 
neris, n. 

Way ( = manner), mo- 
dus, i, 77?. 

Way (to stand in), ob- 
stare, officere c. dat 

Waywardness, petulan- 
tia. 

Weak, infirmus 3. im- 
potens, tis. 



Weaken, diluere. 
Weakness, infirmitas, a- 

Wealthy, locuples, etis. 
Wearied, fessus 3. 
Weary (to be), defetisci, 

defatigari. 
Weather, tempestas, atis, 

Weep, flere. 
Welfare, salus, litis, f 
Well (to be), valere. 
Weser, Visurgis, is, m. 
West, occidens, ntis. 
Wether, vervex, ecis, m. 
What, qui, quae, quod ; 

(in number or 

order) % quotus % 3. 
When, quum. 
Whence, unde. 
Where, ubi. 
Wherewith, qui. 
Whether (in indirect 

questions), num, ne, 

utrum. 
Whetstone, cos, cotis,/ 
Which of the tivo, uter, 

tra, trum. 
While, dum. 
Whither, quo. 
Who, qui, quae, quod. 
Who ? inter, quis, quid ! 
Whoever you please, qui- 

libet. 
Whole, universus 3. om- 

nis, e. 
Wholly, omnino. 
Why, cur. 
Wicked, impius 3. sce- 

leratus 3. improbus 3. 

malef leus 3. 
Wickedly, improbe. 
Wickedness, pravitas, 

atis,/. 
Wide, amplus 3. 
Widely, late. 
Wife, uxor, oris,/ 
Wild, ferus & 
Will, testamentum, i, n. 

voluntas, atis,/ 
Will, velle ; not to will, 

nolle. 
Willingly, libenter. 
Willow, siler, eris, n. 
Wind, ventus, i, m. 
Wine, vinum, i, n. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



435 



Winter^ hiems. emis. f. 
Wisdom, consilium, i. n. 
Wise, sapiens, tis, pru- 

dens, tis 
Wisely, sapienter, pru- 

denter. 
Wise man, sapiens, tis, 

m. 
Wish, optare, Telle, cu- 

pere. 
Wit, sal, salis, m. 
Without (to be), carere. 
Wolf, lupus, i, m. 
Woman, mulier, eris, f 

femina, Sie.fi 
Wonder, mirari. 
Wood, lignum, i, n. 
Wood (a.), silva, ae, f. 
Wooden, of wood, lig- 

neus 3. [is, m. 

Wood-pigeon, palumbes, 
Word, verbum, i, n. 
Work^ opus, eris, n. 



World, mundus, i, m. 
Worm, vermis, is, m. 
Worthy, dignus 3. e. abl. 
Wound. vulnus, eris, n. 
Wrest from, extorquere. 
Wretched, miser, era, 

erum. 
Wretchedness, miseria, 

ae. f. aerumna, ae./l 
Write, scribere, 
Writei\ scriptor, oris, m. 
Writing, scriptum, i, n. 
Writing-tablet, codicilli, 

orum, m. 
Wrong, injuria, &e,f 
Wrong (to do), delin- 

quere. 

X. 

XenocrateS) Xenocrates, 
is, 772. [ontis, m. 

Xenophon, Xenophon, 
Xerxes, Xerxes, is, m. 



Year, annus, i, m. this 

year (adv.), homo. 
Yes, see § 116, 5. 
Yes (to say), aio, [§ 76, 

"Yesterday, heri. 
Yet, at, tarn en. 
Young iimn, juvenis, is, 

m. 
Young woman, virgo, 

inis, / 
Younger, natu minor. 
Your, vester, tra, tram. 
Youth, juventus, utis, f. 

adolescentia, &e,f 
Youth (a.), adolescens, 

tis, m. adolescenttilus, 

i, m. juvenis, is, m- 

Z. 

Zeal, studium, i, n. 
Zealously, naviter. 



END, 



vhillips, Sampson S$ Company's Publication*. 



LIBRARY EDITION 

OP 

STANDARD POETICAL WORKS. 



IX UNIFORM STYLE. 



TUPPER'S POETICAL WORKS; embracing Proverbial 
Philosophy, Thousand Lines, Geraldine, Haetenus, and Miscel- 
laneous Poems. Complete in 1 vol., 12mo, muslin, fine portrait, 
Price ^1,00. 

COWPER'S POETICAL WORKS ; with Life ; a new edi- 
tion, 1 vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. 

POPE'S POETICAL WORKS ; new edition, containing a 
Life of the Author. Price #1,00. 



BYRON'S POETICAL WORKS ; with a Sketch of his Life, 
in 1 vol., 12mo, and embellished with a portrait. Price #1,00. 



MOORE'S POETICAL WORKS ; an entirely new edition, in 
1 vol., with portrait. Price #1,00. 



BURNS'S POETICAL WORKS; embracing a Life of the Au- 
thor, Glossary, and Notes. A new edition, 1 vol., 12mo, with fine 
portrait Price #1,00. 

SCOTT'S POETICAL WORKS ; with a Memoir of the Au- 
thor, embellished with a portrait. Price #1,00. 



LIFE, GEMS, AND BEAUTIES OF SHAKSPEARE ; all 
embraced in 1 vol., 12mo, containing six fine engravings and 
portrait. Price #1,00. 

POETICAL REMAINS OF HENRY KIRKE WHITE ; con- 
tai ing a Memoir of the Author, with an introductory chapter on 
b* religious and poetical development, by Rev. John Todd. 
1 e #1,00. 



Phillips, Sampson # Company's Publications* 

BIOG RAPHIE S, &JT" 
Life of George Washington, 

Co7nmander~in- Chief of the American Army through the Bafr 

olvtionary War, and the first President of the United States. 

BY AARON BANCROFT, D. D. 
Illustrated with Engravings. 12mo., Muslin, $100. 



LIFE AND CAMPAIGNS OF NAPOLEON BONAPARTE; 

Giving an account of all his engagements, from the Siege of Toulon to the 
Battle of Waterloo ,* also, embracing accounts of the daring exploits of his 
marshals, together with his public and private life, from the commence 
ment of his career to his final imprisonment and death on the rock of 
St. Helena. 

Translated from the French of 

M. A. ARNAULT AND C. L. F. PANCKOUCKE. 

Numerous Engravings. 12mo., Muslin, $1,00. 



HEROES OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION; 

Comprising the Lives of Washington, and his generals and officers who 
were the most distinguished in the War of the Independence of the United 
States ; also embracing the Declaration of Independence, and Signers' 
Names, the Constitution of the United States, and Amendments; together 
With the Inaugural, First Annual, and Farewell Addresses of Wash- 
ington. Four Portraits, 12mo, Muslin, $1,00. 



PICTORIAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND, 

BY HUME AND SMOLLETT. 

Abridged and continued to the accession of Victoria. 

BY JOHN ROBINSON, D. D. 

Engravings, 12mo., Muslin, $1,00. 



The Life of our Blessed Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; 

To which is added, the Lives and Sufferings of his Holy Evangelists, 
Apostles, and other primitive Martyrs. 

BY THE REV. JOHN FLEETWOOD, D. D, 
Numerous Engravings, 12mo, Muslin, $1,00. 



PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, 
FROM THIS WORLD TO THAT WHICH IS TO COME. 

BY JOHN BUNYAN. 

With Notes, and a Life of the Author, 

BY THE REY. THOMAS SCOTT, 

Late Chaplain to the Lock Hospital. 

Illustrated, 12mo, Muslin, $1,00. 



Phillips, Sampson % Company's Publications. 



MUSIC BOOKS. 



White's Church Melodist. 

A new Election of Psalm and Hymn Tunes, adapted to the wants of 
Choirs, Singing Schools, &c. By Edward L. White, Editor of «* The Mod- 
ern Harp," " Melodeon," " Sacred Chorus Book," &c. 



American Collection; 

OR, SONGS OF SACRED PRAISE. 
BY EDWARD HAMILTON, ESQ. 

The greater portion of the music in this book is entirely new, and of a 
very high order j and Choirs will find it a rich accession to their musical 
libraries. 



Congregational Singing Book ; 

OR, VESTRY COMPANION. 

The music in this book is composed entirely of old choice standard tunes 
■uch as will be familiar to all. They were carefully collected and edited 
by Asa Fitz, Esq. 



Common School Song Book. 

This will be found to contain a very choice collection of simple, and for 
the most part, familiar airs, beautifully adapted to the wants of Juvenile 
Choirs, the Private Circle, or the School Room. Edited by Asa Fitz, Esq. 



Sabbath School Minstrel. 

volume is especially adapt 
e Sabbath School. It has 
been used. Edited by Asa Fitz, Esq. 



This little volume is especially adapted, in its Music and Hymns, to the 
service of the Sabbath School. It has been much admired wherever it ha* 



Greek Course of Studies. 

Crosby's Grammar of the Oreek Language. 

Crosby's Xenophon's Anabasis. 

Crosby's Oreek Lessons ; consisting of selections from Xenophon's Anab- 
asis with directions for the study of the Grammar, Notes, Exercises in 
Translations from English into Greek, and a Vocabulary. The above aro 
already in very extensive use in the colleges and classical schools, and are 
very highly recommendod 



Phillips, Sampson § Company's Publicatiotis. 

Advice to Young Ladies 

ON THEIR 

DUTIES AND CONDUCT IN LIFE. 

BY T. S. ARTHUR. 

Right modes of thinking are the basis of all correct action. It is from 
this cause that we shall, in addressing our young friends on their duties and 
conduct in life, appeal at once to their rational faculty. To learn to think 
right is, therefore, a matter of primary concern. If there be right modes 
of thinking, right actions will follow as a natural consequence. — Extract 
from the Author's Introduction. Price 75 Cents. 



Advice to Young Men 

ON THEIR 

DUTIES AND CONDUCT IN LIFE. 

BY T. S. ARTHUR. 

The aim of the author of this volume has been to lead young men to just 
conclusions, from reflections upon what they are, and what are their duties 
in society, as integral parts of the common body. Satisfied that those who 
read it as it should be read cannot fail to have their good purposes strength- 
ened, and their minds elevated into sounder views of life than usually pre- 
vail, the writer dismisses it from his hands, and turns to other matters de- 
manding his attention. — Author's Preface. Price 75 Centa 



The Young Lady's Offering; 

OR, GEMS OF PROSE AND POETRY. 

The above is prepared especially as a gift book for young ladies, embracing 
a choice arrangement of prose and poetic combination, adapting it particu- 
larly, as its title indicates, as an acceptable offering to young ladies. Price 
$1,00. 

The Young Man's Offering; 

COMPRISING 

PROSE AND POETICAL WRITINGS 

OF THE MOST EMINENT AUTHORS. 
This work is intended to be, as its title indicates, a useful and entertain- 
ing companion to young men, which may cheei them in hours of languor and 
of sickness, and when the mind, exhausted by its efforts, seeks, in amuse- 
ment, for the restoration of its wonted powers. Illustrated with numerous 
engravings. Price $1,00. 



Phillips, Sampson 6f Company's Publications. 

Representative Men. 

BY RALPH WALDO EMERSON. 
1 vol., 12mo. Cloth, Si. 00. 



Philo; An Evangeliad. 

TALE OF THE REAL AND IDEAL. 

BY THE AUTHOR OF " MARGARET." 
\ 1 volume, 12-110. Cloth, S3 cts. ; full gilt, SI. 25. 



The Second Advent. 

BY ALPHEUS CROSBY, 

Late Professor of the Greek Language and Literature in 

Dartmouth College. 

1 volume, 12mo. Cloth, 50 cts. 



History of the French Revolution of 1848. 

BY ALPHONSE DE LAMARTINE. 
Translated by Francis A. Duiirage and Win. S. Chase* 

1 vol., 12mo., with a portrait. 75 cts. 



Hume's History of England. 

BOSTON LIBRARY EDITION. 
Complete in Six Volumes, with an Index* 

Price 62 cents a volume. 



Macaulay's History of England. 

BOSTON LIBRARY EDITION. 

2 vols. Price 62 cents a volume. 



Henry Kirke White's Poems. 

New edition* frith an Introduction by Rev. John Todd* 

1 vol., 12mo. Cloth,. $1.25 ; full gilt, 51.75. 



Wordsworth's Poems. 

5 volum?, 12mo. Cloth, Si. 25 ; full gilt, $1.75 



PMllips, Sampson & Company s Publication*. 

a ' i — ^— 

LIBRARY OF NATURAL HISTORY, 

ILLUSTRATED "WITH 

40© ENGRAVINGS. 

This work was carefully compiled by A. A. Gould, M. A., from the works 
of Cuvier, Griffith, Richardson, Geoffrey, Lacepede, Buffon, Goldsmith, 
Shaw, Montague, Wilson, Lewis and Clarke, Audubon, and other eminent 
writers on Natural History. 

It is all comprised in one imperial octavo volume of about 1000 pages, hand- 
somely bound, and is in itself, as its title indicates, a c- naplete library on 
this subject. Price $3,00. 



SHAKSPEAHE'S 

DRAMATIC WORKS; 

Complete in seven volumes, imperial octavo, of nearly 550 pages each , 
forming in all nearly 4000 pages. The above edition of the great dramatist 
is known as the " magnificent Boston edition,' 1 being celebrated for its tran- 
scendent beauty of typography j and in this regard altogether the finest Amer- 
ican edition extant. 



PROVERBIAL PHILOSOPHY, 

A BOOK OF THOUGHTS AND ARGUMENTS ORIG- 
INALLY TREATED. 

BY MARTIN FARQTJHAR TTTPPER, M. A. 

First and second series, complete in 1 vol., 12mo, with fine portrait, aad 
oound in the various styles of plain, full gift, &c. 



THE MECHANIC'S TEXT BOOK, 

AND 

ENGINEER'S PRACTICAL GUIDE? 

Containing a concise treatise of the nature and application of mechanical 
forces ; action of gravity 5 the elements of machinery ; rules and tables for 
calculating the working effects of machinery ; of the strength, resistance, 
and pressure of materials ; with tables of the weight and cohesive strength 
of iron and other metals. Compiled aad arranged by Thomas Kelt, of the 
Gloucester City Machine Company. Complete in 1 vol., 12mo. 

To the careful mechanic, the above will be found a work of invaluable 
daily reference. Price $1,00. 



Phillips, Sampson $ Company's Publications* 

LIBRARY EDITION 

OF 

STANDARD POETIC AL WORKS. 

IN UNIFORM STYLE. 



HEMANS'S POETICAL WORKS ; an entire new edition, in 1 
vol., and illustrated with steel engravings. Price #1,00. 



HOWITT, COOK AND LANGDON'S POETIC AL WORKS ; 

a new edition, 1 vol., 12mo, neat muslin. Price #1,00. 

MILTON AND YOUNG; containing Paradise Lost, and 
Young's Night Thoughts, a new edition, complete in 1 vol., 12mo, 
with portrait. Price #1,00. 

CROLY'S BRITISH POETS ; combining the beauties of the 
British Poets, with introductory observations by Rev. George 
Croly, 1 vol., embellished with fine steel engravings. Price 
#1,00. 

THE POEMS OF OSSIAN; a new edition, containing ten 
6teel engravings, and printed on fine paper, 1 vol., 12mo. Price 
#1,00. 

THOMSON AND POLLOK ; containing the Seasons, by 
James Thomson, and Course of Time, by Robert Pollok, com 
plete in 1 vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. 

WORDSWORTH'S POETICAL WORKS ; an entirely new 
edition, from plates just stereotyped, complete in 1vol., 12mo, with 
portrait. Price #1,00. 

CAMPBELL'S POETICAL WORKS; including his Pleas- 
ures of Hope, Theodoric, and Miscellaneous Poems, many of 
which are not contained in the former editions. Complete in 1 
vol., 12mo, with portrait. Price #1,00. 

The above poetical works are uniform in size and binding, and 
are sold separately, or together. Their size and style considered, 
they are the cheapest library editions of the same authors before 
the American public. 



Phillips, Sampson tf- Company's Publications. 




Bennett's Complete Poultry-Book. 



®t)e pntUrg-jBook anh lowl-Bveebtf* ©tribe. 

Being a Treatise on the 
BREEDING, RAISING, 

And General Management of Domestic Fowls ; 
With numerous original descriptions and Portraits from life j 

BY JOHN C. BENNETT, M, D. 

Thi3 work will be found to contain more practical and useful matter in 
regard to Fowl Breeding, than is contained in all other American works to- 
gether. It is illustrated with nearly 

SEVENTY-FIVE PORTRAITS AND ENGRAVINGS 

of the most choice varieties of American and Foreign Fowls, some forty of 
which are from life, from drawings taken especially for this work, of the most 
important breeds, and several of them from Fowls very recently imported. 
The publishers have spared no expense in getting up this work; the por- 
traits of the fowls, taken from life, having been drawn and engraved by the 
first artists. Printed on fine paper, one handsome volume, duodecimo. Price 
75 cents. 



-&S 



* 40 fe 



% 









V 






x ^. 




T7TT 




vO' 







V x vA 























^ V^ 



v © 



1 



* ''■■ -v. 



</>« 

*+ 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper pro 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnoloc 



,v 



o o x 



^ v* 1 



\ A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVE 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 






'<** > 



x ^ 




o x 









■v^ 




,0> <^ 



V- v 



\ ^. 









•^ 



-/-_ 









: 



% ,,x 








r^ " «**% : ^ **■ 



V </> 




HBHf 

fmlu 



WMmmwm 

WBmK 



■■■■■■■■■■■■■.: ■■■■-■■'■■'■- ■ ■■-■ 

IHHi 

iPHI 



A 



<*dHH 



m 




